#Article 1: Kano (birni) (391 words)


Kano na daya daga cikin manyan birane  a kasar Hausa. Kano itace cibiyar kasuwanci ta najeria gaba daya, jihar Kano tana da kananan hukumomi guda arba'in da hudu. Kano garine da yake da masarauta mai dunbun tarihi, Masarauta ce mai kwarjini a cikin kasashen Hausa da kewaye. Haka kuma Kano gari ne babba wanda  mazauna cikin sa suna magana da harshen Hausa. kano shine gari mafi yawan jama'a a nijiriya gaba daya.

Cikin birnin kano akwai kofofi kamar haka Kofar Gadon Kaya, Kofar Famfo, Kofar Na'isa, Kofar nasarawa, Sabuwar Kofa, Kofar Mazugal, Kofar Dawanau, Kofar Dan Agundi, Kofar Dukawoya, Kofar Ruwa, Kofar Kansakali, Kofar Mata. 

Yawan mutanen da suke garin Kano ya haura kimanin mutane miliyan goma (10,000,000) a kidayar da aka yi a shekara ta alif dubu biyu da shida (2006). Kano tana da matukar tasiri a yawan mutane a Najeriya, saboda ita ce ta fi kowace jiha yawan mutane a Najeriya. Idan ka zo Kano za ka samu mutane daga ko'ina a fadin duniya, tun daga na kudancin Najeriya, zuwa kasashen dake makwabtaka da Najeriya, haka kuma za ka tarar da mutanen Sin, wato (china), da kuma na kasashen Larabawa har da turawan yammacin duniya. Mutanan kano sun sha hara wajin addini sosai.

Kano ta yi suna wajen kasuwancin da ta bunkasa a kai, har ya zamana ana cewa da ita Cibiyar Kasuwanci, haka kuma tarihin Kano ya nuna daman can Kano tana da suna wurin cinikayya tsakaninta da mutanen gabas ta tsakiya.

Anan za'a sa takaitaccen tarihin Kano

 Kano Jalla babbar Hausa ta dabo tumbin giwa ko da me ka zo amfika wannan shine kirarin da akewa wanna katafaren gari.
Idan ana zancen suwane sukafara zama a kano to tarihi zai iya cewa kamar yanda  Allah subhanahu wata'ala yayi mutane a sauran sassan Duniya hakama ya ajiye bayin sa a garin Kano.

sai dai kabilu da dama sun zo kasar kano kamar su Madatai da Dala. zuwan wadannan kabilu yakara habaka garin Kano kabilar Madatai ta riga Kabilar Dala zuwa Kano da suka zo wannan gari mai Albarka sun sami wasu kabilu masu yawa a Kano Amma ana ce da su Kabilun Kwararrafa.

Bayani game da Sarakunan da suka mulki Kano, izuwa wannan lokacin

Tarihin Kano tun da ta zama Jiha a Kasar Najeria, cigaban da ta samu, da kuma matsalolin da take fuskanta

Hotunan sassan birnin kano




#Article 2: Nijeriya (466 words)


Najeriya ko Nijeriya kasa ce dake nahiyar Afirka ta yamma. Tana da dimbin mutane dasu  ka kai fiye da mutum miliyan dari da saba'in da kabilun da suka haura 300. A asali ma ita ce kasa ta uku a yawan kabilu a duniya. Najeriya ta samu mulkin kanta ne a 1 ga watan oktoba, shekarar 1960 daga Turawan mulkin mallaka na Birtaniya. Najeriya ta yi iyaka da kasashe uku; Daga arewacin kasar, akwai kasar Nijar , daga gabashi akwai Cadi da Kamaru, daga yammacin kasar akwai kasar Benin sannan daga kudancin kasar akwai tekun atalantik ko tabkin Gine.   

A da, Lagos ce baban Birnin kasar kuma mazaunin gwamnati, amma a shekarar 1991 aka maida Abuja ta zama babban birnin Najeriya. Muhammadu Buhari shi ne shugaban kasar a yanzu.

Tarihi ya nuna cewar Nijeriya dadaddar kasa ce, kuma tarihi yanuna kasar nanan tun a shekara ta 500 kafin haihuwar Yesu Almasihu wato Annabi Isah (A.S), a wannan lokaci suka samata Ƙasar Hausa, addinin musulunci ya shiga Kasar Hausa ne tun karni na goma sha uku miladiya, akarshen karni na goma sha daya zuwa tsakiyar karni na goma sha hudu miladiya, kanim barno suka mamaye Kasar Hausa, kuma fulani sun mamaye kasar Hausa a farkon karni na goma sha tara miladiya har zuwan turawan mulkin malaka suka mamaye Lagos a shekara ta 1881 miladiya, ana cikin Yakin duniya I na farko sai turawan mulkin mallaka suka karo sojojin ruwa saboda suna tsoran jamusawa da ke kamaru kada sumamaye Nijeriya, amma mulkin Nijeriya na farko a hannun turawan Burtgal. A shekara ta 1885 sai turawan Birtaniya suka mamaye duk fadin Nijeria har zuwa 01 ga oktoba 1960 Nijeriya ta samu 'yancin kanta daga a turawan Biritaniya.

A shekara ta 1966 zuwa shikara ta 1979 sojoji ne ke ikon kasar, a shekara ta 1979 akayi tsari wanda yabawa talaka ikon zaben gwamna. A shekara ta 1983 sojoji suka rushe wannan tsarin da juyin mulki har zuwa shekara ta 1998 bayan rasuwar Sani Abacha, sai aka maido tsarin mulki na dimokaradiya akabawa talakawa ikon zaben shugaban da suke so, a shekara ta 1999 aka yi zabe a kasa Obasanjo ya lashe zabe yazama shugaban kasa na farko wanda talaka suka zaba yahau karo na biyu har zuwa shekara ta 2007, a wannan shekara aka yi zabe Umaru Yar'Adua ya lashe shine shugaban kasa a 2011. Dukkan su sun fito daga kungiya dayane (PDP). hukuncin nasu shima duk taure ne dan saboda da karfin iko sukaci zabe

Babban birnin tarayya Abuja

Manyan yarika a Najeriya sune guda uku, Hausa, Yarbanci da inyamuranci, yaran fulani ma yana daya daga cikin manyan yare a Najeriya.

Yarabawa sun kasance na biyu a wanda suka fi kowa yawa a cikin kasar Najeriya, suna zaune a garuruwa irin su, Legas, Ondo, Oyo, Osun, Kwara da kuma Kogi.




#Article 3: Tarayyar Amurka (279 words)


Tarayyar Amurka (da Turanci United States of America) ko Amurka ko Amurika ko Amerika ko Haɗin kan Jahohin Amurka, jamhoriya ce da ta hada jihohi guda 50 da fadar kasa da manya manyan kasashe masu cin gashin kai guda biyar. Akwai kuma wasu yankunan marasa yanci guda 11,  da kuma wasu kananan tsibirai guda 9. Amerika na da fadin kasa da yakai sukwaya mil miliyan 3.8 (wato kilo mita 9.8), da kuma adadin mutane miliyan 325, kasar amurka itace ƙasa ta uku ko ta hudu wajen yawan fadin kasa kuma ta uku wajen yawan mutane. Birnin tarayya shine Washinton Gundumar Kolombiya, birni mafi yawan jama'a da girma kuma shine New York. Jihar Alaska itace a gefen kwanar arewa maso yamma na arewacin Amurka, iyaka da kasar Kanada daga gabas. Rushewar Tarayyar Soviets yayi sanadiyyar zaman Amurka ƙasa mafi ƙarfin iko a duniya kuma Amurka itace ƙasar da ta gabatar da mulkin demokaradiyya a kasashen duniya da dama.

Mutanen Paleo-Indian ne suka yi hijira daga Rasha zuwa Arewacin Amurka akalla shekaru 15,000 da suka wuce. Mulkin mallakar turawan Birtaniya ya fara ne daga karni na 16. juyin juya halin Amurka ya fara ne a 1776. An kawo karshen yaƙin ne a shekarar 1783 bayan kafuwar Tarayyar Amurka. Amurka na amfani da Kundin tsarin mulki na 1788, wanda aka sama suna The bill of right. Kasar Amurka itace kasa mafi karfin iko a Duniya tun bayan rushewar Taraiyar Soviets. Kuma itace kasar da ta gabatar da mulkin demokaradiyya a wasu daga ƙasashen duniya.

ƙasar Amurka itace ta gabatar da Majalisar Dinkin Duniya, Bankin Duniya, da sauran manyan ƙungiyoyin duniya.Amurka itace kasa mafi ƙarfin tattalin arzikin duniya da siyasa da kuma al'adu.




#Article 4: Isa Almasihu (796 words)


Isah, AlMasihu, Maiceto (hrsh-el||transl=Iesous); hrsh-he|ישוע|Yēšū́aʿ); -lrbc|عيسى|Annabi Isah) , ansansa da Isah na Nazareth da Isah Mai ceto,( Akwai sunaye da dama da akewa Isah lakabi dasu acikin littafi mai tsarki na sabon alkawari, yakasance malami ne na yahudawa kuma Shugaban addini mai da'awa da ya kasance tun a Karni na daya. Shine mafi daraja dan-Adam a addinin Kiristanci. Yawancin Kirista sunyi imanin shine sura na Dan'adam na Ubangiji da, da yazo duniya kuma mai ceto da zai dawo a karshen duniya kamar yadda littafi mai tsarki na tsohon alkawari ya tabbatar da Alqurani.

Yawancin Malamai sun yarda da cewar tarihin rayuwa Isah da tarihin sa,   kamar yadda Richard A. Burridge yace: Akwai wadanda suke fadin cewar Isah kawai wani kirkira ne da Coci siffanta shi, suna ganin bawani Isah a zahirin rayuwa. Amma zance bansan wani malami da nake girmamawa ba dana sani, Wanda yake fadin haka a halin yanzu. Robert M. Price bai yarda da cewar antaba yin Isah ba, amma kuma ya yarda cewar wannan ganin ba Malamai dayawa bane suke ganin hakan. James D. G. Dunn yana kiran da'awar cewar  ba'a taba yin Isah a rayuwa ba, a matsayin da'awa data mutu akabar fadin ta a yanzu. Michael Grant (a classicist) ya rubuta a 1977, A shekarun nan, 'babu wani malami mai hankali dazai fara cewa babu tarihin samun Isah' ko at any rate very few, and they have not succeeded in disposing of the much stronger, indeed very abundant, evidence to the contrary. Robert E. Van Voorst yafadi cewa Malaman baibul da kwararrun yan'tarihi suna ganin da'awar da muna cewa ba Isah a matsayin wata da'awa da aka karyata ta. dukda cewar Nemansu akan Isah na Tarihi yayi sanadiyar samun karancin yarda akan Tarihan Dogaro Da Baibul da kuma yadda akayi kokarin zanen Isahn acikin baibul dayayi kama da Isah na Tarihi. Ehrman ya rubuta: The notion that the Gospel accounts are not completely accurate but still important for the religious truths they try to convey is widely shared in the scholarly world, even though it's not so widely known or believed outside of it. efn|Sanders writes: The earliest Christians did not write a narrative of Jesus' life, but rather made use of, and thus preserved, individual units—short passages about his words and deeds. These units were later moved and arranged by authors and editors. ... Some material has been revised and some created by early Christians. Jesus was a Galilean Jew who was baptized by John the Baptist and subsequently began his own ministry, preaching his message orally and often being referred to as rabbi. turned over to the Roman government, and was subsequently crucified on the order of Pontius Pilate, the Roman prefect. After his death, his followers believed he rose from the dead, and the community they formed eventually became the early Church.

Koyarwar kirista ta tabbatar da imani da yarda da haihuwar Isah sanadiyar ruhine da aka cusa a cikin Mahaifiyarsa ta hannun Holy Spirit, was born of a virgin named Mary, yana nuna miracles, yasamar da coci, yarasu sanadiyar gicciye shi da akayi, a matsayin sadaukar dashi dan cimma atonement, yatashi bayan yamutu, sannan ascended zuwa Heaven, daga nan ne will return. yawancin Christians believe Jesus enables people to be reconciled to God. The Nicene Creed asserts that Jesus will judge the living and the dead either before or after their bodily resurrection, an event tied to the Second Coming of Jesus in Christian eschatology. The great majority of Christians worship Jesus as the incarnation of God the Son, the second of three persons of the Trinity. A minority of Christian denominations reject Trinitarianism, wholly or partly, as non-scriptural.

Jesus also figures in non-Christian religions and new religious movements. In Islam, Jesus (commonly transliterated as (transl|ar|ISO|Isa (name)|Isa])) is considered one of God's important prophets and the Messiah. Muslims believe Jesus was a bringer of scripture and was born of a virgin, but was not the Son of God. The Quran states that Jesus himself never claimed divinity. Most Muslims do not believe that he was crucified, but believe that he was physically raised into Heaven by God. In contrast, Judaism rejects the belief that Jesus was the awaited Messiah, arguing that he did not fulfill Messianic prophecies, and was neither divine nor resurrected.

wanda kiristoci masu amfani da harshen Hausa suke kira Yesu Kristi annabi ne daga cikin annabawan Allah. Uwarsa Maryama ta haife shi ba tare da tayi aure ba. Shi Almasihu ruhin Allah ne. Amma a wani gefen kiristoci masu amfani da harshen Hausa sun dauki Almasihu a matsayin dan Allah. Ga al'ummar Hausawa Musulmi, Yesu shine Annabi Isa (Alaihissalam). Sai dai su Musulmi ba su yarda a suranïta annabawa ba don haka Kiristoci masu amfani da Harshen Hausa ne kawai suke gane wannan sura.




#Article 5: Kiristancìì (109 words)


Kiristanci addini ne na Nasara wanda suka yada shi a kowane lungu na Duniya ta hanyar yaki, da wa'azi ga duk jama'ar da suka tunkara. Addini wanda mutane sukayi imanin cewar Allah Guda ne ama sun fi bada fifikon cewar Yesu almasih wanda a Addinin Musulunci ake ambatar sa Annabi Isa (A.S) wai shi da ne ga Uba a inda su ke cewar an aiko shi ne don ya shafe ma mutane zununbansu. Kiristoci sun dogara ne ga Injila wato Baibûl a duk abinda sukeyi. Kiristanci addini ne wanda yayi kaurin suna a Duniya kuma ya na kumshe da Darikoki da dama kamar su: Katolika, Protestan da sauran su.




#Article 6: Zariya (451 words)


Zariya (ko Zaria, Zazzau) Zaria gari ne dake cikin arewacin Najeriya, karamar hukuma ce a jihar Kaduna, tana da iyaka da Funtua, babban birnin Kaduna, Igabi, duka a ƙasar Najeriya. A bisa ga ƙidayar jama'a na shekarar 2006, jimillan mutane dubu dari bakwai da sittin ne a garin Zaria, amman daga bisani an kimanta yawan su a shekarar 2017, ga jimilar mutane miliyan ɗaya. Birnin Zaria kilomita dari biyu da sittin ne daga Abuja, kilomita tamanin ne daga Zaria, kilomita dari ɗaya da sittin ne daga Kano.

Birni ne a kasar Hausa wanda kuma yana daya daga cikin garuruwan da Shehu Usman ya bada tuta kuma addinin musulunci ya tabbata. Birni ne mai dadin zama saboda yanayinsa gashi kuma cibiyar ilimin addini dana boko a arewacin Najeriya. Wannan gari Allah ya albarkace shi da kasa na noma da kuma ilimin addinin musulumci dana zamani wanda a dalilin haka ne baki daga makotan garin suke zuwa domin neman ilimi kai harma da na kasashen waje da kuma mutanen garin zaria su kansu, Waɗnnan garuruwa a wancen lokacin duka suna ƙarƙashin mulkin garin zazzau ne, inda zaria take a matsayin babban birni, amman yanzu wasu daga cikin waɗannan garuruwan basa ƙarƙashin zazzau.

Asalin mulkin zaria tana ƙarƙashin Sarakunan haɓe ne, ana kiran garin da zazzau, zazak ko zegzeg,dukkan waɗannan sunayen ana kiran garin zazzau dashi, amman daga bisani sunan zazzau ya canza zuwa zaria, A inda kuma sarautar aka fi kiranta da zazzau, shiyasa sarkin garin ake kiran shi da sarkin zazzau, Mutanen da suka fito daga garin ana kiransu da suna Bazazzagi, jam’i kuma Zazzagawa.

Asalin mulkin zaria tana ƙarƙashin Sarakunan haɓe ne, wadanda ke mulkan masarautan Zazzau, amman daga baya sarakunan Mallawa da fulani suka hada hannu da Ƙarfi suka yaka sarakunan haɓe a shekarar 1804. sarakunan Haɓe na farko sun rayu ne a Ƙarni na 15, wadanda a wannan lokacin ba'a iya tina shekarun da sukayi sarauta,  amman sarakunan habe na biyu sunyi mulki ne a karni na 16, inda aka taskace shekarun mulkin su, har zuwa lokacin da sarakunan Fulani suka yake su, sarkin su na karshe shine Makau a Zaria, a Gobir kuma shine Yunfa. 

Garin zaria an sansu da sana’o’i daban daban, Garin jere da kajuma suna ƙarƙashin zaria, sunyi suna akan saƙa ta hannu. Abu mai muhimmancin gske a ƙasar zaria shine Audiga, wanda ake ɗiba daga zaria da kano zuwa kasashen turawa domin amfanin masana’antu, garin Zaria sun shahara da sakan kayan sakawa, hula, da kuma rini.

Zaria suna da sifirin jirgin ƙasa da hada garin Lagos , Kano, Abuja da kuma Kaduna (birni).

Da a garin Zaria akwai Ganuwa, amman daga baya duk an cire su.
File:Nigeria-karte-politisch-kaduna.png|Taswiran dake nuna garin Kaduna da yankin Zaria




#Article 7: Addini (236 words)


An samo kalmar daga harshen Larabci Arabic, tana nufin hanyar bauta ko rayuwa ko kuma hanya kawai. Kuma har zuwa wannan lokaci ana ci gaba da amfani da wannan kalma ta Addini a harsuna da yawa, a ciki har da harshen Hausa.

Addini shi ne hanyar rayuwa bisa bautar wani abun bautawa, bisa amfani da tsare-tsaren da wannan abin bautar, ko kuma makusantansa suka tanadar, domin tafiyar da rayuwar yau da kullum ta mabiya wannan Addini, bisa wasu tanaje-tanaje ko tsare-tsare. 

Addini ya rabu gida daban-daban, kamar yadda masana addini su ka yi bincike kuma su ka tabbatar. A bisa wannan bincike, an kasafta Addini gida biyu, wato Addinan Kaɗaitaka da kuma Addinan Tarayya.

Addinan da suke a cikin wannan kason sun hadar da:

Addinin Musulunci Islam
Addinin Kiristanci Christianity
Addinin Yahudanci Yahudanci
Addinin Zarusta.

Littatafan Addinai:

Wadannan addinai sunada littatafai da suke ƙunshe da hukunce-hukuncen na tafiyar da rayuwar jama'a bisa tsari da tsafta da kuma jagoranci. Ubangiji shi ya saukarwa bayinSa littatafan, ta hanyar Mala'ikunSa zuwa ga ManzanninSa domin suyi gargadi da kuma jagoranci bisa hanyarSa.

Addinai da Littatafansu:

Ire-iren waɗannan addinai sun yarda da gabatar da hadaya ga ababan bautarsu, kuma basu da wasu tsayayyun dokokin rayuwa ko littatafai da ke dauke da hukunce-hukunce da tsare-tsaren tafiyar da rayuwar yau da kullum, saɓanin addinan kaɗaitaka.

Addinan da suke cikin wannan kason sune:

Addinin Buddah
Addinin Hindu
Addinin Aztec Aztec
Addinin Majusanci. Da Sauransu




#Article 8: Mamman Shata (709 words)


Mamman Shata wani shahararren mawakin Hausa ne. Haifaffen garin Musawa ne ta Jihar Katsina amma ya yi kaura zuwa birnin Kano. Lokacin da ya rasu an birneshi a garin Daura kamar yadda ya bar wasiyya.
yana da wakoki wanda bicike har yanzu bai san yawan su ba dan shi kan sa an tambaye shi ko yasan adadin wakokin da yayi sai amsa dacewa bai saniba amma a shekarun baya an sami wata baturiya ta zo ta hada wakokin sa kimanin dubu hudu.
yanada da abin mamaki kwarai da gaske yakanyi waka duk lokacin da aka bida yayi hakan batareda inda-inda ba.

An tambayi Marigayi Dr. Mamman Shata cewar a ina ya soma waka sai ya kada baki ya ce“A nan Musawa inda aka haife ni a nan na soma waka kuma duk inda na je yawo to da wakata suka ganni„

Ko wane dalili ya sa Dr. Mamman Shata ya soma waka a rayuwarsa, ga dai amsar da ya bayar“Dalili shine kiriniya ta yarinta kurum,bawai don gadon uwa ko uba ba, domin kuwa na dade ina yi bana kabar ko anini , in ma an samu kudi sai dai makada da maroka su dauka. Sai daga baya bayan na mai da waka sana’a na fara amsar kudi „

Shin waya sawa Dr. Mamman Shata wannan suna nasa wato Shata

Da aka tambayi Dr. cewar wace waka ce ta fi suna kuma ya fi jin dadin ta ko kuma ta fi birge shi a duk ilahirin wakokin da ya yi, sai ya ba da amsa kamar haka“ To wannan wani abune mawuya ci a wurina kuma kowa yace zai iya ganewa karya yake yi tunda shi shatan bai ganeba „

Bisa al’ada ga yanda mawakan Hausa suke yin wakokin su, akwai waka da suke yi wa kansu da kansu kirari a cikinta wadda aka fi sani da suna Bakandamiya. To shima Marigayi Dr. Mamman Shata bai yi kasa a guiwa ba wajen yi wa kansa irin wannan waka.

Daya daga cikin hikimomin da Allah ya baiwa Marigayin shine cewar yana iya kirkirar waka a duk lokacin da yaga dama ko kuma aka bukaci da ya yi hakan. Misali wakar da ya yi ta Dajin-runhu da kuma wakar da ya yi ta Canada Centre a lokacin da ya kai ziyara kasar Amurka.

Bisa al’adar Hausa, Mawaka sukan yi wa Mutane Waka, to amma a wani lokaci akan yi wa wakar mummunar fahimta, misali wakar da ya yi ta kusoshin Birni Uwawu da kuma wakar nan ta Na-malumfashi Habu Dan-mama, wanda masu fashin bakin wakoki su ke ganin cewa, wadannan wakoki ya yi sune domin ya nunawa Mutane cewar Yan zamanisun rasa inda za su kama, su basu kama Duniya ba kuma basu kama Lahira ba.To da aka tambayi Dr. cewar shin ko wannan bayani na masu fashin bakin wakoki haka yake sai ya ce“To wannan zance ne irin nasu , shi wanda naiwa ya san abinda na ce, kuma masu ji da basira sun san abinda na ce „

Daga cikin dalilan da suka sa Marigayi Dr. Mamman Shata ya ke yiwa Mutane Waka, a kwai kwarewa akan sana’a misali wakar da ya yi ta Bawa Direba. An tambayi Marigayi Mamman Shata, shin waye Bawa direba dinnan,kuma mai ya sa ya yi masa waka, kuma da gaske ne dukkanin abubuwan da ya fada a cikin wannan waka ta Bawa Direba, gaskiya ne haka abin yake, sai ya ce“Bawa jankin, shi kam Mutumin Katsina ne, amma a Musawa yai wayo, duk abinda na fadi a wakar Bawa haka yake ban kara masa ba, ban rage masa ba, kuma ko da ni ban fadi ba wani sai ya fadi „

Har ila yau Marigayi Dr. Mamman Shata yakan yi wa manyan shugabanni waka, mu samman ma wadanda suka tsayar da adalci, yanci, daidaito da kuma hadin kan al’umma, Misali wakar da ya yiwa Sir Ahmadu Bello Sardaunan Sokoto, Allah ya ji kansa.

Sakamakon wakokin da marigayi Dr. Mamman Shata ya yi domin amfanin Al’umma, ya samu yabo da lambobin girmamawa. Misali a lokacin Mulkin Janar Gowon an ba shi lambar girma shi da marigayi Garba A.B.C.D. Kuma har ila yau Jami’ar Ahmadu Bello da ke Zariya ta bashi Digirin girmamawa na Dr. wanda sakamakon haka ya sa ake kiransa Dr. Mamman Shata Katsina.




#Article 9: Duniya (1367 words)


Duniya halitta ce daga cikin dimbin duniyoyin dake cikin sararin samaniya. Hakika wannan duniya da muke ciki yar karama ce idan aka kwatanta ta da sauran duniyoyi kamar duniyar Jupiter. Duniyar da muke ciki itace ta uku a nisa tsakaninta da Rana daga cikin abinda ake kira wato falakin duniyoyi da turanci kuma solar system, Kuma ita kadaice duniya a yanzu wacce ake samun halittu masu rai saboda wasu dalilai kaman...
i). Ita kadaice ruwa ke gudana a cikinta, a nau'uka uku, ruwa (liquid), qanqara (solid) da raba' (gas) wanda ke gudana a koramu da Tekuna. Amma sauran duniyoyi basuda ruwa.
ii). Ita kadaice ke da qasa (soil) wacce ke amintar tsirowar tsirrai (plants). 
iii). Ita kadaice duniya da ke da iska wacce ke amintar rayuwa ta mutane, dabbobi da kuma tsirrai. 

sauran duniyoyin ko Iska babu a cikinsu. 
ballantana har akai ga samun abu mai rai.

Hakika Allah shine mahaliccin komai shi kadai ne yasan abinda ya dace da Bayinsa shi yasa ya zabar mana wannan duniya domin ita kadaice za a iya rayuwa aciki.

Zuwan dan adam sararin samaniya; abu mai yiwuwa da mara yiwuwa 

Fannin ilimin Sararin Samaniya Astronomy na daga cikin abubuwan da suka fi kayatar da ni, da wasu dimbin jama’a da nake da yakinin hakan su ma yana  kayatar da su.  Sai dai ba zai yiwu lokaci daya a gama fasaltawa mutum irin dimbin abubuwan mamaki da Allah Ta’ala Ya taskance a cikin sararin samaniya ba.   Don haka, na hakaito mana wani dogon jawabi da wani shahararren masanin sararin samaniya mai suna Edward Tellar ya yi, mai cike da abubuwa muhimmai a shekarar 1961, dangane da tafiya zuwa sararin samaniya.  A cikin jawabinsa ya fadi abin da yake ganin zai iya yiwuwa, da abin da yake ganin ba zai yiwu ba.Da farko ya yi hasashen cewa daga shekarar da ya yi bayanin a wancan lokaci,wato 1961, ba za a kai shekara ta dubu biyu (2000) ba  har sai an samu damar zuwa duniyoyi da ke makwabtaka da duniyarmu ta Earth kamar su Mars, da benus da Jupiter da kuma duniyar wata.   Sai dai a cewarsa, `”Mene ne burin da muke son cin mawa idan mun ziyarci wadannan duniyoyi?  Shin, za mu koma duniyoyin ne mu ci gaba da rayuwa ko kuwa ‘ya’yanmu ne za su mai da rayuwarsu zuwa can?’’Ya ci gaba da cewa “Za a iya tunanin zuwa can domin samo abubuwa masu daraja kamar su zinare, da azurfa da yuraniyon, sai dai kuma zinare da azurfa ana kokarin lalubo su a nan duniyarmu, shi kuwa sinadarin yuraniyon, dauko shi daga wata duniyar zuwa wannan duniyar tamu abu ne mai matukar hadari.   Kawai dai abin daza mu so mu dauko shi ne abu mara nauyi,wanda mu a nan muka rasa shi; wannan ba komai ba ne sai Ilimi.’’Edward ya ci gaba da cewa, “Kasancewar Rana daya ce daga cikin Taurari kimanin guda biliyan dari dake cikin rukunin taurarin gungun taurari (Galady) wanda aka baiwa suna “Milky Way,” ba lalle ne a ce duk cikin taurarin nan Tauraruwarmu (Rana) ita kadai ce ke da duniyoyin da ba wanda zai iya rayuwa a cikin su.  Haka kuma ba gungun taurarinmu (Galady) ne kadai ba; akwai wani gungun taurari (Galady) dake makwabtaka da mu mai suna “Andromeda Galady),” wanda aka yi hasashen nisansa da gungun taurarinmu ya kai nisan da idan ka tura  haske  zai yi shekaru miliyan biyu kafin ya isa wajen (2 million light years).  Bayan  gungun taurarin “Andromeda”,  akwai wasu miliyoyi irinsa.  Daga can gefe, daura da wannan gungun taurari iya nisan zangon tafiyar haske shekaru miliyan dari, akwai wasu gungun taurari (Galady) guda biyu dasuka yi karo da juna, wanda hakan ya samar da wani kara mai tsanani tare da fitar wani rada (Radar), wanda a cewarsa sai da ya keto har cikin sararin samaniyar duniyarmu.A cikin bincikensa, Edward Teller ya tabbatar da cewa a duniyar Mars akwai wasu launuka masu wulkitawa a duk saddaaka kalli duniyar ta amfani da madubin hangen nesa mai suna “Spectroscope”.   Mutum zai ga wasu alamomi da suke nuna alamun wanzuwar wasu hade-haden sinadarai da suke tabbatar da cewa akwai rayuwa a duk inda aka same su, wato sinadaran “Carbon-Hydrogen Bond,” irin sinadaran da ake samu a cikin man fetur.   Malaman kimiyyar man fetur kuma sun tabbatar da cewa abin da ke samar da man fetur shi ne rubewar matattun abubuwa kamar su halittun ruwa da sauransu.  Don haka, ta yiwu samun wadancan sinadarai a wurin na da nasaba da samun rayuwar halittu a can, sai dai zai yi wahala a samu mutane kamar mu masu rayuwa a can duk da dai muna da burin zuwa can kuma za mu je.

Wani abin kuma shi ne, a kimiyar ilimin sinadarai (Chemistry) mun sani cewa dukkan wani abu mai rayuwa a nan duniyatushensa daya ne, domin muna da tabbacin irin kwayoyin halittar dake jikin mutum; akwai wasu a jikin biri, da kifi, cututtuka masu rai da dai sauransu.  Abin tambayar a nan shi ne; shin, idan akwai halittu masu rayuwa a duniyar Mars tun d ga sinadaran da aka gano a can kuma da akwai irinsu a jikin mutum dama sauran halittun dake nan duniya, shin, tsatsonmu daya da su kenan ko kuwa kowa tsatsonsa daban? Ina da tabbacin dai ba mu kadai neke rayuwa ba a cikin sararin wannan duniya.   Amma kuma wani abu mai rikitarwa shi ne; a hasashen da aka yi, wannan duniya tamu ta yi shekaru biliyan goma da wanzuwa.   Rayuwar mutane kuma a duniyarmu ta wanzu kimanin shekaru rabin miliyan zuwa milkiyan, ai kuwa za a samu masu rai da suka rayu tun farkon duniyoyin nan kafin wanzuwarmu, lalle zan so na ji ina wadanncan mutane dasuka rayu gabaninmu suka tafi?Sai ya ce zuwanmu duniyar wata ne zai ba da damar hango nisan zangon da a nan duniyar ba za mu iya hangowa ba, har daga bisani a tabbatar da cewa duniyar gungun taurari ba ta da iyaka, ko kuma watakila a hango iyakarta da ma wasu biliyoyin irinta.  Da akwai wani abu mai launin ja da ya taba bayyana a duniyar Jupiter tun a karnin da ya wuce, wanda zuwa yanzu ba a san ko mene ne ba kuma ana ganin shi kadan-kadan har zuwa yau.   Don haka, zuwanmu daya daga cikin duniyoyi masu makwabtaka da mu ne zai sa mu samu ilimin sauran duniyoyin da mana wasu abubuwan.Sai dai a cewarsa, duk wadannan ba su ne manyan muhimman abubuwan ba.   A matsayinmu na mutane masu numfashi, babban abin da muka fi so mu sani shi ne amsar tambayar nan da wasunmu suka sha yi: shin,  akwai abu mai rai a duniyar wata da sauran duniyoyi?  Domin ni ban yarda da fadar mutane cewa halittun da kerayuwa a sauran duniyoyi (Martians) wai kamu daya ba ne, kuma kalarsu koriya ce.  Bayan haka kuma za mu so mu ji shin, a cikin Sararin samaniya akwai duniyoyi masu dauke da mutane irinmu?  Daga nan sai mu kara bincike akan kara nkanmu. Haka kuma, mu nce muna so kafin karshenkarnin nan mu zagaye duniyoyin Rana (planets), shin, yaushe za mu fara tafiya zuwa sauran taurari?  Tauraruwa dai mafi kusanci da Tauraruwarmu rana itace PROdIMA CENTAURI, ba kamar yadda wasu ke cewa “Alpha centauri” ba, kuma nisan dake tsakanin Tauraruwa, rana da “Tauraruwa Prodima,” nisan tafiyar haske ne a shekaru hudu, (4 light years).  Ga shi kuma kamar yadda masanin nan Einstein ya fada, babu wani mahaluki da zai iya yin gudu a wani abin hawa dai-dai da saurin haske matukar yana da nauyi, sai dai idan zai zamo ba shi da nauyi ko kadan.To amma duk da haka, ko da za mu iya tafiya dai-dai da gudun haske, tazarar shekaru hudu ba karamar tafiya ba ce, ga shi kuma lalle muna so sai mun je “Prodima Centauri.”   Sannan alal misali, idan yanzu na yi amfani da kayayyaki na wannan zamani, na’urar Rocket din da zan iya kerawa zai yi gudu dai-dai daya bisa ashirin na gudu da saurin haske (1/20),  kenan idan muka durfafi “Prodima,”  ba za mu iya kaiwa gare ta ba sai nan da shekaru tamanin!   Wannan lokaci ne mai tsawon gaske.

Duniyar Jupiter

Jupiter wata irin duniya ce mai ban al'ajabi saboda tasha banban da sauran duniyoyi gaba daya.




#Article 10: Katsina (jiha) (218 words)


Jihar Katsina jiha ce daga cikin jihohin Nijeriya guda talatin da shida (36), tana yankin arewa ta yamma na kasar Nijeriya. Ansamar da ita ne daga cikin jihar Kaduna, Gwamnan Katsina a yanzu shi ne Aminu Bello Masari, wanda ya zama Gwamnan jihar ne tun bayan zabensa  da akayi a shekarar 2015. Ko kafin zuwan Gwamna Aminu Bello Masari, an yi gwamnoni na soja da farar hula, kama tun daga Kanal Abdullahi Sarki Mukhtar zuwa Barista Ibrahim Shehu Shema.
Mutanen jihar Katsina mafiya yawansu Hausawa ne, kuma sana'o'insu noma ne da kiwo. Daga jihar ne Shugaban kasa na yanzu wato Muhammadu Buhari ya fito da kuma tsohon shugaban kasa Umaru Musa Yar'adua.

Jihar katsina tarihi ya nuna cewa tana da kofofi guda bakwai (7) har a yau ana amfani dasu kuma ko wace kofa tanada tarihin ta:

Tarihi ya nuna cewa katsina ta samu asali daga wasu maharba wanda suka zauna awasu duwatsu dake durbi ta kusheyi da birnin bugaje.   A wani ƙaulin an nuna cewa Bugari Jirgo ne ya kafa masarautar katsina ta haɓe shekaru dubu uku da ɗari biyar da suka shuɗe.  

Katsina tanada kananan hukumomi guda 34 sune :-

 

Tarihi, Hukumar Binciken. (1996). Danwaire : gwanki sha bara. Hukumar Binciken Tarihi da Kyautata Al'adu ta Jihar Katsina. Katsina: [Dab'in Lamp?]. ISBN . OCLC 59226530.




#Article 11: Benazir Bhutto (1271 words)


An haifi Benazir Bhutto ne a birnin Karachi, dake ƙasar Pakistan a ranar 21 ga watan Yuni, na shekarar 1953. Benazir Bhutto ta soma karatu a makarantar Nursery ta Lady Jennings da ke Karachi. Bayan shekaru biyu sai ta sami shiga makarantar Firamare ta Mary Convent da ke Muree, in da ta kammala karantunta na Firamare tattare da sakamako mai kyau.

Bayan ta kammala karatun gaba da Firamare, a watan Afirilu na shekarar 1969, Bhutto ta shiga jami'ar Havert da ke ƙasar Amurka, in da ta kammala karatun Jami'a a watan Yuni na 1973, tare da samun digiri na farko a fannin ilimin kimiyyar siyasa, da tattali.

A shekarar 1976, Benazir Bhutto ta koma cigaba da karatu a jami'ar Oxford da ke London don neman babbar digiri. Ta kammala karatun in da ta koma Pakistan cikin watan Yuni na shekara 1977. Kodayake dai bayan kammala karatunta, Benazir Bhutto ta so ta yi aiki a ƙetare, to amma mahaifin ta ya nemi ta komo gida ta shiga siyasa domin ta tsaya takarar kujerar majalisar dokoki, sai dai kuma kash, shekarun Bhutto ba su kai na tsayawa takarar shiga majalisar ƙasa ba, don haka ne mahaifin Bhutto Zulfikar Ali Bhutto, ya umurce ta da ta taimaka masa wajen tafiyar da harkokin siyasa. An zaɓi mahaifin Bhutto a muƙamin Firaminista, to amma kuma a yayin da ta koma gida Pakistan don taimakawa mahaifinta ne sojoji suka yi masa juyin mulki.

Gwamnatin Janar Zia Ul Haq, ta zatas da hukuncin kisa kan mahaifin Bhutto a cikin shekarar 1979, sa'anan akayi wa Bhutto ɗaurin talala na shekaru uku. A shekarar 1984, anyi wa Bhutto izinin barin Pakistan, don haka ta je tayi zaman ta a London tare da yan'uwanta su biyu. Benazir Bhutto ta koma Pakistan domin ta halarci taron jana'izar ɗan'uwanta wanda ya rasu a shekarar 1985, to sai dai gwamnatin Pakistan ta kuma kame ta bayan ta zarge ta da lefin shiga zanga-zangar nuna ƙyamar gwamnati.

Benazir Bhutto a bisani ta kasance mai taka rawar gani cikin jami'iyyar (PPP), wato jamaiyyar mahaifinta. Kodayake ba ta iya zama cikin ƙasar Pakistan ba, to amma tana bada gudummawa gaya ga jama'iyyar ta( PPP) kafin kuma a bisani ta zama shuagabar jamia'iyyar, in da ta gaji mahaifinta, lokacin da ta koma gida Pakistan bayan mutuwar shugaba Janar Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq. Wannan ne ma ya baiwa jama'iyyar Bhutto ta “Pakistan People Party”, damar lashe zaɓen majalisar dokokin ƙasar da aka yi a ranar 16 ga watan Nuwambar 1988, sa'annan kuma aka rantsar da ita a muƙamin Firaminista a gwamnatin haɗin gambiza a ranar 2, ga watan Disambar 1988. Wannan ne ma ya sa Bhutto ta shiga tarihin ƙasar a matsayin mace ta farko kuma mafi ƙarancin shekaru da ta hau muƙamin Firaminista a Pakistan, don kuwa duka-duka shekarunta 35 ne da haihuwa a lokacin.

An kifar da gwamnatin Bhutto a 1990, in da Nawaz Sharif ya hau muƙamin Firaminista, to amma an kuma zaɓen ta a shekarar 1993, duk da hakan ba ta kai labari ba, don kuwa shugaba Farooq Leghari, ya zargi gwamnatin Bhutto da lefin rashawa. Bayan hamɓarar da gwamnatin Bhutto, a bisani ta fuskanci zarge-zarge da dama, mussaman kan yadda aka ce tana baiwa gwamnatin taliban a ƙasar Afghanistan goyon baya, don haka ne ma ƙasashen duniya irin su Faransa da Andalus wato Spain, da Swizaland, suka zargi Bhutto da laifin aikata laifufuka daban-daban a ƙasashen su da suka shafi na hada-hadar ƙudi, to amma jama'iyyarta ta (PPP) ta fito fili ta ƙaryata zarge-zargen.

A shekara ta 2002, shugaban Pakistan Pervez Musharraf, ya yi wa kundin tsarin mulkin Pakistan gyara, wanda hakan ya hamarta wa duk wani daya riƙe muƙamin Firaminista hawa mulki fiye da sau biyu, wanda hakan ya zama wata katangar da ta yi haramci ga Bhutto neman muƙamin Firamnista. A ranar uku, ga watan Agustan 2003, an zaɓi Benazir Bhutto, mamba cikin cibiyar Miinhaj ul-Quran ta duniya. Ta ci gaba da kasancewa a cibiyar har zuwa 2004, lokacin da ta koma Dubai da ke tarayar Daular Larabawa , in da ta ci gaba da zama tare da iyalanta, da suka haɗa da ‘ya'yanta uku, da mijinta, da kuma sauran iyalan ta. Benazir Bhutto ta bayyana aniyarta ta komawa Pakistan a shekara ta 2007, domin shiga siyasa gadan-gadan, kodayake shugaba Musharraf ya yi barazanar cewa zai haramta mata damar tsayawa takara, to amma kuma a bisani an yaɗa raɗe-raɗin cewar wata ƙil gwamnatin Musharraf ce ta kuma baiwa Bhutto damar komawa siyasa bayan wata ganawar da suka yi da ita a shekara ta 2004 .

Bayan tayi zama na neman mafakar siyasa na kimanin shekaru takwas a tsakanin Dubai da London, Benazir Bhutto ta koma ƙasar Pakistan a ranar 18 ga watan Oktoba na shekara ta 2007, don sake komawa fagen siyasa da zummarta ta tsayawa takara a babban zaɓen ƙasar na shekara ta 2008. To sai dai kuma a kan hanyarta ta komawa birnin Karachi a ranar 18 ga watan Oktoba na shekara ta 2007, Bhutto ta fuskanci hare-haren boma-bomai har saw biyu, da suka fashe jim kaɗan bayan ta baro babban filin saukar jiragen sama na Jennah. Du da cewar Bhutto bata sami koda ƙwarzani ba daga hare haren, to amma aƙalla magoya bayan ta su 136, ne suka mutu, sa'anan wasu 450, suka sami munanan raunuka, cikin waɗanda suka mutu akwai wasu Mutane 50, waɗanda suka yi kamun hannu na zobe, don kare Bhutto daga hare-haren ƙunar baƙin wake.

A ranar uku, ga watan Nuwambar shekara ta 2007, Shugaban Pakistan Pervez Musharraf, ya sanar da kafa dokar ta ɓaci a kan dalilan rashin cikkaken tsaro a ƙasar, kana kuma ya sauke babban Jojin ƙasar ya naɗa wani, tare kuma da kamewa da kuma tsare wasu dake adawa da gwamnatinsa. Bhutto ta yi Allah wadai da wannan manufa ta Musharraf don haka ne ma aka soma fuskantar sa-in-sa tsakanin Bhutto da gwamnatin Musharraf, lamarin da ya kai ga yi wa Benazir Bhutto ɗaurin talala a ranar 8, ga watan Nuwamba, kwanaki biyar bayan kafa dokar ta ɓaci. Bayan anyi ta gwa-gwa-gwa, a bisani dai Musharraf ya sako ta, don haka ne ma ta sami zarafin shigar da takardarta ta neman tsayawa takarar zaɓe na ‘yar majalisa daga mazaɓar Larkana, a ranar 24, ga watan Nuwambar 2007.

Shugaba Musharraf ya sauka daga kan muƙamin shugaban mulkin soja, sannan ya kuma ɗaukar rantsuwa a muƙamin shugaban farar hula a ranar 30, ga watan Nuwamba, 2007. Kana ya cire dokar ta baci a ranar 16, ga watan Dizambar shekarar, biye da kudirin yin zaɓe a watan Janairu na 2008. A ranar takwas ga watan Disamba na 2007, wasu ‘yan bindiga su uku, sun kutsa kai ofishin jama'iyyar Bhutto dake kudu maso yammacin lardin Baluchistan, in da suka kashe magoya bayan Benazir Bhutto su uku.

Benazir Bhutto, ta gamu da sanadin ajalin ta ne dai a ranar 27 ga watan Disambar shekara ta 2007, bayan wani ya harbe ta da bindiga kafin a bisani ya ta da bom da ya hallaka shi, a yayin da Bhutto ke ƙoƙarin fita daga harabar data gudanar da wani gangami na jama'iyyarta ta (PPP) a garin Rawalpindi. An ce aƙalla Mutane 22 suka mutu a wannan hari, wasu da dama suka sami raunuka. An sanar da mutuwar Bhutto ne dai a bayan an kai ta babban Asibitin Rawalpindi, in da Allah ya yi mata cikawa, kuma an sanar wa duniya rasuwarta da misalin ƙarfe 6, da minti 16, na rana agogon Pakistan, ko kuma ƙarfe 2 da miniti 16, agogon Nigeriya da Niger. Ƙasashen duniya da dama sun yi Allah wadai da kashe Bhutto, in da wasu ke ɗora laifin harin kan gwamnatin Musharraf, zargin da shugaba Musharraf ya ƙaryata.




#Article 12: Abubakar Imam (872 words)


Alhaji Abubakar Imam, shahararren marubucin Hausa ne wanda ya wallafa littatafan Hausa da dama, cikinsu akwai irinsu Magana Jari Ce, Ruwan Bagaja da sauransu. Marubucin ya samu shahara a Duniyar Nazarin Harshen Hausa. Ya zamo edita na farko na jaridar Arewa, Gaskiya Ta Fi Kwabo yanzu haka a na nazarin wallafe-wallafen da ya yi a manya da kananan makarantu a Nijeriya. Abubakar Imam shine marubuci littattafan Hausa na farko a karni na 20, A tsakanin watan Aprilu zuwa Ogusta na 1934, 

An haifi Alhaji Dr. Abubakar Imam, O.B.E; C.O.N.; LL.D (Hon.) N.N.M.C. a Cikin shekarar 1911 a cikin garin Kagara sa'an nan tana cikin lardin Kwantagora, yanzu kuwa Jihar Neja. Ya yi makaranta a Katsina Training College kuma ya kama aikin malanta a Makarantar Midil ta Katsina a shekarar 1932. Yana da shekara 22 ya rubuta ''. Ganin kwazonsa wajen kaga labari mai ma'ana ya sa Dr. R.M. East, shugaban Ofishin Talifi na Zariya, ya roki a bada shi aro daga Katsina ya yi aikin rubuce-rubuce a Zariya. A zaman sa na Zariya ne Abubakar Imam ya wallafa littafin Magana Jari Ce 1-3, Ikon Allah 1-5 da Tafiya Mabudin Ilimi. Nothern Privinces Newsheet ne kamfani na farko dake buga rubutun ajami a kasar hausa, wanda aka kafa a kano. Daga baya kuma an kafa Nothern Nigeria Publishing Company (NNPC) waɗanda suke wallafa litttatafai a cikinn harshen hausa. Sannan aka kafa gidan jarida ta farko mai suna “Gaskiya Tafi Kwabo”Ma’ana “ Truth is Worth More than a Penny” wacce aka ƙirƙira a shekarar 1939, wanda a lokacin Abubakar Imam shine mai kula da harkokin rubutu a kamfanin.Abubakar Imam ne mutum na farko da yafara walafa littafin labarin hausa a ƙasar hausa mai suna “Ruwan Bagaja” a shekarar 1934.() a lokacin yana da shekara 23, sai Bello kagara, wanda yaya ne ga Abubakar Imam. wanda ya wallafa littafin Ganɗoki littafi mai shafi 45. Sai littafi mai suna “Idon Matamabayi” na Muhammadu Gwarzo a shekarar (1911-1971). Littafi na biyar shine “Jiki Magayi”, amman littafain Magana Jari ce tafi kowanne littafi karbuwa a karnin.

Abuabakr Imam yace ya dauke shi kimanin wata shida yan rubuta littafin magana jari ce. yawancin labaran dake cikin littafin magana jari ce ya samo ne daga labarun tatsuniya na Grimon, labarun larabawa da ƴan Indiya kuma kimanin labarai 80 ya samo su daga wasu lttatafan da Rupert East ya ara mai, Shi kanshi Abubakar Imam Yave “shi kanshi Rupert East ya tattaro bayanai daga cikin littatafai daban-daban na turawa da tatsuniyan larabawa, domin yin amfani dasu a matsayin abun amfani na sharan fage”. Magana Jari ce ta kasance babban littafin da tafi kowanne a jadawalin tsarin rubuta littafi ga hausawa har ila yau.

Ruwan Bagaja yana daya daga cikin shahararrun littafin da Abubakar Imam ya wallafa, littafin labari ne a cikin labari, inda Alhaji Imam ke bada tarihin rayuwarsa da kansa. Inda yake tara mutane yana basu labarinsa, su kuma suna jinsa. Labarin littafin ya kunshi inda Imam ke barin gida wajen neman Ruwan Bagaja domin neman ma wanda ya rige shi magani da kuma fitar dashi daga kunya. Inda ya fita gida tin da kuruciyar shi inda yawo yakai shi har India, inda daga bisani yake dawowa gida.

Rupert East ya sanya gasar littattafai inda aka kai ‘Ruwan Bagaja’ dan gyare-gyare a lokacin ta hanyan Katsina Middle School. A watan Aprilu 30th, 1934, Rupert East ya rubutawa Mr. Allen, Shugaban Makarantar Katsina Middle School ga Mallam Abubakar Imam. Cewa suna godia, da turo takardan Abubakar Imam da akayi zuwa wajen su amma a wannan lokacin baza su iya wallafa littafin ba domin littafin ya ruwaito labarinsa dayawa daga wasu littattafan inda kuma babu wasu canje canje. Duk da cewa littafin ya tsaru kuma sun yabe shi. Inda ya bashi shawaran da ya rubuta wasu labaran da kanshi domin a sanya su domin samun daman wallafa littafin da sunanshi shi Abubakar Imam. A watan Ogusta East ya sake rubutawa Abubakar Imam wasika inda yake sanar dashi cewa sun kusa gama gyare-gyaren littafin nasa a cikin littafin.

Ya fara nazarin littafin shi wanda ya same suna ‘RUWAN BAGAJA’ a wanna shekaran. Inda shekara mai zuwa baturen mulkin mallaka ’Rupert East’ ya sanya gasan littattafai inda aka kai Ruwan Bagaja domin gyare-gyare. Masana Harshen Hausa sun tabbatar da cewar har ya zuwa yanzu babu wani marubuci da ya baiwa Adabin Hausa gudunmowa ta musamman fiye da Alhaji Abubakar Imam, domin kasancewarsa marubuci mai cikakkiyar basira da fasahar shirya labarai iri daban-daban. Duba da muhimmancinsa ne ma, ya sa masana su ka sanya talifinsa cikin jadawalin darussan Hausa a Makarantun Sakandire da kuma Jami'o'i. Wadansu littatafan da Alhaji Abubakar Imam ya rubuta sun hada da Tarihin Annabi (S.A.W) Kammalalle da kuma Karamin Sani Kukumi.Hakika,Alhaji Abubakar Imam yana sahun gaba a manyan taurarin adabin Hausa Kuma wanda Har ila yau bashida tamka A Fannin Kaga Labarai

Duba ga irin gudunmowa da ya bayar ga Talifi da Aikin Jarida, Masarautar Burtaniya ta girmama Alhaji Abubakar Imam da lambar girma ta O.B.E, Order of British Empire. Daga bisani kuma gwamnatin Nijeriya ta girmama shi ta tata lambar makamanciyar O.B.E, wato C.O.N. Yanzu haka gwamnatin Jihar KanoTa sanya sunan shi a Babban Asibitin Kula da ma su Yoyon Fitsari, wato Abubakar Imam Urology Hospital, da ke Birnin Kano.




#Article 13: Birtaniya (141 words)


Birtaniya ko Biritaniya (da Turanci: Britain), ƙasa ce, da ke a nahiyar Turai. Biritaniya tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba'i 242,495. Biritaniya tana da yawan jama'a 4,954,645, bisa ga jimillar 2016. Biritaniya tana da iyaka da Ayilan. Babban birnin Biritaniya, Landan ne, Magana sosai, Birtaniya, ta ƙunshi Ingila, Weyilz kuma da Sukotilan. United Kingdom (da Hausanci: Masarautar Ɗaya ko Masarautar Haɗaɗɗe), ya ƙunshi Ingila, Weyilz, Sukotilan kuma da Ayilan ta Arewa. Tsibirin Birtaniya, ya ƙunshi Ingila, Weyilz, Sukotilan, Ayiland ta Arewa, kuma da kasar Ayilan.

Sarauniyar Birtaniya Elizabeth ta Biyu (lafazi: /elizabet ta biyu/) ce. Firaministan Birtaniya Theresa May (lafazi: /teresa mai/) ce. Margaret Thatcher dai itace macen farko data zama Firaministan ƙasar Birtaniya.

Birtaniya ta samu yancin kafin karni na goma.

A kar Ingila suna da abinci kala daban daban.

A kasar Ingila akwai yanayin zafi da sanyi.




#Article 14: Isra'ila (174 words)


Isra'ila tana daya daga cikin kasashen gabas ta tsakiya,  kasar yahudawa ce, kuma tana bin tsarin mulkin Dimokradiya ne, dukda cewar yawancin al'umman yahudawa ne amma sunada 'yan tsirarun larabawa musulmai da Krista a kasar, ana kiran su da larabawa ciki ko kuma larabawan Isra'ila, iyakar kasar Isra'ila har ila yau ba'a fayyace ba, shiyasa ake ta samun matsala har ila yau don saboda bata faiyaci iyakacin ta ba tun lokacin da ta zama kasa a shekara ta 1948 amma dakwai iyakan da ta dai daita da wasu kasashen larabawa kamar Misra daga Sinai zuwa Negev, Jordan daga Arabah zuwa maraj bisan wa'yannan sune iyakan da aka fai yaci a yarjejeniyar zaman lafiya da aka yi, a shekara ta 2000 Isra'ila ta nemi a fayyaci iyakanta da Lebanon a wannan lokaci Isra'ila ta janye dakarunta daga kudancin Lebanon kuma a shekara ta 2005 Isra'ila ta fayyaci iyakanta da Zirin Gaza.

Iyakan Isra'ila karami ne tanada yawan mutane da sukakai 7000,000 kuma ta sha gwabza yaki da makwabtanta; Misali, Misra, Seriya, Labano, Jordan da Falasdinu.




#Article 15: Nelson Mandela (965 words)


 
An haife shi ne a wani gari mai suna Qunu dake gabas da kogin Mbashe a yankin gabashin birnin Cap. A lokacin da ya samu shekara bakwai ya zama ɗan zuri´arsa na farko da ya shiga makarantar boko. Mahaifinsa ya rasu da cutar tarin fuka  a yayin da Mandela ya samu shekaru tara a duniya. Saidai duk da halin maraici da ya tsinci kansa a ciki, Nelson Mandella ya ci gaba da karatu. Amma a lokacin da ya kammala shekarar sa ta farko a jami´ar Fort Hare, an fidda shi daga makarantan a dalilin jagorancin da yayiwa ´yan makarantar na tada tarzoma. Bayan haka Nelson Mandela yayi ƙaurin suna a Jami´ar birnin Johannesburg, inda a nan ya cigaba da karatun sa har saida ya samu digirin digirgir ta fannin shari´a. A ɓangaren harkokin siyasa kuwa a shekara ta 1942 ne Nelson Mandela ya shiga Ƙungiyar ANC mai yaki da wariyar launin fata da ake nunawa baƙaƙen fatar Afrika ta Kudu.

A shekara ta 1944 tare da haɗin gwuiwar Walter Sizulu da kuma OLivier Tambo Mandela ya girka kungiyar matasan jam'iyyar ANC wadda daga nan ta duƙufa wajen neman´yancin baƙaƙen fata da sauran al´umomin da ake nunawa wariya a ko ina a cikin duniya.Don cimma wannan buri, Nelson Mandela ya shiga kafar wando guda da gwamnatin Daniel Malam wacce ta ƙaddamar da mulkin Apartheid wato wariyar launin fata a Afrika ta Kudu. Ta la´akari da yadda Ƙungiyar matasan yaƙi da Apartheid ke samun gindin zama sai gwamnati ta cafke Nelson Mandela tare da wasu muƙarrabansa 150 wanda aka jefa su kurkuku har tsawan shekaru biyar.

A shekara ta 1960 turawan dake mulki a Afrika ta kudu, su ka ƙadamar da kisan kiyashi da aka fi sani da suna ta´adin Sharpeville, wanda a sakamakon sa mutane suka rasa rayukan su. Wannan ta´adi ya harzuƙa Nelson Mandela a game da haka, yayi kira ga jama´a ta ƙadamar da yaki ga haramtaciyar gwamnatin wariyar launin fata.

A dalilin haka aka ƙara ɗaure shi, a kurkuku, har tsawan shekaru biyar. A yayin da kotu ke gudanar da shari´a  akan al´amarin Mandela ƙarara yace kotun haramtata ce, domin itama ta nuna  wariya.Wannan kalami yasa aka kara ɗaure shi na shekaru biyar,ya rikiɗa zuwa ɗaurin rai da rai a gidan yari na Robben Island, inda ya share shekaru kussan 28 a ɗaure.

Ranar 11 ga watan febrairun shekara ta 1990, rana mai dubun tarihi ga ƙasar Afrika ta Kudu da ma Afrika baki ɗaya, domin a wannan rana gwamnatin Afrika ta Kudu ta bada umurnin belin Nelson Mandela kamar yadda shugaba Fredrick Declerck ya bayyana  a cikin wannan jawabi: Gwamnati ta yanke shawarar sallamar Nelson Mandela ba tare da gitta wani sharaɗi ba, kuma za ta tabbatar da hakan take yake.Kammalla jawabin na shugaban ƙasa Declerck ke da wuya, sai aka sallami Mandela, inda dubban jama´a suka tarɓe sa cikin taɓi da harerewa. A lokacin da yayi jawabin farko bayan belin nasa, Nelson Mandela ya bayyana matuƙar farin ciki, to saidai a ɗaya hannun ya bayyana baƙin ciki, ta la´akari da cewar har yanzu, ba ta cenza zani ba, a game da ƙuncin rayuwar baƙaƙen fata na Afrika ta Kudu.Bayan fitowar sa daga kurkuku,Mandela yayi alƙawarin ci gaba da gwaggwarmaya har sai ya ga abunda ya turewa buzu naɗi.

A game da haka, ya samu lambar yabo ta zaman lafiya, wato Nobel Price, kokuma Prix Nobel de la Paix tare da Fredrick De Clerck. Jam´iyarsa ta ANC ta tsaida shi, ɗan takara a zaɓen shugaban ƙasar Afrika ta Kudu ranar 27 ga watan Afirilun shekara ta 1994.

ANC ta sami gagarimin rinjaye da kashi 60 %, a game da haka,Mandela  ya zama baƙar fata na farko da ya jagoranci Afrika ta Kudu, tare da mataimaka guda biyu, Thabon Mbeki shugaba mai ci yanzu ,da kuma Fredrik De Clerck tsofan shugaban ƙasa.

Wasu daga cikin mahimman ƙudurorin da Mandela ya ƙadamar a zamanin mulkinsa sun haɗa da girka komitina mussamman wanda ya tattara illahirin wulaƙanci da azabar da baƙaƙwen fata suka yi fama da ita, a zamanin mulkin wariya, da zumar yafewa juna tare da ɗaukar matakan kauda wannan  tsarni daga dokokin Afrika ta Kudu.Mandela ya taka muhimmiyar rawa ta fannin farfaɗo da martaba da ƙimar Afrika ta Kudu  a idanun duniya, sannan ya kasance tamkar uba ga sauran ƙasashen Afrika.Nelson Mandela, ya sauka daga karagar mulki  a shekara ta 1999.Har bayan saukar sa daga karagar mulki, Nelson Mandela ya cigaba da fafatawar ƙwato ´yancin bani adama,a game da haka ne, Hukumar kare haƙƙoƙin dan adama  ta Amnesty International ta naɗa shi jikadan zaman lafiya na duniya, daga jami´ar Amnesty Bil Shipsey ya bayyana dalilan ɗorawa Mandela wannan na'uyin.

Tun belin sa daga kurkuku a shekara ta 1990, ya zama tauraruwa sha kallo, kuma abun koyi ne a duk ko´ina cikin duniya.
A lokacin da yayi shugabanci ya bada cikkakar shaida, cewar ana iya gudanar da mulki cikin adalci, sannan babu matsalar da za ta gagara a magance, muddun akwai kyakkyawar niya.
A lokacin da ya maida martani ga wannan na'uyin da Amnesty ta ɗora masa, Mandela ya jaddada aniyarsa, ta cigaba da gwagwarmaya muddun ya na raye.

A yanzu nayi ritaya daga harakokin mulki, amma muddun rashin adalaci ya cigaba a duniya nima zan cigaba da fafatawar ƙwatar ´yancin jama´a, domin a duk lokacin da talauci ya mamaye jama´a, babu batun ´yanci.
Nelson Madela ya taka rawar gani ta fannoni dabam dabam hasali ma ta fannnin yaƙi da cutar Sida.
A shekara ta 2005, ya fito ƙarara ya bayyana cewar, ɗansa na cikinsa Makgatho Mandela, ya rasu a dalili da kamuwa da cutar Sida.
Yayi hakan domin taimakawa jama´a ta daina samun ɗaurin kai a game da wannan cuta da masu ɗauke da ita ke fama da ƙyama.
Wannan bayyani na Nelson Mandella ya taimaka mutuƙa, wajen rage ƙyamar masu cutar Sida.




#Article 16: Waƙoƙin Hausa (129 words)


Waƙoƙin Gargajiya

Kamar dai yadda kowacce al'ada ko Kabila ta ke da mawakanta, to ita ma kabilar Hausa ta na da na ta mawakan, wadanda su ka yi wakoki ma su tarin yawa, cike da hikimomi da basira mara adadi. 

Wasu daga cikin mawakan, sun yi wakoki daban-daban, wasu kuma jigon wakokin nasu iri daya ne. Akwai mawakan Sarakuna, akwai na Sha'awa, akwai na Manoma ko 'Yan Dambe ko 'Yan Kasuwa, da dai sauransu.

Wannan sunayen wasu ne daga shahararrun mawakan gargajiya, matattu da kuma rayayyu daga Nijeriya. Mafi yawancinsu dai sun riga mu gidan gaskiya. 

Da yake shi Harshen Hausa ya yadu sosai, daga Nijeriya zuwa Niger, zuwa Kamaru, Ghana, Saliyo, Benin da sauransu. Hakan ta haifar da samuwar mawaka da Hausa a wadannan Kasashen da ma tsallake.




#Article 17: Barack Obama (449 words)


An haifi Barack Hussain Obama ne a ranar 4 ga watan Ogusta na shekara ta 1961 a birnin Honolulu dake jihar Hawaii a ƙasar Amurika.Tun yana ɗan shekaru biyu da haihuwa iyayensa suka rabu, da cigaba da zaman aure tare da mahaifiyarsa. Mahaifinsa musulmi ne dan kasar Kenya a nahiyar Afirka, ya bar Amurika bayan ya bar matarsa a Amurka inda ya koma gida Kenya. ya kuma zama minista a cikin gwamnatin shugaban ƙasa na farko, wato Jomo Kenyatta, kamin Allah ya amshi ransa, a shekara ta 1982 a cikin haɗarin mota.

A lokacin da ya samu shekaru shida, har zuwa shekaru 10, Barack Obama ya bi mahaifiyarsa zuwa ƙasar Indonesia inda suka yi zama na shekaru huɗu.Sai a shekara ta 1971 ya komo Honolulu, inda ya ci gaba da karatu.Yayi karatu a jami´ar Kaliforniya da kuma ta Kolumbiya a birnin New York. Bayan ya kamalla karatu a jami´a, Obama ya fara aiki a matsayin jami´i, ta fannin lissafin kudi.To saidai bai jima ba yana wannan aiki ba ya kuma koma ƙaro ilimi, inda a shekara ta 1991 ya fito da digirin digirgir ta fannin sharia. Barack ya jima ya na kwaɗayin shiga siyasa, amma sai a shekara ta 1996 haƙarsa ta cimma ruwa, inda karon farko a ka zaɓe shi a matsayin dan majalisa a mazaɓarsa ta yankin Ilinois.

A tsawan watanni 18 Barack Obama na fafatawa da matar tsofan shugaban ƙasar Amurka, wato Hilary Klinton domin samun tabarraki daga jam´iyar Demokrate don tsayawa takara a zaɓen shugaban ƙasar Amurikar.

A shekara ta 2004 ya tsaya takara a Majalisar Dokoki A wani matakin da wasu ke dangantawa da rabbo rabbabe, ba zato ba tsammani, Barack Obama ya kai gaci, ya kayar da abokiyar hamayar tasa.
A duk tsawan wannan lokaci Obama ya bayyana kansa a matsayin gwarzo, duk da cewar da dama na masu zargin rashin ƙwarewa cikin harkokin siyasa, idan aka kwatanta shi da Hilary Klinton, ko kuma da ɗan takara jam´iyar Republicain John Makain, mai shekaru 72 a duniya,wanda kuma ya laƙanci ƙabli da ba´adin siyasa, a ciki da wajen Amurika.
Ta fannin rubuce rubuce,Barack Obama, ya rubuta littatafai guda biyu, inda a ɗaya daga cikin su, yayi tarihin rayuwar baƙaƙe a Amurika, tare da bayyana yadda a matsayinsa na baƙin ba´amurike ya gudanar da yarintarsa.
Barack Obama,na da aure da kuma ´yaya,´yan mata guda biyu.

kafin ya tsaya takara, da shi Sanata ne a Jam'iyar dimukaratic ta Jihara Illinois acikin wannan lokacin a 4 ga 2005 zuwa 16 ga shekara ta 2008 kuma shene dan afirka na farko a majalisar wakilai Amurika kuma shine dan asalin Afirka na farko da yatsaya takarar shugaban Amurika a Jam'iyar dimucraic sannan ya kayar da abokiyar takatarsa Hillary Clinton. 




#Article 18: Kambodiya (383 words)


Ita dai Kambodiya wata ƙasa ce da ke kudu maso gabashin Asiya kuma ta na da jama'a da yawansu ya haura miliyan 13. Sunan babban birnin ƙasar Phnom Penh. Kambodiya ta samo asali ne daga daular Hindu da Buddha, wadda ta mulki yankunan Indonesiya da China tsakanin ƙarni na 11 zuwa ƙarni na 14.

Yawancin ‘yan ƙasar Kambodiya mabiya addinin Buddha ne, amma kuma akwai musulmi da dama da chinese ‘yan asalin ƙasar, da yan asalin ƙasar Vietnam da kuma yan tsirarun yarurruka da ke zaune akan tsaunuka.

Ƙasar Kambodiya na maƙwabtaka da ƙasashen Thailand a yammaci da kuma yamma maso arewa, Laos a arewa maso gabas da Vietnam a gabas da kudu maso gabas. A kudu tana fuskantar kogin Thailand.

Siyasa a ƙasar Kambodiya ta kafu ne akan tafarkin kundin tsarin mulkin ƙasar na 1993, kuma tsari ne da aka yi da ke da Sarki da kuma Firaminista, waɗanda wakilan jama'a ne ke zaɓansu. Firaministan ƙasar shi ne shugaban gwamnati, wadda ta ƙunshi jam'iyyu dabam-dabam, a yayin da kuma sarki shi ne shugaban ƙasa. Sarki ne ke naɗa Firaminista tare da shawara da kuma yardar majalisar ƙoli ta ƙasar. Firaminista tare da ministocin sa na da ikon zartar da doka a gwamnati, a yayin da alhakin tsara dokoki ya rataya ne akan majalisun dokoki da kuma ɓangaren masu zartar da dokar.

A ranar 14 ga watan Oktoba, wata majalisa ta musamman mai wakilai 9, ta zaɓi Sarki Norodom Sihamoni, a wani tsari na zaɓe da aka yi cikin gaggawa, sati ɗaya bayan Sarki Norodom Sihanouk (1922 – 2012), ya ƙi amincewa. Zaɓen sarki Sihamoni ya sami albarkacin Firaminista Hun Sen da shugaban majalisar dokokin ƙasar, Norodom Ranariddh, waɗanda dukkan su wakilai ne a majalisar zaɓen sarki. An rantsar da sabon sarkin ne a ranar 29 ga watan Oktoba, a babban birnin Kambodiya, wato Phnom Penh.

Masana'antun ƙasar Kambodiya dai sune na sutura, yawon shaƙatawa da kuma gine-gine. A shekara ta 2007, yawan baƙin da suka ziyarci ƙasar daga ƙasashen waje ya haura miliyan biyu. An gano mai da albarkatun ƙasa a ƙarkashin ruwan dake zagaye da ƙasar a shekara ta 2005, kuma idan aka fara zaƙulo waɗannan albarkatun ƙasa a shekara ta 2011, to ana ganin cewa kuɗin shigan da za a riƙa samu daga Man zai haɓaka arziƙin ƙasar ta Kambodiya




#Article 19: Mahaman Shata (173 words)


Alhaji Mamman Shata, ya rasu a shekarar 1998. ya na da shekara fiye da 70 a lokacin mutuwar sa. Mamman Shata na daya daga cikin mawwakan gargajiya da aka fi sani a kasashen Hausa da afirka, kai harma da duniya.Ya kasan ce masha hurin Mawaki,domin a fagen wakarsa ya shahara. Kasan cewar ya kasance a cikin waka ba abin da bazaiwa waka ba. Shi yasa ake masa kirari da SHATA IKON ALLAH.KUMA MAHADI MAI DOGON ZAMANI.

Yan Arewa Ku Bar Barci na daya daga cikin wakokin sa.

Shata: Yan Arewa Ku Bar Barci, Najeriyarmu Akwai Dad'i 
'yan arewa a bar barci, Najeriyarmu, akwai dad'i. To! 

'Yan Amshi: A'a, 'yan arewa a bar barci, Najeriyarmu, akwai dad'i.

Shata: K'asar Afuruka, bak'ar fata, K'asar Afruruka, bak'ar fata, In ka yi yawo ciki nata, Duk ba kaman Najeriya, gidan dad'i, Najeriya k'asar farin jini, Najeriya ce gidan dad'i, Balle arewa uwar dad'i. To!

'Yan Amshi: A'a, 'yan arewa a bar barci, Najeriyarmu, akwai dad'i. 

Shata: Oh, northerners stop sleeping, Our Nigeria, it's a pleasant place.
Source: 




#Article 20: Sudan (118 words)


Kasar Sudan tana daya daga cikin kasashen yankin arewa maso gabacin Afrika tanada iyaka da kasashe tara. Daga arewacin kasar Misra, daga gabashi Eritrea da Ethiopia, daga kudanci Kenya da Uganda, daga kudu maso gabas congo da jamhoriyar Afirka ta Tsakiya, daga yammaci Chadi, daga arewa maso yammaci Libya kuma kasace da take bin Adinin Musulunci.

Sudan nada harsuna fiye da dari biyar, amma harshen dayafi shahara itace harshen larabci wadda kowa da kowa yake jinsa, kuma itace yaren Kasar. 

Yaren Dinka itace ta biyu  a yawan masu amfani da ita  bayan larabci.

Hausa shine na uku wurin yawan a duk fadin kasar

Nuba shine na hudu

 

Shulukda soran so .

Sudan nada yankuna ashirin da shida sune:-

         




#Article 21: Cadi (240 words)


Kasar Chadi tana daya daga cikin kasashen da suke afirka ta tsakiya . tanada iyaka da kasashe shida sune:- daga nahiyar gabas Sudan , nahirar arewa Libya daga nahiyar yamma Nijar da Kamaru da Nijeriya , nahiyar kudu jamhuriyar Afirka ta tsakiya . Kasar chadi kasa ce da batada wani kogi ko teku amma tanada wani dan tabki sunansa tabkin chadi yana arewa maso yammacin Njemena baban birnin kasar .

Kasar Chadi tasamu yancin gashin kanta ne daga hannun kasar faransa tun daga 11 ga watan 08 shekara ta 1960, a wannan lokacin Ngarta Tombalbaye dan kudanci chadi wanda ba musulmi bane ya karbe ikon kasa daga hannun Faransa. Bayan shekara 5 da karbar mulki sai aka fara yaki tsakaninsa da musulmai ýan'arewacin kasar, acikin babban birni Ndjamena, haka aka cigaba da yakin har shekara ta 1979 musulmai suka yi nasara akan ýan'kudancin kasar wadanda mafi yawansu ba musulmau bane. A waccan lokaci Hissène Habré yazama shugaban Kasar .

Daga 1982 se yazame doktator . a shekara 1989 Idriss Déby ya shiga tawae yaringa kai hare kan sujujin kwamnate , a shikara 1990 Idriss Déby ya kwace mulke da ga Hissène Habré . ton da shugaban kasa ya yi tazarci abokan hamaiya suka shiga tawae agabarci kasa ,2008 yan tawae suka shiga cikin baban birne Omjamaina sate guda suna kwabza fada dan su kefe Idriss Débyamma busuci nasara ba daganan alagar cadi ta baci da Sudan har ila yau .




#Article 22: Ƴan'adam (232 words)


Dan'adam Muhimmin Jawabin da Majalisar Dinkin Duniya ta bayyana game da Hakkokin Ƴan'adam a shekarar 1948.
Gabatarwa Ganin cewa yanci da adalci da zaman lafiya ba za su samu ba a duniya, harsai in an amince da cewa: dukkan yan-adam suna da mutunci, kuma suna da hakkokinsu kamar yadda kowa da kowa kedashi, wadanda ba za a iya kwace musu ba, Ganin cewa ba abin da ya sa aka aikata abubuwa irin na lokacin jahiliyya wadanda ke tada hankalin duniya gaba-daya, illa rashin sanin hakkokin dan-adam da rena su. Ganin kuma cewa an bayyana cewa: muhimmin gurin da yan-adam suka sa gaba shi ne, bayan sun kubuta daga tsananin iko da wahala, kowa ya sami damar fadin raayinsa kuma ya sa rai ga abin da zuciyarsa ta saka masa, Ganin cewa ya kamata a kafa hukumomi wadanda za su kula da kiyayewa da hakkokin yan-adam, ta hanyar girka dokoki, domin kada tsananin iko da danniya su yi yawa har su kai mutane ga yin kara ko yin tawaye, Ganin cewa ya kamata a karfafa aminci tsakanin kasashe, Ganin cewa a cikin usular (takardar sharuda) alummu, kasashen duniya sun sake nuna amincewarsu da muhimman hakkokin yan-adam, da mutuncinsu, da darajar da wadannan halittu suke da ita kuma a kan daidai-wa-daida ga namiji da mace, suka kuma dauki alkawalin yin kokari domin su kyautata wa yan-adam jin dadin rayuwa a cikin suna kara walawa.




#Article 23: Afirka (529 words)


Nahiyar Afirka itace nahiya ta biyu a fadin kasa da kuma yawan jama'a a duniya. Nahiyar da ke daya daga cikin nahiyoyi bakwai na duniya tanada kasashe kimanin hamsin da hudu kuma akwai ruwayoyi da dama da ke nuna yadda nahiyar Afirka ta samo asalin sunanta na Afirka ɗin, to amma dai ruwaya mafi shahara da kuma karɓuwa a tarihi itace, wadda ke cewar, sunan Afirka ya samo asali ne daga kalmar Misirawa ta Afru-ika wadda ke nufin Ƙasar Haihuwa. Idan mutum ya kira kansa ɗan Afirka ko Ba'afirke, hakan na nuni da yadda mutum yake danganta sunansa da nahiyar Afirka a matsayin mahaifarsa. Kamar dai yadda bisa al'ada, idan mutum ya fito daga Amurika, sai a kira shi Ba'amurke, ko kuma idan daga Turai mutum ya fito sai a kira shi Bature. Hakama wanda ya fito daga ƙasashen Larabawa sai a kira shi Balarabe da dai sauransu.

Zauren taron Ƙungiyar Tarayyar Afirka da ke birnin Addis Ababa na ƙasar Habasha, abun da ya kamata masu karatu su fahimta shi ne, duk da an ce sunan Afirka ya samo asali ne daga harshen mutanen Misra, to ba ana nufin harshen Larabci tsantsa ba. Domin dukkanin ƙasashen da ke magana da harshen Larabci kowannen su yana da irin nasa karin harshen, amma tsantsar Larabci na nahawu wanda aka fi sani da 'FUSHA', Larabci ne da harshen alƙur'ani ya zo da shi. 

Babu shakka haka batun yake, kuma dalilin da ya sa ma sunan Afirka ɗin ya samu daga harshen Misiranci shi ne, kasancewar shi harshen Misirancin da dadadden harshene kuma yana da tasiri sosai akan harsuna na asali kamar su harshen Girka da na Latin, kodadai dukkaninsu ana kiran su da suna harsuna 'yan asalin indiya da Turai, wato 'Indo-European languages', a Turance kenan. Kuma ita kanta kalmar ta 'Indo' ta samu ne daga kalmar Indiya, kuma ita kalmar Indiya ta samu ne daga wajen Larabawa lokacin da suka mamaye yankin na Indiya ɗin. Bayan da suka gano cewa Wani mutum da ake kira Kush ɗan Ham, yana da 'ya'ya biyu masu suna Hind, da Sind. To shi Hind ɗan Kush sai ya kafa daula a Indiya, shi kuma 'Sind' ɗan Kush sai ya kafa daula a yankin Larabawa. To daga nan ne Larabawa suke kiran al'ummar Indiya da suna 'Hindu'.

Tarihi dai ya nunar da cewa, tasirin da harshen Misarawa yake da shi a duniyar Larabawa da ma wasu yankuna na Afirka ya samu ne sabo da yawan fina- finai da wasannin kwaikwayo da kuma waƙe-waƙen mutanen misra da suka cika yankin. Sannan kuma kamar yadda Misirawa suke kiran mutanen da suka fito daga yankin Afirka da Afru-ika Su kuma mutanen Latin suna kiran afirkawan ne da nasu harshen inda suke cewa da su Africanus Wadda ke nufin daga Afirka. To amma kuma an fara amfani da kalmar Afru-ika lokaci maitsawo kafin a fara amfani da ta Africanus. Domin kuwa tun shekaru 400 kafin haihuwar Annabi Isa Alaihis-salam, har zuwa shekaru 400 bayan komawar sa ga Allah, Rumawa sun kasance ne a arewacin Afirka. Su kuwa Girkawa sun kasance ne a Misira daga wajejen shekaru 300 kafin haihuwar Annabi Isa Alaihissalam, zuwa kimanin shekaru 200 bayan komawarsa ga Allah.




#Article 24: Mali (151 words)


Mali tana cikin kasashin Afirka ta yamma , tanada iyaka da kasashi bakwai sune :-

 

mali tanada yan'kuna takwas kuma yankunan suna da kanan yankuna 49 sune wa'yannan:-

wayannan kabiluli Soninke , Mandinka ko(Mandingo , Malinke) sun bale daga cango shekara ta 1230 daganan sarkin madingo Sundiata Keita se yayi kungiya ta wa'yanna kabilu guda uku a jefan tabkin cadi se yabar makotansa a karkashin ikon sa, anan masarautar Mali shine ya kirkirota awannan lokacin tafi masarautar ghana . Mansa Musa yanada baban magame a kasa bayan sarki Sundiata Keita shine dan afirka mutume na farko ya tafi haji da kafa a shekara ta (1324) ta hanyar misra , awannan shekarar aka zamar Tomboucou kasuwar saida zinariya da koyar da adinin musulinci , akarshin karni na 14 abizinawa suka zo daga kudancin hamada suka mamiye wannan birn a shikara 1500 se suka tsawaita ikon so zowa sama da tabkin issa .




#Article 25: Nijar (ƙasa) (148 words)


Kasar Nijar tana daya daga cikin kasashan Afrika ta yamma. Tana makwabtaka da kasashe bakwai (Nijeriya, Libya, Aljeriya, Mali, Burkina Faso, Benin, Cadi). Tana da al'umma da ta kai fiye da mutum miliyan sha bakwai(17). Kuma tana da kabilu daban-daban, kamar su: Hausawa, Zabarmawa, Fulani, Kanuri, Bugaje, Barebari, Larabawa, Tubawa, da Gurmawa. Nijar ta na days daga cikin kasashen kungiyar tattalin arzikin kasahen yammacin Africa (CEDEAO). 

Nijar ta samu ƴancin kan ta a shekarar 1960 daga Turawan mulkin mallaka na Faransa. Tana da arzikin ma'adani caking kasa kamar Zinariya, da Karfe, da Gawayi, da uranium da kuma Petur.

A lissafin kasafin kasa da INS ta fitar (a shekarar 2013 kasar Nijar ta na da al'umma milyan sha bakwai da dubu dari da ashirin da tara da saba'in da shida (17,129,076).

Yankunan Gwamnatin kasar Sune:

Birane dake da adadin al'umma samada dubu goma (10,000) akan kidayar shekara ta 2012.




#Article 26: Kamaru (218 words)


Kamaru wannan suna na Kameru (da Turanci Cameroon, da Faransanci Cameroun) ya samu ne daga sunan duwatsu masu tsarki , a shekara ta 1302 da hijira Kasar Jamus ta suka ta fara rainon kasar, kuma a shekara ta 1335 ta hijira sai kasar Biritaniya da faransa suka rabata gida biyu kowa ya raina rabi rabi amma Kasar faransa tana daukan kashi uku ne na daga cikin kudin arzikin kasar a shekara ta 19 sai yankin da faransa ke iko dashi yahade da kameru a shekara ta 1922 sai sukaye zabe a duk fadin kasar a wannan lokacin Ahamad ahidajo yarike shukabancin kasar amma baijima ba sai ya sauka yabawa mataimakinsa

fadin Kasar Kamaru zai kai 475,442 km tanada kimanin mutane daza sukai (10,691,000) a kidayar shekara ta 1988 . Douala itaci babban birnin Kasar tanada kimanin rabin miliyan na mutane da suke zaune a cikinta, Kamaru tanada yare biyu masu datake amfani dasu amatsayin rayen Kasar, sine; ( Faransanci a gabashin kasar da Turanci a yammacin kasar akawai wasu yaruka masu dinbin yawa.
Kamuru ta Faransa da ta Biritaniya sun hade ne a shekara ta 1961 a wannan lokacine ta zama Tarayyar jamhuriyar Kamaru, amma a shekara ta 1984 sai suka samata sunan Jamhuriyar Kamaru. Jamhuriyar Kamaru tana tsakiyar afirka ne dai, kuma tana makwabtaka da kasashe kamar:-




#Article 27: Benin (124 words)


Benin tana daya daga kasashin yamma Afrika kuma ita karamar kasa ce , da can ana cimata dukome , a shikara ta 1894 kasar faransa tamamaye tahar zuwa shikara ta 1960 tasamu incin kanta . Benin tanada iyaka da kasashi hudu sune, daga gabarcin Nijeriya, daga yammacin ta Togo, daga arewacin ta Nijar, daga arewa maso yammace burkina faso Benin kasa ce me tsuw daga kuduance zuwa arewace (650 )km , kuma tsauwnta daga gabarce zuwa yammace ( 110 ) km , harshin faransanci shine yaren kasa tanada yawan mutane kemanin (4,418,000 ) a shikara ta 1988 baban birnen ta cotono yawan mutanen ta sunkai (1050) , Benin tanada yarurka masu dinbin yawa ( fun , adja buriya hausa dande ) da suran su. 
 




#Article 28: Burkina faso (142 words)


Burkina faso da kasa mutanensa kari'a a yamma Afirka mutanensa tafiyarki. A dā ake kira bisa kogin volta. Ƙasar ta yi mulki da faransa tafiyarki mutanensa, sai aka qqyantacciyar tun 1960 mutanensa tafiyarki. Babban birnin na ouagadougou mutanensa tafiyarki. A 2005 tafiyarki mutanensa, da 13,228,000 mutane suka zauna a ƙasar. Ya zuwa mali tafiyarki mutanensa, nijar tafiyarki mutanensa, benin tafiyarki mutanensa, togo tafiyarki mutanensa, ghana mutanensa da côte ƊIvoire mutanensa tafiyarki. Mutane daga burkina faso da su Burkinabé (fuskanci burr-KEE-na-bay).

Da can wata al'umma daga mutane da ake kira dogon mutanensa suka zauna a burkina faso. A cikin nasara tafiyarki mutanensa, faransa mutanensa yai mulkin mallaka mutanensa masu mulkin burkina faso. Bayan Yakin duniya II na tafiyarki mutanensa, ƙasar ta yi kira bisa kogin volta. A 1960, bisa kogin volta ta qqyantacciyar daga Faransa. A 1984, sunansa an sake zuwa burkina faso.




#Article 29: Itofiya (473 words)


Jamhuriyar Tarayyar Isofiya da turanci Ethiopia da harshen amhare ( ኢትዮጵያ ) ada an santa da suna habasha, kasa ce dake a kudancin Afirka. Ta kasance yam'tacciyar kasa ce wadda turawan mulkin mallaka basu mulke ta ba har zuwa shikara ta 1936 sai sojojin Italiya suka fada cikin kasar amma 'yan kasar suka yi taron-dangi da sojojin Birtaniya suka kori sojojin Italiya a shekara ta 1941 amma batasamu incin kanta ba sai da kasar ingila tasa mata hannu a shekara ta 1944.

a cikin karne na bawai kamon haifuwar anabe Issa habashawa sun musu masarawta Aksum a gefan kugin maliya baban birnita Aksum a yanzu ansanta da Eritrea kuma a shikara ta 500 kamin haifuwa annabi Issa manuma da 'yan kasuwanci da suka zo daga kasashin larabawa suka hadu suka yi musu yare daya kuma suka daidai ta rubutun su , a tsakiyar karne na hudu se sarki Izana ya shiga tare da 'yan cerci ta Misra , a karne na bakwai bayan haifuwar annabe issa kugin maliya yazama ahanun musulme , se Aksum ta rasa kasuwancin ta da alagar ta da taikun Indiya, a karne na goma se masarautar Aksum ta ryguje tazama tare da wane cerci na Ethiopia a shikara ta 800 bayan haifuwar annabi Issa manoma suka kama biya inshura ga gwamnato kuma suna gina curci curcin da suka fadi har yanzo da sauran su , ada Ethiopia ma'nata konanar foska ko bakar foska 

kasar habasha ita ci kasa ta farko da ta kare musulmin farko da su ka tsira daga arnawan maka do da kyakyawar dankantakar da take tsakanin musulme da habasha a zamanin manzon allah amma ta suma wargajiwa tsakanin habasha da kasashin musulimci a zamanin Umar dan khtab yardar allah ga reshi , a wannan lukacin habashawa suka yi ruwan bamabai a tashar jirgin ruwa tajida ( kasar sudiya ) abin da yasa musulme suka maida martane .

A shikara ta 83 ta hijira musulme suka kama wane birne a kusa da habasha dan su ringa lura bda habashawa , a shikara ta 1510 bayab haifuwar annabi Issa sarauniyar habasha ta aika manzo na musannan zuwa ga aiman wail sarkin Burtugal dan saboda ya ci musulme da yaki a taikun Indiya tane me hadin kai daga wajinshi dan yaturumata da sojoji tayaki maka se yayada da maganarta ya turumata sojoje masu don bin yawa ko da haka musulme sun ci su da yaki sun kashe musu baban habsan sojojin su , amma do da haka musulme basusamu dama ba sun shiga habasha ba

kasashen da suke makotantaka dajihuhin Ethiopia

Ethiopia tana daya daga cikin kasashe da suke gabashin afrika tana makotantaka da kasashe biyar sune :-

kuma tanada jihohi goma sha daya ko wace jiha da sunan kabila mafi yawa sone:-

game da haka sunada bine biyu na masamman yaren amhari sune Adis ababa da dira dawa




#Article 30: Kenya (158 words)


Kenya itace kasa ta farko a gabacin afirka dakwai taikun Indiya ya biyo ta gabascin ta , tabbkin victoria daga yammacinta kuma tana makutantaka da kasashe biyar sune :-

kenya tanada jihohi takwas sune wa'yannan :-

kenya tasamu ƴancin kanta daga turtawan mulkin mallaka na biritania a shekara ta 1963bayan shekara da samun ƴancin ta se tazama Jamhuriya ashekara ta 1888 turawan biritania da jamusawa suka raba gabascin afirka awannan lukaci suka hada kai dan su karya kasashin musulme jamusawa suka dau kasar Tanzaniya kuma biritania tadauki kenya da rabe me girma na somalia .

kenya fadita yakai 580,367 km tanada itacuwa masu yawa tanada duwatsu tsawansu yakai 5,196m . kenya tanada yawan mutane 33000 . sunada kabilu arbain kabilu mafe kima sune . kabiyar banto , kabilar kikuyu kabilar luo kabilar kama kabilar kis kabiar miro kabiar trkata kabilar nansi da kabilar massai dakuai 'yan tsurarun larabawa kawa dubu 50 .

suran hanyuye da suke be 45%




#Article 31: Libya (329 words)


Kasar Libya tana daya daga kasashen dake Arewacin Afirka, kuma tanada iyaka da kasashe shida su ne:-

Libya kasar larabawa ce kuma tana daga cikin kungiyar tarayyar Afirka kuma tana daya daga yan kungiyan kasashen larabawa da kungiyar kasashen musulunci, har wayau ita yar kungiyar kasashen Arewacin Nahiyar Afirka ne, kuma yar kungiyar kasashen da suke da man fetur ne.
Kasar Libya babbar kasa ce a wurin fadin Kasa amma sai dai mafi yawan kasar Sahara ne, Iyakar libya takai 1,759,540 km2 tanada babban iyaka da teku. Shugaban kasar daya shahara shine Muammar Gaddafi.

Libya da harshen misrawan da , wannan suna yasamu ne daga kabilar libo dasuke zaune A jihohin da suke tsakanin Misra da Tunisiya.

dadin dadawa akan kabilar libo kuma dakwai kabilule asle na libya kawa Amazik da kabilar feneken. a karne na shida kafen haifuwar ananbi Issa daular kurtaja ta mamaye libya do da karfinta Romawa sun kwace ta daka hannunso , a karne na shida bayan haifuwar anabe Issa bizantinawa suka mamaye libya . Kuma A karne na bakwai bayan haifuw

ar annabe Issa se larabawa suka shigo libya

.

libya ta samu iko ire ire sone :-

 

 

 

libya ta zama Jamahiriya ton 1977

Mutunen Libya sunkai adadin 6000,000 a sahile a arewacin kasar kabilolin libya sune , larabawa , barbarawa , tubawa karaglawa ( hadin turkawa da larabawa ) , Buzawa da 'yan tsurarun ( hausawa da bare-bari ).

harshen larabci itane hashen kasar, larabcin su yanada bambanci da sauran na kasashen larabawa kuma dakwai harsuna dayawa masu bambanci harshen ( Amazik, Buzanci tubanci da harshen hausa ) shine harshen kasuwanci a birnin sabha dake a kudancin kasar .

kuma libya ba tada shiate samsam mabiya addinin hudawa ( yahudawa ) yawancin su sun feta daga kasar bayan 1967 a yanzu saura 'yan tsiraro a tirbule , libya tanada 'yan tsirarun kyrke a tirbule da bangazi kuma sunada malame kyrke daya yana Bangaze da zama

libya tanada jihohi talatin da biyu sune :-




#Article 32: Faransa (823 words)


Faransa (faransanci:République française) tana daya daga Kasashen Turai tanada iyaka da kasar beljik da kasar suwysra da luksanburk kuma dakwai wane kowgi da yarabata da Birtaniya tanada shahararan dan wasan kallon kafa ana cemasa Zinedine Yazid Zidane.

Faransa, bisa ga hukuma jamhuriyar Farasanci Kasa ne ta musamman da hadin kai tare da cibiyoyin yammancin Turai da kuma wasu yankunan Kasashen waje da cibiyoyin. Sashen Turai na Faransa wanda ake kira alkaryar Faransa ta mike har Bahar maliya zuwa hannun Tekun Turai da Tekun arewa da kuma daga mahadin zuwa Tekun phasa. Danin Faransa 643,801 murabba’in kilomita kuma tana da yawan jama’a miliyan 67.6. kuma tana da hardaddiyar shugabanci a jamhuriyarta wanda birnin tarayyarta na a Farista, wanda ita ce babban birni na al’adu da ta cibiyar kasuwanci. Tasrin mulkin Faransa ta nuna Kasar ta boko ce da ta dimokaradiyya wanda sarautarsa na samowa daga jama’ar.

A zamanin dá, wanda yanzu alkaryar Faransa ne dá tana da mutanen Gaul, kananan mutane. Daular Romawa sun ci mutanen Gaul da yaki a shekara ta 51 BC kafin zuwan Kiristi, wanda ta rike Gaul zuwa shekaru 486. Mutanen Gaul ta Roma sun fuskanci hare-hare da kaurace-kaurace daga ýan Faransa ta Jamus wanda sun mamaye yankin shekaru aru-aru, daga baya suna kafa Daular Faransa na dá. Faransa ta fito muhimi wajen mulki na Turai a shekaru na karshe ta tsakiya, da nasararta cikin shekaru dari na yaki (1337 zuwa 1453) wanda ta karfafa ginin Kasar Faransa da ba da dama na gaba a mulukiya innanaha na tsakiya. A cikin lokacin farfadowa, Faransa ta fuskanci cin gaban al’adu makake da farkon kafuwar Daular mulkin mallaka na zamani. Yakin basasa na addini tsakanin ýan Katolika da ýan Furotesta, ta mamaye karni na goma sha shida (16th).

Faransa ta mamaye Turai wajen a’adu, da siyasa da mulkin soja kalkashin Louis. Masu ilimin falfasa sun taka rawa mai kyau a lokacin wayewan kai a karni na goma sha takwas (18th), an hambarar da mulukiya a juyin mulkin Faransa. A cikin gadonta da bayanin hakkin ‘dan Adam da na ‘dan Kasa, daya daga cikin takardu na hakkin ‘dan Adam, wanda tana bayyana cewa Kasar ta dace har wa yau. Faransa ta zama daya daga cikin tarihin zamani a jamhuriya na farko sai da Napoliya ya hawo mulki sai ya kafa Daula ta farko na Faransa a shekara alif dari takwas da hudu (1804). Ya dingi fada da rikitattun gwiwa cikin lokacin yake-yaken Napoliya, ya mamaye harkokin Turai fiye da shekaru goma wanda ya shafa al’adun Turai na tsawon lokaci. Faransa ta jimre hayaniyar gadon gwamnatoci a faduwar Daular, mulukiyar ta gyaru. An mayar da shi a shekara ta alif dari takwas da talatin(1830) bisa dokan mulukiya, sannan a gurguje a jamhuriya ta biyu, kuma a Daula ta biyu har zuwa kafuwar jamhuriyar farasanci  na uku mai karfi a shekara ta 1870. Jamhuriyar farasanci sun yi rikice-rikice da Ikilisiyar Katolika don rashin wa`azin addinin kirista a faransa a lokacin juyin mulkin farasanci a kafuwar dokar Laicité na shekara 1905. Laicité ya yi tsamani amma haryar cimma buri ne na boko wanda shi ne muhimmin dokan gudanarwa a zamanin yau na hukumar faransanci.

Faransa ta kai tsawo na yankinta cikin karni na sha tara (19) da farkon karni na ashirin (20), zuwa karshe, ta mallaki babban Daula ta biyu na mulkin mallaka a duniya. A yakin Duniya na farko, Faransa ta zo daya daga cikin masu nasara a cikin ninka sau uku tsakanin Kasashe kawance fadan yaki da mulkin tsakiya. Faransa dá kuma daya ne cikiin masu iko a Yakin Duniya na biyu, amma ta zo a kalkashin mamayar kusuwar mulki a shekara ta 1940. Bin kwaton ýanci a shekara ta 1944, Jamhuriya ta hudu ta kafu sai aka narkar da ita a sanadiyar Yakin Aljeriya. An kafa Jamhuriya ta biyar a shekara ta 1958 wanda Charles de Gaulle ya shugabance ta, kuma tana nan har wa yau. Yawancin Daulolin farasanci an bar yin musu mulkin mallaka a Yakin Duniya  na biyu.

A cikin tarihinta duka, Faransa ta zama na gaba a duniya da cibiyar al’ada, tana yin muhimmin gudumawa kan Kimiya da Fasaha da Ilimin  Falfasa. Faransa ta halarce gaggarumar lamba na uku a kungiyar Kyautata Ilimi da Kimiya da Al’adu ta Majalisar Dinkin Duniya na Turai a wajajen gadon duniya (bayan Italya da Sfen) kuma tana karban Ýan Yawon Shakatawa kusan miliyan tamanin takwas (83)  a shekara fiye da kowane Kasa a duniya. Faransa ta kasance da iko na al’ada muhimi na tattalin arziki, na soja da na siyasa. Ita Kasa ce mai cigaban masana’antu da zama lamba na shida a tattalin arziki a duniya babba ta bin kasafin da Kasa ta tanada, kuma ta zo na tara babba wajen Sayayyan wuta daidaito. Bisa ga Credit Suisse, Faransa ita ce na hudu mafi arziki a Kasashen duniya bisa ga jimilar arzikin gidaje. Ta kuma mallake babban bangare mafi tattalin arziki a duniya (EEZ), wanda Kasarta ta ci murabba’in Kilomita 11,691,000 (4,514,000 sq mi).




#Article 33: Iran (279 words)


Iran tana cikin kasashen gabas ta tsakiya,  ada sunanta kasar Farisa kuma tanada iyaka da kasashe shida sone :-

    
Iran tazama Jamhuriya a shekara ta 1979 bayan khomeini ya kwace mulki daga Mohammad Reza Pahlavi .

Adadin al'umman Iran sunkai kimanin 74,000,000 a kasar Iran shi'a sune mafi yawa amma sunnah suma suna da dan'yawa za su kai adadin yawan mutane 20,000,000 ko 25,000,000 daga kabiloli daban daban kamar turkumawa , kablwshawa kurdawa ,yawan kurdawa zasu kai 10,000,000 zuwa 12,000,000 dukkanin su yan'ahlus-sunnah ne.

Ranakin hutu

 

Iran tanada jihohi guda talatin sune wa'yannan :-
makaman nukiliya 

 

Tarihi ya nuna cewa kafin shekarar 1000 makiyayan Farisa da kabilar Kurdawa sune na mutanen farko wa'yanda suka zauna a Iran , tun a shekara ta 500 kafin haifuwar Annabi Isah, Farisa ta kamu da yakin basasa da juya juya hali na mulki a wannan shekara inda turawa suka mamaye kasar, suka sa hukunci me tsanani tun daga wannan lokacin kasar ta samu kanta a babbar matsala , a shekara ta 612 kafin haihuwar Annabi Isah, Ashurawa suka kwace mulkin kasar bayan sun kwace mulkin kasar.

File:غار ایوب 2.jpg|An kallo waje daga cikin kogon Ayyoob dake a saman tsaunin Ayyoob, Shahr-e Babak, Kerman, Iran
File:Exterior of Imamzade Hoseyn Shrine - Qazvin - Northwestern Iran (7418393126).jpg|Masallaci a Kasar Iran
File:Gmrk-mrjv1-w.jpg|Tsohon gini
File:Irnl053-Oaza Charanak.jpg|Tsohon gari
File:Amlash Gilan Iran (216105407).jpeg|Wani gari mai kyau a cikin kasar

Tsarin gwamnati da dokokin Iran tsarin musulunci ne na shi'a kuma suna bin dimokradiya suna zabin shugaba a kowace shekara hudu (4) , shugaban Iran yana iya ya shiga zabe sau biyu kadai tsarin siyasar Iran tana kama da tsarin Amurka , Iran tana adawa da Amurka da Isra'ila sosai.




#Article 34: Mahmoud Ahmadinejad (484 words)


Tarihin Rayuwar Sabon Shugaban Kasar Iran Mahmud Ahmadi Nejad:
An haifi Mahmud Ahmadi Nejad a kauyen Garamsar na jihar Samnan a shekarar 1956, mahaifinsa dai wani makeri da ke 'ya'ya bakwai, Ahmadi Nejad shi ne na hudu cikin yaran. Ahmade Nejad dai tun yana dan shekara guda a duniya iyayen nasa suka dawo birnin Tehran da zama. 
Ahmadi Nejad ya fara karatun firamare da sakandarensa ne a birnin Tehran din inda bayan nasarar da ya samu a jarabawar karshe ta sakandare ya wuce zuwa jami'ar birnin inda ya karanci ilmin harkar gine-gine har ya samu digiri na biyu a wannan fanni a shekarar 1966. Daga nan ya ci gaba da karantarwa a jami'ar da kuma ci gaba da karatunsa inda ya sami digirin-digirgir a 1977. 

Ahmadi Nejad ya fara harkokin siyasa ne tun a jami;ar, wato tun kafin nasarar juyin juya halin Musulunci inda ya kasance daga cikin masu goyon bayan kiran da marigayi Imam Khumaini (r.a) ya ke yi ta hanyar shirya tarurrukan addini da lakcoci kan mahangar Imam da kuma tafarkinsa, baya ga haka kuma ya kasance daga cikin masu yada takardu da lakcocin marigayi Imam din da ke kiran al'umma da suka tashi don kawar da gwamnatin kama-karya ta Shah, haka dai ya ci gaba da wannan aiki har bayan nasarar juyin juya halin. 

Bayan nasarar juyin, an kafa wani kwamiti na 'yan jami'a da ke ganawa da marigayi Imam da tattaunawa kan mas'aloli daban-daban na siyasa da kuma abubuwan da suka shafi jami'a, an zabi Dr. Ahmadi Nejad a matsayin wakilin 'yan jami'an a wannan kwamiti kuma haka lamarin ya ci gaba har zuwa wannan lokaci. 

Bayan kaddamar da hare-haren wuce-gona da iri da Saddam ya kaddamar kan Iran, wato kallafaffen yaki na shekaru 8, Ahmad Nejad ya kasance a sahun gaba-gaba a yayin wannan yaki, inda daga baya ma aka zabe shi daga cikin sojoji na musamman na dakarun kare juyin juya halin Musulunci da aka kafa da nufin kare juyin da kuma kasar Iran din gaba daya. Saboda irin kwarewar da yake da shi, an zabe babban jami'in tsare-tsare a bataliya ta 6 ta dakarun da ke alhakin kare yammacin kasar. 

A bangare mukamai na siyasa da gwamnati kuwa, Ahmadi Nejad ya rike matsayin mataikamakin magajin garin Kurdistan, kana daga baya kuma aka nada shi a matsayin mai ba wa ministan al'adu da ilmi mai zurfi kan harkokin da suka shafi al'adu. Daga baya kuma an zabe shi a matsayin magajin garin Ardabil, sakamakon irin ayyukan ci gaban da ya gudanar an zabe shi a matsayin magajin garin da ya fi sauran takarorinsa gudanar da ayyukan ci gaba. Irin wannan kwarewa tasa tasa aka zabe shi a matsayin magajin garin birnin Tehran inda a nan ma ya gudanar da ayyukan gaske na ci gaban birnin da ake ganin na daga cikin dalilan da yasa al'ummar birnin suka zabe shi a wannan zabe na shugaban kasa da aka gudanar. 




#Article 35: Indiya (1071 words)


India (Hausa Indiya) indiya tana daya daga cikin kasashen dake kudancin yankin nahiyar Asiya, Indiya tana da girma sosai tana kama da gara kuma tanada sahel fadin kasan zai kai 700 mita sukwaya , Indiya tana da Iyaka da kasashe biyar, daga arewa maso yammaci akwai Pakistan, daga arewaci akwai Nepal da Bhutan, daga arewa maso gabas akwai Bangladesh da Myanmar, daga kudu maso yammaci yan kasashe a tsakiyar ruwa, daga kudu maso gabas akwai kasar Sri Lanka, da Indonesiya

Indiya itace ta biyu mafi yawan mutane a duniya, Mutanen ta sunkai adadin kusan 1,147,995,900 kuma  itace ta bakwai a girman kasa  cikin duniya kuma itace cibiyar  kasuwanci a tarihince tanada addinai dayawa kamar su ( Hindu, Budha , buza, shitano , sikhiya da Musulunci, tasamu yancin tane  daga Birtaniya a shekara ta 1947 . 

Tarihi yanuna Indiya tanada wasu kayayyaki tun na da can, dadin dadewa yakara da nuna cewa ansamo alamun mutunen farko a Indiya tun a bayan shekara ta 9,000 . tun daga karni na biyar kafin haihuwar Annabi Isah sun yi masarautu dayawa kamar masarautar hawariya a arewacin kasar itace mafi muhimmanci sarakunanta na farko shine Ashoka yana bin addinin bosa a farkon shekara ta 180 kafin haihuwar Annabi Isah ikrikawa da bartiyawa suka mamaye Indiya a karni na goma sha uku sai masarautar kwace mulkin.
Daga kudanci ma masarautu dayawa suna d rikici , masarautar tashiras tafi karfi kuma a zamanin su ne kasar Indiya ta samu ingancin Ilimin zane zane da sauransu .

a zamanin amaweyawa Musulmai ne suka fara tunani a kan Indiya , a wannan lokaci suka masu daula a gefen kogin sinda suka ajiye dakarun su a Afghanistan sannan suka fada Delhi suka masu masarauta a can itace masarautar Musulunci ta farko a indiya , a shekara ta 1350 masarautar taglag ta mamaye rabin kasar, dake kudanci a karni na goma sha shida sarkin masarautar taglag ya hada al'adun addinin hindi da addinin Musulunci da haka ya iya ya hukunta kasar ta indiya .

Tun da turawa suka gane hanyar ruwa ta zuwa Indiya sukai ta shigowa musamman ma mutanen Faransa da na Portugal da na Birtaniya sun sha kama karfe da karfi kuwa yana son ya mamaye wannan kasa, wadda keda yawan arziki suntason mamaye indiya dan saboda yawan yaki yaki a junan su , amma turawa sun hada kawunan su don su sace arzikin kasar a shekara ta1857 'yan indiya suka yiwa turawa tawaye dukda haka turawa sun samu nasara a kan 'yan tawaye manguliya tun daga wannan lokaci Indiya tazama a hannun turawa musamman ma tajmahal , duk dahaka Mahatma Gandhi ya yi kungiya tana neman yancin kasa dahaka turawa suka yi alkawarin zasubasu yanci a 8 Augusta 1949 kuma a 26 January 1950 Indiya tazama Jamhuriya .

saboda yawancin ad'dinai da yawan  kabiloli ta samu kanta a cikin yakin basasa a shekara ta 1975 zuwa 1977 lokacin hukunci Indira Gandhi ta hana fitar dare awannan lokacin Indiya tazama kasa ce mai bin tsarin dimugratiya da na jamhuriya .

Indaiya ta sha yaki yaki da makutan ta akan iyaka kawa kasar cin a shekara ta 1962 kuma da pakistan har sau hudu a shekara ta 1947 , 1964 , 1971

Indiya tana bin tsarin Jamhuriya demukuratiya gwmna tana rabi gida biyu kawa tsarin Birtaniya shugaba shene yana yi kumai a cikin kasa kuma shene yake taimakawa a tsaren mulken kasa kuma shene baban habsusin soja tsarin zabe shekara biyar ce ga shugaba Firayim Minista she ke mulkin kasa ama zaben shi a kungiyar da take mulke ko kuma kungiyar da ta ke kauance da kungiyar da ta ke yawan kujiro , barlaman in su yanada daki biyu baban daki sunan she rajia ( sabaha ) karamin daki she ne na talaka te jeebesh bagchi, a kalichoot ka maa ik gaand chodo

Indiya itace ta biyu a duniya a yawan mutane bayan yawan mutanenta sunkai kimanin 1,132,446,000 a shekara ta 2008 , Mumbai birni ne mafi muhimmanci a Indiya dakwai wasu ma masu birane maso muhimmanci kamar Delhi , Kolkata ,Chennai , ilimi a Indiya yakai 64,8% :- na mata yakai 53,7% na maza 75,3% anfi haihuwar maza fiye da mata , yawan mutanen da suke aiki duk fadin kasar zasu kai 39,1% . Indiya itace ta biyu a duniya a yawan Musulmai bayan Indonesia . Indiya tanada yawan yaruka sun kai (1652)amma yaruka biyu ne gwamnatin take amfani dasu a cikin taro mutanen kasar dai sune mafi girma sune yaren Tamil da yaren Sanskrit amma tanada yarurruka talatin da biyu wa'yanda gwamnati ta yarda dasu a cikin (1652)

Indiya tanada jihohi ashirin da takwas sune wa'yannan :-

Kasar indiya tana daya daga cikin kasashen da suka fi kowanne kasa yawan yaruka, suna da yaran Hindi, Talgu, Tamil Nadu, Marati dadai sauransu.

A cikin kasar indiya akwai maza da mata, farare da bakake, munana da masu kyau, sai dai mata sunfi maza yawa a cikin Indiya, kuma yawancin matan Indiya kyawawa ne, suna gashi, kuma suna da san kwalliya.

Mata a Indiya sun kai kashi 65 cikin yawan yan kasar Indiya.

A cikin Kasar Indiya Maza basu kai mata yawa ba, sannan akwai fararen maza da bakaken maza a cikin kasar na Indiya, musamman mazan yankin Tamil Nadu sun fi kowanne yanki yawan maza bakake.

A cikin kasar Indiya akwai al'adu masu yawan gaske, kowacce kabila da addini suna da nasu al'adan, shiyasa duk shekara ake gudanar da bukukuwa daban daban a cikin kasar Indiya.

Indiya suna da tarihin gaske a fannin waka, shi yasa ma a lokacin bautar su suke rera wakoki kala daban daban.

Matan Indiya sun kware sosai wajen iya lankwatsa a rawa, suna da kima nin sunayen rawa sama da 500, kowanne da yanda ake yin sa.A lokacin da mata a Indiya suka dauki damaran yin rawa, su kan ci kwalliya sosai domin burge yan kallo, sannan suna sanya awarwaro, zobe, gwalagwalai da sauran kayan kwalliya.

Yawanci mutanen Indiya masu bautan gumaka ne, suna bauta ma Rama, Sita, Karma, Krishna, Dan Budda da wasu dayawa daga cikin gumakan su, suna da gurin bauta mai suna majami'a.

Addinin Hindu shine addini mafi yaduwa na gargajiya a cikin kasan Indiya, kashi 90 cikin dari na adadin mutanen Indiya yan addinin Hindu, sun kasance suna bauta ma gumaka, da jinsin da dabbobin da gumakan ke shiga cikin su.

A cikin garin Indiya kowanne yare sunada kalan abincin su, wasu basa cin nama sai dai yayan ganye da yayan lambu.




#Article 36: Palestin autonomija (806 words)


Zirin Gaza kamar yadda sunansa ya nuna, wani ɗan zirin yanki ne da ke gaɓar tekun mediteranian, wanda yake a ƙarƙashin mulkin ‘yan Hamas. Garin ya yi iyaka da ƙasar Misra daga kudu maso yamma da kuma ƙasar Isra'ila ta ɓangaren Arewa da gabas. Gaba ɗaya tsawon garin bai wuce mil 25 ba, faɗinsa kuwa bai wuce mil 4-8 ba. Hukumar Falasɗinawa iƙrarin mallakar wanannan ziri a matsayin wani ɓangare na Falasɗinu.

An kafa yankin zirin gaza ne a shekarar 1948, lokacin da Majalisar Ɗinkin Duniya ta raba ƙasar Falasɗinu gida biyu ta baiwa Yahudawa rabi. To mutanen da suke a ɓangaren da aka baiwa Isra'ila sune aka kwashe su aka kai su yankin da yanzu ake kira gaza a matsayin ‘yan gudun hijira. To tun daga wannan lokaci ne fa yankin zirin gaza ya tsinci kansa a wani hali na tsaka mai wuya. Kasancewar ƙasar Isra'ila wadda ta mulki wannan guri tun daga shekarun 1967-2005, ita ce har yanzu take da ikon tafiyar da harkokin sararin samaniyar zirin gaza da iyakar garin daga ɓangaren ruwa, da harkokin sufurin ruwa da kuma iyakar dake tsakanin isra'ila ɗin da Gaza. 

Wannan iko da Isra'ila take da shi, wanda kuma Hamas take adawa da shi, shi ne ya baiwa Isra'ila damar nuna isa akan dukkan abubuwan shige-da fice a wannan yanki na Gaza, wanda ya haɗa da abinci. A duk lokacin da abinci ya yi ƙaranci to fa al'ummar zirin gaza ba su da wata dama illa ta dogaro da samun abinci ta hanyar Cibiyoyin agajin abinci na duniya dake aiki a wannan yanki.

Tun lokacin da aka kafa zirin na Gaza sai ya kasance ƙarƙashin kulawar ƙasar Misra, tun daga 1948-1967, kafin yaƙin 1967 wanda aka yi tsakanin Isra'ira da Larabawa inda Isra'ila ta mamaye zirin gaza. kuma a yau ita misirance take da ikon tafiyar da harkokin kan iyakarta da zirin gaza. 

Yankin na zirin gaza dai ya samo sunan sa ne da garin gaza, wanda shi ne babban birni a wannan yanki. Zirin Gaza na da yawan al'umma da suka kai kimanin miliyan ɗaya da rabi.

Hukumar Falasdinawa ta samu ikon karɓar harkokin mulki a shekara ta 1994 a ƙarƙashin yarjejeniyar birnin Osolo, wadda ta sa Isra'ila ta janye daga mulkin Zirin Gaza a 1994. To sai dai wannan yarjejeniya ta Osolo ta baiwa Isra'ila ikon ci-gaba da mallakar harkokin sararin samaniyar gaza da ruwayen yankin da kuma harkokin ruwan, da harkokin rijistar ƙidaya da shige da ficen baƙi da shigar da kayayyaki da kuma fitar da su, sannan da harkokin kuɗin shiga. 

A shekara ta 2006 aka gudanar da zaɓe a Falasɗinu inda Hamas ta lashe wannan zaɓe da babban rinjaye, ta kayar da jam'iyyar Fatah da sauran tsirarun jam'iyyu, wanda hakan ya baiwa Isma'il Haniya damar zama zaɓaɓɓen Firaministan Falasɗinu. To sai dai Isra'ila da Amirka ba su amince da wannan zaɓe da Falasɗinawa suka yiba, kasancewar su a wajensu Hamas ƙungiya ce ta ‘yan tarzoma. Wanda sakamakon haka yasa ƙasar Isra'ila da Amirka da Kanada da Tarayyar Turai suka dakatar da dukkan kuɗaɗen hukumar Falasɗinu. Inda rashin daidaituwar gwamnati da rashin kuɗi da kuma yunwa da ƙishirwa ta sa dole wasu daga cikin al'ummar Falasɗinu su kai hijira.

Rikici ya ɓalle tsakanin Hamas da Fatah saboda halin da aka shiga na kiki-kaka, wanda hakan ya sa sai da ƙasar Saudiyya ta shiga tsakani, inda ta samar da yarjejeniyar zaman lafiya a tsakaninsu tare da kafa gwamnatin haɗin-gwiwa. Wannan yarjejeniya ce ta sa Isma'il Haniya ya yi murabus daga matsayinsa na zaɓaɓɓen firaministan Falasɗinu a dimokuraɗiyyance, zuwa firaministan riƙon ƙwarya na gwamnatin haɗingwiwa. An kuma rantsar da shi a matsayin shugaban sabuwar gwamnati a ranar 18, ga Maris, 2007.

A ranan 14 ga Juni, 2007 shugaban Falsɗinawa Mahmoud Abbas ya kori Isma'il Haniya ya naɗa Salam Fayyad a matsayin Firaministan gwamnatin haɗin gwiwa, canjin da majalisar dokokin Falasɗinawa ta ce bata yarda da shi ba domin ya saɓa doka. Shugaban ƙasa na da ikon sauke firaminista amma ba shi da ikon naɗa wani sai da izinin majalisa. Wannan dalili ne ya sa Haniya ya koma Gaza ya ci-gaba da zama mai mulkin zirin-gaza.

Tun daga lokacin da Hamas ta karɓe mulkin Gaza kawo yau, wannan yanki na gaza yake cikin talala. Dukkan hanyoyin shiga gaza guda 5 da sukai iyaka da Isra'ila, Isra'ilan ta toshe su. Sai dai kawai idan taimakon gaggawa ko na agaji ya taso. Halin da ya sa al'ummar Falasɗinawa cikin halin ƙaƙanikayi.

Isra'ila dai tana iƙirarin cewa duk tana yin wannan ne, saboda Hamas ta ƙi yarda ta amince da ita a matsayin halattacciyar ƙasa, kuma Hamas ɗin tana harba rokoki a cikin ƙasar Isra'ilan. Isra'ilan ta ce matuƙar Hamas ta yarda da halaccin kafuwarta ta kuma daina harba mata rokoki, to za ta buɗe iyakokin Gaza ta kuma daina kai hare-haren da take kaiwa Falasɗinawa a Zirin Gaza.




#Article 37: Raƙumi (738 words)


Raƙumi dai wata halittace daga cikin dabbobin da Allah maɗaukakin sarki ya halitta bisa hikima da ikonsa. Babu shakka akwai ayoyi da hikimomi masu yawa tattare da irin tsari na musamman da Allah ya keɓanci raƙumi da su. Kuma ya halicci raƙumi da su ne, domin su zamo ayoyi abin lura ga ma'abota hankali.

Kasancewa akwai zafi mai tsananin gaske a hamada, wanda ba duka halittu za su iya jurewa ba. Sannan kuma akwai ƙura haɗe da yashi da take tashi kodayaushe, wadda take rufe duk wata halitta da ta ci karo da ita. Ga babbar halitta kuma ƙurar takan sa wahalar nunfashi da shaƙar iska. Idan ka ɗauke ƙanan halittu dangin su kadangare, raƙumi shi ne kaɗai wata ƙatuwar halitta da take iya rayuwa a cikin hamada. Kuma mahaliccin raƙumi ya halicce shi ne musamman domin ya rayu a cikin hamada, ya kuma zama mai hidima ga al'ummar dake rayuwa a wannan ɓangare.

Abu mafi muhimmanci da aka fi buƙata a hamada shi ne ruwa, domin ai maganin ƙishirwa, amma kuma abu ne mai wahalar gaske a samu ruwa a hamada. Kuma ba abu ne mai yiwuwa ba, a samu wani abinci a cikin yashin hamada. Hakan na nufin kenan duk wata dabba da zata rayu a hamada, ya zama wajibi ta zamanto tana da wata kariya daga jin ƙishirwa da kuma yunwa. Babu shakka haka abin yake ga raƙumi, domin babu wata dabba da ta fi shi jure ƙishirwa da yunwa.

Raƙumi zai iya rayuwa har na tsawon kwana takwas ba tare da ci ko sha ba. Don haka idan raƙumi ya samu inda zai sha ruwa, kasancewar yana da matuƙar buƙatarsa, sai ya sha ya kuma ajiye wani ruwan a cikinsa. Raƙumi yakan iya shan ruwan da ya kai ɗaya bisa uku na girmansa a cikin minti goma kacal, wato kwatankwacin galan 30 kenan.

Tozon raƙumi kuwa na tattare da kitsen da ya kai kilo 40. Godiya ta tabbata ga wanda ya halicci tozon raƙumi, yadda zai sa raƙumi ya yi kwanan da kwanaki a cikin hamada ba tare da cin abinci ba.

Mafiya yawan dangogin abinci da ake samu a hamada busassu ne, kuma masu tauri, amma duk da haka an tsara halittar kayan cikin raƙumi yadda za su iya narkar da kusan duk wasu nau'o'in abinci da ake samu a hamada, komai taurinsa kuwa. Mahaliccin rakumi ya halittar masa waɗansu irin haƙora yadda za su dace da abincinsa. 

Babu shakka ƙurar hamada na daga cikin gararin da halittun da ke ratsa hamada ke fama da ita, saboda tana buɗe musu ido, ta kuma hana su shaƙar iska yadda ya kamata. Amma mahaliccin raƙumi ya halitta masa wata fata daga saman idonsa kamar gilashi, wadda take sakkowa yayin da iskar hamada ta taso, sai ta zama kariya ga idon. Sannan ga kuma dogon gashin ido mai kauri da yake hana tsakuwoyin yashin hamada isa ga idon raƙumin.

Har ila yau an tsara halittar hancin raƙumi yadda idan iska mai yashi ta taso zai iya manne ƙofofin hancinsa, ya riƙa shaƙar iska ta wata ‘yar kafa ta musamman mai cike da kariya, yadda babu wani yashin hamada da zai shiga cikinsa.

Ɗaya daga cikin matsalolin da abubuwan hawa ke fuskanta yayin ratsa hamada shi ne kafewa a cikin yashi. Amma irin wannan haɗari bai taɓa faruwa ga raƙumi ba, koda kuwa yana ɗauke da labtun kaya, saboda an halicci ƙafafuwan raƙumi ne musamman saboda ratsa hamada. Kasancewar kofaton raƙumi yana da wani maganaɗisu da baya barinsa ya kafe cikin yashi, saboda kofaton yana aiki ne kamar takalmin da Bature yake amfani da shi idan zai ratsa ta cikin dusar ƙanƙara. Sannan kuma doguwar ƙafarsa ta nisanta shi da tiririn zafin yashin hamada. 

Jikinsa kuma na rufe shi da wata fata ta musamman, wadda take iya kare shi daga zafin rana ko kuma zafin yashi a lokacin da yake kwance. Wanna tsari na halittar raƙumi, shi ne abin da ya fito da halittar raƙumi fili, a matsayin wata cikakkiyar halitta.

Bari mu yi wa mai karatu wata tunatarwa ta musamman dangane da ɓangarorin halittar raƙumi da muka bayyana;

Saboda haka waɗannan gaɓoɓi na raƙumi da ma sauran da ba mu iya ambaton su anan ba, suna nusar da mu ne ga wata hujja tabbatacciya. Wato dai raƙumi wata ƙasaitacciyar dabbace da mahalicci ya halitta domin ya iya biyan buƙatar al'ummar da suke rayuwa a ɓangaren hamada. Wannan mahalicci kuwa shi ne Allah maɗaukaki kuma mahaliccin komai.




#Article 38: Zirin Gaza (890 words)


Zirin Gaza kamar yadda sunansa ya nuna, wani ɗan zirin yanki ne da ke gaɓar tekun mediteranian, wanda yake a ƙarƙashin mulkin ‘yan Hamas. Garin ya yi iyaka da ƙasar Misra daga kudu maso yamma da kuma ƙasar Isra'ila ta ɓangaren Arewa da gabas. Gaba ɗaya tsawon garin bai wuce mil 25 ba, faɗinsa kuwa bai wuce mil 4-8 ba. Hukumar Falasɗinawa iƙrarin mallakar wanannan ziri a matsayin wani ɓangare na Falasdinu.

An kafa yankin Zirin Gaza ne a shekarar 1948, lokacin da Majalisar dinkin Duniya ta raba ƙasar Falasdinu gida biyu ta baiwa Yahudawa rabi. To mutanen da suke a ɓangaren da aka baiwa Izra'ila sune aka kwashe su aka kai su yankin da yanzu ake kira gaza a matsayin ‘yan gudun hijira. To tun daga wannan lokaci ne fa yankin zirin gaza ya tsinci kansa a wani hali na tsaka mai wuya. Kasancewar ƙasar Izra'ila wadda ta mulki wannan guri tun daga shekarun 1967-2005, ita ce har yanzu take da ikon tafiyar da harkokin sararin samaniyar zirin gaza da iyakar garin daga ɓangaren ruwa, da harkokin sufurin ruwa da kuma iyakar dake tsakanin izra'ila ɗin da Gaza. 

Wannan iko da Izra'ila take da shi, wanda kuma Hamas take adawa da shi, shi ne ya baiwa Izra'ila damar nuna isa akan dukkan abubuwan shige-da fice a wannan yanki na Gaza, wanda ya haɗa da abinci. A duk lokacin da abinci ya yi ƙaranci to fa al'ummar Zirin Gaza ba su da wata dama illa ta dogaro da samun abinci ta hanyar Cibiyoyin agajin abinci na duniya dake aiki a wannan yanki.

Tun lokacin da aka kafa yankin Zirin na Gaza ya kasance ƙarƙashin kulawar ƙasar Misra, tun daga 1948-1967, kafin yaƙin 1967 wanda aka yi tsakanin Isra'ira da Larabawa inda Isra'ila ta mamaye Zirin Gaza. kuma a yau ita misiran ce take da ikon tafiyar da harkokin kan iyakarta da zirin gaza. 

Yankin na Zirin Gaza dai ya samo sunan sa ne daga garin Gaza, wanda shi ne babban birni a wannan yanki. Zirin Gaza na da yawan al'umma da suka kai kimanin miliyan ɗaya da rabi.

Hukumar Falasdinawa ta samu ikon karɓar harkokin mulki a shekara ta 1994 a ƙarƙashin yarjejeniyar Birnin Osolo, wadda ta sa Isra'ila ta janye daga mulkin Zirin Gaza a 1994. To sai dai wannan yarjejeniya ta Osolo ta baiwa Isra'ila ikon ci-gaba da mallakar harkokin sararin samaniyar Gaza da ruwayen yankin da kuma harkokin ruwan, da harkokin rijistar ƙidaya da shige da ficen baƙi da shigar da kayayyaki da kuma fitar da su, sannan da harkokin kuɗin shiga. 

A shekara ta 2006 aka gudanar da zaɓe a Falasdinu inda Hamas ta lashe wannan zaɓe da babban rinjaye, ta kayar da jam'iyyar Fatah da sauran tsirarun jam'iyyu, wanda hakan ya baiwa Isma'il Haniya damar zama zaɓaɓɓen Firaministan Falasdinu. To sai dai Izra'ila da Amurka ba su amince da wannan zaɓe da Falasɗinawa suka yiba, kasancewar su a wajensu Hamas ƙungiya ce ta ‘yan tarzoma. Wanda sakamakon haka yasa ƙasar Isra'ila da Amirka da Kanada da Tarayyar Turai suka dakatar da dukkan kuɗaɗen hukumar Falasɗinu. Inda rashin daidaituwar gwamnati da rashin kuɗi da kuma yunwa da ƙishirwa ta sa dole wasu daga cikin al'ummar Falasɗinu su kai hijira.

Rikici ya ɓalle tsakanin Hamas da Fatah saboda halin da aka shiga na kiki-kaka, wanda hakan ya sa sai da ƙasar Saudiyya ta shiga tsakani, inda ta samar da yarjejeniyar zaman lafiya a tsakaninsu tare da kafa gwamnatin haɗin-gwiwa. Wannan yarjejeniya ce ta sa Isma'il Haniya ya yi murabus daga matsayinsa na zaɓaɓɓen firaministan Falasdinu a dimokuraɗiyyance, zuwa firaministan riƙon ƙwarya na gwamnatin haɗingwiwa. An kuma rantsar da shi a matsayin shugaban sabuwar gwamnati a ranar 18, ga Maris, 2007.

A ranan 14 ga Juni, 2007 shugaban Falsɗinawa Mahmoud Abbas ya kori Isma'il Haniya ya naɗa Salam Fayyad a matsayin Firaministan gwamnatin haɗin gwiwa, canjin da majalisar dokokin Falasɗinawa ta ce bata yarda da shi ba domin ya saɓa doka. Shugaban ƙasa na da ikon sauke firaminista amma ba shi da ikon naɗa wani sai da izinin majalisa. Wannan dalili ne ya sa Haniya ya koma Gaza ya ci-gaba da zama mai mulkin zirin-gaza.

Tun daga lokacin da Hamas ta karɓe mulkin Gaza kawo yau, wannan yanki na gaza yake cikin talala. Dukkan hanyoyin shiga gaza guda 5 da sukai iyaka da Izra'ila, Isra'ilan ta toshe su. Sai dai kawai idan taimakon gaggawa ko na agaji ya taso. Halin da ya sa al'ummar Falasɗinawa cikin halin ƙaƙanikayi.

Izra'ila dai tana iƙirarin cewa duk tana yin wannan ne, saboda Hamas ta ƙi yarda ta amince da ita a matsayin halattacciyar ƙasa, kuma Hamas ɗin tana harba rokoki a cikin ƙasar Isra'ilan. Isra'ilan ta ce matuƙar Hamas ta yarda da halaccin kafuwarta ta kuma daina harba mata rokoki, to za ta buɗe iyakokin Gaza ta kuma daina kai hare-haren da take kaiwa Falasɗinawa a Zirin Gaza.

Ita kuma Hamas tana iƙirarin cewa ba za ta amince da Izra'ila a matsayin Halattacciyar ƙasa ba, ba kuma za ta daina harba rokoki cikinta ba, har sai ta sakarwa Falasɗinawa mara, kuma sai ta janye daga inda ta mamaye zuwa inda yarjejeniyar 4 ga Yuni, 1967 ta amincewa Izra'ila, sannan kuma ta sakar musu harkokin shige-da fice da tattalin arziki ta kuma basu dama su gina filayen jiragen sama da na ruwa dadai sauransu. Su rayu cikin aminci kamar sauran al'ummar duniya.




#Article 39: Hawainiya (315 words)


Hawainiya ɗaya ce daga cikin halittun da Allah ya halitta a doron ƙasa. Kuma babu shakka akwai abin al'ajabi game da yadda hawainiya take haihuwar ƴaƴanta, da kuma hanyar da ƴaƴan nata suke zuwa duniya. Kuma ko shakka babu akwai darasi da dan Adam ya kamata ya ɗauka daga tsarin haihuwar hawainiya.

Da farko dai, idan hawainiya ta ɗauki ciki, to namijin ne zai je ya haƙa rami, ita kuma ta matar sai ta zo namijin ya binne ta a ramin da ranta. Wani lokaci takan shiga salin alin, wani lokaci kuma sai sun yi kokawa da namijin ya galaɓaitar da ita, sannan ya tura ta cikin ramin ya binne ta. A haka za ta mutu ta ruɓe, ƴaƴan cikin nata su ƙyanƙyashe sannan su fito duniya. Kuma ko da ruwan gatari ko wani ƙarfe mai faɗi aka sa a kan kabarin nata, idan dai lokacin fitowar ƴaƴan ya yi, haka za su huda wannan ruwan gatarin ko ƙarfen su fito. Kuma tun da Allah ya halicci hawainiya haka take haihuwa bata taɓa fasawa ba.

Darasin da ke tattare da tsarin haihuwar hawainiya shi ne cewa, babu wata hawainiya da ta taɓa morar ɗanta a duniya, tun da sai ta mutu sanan ƴaƴanta suke zuwa duniya. To ina ga ɗan Adam, kai da Allah ya ƙaddara zaka haifi ƴaƴanka, su girma, har ka riƙa alfahari da su, amma sai mutum ya riƙa watsi da ƴaƴansa, bai ma damu da rayuwarsu ba. Yau da ace ta hanyar da hawainiya take haihuwa, haka ma ɗan Adam yake haihuwa, ina mutum zai kai ƙara? Babu.

Don haka ya kamata mutane su godewa Allah, wanda ya ƙaddara musu haihuwa bisa tafarkin da za su mori ƴaƴansu domin su amfani kansu da iyayensu da ma al'ummar da suke rayuwa a cikinta. Kuma ya zama wajibi ga iyaye su ɗauri aniyar kuɓutar da ƴaƴansu daga bala'o'i da masifu na wannan rayuwa.




#Article 40: Asturaliya (340 words)


Asturaliya kasa ce da ke kudu maso gabasci taikun haye baban birnen ta Kanberra . daga arewaci kujin taimur da matsatsin arfurz daga gabas kujin kural da kujin tasman daga kudu matsatsin bas , daga kudu da yamma taikun Indiya ne ya mamaye wannan bangaren

Tarihi ya nuna cewa mutane farko na Asturaliya sune Indigenous Australians to a shekara dubu 60 suka feto daga kudu maso gabascin Asiya lukacin da mutane suna gaura wajin ruwa amma ba'ajima ba se ruwan ya yi karfe har yarabasu da 'yan uwansu na Asiya suna zaune a cikin wannan sabon bangare nasu . wanna bangare na Asturaliya da ba wanda yasan shi a cikin duniya har zuwa karne na 17 wa'yannan masu kama wure zauna suna da dabbube kala kala na gida da na daje kuma suna da kayan lambu da sauransu , suna kune gunakinsu da ta yi arzike , suna zuwa kamu naman daje suna yen wane da faje dan ruwa yataru suringa kamin kyfe a she . Do da suna manoma ne amma a shekaru 3000 da suka gabata su
kukaua sosai har suka jara kasar su kuma mutnen nata na asili sun kama kasuwanci da wasu bangre me nisa kawa bangaen Turi da na Amruka a kashen karne da 17 Turwa suka soma shega da kadan kadan sun tarda mutanen asili da aladun su da kabilun su da harsunan su fyye da 250 amma a karne na 19 turawa sun yi kokare sun batar musu da wasu harsunan .

Tuirwa mukin mallaka sun shegu sosai wannan bangare Ashekara ta 1788 sun kame kudu maso gabsci, shine yasa mazuna asili suna raguwa don saboda tsananin azaba da wahalar da suke ce awurin kuma suna musu kashin kiyash kuma sun kauw musu wata cuta me tsanani wanda mutun yana iya dauka daga wurin dan uwansa . A wannan shekarar turawa suka samu kashe shuwan mutanen farko sun yi bincike a kashin sun gano yanada shekaru dobu 26 kuma sun dada samu kashin kai yanada shekaru dobu 13 suna kama da mutanen sin




#Article 41: Tsuntsu (133 words)


Tsuntsu (namiji), Tsuntsuwa (mace), Tsuntsaye (jam'i), amma Bahaushe kan yi amfani da kalmar Tsuntsu ne akasari wajen yin ishara da jam'i na kowannen kala na tsintsaye. Tsuntsu na daga rukuni na Dabbobi masu kashin baya wanda ya samo asali daga tsohuwar dabbar nan wato Jegare. Suna da fuka-fukai hakan suna da gashi sannan kuma suna tashi sama. Akasarin tsuntsaye na wannan karnin basu da hakora hakanan kuma sunayin kwai, kuma a sama bisa kan bishiyoyi suke yin rayuwar su. Girman jiki na tsuntsaye ya kama ne daga santimita 5 zuwa muta 2.70.

Akwai nau'ika na tsuntsaye daban-daban a sassan duniya, kama daga manya zuwa kanana.

Wanna teburin ya kawo sunayen tsuntsaye ne da kuma yadda ake furta sunan, dama yadda sun an tsuntsun yake cikin harshen Latanci da kuma sunan sa a kimiyance.




#Article 42: Botswana (145 words)


Botswana ko Jamhuriyar Botswana tana daya daga kasashen kuducin Afirka tasanu yancin kanta a shekara ta (1966 ) tazama jamhuriya a shekara ta 1977 Turawan mulkin malaka sun shegrta a karne uku na hijira, a wannan lokaci kabilar boyor waci take hade da farar fata sun yi yaki da mazawnan kasar na asili.

Botswana tanada iyaka da kasashe hudu sone wa'yannan :

Yawan mutanen Botswana sun kai 1,197,000 acikin su yan tsiraro na kasar turi da Asiyayawancin su yan Afirka ne yawancin mutanen suna raywa a gabascin kasar . kasar tanada kabilole takwas , da kwai kabilar batswana yawansu zai kai dubu ashirin kuma suna yawan raguwa kabila mafe yawa itaci kabilar banto.

File:Sandance OneTime Film.jpg|Wasu iyaye masu rawa a lokacin Murnar Kuru a Botswana.

Yawanci mutanin kirista ne amma sunada  wadanda basu dayawa Musulmai da mabiya a'ddinin hindu dakwai wasu 20% wadanda basuda addini.




#Article 43: Sauro (481 words)


Sauro yanada kafofi hudu kuma yana da fuka-fukai biyu yana shi dabba ci irin wayanda tashe shima kawa howane halitu ne yanada mace da miji yana shan jinin mutun har yasamasa zazzaɓin cizon sauro na daya daga cikin cututtukan da suka fi yin kisa a duniya, inda ta ke kama miliyoyin mutane a kowace shekara. Yara fiye da miliyan daya suke mutuwa kowace shekara a sanadin wannan cuta da sauro ke yada ta. Abin tayar da hankali shi ne a yanzu an ga alamun cewa sauro ya fara jurewa magungunan kashe kwarin da ake yin amfani da su wajen kashe shi. Amma kuma a wani bincike da Daliban Jami'ar Kimiyya da fasaha ta jihar Kano dake Wudil, KUST, Wanda Al'amen Baba ke jagoranta sun gano wasu kwayoyin halitta a jikin sauron wadanda suke sanya shi jurewa wadannan magunguna.

Hilary Ranson ta Makarantar nazarin Cututtukan dake Addabar Kasashe Masu Zafi ta ce daya daga cikin muhimman makaman da ake yin amfani da su wajen hana yaduwar zazzabin cizon sauro shi ne ta yin amfani da gidan sauro. Amma kuma, tilas ne gidan sauron a ringa jika shi sau da dama cikin shekara guda da wani maganin kashe kwari, musamman magunguna dangin Pyrethroid.

Ranson ta ce, wadannan magungunan kashe kwari sun samu nasara sosai wajen dakile zazzabin cizon sauro, amma a cikin 'yan shekarun nan mun ga sauron ya fara jure ma irinw adannan magunguna. Wannan kuwa ya dame mu sosai a saboda ba mu da wasu magungunan masu yawa da zasu iya maye gurbinsu.

Ranson ta ce akwai wasu yankuna na Afirka inda ake samun karin sauro mai dauke da kwayar cutar maleriya dake jure magungunan kashe kwari dangin Pyrethroid. A saboda haka ne ita da wasu masana na kasa da kasa suka nemi sanin abinda ya sa sauron ya fara jurewa magungunan.

Ta ce, mun gano wasu ruwayen halitta guda biyu wadanda yawansu a jikin sauro mai jurewa magungunan ya zarce yadda yake a jikin sauron da ba ya iya jurewa. Haka kuma mun samu nasarar nuna cewa wadannan ruwayen halitta su na iya lalata magunguna kashe kwarin. Wannan shi ya sa sauron da yake dauke da wadannan ruwaye biyu yana iya narkarwa ya lalata magungunan kashe kwarin da suka taba jikinsa, ta yadda ba zasu iya yi masa komai ba balle su kashe shi.

Haka kuma Ranson da sauran masanan sun samu nasarar gano kwayar halittar dake samar da wadannan ruwaye a jikin sauron. Ta ce wannan abu ne mai matukar muhimmanci.

Anson ta ce wannan bayanin zai taimaka wajen tabbatar da ci gaban makami mai kaifi da amfani a yakin da ake yi da zazzabin cizon sauro.
An buga sakamakon wannan bincike nata a cikin mujallar nan mai suna Genome Research.

Sauro yana taruwa a wurin zubda ruwa har yataru se matarsa ta shiga ciki dan tayi kwai kawa ruwa sama in ya taruw ko ruwan wanka in yataro




#Article 44: Hausawa (3797 words)


Hausawa al'umma ce dake zaune a arewa maso yammacin tarayyar Nijeriya da kudu maso yammacin jamhuriyyar Nijar. Al'umma ce mai dimbin yawa, sun bazu a cikin kasashen Afirka da kasashen Larabawa kuma a al'adance masu matukar hazaka, akalla akwai sama da mutane miliyan hamsin wadanda harshen Hausa shi ne asalin yarensu. A tarihi kabilar Hausawa na tattare a salasalar birane. Hausawa dai sun sami kafa daularsu ne tun daga shekarun 1300's, sa'adda suka sami nasarori da dauloli kamar su daular Mali, Songhai, Borno da kuma Fulani, a karni na 19 Hausawa suna amfani da Doki ne domin yin sifiri da balaguro. Asalin hausawa maguzawa ne, a ƙarƙashin mulkin sarakunan Haɓe, wanda suke yin bori da tsbbace-tsubbace, zuwan Shehu Usman Ɗan Fodio ne yasa ya jadddada addinin ƙasar hausa, ta hanyar yaƙar maguzawa da sarakuannasu na haɓe a Gobir, Zazzau da wasu yankunan ƙasar hausa. Wanda wannan jihadin ne yasa Usman Ɗan Fodio ya kafa Daular Khalifanci na Hausa Fulani a ƙasar hausa, kuma da yawan hausawa suka karba musulunci a ƙasar hausa. Hakan yasa masarautun ƙasar hausa sun kasance a ƙungiyar Tuta ɗaya na Usman Ɗan Fodio. Hausawa suna kiran al’adansu da al’adan gargajiya, wacce sukeyi duk shekara, ko a talabijin ko Bidiyo, ko kuma aikace cikin al’amuran yau da kullum. Na daga cikin rubutun hausawa, suna yin rubutu ne asali da Ajami, rubutu ne da haruffan larabci amman a luggar hausa, kuma suna rubutawa ne a fallen takarda.  

A farko-farkon karni na 1900, a sa'adda kabilar Hausa ke yunkurin kawar da mulkin Aringizo na Fulani, sai Turawan Mulkin Mallaka na Birtaniya suka mamaye arewancin Nijeriya, da kuma kafa manufofin mulkin bayan gida, a bisa karkashen mulkin Birtaniya,'yan mulkin mallaka sai suka marawa Fulani baya na cigaba da manufofin Aringizon siyasarsu, har yanzu dai mulkin gamin gambiza tsakanin Hausawa da Fulani shi ne yayi kane-kane a arewacin Nijeriya. Kodayake, Hausawa na farko-farko maharba ne, amma da zuwan Addinin Musulunci da kuma karbarsa da hannu bibbiyu ya sanya labari ya sha bambam. Daura Kasace wacce a kasani mai dadewa da tarihi a kasar Hausawa.A ƙabilun Fulani majiɓinta hausawa akwai Sulluɓawa, Mallawa Yolawa, Danejawa, Dambazawa da Modibawa. bahaushe yakan ce “ Bahaushe mai ban haushi. Kaso mutum ka rasa abinda zaka bashi”. Miles a cikin littafin shi ya kawo ma'aunan da Hausawa suke la'akari da shi a hankalce wajen gane cikakken bahaushe, suna duba wadannan abubuwan kamar haka

Bayajidda: Sunanshi Abu Yazidu. ya auri sarauniyar Daurama na wannan lokacin, sun haifi yara biyu. yaronsu mai suna Bawo ya Haifa Bakwai na Halas, sune Daurawa, Kanawa, Gobirawa, Ranawa, Zazzagawa, Katsinawa da kuma Birmawa, sannan kuma ya haifa yaran Banza guda Bakwai sune.

Hausa sun cakuɗe da wasu yare, ta yanda suke da ƙabilu kamar su: 

Hausa: musulunci yana da matuƙar muhimmanci ds tasiri a wajen Hausa, ta yanda hakan Hausawa suke kallon duk wanda bahaushe ne amma ba musulmi ba kamar ba bahaushe bane. 

Hausawa sun shahara a fannin kasuwanci da safarar haaja zuwa wurare masu nisa. Kuma sunyi shahara ne wajen kutsa kai zuwa wasu ƙasashe, domin yaɗa addini ko neman aiki. Kusan ma ace afirka tsawonta da faɗinta babu inda basu buga ba. Tun ƙarni na goma sha ɗaya (11) hausawa ke hulɗa da ƙasashen larabawa. Suna ƙetara hamadar rairayi ta sahara, suna zuwa Maghrib (watau maroko da Aljeriya da Tunis) da lubayya ko Turabulus (watau Libiya). Kuma suna ƙetara chadi zuwa Sudan da Masar da Ƙasar Makka (Saudi Arabiya). Suna kai musu fatu, da ƙiraga da bayi, su kuma suna sayo tufafi da makamai. Wajen kudu da yamma kuwa, hausawa suna kutsa kai cikin ƙasar yarbawa, da Gwanja, da Dogomba, da AShanti a Ghana, a nan babban abin safarar su  shine Goro da Gishiri. Su kuma sukan kai musu kanwa.

Bauta da Baranci a wurin bahaushe ba munanan abubuwa bane, musamman abinda ya shafi koyan sana’a, bawa yana fansar kansa ne ta hanyar sana’a kuma mai koyan sana’a yana yin barance ne a gidan mai koya masa ne. Irin wannan almajirancin ana kiransa  bauta. Duk mai wata sana’a. Ko dan kasuwa, ko malami, yana alfaharin ace ga wasu sun koya a wurinsa har su n ƙasaita, kuma sun fishi.

Asalin kasafin Hausa tana yankin Afrika ta yamma, tsakanin hamadar sahara da kuma tekun atalantika, daga kudu da arewa, daga yamma da gabas kuma iyakar kwara. Ƙasar Hausa na iyakan layi na 15N zuwa 18N na arewa. Tana kuma tsakanin layi na (8E) da goma sha biyu (12W) a gabas A bisa bayanin shaihu Mahdi Adamu,ƙasar Hausa ta asali ta faro ne  tundaga lalle da Asodu, A can arewa maso gabas da agadas. Daga nan ne Gobirawa suka taso, da kaɗan-kaɗan har suka zo inda suke a yau a Nijeriya. A yanzu kuwa, hausa tana yaɗuwa ne. Tana ƙoƙarin komawa har zuwa gidanta na jiya ƙarshen iyakar ƙasar hausa a kudu kuwa shine, Yawuri, Zariya da inda Bauchi Tayi iyaka da kano. Gurin gabas (watau birom) itace iyakar ƙasar hausa daga gabas. A yamma kuwa bakin ta Filigue. Ƙasar hausa ita ce inda ba a buƙatar naɗa sarkin hausawa watau wannan bayani ya ware duk wasu zango zango, inda ake magana da hausa Daura a ƙarni na 12, masrautar Daura tana sarautar fiye da garuruwa sittin.

Ƴardaji da Yekuwa karo na farko an raba su a dalilin mulkin mallaka na Faransa da turawan Birtaniya, inda yekuwa ta faɗa ɓangaren Nijar a ƙarƙashin mulkin mallakan faransa, inda kuma dukkanin Daura, Ɓaure da kuma Zango suka faɗa Najeriya ƙarƙashin mulkin mallakan turawan ingila. Turawa sun zo Ƙasar Hausa sun zo ƙasar hausa ne a ƙarshen ƙarni na 17. A shekarar 1906 zuwa 1908, Kaptin Tilho da kuma Majo O’shee’ sune suka saka turaka 148 a matsayin shaida akan inda Najeriya ta tsaya zuwa inda Nijar ta fara. Turaka 63 suna da tsawon ƙafa 15, wanda aka turke a cikin ƙasa, abisa nisan ƙafa 4-5. A tsakanin turaka na 93 da 94 aka samar da iyakan Nijar da Najeriya, wanda ya raba ƴardaji dake Najeriya da yekuwa dake Nijar.

Harshen Hausa shi ne mafi girma da kuma mafi sanayyar harshe a nahiyar Afirka, harshen hausa ya aro wasu kalmomi daga wasu harsuna musamman Larabci kana kuma harshen na tafiya tare da yanayin mu na zamani bisa al'adar cudeni-in cudeka. Harshen Hausa dai ya zama harshen yau da kullum ga miliyoyin jama'a da ba Hausawa bane a nahiyar Afirka.

sune suka fi kowane ƙabila yawa a Afrika maso yamma.

Hausa Bakwai sune 

Zaria: yawancin mutanen dake zaria ba asalin tsatsan hausawa bane a mahanga ta tarihi, yawancinsu mutane ne ƴan asalin ƙabilar fulani, da kuma mutanen da sukayi hijira zuwa zaria.

Yawancin Hausawa yan Sunna ne, suna bin mazhabin Malikiyya, wanda shine mazhabin da'aka basu tin a jihadin Usman Dan Fodiyo, Musulunci ya kasan ce a kasar Hausa ti kimanin karni na 11th, wanda akan iya bada tarihin Wali Muhammad dan Masani (d.1667) da kuma Wali Muhammad dan Marna (d. 1655) na jihar Katsina, wanda masu fatauci  suke yada addinin zuwa garuruwan Hausawa, amman a karni 11, yawan cin Hausawa na wannan lokacin Maguzawa ne.

A farkon karni na 19th ne aka yi jihadi domin jaddada addinin musulunci a kasar Hausa, inda aka yaka sarkin Gobir mai suna Yunfa, sannan aka kafa daular musulunci ta farko a garin Sokoto a shekarar 1804. Hausa tun taka rawan gani sosai wajen yada musulunci a cikin kasar Hausa, da kuma  Afirka ta Yamma, suna kiran sarakunan su da wakilai na Musulunci, amman sarkin Sakkwato shine Sarkin Musulmi. Karatun Alƙur’ani yana da matuƙar muhimmanci a ƙasar haujsa, wanda tunda ada da yanzu sukeyi.

Mafi akasarin hausawa musulmai ne, sabili da haka galibin al’dunsu da suka shafi aure da haifuwa da mutuwa, duka sun ta’allaƙa ne da wannan addini. Sai ɗan abinda ba a rasawa na daga al’adunsu na gargajiya, musamman wajen maguzawa. musulunci yana da matuƙar muhimmanci da tasiri a wajen Hausawa, ta yanda hakan Hausawa suke kallon duk wanda bahaushe ne amma ba musulmi ba kamar ba bahaushe bane. Aikin Hajji Yana ɗaya daga cikin Rukunnan Musulunci guda biyar Hausawa suna zuwa aikin Hajji sosai zuwa makka, musamman ma mutanen Kano, Sokoto, da Katsina, Hausawa su kance Alhaji suna nufin wanda yaje Makkah ya yi Aikin Hajji, Jam’in sa shine Alhazai, mace kuma Hajiya. Hakan ya samo asali ne tin a karni na 19 a kasar Hausa, amman a karni na 21, kalman Alhaji da Hajiya yana daukan ma'anar mutum mai kudi, koda ko bai taba zuwa aikin Hajji ba.

Ginshikokin al'adun Hausawa na da mutukar jarunta, kwarewa da sanayya fiye da sauran al'ummar dake kewayenta. Bugu da kari, akwai cincirindon al'ummar Hausawa a manyan biranen yammacin Afirka da arewacin Afirka da kuma yankunan cinikayyar al'ummar Hausawa da kuma yankunan da Hausawa suka jima suna bi a hanyar ta zuwa aikin Hajji. Akwai kuma rubutattun adabi masu zurfi da kasidodi da kuma rubuce-rubuce a rubutun ajami da aka buga tun kafin zuwan Turawa 'yan mulkin mallaka na Birtaniya. Har ila yau, kuma wani tsarin rubutu a ajami da aka kirkiro tun kafin zuwan Turawa, da ba kasafai ake amfani da shi ba yanzu.

Tun daga zuwan turawa har zuwa yau, hausawa suna cikin alummomin da basu saki tufafin su na gargajiya sun ari na baƙi ba. Yawanci adon namiji a hausa baya wuce babban riga, da wando musamman tsala. Da takalmin fata ko ƙafa ciki da hula ƙube ko ɗankwara, ko dara. Idan kuma basarake ne ko malami ko dattijo, yakan sa rawani. Adon yamma kuwa, zane ne, da gytton yafawa, watau gyale da kallabi, da ƴan kunne da dutsan wuya watau sarƙa. Mai Gari: A ƙasar Hausa shugaban ƙauye ko unguwa shi ake kira da Mai-gari.

Aure ya rabu kashi-kashi. Akwai auren soyayya, da auren dole/tilas da auren zumunta, da auren sadaka, da auren ɗiban wuta, da auren dangana-sanda, da auren gayya, da auren ɗiban haushi ko ɗiban takaici, da ɗiban tsiwa ko kece raini, da kashin ƙwarnafi, da sauran ire-irensu. Aure: Asalin al’adar hausawa a aure sune kwana Bakwai ne a shagali, kwana ukun farko za ayi ne a gidan Amarya. Sauran kwanakin kuma a gidan ango.   

shi aure na soyayya aure ne wanda saurayi ke ganin budurwa yace yana santa da aure,itakuma sai ta amince masa, iyayenta ma su yarda da maganar, kana sai azo ayi niyyar daurin aure

A nan saurayi ya kan ga yariya ne yace yana sonta da aure, amma ita bata amince masa ba. Iyayenta kuma su zaratar da hukunci, watau ko suna so, ko suna ƙi. Har ma akan bada yarinya ga wanda yake sa’an mahaifinta ne. Ko kuma sa’an kakanta, alhali kuma bata so, tana da wanda takw so, kuma akan nemawa saurayi budurwa ba tare da  yana so ba, saboda wata alaƙa ko yarjejeniya da yake tsakanin iyayensu.

Wannan aure ne wanda ake nema wa yaro ko yarinya daga cikin dagin uwa ko dangi na uba ba tare da an shawarci yaron ko yarinyar ba. Irin wannan auren, ana yinsa don ƙara danƙon zumunta tsakanin ƴan uwa.

Shi auren sadaka aure ne da ake bayar da yarinya ga wani, saboda neman tubarriki, kamar irin sadakar da ake ba malamai, almajiransu, musamman idaan yarinya ta girma bata samu mashinshini da wuri ba. Ana yin auren sadaka don gudun kada ta jawo wa iyayenta abin kunya wani lokaci kuma idan mutum bai sami haihuwa da wuri ba, yakanyi alƙawarin  cewa, zai bada ita sadaka in ya samu, yakan ba wani, yace in ya sami Ana yin auren sadaka don gudun kada ta jawo wa iyayenta abin kunya wani lokaci kuma idan mutum bai sami haihuwa da wuri ba, yakanyi alƙawarin cewa, zai bada ita sadaka in ya samu, yakan ba wani, yace in ya sami ƴa’ har ta rayu zai sadaka da ita.

Wannan auren yana kasancewa bayan miji ya saki mace saki uku, alhali kuwa matan tana son  mijinta, shima yana son ta, dole sai ta auri wani mutum, kafin ta samu damar komawa zuwa ga mijinta na farko. To, auren nan da tayi, da ƙudurin cewa zata dawo wurin mijinta na da, wannan shine auren ɗiban wuta ko kashe wuta.

Idan matar mutum ta fita, alhali kuwa yana sonta, ya dai sake ta ne don ta addabe shi, to sai yayi sauri yayi wani aure kafi ya sake ta, ko kafin ta gama idda. Ba don komai zai yi wannan auren ba sai don kawai ya fanshe haushinsa, ko kuma don kada matar ta rigashi yin wani aure.

Hakazalika wajen mu’amala da iyaye ko dangi ko abokai, ko shuwagabanni ko maƙwapta ko wanin wadannan. Galibinsu na musulunci ne haka kuma sha’anonuwan sana’a da harkar kasuwanci da kuma neman ilimi, duk a jikin musulunci suka rataya. karamci da girmama baƙo yana ɗaya daga cikin al’ada da addinin Hausawa, kuma shine alfaharin Hausawa girmama baƙo. Bahaushe ya kanyi Karin magana yace “ Baƙon ka Annabinka”. ma'ana ka girmama shi matukar girmamawa.

Matakan neman aure sune kyautar da yaro ko iyayensa sukan kai gidansu yarinyar da yaro yake so ya nema. Sabili da haka yakan ba diyar wani abu taɓawa. Ko mkuma ya kai kyautar wurin iyayenta, ko wasu waɗanda suke da dangantaka da ita, yadda zata gane cewa ana sonta. Ko kuma akwai wani abu mai muhimmanci gidansu, kamar kayan na gani ina so bayan waɗannan ake ƙunshewa a ba wata tsohuwa ko wani mutum, ya kai daga nan kuma sai a bashi dama ya ruƙa zuwa yana magana da yarinyan a gidansu, ko gidan wani ɗan uwanta makusanci, inda ba a yadda za ayi wata munaƙisha  ko wani abu na ashhsa ba. A nan ne yake zuwa shi ko kuma tare da abokansa su zauna su tattauna tare da yarinyar.

kuɗi ne wanda mace take ayyanawa a bisa ƙa’idar aure. Kuɗin da ake iya bayarwa a matsyin sadaki, ya tashi tun daga zumbar goma, watau sule da taro ko kwabo goma sha biyar, har zuwa abinda ya ninninka wannan. A wannan kuɗin yau  lissafi ya kama daga kwabo goma sha biyu da rabi.

waliyyan aure sune dangi na ma’auran nan biyu, akasari iyaye ne ko WALIYYAN AURE: waliyyan aure sune dangi na ma’auran nan biyu, akasari iyaye ne ko ƴa’ƴa ko ƙanne, waɗanda suke wakiltar sashen yaro da sashen yarinya wajen ɗaurin aure. Baz a ɗaura aure ba sai da su.

Ba a daurin aure a sakaye. Dole sai mutane sun shaida. To, mutanen da suke halartar wajen ɗaurin aure, sune shaidu. Lokacin da za ayi fatiha an faɗa a kunnensu sun saurara ko sunji sun shaida cewa, an bada wance ga wane.

Goro da kuɗi, waɗanda ake rabawa a wajen ɗaurin auren ana baiwa dukkan waɗnda suka halarta ɗaurin auren ne.  Ana bayar da kuɗin zaure,  da kuɗin liman, da kuɗin tauba, sai da kakanni. Kuma ana fitar da kuɗin maroƙa da na ƙattan gari. Ana raba kuɗin ne yayin da aka taru za a shafa fatiha. Akan aikawa kan aikawa ƴanuwa da masoya, da kuma abokan arziƙi za a ɗaura auren wane da wance a gidan wane. Saboda haka ana gayyatarsu ran kaza a watan kaza da lokaci kaza.

Tufafi ne kayan shafe-shafe, da takalma, da sauran kayayyakin adon mata, sun ɗan kunne, da sarƙar wuya, da tsakin lefe, a haɗa a sa a cikin lefe, ko fantimoti. Ko kwalla ko akwati, a ba wasu mata sukai gidansu yarimya. Wani lokacin kuma akan tara lefe da yawa na masu so daban daban a ajiya har sa’ar da aka tabbatar da wanda aka ajiye har sa’ar da aka tabbatar da wanda aka ga ya dace ya aureta sa’annan a mayarwa sauran nasu, a basu hakuri da zarar yaji an tabbatar masa sai ya aika da neman sa ranan biki.

Amarya takan yi ƴan kwanaki biyu ko fiye da haka tana cikin lalle, ana kaita gida-gida ana yi mata gargaɗi, a ja kunnenta kuma a riƙa koya mata waɗansu abubuwa na addini da yadda ake zamantakewan rayuwa. Kuma ƴanuwa suna yi mata hidima don ganin damarsu da kuma son ransu, kafin ta koma zuwa gidansu ko gidan wani.

Wasu daga cikin makusantan amarya, sune zasu ɗauki ɗawainiyar gyara ɗakin amarya,  suyi jere, da kafin gado, da ƙawace ɗaki, da yin wasu al’adu kamar kafi (Tsari) ko kuma addu’o’i na gargajiya, saboda fatan samun zaman lafiya da kuma kare kai. A rannan ne akan ja kunnen amarya da barin wasu munanan ɗabi’u da yin kyawawansu da dai nisantar aikata abinda zai kawo rashin jituwa a tsakaninsu

Wani ɗan bulaguro ne wanda amarya take yi zuwa gidansu, bayan kwana hudu, ko biyu, ko kuma ma mako ɗaya, saboda azo ayi mata jeren ɗaki, takanyi wannan ƴar ƙaura don a sami damar yi mata wasu ƴan gyare-gyare, kamar su kitso, da aski da shirye shiryen zama da mijinta.

Aure na da alaƙa ce ta haliccin zaman tare tskanin namiji da kuma mace. Ana yinsa ne saboda abinda aka haifa ya samu asali, da mutunci da kiwon iyaye. Kuma shine maganin zina da “ƴaƴa marasa iyaye”. Aure muhimmin abu ne ga al’umma. Sabili da haka akwai hanyoyi ayyanannu na tabbatar dashi.

Bayan ƴanmata sun watse, sai abokan ango su zo don a sayi bakin amarya, sabida baza ta yi musu magana ba sai an biya. Kuma a nan ne samari sukanyi ta wasa ƙwaƙwalwa da sauran magana kala-kala. Sayen baki yakan kasance da daddare ne, a inda ake sakewa ana darawa da kuma nishaɗi.

Daga nan kuma sai shirya tarewarta a gidan miji. A ranar tarewa, sai ƴanuwan miji mata su zo gidansu amarya suna neman a basu matarsu, har su bada wani kuɗi na sayen amaryar, sannan a naɗa wata yarinya amaryar boko, bayan tsofaffi mata sun kai amarya ta gaskiya gidan mijinta. Sai a sa wata yarinya ta zama kamar itace amarya. Har a kaita gidan miji ana ta waƙe-waƙe na addini ko na batsa, saboda gudun wata makida ko makirci ko maƙarƙashiya wanda yakan faru daga wasu.

Daga zarar iyaye su tabbatar da samuwan ciki, sukan fara shirye-shirye saboda zuwan jaririn, uba yakan fara siyan itatuwa da tukunya domin wankan jariri da mahaifiyarsa. Yawancin lokuta akan samu tsohuwar mace wacce aka fi sani da Unguwar Zoma wacce take kula da lafiyar jariri da mahaifiyarsa, ta hanyar gyaran cibiyan jaririn da kuma tabattar da cewa mahaifiyar tayi wanka da ruwan zafi na aƙalla kwana bakwai kamar yadda al'ada ya tanadar. Sinadaran yin wanka sun ƙunshi:

Bayan kwanaki kamar uku da haihuwa, uban jaririn yakan siyo nama yawanci kan shanu kokuma kan rago wanda ake yiwa mahaifiyar yaro farfesu dashi sannan a rabawa sauran ƴanuwa da maƙwapta. Sannan akan yi kunu yawanci kunun kanwa wanda mahaifiyar yaron zata rika sha domin samun isasshen nono da zata baiwa yaro.A lokacin da jaririn ya kai watanni bakwai, ana fara bashi abinci mai ruwa ruwa da nono har ya kai shekara 2 zuwa 2 ½.

Ɗan da aka haifa Namiji ko Mace, ana raɗa masa suna ne bayan kwanaki bakwai da haihuwa a bisa al’ada. A wannan lokacin uban jaririn zai sayo rago da goro wanda za a rabawa baƙi da aka gayyata wajen taron raɗin sunan. A ranar raɗin sunan akan gyara gida, ayi shara, a tsaftace gida sosai, ayi shimfiɗu a ƙofar gidan saboda baƙi masu zuwa taron sunan. Gabanin a soma walima, akan kira malami na unguwa ya yanka ragon da aka siyo domin raɗin sunan ayi kiran sallah cikin kunnen yaron tare da sanar dashi sunansa bayan kiran sallan.

Wasu daga cikin sunayen da ake baiwa yaro a ƙasar hausa:

Akan yi kachiya ga yara maza a bisa al'ada lokacin da suka kai shekaru 8-9 da haihuwa. Kuma akan bari sai lokacin hunturu saboda ƙananun ciwo da zasu iya yin lahani ga kachiyar sunyi ƙaranci a wannan lokacin. Yawanci iyaye sukan bar alamarin kaciyar a matsayin sirri ga yaran saboda gudun kar yaran su samu firgici gabanin lokacin da za'ayi musu kaciyan.

Dangantaka a kasar hausa ya kunshi en uwa daga dangin guda biyu wata uwa da uba. Wasu daga cikin 

Asali garin Katsina sune cibiyar addinini musulunci a kasar Hausa, amman zuwa Shehu Usman Dan Fodio yasa vibiyar karatun addinini Musulunci ya tashi daga Katsina ya koma Daular Sokoto, a karkashin jagorancin Shehu Usman Dan Fodio da mukarraban sa. Na daga cikin rubutun hausawa, suna yin rubutu ne asali da “ajami”, rubutu ne da haruffan larabci amman a luggar hausa, kuma suna rubutawa ne a fallen takarda.

Noma na ɗaya daga cikin ƙusar tattalin arzuƙi a ƙasar hausa kusan duk inda mutum ya duba a wannan hanya da yabi, babu daji, daga gona sai saura kuma ana noma iri biyu ne na abinci da na kasuwa. Ga kuma gero ga dawa, ga masara, ga wake, ga gyaɗa, ga auduga, ga sauran abubuwan masarufi, kamar su gwaza da dankali. Bugu da ƙari, galibi bishiyoyin da akak bari ko aka dasa a cikin gonakin na amfani ne. Misalin tsamiya da kuka, da ɗorawa, da sauran ire-irensu. Tun daga katsina har kano. Bacin haka kuma mafi yawancin hausawa suna kiwon dabbobi, kamar awaki, da tumaki, da shanu, da kaji, da agwagi. Kiwon a wurinsu kamar asusu ne. Mutum na riƙe da “ƴan dabbobi, duk sa ar da wata buƙata ta samu a sayar dasu abiya buƙatar Sana'ar noma ita ce babbar sana'ar Hausawa, sabo da ingancin noma; Hausawa ke wa sana'ar noma kirari da cewa, na duke tsohon ciniki kowa ya zo duniya kai ya tarar, akwai kuma wasu sana'o'in kamar su sha'anin jima watau harkar fatu, rini, sa'a da kira, fannonin dake mutukar samun cigaba a harkokin sana'o'in Hausawa. Hausawa dai sun jima da shahara wajen harkar fatauci kana kuma masu arziki na taka rawa a sha'anin yau da kullum, tare da masu mulki da masa.

Hausawa sun yadu a kasashe da yawa a cikin Afirka da kasashen Larabawa sune wadannan :- Akwai matakai wanda lallai sai an cika su sannan aure ya tabbata:

Ya kasance gabanin zuwan musulunci, mazaje suna auren mata iya yawan da suke so, amma musulunci ya taƙaita zuwa mata 4 kaɗai kuma ba ƙwarƙwara.

cusama hausawa cin taliya ta hanyar fina finan su dalilin fadin haka kuma shine duk fim dinsu sai kaga sun nuna irin abincin su wanda mu bama yin haka kuma abincin mu da kuma abin shan mu sun hada da, Tuwon dawa. Tuwon masara. Tuwon shinkafa. Alkubus. Dambu. Wasa Ko wani kasa da irin abincin su da take ci amma duk da haka manyan kasa she na duniya sukan tallata abincin su ta hanyar fina finan su a siyasan ce da kuma zahiran ce kasar chana da kuma italiya sun yi nasarar Wasa. Sinasir. Waina wato masa. Fankasau. Alale. Da dai sauran su abin sha kuma sun hada da, Koko da kosai. Kunun kanwa. Kunun shinkafa. Kunun tsamiya. Kunun zaki. Kunun Acca. Da dai sauran su.

Yawancin Hausawa musulmai ne, wanda yawan su yakai kashi 90 cikin 100 na duka yawan Hausawan duniya, akwai kiristoci da kuma maguzawa, amman basu kai kashi 15 ba cikin 100 na yawan Hausawa ba.




#Article 45: Kaduna (jiha) (936 words)


Kaduna tana daya daga cikin jihohin Nijeriya a arewa maso yammacin kasan, kuma a arewa masu yammacin kasar, Kaduna jiha ce ta kasuwanci, ilimi, da masana'antu. jihar ta kasance babbar birnin jihohin arewacin Nigeria, kuma tanada  cunkoson jama'a sosai, wanda adadin jama'an yakai kusan mutane 6,006,562 a bisa ma'aunin kidaya ta shekarar (2006).

Jihar Kaduna  tana da matukar fadin kasa, wanda fadin kasar ta ya kai kimanin kilomita 46,053 km2 k, Kaduna itace jiha na Hudu data fi kowanne jiha girman kasa, kuma tanada kananan hukumomi guda 23, kowanne karamar jiha yana da shugaba da kananan garuruwa, kananan hukomomin sune kamar haka:

A jihar kaduna akwai masu mulki daban daban da suka hada da sarakuna da zababbun shuwagabanni na mulkin damakwaradiya, a jihar Kaduna akwai Gwamna, Yan Majalisa, Sanatoci, da kuma Sarakuna, masu mulkin gargajiya. shuwagabanni a bangaran damakwaradiya ana zaban sune duk bayan shekara Hudu, sukuma sarakunan gargajiya suna gada ne a wajen iyaye da kakanni, amman gwamna yana da cikakken ikon da zai iya cire kowanne sarki a jihar.

A jihar kaduna akwai gwamna da mataimakin gwamna wadannan sune masu cikaken mulki a cikin jihar Kaduna, kuma zaban su akeyi a duk bayan shekara hudu, wanda yanzu haka Mallam Nasir Ahmad el-Rufai shine gwamnan jihar Kaduna da kuma Hadiza Sabuwa Balarabe a matsayin mataimakiyar shi. A tsarin mulkin damakwaradiya akwai yan majalisun jiha masu kula da dokokin jihar da kuma tsarinta, sannan akwai sanatoci uku masu kula da yanki uku na Jihar Kaduna sune; Suleiman Abdu Kwari , Danjuma Laah da kuma  Uba Sani.

Akwai sarakuna da hakimai a kowanne karamar hukuma da kuma gunduma, amman da manyan sarakunan gargajiya sune kamar haka; sarkin Zazzau Shehu Idris, sarkin birnin gwari, sarkin Nok da kuma sarkin Kafanchan, wadannan sarakunan suna da ka'idajjen salan mulki ga iya mutanan su kadai, sannan gwamnan jihar yana cikakken ikon da zai sauke su ya daura wanda yake so.

Addinai biyu sune manyan addinan jihar kaduna, wato addinin Musulunci da kuma addinin kiristanci, kasancewar addinai ne manya akwai alaka mai tsami a tsakaninsu musamman a shekarar 2000 da 2001 an samu rikicin addini a jihar kaduna a bisa dalilin sharia'ar Musulunci da musulmai sukai kokarin assasawa amma sai aka samu rashin jituwa da kiristoci wai suna tsammanin in har shari'ar musulunci ta kafu, to suma zai shafesu shi yasa suka ki amincewa a dalilin haka rikici ya balle inda aka samu asarar rayuka da dimbin dukiya mai tarin yawa, bayan haka akasara Mutane 1000 suka rasa rayukansu. Bayan haka an kara samun rikicin addini a shekarar 2002 amma a halin yanzu akwai zamantakewa mai karfi tsakanin addinan guda biyu.

File: sultan bello mosque by Anasskoko 03.jpg\masallacin da yamma

A fagen ilimi kaduna ce cibiyar ilimi a arewacin Nijeriya kaduna ce cibiyar makarantar horas da jami'an tsaro ta kasa wato  (NDA) an kafaTa tun a shekarar (1964). Sai kuma babbar makarantar POLY dake kaduna, wato kaduna polytechnic an kafata a (1968), sai kuma jami'ar Ahmadu Bello dake Zariya ita kuma ta kafu a shekarar (1962). 
 Bayan haka akwai Jami'ar jihar Kaduna (kasu) da Nuhu bamalli polytechnic Zaria, da dai sauran manyan cibiyoyin ilimi.
Lallai kaduna duniya ce ta ilmi wannan dalilin ne yasa kaduna tayi fice a Nigeria ta ko'ina ana barkowa daga sassa daban-daban na Nijeriya ana zuwa neman ilimi a jihar kaduna domin ita jihar kaduna ta bambanta da sauran jihohin arewacin Najeriya.

A cikin jihar kaduna ana karantar da ilimin addini matuka, cibiyar addini na bangaren Izala, shi'a, tijjaniya da salafanci duka suna cikin garin jihar kaduna.   

Jihar kaduna tana da manya asibitoci da kananan gurin kula da lafiya sama da dubu 10 a fadin jihar

Akwai dandalin Murtala Mohammed Square inda ake wasanni da kuma motsa jiki, a ciki akwai Kaduna Polo Clubda kuma Kaduna Golf Club kuma akwai sitadium mai suna Ahmadu Bello Stadium da Ranchers Bees Stadium

A.M masu nisan zango sun hada da:

F.M masu matsakaicin zango sun hada da:

Kaduna cibiya ce ta masana'antun arewa, kamar masana'antun karafa, masaka, matatar man fetur, ginin tukwane , Kaduna garine wanda ake kasuwanci kasancewar yawan mutane da kuma cunkosa, akwai kasuwanni dayawa a cikin garin kaduna, galibi ma kusan kowanne anguwa a cikin babban birnin kaduna tana da kasuwan ta.  

A cikin kaduna akwai babban kampanin matatan mai, me suna kaduna Refining and Petrochemical Company (KRPC), wanda daya ne daga cikin manyan kampanonin matatan mai da'ake dasu a Najeriya 

Jihar tana da manyan kasuwanni kaman su kusuwan sheikh Abubakar gumi, fanteka, chechenia, kasuwan magani, kasuwan kawo, kasuwan bacci, kasuwan tudun wadan zaria.

Babbar hanyar data ratsa ta cikin gari ana kiranta Ahmadu Bello way. Kaduna tanada babbar kasuwa wadda aka gina tun a shekarun 1990s bayan ta fuskanci mahaukaciyar gobara. 
Acikin garin kaduna akwai hanyoyin jiragen kasa wadda ake sufuri daga kaduna zuwa wasu sassan Nigeria.

Akwai hanyoyin layin dogo na jiragen kasa wadanda aka gina tun a watan satumba shekarar 2009 mai nisan tazarar kilomita 1,435 mm (4ft 81/2) zuwa babban birnin tarayya Abuja.

bayan haka akwai filayen jiragen sama guda biyu wato Filin Jirgin Saman Jihar kaduna da kuma filin jirgin sama na chanchangi wato Chanchangi Airlines wadda ake sufuri daga jiha zuwa jiha ko daga Nigeria zuwa kasashen ketare.

Jihar kaduna tana da hukumar dake kula da tafiye tafiye a fannoni sifirin motoci, wacce ak kira da KSTA.

   

File:Kaduna River in kaduna state Nigeria.jpg|Kogin Kaduna
File:Water fall in Kafancha Kaduna State.jpg|Koramar ruwa a Kafanchan
File:Matsirga Water fall Madakiya.jpg|Koramar Matsirga 
File:Kamuku National Park kaduna State Nigeria.jpg|Wajen bufe ido na Kamuku Kaduna
File:Ahmadu bello university senate.jpg|ABU Zaria
File:Ten Storey Kaduna5.jpg|Ginin ::Ten Storey a Ahmadu Bello
File:Flower of kaduna 02.jpg|Muhimmiyar Fulawa a Kaduna
File:Kajuru Castle.jpg|Sansanin Kajuru

 

 




#Article 46: Sarauniya Amina (370 words)


Sarauniya Amina Sarauniyar Zazzau ce, ta rayu daga shekarar 1533 zuwa 1610, ɗaya ce daga cikin ‘ya'ya biyu da sarkin Zazzau Bakwa Turunku ya haifa. Wato ita Amina ɗin da kuma ƙanwarta mai suna Zariya. Ta yi sarautar Zazzau bayan rasuwar mahaifinta, daga shekara ta 1509 zuwa 1522, wato shekarunta 13 ke nan akan karagar mulki. Kuma ita ce mace ta farko da ta mulki masarautar Zazzau, kuma ta shida a cikin sarakunan haɓe waɗanda sukai mulki bayan Addinin Musulunci ya fara bayyana a ƙasar Zazzau. Har ila yau a cikin jerin sarakunan Zazzau gaba ɗaya ita ce ta 23.

Ana kallon sarauniya Amina a matsayin mace ƴar siyasa kuma ma’abociya al’ada wacce tayi gagrimin mulki a ƙarni na 16 a ƙasar hausa, Sarauniya Amina ta shahara matuƙa a ƙasar Hausa da ma yankunan da daular Usmaniyya ta mulka. Ta yi kaiwa da komowa na yaƙe-yaƙe a wurare da dama. Idan aka ɗauki tun daga Zariya har zuwa ƙasar Abuja akwai ƙananan garuwa da dama da sarauniya Amina ta kafa, sai dai ba masu girma ba ne, saboda kamar dai wurare ne da ta ci zango a wajen, Jarumtar ta da ƙwazon ta ya kasance abin jinjina ne a Najeriya, Afirka da kuma duniya baki ɗaya.

Dangane da batun waje ko kuma garin da Sarauniya Amina ta rasu, a gaskiya babu tabbas, to amma masana tahiri suna kyautata zaton cewa ta rasu ne a can ƙasar Gara, wato ƙasar Igala kenan, wadda ke cikin jihar Kogi a arewacin Najeriya a halin yanzu. Wannan dalili ne ma ya sa ba a san takamaiman inda kabarinta ya ke ba.

Idan aka koma ga maganar zuriyar sarauniya Amina, a gaskiya abu ne mai wuya ace ga waɗansu da suke zuriyarta ne, tun da agaskiya yadda tarihi ya nuna, sarauniya Amina har ta mutu ba ta yi aure ba. Don haka babu wata shaida dake nuna cewa a ciki ko wajen zazzau, akwai wasu da za a iya cewa zuriyarta ne.

To sai dai duk da cewa, akwai bayanai masu sarƙaƙiya da kuma saɓani na masana tarihi a game da rayuwar sarauniya Amina, to amma dai magana mafi rinjaye ita ce, Sarauniya Amina ta taɓa wanzuwa a doron ƙasa, a matsayin sarauniya a Zazzau




#Article 47: Zamfara (582 words)


Jihar Zamfara na samuwa a ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba’i 39,762 da yawan jama’a 3,838,160 (milyan uku da dubu dari takwas da talatin da takwas da dari daya da sittin) (jimilar shekara 2011). Babban birnin tarayyar jahar ita ce Gusau. Bello Matawalle shi ne gwamnan jihar tun hukuncin da kotu ta yanke akan APC, shine ya bashi damar zama gwamnan ta a shekara ta 2019 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Mahadi Ali Gusau. Dattiban jihar su ne: Ahmad Rufai Sani, Mamuda Aliyu Shinkafi, AbdulAziz Yari, Hassan Nasiha, Sahabi Liman Kaura, Mansur Dan'Ali, Kabir Garba Marafa da Tijjani Kaura.

Asalin Zamfarawa

Zamfara ta kasance dai daga ciki masarautun asali na Hausawa. Ta kasance ana lissafata dai daga cikin Banza Bakwai wadanda ba Hausawan asali ne ba. Dalilin hakan shine, ana ganin Bare-Bari ne asalin Zamfara. Sarkin musulmi Muhammadu yana ganin Zamfarawa sun samu asaline daga uba Bakatsine da uwa Bagobira. To su Zamfarawa suna kafa asalinsu daga Maguzawa maharba wadanda sun zauna a yankin kasar Kano kafin zuwan Bagauda ton kafin zuwan Barbushe a Dutshen Dala. Anan zamu iya fahimtar cewa Zamfarawa Hausawa ne na asali tun can azal. Zamu iya fahimtar cewa Zamfarawa dai asalinsu maharba ne daga Maguzawa. Watakila sun samu tasirin Bare- Bari a farkon tarihinsu ko koma a ce Bare-bari na asalin sarautar Zamfara. Tarihin ƙauyen Zamfara ya samo asalki ne daga mutum Na farko da ya fara zama a garin, daga garin ZAMFARA wanda ake kira da BAWA. Shi yasa ake kiran garin da suna Zamfara. Farkon fadar saurautan an rusa ta. Garin ya haɗa iyakoki da Rogo sabon gari da kuma Tsohuwar Rogo ta gabas, Bari da Kaduna daga gefen yamma, Kaduna daga Kudu da Bari da Tsohuwar Rogo ta arewa.

Ana ganin Zamfarawan asali wasu irin manya-manyan mutane ne,a takaice dai Samudawa ne. Dakka, sarkin Zamfara na farko kamar dai Barbushe yake, mutun ne maitsananin girma da karfi da jarunta. Akwai wasu manya- manyan kaburbura guda sida a Dutsi wadan ance kaburburan sarakuna Zamfara ne na asali. Sabo da girman kaburburan ana kiransu da kabuburan Samudawa. Ga alamu Zamfarawa asali na da garma jiki sosai.

Birnin Zamfara

Zamfarawa sun fara kafa garinsu na farko ne mai suna Dutsi a kasar Zurmi ta yanzu. Don haka har yau Sarkin Zurmi na amsa sunan Sarkin Zamfara. Ance Zamfarawa saida suka kwashe shekara bakwai ba su nada sarki ba a Dutsi daga nan sai suka nada sarkinsu na farko mai suna Dakka.Don haka Sarkin Zamfara ana masa take da gimshikin gidan Dakka. Sarakuna hudu ne suka gaji Dakka a Dutsi. Daga nan sai sarauniyar Yar’Goje.

Daga Dutsi sai Zamfarawa suka yi tafiyar kamar mil takatin akan gulbin Gagare kusa da garin Isa na yanzu suka kafa wani sabon gari mai suna Birnin Zamfara. Ance Sarkin Zamfara na bakwai mai suna Bakurukuru ya kafa birnin. Amma wasu masana tarihi sun hakikan ce cewa sarakuna ashirin da uku ne aka binne a garin Dutsi don haka ba dai sarki na bakwai ba wanda ya kafa Birnin Zamfara.Zamfarawa sun gina garinsu wanda ya habaka sosai. Sun katange shi da ganuwa.Har yanzu a kufan tsohon garin akwai rusashiyar ganuwa mai tsawon mil goma-sha-uku da kofofin gari hamsin. A nan zamu iya fahimtar cewa Zamfarawa sun kafa garinsu na biyu wanda ya kasance babbar cibiyar mulkin Zamfara. Sannan garin ta samu arziƙin masarrafofin zamani irinsu Makarantun Boko, islamiyya, rijiyoyi da kuma Burtsatse da dai sauransu.Ofishin siyasa ta mata an buɗeta ne a garin zamfara a shekarsr 2007. 




#Article 48: Firinji (320 words)


Firinji dai wata na'ura ce mai daɗaɗɗen tarihi da ake amfani da ita wajen ajiye kayayyakin abinci, ko maganin da yanayin zafi kan iya lala tawa. Kuma a kan yi ajiyar ruwa a cikin sa domin ya sanyaya. Amma dai ko kafin ƙirƙirar firinji, an yi amannar cewa, mutanen da can na da dabaru irin nasu na adana abinci ba tare da ya lalace ba. Kuma irin waɗannan dabaru ne sannu a hankali aka inganta, har firinji ya samu da yanzu ake amfani da shi a gidaje da kuma ɗakunan girki irin na zamani.

Mutanen da, kamar yadda bincike ya nuna sukan sami wuri mai sanyi kamar gaɓar kogi su adana abinci don kar ya lalace, ko kuma su haƙa ƙarƙashin ƙasa a wuri mai dausayi. A ƙasahen da tsabar yanayin hunturu kan sanya zubar dusar ƙanƙara kuwa, tun kafin ƙarni na 19 mutane kan sari dunƙulen ƙanƙarar su saka cikin wani ɗan akwatin katako, kana su jera nau'o'in abincin da ke buƙatar sanyi don kar su lalace.

Irin waɗannan dabaru ne dai masu bincike irin su Dr. William Cullen da Dr. John Goorie da Michael Faraday, suka gina fasahar su akai, tun a farkon ƙarni na 18 da tunanin samar da wata na'urar sanyi da tafi wancan akwatin katako na kankara inganci.

Waɗannan dabarun masu bincike ne dai wani Bajamushe mai suna Injiniya Carl Von Linden, ya tattara a shekarar 1876, ya ƙera firinji na farko a duniyar nan. Inda Injiniya Linden ya ci gaba da bincike tare da inganta wannan fasaha tasa ta ƙera firinji. Sauran masana da kuma injiniyoyi na wannan zamani kuma suka kwaikwayi fasahar Injiniya Linden suka ci gaba da ƙera firinji.

Ya zuwa shekarar 1920 dai, an samu kafuwar kamfanoni fiye da 200 da suke ƙera firinji iri daban-daban a wannan duniya, bisa dogaro da fasahar Injiniya Linden, wanda aka yi ittifaƙin cewar shi ne ya fara ƙirkirar firinji har 'yan baya suka runguma.




#Article 49: Agogo (279 words)


Agogo na'ura ce ta duba lokaci, Munada a ƙalla akwai kwanaki 365 a shekara, kuma akwai sa'o'i 24 a kwana ɗaya. To idan kana so ka san yawan sa'oin da ake da su a shekara, sai ka ce kwanaki 365 sau yawan sa'oin da ake da su a kwana ɗaya wato sa'a 24. ka ga idan akai 365 sau 24 zai ba da 8,760. Wato kenan akwai sa'oi 8,760 a shekara ɗaya.
To idan kuma kana so ka san yawan mintinan da ake da su a shekara. Sai ka haɗa adadin awanin shekara sau yawan mintinan da ake da su a awa ɗaya. Wato ma'ana a shekara muna da awa 8,760 kuma a kowacce awa muna da minti 60. to sai a yi 8,760 sau 60. Abin da ya ba ka shi ne adadin mintinan da suke a cikin shekara. Kuma idan ka yi za ka samu cewa akwai minti 525,600 a shekara.
Haka zalika idan muka koma ga batun sakan. Ka ga dai akwai sakan sittin a kowanne minti ɗaya. To tun da mun gano yawan mintin da ake da shi a shekara, to sai mu yi adadin mintinan shekara sau adadin sakan ɗin da ke cikin minti. To kuma yanzu mun san cewa akwai minti 525,600 a shekara, sai mu yi sau 60, abin da ya ba mu shi ne adadin sakan-sakan da ake da su a shekara. Kuma idan ka yi za ka samu cewa akwai sakan 31,536,000 a shekara. 
Wato a jumlace kenan idan za mu ba ka amsa sai mu ce da kai;
Akwai adadin sa'a 8760 a shekara. Sannan akwai adadin minti 525,600 a shekara. Sannan kuma akwai adadin sakan 31,536,000 a shekara.




#Article 50: Nuruddeen Gwadabe (385 words)


Nuruddeen Gwadabe(1982-2005) tsohon shugaban daliban jami'ar Bayero ta Kano ne. Ya yi rawar gani a zamaninsa inda cikin ruwan sanyi ba tare da zanga-zanga ba ya kirawo mukaddashin shugaban jami'ar na wancan lokaci, Farfesa Maiwada zuwa makewayin dalibai domin ganewa idanunsa halin da su ke ciki. Hakan ta sa hukumar makarantar mai da kai wurin kyautata jin dadin dalibai. Haka kuma shi ne ya samowa kungiyar daliban jami'ar Bayero kyautar mota mai daukar fasinja talatin sabuwa dal har da AC daga gwamnatin Zamfara ana saura wata guda ya bar mulki amma ya dankata ga dalbai ba tare da ya karkatar da ita ba ko ya sauyata ya kawo tsohuwa kamar yadda aka saba.

An haifi Nuruddeen Gwadabe ne a unguwar Madungurum da ke birnin Kano, wadda akafi sani da yar mai shinkafi. Sunan Mahaifinsa Alhaji Rabiu Gwadabe, mahaifiyarsa Hajiya Rukaiyya Ibrahim Dasuki. Nurudden tagwai ne. Sunan dan uwan tagwaitakarsa Shamsuddeen Gwadabe, wanda a yanzu haka likita ne a asibitin kwararru na Murtala Muhammad da ke Kano. Nuruddeen ya yi makarantar Islamiyya ta Gwadabe Maitasa da ke Yar Maishinkafi Kano kuma ya sauke karatun alkur'ani mai girma wurin Malam Sa'idu a Yola, jihar Adamawa. Daga nan ya cigaba da neman ilimin addini a duk inda nuruddeenya samu kansa. 

Nuruddeen Gwadabe ya fara Makarantar boko a Marsam Nursery school, Kano. Ya yi makarantun firamare na Kano Capital School,Kaduna Polytechnic Staff School, da Bayero University staff School. Ya fara karatun sakandare a Capital School, Yola ya kuma kammala a Command Day Secondary School, Rukuba, Jos. Daga nan ya shiga Jami'ar Bayero Kano inda ya fara da karatun share fage daga bisani kuma ya karanci ilimin fasahar kere-kere (Mechanical Engineering)a matakin digiri na farko.

Nuruddeen Gwadabe ya shiga gwagwarmayar kyautata rayuwar dalibai a jami'a inda ya rike mukamai da dama. Ya fara da mukamin Jami'in hulda da jama'a na kungiyar dalibai Musulmi ma su koyon aikin Injiniya, sai kuma Jam'in hulda da jama'a na kungiyar dalibai yan asalin jihar Kano, sai Sakataren Kudi na kungiyar dalibai Musulmi ta jami'ar Bayero kuma jami'in shirye-shirye na kungiyar dalibai Musulmi ta jihar Kano baki daya. Daga nan kuma aka zabeshi shugaban kungiyar daliban Jami'ar Bayero tare da nadashi mukamin shugaban kungiyar dalibai Musulmi ta jami'ar. Sai dai saboda nauye-nauyen da ke kansa bai iya samun damar karbar wannan nadin na Amir ba.




#Article 51: Nahiya (339 words)


Afirka da Antarctica da Asiya da Austaraliya da Turai da kudancin Amirka da kuma Amirka ta Arewa

Nahiya na nufin sashe-sashe ko kuma manya-manyan shigifun da'irar shimfiɗaɗɗiyar ƙasa da ake da su a wannan duniya tamu. Babu dai wata ƙididdiga da ta tabbatar da adadin nahiyoyin da ake da su a duniya bakiɗaya, sai dai kawai ana ganin ko dai guda shida ne ko kuma guda bakwai.

Amma dai abin da aka fi haƙƙaƙewa akai shi ne, waɗannan nahiyoyi guda Bakwai ne. Kuma sun haɗar da Afirka da Antarctica da Asiya da Austaraliya da Turai da kudancin Amirka da kuma Arewacin Amirka. Wannan a yadda aka karantar da ɗalibai kenan a yankin nahiyar Amirka bakiɗaya.

Amma kuma a yankin nahiyar Turai da kuma sauran sassan duniya, mafi yawan ɗaliban yankunan ana karantar da su cewar, nahiyoyi Shida rak ake da su a duniyar nan. Ma'ana a waɗannan yankuna ana duban Kudancin Amirka da kuma Arewacin Amirka a matsayin nahiya guda ɗaya ta Amirka. Anan lissafin nahiyoyi shidan kenan ya haɗar da Afirka da Amirka da Antarctica da Asiya da Australiya da kuma Turai.

To sai dai a halin da ake ciki kuma, mafiya yawan masana ta fuskar kimiyya na duban waɗannan nahiyoyi Shida da cewar nahiyar Turai da ta Asiya a dunƙule suke wuri ɗaya a matsayin nahiya guda, don haka ne ma suke kiran nahiyar da suna Eurasiya, sai kuma Afirka da Antarctica da Austaraliya da Kudancin Amirka da kuma Arewacin Amirka.

Masana ilimin taswirar duniya, su kuma a halin yanzu sun kasafta duniyar nan zuwa yankuna takwas domin samun sauƙin fahimta. Yanki na farko dai shi ne na Asiya, wanda ya ƙunshi Gabas ta Tsakiya da Arewacin Afirka. Sai kuma Turai da Arewacin Amirka. Akwai kuma Tsakiyar Amirka da yankin Carribbean. Kana ga Kudancin Amirka da Afirka da Austaraliya da kuma Yankin Teku, wato Oceania kenan.

Wannan dai shi ne taƙaitaccen bayani game da ma'anar nahiya ta fuskoki daban-daban

Nahiya is a village in betul district of madhya pradesh in India.

it has a population of 25000




#Article 52: Tattalin arzikin duniya (905 words)


Abu ne sanannne kuma a hukumance cewa, rikicin tattalin arzikin Amirka ya zama ruwan dare gama duniya. To amma duk da haka wasu ƙasashen sun fi wasu taɓuwa idan ana batun matsayin irin illar da rikicin yai wa ƙasashen duniya. Wato ma'ana idan Amirka abin ya shafeta 100 bisa 100, to su ƙasashen da rikicin yai wa sauƙin taɓawa, abin bai wuce da kashi 1 zuwa 20 bisa dari ya shafe su ba.

Ƙasa ta farko da ba ta jin wannan rikici na tattalin arzki a jikinta, ita ce Tarayyar Daular Larabawa, wato United Arab Emirates:. Duk da cewa tana da matsalar cikin gida na batun hallata kuɗin haram, amma dai duk da haka arzikin ƙasar yana ci gaba da haɓaka, kamar ma ba su san da wani rikicin tattalin arzikin duniya ba.

Ƙasar ta biyu ita ce ƙasar Armeniya. Itama duk da cewa tana da rikicinta na cikin gida ta ɓangaren rashin yin cuɗanya da kasuwannin duniya, don haka tana buƙatar bunƙasa shirinta na kasuwanci tsakanin ƙasa da ƙasa. To sai dai kuma labari mai daɗin shi ne, rashin yin wani ƙasaitaccen kasuwanci na ƙasa da ƙasa ya kare ta daga faɗawa dumu-dumu cikin rikicin tattalin arzikin da duniya ta tsinci kanta. Kai wasu ma na ganin cewa, ita ya kamata ta zamo ta farko a cikin ƙasashen da wannan rikicin na tattali bai shafa ba?

Ƙasa ta uku da rikicin tattalin arziki bai shafa sosai ba ita ce Maroko. Ko dadai ita Maroko ta yi dumu-dumu wajen harkokin cinikayya tsakanin ƙasa da ƙasa, musamman ma dai da ƙasar Faransa, da kuma batun harkokin yawon buɗe ido, waɗanda ake ganin waɗannan hanyoyi guda biyu suna samun tawaya saboda rikicin tattalin arzkin da Amirka ta jazawa duniya. To sai dai kuma labari mai daɗin shi ne, ma'adanan ƙarƙashin ƙasa da Allah ya huwace wa ƙasar, sun isa su ba ta ikon maye gurbin duk wani abu da za ta iya rasawa sakamkon rikicin tattalin arzikin.

Bildunterschrift: Großansicht des Bildes mit der Bildunterschrift: Dogwayen gine-ginen birnin Kuala Lumpur a MalesiyaKasa ta huɗu a duniya wajen rashin jin raɗaɗin rikicin tattalin arziki ita ce ƙasar Malesiya. Duk da cewa Malesiya ta kai iya wuya wajen yin hulɗar cinikayya da Amirka, to amma abin daɗin shi ne, kamfanonin Amirkan da suke buƙatar rage yawan kuɗaɗen da suke kashewa, yanzu haka ƙasar Malesiyan suke komawa suna sarrafa kayayyakinsu a can, saboda sauƙin biyan ma'aikata. 

Ƙasa ta biyar kuwa ita ce Iran. kuma ya ɗan shafe ta ne saboda hulɗar kasuwancin da take yi da ƙasashen Turai, duk da cewa tana yin hakan ne a ƙarkashin takunkumi. To amma labari mai daɗi ga Iran shi ne cewa, ba ta yin hulɗar kasuwanci da Amirka, ƙasar da ta haddasa rikincin tattalin arzikin. Sannan tana daga cikin ƙasashen da suke sayar da mai ga ƙasar chaina, wanda ake ganin ko wannan ciniki na mai da chaina kaɗai ya isa ya riƙe ƙasar Iran tsawon shekaru goma.

Ƙasa ta shida it ace ƙasar Koriya ta Arewa: Labari mara daɗi a gare ta shi ne, babu baki masu sanya jari a cikin harkokin noma da bunƙasa samuwar abinci a wannan kasa, to amma kuma ware tan da aka yi ba a hulɗar ciniki da ita sosai, ya sanya matsalar tattalin arziki ta sa me daidai ruwa daidai tsaki.

Ƙasa ta bakwai kuwa ita ce, ƙasar Tailan. Kuma abin ma da ya sa rikicin ya shafe ta shi ne, kasancewar babban kamfanin da ke gudanar da harkokinsa a ƙasar wani reshe ne na kamfanin inshorar nan na Amirka AIG, wanda rikicin tattlin arzikin Amirka ya fara rutsawa da shi. To amma labari mai daɗin shi ne, ƙasar ta dogara ne da mfani da tsaɓar kuɗi da kuma ciniki na ƙeƙe-da ƙeƙe wajen harkokin kasuwanci.

Daga ƙasar Tailan sai Romaniya. rikicin ya ɗan shafi Romaniya ne, saboda yadda ta ɗan yi zurfi wajen cinikayya da tarayyar Turai da kuma yadda take ciniki kai tsaye da sauran ƙasashen waje. To sai dai abin farin ciki ga ƙasar shi ne, har yanzu tana nan a matsayin ƙasar da kamfanonin nahiyar Turai suka ɗauka a matsayin wani sansani na hada-hadarsu. 

To ƙasa ta tara ita ce ƙasar Brazil. Kuma rashin sa'ar da tai shi ne cewar, ƙasar Amirka ita ce babbar abokiyar cinikinta. To amma kuma labari mai daɗi ga ƙasar shi ne na kasancewarta a wani matsayi na samun yarjejeniyar kasuwanci na ƙasa da ƙasa tsakanin ta da ƙasar Indiya da Chaina. Wanda waɗannan ƙasashe biyu yanzu haka suna matsayi na ƙoli-ƙoli a haɓakar tattalin arziki a duniya.

Bildunterschrift: Großansicht des Bildes mit der Bildunterschrift: Takardar kuɗin Chaina ta Yuan 100Ƙasa ta goma kuwa a jerin ƙasashen da raɗaɗin rikicin tattalin arziki ya taɓa da sauƙi-sauƙi ita ce ƙasar Chaina. Kuma illar da wannan rikici yai mata shi ne, na yadda ƙasar Amirka da ƙasashen nahiyar Turai sukai tsananin rage buƙatar kayayyaki daga gare ta. Kuma har yanzu hakan na ci gaba da yin tasiri akan tattalin arzikinta. To amma kasancewar Chaina a matsayin ƙasa mafi yawan al'umma a duniya, hakan ya sa tattalin arzikin yana jure rikicin, saboda dogaro da take da shi akan kayayyakin da al'ummar ƙasar ke buƙata da kuma sauran ƙasashen da rikicin bai taba su sosai ba, irin su Brazil. Sannan kuma har ila yau Chaina na dogaro da irin tsabar kuɗin da take bin amirka bashi, musamman ma dai ta fuskar rancen da take bayarwa domin ceto masana'antun Amirkan da ga rugujewa.




#Article 53: Makaman nukiliya (360 words)


Yarjejeniyar hana yaɗuwar makaman nukiliya, yarjejeniya ce, da aka ƙirƙirota domin iyakance yaɗuwar makaman nukiliya a duniya, kuma ta samo asali ne shekara guda bayan da Amirka ta ƙaddamar da harin makaman nukiliya a Hiroshima da Nagasaki a shekarar 1945. Tun daga wannan lokaci ne Amirkan ta ƙuduri aniyar hana sayarwa ko kuma bayar da makaman nukiliya ga wata ƙasa. 

Bildunterschrift: Großansicht des Bildes mit der Bildunterschrift: Tashar nukiliya ta ƙasar FaransaShekaru 23 da yin haka sai ƙasashen duniya suka shiga yin yarjejeniya ta ƙasa da ƙasa akan hana cinikin makaman nukiliya tsakanin ƙasashen duniya. Wannan ne ya sa a ranar 1 ga wata Yulin 1968, aka ƙaddamar da yarjejeniyar hana yaɗuwar makaman nukiliya, domin ƙasashen duniya su ci gaba da rattaba hannu a kowanne lokaci. Kuma yanzu haka akwai kasashe 189 da tuni suka rattaba hannun akan amincewa da wannan yarjejeniya. Kodadai biyar daga cikin su sun mallaki makaman nukiliya ɗin. 

Bildunterschrift: Großansicht des Bildes mit der Bildunterschrift: Tashar nukiliya ta ƙasar BirtaniyaƘasashen da suka rigaya suka ratabba hannun amincewa da wannan yar jejeniya amma kuma sun mallaki makaman nikiliya sun haɗa da ƙasar Amirka da Birtaniya da Faransa da Rasha da kuma Chaina, wanda kuma sune ƙasashen da ke da wakilcin dindindin a kwamitin sulhu na Majalisar Ɗinkin Duniya.

Bildunterschrift: Großansicht des Bildes mit der Bildunterschrift: Tukwanen sanyaya nukiliya na ruwa a ƙasar AmirkaDaga cikin ƙasashe masu cikakken 'yanci a duniya, ƙasashe huɗu ne kaɗai ba su sanya hannu akan yarjejeniyar hana yaɗuwar makaman nukiliyar ba, kuma sun haɗa da ƙasar Indiya da Isra'ila da Pakistan da kuma Koriya ta Arewa. Inda ƙasar Indiya da Pakistan da Koriya ta Arewa duk sun fito fili sun yi gwajin makaman nukiliyar na su a sarari. Kuma sun bayyana ƙarara cewa, sun mallaki makaman nukiliya. Ita kuwa Isra'ila wani salo ta ɗauka na jirwaye da kamar wanka, ba ta dai fito ƙarara ta nuna nufinta a game da shirinta na makaman nukiliya ba.

Ƙasashen Ireland da Finland dai, su ne suka baiwa duniya shawarar kafa wannan yarjejeniya, su ne kuma ƙasashe na farko da suka fara rattaba hannun amincewa da ita. Yarjejeniyar dai ta ƙunshi gabatarwa da kuma sassa guda tara. 




#Article 54: Jamhuriyar dimokuradiyya Kwango (441 words)


ƙasar Kwango sunanta jamhuriyar Kwango, tun kafin zamanin mulkin mallaka, to amma bayan da Turawan mulkin mallaka suka mamaye ƙasar sai suka sa mata suna Jamhuriyar dimokuraɗiyyar Kwango a ranar 1, ga watan Agustan, 1964, kuma an yi haka ne da nufin banbance ta da maƙociyarta wadda ita ma sunanta jamhuriyar Kwango. 

Mobutu Sese Seko, tsohon shugaban Kwango, a lokacin tana amsa sunan Zayar Yadda aka yi ta samu tsohon sunanta na Zayar kuwa ya faru ne a ranar 27 ga watan Oktoban 1971, a zamanin mulkin tsohon shugaba Mabutu Sese Seko. Kuma sunan ya samo asali ne daga yadda al'ummar ƙasar Potigal suke kiran kogin kwango da suna nzere ko nzadi, wato ma'ana Kogi mai haɗiye sauran koguna. To amma bayan da aka gudanar da yaƙin Kwango na farko, wanda yai sanadiyyar hamɓarar da gwamnatin Mobutu a shekarar 1997, an sake mayar wa da ƙasar sunanta na zamanin Turawan mulki, wato jamhuriyar dimokuraɗiyyar Kwango.

Ita dai jamhuriyar dimokuraɗiyyar Kwango, ƙasar Faransa ce tai mata mulkin mallaka, kuma ta kansance ne a yankin tsakiyar Afirka.
 
Shugaba Denis Sassou Nguesso, na jamahuriyar Kwango Babbar hanyar da ake iya rarrabe ƙasashen kwangon guda biyu ita ce, ita wannan kwangon da muke batu akai a kodayaushe ana ambatonta ne da jamhuriyar ɗimokuraɗiyyar Kwango, ko a ce DR Kwango, ko DRC, ko RDC, ko kuma a kira ta da Kwango-Kinshasa, wato a jingina mata sunan babban birninta na Kinshasa. Saɓanin ɗaya Kwango ɗin da ake mata laƙabi da Kwango-Brazzaville.

Shi dai wannan suna Kwango Suna ne na Kogin Kwango, har ila yau kuma akan kira shi da Kogin Zayar (Kuma sunan ya samo asali ne daga sunan wata ƙabila da ake kira Bakongo). jamhuriyar dimokuraɗiyyar Kwango dai, ƙasa ce da ta sha amsa sunaye da dama a tarihi, inda akan ce mata 'yantacciyar ƙasar Kwango, ko Kwangon Beljiyom, ko Kwango-Kinshasa, ko kuma Zayar.

Duk da cewa ƙasar ta jamhuriyar dimokuraɗiyyar ta kasance ne a yankin tsakiyar Afirka, to amma fa ta fuskar harkokin tattalin arziki da kuma ɓangaranci, ta alaƙanta kanta ne da ƙasashen kudancin Afirka kasancewar ita mamba ce a ƙungiyar bunƙasa ƙasashen kudancin Afirka wato (SADC).

kasar Kango Ita ce ƙasa ta uku a girman taswira a nahiyar Afirka. Sannan kuma kamar yadda ƙiyasin Majalisar Ɗinkin Duniya ya nunar, ƙasar na da yawan al'umma kimanin miliyan 66,020,000 wanda hakan ya ba ta iko zama ƙasa ta 19 a jerin ƙasashe mafiya yawan al'umma a duniya, kuma ta huɗu a yawan al'umma a Afirka, amma kuma a rukunin ƙasashen da suke magana da harshen faransanci a duniya ita ce ƙasa ta farko a yawan al'umma. Ƙasar ta yi iyaka da kasashe tara sune wa'yannen:-




#Article 55: Maiduguri (775 words)


Garin Maiduguri dai ita ce babban birnin jihar Borno dake arewa maso gabashin Nijeriya. Maiduguri ita ce birnin da tafi kowane birni wajen girma da yawan jama'a a arewa maso gabas din Nijeriya. A'kalla birnin tana da jama'a fiye da miliyan daya. Birnin Maiduguri da sabon birni ne kuma an kafa tane a shekara ta alif da dari tara da bakwai (wato 1907). Maiduguri ta 'kunshi unguwar Yerwa (Yerwa yana nufin alheri a harshen kanuri) ta yamma da kuma tsohuwar Maiduwuri datake ta bangaren gabas.

Birnin Maiduguri a nan ne fadar mai martaba Shehun Borno take kuma ita ce babban birnin jihar imda fadar gwamnatin jihar Borno take.

Babban kasuwan dake Maiduguri ita ce kasuwar litinin(kasuwan Monday) wadda take a tsakiyar birnin Maiduguri. Abubawan cinikinsu sun hada da tufafi, kayan masarufi, kayan abinci, tukwane, bangaren motoci da babura, kaseti na CD da DVD, akwatin kallo, tangaraho, takalma da sauransu. Kananan kasuwanni a Maiduguri sun hada da kasuwan kwastam wanda yake tsakanin unguwar Gamboru da Gwange, kasuwar Budum, kasuwar tashan Baga wanda yayi suna wurin cinikayyan kifi da ake komawa a garin Baga wanda yake dabda tafkin Cadi. 

Yawancin mutanen dake garin Maiduguri dai manoma ne amma akwai yan kasuwa da dama da kuma ma'aikatan gwamnati. Manyan masana'antun Maiduguri sun hada da Maiduguri Flour Mills, kamfanin sarrafa Dalaram (wanda a halin yanzu ta dur'kushe), kamfanin Coca Cola, Borno Aluminium company, Kamfanin Alewa ta Haske da kuma kamfanin sarrafa takalma ta Natel. Akwai bankuna masu yawa a Maiduguri a kan titin Shehu Laminu Way. Yawancin bankunan suna da akwatin daukan kudi da kanka wato ATM.

Maiduguri tana da filin jirgin sama wadda ake kira Filin jirgin saman Maiduguri. Jiragen sama kan tashi a kowace rana daga Maiduguri zuwa Abuja da Lagos da sauran garuruwa dake cikin kasa da waje. Akwai kuma jiragen da suke jigilan daukan Musulmai zuwa Saudiya lokacin aikin Hajji. Ta fannin jiragen 'kasa kuwa Maiduguri tana da Makeken tashan jirgin kasa wanda aka fi sani da Railway Terminus Maiduguri. Tashan jirgin kasan tana dab da inda rikicen Boko Hram ya Barke a 2009 a unguwar goni damgari bayan kwatas. Daukan kayan noma kamar gyada, Wake, da kuma dabbobi kamar Rakuma, shaniya daga Maiduguri zuwa kudancin Najeriya yana daya daga cikin manyan dilalan kafa layin jirgin 'kasa a Maiduguri. 

Maiduguri tana da manyan titunan mota kamar su Sir Kashim Ibrahim Road, Shehu Laminu Way, Bama Road, Jos Road da Baga Road. Hanyoyin motan sun hada Maidguri da sauran Birane kamar Yola, Kano da Bauchi. Akwai kuma hanyoyi zuwa kasashen waje kamar Chadi, Nijar da Kamaru.

Akwai jami'a a birnin Maiduguri wanda ake kira da Jami'ar Maiduguri. Jami'an yana kan Bama Road. Kosakosen da ake karantarwa a jami'ar sun hada da ilmi aikin likita, ilmin injiniyarin, ilmin watsa labarai, ilmin harshen turanci da kuma ilmin addini da al'adu. Jami'ar Maiduguri tana da Asibitin koyarwa na Univesity of Maiduguri Teaching Hospital. Sa'annan akwai makarantar politeknik a Maiduguri mai Suna Ramat Polytechnic. Sauran Makarantu zirfin ilmi sun hada da College of Agriculture, Sir Kashim College of Education da Mohammed Goni College of Islamic and Legal Studies. Sa'annan akwai makarantun sakandare da dama a Maiduguri.

Wuraren suakan ba'ki a Maiduri sun hada da Lake Chad Hotel, Dujima Hotel, Deribe Hotel, Ali Chaman Guest Inn da kuma Maiduguri International Hotel.

Ba'ki a Maiduguri sukan iya ziyartan makeken kasuwan litinin, fadan mai girma shehun Borno da kuma gidan zoo na Kyarimi Park wanda yake tsakiyan birni Maiduguri.

Yawancin mazauna birnin Maiduguri Musulmai ne. Amma akwai mabiya addinin kirista da dama a garin. Akwai manyan majami'o'i a garin kamar babban majami'an dake kan titin Kiri Kasamma. Maiduguri yayi suna kwarai wajen karatun alkur'ani a inda dalibai daka dukkan fadin Najeriya suke zuwa garin don neman ilmi. Manyan masallatai a garin sun hada da masallachin Mai Deribe, masallacin Madinatu, Masallacin Kofar Shehu, Masallacin Indimi da Masallacin Ibrahim Saleh. Akwai shahararrun malaman addinin Musulunci da dama a Maiduguri. A shekaran 2009, wani malamin addinin Muslunci wanda aka fi sani da Mohammed Yusuf ya tada fitina a garin a inda yake ikirarin ya'ki da gwamnati da kuma ilmin boko wanda a ganinsa yana lalata al'umma. Sanda aka yi wajen mako guda ana fafatawa tsakanin sojoji da 'yan sanda da kuma magoya bayan Mohammed Yusuf. Wannan tarzoma tayo sanadiyyar rasa rayuka da dama. Daga karshe jami'an gwamnati sun ci galba kan Mohammed Yusuf wanda sojoji suka cefke kuma suka dan'ka a hannun 'yan sanda. A hannun 'yan sandan Mohammed Yusuf ya rasu. 'Yan sanda sun yi ikirarin cewa ya rasu ne a yayin da ake bindige shi lokacin da yake kokarin kubucewa. Masu bin hakkin bil Adama sun yi harsashen cewa kisan gilla a kayi masa.




#Article 56: Musulunci (1899 words)


Musulunci ko addinin Islama addinin yazo ne daga Annabi Muhammad tsira da amincin Allah sun tabbata agare shi, shine manzon da Allah ya aiko na karshe a duniya domin yasake jaddada addinin Allah na imani da Allah daya wanda Ya halicci kowa da komai. Addinin musulunci nada mabiya a duk fadin Duniya kuma mafiya yawan su na zaune ne a yankin gabas ta tsakiya da yankin Afirka ta arewa wadanda mafiyansu Larabawa ne masu bin adiinin musulunci, sai dai akwai dunbin mabiya addinin musulunci amo INA a fadin Duniyar mu, Ma'anar Addinin Musulunci shine  Yarda da Mika wuya ga kadaituwan Allah Madaukakin Sarki, wato Shaidawa babu abun bautawa da Gaskiya sai Allah kuma Muhammad Manzonsa ne (Ma'aikinsa ne), bayan haka ka yarda da dukkan  abubuwan da ya kebanta dasu, da mika wuya ga umarnin Allah Ubangijin talikai, tare da tsarkaka daga kafirci (sanya kishiya wa Allah) da kafiraiAllah Madaukakin Sarki  shi ya aiko Manzonsa Annabi Muhammadu (tsira da Amincin Allah su tabbata a gare shi) da Al Kur'ani Mai Girma domin yazamo shiriya da Rahma ga Halittu baki data, an bayyana musulunci a matsayin addinin dake da saurin karin yawa a duniya a kullum  wanda ke da Adadin musulmai na Duniya sun kai kusan kashi 24.1% na dukka mutanen Duniya wato fiye da Musulmai Biliyan Daya da Miliyan dubu dari takwas (1,800,000,000) a fadin duniya.

Asalin addini a duniya shi ne musulunci. Mutum na farko da Allah ya halitta, Annabi Adam (alaihis salam), ya rayu ne bisa tafarkin musulunci. Dukkanin manzanni tun daga Annabi Nuhu (alaihis salam), zuwa Annabi Ibrahim, da Annabi Musa, da Annabi Isa, alaihimus salam, musulmai ne ma su kadaita Allah. Sai dai gaba dayansu Allah ya aikosu ne zuwa ga al'ummominsu kadai.
Annabi na karshe kuma cikamakin tsarin annabawa shi ne Annabi Muhammadu (yabo da amincin Allah su tabbata a gareshi). Allah ya aiko Annabi Muhammadu (SAW) da sako zuwa ga daukacin al'ummar duniya, mutane da aljannu. An haifeshi a birnin Makkah da a yanzu ke kasar Saudi Arabia. Annabi Muhammadu (SAW), bakureishe ne, dan Abdullahi da Amina daga tsatson Annabi Isma'ila (AS) dan Annabi Ibrahim (AS).

Rukunnan Musulunci
(Shika-shikai) biyar (5) ne kamar haka :  

Ma'anarsa shi ne, shaidawa babu abun bauta bisa cancanta sai ALLAH tabaraka wa Ta'alah (SWT), sa'annan, Annabi Muhammad (SAW) tsira da amincin Allah su tabbata a gare shi Manzon Allah ne. 

Mutun yatsaya gaban ubangijinsa domin bautamashi akwai salar asuba akwai azahar akwai la asar akwai mangaruba akwai isha shine kashin farko nafarillah sai kashina2 sallar rwuha bayanrwana tafutou sairaka a 2 bayan sallar maggarwuba sai wittiri bayan shafa i sai sallar idi qarwama da sallar idi babbah sune salloul na wajibchi saikashina3 salloulin nafilouli sunesukashiga har asham kou tarawihi qiyama laili dadaisaurwansu sune rukuniy 3   
Sallah yana daga cikin cika ciikan Musulunci mai mahimmanci matuka bayan Tauhidi, ana bukatar kowanne musulmi yayi Sallah sau biyar a rana, yana mai fuskantar Ka'aba dake kasar Saudiya. A kasashen Musulmai, za'a ke jin Kiran Sallah daga Masallaci mafi kusa a yayin da lokacin Sallah yayi. Sallah ana yinta ne cikin Natsuwa, domin a samu kyakkyawan lada.samun kyakyawan lada nadaga sashe 6 susuke kawochikar sallah (1)dahara shine tsarki wanketufafinku da wankejikinka darwuwa winke zuchiyarka da imani (2)wurwu i alwallah niyyatta da addu ouinta farillinta da sunnouninta da mustahabanta sashena (3)tsayuwa agurwi maikyau komasallachi da tada iqama niyyakenan (4)takkahbiri allahu akkahbar sannan kawou karatun bissimillahi da fatihatil kitabi itache alhamdu lillahi rabil alamiyna zuwaqarshe da wata sura ko ayar datasauwaqa agarweka (5)ruku i dasharuddansa tasouwa daga ruku i zuwasujudi sujudi da sharuddansa tasowa dagasujudi zuwa zaman farko da sharruddansu saina (6)kowanezama akwaishara dinsa har qarshe attahiyatu lillahhi azzakiyatu illahhi zuwaqarshe))wannan itache sallar farillah abindayababbantata danafila sune ababe2 abunafarko shine (iqama)babu anafila abuna2 nafila raka a2.2.2.2.2.che gounar farkokenan tanouman chin abinchin lahira.  
tou sai mosque.shine masallahchi shiwannan kala 2 ne masallachin allah na annabine(1)(wadannankuwa saurwan  masu alaqa dasunan masallachi akwina yahudawa da nasarawa da majusawa da qabilu daban daban aduniy masajidil rwarwa a masallatan hallakar da al umma2)inkanason kasan bambanchi wadannan masallatai maqanar farko maganar ALLAH ta alqura ani tsayayyiyar maqana bazatou ba chanza kala achikinta maqana tabuyu maganar MUHAMMADU rasulullahhi bakokwantou achikinta na3 maganar sahabban ma aikin allah na4 maganar tabi an sahabban ma aikin allah na5 maganar mijtahadai qarqashin tabi ai na6 faqqaha u na7 mutakallimina agargashin wadannan zaka tantacheda da masallachin allah da annabinsa)(da masallatan  ((riyya))hujjar kawouwa dannan sharuddan kasan sallah da masallahtan sallah saikasan surrun wadannan rukkunnan guda 7 #1#2#####000     

azumin watan ramadana shine azumin farillah 29 ko 30 chikin watan9 saurwan sunnane kamar azumin ranar alkamis da litinin kokuma kayi yau gobe kahuta har shekarwa takewayou kokuma azumin ashura a wannanshe ne azumin farillah da sunnah)  
Azumi: Wannan rukuni ne wanda ake nufin barin ci, da sha, da yin jima'i daga fitowan alfijir har zuwa faduwan rana. Dukkan musulmi tilas ne da ya/ta azimci watan Ramadana (watau wata na tara a kalandar musulunci).

itakuma zakkak tahalattah amaikudi nahalal da ma aikachi mai aiki nahalal da maikasuwanchi nahalal da manoumi nahalal da makiyyayi nahalal dagachikin wadannan dukkan wanda yafuddah wani abu yabayar dasunan zakkah inba halak achiki kajefar atsinta yafi dala)dakabada zakkah doumin bahalak achiki) 
Shine cire wani kayyadadden kaso, daga cikin wasu kayyadaddun dukiyoyi, a cikin wani kayyadadden lokaci ga wasu kayyadaddun mutane, domin Allah tabarika wata ala(SWT).

maganannan goda(1)agame dagurwarwe 3 aduniyya ALLAH yahalittah dakin ka aba atsakiyyar duniyya da tsakiyyar qassai7 datsakiyyar sammai7 tunkafin ahalicchi kou ina maganar baitul maqaddissi gurwine kamar kache gida inda annabawan allah masuyawa suka baiyyan sai dutsin durisiyniyna inda annabi musa da haruna suka baiyana sannan yadda da allah da annabawan allah da littattafe allah da alqifloulin allah sune guda 3 adukkan inda tunaninka yakai da indabaikaiba nafarko(1)dakin ka aba amakkah na 2 annabi muhammadu rasulullahi na 3 alqura anil kariymu wadannan suse 1,1,1,harqarshen duniyya dukkanwani abinda zaibiyobaya zaijiggina da dakin ka aba da alqura ani da mahammadu ma aikin allah)

An Umarci musulmai da suje aikin hajji da ummara ita kalmar hajji alahrafchi kalmache tabaqou zuwa dakin allah ko masallachin ma aikin allah muhammadu wandayazou daga wataqa kou wani garwi wanda ba makkah bane inzaishigou makkah akwai gurwarwe guda 5 inda zadaukou niyrsa dukta indaya bullouma makkah zaisamu wadannan gurwarwe na daukou niyyar aikin hajji ko aikin ummara niyar itache yinwanka daurwa ihirami yin alwallah yin sallah raka a 2,2,2 inkana dahali inbaka dahali raka a2 saikai niyyar ummarakayi ko ta hajji sannan kannemi abinhawa kashigou makkah zuwa ka aba inniyyar ummara kazouda ita saikai sallah raka a2 saikai dawafi kewaya7 indahali sallah raka a2 sai safa da marwa suma 7safa 4 marwa3 kafarwa asafa kashiga marwa kaqarwe afafa sannan sai sallah raka a2 saikayi aski kafidda ihiramin jikinka kashiga irinkaya dakasabasawa kasafke ummarakenan akwai niyar hajji da ummara kuma ahade tou yanzu kazou mitai rwanekun 6 gawatan 12 7 gawatan 12 niyyarka kou niyyarki ummara da hajji kashigou makkah ayyamin hajji da ummara kazou ka aba kayi raka atini kayi dawafi kayi safa damarwa kayi raka atiyni bazakai askiba bazaka fadda ihhiramba saka wuche aikinhajji da ihiramin dakai ummara ajikinka amman inkashigou kafin watan 12 zakayi ummara kachirwe ihhirami kasakayan gida hazuwa ayyamin hajji   

Shine zuwa ziyartan dakin Allah Mai Alfarma amakkah ga wanda keda iko da nufin Ibada.ko masallachin ma aikin allah muhammadu  

shine mutun yayadda da (ALLAH)wanda ba a shirkadashi la ilaha illallah wahadahu lasharika lahu sashen ibada sashen sunansa sashen kamannunsa sashen maganarsa sashen hukunchinsa sashen kamalarsa sashen isarsa sashen mazaininsa da indayake dukkansu basakama danahittansa duniyya da abinda kechikinta mutum da abinda mutum kesou da wandabayasou da abinda mutum yasani da waddabaisaniba damu da ababeb allah ne yahalicchemu da aljannu damallakinsa nasou kou naqi wansukasani da wan basusaniba agarwesu dukkansu haliittar allah ne sa dabboubi nagida dana jeji na tudu dana rwuwa itatuwa ko chiyayi duwarwatsu ko rwuwa arzikin qarqashin qasa ko nawajenta ma anar duniyya da bindakechikinta halittan allah ne mai imani da allah tou allah mukebautawa)karkaji anche allah yanadakai kaimasasuffar kai irwin na abinda yahalittah a a karkaji anche allah yana magana kasuffanta masabaki irwinna abindayahalitta a a kokuma kasuffanta masajiki irwin na abinda yahalitta a a qaddara yanada hannu ba irwin na abindayahalittaba a a kouyanada kujerwa kou abinzaman kujerwan ba irwin nahalittunsa bane harzuwa al arshinsa allahhu wahidin ahadun (1)iymani da mala ikun allah ne yahalicchesu ibadar allah suketi hukunchin allah sukebi ma ana sallah azzumi karatun qura ani yi iymani dahalittun allah iymani da annabawan allah iymani da littattafen allah sanna basa karya alqawarin da allah dourwasu akai su mala iku tsakaninsu da mahalicchimmu allah karmukusanchi yimusu kamannu su dukkansu mazane kou dukkansu ne kou dukkansa maza da matane allah ne yabarwa kansasani illih kawai su bayin allah ne kuma ma aikan allah bayan bautan allah dasukeyi su allah yake aika tundaga samata7 har tadaya 1 harchikin duniyya har qasa 1 zuwatabakwai 7 mala iku su allah yake aike zuwakouwache halitta wadamukasani dawadda bamusantaba) sai yin imani da littattafen allah littafin da allah yaba mala ika zuwa annabi ibrahima kalilillahi baban annabi isma iyla shi isma iyla dagagareshine harshen larabchi yasamou asali sai littafin da allah ya aykou mala ikazuwa annabi dauda baban annabi sulemana da zabura sailittafin da allah ya aykou mala ika zuwa annabi musa da haruna attaurata sai littafi da allah ya aykou mala ika zuwa annabi isa masihu dan nana maryama da linjiyla sai littafin da allah ya aykou mala iyka zuwa muhammadu dan abdullahi da alqura aniqarshen aiken littattafen allah zuwaduniyya amman akwai wasu littattafen masuyawa wadanda allah ne masani gamedasu dawadanda aka aikouwa)      
sai annabawan allah kou ma aikan allah mutane daga annanabi adamu mutum nafarko aduniyya zuwa muhammadu rasululluhhi anmu masu sunan annabi kou rasulu wasu malaman suche sunkai su dubu 8 wasu sunche sunkai dubu 6 allah ne mafi sanigame dayansa abinda zamukama murwiqe shine amba annabi wane hukunchi daga allah loukachi kaza yayi wafati loukachi kaza yabar hukunchin allah ahannu mutanensa atsayin amana masumulki da masukudi da daidaikun mutane basabuqatar wannan annabin da abindayazoudashi sai anemi kashe wannan ilmin gabadaya kafinwadansu shekarwu qa idajji sai allah yasake aiko mala ika dawani saban aiken zuwa wani mutu dagachichin mutane doumin tunatar da sakgan allah tahakane wannanyazou yawouche wannanyazouywouche har annabawa dubu 8 daga annabi adamu zuwa muhammadu)
sai yin iymani da rwanar qiyyama itache rwanar sakammakou musulmi muyi iymani gaibun allah mache la ilaha iylallahu wahadahu lasharikalahu bamudazabi sai abinda allah yazabamana sannan muche mahammadu rasulullah munyadda muhammadu ma aikin allah ne munyadda dakin ka aba alqiflar allah che yaddadawadannan ababe3 murwayu achinsu rwayuwarmu taqarwe achikisu shine jindadin fuskantar rwanar qiyyama)
sai alqadar ma ana kasou dadiyasaka kou kaqi dadiyasameka koukuma kaqi wuyatasameka koukasou wuyatasameka mu qaddara daga allah ne)kullu shai in min indillahi \faqat)   
Ma'anan Imani shine : abun da zuciya ta kudurta, harche yayi furuci da shi, sa'annan gabban jiki suka yi aiki da shi. Imani yana da shika-shikai guda shida (6) kamar haka : Imani da Allah, da Mala'ikunsa, da littafansa, da Manzanninsa, da Ranar karshe, da Imani da kaddara mai dadi ko marar dadi.

maganar datarwufe wadannan manufar addinin islama shi yakakanzauna kashi 2 ajikin mutane dawanda yazamou daga shi zuwa mahaifasa da kakanninsa kakannin kakannisa amusulunchi sukatashi dawanda mahaifansane koukakanninsa sukashig sukashigardashi dawandyashiga dakansa yanaqarwami kouyanababba allah yana amfanine damai kyakkyawan aiki dazuchiya maikyau tayaya zamufa inta dahaka karmuyadda mumaida addinin mussulunchi kamar tufafi kayansawa muyiqouqarwi mujajirche mumaidashi jininjikinmu inmukadaukeshi tufafi musani wuya koudadi na iyashiga tsakaninmu da addininmu yarwabamu dashi inkouwa mukamaidashi jininjikimmu bamai iyarwabamu shi abadan




#Article 57: Misra (503 words)


Kasar Misra ko Masar tana ɗaya daga cikin muhimman siffofin da take taƙama da su shi ne na kasancewarta akan marararraba. Ga ta kusa da nahiyar Turai, sannan kuma ga ta a matsayin ƙasar da ta kasance mashiga tsakanin Afirka da nahiyar Asiya. Har ila yau kuma ita ce ta haɗa hanyar safara ta cikin ruwa, tsakanin tekun Mediterrenean da tekun Indiya ta hanyar bahar Maliya. 

Dalar Giza da ke birnin Al-ƙahirar Kasar. Misra ko kasar Masar dai ta kasance ƙasa mafi yawan al'umma a cikin dukkanin ƙasashen Larabawa, kuma babban birninta wato birnin al'ƙahira shi ne birni mafi girma a nahiyar Afirka tun ƙarnoni da dama da suka gabata. Sannan kuma har ila yau ga ta a ƙarshen kogin nilu, wanda shi ne kogi mafi girma a duniya. Saboda haka idan aka yi la'akari da waɗannan dalilai na tarihi, to za a iya fahimtar dalilin da ya sa matsayin ƙasar Misra yake da 'yar rikitarwa. 

Suma kansu Misirawan a tsakanin su, sukan kasance cikin ruɗani a game da batun nahiyar da ya kamata su yi tutiya da ita a matsayin nahiyarsu. Ga su dai a cikin kwazazzabon nilu, da mediterenean, da Sahara, har ila yau kuma ga su cikin duniyar Musulmai, duk kan waɗannan siffofi, siffofi ne da ba kasafai ya kamata a ce wata ƙasa guda ɗaya ta haɗa su ba. To sai dai duk da haka za a iya cewa, mafi yawan faɗin ƙasar yana ɓangaren nahiyar Afirka ne. To amma fa duk da haka ana kallon garuruwan da suke lardin sinai na ƙasar Misiran a matsayin ɓangaren nahiyar Asiya, kasancewar su, suna yankin gabashin ƙasar ne. 

Kogin Nilu wanda shi ne kogi mafi girma a duniya. A zamanin da can, dangantakar Misra da ƙasashen da ke Afirka na da matukar ƙarfi. To amma tun lokacin da Siriyawa da ke ƙarƙashin daular Rumawa suka mamaye Misira, a ƙarni na bakwai kafin zuwan Annabi Isa Alaihissalam, sai Misira ta fuskanta zuwa ga Yankin Gabas ta Tsakiya, ta fuskar harkokin al'adunta da na addininta da na siyasarta da kuma na tattalin arzikinta. Kuma mafiya yawan Misirawa suna danganta kansu ne da Larabawa kuma 'yan Yankin Gabas ta Tsakiya. Har ila yau kuma wasu dayawa daga cikinsu, kusan ace waɗanda suke su ne 'yan asalin ƙasar ta Misira, waɗanda kuma akafi sani da Nubiyawa, suna danganta kansu ne da Afirka. Hasalima suna iƙirarin su jinin Afirka ne. 

Babu shakka dai idan aka bi salsala ta tarihi, shekaru 200 da suka gabata, Misra tana da alaƙa mai ƙarfi da ƙasashe irin su Sudan da Habasha da Libya da ma wasu ƙasashe da dama na nahiyar ta Afirka. Kuma ba tare da wani kokwanto ba, Misra za ta ci gaba da cin tudu biyu, a matsayinta na ruwa-biyu, wato ga ta dai 'yar Afirka, kuma 'yar yankin Gabas ta Tsakiya.

Kasan tana da matukar tarihin gaske a yankin Afirka da duniya gabaki daya

Kasan misra tana da karfin mulki.

Kasan misra suna da dabino da fure daban daban.

Akwai asibitoci da'ake kula da marasa lapiya




#Article 58: Confucius (739 words)


Confucius shi ne daya daga cikin manyan ‘yan firosofiya na duniya, kuma shi ya kago darikar Confucius. Dakin ibada da gida da kabari da aka gina don tunawa da Confucius su ne alamar da sarakunan kasar Sin suka kafa a shekaru dubu 2 da suka shige don nuna ban girma ga Confucius da darikar Confucius. Suna da muhimmin matsayi a cikin tarihin kasar Sin da al’adun gabashin duniya. 
Dakin ibada na Confucius da gidan Confucius da kabarin Confucius suna garin Confucius wato birnin Qufu na lardin Shandong a gabashin kasar Sin. 

Ana kira Dakin ibada na Confucius dakin ibada na farko a kasar Sin. A shekara ta 478 na kafin haifuwar Anabi Isa, wato shekara ta biyu bayan rasuwar Confucius, sarkin kasar Lu ya gina tsohon gidansa da ya zama dakin ibada, an ajiye tufafinsa da kayayyakinsa. A wancan lokaci, dakuna uku kawai. Daga bisani al’adun darikar Confucius ya zama al’adun gaske na kasar Sin, sarakunan kasar Sin sun yi ta habaka dakin ibada na Confucius, har sun zama manyan dakuna masu kayatarwa. Ya zuwa farkon karni na 18, sarki Yongzheng na szarautar Qing ya ba da umurnin gyara dakin ibada bisa babban mataki, har ya zama irin salon da mu ke gani.

Tsawon Dakin ibada na Confucius daga kudu zuwa arewa ya kai mita dubu daya, fadinsa ya kai muraba’in kilomita dubu 100, akwai dakuna kusan 500, girmansa yana bayan tsohuwar fada ta Beijing kawai. Lallai misalin koyo ne ga dakunan ibada na kasar Sin.

An gina dakin ibada na Confucius ne bisa fasalin fadar sarki. Yana da wani layin tsakiya na daga kudu zuwa arewa, an gina manyan dakuna a kan wannan layin tsakiya, kuma an gina dakuna a gefuna biyu na wannan layi. Dakin ibada na Confucius yana da hawa 9, da farfajiya 9, babban gini mai suna Dacheng yana da fadin dakuna 9. Da ma sai sarki yana da ikon yin amfani da 9 don gina fadar sarki, idan farar hula su gina gida mai dakuna 9, to ya taka doka ke nan, za a yanke masa hukuncin kisa, amma dakin ibada na Confucius halal ne. An gina babbar kofar dakin ibada na Confucius ne bisa tsarin fadar sarki, wato hawa 5.

Babban daki mai suna Dacheng shi ne cibiyar dakin ibada na Confucius, tsawonsa ya kai mita 30, fadinsa daga gabas zuwa yamma ya kai fiye da mita 50, kuma an gina rawayen rufi, yana da kayatarwa irin na fadar sarki. A gaban babban dakin nan kuma akwai manyan ginshikan duwatsu 10 da aka yi sassakar dodo, irin kyaunsa ya kai fiye da na tsohuwar fada. 

A cikin dakin ibada na Confucius kuma an ajiye manyan duwatsu fiye da dubu 2 da aka sassaka bayani. Duwatsun da aka sassaka bayanonin da sarakuna suka rubuta sun kai fiye da 50, wannan sosai ya shaida matsayi mai daukaka na Confucius a kan tarihin kasar Sin.

Gidan Confucius yana dab da dakin ibada na Confucius, wato gida ne na jikokin Confucius. Shi ne babban gidan da ke bayan fadar sarki kawai.

An fara gina gidan Confucius ne a sarautar Song wato a karni na 12, fadinsa ya kai muraba’in mita dubu 50, gidan nan yana da dakuna kusan 500. Gidan Confucius yana da salon musamman, a gaban gidansa dakuna ne na yin harkokin gwamnati, a baya kuma dakuna ne na zaman yau da kullum. Irin dakunan karbar baki suna da surar sarautar Ming da Qing. A cikin gidan Confucius akwai takardun tarihi da tufafi da kayayyaki na zamanin da masu daraja da yawa.

Kabarin Confucius kabarin musamman ne da aka binne jikokin Confucius, shi ne kabarin da ya fi girma da ya fi dade a duniya. An yi amfani da wurin nan don binne jikokin Confucius har cikin shekaru dubu 2 da 500, fadinsa ya kai muraba’in kilomita 2, akwai karburbura fiye da dubu 100 na jikokin Confucius, kuma an kafa duwatsu fiye da dubu 5 da aka sassaka bayanoni.

Kabarin Confucius yana da amfani kwarai a wajen bincike ci gaban siyasa da tattalin arziki da al’adu da jana’iza na zamani daban daban na kasar Sin.

Dakin ibada da gida da kabari na Confucius sun shahara a duk duniya ba sabo da kayayyakin al’adu masu dimbin yawa kawai ba, kuma sabo da halitattun abubuwa. Misali a wurin nan akwai tsofaffin itatuta fiye da dubu 17 wadanda ke shaida dadadden tarihi na darikar Confucius, kuma suna da amfani kwarai a wajen bincike yanayi da halita na tsohon zamani.




#Article 59: Kotun Shari'ar Miyagun Laifuka (632 words)


Duk da cewa dukkanin kotunan guda biyu wato Kotun Shari'ar Miyagun Laifuka ta Duniya da Kotun Duniya suna da mazauninsu ne a birnin Hague, na ƙasar Holand, amma akwai banbanci a tsakaninsu ƙwarai da gaske. Ita Kotun Duniya ba ta da hurumin hukunta waɗanda suka aikata manyan laifuka. domin Ita kotu ce ta sasanta rikici ko kuma warware wata taƙaddama tsakanin ƙasashen duniya. Akan abin da ya shafi rikicin kan iyaka ko na kasuwanci da dai sauransu. Sannan kuma ita wani reshe ne na cibiyoyin shari'a a Majalisar Dinkin Duniya. 
Ita kuwa Kotun Shari'ar Miyagun Laifuka ta Duniya an kafata ne a ƙarƙashin wata yarjejeniya da ake kira Yarjejeniyar Rome: A ƙarƙashin wannan yarjejeniya dai Kotun Shari'ar Miyagun Laifuka ta Duniya na da hurimin yin hukunci akan laifuffukan da suka shafi kisan ƙare dangi da laifuffukan da suka shafi yaƙi, da na take haƙƙin bil Adaman da aka aikata tun daga lokacin da kotun ta fara aiki a shekara ta 2002. Kuma ba ta da wata alaƙa da Majalisar Ɗinkin Duniya. 
Sannan kuma ƙasashe ne kaɗai su ke kai ƙarar matsalolinsu gaban Kotun Duniya , kuma ita Kotun Duniya ba ta ɗora alhakin aikata laifi a kan wata ƙasa, sai dai kawai ta sasanta ta baiwa wadda take gani ita ce da gaskiya, gaskiyarta. Kuma dole ne sai da amincewar dukkanin ƙasashen da ke cikin rikici da juna sannan Kotun Duniya za ta yi hukunci a tsakaninsu. Kuma dole ƙasashen su yarda da cewa duk hukuncin da Kotun Duniya ɗin ta yi a tsakaninsu to ba makawa za su amince da shi. Alal misali sasanta rikicin yankin Bakassi tsakanin Najeriya da Kamaru, inda Kotun Duniya ta yanke hukuncin ba da wannan yanki na Bakassi ga Kamarun. Dole kuma Najeriya ta amince da wannan hukunci, tun da ta yi alƙawarin amincewa da duk hukuncin da aka yanke
Da farko dai ita wannan kotu ta shari'ar manyan laifukan yaki ta duniya an kafata ne a karkashin wata yarjejeniya da ake kira Yarjejeniyar Rome ko kuma Rome Statue a turance: wanda hakan ita ce yarjejeniya ta farko da aka kulla wajen kafa wannan kotu don taimakawa wajen kawo karshen munanan laifuffuka na yaki da kuma hukumata wadanda suke da hannu cikin aikata hakan. A karkashin wannan yarjejeniya dai ita wanan kotu mai shari'ar manyan laifuffukan yaki ta duniya na da hurimin yin hukunci akan laifuffukan da suka shafi kisan kiyashi ko kuma kare dangi da laifuffukan da suka shafi yaki da take hakkokin bil'adama da aka tafka. 

An kafa wannan kotun ne a ranar 1 ga watan Yulin 2002 bayan da kimanin kasashen duniya 120 suka amince da wannan yarjejeniyar ta birnin Rome wacce ita ce tushen kafa kotun, to sai dai kasashe 60 ne suka amince da kotun.

Kafa wannan kotun kuwa ya biyo bayan bukatar da kasashen duniyan suka gani ne na kafa wata kotu a dindindin da za ta yi shari'a kan manyan laifuffukan yakin musamman bayan kotunan makamantan hakan da aka kafa a baya don shari'ar laifuffukan yakin da aka tafka a Yugoslavia da kuma Rwanda.

Wannan kotu dai tana da helkwatarta ne a birnin Hague na kasar Holland, kuwa kotu ce mai zaman kanta da ba ta da alaka da MDD sannan kuma tana samun kudaden gudanar da ayyukanta ne daga kasashen da suka yarda da ita da kuma wasu kungiyoyi da cibiyoyi na kasa da kasa da kuma masu zaman kansu.

Idan kuma muka koma ga bangare na biyu na tambayarka da kake son sani irin laifuffukan da kotun take shari'a a kansu, to kamar yadda sunan kotun ya nuna sannan kuma kamar yadda muka yi bayani a sama, kotun tana shari'ar manyan laifuffuka ne da suka shafi laifuffukan kisan kiyashi da aka gudanar a lokacin yaki ko kuma irin fitunu na cikin gida da kuma take hakkokin bil'adama.




#Article 60: Jamus (548 words)


Neman tuna yadda rayuwa ta kasance a yankin Jamus ta gabas, al'amari ne da kan kasance mai matukar sarkakiya ga su kansu mazauna wannan yanki. Suma baki yan ci rani da suka taba zama a yankin na Jamus ta gabas, basa samun saukin bayanin irin halin da suka zauna karkashin sa a yankin. Daya daga cikin irin wadannan baki da suka zauna a Jamus ta gabas din har zuwa ranar tara ga watan Nuwamna na shekara ta 1989, shine Eric Singh. Haifaffen Afrika ta kudu, Singh ya tsere ne zuwa Jamus ta gabas daga Durban, domin ya kauracewa gallazawa a kasar sa. 

Daga Berlin, Bonn ta gabas, dan gwagwarmayar na kungiyar ANC yaci gaba da nuna adawar sa ga mulkin wariya, inda har ma ya rika samun goyon baya da taimakon kudi daga hukumomin wannan yanki. Har ma bayan rushewar katangar ta Berlin, Eric Singh yaci gaba da zama a Berlin, inda a yanzu yake tuna rayuwa a Jamus ta gabas da rushewar katangar Berlin.

Shin ana iya cewar wannan hira da manema labarai ya canza al'amuran duniya. Wannan dai tabbas haka yake, a bisa ra'ayin yan jarida da suka hallara, suka saurari jawabin Günter Schabowski, kakakin gwmanatin kwaminisanci ta Jamus ta gabas, ranar tara ga watan Nuwamba na shekara ta 1989 a Berlin ta gabas. A wannan rana, Schabowski ya sanar da matakan sassauta tafiye-tafiye zuwa ketare ga yan Jamus ta gabas. Eric Singh ya halarci wannan taro na manema labarai, saboda daga can Berlin ta gabas ya rika aikawa mujallu dabam dabam sharhuna da rahotanni. Saboda haka ma Singh yace yayi imanin ya kasance cikin wadanda suka shaidar da wani al'amari na tarihi. Yace:

Jim kadan kuwa bayan wannan hira da yan jaridu, wanda ma gidan television na hukuma ya nuna kai tsaye, aka fara samun yan Jamus ta gabas da suka yi kasadar zuwa kan iyakokin da suka raba tsakanin Berlin ta gabas da Berlin ta yamma. Masu tsaron kan iyakokin, wadanda ma tururuwar jama'a ta nemi fin karfin su, suka kyale jama'a su tsallaka zuwa daya bangaren, wanda har ya zuwa wannan lokaci aka haramtawa yan Jamus ta gabas shi. Nan da nan kuwa labarin haka ya watsu ko ina, inda jama'a suka rika cunkoso a wuraren kan iyaka a Berlin ta gabas, domin neman tsallkawa zuwa yamma da kuma samun yancin su. Ya zuwa tsadar dare aka bude dukkanin iyakokin, katangar Berlin ta zama sai labari. Shi kansa Eric Singh ya shaidar da wannan babban abu na tarihi ne a washegari, inda ya shiga jirgin kasa daga tashar Friedrichstrasse a Berlin ta gabas zuwa yankin Berlin ta yamma. Yace:

A yau, Eric Singh yana nuna matukar godiyar sa ga dukkanin taimako da goyon bayan da ya samu daga Jamus ta gabas kasar da a bana, shekaru ashirin kenan da bacewar ta. Yace duk da mummunan kasawar yankin a bangaren democradiya da kuma matakai masu tsanani kan yan adawa, amma Jamus ta gabas ta bada gudumuwa mai yawa a gwagwarmaya kan gwamnatin wariya ta Afrika ta kudu. Yace:

Yanzu Eric Singh yana zaune cikin farin ciki da jin dadi da matar sa a Berlin. Dan jaridar da yayi ritaya har yanzu yana da alaka ta kurkusa tare da Afrika ta kudu, kasar da tun bayan kawo karshen mulkin wariya yake mallakar paspo din ta.




#Article 61: Muhammadu Buhari (1484 words)


Muhammadu Buhari (17 Disamba 1942) tsohon soja ne mai ritaya, kuma dan siyasa ne. Ya zama zaɓaɓɓen shugaban kasar Nijeriya ne a zaben shekarar 2015, inda ya kada tsohon shugaban kasa Goodluck Jonathan. kuma An haifi Muhammadu Buhari ne a ranar 17 ga watan Disamba, a shekara ta dubu daya da dari tara da arba'in da biyu 1942. a garin Daura dake tsohuwar jihar Arewa (Jihar Katsina a yau). Muhammad Buhari yayi shugaban PTF watau (Asusu na Musamman don Tattara Kudin Man Fetur) Wanda aka fi sani da (Petroleum Special Trust Fund (PTF) wanda tsohon Shugaban mulkin soja wato Sani Abacha ya bashi matsayin, kuma yayi Ministan man-fetur a lokacin mulkin soja na Janar Sani Abacha. Mahaifinshi shine shugababn ƙauyen Dumurkol, ya haifa yara ashirin da mata daban-daban, Muhammadu Buhari shine yaranshi na ƙarshe a gurin Hajiya Zulaihatu Harɗo, wacce ita kuma cikakkiyar bahaushiya ce ƴar ƙabilar Haɓe na hausawa. Kuma shine yaro na ƙarshe a gun babanshi, wato Auta. Babanshi da kakanshi cikakkun fulani ne.  Muhammadu Buhari ya rasa mahaifansa a lokacin yana da shekara goma (10), wanda kawai zai iya tino cewa mahaifinsa dogo ne kuma mai tsayin halitta.Mahaifiyarsa Hajiya Zulaihatu itace ta raine shi har ya girma yayi makaranta.(p2 Ana kiran Muhammadu Buhari da “Leko” kamar Gambo kenan da hausa saboda an haifeshi ne bayan mahaifiyarsa ta haifi ƴan biyu kuma dukan su-sun rasu, sai aka haifeshi. Sunan Muhammadu Buhari ya samo asali ne daga sunan shahararren masanin ilmin Hadisi wato Muhammad Al-Bukhari￼￼ wannan ne ya sa duk mai suna Buhari, to cikakken sunan shi ne Muhammadu Buhari. Wannan ya saba wa tunanin mafiya yawan jama'a cewa Muhammad dan Buhari ne. Shi ya sa a tarihin Shugaba Muhammadu Buhari, za a ji sunan mahaifinsa. 

Muhammadu Buhari ya halarci Katsina Middle school a shekarar 1953. A shekarar 1955 kuma an mayar da makarantar kankiya, lokacin Muhammadu Buhari yana shekarar ƙarshe. Daga nan sai ya tafi Provincial Secondary School a shekarar 1956, ya shiga gidan soja ne a shekarar 1962.. Buhari ko ai ya zauna tare da yayanshi mai suna Dauda Daura, a lokacin yayan nashi yana karantarwa a Mai Aduwa primary School. Banda karatun addinin dayi a gida Buhari ya shiga makarantar firamare ta Daura da Mai’adua, sannan ya je Katsina model school a shekarar 1953, sai kuma Katsina Provincial Secondary School (wadda ake kira Government College Katsina a yanzu) daga shekarar 1956 har zuwa shekarar 1961.

Daga nan ne ya shiga makarantar soji ta Nigerian Military Training College da ke kaduna , inda ya fara aikin soja. Buhari ya ci gaba da karatu a ciki da wajen kasar, a makarantu wadanda suka hada da,: Defence Services Staff College, Wellington, India, a shekarar 1973. Sa'annan kuma Army Mechanical Transport School borden a birnin Borden, na kasar Britania .Karatunsa na karshe shi ne na  The United States Army War College (USAWC) a Carlisle, na jihar Pennsylvania, a kasar Amurka inda ya sami digiri na biyu ko kuma Masters Degree a  ilmin sanin dabarbarun yaki ko  Strategic Studies.

A shekarar 1983 Buhari da abokansa cikin rundunar sojojin kasar suka yi juyin mulki wa zabebben gwamnatin shehu shagari bayan zargin ta da lalata tattalin arzikin kasar sanadiyyar cin hanci da rashawa a tsakanin ma’ikatan gwamnati da yan siyasa.

A cikin gwamnatin da ya jagoranta ba watannin 20, muhimman lamura daya aiwatar a bangaren tattalin arziki shi ne chanza launin kudaden kasar, don raya bankunan da kuma lalata shirin attajiran kasar wadanda suka bobboye kudade a wurere daban daban. Har’ila yau Buhari ya ki amincewa da bukatar Bankin lamuni ta duniya IMF na ya rage darajar Naira da kashi 60%, a maimakon haka ya takaita shigar da kayayyaki daga kasashen waje wadanda zasu cutar da tattalin arzikin kasar da sauransu.

A kokarin gyara halayen yan Nigeria kuma, Buhari ya jefa yan siyasa da dama cikin gidan kaso tare da tuhumar su akan sata da cin hanci da rashawa, sannan ya gabatar da shirin yaki da rashin da’a da nufin kyautata halayen yan Nigeria. Sai dai kamar yadda aka zata ya sha suka daga banagren kungiyoyi da kasashen duniya kan take hakkin bil’adama musamman ma yan jaridu.

Bayan an masa juyin mulki a shekarar 1985 Buhari, gwamnatin Baban gida ta tsreshi na wasu shekaru.

Sai kuma bayan darewar marigayi Sani Abacha kan kujerar shugabancin kasar ya  kafa hukumar PTF wacce ta gudanar da ayyukansa da karin kudaden man fetur da aka yi a shekarar 1994. Inda ya mikawa Buhari shugabancin hukumar.

 

PTF ta yi rawar gani a kyautata rayuwar yan Nigeria, PTF ta kyautata bangarori da dama a Nigeria wadanda suka hada da makarantu, kiwon lafiya, hanyoyi da sauransu. Wanda yan Nigeria basu manta da it aba.

Buhari ne da na 23 a cikin yayan mahaifinsa malam Adamu, sannan ya tashi a hannun mahaifiyarsa mai suna Zulaihatu bayan rasuwar mahaifinsa yana dan shekaru 4 a duniya.

Banda karatun addinin a gida Buhari ya shiga makarantar Primari ta Daura da Mai’adua, sannan ya je Katsina model school a shekarar 1953, sai kuma Katsina Provincial Secondary School (wanda ake kira Government College Katsina a yanzu) daga shekara ta 1956 zuwa shekarar 1961.

Daga nan ne ya shiga makarantar soje ta Nigerian Military Training College da ke kaduna , inda ya fara aikin soja. Buhari ya ci gaba da karsatu a ciki da wajen kasar, a makarantu wadanda suka hada da,: Defence Services Staff College, Wellington, India, a shekara 1973. Sannan Army Mechanical Transport School a birnin Borden, na kasar Britania .Karatunsa na karshe shi ne na  The United States Army War College (USAWC) a Carlisle, na jihar Pennsylvania, a kasar Amurka inda ya sami digiri na biyu ko kuma Masters Degree a  ilmin sanin dabarbarun yaki ko  Strategic Studies.

Kafin ya zama shugaban kasa a karon farko a shekarar 1983, Buhari ya rike wasu manya manyan mukaman gwamnati wadanda suka hada da gwamnan jihar arewa maso gabas, da ministan man fetur da albarkatun kasa.

A shekarar 1983 Buhari da abokansa cikin rundunar sojojin kasar suka yi juyin mulki wa zabebben gwamnatin shehu shagari bayan zargin ta lalata tattalin arzikin kasar sanadiyyar cin hanci da rashawa a tsakanin ma’akatan gwamnati da yan siyasa.

A cikin gwamnatin da ya jagoranta ba watannin 20, muhimman lamura daya aiwatar a bangaren tattalin arziki shi ne chanza launin kudaden kasar, don raya bankunan da kuma lalata shirin attajiran kasar wadanda suka bobboye kudade a wurere daban daban. Har’ila yau Buhari ya ki amincewa da bukatar Bakin lamuni ta duniya IMF na ya rage darajar Naira da kashi 60%, a maimakon haka ya takaita shigir da kayaki daga kasashen waje wadanda zasu cutar da tattalin arzikin kasar da sauransu.

A kokarin gyara halayen yan Nigeria kuma, Buhari ya jafa yan siyasa da dama cikin gidan kaso tare da tuhumar sata da cin hanci da rashawa, sannan ya gabatar da shirin yaki da rashin da’a da nufin kyautata halayen yan Nigeria. Sai dai kamar yadda ake zata ya sha suka daga banagren kungiyoyi da kasashen duniya kan take hakkin bi’adama musamman yan jaridu.

Bayan an masa juyin mulki a shekarar 1985 Buhari, gwamnatin Baban gida ta tsareshi na wasu shekaru.

Bayan Mutuwar Abacha a shekarar 1998 da kuma dawowar Democradiyya a shekarar 1999, Buhari ya shiga harkokin siyasa da kuma neman takarar shugabancin kasar a shekaru 2003, 2007, 20011, amma ba tare da samun nasara ba, sai a karo na 4  wato a wannan shekara ta 2015.

Idan muka dubi halin da kasar take ciki a lokacinda Buhari ya sake dawowa a matsayin shugaban kasa a karo na biyu, zamu ga cewa matsalolin da kasar take fama da su sun ninninka wanda ya tarar a a shekara ta 1983.  Sai dai ayi masa fatan alheri a cikin gagarumin aikin da ke gabansa.

 

Sai kuma bayan darewar marigayi Sani Abacha kan kujerar shugabancin kasar ya  kafa hukumar PTF wacce ta gudanar da ayyukansa da karin kudaden man fetur da aka yi a shekarar 1994. Inda ya mikawa Buhari shugabancin hukumar.

PTF ta yi rawar gani a kyautata rayuwar yan Nigeria, PTF ta kyautata bangarori da dama a Nigeria wadanda suka hada da makarantu, kiwon lafiya, hanyoyi da sauransu. Wanda yan Nigeria basu manda da it aba.

Bayan Mutuwar Abacha a shekara 1998 da kuma dawowar Democradiyya a shekarar 1999, Buhari ya shiga harkokin siyasa da kuma neman takarar shugabancin kasar a shekaru 2003, 2007, 20011, amma ba tare da samun nasara ba, sai a karo na 4  wato a wannan shekara ta 2015.

Idan muka dubi halin da kasar take ciki a lokacinda Buhari ya sake dawowa a matsayin shugaban kasa a karo na biyu, zamu ga cewa matsalolin da kasar take fama da su sun ninninka wanda ya tarar a a shekara ta 1983.  Sai dai ayi masa fatan alheri a cikin gagarumin aikin da ke gabansa.

Buhari ne ɗa na 23 a cikin ƴaƴan mahaifinsa malam Adamu, sa'annan ya tashi a hannun mahaifiyarsa mai suna Zulaihatu bayan rasuwar mahaifinsa yana ɗan shekaru 4 a duniya.

 




#Article 62: Ahmadu Bello (662 words)


Sir Ahmadu Muhammadu Bello (Ahmadu bello an haife shi ne a 12 ga watan shekarar 1910 a cikin karaman hukumar Raba dake garin sakwato) KBE ko Sardauna shine tsohon Firimiyan Arewacin Nijeriya kuma yarike sarautar Sardaunan Sokoto. 
An haifi Ahmadu Bello a garin Raba dake cikin lardin Sokoto a shekara ta alif dubu daya da dari tara da goma (1910).
A shekara ta alif dubu daya da dari tara da arba'in da tara 1949 ya sami zuwa majalisar dokoki ta jihar arewa, yana kuma daga cikin mutum na uku da aka zaba acikin kungiyar da ta rubuta sabon kundin tsarin mulkin kasar. kuma zuri'ar Usman Dan Fodio ne, kuma tattaba kunnen Sultan Muhammad Bello kuma jikan Sultan Atiku na Raba. Yayi makarantar Sokoto Provincial School da kuma Katsina Training College. Lokacin karatun sa ansansa da Ahmadu Raba. ya kammala karatun sa ne a shekara ta alif dubu daya da dari tara da talatin da daya (1931), sannan yazama babban Malamin harshen turanci a Sokoto Middle School.

A shekara ta alif duubu daya da dari tara da talatin da hudu (1934), an nada Ahmadu Bello hakimin garin Raba daga Sultan Hassan dan Mu'azu, inda yagaji dan'uwansa. A alif dubu daya da dari tara da talatin da takwas (1938), an masa Karin girma a matsayin Shugaban Gusau dake jihar Zamfara ayau. kuma yazama mabiyi a  masarautar Sultan's council. A alif dubu daya da dari tara da talatin  da takwas  (1938), yanada shekara 28, yayi kokarin zama Sultan of Sokoto amma baisamu nasara ba, yasha Kaye a hannun Sir Siddiq Abubakar II wanda yayi mulki na tsawon shekaru hamsin (50), har sai sanda yarasu a alif dubu daya da dari tara da tamanin  da takwas(1988). Sai sabon Sarkin yayi maza yanada Sir Ahmadu Bello da Sardaunan Sokoto, sarautan girmamawa kuma yakaisa ga matsayin Sokoto Native Authority Council. Wadannan  mukaman ne suka kai shi har ya zama babban mai bawa sultan shawara akan har kokin siyasa. Daga bisani, aka bashi ikon duba gundumomi arba'in (47) daga alif dubu daya da dari tara da arba'in  da hudu (1944), ya dawo fadar maimartaba Sultan danyin aiki a matsayin  babban mai kula da jaha akan al-amuran da gargajiya (Chief Secretary of the State Native Administration). 

A kuma shekarun alif dubu daya da dari tara da arba'in (1940s), sai ya shiga cikin Jam'iyyar Mutanen Arewa wanda daga baya takoma NPC a 1951. A 1948, yasamu tallafin karatu daga gwamnati zuwa kasar England Dan yin karatun  Local Government Administration wanda yakara masa karin ilimi da fahimtar gwamnati.

Bayan dawowarsa daga Britain, an zabeshi ya wakilci yankin Sokoto a regional House of Assembly. A matsayinsa na member of the assembly, yakasance Dan rajin hakkin arewacin Najeriya da kuma hadin kan wakilan yankin wadanda suka fito daga manyan masarautun arewa, wato Kano,  Masarautar Borno da Sokoto. An zabeshi da wasu a matsayin member of a committee  wadanda sukayi Richards Constitution kuma yaje  general conference a Ibadan. Aikin sa a assembly da kuma gun tsarin constitution drafting committee yajanyo masu yarda da kauna a arewa, hakane yasa aka zabe shi da yayi mulki a karkashin Jamiyyar Mutanen Arewa.
A zabukan da aka gudanar na farko a arewacin Najeriya a 1952, Sir Ahmadu Bello  yasamu nasarar zuwa e Northern House of Assembly, kuma  yazama member of the regional executive council as minister of works. Bello yarike ministan ayyuka, dana Local Government, da of Community Development in the Northern Region of Nigeria. A 1954, Bello yazama Premier na farko a Northern Nigeria. A kuma shekara ta 1959 a zabukan yancin kai, Bello yajagoranci jamiyar NPC harta samu nasara da yawan kujeru a majalisar kasa. NPCn da Bello ke jagoranta ta kulla kawance da jamiyar Dr. Nnamdi Azikiwe NCNC (National Council of Nigeria and the Cameroons) to form Nigeria's first indigenous federal government which led to independence from Britain. In forming the 1960 independence federal government of the Nigeria,  Bello a matsayinsa na shugaban NPC, yazabi tacigaba da zama Premier na Arewacin Nijeriya sannan yabayar da matsayi.




#Article 63: Dadis Mousa Camara (606 words)


An haifi Captain Moussa Dadis Camara ne ne a shekarar 1964 a garin Koule dake kusa da Nzerekore- a ƙasar ta Guinea.

Captain Camara yayi karatun sa na pramare da na sakandare ne a Nzerekore inda ya samu diploma ta Baccalaureat a fannin lissafi na shiga jami'ya a makarantar lycee Samory Toure. Sannan a 1986 ya shiga Jami'ar Gamal Abdel Nasser dake Conakry, babban birnin ƙasar, inda ya samu digiri a fannin tattalin arziki.

A shekarar 1990, Moussa Dadis Camara ya shiga sojan kasar Guinea inda ya cigaba da samun horon soja a hindia dake da nisan km 137 da birnin Conakry. Bayan shekara shidda wato a shekarar 1996 ya shiga makarantar offissa a Dresde dake nan Jamus, inda ya samu diploma na shugaban sashen Tsimi a Breme kasar ta Jamus, sannan daga nan ya shiga wata rundunar haɗin
gwiwa ta sojojin ƙasar Faransa da Jamus.
A lokacin da ya dawo daga Turai a shekarar 1999 ya zama ma taimakin mai kula da hukumar soja ta dakarun majalissar dinkin duniya a ƙasar Saliyo.
Daga 2000 zuwa 2001 ya riƙe muƙamin shugaban kula da sashen man petur da sojojin ƙasar ta Guinea ke anfani dashi. Ya sake komawa ƙasar Jamus a shekara ta 2004 inda yayi karatun samun muƙamin Captain a makarantar sojojin ƙasa ta Infantry ta birnin Hamburg, kana yaci gaba da ɗaukan darasi kan harkokin da suka shafi sojan sama inda ya samu diploma na sojan leyma
Daga 2005 zuwa 2007 Moussa Dadis Camara ya sake riƙe muƙamin shugaban kula da mai da rarrabashi ga soja, na dakarun ƙasar ta Guine sannan a shekara ta 2008 ya zama Darecta Janar na Man Petur, kuma a daidai wannan lokacin yana wani karatun na Babbar cibiyar soja a makarantar sojoji ta EMIAG ta ƙasar Guine.

Yana cikin haka yan sa'o'i kaɗan bayan rasuwar Shugaba Lansana Conte Shugaban ƙasa na biyu a ƙasar ta Guine, sai kawai Capitain Dadis Camara, wanda ma ba'a sanshi haka a bainar jama'a ba, ya fito ta kafofin yaɗa labarai na ƙasar, inda yace ya soke kundin tsarin mulkin ƙasar, da sauran duka manyan ma'aikatu na ƙasa, kamar su majalissar dokoki, Kotun tsarin mulki da dai sauransu, tare kuma da rusar da gomnatin, inda yayi wani jawabi da a cikinsa ya tabo batun halin rishin tabbas da yan kasar suka shiga sakamakon wancan mulki, ya kuma zarge su da wawushe dukiyar ƙasa.

Ranar 23 ga watan disamba na 2008 ne aka naɗa shi a matsayin shugaban majalissar ƙasa mai kula da demokiradiya da cigaban ƙasa CNDD inda washe gari Sojojin ƙasar suka naɗashi a matsayin shugaban ƙasar na mulkin soja. Tun a lokacin nan ne yayi alƙawarin shirya zaɓe na gaskiya a watan disambar na 2010.

Saidai kuma shugaba Dadis Camara ya shiga halin tsaka mai wuya tun lokacin da wasu masu Iza mai kantu ruwa suka fara yi masa huɗubar cewa ya tsaya takara a zaɓen da ya riga yace ba zai tsaya ba, abun da wasa wasa yaci gaba da kawo jayayya a cikin ƙasar ta Guine har ya zuwa ranar 28 ga watan satumba na 2009 inda sojoji suka buɗa wuta a taron gangamin masu adawa da tazarcen nashi abun da ya kawo rasuwar mutane a ƙalla 175.
To, a halin da ake ciki dai, ƙungiyoyin ƙasa da ƙasa - sun buƙaci shugaban dama maƙarrabansa da kada su tsaya takarar, a dai dai lokacin da Majalisar Ɗinkin Duniya, da kuma Kotun hukunta masu laifukan yaƙi suka fara binciken kissar jama'a da kuma fyaɗen da jami'an tsaron ƙasarsuka yiwa mata, a lokacin wani gangamin da 'yan adawar ƙasar suka yi a wani babban filin wasa dake Conakry - babban birnin ƙasar.




#Article 64: Cutar Murar Tsuntsaye (343 words)


Cutar Murar Aladu ita dai murar aladu da aka yiwa laƙabi da H1N1 an fara samun ɓullar ta ne a ƙasar Mexico da kuma Amurka a ranakun 23 da 24 ga watan afirilun shekara ta 2009. Hukumomin lafiya a Mexico ne suka fara bada rahoton mutanen da suka kamu da wannan cuta, wanda kafin kace kwabo kimanin mutane 854 sun kamu da alamun wannan cuta. Bayan gwaje-gwaje da bincike irin na likitoci daga bisani dai mutane a kalla 59 ne suka rasu a Mexico a cikin yan kwanaki ƙalilan. lamarin da ala tilas ya zamewa jami'an gwamnatin Mexico saka dokar hana yawo a biranen ƙasar domin tsagaita yaɗuwar cutar. Amma wannan mataki bai hana cutar bazuwa zuwa wasu ƙasashen duniya ba, musan man ƙasar Amurka da Canada da al'umomin su ke yawan zirga-zirga tsakanin ƙasashen juna. 

Kokarin Kare Yaduwarta

Kuma ganin yadda wannan cuta ke yaɗuwa kamar wutar daji yasa hukumar lafiya ta duniya WHO ta bayyana wannan cuta a matsayin annoba a duniya. Domin kuwa bayan wa'yancan ƙasashe na Amurka, sai cutar ta fara bazuwa zuwa sauran ƙasashen duniya daban-daban.
Ƙarshen ta ƙaitawa dai daga  watan na afirilu zuwa wannan lokaci cutar ta bazu zuwa ƙasashen duniya 206 ciki kuwa harda Najeriya da wasu ƙasashen afirka irin su Ghana da Afirka ta Kudu da Masar. A wata ƙididdiga da hukumar lafiya ta duniya WHO ta fitar ya nuna cewar aƙalla ba'a ƙasara ba, mutane fiye da dubu biyu ne suka rasu.

Yadda cutar take

Amma don gane da batun alamomi da banbancin cutar ta H1N1 da murar da aka sani ta sanyi da kuma murar tsuntsaye kuwa likitoci sun ce wannan cutar ta murar aladun ana kamuwa da ita ne daga aladu kana daga bisani mutane suka fara kamuwa da ita. lamarin daya sa tafi ƙarfin duk wasu magunguna da aka sani dake maganin cutar murrar lokacin sanyi, ko bil'adama. Kuma banbancin ta da murar tsuntsaye shine kasancewar, ita murar aladu ta samo asali ne daga aladu, a yayinda murar tsuntsaye keda nasaba da tsuntsaye. Kuma alamun ta shine zazzaɓi mai zafi.




#Article 65: Zinedine Yazid Zidane (504 words)


Zinedine Yazid Zidane. Kuma an haife shine a ranar 23 ga watan junin shekarar 1972. Wato yanzu yana da shekaru 37 a duniya. Sunayen Iyayen Zidane dai sune Ismail da Malika kuma dukkanin su musulmai ne larabawa da suka fito daga ƙasar Algeriya. kuma sunyi hijirah ne zuwa faransan a 1953, inda kuma suka zauna a garin Marseille, anan ne kuma aka haifi Zidane. 

Zidane dai ya fara buga wasan ƙwallon ƙafa ne da ƙungiyar Club ɗin nan mai suna La Castellane dake garin na Marseille a lokacin yana da shekaru 14 da haihuwa. A lokacin ne kuma wani mai horas da yan wasa na ƙungiyar AS Cannes Jean Varraud ya ganshi tare da ɗaukan sa haya. Kuma a club ɗin ne ya shafe shekaru 4. 

A ranar 8 ga watan Fabairun 1991 ne kuma Zidane ya fara cin ƙwallon sa na farko a gasar wasan ƙwarrarru ta Professional abinda ya burge shugaban ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafan na AS Cannes kuma harya bashi kyautar sabuwar mota. Bayan da Zidane yabar ƙungiyar AS Cannes ya kuma koma ƙungiyar Girondins de Bordeaux akan kuɗi Euro miliyan 7 a shekarar 1992-93.

A shekarar 1996 Zidane ya koma ƙungiyar wasan ƙwallon ƙafan Juventus akan kuɗi Fan miliyan 3.2. A shekarar 2001 kuwa, Zidane ya koma ƙungiyar Real Madrid akan kuɗi Euro miliyan 78 bayan daya sanya hannu a kwangilar wasa na shekaru 4. kuma a wannan lokaci kuɗin da Zidane ya sanya hannu shine mafi yawa da wani ɗan wasa ya samu a wajen kwangilar buga wasan ƙwallon ƙafa a duniya.

Daga cikin nasarorin da Zidane ya samu a lokacin wasannin sa sun haɗa da cin kofin Zakarun wasannin ƙungiyoyin wasan ƙwallon ƙafan Spain da kuma kasancewa zakarar wasan ƙwallon ƙafan ƙungiyar FIFA har sau uku. kuma Zidane ya shiga jerin sunayen mutane 100 na kundin FIFA. Zidane ya kuma shiga tarihin Hukumar ta FIFA na jerin sunayen yan wasan ƙwallon kafa na duniya irin su Pele da Vava da Geoff Hurst
A ranar 7 ga watan mayun 2006 ne Zidane ya buga wasan sa na ƙarshe a ƙungiyar sa ta Real Madrid. Zidane ya taimaka wajen samun nasarar cin kofin duniya da Faransa ta samu a shekarar 1998. A watan Junin bana ne dai aka naɗa shi mai bada shawar na musanman ga shugaban ƙungiyar wasan ƙwallon ƙafa ta Real Madrid Florentino Perez. A shekarar 2004 kuwa, Mujallar Forbes ta 'yan jari hujja da ake bugawa a Amirka ta baiyana Zidane a matsayin na 42 wajen 'yan wasan da suka fi kowane ɗan wasa samun kuɗi a duniya, inda tace yana samun dalar Amurka miliyan 15.8 a duk shekara.

Zidane yana da aure da yara kuma sunan matar sa Veronique suna da 'ya'ya huɗu; Enzo da luca da theo da Elyaz. Yanzu haka kuma 'ya'yan sa biyu Luca da Theo suna buga wasa a ƙaramar ƙungiyar wasan ƙwallon ƙafan Real Madrid.

Kuma yanzu haka yana rike da takardar zama ɗan ƙasar Algeriya, mahaifar iyayen sa duk da cewar shi ɗan ƙasar Faransa ne wato inda aka haife shi.




#Article 66: Majalisar Ɗinkin Duniya (319 words)


 
 

Majalisar Ɗinkin Duniya dai tsari ne wanda kasashen duniya suka amince da kerawa domin magance rikice rikice da yake yake bayan yakin duniya na Biyu (2). An kafa ta ne a 1945 domin sayya kwaciyar hakkali a cikin duniya baki daya. Kuma ta kumshi kusan dukannin kasashen duniya, banda kasashe biyu; palestinu da Saint-siege.Muhimmin Jawabin da Majalisar ɗinkin duniya ta bayyana game da Hakkokin Yan-adam a shekarar 1948.

Koda yake kafin kafuwan Majalisar ta Ɗinkin Duniya akwai wasu ƙungiyoyi da aka kafa domin haɗin kai da cigaban ƙasashen na duniya, irin su ƙungiyar ma'aikatan sadarwa ta ƙasa da ƙasa a 1865 da kuma ƙungiyar ma'aikatan gidajen wasiƙu a 1874. Wa'yanda daga bisani suka rikiɗe zuwa hukumomin Majalisar ta Ɗinkin Duniya bayan da aka kafa ta.

Taron farko da aka gudanar a ƙarƙashin lemar Majalisar Ɗinkin Duniya itace wanda aka gudanar a birnin Hague. Wannan taro dai shine yakai ga kafa kotun duniya dake birnin na Hague a ƙasar Holland a 1902.

A 1945 ne ƙasashen duniya 50 suka gudanar da taro a Jihar San Francisco na Amurika domin ƙaddamar da dokoki ko jadawalin aiyukan ta Majalisar Ɗinkin Duniya. Manyan ƙasashen duniya da suka rattaba hannu a wannan yarjejeniyar dai sun haɗa da Amirka da China da Tarayyar Rasha da Birtaniya da kuma Faransa, wa'yannan ƙasashen ne kuma daga bisani suka zama wakilai na dindindin na masu ƙarfin faɗa aji.

A ranar 24 ga watan Oktoban 1945 ne dai wa'yannan ƙasashe suka rattaba hannu a daftarin ƙarshe da ya kafa Majalisar ta Ɗinkin Duniya, abinda ma yasa a duk ranar 24 ga watan na oktoba Majalisar ke bikin zagayowar ranar da aka kafa ta. Kuma a bana Majalisar ta cika shekaru 64 da kafuwa. Kuma tun bayan kafuwan ta tayi shugabanni da dama kuma na baya bayan nan sune Butrus Butrus Ghali daga Masar da Kofi Annan na Ghana da kuma maici yanzu Ban Ki-Moon daga ƙasar Koriya ta Kudu. 




#Article 67: Margaret Thatcher (263 words)


Margarate Thatcher (1925-2013) dai itace macen farko data zama Firaministan ƙasar Birtaniya kuma wasa wasa saida ta samu nasara a zaɓukan ƙasar har sau uku, woto dai sau uku tana zama Firaministan ƙasar a jere, tun daga shekarar 1979 da 1983 da kuma shekarar 1987.

An dai hafi Margarate Thatcher ne a ranar 13 ga watan Oktoban 1925. kuma tayi makarantan Firamare na Kesteven da kuma sakandaren 'yan mata ta Grantham da kuma Somerville na jami'ar Oxford.

Kafin kuma ta shiga harkokin Siyasa a shekara ta 1959, ta kasance maibincike na kimiyyar kemistry daga shekarar 1947-54. A shekarar ta 1954 ne kuma ta zama cikakkar lauya. Daga shekarar 1970 zuwa 1974 kuma ta zama sakatariyar harkokin ilmi na Birtaniya.

A zamanin mulki ta ne dai Rhodesiya ta samu 'yancin kai ta zama Zimbabwe a shekarar 1979. Saidai wani abu daya ƙarawa Magarate Thatcher farin jin, shine nasasar da dakarun Indila suka samu a lokacin yaƙin tsibirin Falklands ashekarar 1982, abinda yasa Birtaniyawa suka sake zaɓen ta azaɓen shekara ta 1983. Gama ka ɗan daga cikin abinda take cewa bayan sarandar da Sojojin Angentina sukayi wanda kuma ya kawo ƙarshen Yaƙin, inda take cewa: Ina son sheda maku sarandar da Sojojin Argentina sukayi, wanda ya baiwa Birtaniya nasara a wannan yaƙi na mallakan tsibirin falklands: A shekarar 1990 ne Magarate Thatcher ta sauka daga kan muƙamin Firaministan Birtaniya, kuma sunan mijinta Sir Denis Thatcher. Kuma tana da 'ya'ya biyu Sir Marka Thatcher da kuma Hon. Carol Thatcher da jikoki biyu mace da namiji. Yanzu haka dai Madam Thatcher tana da shekaru 84 a duniya.




#Article 68: Fezbuk (361 words)


An dai kafa shafin sadarwa ta Facebook ne a watan fabairun shekara ta 2004 a ƙasar Amirka. Kuma wasu matasa uku wato Zuckerberg da Chris Hughes da kuma Moskovitz ne suka ƙirkiro shafin a wannan shekarar. Wanda dai akace ya jagoranci kafa shafin na Facebook tsakanin matasan dai shine Mark Moskovitz ɗan shekaru 23 a duniya dake karatun Sanin halayan ɗan Adam wato Psychology, a lokacin da yake ɗalibta a jami'ar Harvard dake ƙasar ta Amirka domin anfanin ɗaliban jami'ar. 

Kafin kace kwabo wannan shafi ya samu ƙarɓuwa wajen sauran ɗalibai kimanin 1200 na jami'ar ta Harvard. Kuma cikin wata guda rabin ɗaliban dake karatun ƙaramin digiri na jami'ar sunyi rajista da shafin na Facebook. Haka dai wannan shafi ya rinƙa samun karɓuwa daga ɗalibai daga wannan jami'a zuwa wancan.

A shekarar 2005 ne kuma aka yiwa shafin rajista a matsayin facebook.com akan kuɗi Dalar Amirka dubu ɗari biyu. A watan satumban shekara ta 2005 kuma shafin na facebook ya isa ƙasar Birtaniya kafin zuwa sauran ƙasashen duniya. Kuma kyauta ne dai ake rajistan shafin na facebook. 

Amma kuma don gane da hanyoyin samun kuɗi kuwa. Shafin wanda ya zama kanfani na samun kuɗaɗen sa ne daga tallace tallace da manyan kanfanoni da ƙanana keyi domin sayar da hajar su ga masu anfani da shafin ta facebook. Yanzu dai kanfanin da aka fara da Dalar Amirka dubu ɗari biyu, kanfanonin sadarwa irin su Google da Yahoo sun taya shi akan kuɗi Dala biliyan 2, wanda kuma Mr. Zuckerberg yace albarka.

A shekarar 2004 an fara wata shari'a tsakanin Zuckerberg da kuma wasu masu mallakan kanfanin yanar sadarwa ta Connect U, wa'yanda ke zargin Zuckerberg da sace basirar kanfanin su, a lokacin da suka nemeshi daya shirya masu tsarukan shafin sadarwan su, a matsayin sa na kwararre a harkar na'ura mai ƙwaƙwalwa a lokacin da dukkannin su ke ɗalibta a jami'ar ta Harvard koda yake tuni kotu tayi watsi da ƙarar a sabili da rashin cikken sheda a shekarar 2007. Kuma kamar yadda wani shafin sadarwa shima na Wekepidia ta bayar yanzu haka dai akwai miliyoyin jama'a dake anfani da shafin ta Facebook da yawan su ya haura miliyan 350 a duniya.




#Article 69: Kyautar Nobel (1059 words)


Da farko dai masanin nan dan kasar Sweden mai suna Alfred Nobel wanda ya kirkiri nakiya mai fashewa ta farko shi ne wanda ya kirkiri wannan kyauta ta Nobel da ta ke dauke da sunansa. An haifi Alfred Nobel ne a ranar 21 ga watan Oktoba na shekarar 1833 a birnin Stockholm, babban birnin kasar Sweden.

Dangane da tarihin wannan kyauta da kuma dalilin kirkiro ta a nan muna iya cewa sakamakon kirkiro wannan nakiya mai fashewa da wannan masani ya yi da kuma irin barnar da take yi sakamakon amfani da ita ta hanyar da ba ta dace ba a lokacin yaki wajen kashe mutane saboda haka kafin mutuwarsa sai ya rubuta wata wasiyya wacce ya sanya mata hannu a ranar 27 ga Nuwamba 1895 inda a cikin wani bangare na wasiyyar ya bayyana cewar yana so a kowace shekara idan an sami wani mutum guda wanda ya yi wani kwazo a fagen ci gaban bil'adama a bashi kyauta daga dukiyar da ya mutu ya bari. To wannan shi ne dalilin kirkiro wannan kyauta da kuma tarihin yadda aka samo ta. An fara ba da wannan kyautar ne a shekarar 1901 kimanin shekaru biyar bayan mutuwarsa, don ya rasu ne a ranar 10 ga watan Disamba 1896 a fagagen ilimin kimiyya da adabi da Zaman Lafiya da sauran fagage irin su tattalin arziki wadanda aka shigo da shi a 1968. 

Cibiyar Nobel din tana da wani kwamiti a kasar Sweden wanda shi ne ya ke zama tun a farkon shekara don ya tara sunayen mutanen da suka cancanci kyautar ta wannan shekarar sannan kuma ya zabi wadanda suka dace a cikinsu wadanda ake sanar da sunayensu a cikin watan Oktoba, duk da cewa kwamitin kyautar Nobel ta zaman lafiya yana kasar Norway ne karkashin majalisar kasar.

Har ila yau a cikin wasiyyar tasa Alfred Nobel ya bukaci a kasa wannan kyauta da za a dinga bayarwa din kashi biyar, wato ga wadanda suka fi samun ci gaba a bangaren physics da bangaren kimiyya da bangaren ilmin halittar jikin dan Adam da ilmin aikin likita da bangaren ayyukan adabi da kuma ga wadanda suka taimaka wajen tabbatar da fahimtar juna tsakanin kasashe, tabbatar da zaman lafiya da kuma yin watsi da yaki da amfani da karfi. A saboda haka ne aka raba kyautar kamar yadda muka yi bayani a sama, duk da cewa daga baya an shigo da bangaren tattalin arziki na kyautar.

To wannan dangane da tambayoyi biyu na farko na tambayar taki kenan Malama Hajara Abubakar.

To Malama Hajara idan kuma muka koma ga bangare na uku na tambayar ta ki da kike son sanin yadda ake gudanar da zaben wadanda suka cancanci wannan kyauta kuwa, to a nan muna iya cewa hanyar da ake bi wajen zaben wadanda suka ci kyautar nan ta Nobel ita ce, cibiyar nazarin ilmin kimiyya ta gidan sarautar kasar Sweden karkashin wani kwamiti mai mutane biyar ita ce take kula da zaben wadanda suka cancanci samun kyautar Nobel a bangaren Physics da chemistry da kuma ilmin tattalin arziki. Dangane da kyautar adabi kuwa cibiyar nazarin adabi ta kasar Sweden karkashin wani kwamiti mai membobi hudu zuwa biyar ita ce take da nauyin zaben wanda za a ba shi kyautar Nobel kan ayyukan adabi. Dangane da kyautar zaman lafiya kuwa alhalin zaban wanda ko kuma wadanda suka cancanta din yana wuyan wani kwamiti mai mutane biyar ne da majalisar kasar Norway za ta.

To dangane da yadda ake zabo sunayen wadanda ake ganin kowane guda daga cikinsu yana iya samun wannan kyauta kuwa to a nan wadanda suke da wannan alhaki a wuyansu su ne kwamitocin kula da kyaututtukan Nobel daban-daban (da muka yi bayaninsu a baya) da kuma muhimman jami'o'in duniya da shahararrun masana da masu ilmin kimiyya. To daga cikin wadannan mutane ne za a zabi wadanda suka cancanci wannan kyautar.

Bayan an zabi sunayen wadanda suka cancanci kyautar ta shekara a kan sanar da sunayensu ne watan Oktoba na kowace shekara sai dai kuma ba a lokacin ne za a ba su kyautar ba. Ana ba da kyaututtukan ne a wani buki da ake yi a dakin kade-kade da raye-raye na birnin Stockholm a ranar 10 ga watan Disamba na ko wace shekara, wato ranar da shi Alfred Nobel ya mutu. Sarkin kasar Sweden ne ya ke ba da wannan kyautar ga wadanda suka samiu nasara. Kyautar kuwa ta hada ne da takardar shaida, lambar yabo ta zinari da kuma kudi.

Yana da kyau a san cewa ana iya ba da kyautar nobel din ga mutum guda ko mutane biyu ko uku, kamar yadda kuma ana iya ba da ita ga wata kungiya.

Idan kuma muka koma ga tambaya ta hudu daga cikin tambayoyin na ki Malama Hajara inda kike son sanin ko ya zuwa yanzu mata nawa ne suka sami wannan kyautar, to a nan muna iya cewa ya zuwa yanzu dai kimanin mata 40 ne da suka fito daga bangarori daban-daban na duniya da suka sami wannan kyautar. Mace ta farko da ta sami wannan kyauta ita ce masaniyar nan 'yar kasar Poland wacce daga baya ta zaman 'yan kasar Faransa Marie Currie wacce ta samu kyautar nobel din a bangaren ilimin physics a shekarar 1903. Ita dai wannan mata ta samu kyautar har sau biyu wato a shekarar 1903 da kuma 1911. Saboda haka mata 40 suka sami wannan kyauta, duk da cewa idan ana magana sau nawa ne aka ba wa mata wannan kyautar to a nan kan ana iya cewa sun samu sau 41 ne saboda ita wannan mace ta samu sau biyu ne. Mace ta karshe kuwa da ta samu wannan kyautar ita ce Elinor Ostrom 'yar kasar Amurka wacce ta sami kyautar ilimin tattalin arziki.

'Yar Afirka ta farko kuma wacce har ya zuwa yanzu ba a sami wata ba da ta ci wannan kyautar ita ce Madam Wangari Maathai 'yar kasar Kenya sakamakon irin gudummawar da ta bayar wajen ci gaba da kuma kare demokradiyya da zaman lafiya kamar yadda aka bayyana.

To idan kuma muka koma ga tambayarki ta karshe Malama Hajara da kike son sanin ya zuwa yanzu sau nawa aka ba da wannan kyauta. To a nan muna iya cewa ya zuwa yanzu dai an ba da wannan kyauta har sau 829, wato sau 765 ga maza sannan kuma sau 41 ga mata sannan sau 23 ga kungiyoyi.




#Article 70: Kungiyar Agaji Ta Red Cross Ta Duniya (635 words)


Ita dai wannan kungiyar agaji ta Red Cross ta duniya kamar yadda sunan kungiyar ya nuna kungiya ce ta agaji da gudanar da ayyukan jin kai mai zaman kanta wato ba ta gwamnati ba ce, helkwatarta kuwa yana birnin Geneva ne. 

Duk da cewa an kafa kungiyar agaji ta Red Cross din ne 1863 to amma tunanin kafa kungiyar ya faro ne a shekarar 1859 lokacin da dan kasuwan nan kuma mai gudanar da ayyukan jin kai da zamantakewa dan kasar Switzerland wato Jean Henry Dunant wanda daga baya aka fi sani da Henry Dunant, ya irin ababe masu tada hankali da suka faru a lokacin yakin Solferino a kasar Italiya na yanzu, inda dubban mutane suka mutu wasu da dama kuma suka sami raunuka, a bangare guda kuma wadanda suka sami raunukan sun sami samun magani da kulawar da suke bukata. To bayan dawowarsa gida Geneva ne ya yi kira da a kafa kungiyar agaji don ba da taimako ga wadanda suka jikkata a fagen yaki. Hakan ne ya sanya aka kafa kwamitin Red Cross a shekarar 1863. 

To amma a wancan lokacin kusan kasashe daban-daban suna da nasu kungiyar ta Red Cross ko kuma ta agaji, to amma an kafa asalin kungiyar Red Cross din ta kasa da kasa ne a shekarar 1919 bayan yakin duniya na farko lokacin da shugaban kwamitin Red Cross na Amurka a lokacin yaki Henry Davison ya ba da shawarar kafa wata hadaddiyar kungiya ta kungiyoyin Red Cross na kasashe daban daban don jagorantara kan ayyukan ba da agaji a duk fadin duniya. A farkon shekarar 1919, an kira taron kasa da kasa kan harkokin kiwon lafiya a birnin Cannes na kasar Faransa. A yayin wannan taron an tsai da shawarar cewa dole ne a kafa hadaddiyar kungiya ta kungiyoyin Red Cross ta kasashe daban daban gaba daya don kara inganta nasarorin da kungiyoyin agaji na Red Cross na kasashe daban daban suka cimma, an dai ba wa wannan kungiya sunan League of Red Cross Societies. Daga baya, saboda shigowar kungiyoyin Red Crescent na kasashen Larabawa da kuma karuwarsu, kungiyar Red Cross ta kira babban taro na uku a watan Oktoba na shekarar 1983, inda aka yanke shawarar sake sunan kungiyar zuwa International Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies (kungiyar agaji ta Red Cross da Red Crescent ta duniya). 

Ko shakka babu kafa wannan kungiyar ta Red Cross da Red Crescent tana da alaka da lamari na addini. Saboda kuwa kamar yadda muka ce sakamakon shigowar kasashen musulmi cikin wannan lamari na ba da agaji sosai ya sanya wasu suna ganin bai kamata su ci gaba da amfani da cross ba wanda a bangare guda yana a matsayin alama ce ta mabiya addinin kirista wato alamar da suke amfani da ita don nuna giciye Annabi Isa al-Masihu (a.s) da aka yi don haka wasu suka fara tunanin su ma musulmi su kirkiro wata alamar ta su a wannan bangaren. To da yake ana amfani da alama ta wata a matsayin abin da ke nuni da Musulunci wanda hatta ko a hasumiyar masallatai a kan sa hakan don haka sai suka yi amfani da wannan alama ta wata a matsayin alamarsu. Don haka ne alamar wannan kungiya ta zamanto cross da kuma alamar wata (ko kuma crescent a turance.

An amince da wannan alama ta crescent ne kuwa a hukumance a shekarar 1929 kuma ya zuwa yanzu kimanin kasashe 33 ne suka amince da hakan. Duk da cewa an fara amfani da wannan alama ce tun a shekarar 1877-1878 lokacin rikici da yakin da aka yi tsakanin kasashen Rasha da Turkiyya.

Manufar ita ma wannan kungiya ta Red Cross da Red Crescent ita ce ba da agaji da jin kai ga wadanda suka sami raunuka a lokacin yaki har ila yau da kuma batun kiyaye sulhu da zaman lafiya. 




#Article 71: Bauchi (jiha) (204 words)


Jihar Bauchi ta na a cikin ƙasar Najeriya. Ta na da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba’i 49,119 da yawan jama’a miliyan huɗu da dubu dari shida da hamsin da uku, da sittin da shida (4,653,066). (ƙidayar yawan jama'a shekara 2006). Babban birnin jahar ita ce Bauchi. Bala Abdulkadir Mohammed shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2019 har zuwa yau. Wasu daga cikin dattijan jihar sunhada da: Abubakar Tafawa Balewa, Isa Yuguda, Isah Hamma Misau, Nazif Gamawa da Ali Wakili.

Jihar bauchi dake arewa maso gabaccin Nijeriya na da Kananan hukumomi guda ashirin (20)

Tafawa Balewa

Jama’are

Itas/Gadau

Jihar Bauchi nada adadin Kananan hukumomi ashirin (20). Sune:

Kirfi Ta kasnce garine cikin birnin bauchi wanda keda aƙalla faɗin aƙalla 700 meters kewaye da gefenta ne rafin Gongola wanda ke isar da ruwa zuwa cikin garin. Wanda ya haɗe da babban kogin Benue. Gari ne mai tarin albarkoki, a ɓangaren noma da kiwo. A al’adance ta kasance tana maraba ne kaɗai da mutanen da ake kira Kirfawa kuma ta faɗa ƙarƙashin gundumar Hausawa. Bincike akan garin kirfi ya nuna cewa amsoshin da suka ƙunshi al’ada, da addini da harkan siyasa a ƙasar hausa ana iya samun sa a garin kirfi ta ƙasar Bauchi. 




#Article 72: Poland (798 words)


A zamanin da kabilai iri-iri sun yi yawa a cikin ƙasar Poland, kamar su Pomorzanie, da Polanie, da Wiślanie, da Goplanie, da Mazowszanie da sauransu. Duk mutanen nan suna jin harshe ɗaya, kuma al’adunsu da sana’o’insu sun yi kama da juna, amma su a rarrabe suke, sai suna yaƙi da juna. Su arna ne, sabo da haka wata kabila ta yamma kullum faɗa take yi da ƙasar Jamus, inda duk mutane Kiristoci ne. Ana nan sai wani sarki mai suna Mieszko ya yanke shawara a haɗa duk kabilai. Da farko ya mallaki kabilan Polanie, sabo da haka sunan ƙasarmu Poland ne. Bayan ya haɗa kabilai, ya zama shugaban ƙasa, kuma ya zama asalin iyalin sarakuna na ƙasar Poland mai suna PIASTOWIE.

Mieszko I (960-992) yana so ya zama lafiya da sarkin Jamus – Otto I, sabo da haka ya karɓi addinin Kirista a shekara ta 966. Daga wannan lokaci Poland ta zama ƙasar Kirista ne. Lokacin da ya yi yaƙi da ƙasar Czech, ya auri ’yar ƙasar Czech – Dobrawa, wadda ta haifa masa ɗa namiji. Sunansa Bolesław Chrobry (992-1025) wanda ya hau gadon sarautar ƙasar Poland. Ana cewa ya fi ubansa ƙarfi, ya sha yaƙi don ƙara ƙasa. A shekara 1018 ya ci nasara da Jamus, wadda ita ce ƙasar mafi girma a Turai a zamanin nan. 
Bolesław Krzywousty (1102-1138): Ana cewa wai wannan sarki mayaki shahararren ne, amma ba shi da hankali. Yana da yaya da yawa. Ba ya son su yi yaki da juna bayan mutuwarsa, sabo da haka ya rarraba kasar don kowane da ya sami yankinsa. Kasar Poland ta rasa karfi. Bayan an yi shekaru dari da hamsin wani sarki mai suna Kazimierz Wielki ya sake hada kasa. Kazimierz III Wielki (1333-1370), wato „Kazimierz Mai Girma”, ya yi matukar kokari don gyara kasarsa. Akwai wani kirari na sarkin nan wanda ake cewa „an haife shi a kasar mai gine-gina na itace, sai ya mutu a kasar mai gine-gine na dutse”. Ya sa an gina gine-gine na zamani. A zamaninsa ilmi da hikima suka karu, har ya kafa jami’ar Cracow, wadda ita ce daya daga cikin jami’o’i na farko a Turai. An kuma gina coci da yawa, aka gina ganuwar gari. Ya sa kasa ta zama mai karfi, mai muhimmanci. Kazimierz Wielki yana da mata hudu, amma bai sami da namiji, sai ’yan mata. 

Iyali mai suna PIASTOWIE ya yi mulki wajen shekaru ɗari huɗu, har zuwa shekara ta 1370 bayan haihuwar Annaba Isa. Can an yi sarakuna mai girma, waɗanda suka ƙara faɗin ƙasa, kuma sun kula da addinin Kirista. Garuruwa da suka fi muhimmanci a wancan zamani, su ne Gniezno, wato gari mafi muhimmanci game da addinin Kirista, da Cracow, wato babban garin ƙasar. Bayan haka wani sabon iyali mai suna JAGIELLONOWIE ya sami mulki. A lokacin mulkinsu Poland ta zama ƙaton ƙasa mai ƙarfi, sabo da ta haɗa da ƙasar Lithuania. Amma sarakuna daga cikin wannan iyali ba su yi yawa ba, sai guda bakwai. Zygmunt II August, sarki na ƙarshe daga cikinsu ba shi da ɗa ko ɗaya, sabo da haka bayan mutuwarsa a shekara ta 1573, mutane masu kuɗi suka sami sarakuna daga wasu ƙasashe dabam na Turai. 
Daga wajen shekara 1600 kasar Poland ta yi yaki da makwabtanta – kasar Turkiya, Rasha da Ukraine. Yakin da ya fi muhimmanci shi ne yaki da kasar Sweden. Kasar Poland ta ci nasara amma duk yakin nan sun dami mutane, sun bata kasar an kashe kudin baitulmal. Daga wannan lokaci, ƙarfin sarki ya fara ragewa, kuma wahaloli iri-iri na siyasa suka ɓullo. 

Sarki na karshe shi ne Stanisław August Poniatowski (1764-1795). A zamaninsa ilmi ya karu. A shekara 1793 an gina sannaniyar fada cikin garin Warsaw, wadda ake kira Łazienki Królewskie. Mutane daga kasahen daban-daban suna zuwa Warszawa don kallon Łazienki Królewskie. Sarkin nan ya lura da mawaka da ‘yan kade kade da masu fasaha. An kafa ma’aikata mai kula da makarantu. A wannan lokaci makwabtan kasar Poland kamar Rasha, Jamus da Austria sun kara karfi. Nufinsu ma shi ne a kwace kasar Poland, kowace daga cikinsu tana son daukar bangarenta. A shekara 1795 sun ci kasar Poland, kasar Poland ta rasa mulki, an zama yin mulkin mallaka a ƙasar. Mutanen kasar Poland sun sha wuya, sabo da wadannan kasashen ba sa yi masu alheri. An hana yin magana a harshen Poland, kuma an hana koyar da tarihin kasar Poland. Mutanen kasar Poland sun yi kokari su sami yanci. Sun yi yakoki da dama, inda mutane da yawa suka mutu. Bayan wahalce-wahalcen da suka dade daidai shekara dari daya da ashirin da uku, kasar Poland ta sake samun yanci. Shugaban da ya shawara da karfi kuma da wayo sunansa Józef Pilsudski. Shi da alkawaransa sun sami yanci ranar 11 Nuwamba 1918, sabo da haka wanann rana ta zama bikin samun ’yanci.




#Article 73: RFI Hausa (280 words)


RFI Hausa Gidan rediyo ne, mallakin kasar Faransa wadda take yada labaranta a harshen Hausa a duk fadin duniya.
Gidan rediyon nadaga cikin sashin babban tashar rediyo ne na Rediyo Faransa wanda akafi sani da turanci da Radio France International (RFI), kuma tanada wasu bangariri na harsunan duniya daban-daban.

Harshen Afrika na farko a kan babban radioyon duniya

Rfi radiyo na farko a kasashen Afrika renon Faransa, ya kara fadada shirye shiryensa ga masu sauraro, tare da bunkasa manufofinsa a nahiyar.

Daga ranar litanin 21 ga watan mayu shekara ta 2007 kai tsaye daga dakin shirya labarunsa da ked a cibiya a Muryar Nijeriya Lagos, Rfi zai watsa shirye shiryensa a cikin harshen hausa na tsawon awowi 2 a kowace rana.

A kowa ce safiya akwai shirye shirye guda biyu 
Daga karfe 6h TU zuwa 6h 30 TU, wato kafe 7h agogon Nijeriya, Nijer, Kamaru, da Chadi.

Da kuma karfe 7h TU zuwa 7h30 TU, wato kafe 8h zuwa 8h zuwa 8h30 a gogon Najeriya, Nijer, Kamaru da Chadi.

Tare da shirin awa guda a kowane yammaci, da misalin karfe 4h zuwa 5h TU wato karfe 5h zuwa 6h a gogon Najeriya, Nijer Kamaru da Chadi.

Nahiya Afrika dai na kunshe da kimanin mutane Miliyo 80 da ke magana a  cikin harshen hausa, wadanda Rfi ked a burin gabatar masu da shirye shiryensa, tare da nunu kwarewarsa wajen bada labaran da su ka shafi duniya da kuma na nahiyar Afrika.

A Nijer za a iya kama mu ne kan mita 96.2 zangon FM a biranen: Niamey – Maradi – Zinder – Tahoua.

A sauran sassan duniya kuma za a iya kama mu a kan mita 19 da 41 gajeren zango.




#Article 74: Kanada (1528 words)


Kanada ko Canada ƙasa ce a nahiyar Amurka. Babban birnin ƙasar shine Ottawa. Justin Trudeau shine firaministan ƙasar daga shekara ta 2015. 

Kanada yana da lardi goma (Alberta, British Columbia, Kebek, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Newfoundland da Labrador, Nova Scotia, Ontario, Saskatchewan da Tsibirin Prince Edward) da yanki uku (Northwest Territories, Nunavut da Yukon).

Asalin mazauna ƙasar sun rayu a cikin ƙasar Kanada ta yanzu shekaru dubbai kafin zuwan Bature na farko. Mutanen asali ana kiran su da ƴan asalin ƙasa ko Inuit, da Métis. Métis mutane ne waɗanda suka fito daga ƙasashen Farko da dangin Turai. Tare, waɗannan rukunin ukun ana kiransu Yan Asalin, ko Mutanen Farko. Turawa suna kiran su Indiyawa, amma wannan yanzu ana masa kallon rashin ladabi.
Mutane da yawa suna tunanin cewa mutanen farko da suka fara zama a Kanada sun fito ne daga Siberia ta amfani da gadar ƙasar Bering aƙalla shekaru 14,000 da suka gabata. Gadar ƙasar da ta haɗu da Asiya da Arewacin Amurka. 
Lokacin da mutanen Turai suka fara zuwa Kanada don zama, yawan 'Yan asalin ƙasar da ke zaune a Kanada tuni ya kasance tsakanin 200,000 zuwa miliyan biyu.

Vikings shine farkon Bature da aka sani wanda ya fara zuwa ƙasar da ake kira Kanada yanzu, a cikin yankin da yanzu yake Newfoundland, wanda mai binciken Viking Leif Erikson ya jagoranta. Ba su dade ba, duk da haka. A farkon karni na 16, Turawa suka fara binciken gabar gabashin Kanada, inda suka fara da John Cabot daga Ingila a 1497, sannan daga baya Jacques Cartier a 1534 daga Faransa. Daga baya Alexander Mackenzie ya isa gaɓar tekun Pacific a kan ƙasa, inda kaftin James Cook da George Vancouver suka bi ta teku. Har ila yau, Turawan sun sayar da fatun bea ga ƙasashen Farko.

Faransa ta zaunar da wasu sassan Kanada, wasu kuma ta Burtaniya. A shekara ta 1605, aka gina Port-Royal a Acadia (wanda ake kira yau Nova Scotia) ta Faransawa, wanda Samuel de Champlain ya jagoranta, kuma a shekara ta 1608 ya fara sasanta Quebec. Birtaniyyawan sun mallaki yankunan Faransa bayan yakin Faransa da Indiya a Filayen Abraham kusa da Birnin Quebec a cikin 1759.
Bayan Yaƙin Juyin Juya Hali na Amurka, mutane da yawa a cikin sabuwar Amurka sun so su kasance da aminci ga Biritaniya. Dubun-dubatar sun zo arewacin Kanada kuma suka zauna a Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Quebec, da Ontario. An kira su United United Loyalists. A lokacin Yaƙin 1812, Amurka ta yi ƙoƙari ta ci Kanada amma ta ci su.

Ranar 1 ga Yuli, 1867, Kanada ta haɗu ƙarƙashin gwamnatin tarayya. Ya haɗa da lardunan Ontario, Quebec, New Brunswick, da Nova Scotia. Sir John A. Macdonald shi ne firaminista na farko. Manitoba, yankin Yukon, da Yankin Arewa maso Yamma sun zama ɓangare na Kanada a 1870. British Columbia sun haɗu a cikin 1871, da Tsibirin Prince Edward a 1873.
An yi tawaye biyu na Kogin Red, a cikin 1869-70 da 1885, duka Louis Riel ya jagoranta. Ya yi yaƙi don ƙarin haƙƙoƙin mutanen Métis, haɗuwa tsakanin Faransa da ƙasashen Farko. Hanyar jirgin ƙasa a duk faɗin ƙasar, hanyar layin dogo ta layin Pacific ta ƙasar Kanada, wacce aka gama ta a shekarar 1885, ta samar da sauki ga mutanen kasar ta Canada zuwa yamma. Yawancin Turawa da yawa sun zo bakin tudu, don haka Alberta da Saskatchewan sun zama larduna a cikin 1905.

Sojojin Kanada sun yi Yaƙin Duniya na ɗaya don Mulkin Biritaniya. Yawancin ƴan Kanada sun mutu a wannan yaƙin fiye da kowane yaƙi. Kanada ta zama sananne sosai a matsayin ƙasa bayan nasarar da ta samu na kame Vimy Ridge daga Jamusawa a Faransa a 1917. An ba mata 'yancin yin zaɓe a ƙarshen yaƙin, wani ɓangare saboda taimakon da suka bayar wajen kera makamai yayin da maza ke yaƙin Turai. A cikin 1931, Kanada ta sami cikakken ƴancin kai. Sannan gwamnatin Kanada tayi duk shawarwari game da Kanada.
Ma'aikatan jirgin ruwa na Sherman suna hutawa yayin da suke kiliya
Ma'aikatan Kanada yayin yakin Normandy a watan Yunin 1944.
 Har ila yau mutanen Kanada sun yi yaƙin duniya na II. The Dieppe Raid a cikin 1942 yayi mummunan rauni kuma yawancin sojoji an kashe, an raunata su, ko an ɗauke su fursuna. Mutanen Kanada suna da mahimmanci a cikin 1944 a Normandy, kuma sun 'yantar da Netherlands daga Jamusawa.

A cikin 1949, Newfoundland da Labrador sun zama lardi na 10 na Kanada. A 1956, Lester Pearson na Kanada, wanda daga baya ya zama Firayim Minista, ya taimaka wajen kawo ƙarshen Rikicin Suez. Sakamakon haka, ya sami lambar yabo ta Nobel ta zaman lafiya. A cikin 1965, Pearson ya taimaka wa Kanada samo sabuwar tuta, Maple Leaf. Kafin wannan, 'yan ƙasar Kanada sun yi amfani da Red Ensign. A cikin 1982, Kanada ta canza tsarin mulkinta, gami da sabon Yarjejeniyar 'Yanci da Yanci na Kanada. Babban sashin Tsarin Mulki har yanzu shine Dokar 1867 ta Burtaniya ta Arewacin Amurka.
Wasu 'yan Kanada Faransawa a yau suna son kafa ƙasarsu, ban da sauran Kanada. Lardin Quebec ya gudanar da zaben raba gardama (jefa kuri'a) a 1980, amma kusan kashi 40% ne suke so su raba. An sake gudanar da zaben raba gardama a shekarar 1995, inda kusan kashi 50% suka kada kuri’ar amincewa da barin Kanada. Tun daga wannan lokacin, ƙananan mutane a cikin Quebec sun so barin Kanada, amma har yanzu yana da mahimmanci ga siyasar Quebec.
A yau, kusan kashi 25% na jama'ar Kanada suna magana da Faransanci a matsayin yarensu na farko. Mutane da yawa na iya magana da Faransanci da Ingilishi duka. Kodayake yawancin Kanada Kanada suna zaune a lardin Quebec, akwai al'ummomin da ke magana da Faransanci da mutane a duk faɗin Kanada. Misali, kashi 40% na mutanen lardin New Brunswick da 20% na waɗanda ke Manitoba suna da ƙaƙƙarfan asalin Faransa, kamar yadda wasu mutane ke yi a Ontario, galibi a kan iyakarta da Quebec.
A cikin 1999, an kirkiro Nunavut a matsayin yanki na uku na Kanada, daga cikin Yankunan Arewa maso Yammacin Gabas, a cikin yarjejeniya da mutanen Inuit.

Kanada tana da gwamnatin da ake kira masarautar tsarin mulki. Tana da masarauta (ma'ana sarki ko sarauniya ita ce shugabar waccan), kuma dimokiradiyya ce (ma'ana mutanen ƙasar suna mulkar ta). Shugabar ƙasa ita ce Sarauniya Elizabeth II, wacce a hukumance take Sarauniyar Kanada. Ta naɗa Gwamna Janar don wakiltar ta a ƙasar, amma, zaɓin Gwamna Janar Firayim Minista ne ya yi.
Ikon Sarauniya galibi ana amfani da shi ne ta Janar Janar, a halin yanzu Julie Payette. Janar Gwamna, kamar masarautar Kanada (Sarki / Sarauniyar Kanada), ba ya siyasa kuma ya kasance sama da siyasa, kuma saboda wannan yawanci basa amfani da ikon su ba tare da shawarar Firayim Minista ko wasu ministocin ba.
Shugaban gwamnati Firayim Minista ne. Firayim Minista na yanzu shi ne Justin Trudeau, wanda ya maye gurbin Stephen Harper a cikin Oktoba 2015. Kowane lardi da yanki suna da firaminista don jagorantar gwamnatinta. Ayyuka na yau da kullun na gwamnati suna gudana ta majalisar ministoci. Yawancin lokaci ana kafa majalisar zartarwa daga babbar jam'iyya a Majalisar.
Majalisar Kanada tana zartar da dokokin kasar. Janar janar, mai aiki a madadin masarauta, na da damar hana doka (ma'ana doka ba za ta fara aiki ba) amma ba a yi amfani da wannan haƙƙin na ɗan lokaci ba. Akwai manyan jam’iyyu biyar a majalisar dokokin Kanada: Jam’iyyar Conservative, da New Democratic Party, da Liberal Party, da Bloc Québécois, da kuma Green Party. Baya ga jam'iyyun biyar da ke da 'Yan Majalisa a Majalisar, akwai wasu kananan jam'iyyu goma sha hudu da suka yi rajista da Zaɓen Kanada da kuma' yan majalisar da dama da ke zaune a matsayin 'Yancin Kai.

Kanada ƙasa ce take da rabe-raben addinai, wanda ya ƙunshi addinai daban daban da al'adu. Babu wani tsayayyen addini a hukumance a ƙasar Kanada. Akwai ƴanci na gudanar da addini a kundin tsarin mulkin ƙasar Kanada. A ko wanne yanki a ƙasar ana gudanar da addini. A baya Kanada ta taɓa zama ƙasar addinin Ƙiristanci kaɗai kafin daga baya ta zama ƙasa wadda bata da tsayayyen addini a hukumance. Akasarin ƴan ƙasar Kanada basu ɗauki addini da muhimmanci ba a rayuwarsa ta Yau da kullum, amma dai sunyi imani da Ubangiji.

A wani jin ra'ayin jama'a da akayi a shekarar 2011, kaso 67.3 na ƴan ƙasar sun aiyana kansu a matsayin Kiristoci mabiya ɗarikar Katolika 38 sauran kuma na sauran aƙidu na addinin Kirista. Mafiya girma a daga cikin ɗarikun Protestant sune masu bin cocin United Church of Canada  (sunkan  ƴan Kanada kaso 6.1 cikin ɗari), sai masu bin cocin Anglican Church of Canada (kaso 5.0 cikin ɗari), da cocin Baptism of Canada (1.9 cikin ɗari). Tsarin ƙasar na baruwan ta da addini yana cigaba da faɗaɗa tun daga shekarun 1960. A 2011,  kaso 23.9 cikin ɗari suka aiyana kansu da baruwan su da addini, marasa addini na ƙaruwar a ƙasar tun daga 2001. Musulunci shine addini na biyu mafi girma a Kanada bayan addinin Ƙiristanci, inda kaso 3.2 cikin ɗari na ƴan ƙasar Musulmai  ne. Haka nan musulunci shine addini mafi saurin yaɗuwa a ƙasar. Akwai mabiya Hindu kaso 1.5 cikin ɗari da kuma Sikh kaso 1.4 cikin ɗari na mutane Ƙasar Kanada.




#Article 75: Khomeini (7075 words)


IMAM KHUMAINI (R.A) DAGA HAIHUWA ZUWA WAFATI

A ranar ashirin ga watan Jimada al-Thani 1320 hijira Kamariyya, wadda ta yi daidai da 30 ga watan Shahribar 1281 hijira shamsiyya (24 ga Satumba 1902 miladiyya) aka haifi wani jariri a garin Khumain, wani gari da ke lardin tsakiyana Iran. Iyayensa dai mutane ne masu tsoron Allah, masana ilmummukan Musulunci wadanda kuma suka fito daga zuriyar Nana Fatima al-Zahra (a.s) inda suka sanya masa suna Ruhullah al-Musawi al-Khumaini.

Shi dai wannan yaro ya gaji iyaye da kakanninsa ne wadanda daya bayan dayansu suka dauki nauyin aikin shiryar da mutane da kuma neman ilmi. Mahaifi marigayi Imam Khumaini (r.a) shi ne Marigayi Ayatullah Sayyid Mustafa Musawi, daya daga cikin malaman da suka yi zamani da Ayatullah al-Uzma Mirza Shirazi (r.a). (A bisa al'ada) mahaifin Imam Khumaini ya tafi birnin Najaf na kasar Iraki don karatun addini inda bayan ya kai matsayin ijtihadi (matsayin iya ciro hukumce-hukumcen shari'a daga mabubbuga) sai ya dawo gida wato garin Khumain ya ci gaba da shiryar da mutane a can. A lokacin Imam yana shekara biyar mahaifinsa ya yi shahada sakamakon harin da aka kai masa a hanyarsa ta zuwa garin Arak saboda irin nuna rashin amicewar da yake yi da zaluncin mahukunta na wancan lokacin. Bayan wannan kisan gilla, danginsa da mutanen garin Khumain sun fito don nuna rashin amincewarsu, bayan haka kuma suka wuce zuwa birnin Tehran don isar da kukansu da bukatan da a zartar da hukumci (kisasi) a kan wadanda suka aikata danyen aikin. Wannan kisan gilla da aka yi wa mahaifinsa ya sanya Imam (r.a) tun yana karami ya fahimci dacin maraici da kuma ma'anar shahada. Don haka mahaifiyarsa (Banu Hajar) ita ce ta ci gaba da kula da kuma tarbiyantar da shi, kasantuwar ita ma ta fito ne daga madaukakin gida don kuwa ita jika ce wa Ayatullah Khunsari (marubucin littafin Zubdatul Tasanif) da kuma goggonsa (Sahiba Khanum). To sai dai lokacin da Imam ya kai shekaru 15 a duniya ya rasa irin wannan kulawa lokacin da wadannan masu kulawa da shi suka rasu.

 

HIJIRA ZUWA KUM, DON KAMMALA KARATU DA KARANTAR DA ILIMIN MUSULUNCI

 

Jin kadan bayan hijirar Ayatullah al-Uzma Hajj Shaikh Abdulkarim Ha'iri Yazdi, Allah Yayi masa rahama, zuwa birnin Kum a farkon shekara ta 1300 hijira shamsiyya (Rajab 1340), Imam Khumaini shi ma ya yi hijira zuwa makarantar Hawza ta Kum don ci gaba da karatunsa a wajen manyan malaman garin. Karatun dai ya hada da karasa karatun littafin Mutawwal wajen Mirza Muhammad Ali Adib Tehrani, da kuma karasa darasin Sutuh wajen Ayatullah Sayyid Muhammad Taki Khunsari da Ayatullah Sayyid Ali Yathrebi Kashani; da kuma fikihu wajen shugaban makarantar Hauzar Kum Ayatullah Sheikh Abdulkarin Ha'iri Yazdi (r.a).

Bayan rasuwar Ayatullah al-Uzma Ha'iri Yazdi, a bisa bukata da matsin lamban Imam Khumaini da wasu manyan malamai na makarantar hauzar Kum, Ayatullah Burujerdi ya dawo birnin Kum don ci gaba da kula da makarantun Hawzan garin a matsayin shugaba. A daidai wannan lokaci kuwa ana ganin Imam Khumainin a matsayin daya daga cikin manyan malaman da ake iya komawa gare su a bangaren fikihu, Usul, falsafa, irfani da akhlak.

Shekara da shekaru, Imam Khumaini ya yi yana karantar fa fikihu, Usul, sufanci da akhlak a makarantun Hawza na Kum da suka hada da Makarantar Fa'iziyya, Masjid al-A'azam, Masjid Muhammadiye, Makarantar Hajj Mullah Sadik da kuma Masallacin Salmusi da dai sauransu. Har ila yau ya kuma karantar da fikihu da sauran ilmummukan Ahlulbaiti (a.s) a masallacin Shaikh al-Ansari (r.a) da ke Najaf na tsawon shekaru 14, inda a nan ne a karon farko ya bayyanar da ra'ayin gwamnatin Musulunci cikin silsilar darussan da yake bayarwa na Wilayatul Fakih.

 

IMAM KHUMAINI (R.A) A FAGEN GWAGWARMAYA

 

Ruhin jihadi da gwagwarmaya a tafarkin Allah yana da tushe na akida da tarbiyya da kuma ta zamantakewa da siyasa duk tsawon rayuwar Imam Khumaini. Imam ya fara gwagwarmayarsa ne tun lokacin samartaka, kuma ya ci gaba da hakan a bangarori daban-daban na kyautata ruhi a bangare guda, a bangare guda kuma kan yanayi na siyasa da zamantakewar al'ummar Iran da sauran al'ummomin kasashen musulmi. Rikicin da ya faru a shekarun 1340-1341 hijira shamsiyya (1961-1962) kan (zaben) kananan hukumomi ya kasance babbar dama ga Imam wajen jagorantar yunkurin al’umma. Don haka, ana iya cewa, yunkurin gama-gari na malamai da al'ummar Iran na 15 ga watan Khordad 1342 (5 Yunin 1963) ya kebantu da wasu siffofi guda biyu su ne kuwa jagorancin Imam Khumaini da kuma riko da Musulunci, wanda hakan ya zamanto matakin farko na yunkurin al'ummar Iran wanda daga baya aka fi saninsa da sunan Juyin Juya Halin Musulunci.

Yayin da yake bayani kan abubuwan da ya tuna dangane da yakin duniya na farko, duk da cewa lokacin da aka yi yakin yana da shekaru 12 ne a duniya, Imam Khumaini yana cewa: Lalle ina iya tuna abubuwan da suka faru a yakukuwan duniya guda biyu…a lokacin ina karami ne amma dai na kan je makaranta kuma ina ganin sojojin tarayyar Sobiyeti a sansanin da muke da shi a nan (garin) Khumain. A yakin duniya na farko a wasu lokuta akan kai mana hare-hare ma. A wani waje na daban Imam Khumaini ya kasance ya kan ambato sunayen wasu daga cikin ashararan da suke fakewa da hukuma wajen kai hare-hare da sace kayayyakin al'umma, inda yake cewa: Tun ina karami nake cikin yaki….muna cikin mamayan Zulkawa da kai hare-haren Rajab'ali ne duk da cewa mu ma muna da bindiga. Mu kan je kai dauki alhali a lokacin ina cikin shekarun samartaka na ne. Mun kasance mu kan gina ramukan fakewa a inda muke… mu kan shiga cikin wadannan ramuka muna fada da wadannan ashararai da suke son kawo hari da mamaye mu.

A bisa wasu hujjoji na tarihi an tabbatar da cewa gwamnatin Birtaniyya ne ta shirya da kuma goyon bayan juyin mulkin da Ridha Khan ya yi a ranar 3 ga watan Esfand 1299 hijira shamsiyya (1920). Duk da cewa an kawo karshen mulkin Kajariyawa da kuma rage karfin mulkin ha’inai da ashararai, to amma dai ya haifar da wani tsari na kama-karya da wasu ‘yan tsiraru ke mulkan mutanen wata kasa da tsara musu makoma, inda 'yan gidan sarautan Pahlawi suka maye gurbin ashararai.

A irin wannan hali nea, duk da irin musgunawa malamai da gwamnatin lokacin da 'yan amshin shatan Birtaniyya da wasu 'yan boko da aka saya suke yi, amma (malaman) sun tsaya kyam wajen kare Musulunci. A wannan lokaci, bisa gayyatar da malaman Kum suka yi masa, Ayatullah Hajj Shaikh Abdulkarim Ha'iri ya yi hijira daga garin Arak zuwa Kum. Bayan wani lokaci kuma sai Imam Khumaini, sakamakon irin kokarin da yake da shi da kuma gama karatunsa na share fage a garuruwan Arak da Khumain, yayi hijira zuwa birnin Kum don ba da tasa gudummawar wajen karfafa sabuwar makarantar Hawzar garin. Daga baya ya yi fice wajen karantar da ilmummukan fikihu, falsafa da sufanci.

Rasuwar Ayatullah Ha'iri a ranar 10 ga Bahman 1315 hijira shamsiyya (10 ga watan Janairun 1937) ta sanya makarantar Hawzar Kum cikin hatsarin rugujewa, sai dai wasu malamai masu sadaukarwa sun ba da ta su gudummawar wajen ganin hakan ba ta faru ba. Cikin shekaru takwas din da aka yi, kula da makarantar ta kasance ne karkashin kulawar manyan malamai irinsu Ayatullah Sayyid Muhammad Hujjat, Sayyid Sadraddin Sadr da Sayyid Muhammad Taki Khunsari. A daidai wannan lokaci, musamman bayan faduwar gwamnatin Ridha Khan, yanayi yayi kyau da ya ba da dama wajen sake samar da cibiyar marja'iyya. A lokacin babu wanda ya dace ya maye gurbin Ayatullah Ha'iri da kuma kare makarantar Hawza daga faduwa kamar Ayatullah Burujerdi. Wannan hukumci na nada Ayatullah Burujerdi ya samu goyon bayan daliban Ayatullah Ha'iri ciki kuwa har da Imam Khumaini. A daidai wannan lokaci Imam da kansa ya yi ta kokari wajen ganin Ayatullah Burujerdi ya dawo garin Kum don rike shugabancin makarantar garin. 

Imam Khumaini, sanadiyyar irin sanya ido kan yanayin da al'umma da makarantar Hawzar take ciki, da kuma karance-karance litattafa, jaridu da mujallu da kuma ziyarar da yake kai wa Tehran da ganawa da manyan malamai irin su Ayatullah Mudarris, ya fahimci cewa hanya guda ta magance mummunan yanayin da ake ciki bayan rashin nasarar yunkurin tsarin mulki musamman bayan darewar mulkin Ridha Khan ita ce taka tsantsan din makarantar Hawza, da tabbatar da alaka ta ruhi tsakanin malamai da al'umma. 

A wannan kokari da Imam yake yi na karfafa makarantar Hawza ne ya sa a shekarar 1328 (1949) bisa goyon bayan Ayatullah Murtadha Ha'iri suka tsara wani shiri na kawo canji inda suka gabatar da shi ga Ayatullah Burujerdi. Wannan shiri ya fuskanci amincewar daliban Imam da sauran daliban da suke da wayewa.

Sai dai ita gwamnatin ta yi kuskure, saboda a ranar 16 Mehr 1341 (8 ga Oktoba 1962) majalisar hukumar Asadullah Alam ta amince da cire wasu dokokin karamar majalisar kasa, kamar dokar da ta shardanta cewa dole ne dan takara ya zamanto musulmi, rantsuwa da Alkur'ani mai girma, sharadin mazantaka ga 'yan takara da masu jefa kuri'a. Babu makawa akwai wata boyayyiyar manufa cikin amincewa da barin mata su kada kuri'a (da hukumar ta yi), kamar yadda cire sharadin Musulunci da mazantaka shi ma da wata manufa aka yi shi, ita ce kuwa shigar da 'yan Baha'iyya cikin al'amurran gudanarwa da ba su manyan mukamai cikin gwamnati.

Kamar yadda muka nuna a baya, taimako da goyon bayan haramtacciyar kasar Isra'ila da fadada alakar Iran da ita na daga cikin sharuddan da Amurka ta kafa wa gwamnatin Shah matukar tana son goyon bayanta. Don haka ne ya zamanto dole a bar 'yan kungiyar Baha'iyya ta 'yan mulkin mallaka su kame manyan bangarorin gwamnati don cika wannan sharadi. Jin kadan bayan watsa wannan labari, Imam Khumaini da wasu manyan malaman biranen Kum da Tehran, bayan wata tattaunawa, suka sanar da rashin amincewarsu da dokar.

Imam Khumaini ya ba da gagarumar gudummawa wajen fallasa asiri da manufofin gwamnatin Shah da kuma bayyana hakikanin nauyin da ya hau kan malamai da makarantun Hawza cikin halin da ake ciki. Hakan ne ya sa aka samu wasu malamai suka aike da wasu wasiku na nuna rashin amincewa ga Shah da priminista Alam, hakan ya faranta wa al'umma rai. Amma wasikun da Imam ya aike wa Shah da priministansa sun fi na sauran malaman tsauri da kuma jan kunne. A cikin daya daga cikin irin wadannan wasiku, Imam yana cewa: Ina sake muku nasiha da tsoron Allah da kuma bin tsarin mulki, sannan ku guji saba wa Alkur'ani da dokokin malamai da shuwagabannin musulmi da kuma watsi da dokokin kasa; kada ku sanya kasa cikin hatsari da gangan, idan kuwa ba haka ba, malaman Musulunci ba za su daina yin maganganu a kanku ba.

Haka dai wannan batu na dokar kananan hukumomi ya kasance nasara ga al'umma kana kuma lamari mai muhimmanci gare su, musamman ma ganin cewa sun fahimci siffofin mutumin da ya cancanci ya jagoranci al'ummar musulmi. Duk da wannan rashin nasara da Shah ya fuskanta, to amma Amurka ta ci gaba da matsa masa lamba wajen ci gaba da canje-canjen da zai ba ta damar cimma manufofinta. Don haka Shah a watan Dey 1341 (Janairun 1962) ya gabatar da jiga-jigan shirinsa na canji guda shida da kuma bukatar a gudanar da jin ra'ayin al'umma kansu. 

Har ila yau Imam Khumaini ya sake bukatar maraja'ai da manyan malaman garin Kum da su zauna don tattaunawa kan halin da ake ciki da kuma yiyuwar sake kaddamar da wani sabon yunkuri.

A ci gaba da goyon bayan da mutane suke nuna wa Imam, al'umma sun kaurace wa bukukuwan Nuruz (sabuwar shekara) don nuna rashin amincewa da ayyukan gwamnati. A cikin sanarwar da Imam ya fitar kan hakan, ya ambaci Farin Yunkuri (White Rebolution) na Shah da sunan Bakin Yunkuri (Black Rebolution), sannan kuma ya tona asirin manufar Shah ta biyan bukatun Amurka da haramtacciyar kasar Isra'ila. A bangare guda kuma, Shah, wanda ya tabbatar wa Amurkawa cewa al'ummar Iran sun amince da canje-canjen da yake son yi don cimma manufofin Amurka da ya ba shi sunan White Rebolution, ya fahimci cewa rashin amincewar da malamai suke yi gare shi zai haifar masa da matsaloli masu girman gaske.

A cikin hudubobi da jawaban da ya dinga yi a gaban jama'a, Imam Khumaini ya dora alhakin wannan zalunci a kan Shah, kamar yadda kuma yake kiransa da dan koran haramtacciyar kasar Isra'ila da kiran al'umma da su yi masa bore. A wani jawabi da ya gabatar a ranar 12 ga Farbardin 1342 (1 Aprilu 1963) Imam ya yi Allah wadai da shirun da malamai suka yi a garuruwan Kum, Najaf da sauran garuruwan musulmi kan wannan danyen aiki na gwamnatin Shah, yana mai cewa: Lalle a yau shiru yana nufin nuna goyon baya ga wannan hukuma ta zalunci. Washegari kuma wato ranar 13 ga Farbardin 1342 (2 Aprilu 1963) Imam ya fitar da sananniyar sanarwar nan tasa mai suna Kaunar Shah Wasoso Ne.

Haka nan idan ana son fahimtar irin tasirin da kalaman Imam suke da shi a zukatan masu sauraronsa da har suke iya fita su ba da rayukansu, to dole ne a dubi asali da kiran nasa yake da shi da kuma irin gaskiya ta hakika da ke tare shi.

Shekarar 1342 hijira shamsiyya (1963) ta fara ne da kin fitowar da al'umma suka yi don bukukuwan Nurooz (sabuwar shekara) sakamakon kiran da malamai suka yi, da kuma zubar da jinin mutanen da ba su ci ba su sha ba a makarantar Fa'iziyya da ke birnin Kum. A bangare guda, Shah ya dage sai ya aiwatar da shirinsa na kawo canjin da Amurka ta ke bukata, a bangare guda kuma Imam Khumaini ya dage wajen wayar da kan al'umma wajen tsayawa da fuskantar tsoma bakin Amurka cikin al'amurran cikin gidan Iran da kuma ha'incin Shah.

A ranar 14 ga watan Farbardin 1342 (1963), Ayatullah al-Uzma Hakim daga garin Najaf ya aike wa wasu manyan malamai da maraja'ai na Iran da wasika yana kiransu da yin hijira ta gaba daya zuwa garin Najaf. Wannan kira dai an yi ta ne da nufin kiyaye rayuwar malamai da makarantar Hawza.

Imam ya yi kunnen uwar shegu da wannan barazana, don haka sai ya aikewa Ayatullah Hakim amsar wasikar da ya rubuto yana mai ce masa yana ganin babu wata maslaha ta Musulunci cikin yin hijira ta gaba daya da barin Hawzar Kum haka nan.

Cikin wata sanarwa da ya fitar ranar 12 ga watan Farbardin 1342 (22 Aprilu 1963) a lokacin bukukuwan kwanaki arba'in na shahadar (daliban) Fa'iziyya, Imam Khumaini ya jaddada goyon bayan malamai da al'ummar Iran ga jagororin kasashen musulmi da na larabawa wajen fuskantar haramtacciyar kasar Isra'ila, kamar yadda kuma yayi Allah wadai da yarjejeniyar da aka cimma tsakanin Sarki Muhammad Ridha Pahlawi da haramtacciyar kasar Isra'ila.

 

YUNKURIN 15 GA KHORDAD (5 GA YUNI):

Watan Muharram na shekarar 1342 yayi daidai da watan Khordad ne (Yunin 1963) don haka Imam Khumaini ya yi amfani da wannan dama wajen motsa mutane da fuskantar hukumar kama-karya ta Shah.

A yammacin ranar Ashuran ta shekara ta 1383 hijiriyya (3 ga Yunin 1963) Imam ya gabatar da wani jawabi mai cike da tarihi a makarantar Fa'iziyya wanda shi ne matakin farko na yunkurinsa na 15 ga watan Khordad (5 Yuni).

A cikin wannan jawabi, yayin da yake magana da Shah, Imam yana cewa: Ya Shah ina maka nasiha! Ya kai mai girma Shah, ina maka nasiha da ka janye hannayenka daga wadannan ayyuka naka! Suna yaudarar ka ne. Ba na son in ga mutane suna cikin farin ciki da murna idan har suka yi waje da kai..ina kiranka da ka yi tunani kan abin da suke sa ka fadi…ka saurari nasihata. Mece ce alakar da ke tsakanin Shah da (haramtacciyar kasar) Isra'ila da har 'yan SABAK (jami'an tsaron Shah) suke cewa kada ku fadi magana kan Isra'ila? Shin Shah Ba'isra'ile ne?. Shah dai ya ba da umarnin gamawa da wannan yunkuri. Da farko jami'an tsaro sun kame da dama daga cikin magoya bayan Imam a daren 14 ga Khordad (4 ga Yuni), kusan asubahin washe gari kuwa da misalin karfe 3 na asuba darurrukan 'yan sandan da aka aiko daga Tehran sun kewaye gidan Imam da nufin kama shi a lokacin yana sallar dare. Don haka bayan kama shi sai suka wuce da shi cikin gaggawa zuwa Tehran inda suka fara tsare shi a wajen tsare mutane na 'Officer's Club' daga baya kuma da yamma suka wuce da shi zuwa gidan yarin Kasr na birnin. Da safiyar 15 ga watan Khordad labarin kama Imam ya yadu zuwa garuruwan Tehran, Mashhad, Shiraz da sauran garuruwa lamarin da ya sa aka samu irin yanayin da aka samu a garin Kum na boren jama’a. A cikin littafin da ya rubuta abubuwan da suka faru a rayuwarsa, wani na kurkusa da Shah Janar Fardoust ya bayyana yadda aka zabi jami'an tsaro na musamman bisa taimakon Amurka don kawo karshen wannan yunkuri, sannan kuma yayi bayani kan irin halin damuwa da dar-dar din da Shah, ministoci da jami'an gwamnatinsa, janar-janar da sojinsa da kuma 'yan SABAK suka kasance ciki a wancan lokacin, da kuma yadda Shah da jami'ansa suka ta ba da umarni ba kan gado don kawo karshen boren da jama'a suke yi. Bayan kwanaki 19 a gidan yarin Kasr, hukuma ta dauke Imam daga inda ake tsare da shi zuwa gidan yarin da ke barikin soji na Eshrat Abad.

Ana iya cewa ya zuwa wani haddi an cutar da wannan yunkuri sakamakon kama jagoransa da aka yi a ranar 15 ga Khordad da kuma kisan kiyashin da aka yi wa magoya bayansa. Shi kuwa Imam ya ki ba da hadin kai da amsa tambayoyin masu masa tambayoyi a inda ake tsare da shi yana mai nuna cewa ba sa da hurumin yi masa tambayoyi. Don haka a yammacin 18 ga watan Farbardin 1343 (1964) ba tare da wata sanarwa ba sai gwamnatin ta sake Imam da daukansa zuwa Kum. Jin wannan labari ke da wuya sai dukkan garin ya cika da bukukuwa da farin ciki, aka ci gaba da shirya bukukuwa a makarantar Fa'iziyya da sauran gurare har na tsawon ranaku. An gudanar da bukin shekarar farko ta tunawa da abin da ya faru a ranar 15 ga watan Khordad a shekarar 1343 da wasu bayanan hadin gwuiwa da Imam Khumaini da sauran maraja'ai suka fitar, da kuma wani bayanin na daban da makarantar Hawza ta fitar don girmama wannan rana da sanya mata sunan ranar zaman makomi ta gaba daya.

A wannan rana (ta 4 ga Aban), Imam Khumaini ya fitar da wata sanarwa inda yake cewa: Ya kamata al'ummar duniya ta san cewa dukkan wata wahala da matsalolin da al'ummar Iran da na musulmi suke ciki daga Amurka ne, daga baki 'yan kasashen waje ne. Al'ummar musulmi dai ba sa kaunar dukkan bakin haure musamman ma Amurka. Don kuwa Amurka ce take goyon bayan (haramtacciyar kasar) Isra'ila da kawayenta. Amurka ce ta karfafa (haramtacciyar kasar) Isra'ila don mayar da musulmi marasa matsuguni...

Nuna rashin amincewar Imam ga wannan dokar (ba da kariya ga ‘yan kasar Amurka a Iran) ta sake sanya Iran cikin yanayi na sabon bore da yunkuri a watan Aban 1343 (1964). Da asussubahin ranar 13 ga watan Aban 1343 (1964), jami'an tsaro na musamman da aka turo daga Tehran sun sake mamaye gidan Imam dake garin Kum, inda suka sake kama shi, kamar yadda ya kasance a shekarar da ta gabata, alhali yana cikin salla da addu'oi, suka wuce da shi kai tsaye zuwa filin jirgin saman Mehr Abad da ke Tehran da sanya shi cikin wani jirgin saman soji da daman yake jira sai garin Ankara na kasar Turkiyya. Da hantsin wannan rana, jami'an tsaron SABAK, cikin jaridun kasar, sun sanar da koran Imam saboda zargin barazana ga tsaron kasa. Duk da irin halin dar-dar da ake ciki sai da al'ummar birnin Tehran suka fito don yi zanga-zanga a kasuwar birni don nuna rashin amincewarsu da wannan aiki, sannan kuma aka rufe makarantun Hawza na wani tsawon lokaci kana kuma aka aike da wasiku ga kungiyoyin kasa da kasa da kuma maraja'ai.

Imam ya zauna a Turkiyya ne na tsawon watannin goma sha daya. A daidai wannan lokaci kuwa gwamnatin Shah ta yi kokari wajen ganin ta gama da sauran kurar bore ta hanyar amfani da karfi sannan kuma ta gaggauta kaddamar da shirin nata da Amurka take son ta gabatar. Imam ya yi amfani da zaman gudun hijira ta dole a kasar Turkiyyan wajen rubuta da tsara shahararren littafin nan nasa mai suna 'Tahrir al-Wasila.

 

KORAR IMAM (R.A) DAGA TURKIYYA ZUWA IRAKI.

A ranar 13 ga watan Mehr 1344 (13 Oktoba 1965) jami'an tsaro sun tura Imam da dansa Ayatullah Sayyid Mustafa Khumaini zuwa gudun hijira ta biyu wato daga Turkiyya zuwa kasar Iraki. Bayan isarsa birnin Bagadaza, Imam Khumaini ya kai ziyara zuwa hubbarorin tsarkakan Imamai (a.s) da suke garuruwan Kazimain, Samarra da Karbala, daga nan kuma bayan mako guda, Imam ya wuce zuwa sabon masaukinsa da ke birnin Najaf mai tsarki.

Shekaru sha ukun da Imam ya yi a garin Najaf (Iraki), duk da cewa babu matsin lamba na kai tsaye kamar yadda ya fuskanta a Iran da Turkiyya, sun fara ne cikin wani irin yanayi na nuna adawa da cutarwa mai tsanani daga wajen wasu malaman jeka na yi ka da ma'abuta son duniya da suka sanya tufafin ma'abuta addini da har ta kai ma, duk da irin hakurin da aka san shi da shi, a wasu lokuta ya kan fito ya yi magana kan irin wahalar jihadi da gwagwarmaya a wancan lokaci. To sai dai hakan ba su sanya ya ja da baya da barin wannan tafarki da ya zaba wa kansa ba.

Don haka ya fara karantar da fikihu a watan Aban 1344 (Nuwamban 1965) a masallacin Sheikh al-Ansari da ke Najaf duk kuwa da irin matsin lamba da adawar da ya dinga fuskanta, haka dai ya ci gaba da karantarwa har lokacin da ya yi hijira zuwa birnin Paris na kasar Faransa. Irin karfin ilmin fikihu da Usul da dai sauran ilmummukan Musulunci da Imam ya ke da shi ya sanya cikin karamin lokaci, duk da irin matsalolin da yake fuskanta, azuzuwansa sun kasance daga cikin mafi shahara da yawan dalibai a makarantun Hawzan Najaf.

Tun isowarsa birnin Najaf, Imam bai katse alakarsa da mujahidan da suke cikin Iran ba, ya kasance ya kan aika musu da sakonni da wasiku yana mai kiransu da su ci gaba da tsayin daka wajen kiyaye manufar wannan yunkuri na 15 ga watan Khordad.

Duk da irin yanayi mai tsanani da wahala da Imam Khumaini ya ke fuskanta a inda yake gudun hijira, to amma hakan ba su sa shi ya bar tafarkinsa na jihadi da fuskantar gwamnatin Shah ba. A kusan ko da yaushe yana ci gaba da sanya ruhin kyakkyawar fata da nasara a zukatan al'umma ta hanyar jawabai da sakonnin da yake aikewa da su ga mutanensa.

A ranar 19 ga watan Mehr, 1347 (9 ga Oktoba 1968) a wata ganawa da ya yi da wakilin kungiyar Fatah mai fafutukan 'yanto kasar Palastinu, Imam Khumaini ya bayyana mahangarsa kan matsalolin da duniyar musulmi ke ciki da kuma yunkurin al'ummar Palastinu. A yayin wannan ganawa, Imam ya ba da fatawar wajibcin kebance wani sashi na zakka da ba da shi ga 'yan gwagwarmayar Palastinu.

A farko-farkon shekarar 1969 rikicin da ke tsakanin gwamnatin Shah da gwamnatin Ba'athawa ta Iraki kan iyakan kasashen biyu na ruwa ya tsananta. Hakan ya sanya gwamnatin Iraki korar adadi mai yawa na Iraniyawa da ke zaune a kasar, kamar yadda kuma gwamnatin ta yi kokarin amfani da irin adawan da Imam yake yi wa gwamnatin Shah don cimma manufarta.

Shekaru hudu na koyarwar Imam da kuma irin kokarin da yake yi wajen wayar da kan mutane ya sanya an samu 'yan canje-canje a makarantun Hawzan birnin Najaf. A shekarar 1348 (1969) wannan yunkuri na Imam ya samu wasu sabbin magoya baya daga kasashen Iraki, Lebanon da sauran kasashen musulmi wadanda suka dauki yunkurin a matsayin abin koyi.

 

IMAM KHUMAINI DA CI GABAN GWAGWARMAYA (1350-1356 = 1971-77)

 

A karshe-karshen shekarar 1971, kai ruwa ranan da ke tsakanin gwamnatin Ba'athawa ta Iraki da gwamnatin Shah ya tsananta lamarin da ya yi sanadiyyar korar dubban Iraniyawa da suke zaune a kasar. Nan take Imam ya aike da wasika zuwa shugaban kasar yana yin Allah wadai da wannan aiki sannan kuma ya sanar da aniyarsa ta barin kasar, sai dai hukumar ta hana shi saboda tsoron abin da zai iya biyo baya. A yayin bukukuwan zagayowar shekarar yunkurin 15 ga watan Khordad a shekarar 1975, dalibai a makatantar Fa'iziyya ta Kum sun gudanar da zanga-zangogi na kawanki biyu cikin makarantar suna masu rera taken Aminci ya tabbata ga Khumaini, Mutuwa a kan gidan sarautar Pahlawi. Duk da cewa hukuma ta haramta kungiyoyi da jam'iyyu masu adawa da ita sannan kuma da dama daga cikin ma'abuta addini da 'yan siyasa masu jihadi suna tsare a gidahen yari, amma duk da hakan kungiyoyi masu jihadin sun haifar da gagarumar hasara ga hukumar, hakan ne ya sanya jami'an tsaro (SABAK) suka fada wa makarantar da musguna wa dalibai musgunawa mai tsanani da kuma tsare su a gidajen yari.

A ci gaba da ayyukansa na kiyayya da Musulunci, a watan Esfand 1354 (Fabrairun 1975), Shah ya canza kalandar (kwanakin wata) da hukuma take amfani da ita da ta fara daga hijiran Ma'aikin Allah (s.a.w.a) ya zuwa farkon mulkin mulukiyya Hakhamanshiyyawa. Imam Khumaini ya mayar da kakkausar martini ta hanyar fitar da fatawar haramcin amfani da wannan kalanda. Kamar dai yadda al'umma suka karbi fatawar haramcin shiga jam'iyyar Rastakhiz da Imam ya bayar, haka ma a wannan karon suka karbi wannan fatawa da hannu bibbiyu. Dukkan wadannan abubuwa biyu ana ganinsu a matsayin bugun hanci ga Shah. Hakan ya tilasta masa janye wannan sabuwar kalanda tasa a shekarar 1357 (1977).

 

KAMARIN JUYIN MUSULUNCI DA YUNKURIN AL'UMMA A 1356 (1977)
 

Imam Khumaini wanda ya kasance mai sanya ido sosai kan abubuwan da ke gudana a Iran da sauran kasashen duniya, ya yi kokarin amfani da duk wata damar da ya samu. A watan Mordad 1356 (Augustan 1977), cikin wani sako da ya aika, ya bayyana cewar: Bisa la'akari da yanayin cikin gida da waje, da kuma buga irin ayyukan zalunci da hukuma take yi a jaridun kasashen waje, hakan dama ce ga masana, 'yan jami'a da ke karatu a ciki da wajen kasa da kuma kungiyoyin Musulunci a duk inda suke da ya kamata su amfana da ita wajen fuskantar hukuma.

Shahadar Ayatullah Sayyid Mustafa Khumaini a ranar 1 ga watan Aban 1356 (1977) da kuma irin tarurrukan zaman makokin da aka shirya a Iran sun kasance abubuwan da suka sake motsa makatantun Hawza da al'ummar Iran wajen sake fitowa don fuskantar hukuma. Shi kuwa a nasa bangaren, Imam Khumaini ya bayyana wannan lamari (na shahadar Sayyid Mustafa) a matsayin wata boyayyiyar ni'imar Ubangiji, wanda hakan ya zamanto abin ban al'ajabi ainun. Gwamnatin Shah ta yi kokarin cin mutumcin Imam ta hanyar watsa wata makala ta cin mutumci gare shi cikin jaridar Ittila'at. Sai dai wannan karon ma shika ta koma kan mashekiya ne, don kuwa maimakon hakan sai ta kasance ummul aba'isin din boren al'umma a ranar 19 ga watan Dey 1356 (9 ga Janairu 1977) da nuna goyon bayansu ga Imam lamarin da ya yi sanadiyyar shahadar wasu dalibai ma'abuta jihadi da raunana wasu da dama a lokacin da jami'an tsaro suka fada musu. Duk da irin ayyukan zalunci da wuce gona da iri da gwamnatin Shah take yi a kan 'yan gwagwarmaya, sai dai duk da hakan hukumar ta gagara kashe wutan wannan bore. Imam yana ganin babu wani amfani wajen gwagwarmayar 'yan majalisa, jam'iyyun siyasa da karfin soji ba tare da goyon bayan al'umma ba, kamar yadda kuma yake ganin hanya guda da ta rage ita ce kaddamar da jihadi matukar Amurka ta yi tunanin shirya juyin mulkin soji.

 

HIJIRAR IMAM DAGA IRAKI ZUWA PARIS
A wata tattaunawa da ta gudana tsakanin ministocin harkokin wajen kasashen Iran da Iraki a birnin New York na Amurka, ministocin biyu sun yanke shawarar korar Imam Khumaini daga Irakin. Don haka a ranar 2 ga watan Mehr 1357 (24 ga Satumba 1978), jami'an tsaro suka mamaye gidan Imam da ke birnin Najaf mai tsarki, hakan dai ya fusata al'umman musulmi na kasashen Iran, Iraki da sauran kasashen duniya.

Don haka a ranar 12 ga watan Mehr (4 ga Oktoban 1978), Imam Khumaini ya bar birnin Najaf ya nufi kasar Kuwaiti, sai dai kasar Kuwaitin ta ki amincewa ya shigo kasar sakamakon matsin lamban gwamnatin Iran. Ganin haka ya sa wasu suka ba da shawarar a tafi kasar Siriya ko Labanon, to sai dai shi Imam Khumaini bayan shawara da dansa Hujjatul Islam Sayyid Ahmad Khumaini, ya yanke shawarar tafiya birnin Paris na kasar Faransa. Don haka Imam ya isa birnin Paris a ranar 14 ga Mehr 1357 (6 ga Oktoba 1978) inda aka saukar da shi a gidan wani Ba'iraniye a unguwar Noefel Le Chateau da ke wajen birnin.

A can ma mahukunta ba su barshi ba don bayan wani lokaci jami'an kasar Faransan sun zo wajensa da nufin sanar da shi mahangar shugaban kasar na lokacin kan zaman Imam a kasar suna masu sanar da shi cewa dole ne ya janye hannayensa daga harkokin siyasa. Imam Khumaini ya mayar da kakkausar martini ga wannan bukata ta su yana mai cewa hakan ya saba wa ikirarin riko da tsarin demokradiyyar da Faransan take yi, yana mai karawa da cewa ko da lamarin zai kai ne ya dinga yawo daga wannan filin jirgi zuwa wancan, ba fa zai bar wannan tafarki nasa ba.

 

Imam Khumaini, a watan Dey 1357 (Disambar 1978), ya kafa majalisar juyin juya halin Musulunci don share fagen kafa hukuma ta Musulunci da kuma dawowarsa gida. A dai dai wannan lokaci kuwa Shah yana ta shirin gudu ya bar kasar sakamakon yadda ya ga al'amurra suna ta ficewa daga hannunsa. Don haka kwanaki biyu da kafa majalisar shawara da tattaunawa don nema wa gwamnatin Bakhtiyar goyon baya, sai ya gudu ya bar kasar a ranar 26 ga watan Dey 1357 (16 ga Disamba 1978). Jin labarin gudun Shah ke da wuya, jama'a a duk fadin Iran sun fito kan tituna don nuna farin cikinsu.

 

DAWOWAR IMAM GIDA BAYAN SHEKARU 14 NA GUDUN HIJIRA

Tun farko-farkon watan Bahman 1357 (1979) labarin shawarar da Imam ya yanke na dawowa gida ya yadu ko ina. Jama'a kuwa duk wanda ya ji wannan labari sai ya zubar da hawaye don murna, don kuwa abin da suke jira kenan har na tsawon shekaru 14, duk da cewa suna cikin damuwa kan tsaron lafiyarsa, don har zuwa lokacin gwamnatin jeka na yi kan Shah ita ce ke mulki, sannan ga kuma dokan ta bacin da ta kafa na ci gaba da aiki. Imam Khumaini ya riga da ya dauki matsaya ta karshe, don haka sai ya sanar da al'ummar Iran, cikin wani sako da ya aike musu, cewa yana son ya kasance tare da su a wadannan ranaku masu muhimmanci. Hakan ya sanya gwamnatin Bakhtiyar, bisa hadin gwuiwan Janar Haizer, suka rufe filin jirgin saman birnin Tehran sashin zirga-zirgan waje.

Bayan wasu 'yan kwanaki, gwamnatin Bakhtiyar ta bude filin jirgin sama saboda gagarar da ta yi wajen jure wa wannan bore na al'umma. Daga karshe, a safiyar ranar 12 ga watan Bahman 1357 (1 ga watan Fabrairun 1979) Imam Khumaini ya dawo gida bayan shekaru 14 na gudun hijira. Irin gagarumar tarbar da al'umma suka yi masa ya kai matsayin da hatta kafafen watsa labaran yammaci sun gagara inkarin hakan, inda su da kansu suka ce mutanen da suka tarbi Imam Khumaini sun kai miliyan 4 zuwa 6.

 

WAFATIN IMAM KHUMAINI: RABUWA DA MASOYA, HADUWA DA ABIN KAUNA:

Hakika Imam Khumaini ya isar da abin da yake son fadi da kuma cimma abin da yake son cimmawa tsawon rayuwarsa a aikace. Don haka a halin yanzu cikin tsakiyar watan Khordad 1368 (farko-farkon watan Yuni 1989) yana ta kan shirye-shiryen ganawa da Abin kaunarsa da ya gudanar da dukkan rayuwarsa don neman yardarSa. Wanda ya kasance bai taba mika kai ga wani bayanSa ba, kamar yadda bai taba zubar da hawaye ba sai don Shi, sannan kuma dukkan wakokin irfanin da ya rera (ko rubutawa) sun kasance suna bayanin kan dacin rabuwa da Abin kauna da kuma shaukin da yake yi na saduwa da Shi. A halin yanzu da lokacin yake gabatowa, duk da cewa abu ne da masoyansa ba za su iya jurewa ba, ya rubuta cikin wasiyyarsa cewa: Ina muku sallama 'yan'uwana maza da mata, cikin kwanciyar hankali da rai mai natsuwa da ruhi mai farin ciki da zuciya mai fatan falalar Allah, in kama hanya zuwa ga gidana na har abada. Kuma ina mai matukar bukatar addu'arku ta alheri. Sannan ina rokon Allah Mai rahama da jin kai Ya karbi uzurina na karancin hidima da kurakurai da gazawa. Kuma ina fata jama'a za su karbi uzurina cikin kowane karanci na hidima da kurakurai da gazawa, kuma su ci gaba da karfi tare da kakkarfar aniya..

Babban abin ban al'ajabin shi ne cewa tun kafin shekaru da rasuwarsa, Imam Khumaini, cikin wasu baitocin wake ya yi batun rasuwarsa cikin watan Khordad inda yake cewa:

Shekaru suna wucewa abubuwa suna ta faruwa

Ni kuwa ina sauraron nasara a tsakiyan Khordad

Daidai karfe sha daya da minti ashirin na dare ranar asabar 13 ga watan Khordad 1368 (3 ga Yuni 1989) lokacin saduwa da abin kauna ya yi. A daidai wannan lokaci ne zuciyar da ta haskaka zukatan miliyoyi da hasken Allah ta tsaya cak (ta bar aiki). A daidai wannan lokaci masoya Imam sun boye wata kamara (na'urar daukan hoto) a asibitin da yake kwance don daukan abubuwan da ke gudana da aikin da aka masa har zuwa lokacin saduwa da abin kauna. Don haka lokacin da gidan talabijin din Iran ya nuna halin kwanciyar hankalin da Imam ya ke ciki a lokacin, kai kace zukatan al'umma za su fashe saboda shaukin da ba za a iya siffanta shi ba.

A lokacin lebbansa cike suke da ambaton Allah, a daren karshe na rayuwarsa ma'abuciya daukaka a daidai lokacin da dantsensa yake daure da alluran da ake kara masa ruwa, amma sai ga shi ya mike don sallar dare da kuma karatun Alkur'ani mai girma. A daidai sa'oin karshe na rayuwarsa, ba abin da ake gani face kwanciyar hankali da nitsuwa ta Ubangiji yana mai ikirari da kadaitakan Ubangiji da imani da sakon Manzo (s.a.w.a) har lokacin da aka dauki ransa zuwa wajen Ubangijinsa. Wannan rasuwa da ta rura wutan bakin ciki a zukata.

Lokacin da aka watsa labarin rasuwar Imam, kai ka ce wata gagarumar girgizar kasa ce ta faru, ko ina sai bakin ciki idanuwa kuwa a cikin Iran da sauran wuraren da aka san Imam kana kuma shiriyarsa ta shiga sai zubar da hawaye suke. Masoyansa sai fitowa suke suna dukan kawuka da fuskokinsu da alkaluma da duk wani irin bayani ya zaga wajen bayyana hakikanin abubuwan da suka faru da irin bakin cikin da ake ciki. Lalle mutanen Iran da sauran ma'abuta juyi suna da hakkin yin irin wannan kururuwa da tarihi bai taba ganin irin girma da tsananinsa ba, don kuwa sun rasa wani masoyi ne da ya dawo musu da mutumci da daukakan da suka rasa, sannan ya katse hannayen muggan shugabanni da 'yan mulkin mallakan Amurka da sauran kasashen yammaci daga kasashensu, sannan kuma ya raya Musulunci da hakkokin musulmi da mutumcinsu, ya kuma tsai da Jamhuriyar Musulunci, ya tsaya kyam a gaban karfin shaidan don fuskantar darurrukan makirce-makircensu na kawar da gwamnatin Musulunci da haifar da fitinar cikin gida da waje tsawon shekaru goma. Kamar yadda kuma ya jagoranci yakin kariya na shekaru takwas yana fuskantar makiyan da suke samun goyon bayan gwamnatocin gabashi da yammaci ma'abuta girman kai. Hakika al'umma sun rasa jagoransu abin kauna sannan kuma makomarsu na addini kana kuma mai kira zuwa ga Musulunci na hakika.

Mai yiyuwa ne mutanen da suka gagara fahimtar hakikanin wannan lamari su kasance cikin rudani lokacin da – gidan talabijin ya nuna - halin da mutane suke ciki yayin jana'iza da bisne jikin Imam mai tsarki. Mai yiyuwa ne su sha mamaki lokacin da suka ji labarin rasuwar mutane masu yawa da suka gagara jurewa wannan babban rashi don haka zuciyarsu ta tsaya cak ko kuma na faduwar wasu gomomin mutane sakamakon tsananin bakin ciki da dai sauran abubuwa makamantan haka da suka faru. Sai dai mutanen da suka san ma'anar kauna kana kuma zukatansu suka ta'allaka da shi cikin sauki za su iya fahimtar lamarin da kuma ganinsa ba a bakin komai ba. A hakikanin gaskiya al'ummar Iran sun kasance masu tsananin kaunar Imam Khumaini, don haka yayin zagayowar shekarar rasuwarsa suke rera taken: Kaunar Khumaini kaunar dukkan abubuwa masu kyau ne.

A ranar 14 ga watan Khordad 1368 (4 ga watan Yunin 1989), majalisar kwararru (ta zaban jagora) ta gudanar da taronta, inda bayan da Ayatullah Khamene'i ya karanta wasiyyar marigayi Imam Khumaini da ya dauke sa'oi biyu da rabi, 'yan majalisar suka fara gudanar da tattaunawa da shawara kan wanda zai gaji Imam don zama jagoran Juyin Juya Halin Musulunci. Bayan sa'oi na tattaunawa, dukkan 'yan majalisar sun amince da zaban Ayatullah Sayyid Ali Khamene'i (wanda a lokacin shi ne shugaban kasa) a matsayin sabon jagora. Ayatullah Khamene'i dai ya kasance daga cikin daliban Imam Khumaini (r.a) na kurkusa kana kuma daga cikin fitattun mutanen da suka ba da gagarumar gudummawa a Juyin Juya Halin Musulunci kuma daga cikin wadanda suka taimaka nesa ba kusa ba wajen kaddamar da yunkurin 15 ga watan Khordad, wanda ya tsaya kafada-kafada da sauran mataimakan juyin da ba da gagarumar sadaukarwa duk tsawon yunkurin Imam Khumaini da kuma dukkanin abubuwan da suka faru daga baya.

Shekara da shekaru kasashen yammaci da 'yan amshin shatansu na cikin gida sun kasance cikin dakon wannan rana ta rasuwar Imam bayan sun yanke kaunar samun nasara a kansa. Sai dai farkawar al'ummar Iran da kuma saurin da majalisar kwararrun ta yi wajen zaban mutumin da ya dace da wannan matsayi na jagoranci da kuma irin goyon bayan da mabiya Imam suka yi wa zaben ta sanya makiyan cikin damuwa da kawo karshen mummunan fatansu. Don kuwa ba ma wai kawai juyin Imam bai zo karshe ba ne (kamar yadda makiyan suka so), face ma dai juyin ya sake bude wani sabon shafi ne na ci gaba da watsuwa da kuma karfi. Shin tunani, alheri da gaskiya suna iya gushewa?

A rana da daren 5 ga watan Yuni 1989 miliyoyin al'umma birnin Tehran da sauran al'ummomin da suka shigo garin daga garuruwa da kauyuka sun taru a babban wajen salla (musalla) na Tehran don yin ban kwana ta karshe da mutumin da ya dawo da mutumcin da daukaka (wa al'umma) a duniyar da take cike da duhu da zalunci ta hanyar yunkuri da juyinsa kana kuma ya watsa yunkurin komawa ga Allah Madaukakin Sarki da daukakar dan'Adam a duk fadin duniya.

Dukkanin abubuwan da aka yi a wajen jana'izar da hannun al'umma aka yi shi, cikin kauna da shauki. An dora jikin Imam mai tsarki a wani waje da kowa zai iya ganinsa yana rufe da koren kyalle tsakiyan miliyoyin masu juyayi, dukkansu cikin bakin ciki da zubar da hawaye alhali suna magana da Imaminsu cikin harshen da ya sawwaka ga kowa. Dukkanin hanyoyi da lungunan zuwa wajen sallar cike suke da jama'an da suke sanye da bakaken kaya don nuna bakin cikinsu, gidaje da shaguna kuwa duk an sanya musu tutocin juyayi da nuna bakin ciki, karatun Alkur'ani kuwa daga ko ina, masallatai, ofisoshi, ma'aikatu da gidaje sai tashi yake yi. Da daddare kuwa ko ta ina sai kyandir kake gani an kunna su don nuna alamun hasken da Imam ya zo da shi, duk sun haskaka wajen sallar da kewaye, alhali iyalai sun kewaye su (kyandir) suna kallon haskensu don tuntuni da irin hasken da jagoransu abin kaunarsu ya zo musu da shi.

Taken Ya Husain da masu juyayin suke rerawa alhali suna dukan kirji da kawunansu ya mai da yanayin wajen tamkar yanayin Ranar Ashurar da Imam Husaini (a.s) ya yi shahada. Bisa la'akari da cewa al'umma ba za su sake jin sautin Imam Khumaini dake cike da yanayin tunasar da mutum Ubangiji a Husaniyyar Jamaran ba, hakan ya kasance abin tashin hankali ga al'umma. Haka dai mutane suka ci gaba da zama a gefen jikin Imam mai tsarki duk tsawon dare har garin Allah ya waye, inda da sassafiyar ranar 6 ga Yuni 1989 aka yi masa salla karkashin limancin Ayatullah al-Uzma Golfaygani.

Babu shakka irin yawan al'ummar da suka fito don tarbar Imam Khumaini a ranar 12 ga watan Bahman 1357 (1 Fabrairu 1979) da kuma sake maimaita hakan a ranar jana'izarsa, duk suna daga cikin abubuwan mamaki na tarihi. Kafafen watsa labaran duniya sun tabbatar da cewa adadin mutanen da suka fito don tarbar Imam lokacin da ya dawo gida sun kai miliyan shida, amma wadanda suka fito don jana'izarsa sun kai mutanen miliyan tara. Hakan kuwa duk da cewa cikin wadannan shekaru goma sha daya na jagorancin Imam Khumaini kasashen Turai sun yi dukkan abin da za su iya wajen nuna adawarsu ga Jamhuriyar Musulunci da suka hada da kallafa mata yakin shekaru takwas da dai sauran makirce-makirce da ya sanya al'ummar Iran cikin mawuyacin hali na kunci da takurawa da kuma rasa abubuwan kaunarsu masu yawan gaske wanda a bisa dabi'a hakan zai sanya su gaji da kuma watsi da wannan juyi nasu, to sai dai ina hakan bai faru ba daga dukkan bangarori. Don kuwa al'ummar da suka tarbiyyantu a makarantar Imam Khumaini sun tasirantu da kuma imani da kalaminsa na cewa: A duniya, gwargwadon girma da darajar manufa, gwargwadon karfin jurewa wahala, cutarwa, sadaukarwa da rashi na duniya ne.

Bayan da bisne jikin Imam mai tsarkin ya ci tura sakamakon yawan jama'a, gidan radiyo ya sanar da daga jana'izar har zuwa wani lokaci da za a sanar nan gaba don haka jama'a su koma gidajensu. Sai dai jami'ai sun riga da sun san cewa lokaci bayan lokaci jama'a za su ci gaba da zuwa wajen jana'izar ne, don haka dai aka daure aka gudanar da ita a yammacin wannan rana duk kuwa da irin wahalhalun da ake fuskanta. Wasu kafafen watsa labaran duniya ma sun nuna wani sashi na wannan jana'iza.

Ta haka rasuwar Imam Khumaini, kamar rayuwarsa, ta kasance matakin farko na sabuwar wayewa da gwagwarmaya da kuma tabbatar da tafarki da ambatonsa har abada, don kuwa gaskiya abar tabbata ce matukar duniya tana ci gaba da wanzuwa.




#Article 76: Fernando Alonso (149 words)


Fernando Alonso Diaz (waɗanda aka haifa 29 Yuli 1981) da Esfaniyawa gasar tseren fitattun motoci wasan gudu matukiya da biyu lokaci duniya zakara, wanda yake a halin yanzu muna tsere wa Scuderia Ferrari renonta Felipe Massa.

A 25 Satumba 2005, ta lashe gasar tseren fitattun motoci duniya karen zakarun kanun da shekaru 24 da 58, tsanka Emerson Fittipaldi, rubuta shi ne auta gasar tseren fitattun motoci duniya direbobi da zakara, a faifai an sa'an nan ta da Lewis Hamilton). Bayan retaining cikin kanun shekara mai zuwa, alonso kuma suka zama manya dobur zakara. A 2007, ya zama na biyu f1 direba, da Maikel Schumacher, domin jumla a ƙalla 100 tsininnuka uku bi da bi yana ƙosar. Laƙabin El nano, gwargwadon pseudonym da fernando a asturias, inda haihuwa, Alonso ayyuka, lumanar jakadan da asusun ya 2] Da ɗaya daga cikin darektoci da kafin lokacin wasan kalankuwa prix direbobi da ƙungiyar.




#Article 77: Dala (126 words)


Dala kusan za'a iya cewa nanne waje na biyu da mutanan kano sukafara zama bayan Madatai Da Kogin Jakara

Dala wani Duste ne da yake tsakiyar birnin kano sunan dusten kuma ya samu ne dalilin zuwan wani gawurtaccen dan Farauta wanda Tarihi bai bayyana sunan saba saidai sunan nuna yanda ya taho wato Dehlak wani tsuburi ne a kasar habasha.
da yazo sai yazauna a gindin dutsen dala ana cewa dehlak sai zamani yasa sunan ya koma dala amma asalin sunan dehlak ne.

Dala a yau yanzu dala unguwace a kanon dabo kuma karamar hukuma ce wanda itace tafi kowace karamar hukuma yawan jama'a a Nijeriya baki daya. domin a Zabe da akayi a shekara ta 2007 tana da akwatin zabe guda dari biyar da biyar.




#Article 78: Hitler (174 words)


An haifi Adolf Hitler a ranar 20 ga watan Afrilu a shekara 1940 a birnin Braunau a cikin ƙasa Austria a tsakiyar Turai. Hitler ɗan siyasa ne kuma dan mulkin kama karya ne. Tun daga shekara 1921 shi shugaban jam'iyyar NSDAP, jamiyar mai tsanani, ne. A shekarar 1933 ya zama shugaban gwamnati, a shekara 1934 shi ma ya zama babban shugaban ƙasar Jamus har kisan kansa a shekara 1945.

A cikin lokacin gwamnatinsa jam'iyyar NSDAP ta kafa mulkin kama karya mai sunan Daula ta Uku. A cikin shekara 1933 an hana dukan sauran jam'iyyoyii sai jam'iyya ta Hitler. An zalunci abokan hamayya don jifansu a kurkuku ko sansu a sansanin gwale-gwale, inda an yi musu azaba aka kashe su. Hitler dai mai nauyi ne game da kisan gillar Yahudawa na Turai da kashin mutanen da yawa don dalilan na adini da na ƙabila da kuma na zaman jama'a. Siyasar ta shugabancin Hitler sanadi cee ga ƙaddamarwa da yaƙin duniya na biyu, a cikinsa mutane milyon da dama da kuwa yankunan da yawa suka halaka.




#Article 79: Umaru Musa Yar'Adua (535 words)


Umar Musa Yar'Adua (An haifeshi ne a ranar 16 ga watan Augustan shekarar 1951 a birnin Katsina dake arewacin Najeriya. Mahaifinsa shine tsohon ministan ne a birnin Lagos na farko a jamhuriya ta farko, kuma kafin ya rasu shine Matawallen Katsina, sarautar da shi marigayin Umaru Musa 'Yar'Adua ya gada.

Tsohon shugaba 'Yar'Adua ya halarci Jami'ar Ahmadu Bello dake Zariya daga shekarar 1972 zuwa 1978 inda ya samu takardar shedar digiri akan kimiyyar haɗa sinadirai ko Chemistry da Malanta, kafin ya koma domin samun babban digiri duk dai akan kimiyyar ta Chemistry. Marigayin yayi bautar ƙasa a jihar Lagos inda ya koyar a wata makaranta da ake kira Holy Trinity daga 1975-1976. 

Bayan da ya kammala aikin yiwa ƙasa hidima ya fara aikin Malanta gadan-gadan a kwalejin share fagen shiga jami'a da ake kira CAST dake Zariya a tsakanin 1976 zuwa 1979. A shekarar 1983 marigayi Malam Umaru Musa 'Yar'adua ya bar aikin Malanta ya fara aiki da  Gonar Sambo Farms a Funtua dake jihar Katsina inda ya zama GM daga 1983-1989. 

Daga shekarar 1984 bayan da Sojojin sukayi juyin mulki malam Umaru Musa 'Yar'adua an kira shi domin zama wakili a hukumar gudanarwar kanfanoni da hukumomin gwamnati da dama da suka haɗa da hukumar samar da kayan Noma da kwalejin kimiyya da fasaha ta jihar katsina, Bankin Habib da Hamada Carpets da Madara Limited da kuma kanfanin buga Jaridu da Mujalla ta The Nation wanda ke kaduna kuma wansa Marigayi Janar Shehu Musa 'Yar'Adua ya mallaka.

A lokacin da marigayi Malam Umaru Musa 'Yar'Adua ya shiga siyasa ya yi hannun riga da mahaifinsa wanda a wancan lokaci yake mataimakin shugaban Jam'iyar NPN, inda shi kuma ya zama wakili a jam'iyar PRP ta Malam Aminu Kano mai adawa da NPN. A lokacin da Janar Babangida ya kaɗa gangar siyasa ya zama sakataren jam'iyar SDP a jihar ta Katsina kuma ɗan takararta na gwamna, amma kuma ɗan takarar jami'iyar NRC na wancan lokaci Malam Saidu Barda ya kada shi. To sai dai a 1999 Malam Umaru Musa 'Yar'Adua ya tsaya takakarar muƙamin gwamnan jihar ta Katsina kuma ya samu nasara a ƙarƙashin jam'iyar PDP, haka kuma ya sake nasara a zaɓen 2003.

A shekarar 2007 Umaru Musa 'Yar'Adua ya zama ɗan takakar muƙamin shugaban ƙasa na Jam'iyar PDP bayan ya samu taimakon tsohon shugaban ƙasa Cif Olusegun Obasanjo ya zama shugaban ƙasa a ranar 29 ga watan Mayun 2007, wannan ya bashi daman sanya rigar siyasa na koli a shekarar.  

To sai dai rashin lafiya da tsohon shugaban yayi fama da ita ta sanya bai samu sukunin gudanar da harkokin mulki kamar yadda yayi fata ba musanman ƙudirorinsa guda bakwai daya tsara na ciyar da ƙasar gaba kafin nan da ƙarni ta 2020.

Marigayi Malam Umaru Musa 'Yar'Adua ya rasu a ranar 5 ga watan Mayun shekara ta 2010 da muke ciki a fadar gwamnati dake Abuja watanni biyu bayan komowarsa gida daga Saudiya inda yake jinya.

Ya kuma rasu ne ya bar mahaifiyarsa da 'yan'uwa da matar aure guda Hajiya Turai tare da 'ya'ya bakwai da ya haifa da ita da suka haɗa da mata biyar da maza biyu. Haka kuma yana da wasu 'ya'ya biyu maza da matarsa ta biyu Hajiya Hauwa Umar Radda.




#Article 80: Hankaka (157 words)


Hankaka wani tsuntsu ne mai ɗan girma kamar shaho, wanda ke da farin ƙirji sauran jikinsa kuma baƙi. 
Shidai hamkaka baya rayuwa sai inda ke da dogayen bishiyoyi kamar manyan Marake da dogayen giginyu, haka yasa Hausawa ke masa kirari da Hankaka mai gidan sama.

Asalin yadda hankaka yake yin karuwa shine, kamar kowanne Tsuntsu shima hankaka macen tana yin kwai ne kamar guda uku zuwa shida. Sannan kuma sai tayi kwanci daganan ta kyankyashe. 
Bahaushe yace hankaka maida dan wani naka, wannan karin maganar wani hasashe ne na malam bahaushe dan yana ganin hankaka kandauki kwai na Kaza ko na Agwagwa ko gunya ko ma mai kyau ya tashi yayi sama dashi.
To me yake dashi? shidai wannan kwan hankaka yana kaishi ne can kan shekar shi inda macen ke kwanci, daidai lokacin da zata kyankyashe ne kuma wannan kwan da namijin hankaka ya dauko shima kuma ya rube, shine zai zama abincin yan tsakin hankakin.




#Article 81: Zogale (143 words)


Zogale ko Zogala (da turanci Moringa oleifera) Zogale na iya girma ya kai bishiya, amma a ainihin tsarin maga tsirrai na duniya (ICBN), yawancin zogale ba bishiya bane.

Shi tushen zogale yana daya daga cikin tsirran da Allah yayi wa albarka kasancewar bincike-binciken kimiyya sun tabbatar da cewa yana da amfani a fannoni da dama na inganta lafiyar dan adam. Zogale yana kunshe da sinadaran da ke warkar da cututtuka kamar ciwon suga, hawan jinni, da yawancin cututtukan da wasu irin kwayoyin halittu wadanda idon mutum baya iya ganinsu (in ba tare da na'urar kambama qananan halittu ba) suke sabbabawa. A saboda haka, kamar yadda yawancin jama'a suka sani, cin zogale, yin miyar shi, shan shayin shi, hadi da shan ruwan shi, cikin yardarm Allah, zai yi sanadiyyar samun waraka daga cututtukan da aka ambata a sama, dama wasu wadanda ba'a ambata ba.




#Article 82: Kimiyya (649 words)


Kimiyya wani ilimi ne da yake nazartar abubuwan dabi'a da suke kewaye da muIlimin ya dogara kan wasu matakan gano hakikar abubuwa ta hanyar gwaje-gwaje da ake kira experiment a turanceMasana kimiyya na lura da yadda dabi'a ke tafiya a sararin duniya ta hanyar lura, dandano, ji, gani ko shinshina. Dakin da ake gwaje-gwajen kimiyya shi ake kira da laboratorya turance. Kimiyya ta rabu gidaje daban-daban amma tushensu ya hada da ilimin rayuwa da ake kira da Biology, ilimin Fiziks da kuma ilimin Kemistare. Akwai ilimai da yawa da suka fita daga karkashin Kimiyya kamar na sararin subhna da ake kira da Cosmology, na taurari da ake kira da Astronomy, na kananun abubuwa da ake kira da Quantum Mechanics, da dai sauransu da yawa. 

Akwai kuma wasu iliman da suke danganta kansu da kimiyya saboda suna kwatanta yadda kimiyyar ke aiki a tsarin bincikensu. Irin wadannan ilimai sun hadu a bangaren da ake kira Kimiyyar Jama'a (Social Science) kamar ilimin tattalin arziki (Economics), Kimiyyar siyasa (Political Science) da kuma ilimin halayyar jama'a (Sociology). Wadannan ilimai ana kiransu da Kimiyya ne saboda suna kokarin nazartar rayuwar dan Adam ko jama'a kuma su fitar da nazariyyoyi da su ke kokarin sharhi na musamman kan dalilin da ya sanya wani abu ke faruwa a cikin jama'a.

Fanni ne na ilmi mai kula da abubuwa kamar ruwa, iska, daskararren abu da dai sauran su. Kimiya na sarrafa wadannan abubuwan dan kera wadansu. Duk abubuwan da muke amfani da su, kamar lantarki, roba, mai, takalmi, Mota, keke, jirgi duk ana sarrafasu ne daga kimiya. Wato kimiyya fanni ne na sani wanda ya shafi garwaye garwaye na abubuwa ingattatu.
Kalmar “Kimiyya” asalinta kalmar Larabci ce – daga “Al-Keemiya” - kuma tana da ma’anoni guda biyu, inji Mu’ujamul Waseet, watau daya daga cikin Kamus din Larabci na zamani. Kamus din yace: “Malaman da, ko magabata, suna amfani da wannan kalma ne don nufin canza nau’in ma’adanai daga wani nau’in zuwa wani.” Idan kuma suka ce “Ilmin Kimiyya”, suna nufin “...ilmin sanin yadda ake zagwanyar da sinadaran karkashin kasa ne, don samar da wani nau’in daban (musamman don mayar da su zinare).” Amma a wajen Malaman Zamani, a Larabce idan aka ce “Kimiyya”, in ji wannan Kamus, yana nufin: “...ilmin binciken wani fanni (musamman na karkashin kasa) mai dauke da dokoki (ko ka’idojin) da ke taimakawa wajen fahimtar tsarinsa.” (Mu’ujamul Waseet, shafi na 844).

Wannan kalma ta Kimiyya ita ce Hausawa suka aro ta, kuma suke fassara ma’anar “Science” da ita, kamar yadda Neil Skinner ya tabbatar a cikin Kamus na Turanci da Hausa, shafi na 156, inda ya kawo kalmar Science, yace: “ilmi irin na zamani (kamar su Kimiyya).” Wannan ke nuna cewa kalmar “Kimiyya” da Hausawa ke nufi, shine ma’anar da kalmar turanci ta Science ke bayarwa, ba wacce ma’anar kalmar Larabci ke bayarwa ba. Wannan kenan. 

A daya bangaren kuma, kalmar “Fasaha”, ita ma daga Larabci muka aro ta – asalinta shine: “Al-fasaahatu”, wadda ke nufin “bayyanawa...ko kubutar harshe ko lafuzza daga sarkakiyar zance ko rubutu, mai haddasa wahalar fahimta”, inji Mu’ujamul Waseet, a shafi na 723. A hausance idan aka ce “fasaha”, (dangane da wannan ma’ana da Kamus din ya bayar), ana nufin “bayyanannen abu, wanda babu sarkakiya a ciki ko wahalar fahimta a tare da shi”. A daya bangaren kuma, Kamus din yaci gaba: “Faseehi shine mutum mai kyautata zance, mai bambance kyakkyawa daga mummuna wajen zance.” A nashi bangaren, Al Imam Ibnul Atheer ma haka ya tabbatar a littafinsa mai suna An-Nihaayah fee Gareebil Hadeeth wal Athar, mujalladi na 3, shafi na 403. Ga abinda yace kan kalmar “Faseehi”, siffar mai “Fasaha”: “...(mutum) mai sakakkiyar harshe wajen zance, wanda ya san kyakkyawa daga mummuna.” Dukkan wadannan ma’anoni a Larabce kenan. Amma a harshen Hausa, kamar yadda ma’anar kalmar “’Kimiyya” a Larabce ta sha bamban da ma’anarta a Hausa, to haka ma ma’anar kalmar “Fasaha” ta sha bamban da ma’anarta na Larabci. 




#Article 83: Kwankwasiyya (312 words)


KWANKWASIYYA Wani bangaren imanin siyasa ne a Najeriya wanda Sanata Rabiu Kwankwaso ya kafa. Farko dai Kwankwasiyya ya fara ne a jihar Kano kafin daga bisani kuma akidar ta yadu ko ina cikin fadin kasar Najeriya.

Tsarin tafiyar Kwankwasiyya ya ginu ne akan akida da jajircewa a kan duk abinda suka saka a gaba, an san yan Kwankwasiyya da nacin tsiya, basa tsoron tunkarar gwamnati da adawa, kuma sun kware wajen adawa domin duk wanda suka sako a gaba da wuya kaga yasha, su suka yi sanadiyar kifar da gwamnatin malam Ibrahim shekarau a jihar Kano a 2011, sannan sun taimaka wajen kifar da gwamnatin Shugaba Goodluck Jonathan a shekarar 2015.

A tsarin Kwankwasiyya ba'a bayar da kudi domin mutum yazo taro, a mafi yawancin tarurrukansu duk wanda ka gani shi ya kai kansa, kuma tunda suka kafa gwamnati a jihar Kano a shekarar 2011 suka kawo sabon tsarin siyasa na fita kamfen ba tare da daukar makamai ba.

Asalin jam'iyyar da Sanata Kwankwaso jagoran Kwankwasiyya yake kuma yaci zabubbukan gwamna a shekarar 1999 da 2011 itace jam'iyyar PDP. Sakamakon rikicin cikin gida a lokacin da bangaren PDP na Marigayi Abubakar Rimi ne Kwankwaso ya kafa akidar sa ko kungiyar Kwankwasiyya a jahar Kano. Haka tsagin yayi ta samun tagomashi har zuwa lokacin da jagoran PDP kwankwasiyya Sanata Rabiu Kwankwaso ya canza sheka daga ja'iyyar PDP zuwa ta APC.

Tun bayan da Sanata Rabiu Kwankwaso ya canza sheka daga jam'iyyar PDP zuwa sabuwar jam'iyyar APC ne sauran magoya bayan sa suma suka bishi zuwa jam'iyyar ta APC tare da kafa akidar ta Kwankwasiyya a jihar kano. A zabubbukan da suka gudana a shekarar 2015 ne akidar ta kwankwasiyya ta yadu ko ina cikin fadin kasar sakamakon tsayawar takarar shugabancin kasar da Sanata kwankwaso yayi wanda yayi rashin nasara a hannun shugaban kasa Muhammadu Buhari a yayin zaben fidda gwani na jam'iyar APC.




#Article 84: Girka (403 words)


Girka ( Arabic and Ajami can tun kafin zuwan Turawan Mulkin Mallaka a ƙasar Hausa.
Tarihin kunne ya girmi kaka ya nuna cewa, wannan iyali suna zaune ne tare da manya a Sakkwato har zuwa lokacin da Sarkin Musulmi na wancan lokaci ya nemi ya basu sarauta. Amma saboda kamewa da ƙanƙan da kai sai waɗannan iyalai suka janye jikinsu cikin ruwan sanyi daga karɓar wannan sarauta. Bayan ganin yanda Sarki ya nace kan yi masu sarauta, sai suka yanke shawarar sulalewa su bar masa ƙasarsa.
Daga nan ne suka yo yamma da sauri. Kwanci tashi ne suka isa cikin ƙasar Kaita kuma suka nosa har zuwa kusa da wani rafi da ake kira Taukin Girka. A nan ne waɗannan iyali suka ci gaba da zama har zuwa yau.
Sunan mai sarautarsu Magaji Sauri, kuma wannan ya samo asali daga 'sauri' ko hanzarin da suka rinƙa yi a lokacin da suka baro ƙasar Sakkwato.

A yanzu wannan ƙauye ya zama gari domin kuwa Magaji Sauri shi ne Wakilin Sarkin Sulluɓawa. Sarkin Sullubawa shi ne mai sarautar duk Ƙasar Kaita baki ɗayanta kuma shi ɗan Sarkin Katsina Muhammadu Kabir ne.
Ko bayan haka, akwai ƙauyuka da dama dake ƙarƙashin Girka. Misali, Maƙaurachi, Tarkama, Garu, Kwangwami da sauransu.
Akwai wuraren tarihi a ƙasar Girka. Akwai wata atsabibiyar bishiya wadda ba'a zuwa wurinta da rana tsaka saboda ƙwanƙwamanta. Har yanzu Taukin Sauri na nan kuma duk shekara ana zuwa kamun kifi kamar yanda ake yi tun zamanin baya.
Cigaban zamani ya ratsa ƙasar Girka domin yanzu suna da makarantun piramare a Hedikwata Girka da kuma yawancin ƙauyukan dake ƙarƙashin ƙasar. An gina asibiti da ɗakunan malaman asibiti. Shekarun baya kuma an gina makarantar gaba da piramare wanda yanzu har sun soma yaye 'yan aji uku.
Girka ta samar da mutanen da ake alfahari dasu a ƙasar Kaita ta ɓangarori daban-daban wanda ya haɗa da ilimin boko, kasuwanci da kuma siyasa.
Babbar sana'ar mutanen wannan ƙasa ba ta wuce noma da aikin lambu. Suna kiwo daidai gwargwado kuma matasansu na fita zuwa manyan biranen Nijeriya domin aikin ƙwadago ko kasuwanci. Sukan je Ikko (Lagos), Abuja, Patakwal (Port Harcourt), Naija (Niger) da Kaduna.

Akalla ansamu shuwagabanin wannan kauye guda goma sha ukku akan wannan yagada yarasu wani yagada kuma dukansu familin fulanin zaure ne kuma har yanzu haka suke rike da masarautar ta Girka kuma itace babbar masarauta mai cikakken milki mai sanda ta daya a kasar Kaita.




#Article 85: Rasha (175 words)


Rasha - kasa ce dake cikin nahiyar Turai da kuma Asiya ta Arewa. Tana da girma da kuma  yawan jama'a.
babban birnin kasar itace - birnin Moscow.

Harshe - Rasha.

Rasha na a yankin arewacin Asiya zagaye da tekun Pasific da kuma tekun Atlantic.

Tsawon kasar Rasha daga yamma zuwa gabas ya kai10 000 km daga arewa zuwa kudu - fiye da 4000 km.

Kasar Rasha na daya daga cikin manyan kasashe a siyasar duniya.

Gine ginen Rasha, a daya hannun, masu tasowa na kasa hadisai da fari na katako, gine, a daya bangaren, a dutse da tubali gine-gine ibada ya bi wani hadisi wanda tushen da aka kafa shi a farkon cikin Byzantine Empire, sa'an nan kuma zuwa ga Gabas Slavic Jihar Kievan Rus. Bayan faduwar Kiev, Rasha gine-gine tarihi ya ci gaba a cikin mulkoki na Vladimir-Suzdal da Novgorod, kuma da wadannan kasashen - Rasha mulki, Rasha Empire, Tarayyar Soviet da kuma na zamani Rasha. Ga dama daga cikin mafi m Tsarin cikin Kremlin kuma domin gina na Moscow Kremlin kawo Italiyanci gine-ginen.




#Article 86: Adabi hausa (3193 words)


TASIRIN ADABIN LARABAWA GA RAYUWAR HAUSAWA

Adabi dai kamar yadda malamai kan fassara shi, shi ne: Hanyar rayuwar  al'umma ta yadda suke cin abinci da sha, da sanya tufafi da gudanar da al'adu ta hanyar bukukuwansu na aure ko na suna, da kuma a wajen mutuwa da dai sauran hanyonyi hulda da  jama'a na daga makwabtaka da sadar da zumunta.

Babu shakka kowacce al'umma ko kuma mu ce kowacce kabila suna da nasu adabi. A dalilin haka, Hausawa suna da nasu adabi wanda yake malamai sun rubuta littafai a kansa. Ta haka ba sai na tsaya yin bayani a kansa ba. Abu ne mai wuya a raba rayuwar Hausawa da Musulunci; wannan kuwa saboda kasancewar shi ne ya kawo wa wannan kasa ci-gaba da wayewa kafin zuwan Turawa a wannan  kasa. Kuma har yanzu tasirin Musulunci da wayewarsa suna nan a cikin al'ummar Hausawa fiye da rayuwar da Bature ya zo da ita. A dalilin haka ne za mu ga adabin Larabawa na jahiliyya da na lokacin Musulunci ya mamaye rubuce-  rubucen malaman wananan kasa na zube da kuma wake. Kai ba ma wannan ba, hatta da mawakan baka akwai ta'asirin adabin Larabci a cikinsu. Wannan na nuna muna cewa haduwa da bakin al'adu sabanin wadanda mutum ya tasa  a cikinsu suna iya tasiri a gare shi.

Malamai da yawa sun yi rubuce-rubuce a cikin harshen Larabci kuma da Hausa a wanann kasa kafin bayyanar Shehu Usmanu Danfodiyo. Wannan misali kamar su Mallam Danmasani a Katsina. Haka kuma da Mallam Muhammad na Birnin Gwari mai wakar Gangar Wa'azu.

        Bayan bayyanar Shehu Usman a karni na 19, sai rubutu ya kankama daga gare shi da almajiransa, kamar su Mallam Abdullahi da Muhammadu Bello da Buhari da Nana Asma'u. Haka kuma wadanda suka biyo bayansu a cikin wannan karni da kuma mai bi masa na 20, an yi rubuce-rubuce masu tarin yawa wadanda kuma duk suna da ta'asiri da Adabin  Larabawa. Zai yiwu akwai wakoki na baka da aka yi a wandacan lokuta, amma saboda rashin kula da rubutun tarihi ya zama ba a ruwaito su ba. Domin ba mai wakar baka ba, a'a har rubuce-rubucen addini masu yawa sun salwanta a wannan kasa a dalilin rashin kula da tarihi. Wannan kamar yadda Sarkin Musulmi Muhammadu Bello ya fada: “Akwai sakaci da jahilci da bi ma son rai a wannan nahiya. Abin da ya hana su kula da tarihi”.

  3.RUBUCE-RUBUCEN BOKO

        A lokacin da Turawa suka ci wannan kasa suka kaddamar da ilmin boko sai ya zama akwai bukatar littafai domin koyarwa da karatu. A dalilin haka ne, kamar yadda masana tarihin suka ambata, aka kafa Hukumar Fassara, daga baya kuma aka samu Ma'aikatar Talifi a Zariya. Wadannan wallafe-wallafe sun kankama ne a wajajen shekara ta 1933. Daga nan kuma har zuwa shekar ta 1959. Galibin wadannan wallafe-wallafe sun kasance a bisa jigo na addini da siyasa, da ilimi da kiyon lafiya da ci-gaban zaman jama'a kuma da al'adun Hauswa, da sauransu. Bayan haka, kuma rubuce-rubucen Hausa sun yawaita ainun har zuwa shekara ta 1979. Amma mafi yawan wadannan rubuce-rubucen na baya sun fi mayar da karfi ga almara da tatsuniyoyi. Daga shekara ta 1980 sai aka fara samun marubuta wadanda suka fara rubuce-rubuce  a kan irin wadannan littafai na gurbata tunanin makaranta kamar yadda wani marubuci ya ce ta hanyar mayar da ilahirin hankalisu ga jigo na haramtacciyar soyayya.

 4. BAYYANAR LITTAFAN SOYAYYA

Masana sun yi bayanin cewa littafin soyayya na farko da aka rubuta aka kuma kai kasuwa shi ne  RABIN RAINA, wanda Talatu Wada Ahmad ta rubuta a shekarar 1984. Wanda ya biyo bayansa shi ne SOYAYYA GAMON JINI wanda Ibrahim Hamza Abdullahi Bichi ya rubuta a shekarar 1986. Sai kuma KOGIN SOYAYYA Idaris A.M Zaharadeen, shi  kuma a shekara ta 1988. Daga nan sai IDAN SO YA YI SO na Yusuf Muhammad Adam, shi kuma a shekarar 1989.

Daga nan sai wadannan littafai suka ci-gaba da karuwa; suna bayyana a birane da kauyuka. Rubuce-rubucen da suka gabata na Adabin Hausa na kiyaye al'adun Hausawa da kyawawan dabi'unsu na kamar kunya da mutunci d amana da rikon addini. Su kuwa littafan soyayya ya zama sun dogara ne a kan rubuce-rubucen Turawa wadanda ba ruwansu da addini. Shi Bature ganin yake aure ba zai yi kyau ba da armashi face sai saurayi da budurwa sun yi rayuwar soyayya na wani lokaci. Wannan wai domin su fahimci juna kafin su yi aure. Ba ma wannan kadai ba, su Turawa ganin suke yi hatta da matan aure kamata ya yi a ce suna da ‘yancin rikon wadansu abokan soyayya maza.

Da wannan dan bayani da ya gabata za mu ga cewa kamar yadda Muhammad Mujtaba Abubakar ya ambata a cikin littafinsa mai suna SOYAYYA A MA'AUNIN HANKALI DA SHARI’A, littafan soyayya na zamani suna da wadannan aibobi:

    Lalata tarbiyar samari da 'yanmata, ta hanyar saurayi ga shi da halin yin aure, amma ya kai wadansu shekaru bai yi ba, saboda yana samun irin wadancan 'yanmata masu ra'ayi irin nasa. Ita kuma budurwa ta ki fitar da miji da wuri, har sai ta yi samari barkatai.

    Watsa alfasha. A ra'ayin littafan soyayya; ‘yan wasanni tsakanin saurayi da budurwa kamar sumbuta, rungumar juna da shafe  shafen jikin juna su ne gishirin soyayya. Idan babu su, babu soyayya.

    Tozarta lokaci: Idan mutum ya cika makarancin littafan soyayya, to shi ba dare ba rana ga wannan. Ana kammala wannan littafi ana fadawa wani. Domin a koyaushe littafan kwararowa suke a kasuwa. Shi kuma makarancin wadannan littafan bai  yarda a ba shi labarin wata tatsuniya da bai karanta ba.

    Shishita saurayi ga auren budurwa marasa tarbiyya, ko budurwa ta auri saurayi maras tarbiyya. Wannan kuwa domin marubuta wadannan littafai suna nuna rayuwar aure ba za ta yi armashi ba, sai saurayi da budurwa sun yi rayuwar soyayya ta wani lokaci. Wannan kuwa al’ada ce ta Turawa kamar yadda aka gabatar.

    Jefa samari da ‘yanmata a cikin duniyar mafarki. Wannan domin ta hanyar karatun wadannan littafai, saurayi ya kan koyi dabarun yaudarar ‘yanmata, domin ya yi amfani da su (Watau zina). A wani lokaci kuma ya koyi hanyar yadda zai raba wani saurayi da budurwarsa. Su ma 'yanmatan haka, sukan koyi makirci da hanyiyin kwace ma wadansu 'yanmatan samari. Muradin wadannan samari da 'yanmata samun dabarun neman abokan haramtacciyar alaka.

    Gina al'umma a bisa ga harsashi maras inganci, domin al'umma tana kasancewa ta-gari idan marubuta a cikinsu suka mayar da  hankalinsu a wajen rubutunsu ga jigo  na addini da tarbiyya, haka kuma da ilmin kyautata rayuwa da dabi'u da sana'o'i. Amma idan samari suka koma ba za su kula da abin da zai amfane su,ko ya amfani al'ummarsu ba, wannan    sai ya kasance sun halaka.

Ganin wadannan abubuwa masu hatsari ya sa sassan mutane na daga masana naAdabi daga malamai da masu tarbiyya suka nuna rashin amfanin yin wadannan littafai da cewa kuma masu rosawa ne ga al'umma. Ga abin da wani mai sharhi a kan Adabin Hausa ya fada a game da wannan matsala, watau Isa Sanusi a cikin mujallar Rana fitowa ta 76:

 “Ya kamata mu gane cewa mutuncin kowace al'umma ya dogara ne ga yadda ta mutunta komai nata daidai da addininta da kuma al'adu. A gaskiya ya kamata marubutan Hausa su farka su yi  rubutu,  amma ba kowane iri ba. Kuma muna nan  muna jira mu ga marubutan sun motsa daga batun soyayya su ci-gaba”.

         Da wannan za mu ce wadannan littafai da irin sigarsu ta yanzu karatunsu yana da hatsari, kuma yana ja zuwa ga abubuwan can guda shida da aka ambata a sama. A dalilin haka karanta su ba ya  halatta, face sai ga wanda ke son ya ga barnar da ke  ciki, domin ya mayar da martani. Wannnan idan ya zama ya aminta da kansa. Amma idan aka tsabtace su daga alfasha da batsa da sauransu, wannan babu laifi a karanta, domin shi adabi yakan canja kamar sauran duk abubuwan da ke karbar canji.

 Fadakarwa: A nan wani zai ce, ai akwai littafai na Adabin Larabci wadanda suke na zamanin Jahiliyya kuma da wadanda suke a cikin zamani na Musulunci, kuma akwai ambaton soyayya a ciki. To, yaya al'amarin yake? A nan zan gaya wa mai karatu cewa, ba kalmar so Musulunci ya ki ba, a'a so tsabtatacce ne a cikin Musulunci. Amma gurbata shi, shi ne aka hana. Haka kuma duk wakokin Adabi na Jahiliyya da na Musulunci, babu inda kalmar batsa, ko alfasha ta fito fili, face sai ga 'yan kadan, haka kuma agalibi an cudanya  wannan soyayya ta su da jaruntaka. Kuma soyayya wadda ta bayyana a zamanin daular Bani Umayya kuma da daular Bani Abbas an ba ta sunan AL’HUBBU Al’AFIF, watau tsarkakakkiyar soyayya,  watau dai wadda babu alfasha a ciki. A bisa ga misali UMR'UL  KAISI da ya rayu a cikin Jahiliyya a wani baiti nasa yana cewa:

 Haka kuma Antar Dan Shaddadu ga abin da ya ce a game da abin sonsa ABLA:

 “Abla ta yi mamaki ga saurayi mai sadaukar da kai,wanda bai shafa mai ba, kuma bai shace kansa ba tsawon shekara”

         A  game da Majnunu Laila:

 “ Ke ce kika fura wutar so da bege a cikin zuciya, sa'annan ya zama kina tsoron wutar mai cin fata da gashi”

         Haka shi ma Kaisu na Lubna ya ce:

 “Hakika Allah Yana hada masoya biyu, bayan sun zaci cewa, ba su koma haduwa”. 

        Haka ku ma Jamilu Busnina ya ce:

 “Da a ce na makance, na kurumce, ya zama Busaina ita ke yi min jagora, to da maganarta (Busaina) ba ta boyuwa a gare ni”.

         To, duk idan muka duba ga wadannan wakoki za mu ga babu alfasha kuma babu batsa. A dalilin haka ne manyan malamai suka zama suna kafa hujja da ire-iren karanta wadannan littafai domin fahimtar harshe.

        A game da finafinai, ko kuwa kaset-kaset da yawaitarsu an yi rubuce-rubuce da ka-ce-na-ce a game da su. Ga abin da Isa Sanusi yake cewa ga makalarsa mai taken: Finafinai Hausa Ina aka dosa? Wannan a cikin mujallar Rana, fitowa ta 77:

          Har wa yau, a game da yawaitar finafinai ga abin da wani marbuci ke cewa, watau Mauhammad Mujtaba Abubakar a cikin littafinsa da ya gabata:

  “Hakika miyagun rubutattun tatsuniyoyi su ne suka haifi munanan Finafinai a wannan fage na majigi, finafinan Indiya sun fi shahara da jigon soyayya. Akasarin finafinan Amuruka da sauran kasashen Yammacin Turai su suna kasancewa a kan jogon jarunta da na ta'addanci kamar sata, da fashi da makami, da safarar miyagun kwayoyi da fyade da zinace-zinace da kuma liwadi da madigo”.

        Haka kuma wani marubuci mai suna Dokta Abdalla Uba Adamu ya yi bayani a game da yawaitar finafinai da yadda ake ganin su a idanun jama'a. Ga yadda ya ce a cikin wata makala da ya rubuta a cikin jaridar Gaskiya Ta Fi Kwabo 18/2/2002:

  “Babu inda wannan zargi ya fi karfi illa harkar cinikayyar shakatawa, tun ma ba ta hanyar samar da finafinai ba. Babbar illa a zamantakewar dan’adam ita ce, nuna yamutsawar jinsin maza da mata, kamar ta hanyar jima'i. Sa'annan sai taratsi ta hanyar kashe-kashe da kuma sace-sace da shan kwayoyi iri-iri. Wadannan duk ana ganin cewa abubuwan yau da kullum ne a rayuwar Amurukawa, saboda hak babu mamaki idan suka dinga fitar da su a finafinansu. A dalilin haka ne wannan tunani ya ci gaba da nuna babu dokar Allah da ta dattaku a kasar Amuruka, kowa yadda ya ga dama yake”

       Baya ga wadanan abubuwa da suka gabata da ake ganin su ne ya sa ka-ce-na-ce ya yawaita a kan finaninan Hausa, akwai wadansu da masana Adabin Hausa ke korafi a kansu domin kasancewarsu sun saba wa al'adun Hausawa. A cikin  makalarsa ga mujallar Rana fitowa ta 79 mai taken “Waka A Finafinan Hausa Kayan aro Isa Sanusi cewa ya yi:

          Wannan marubuci har wayau, ya fadi korafe-korafen jinsunan jama'a a game da finanfinai. Wannan a cikin makalarsa da ke cikin mujallar Rana fitowa ta 77, mai taken: FINAFINAN HAUSA INA AKA DOSA? Wannan kamar yadda iyaye ke ganin ana son a lalata musu tarbiyyar 'ya'ya ne da wadannan finafinan. Haka kuma akwai korafi na malaman addin da ke ganin akwai lokuta da sau da yawa akan siffanta malamai da bokaye da tsibbace-tsibbace. Haka akwai masu yawaita kawo ayoyin Alkur'ani a gurbace.

          Haka har wa yau wani marubucin ya nananta abin da mutane ke korafi a kansa a game da finafinai. Wannan marubucin kuwa shi ne Abubakar Sadik Yusuf Kano, a cikin makalarsa da ke cikin jaridar Gaskiya Ta Fi Kwabo ta ranar 6/9/2001. Ga abin da yake fada:

  “Duk wanda ke biye da shirye-shiryen finafinan Hausa, ba zai yiwu ya rasa ganin wani abu da ya mamaye finafanan ba, wanda za a iya cewa ya shafi ainihin jigogi, ko kuma sakwannin da ke cikin finafinan. Wannan abu bai wuce yadda samari da 'yanmata ke wage bakuna suna wake-wake da raye-raye kamar Indiyawa.  Ba wani fim a halin yanzu da za ka ga an shigar da shi kasuwa, ba tare da wadansu wakoki ba, ko dai a tsakanin budurwa da  saurayi, ko tsakanin miji da mata, ko makamatan haka. Masu shirya wadannan finafinan, suna masu ra’ayin yin haka saboda dalilai da suka hada da:  

    Abin da yawancin masu kallo ke bukata ke nan.

    Yana taimakawa wajen cika kaset da sauri.

    Suna inganta wake-waken Hausa da kayan kidan zamani.

          wannan na iya zama gaskiya ganin cewa yanzu yara kanana ko'ina ka je za ka gan su; ko ka ji suna ta famar rera wakokin finafinan, kamar na su Sangaya,  Mujadala, Nagari da sauransu. Su kuwa manya za ka ji suna sauraren kasakasn wakokin, ko dai a gidaje; ko a shaguna; ko kuma a cikin motaci”.

  Marubucin har wa yau ya ambata ciwa, Gwamnati Jahar Kano ta kafa Haukuma da ta dora wa alhakin tace finafinai wadda ta haramta sa waka  da kida  a cikin  finafinan, saboda sun saba wa al'adun Hausawa, a ga mace da namiji sun turke suna ta rera waka da 'yan tsalle-tsalle. Ya ce, shugaban hukumar ya nuna damuwrsa kwarai ga yadda ake gwamutsa maza da  mata suna tikar rawa.

        Idan muka lura da duk wadannan ka-ce-na-ce da ake ta gudanarwa a kan wadannan finafinai. Za mu ga cewa, an tsangwami al'amuransu a dalilin wadannan abubuwa da ke biye:

    Haduwar maza da mata

    Lalata tarbiyyar yara da samari kamar yadda yake a cikin      wadansu finafinai ta hanyar koyon sata, ko fashi da makami, da kuma shan miyagun kwayoyi.

    Batanci ga addini, ta gurbata ayoyi, da siffanta malaman       addini da mummunar siffa.

    Kawo bakin al'adu da rosa na al'umma da ke akwai.

  5. MENE NE MAFITA?

        Ta duba ga wannan al'amari, ya zama abin da aka sani a harshen addini da sunan AMMATIL BALWA.

Ma'ana wani abu da ya game al'umma ya zama musiba wanda  yake da wuya wani ya kubuta daga bala'insa. Ganin haka ne ya  sa wadansu na ganin hana finafinan kwata-kwata. Wadansu kuwa na ganin a tsabtace su. Daga cikin wadanda ke ganin a tsabtace su akwai Danjuma Katsina a cikin wata makala da ya rubuta a cikin Jaridar Gaskiya Tafi Kwabo ta 8/3/2002 mai taken: Bidiyon Kasuwar Kano! Martani ga Ibrahim Malumfashi. Shi wannan marubuci ya yi maganganu wadanda akwai abin dubawa a ciki. Daga cikin abin da ya rubuta akwai cewa, ko da an hana wadannan kasusuwa a Arewa ana iya zuwa Kudu a sawo, kuma a shigo da su. Kai ana ma iya zuwa wadansu kasashe a sawo, kuma a shigo da su. A dalilin haka yana ganin mafita ita ce a tsaya a gyara finafinan na gida,  yadda za su kori na waje marasa kyau. Daga cikin shawarwarin da ya bayar akwai:

    Marubuta su  yo ca ga duk wani fim marar kyau, su kuma rika  fito-na-fito da duk wasu halaye munana da ya kamata masu shirya finafinai su guji aikatawa.

    Masu kallo su kaurace wa duk wani fim maras ma'ana da kuma kamfanin da ya shirya shi.

    Gwammnatoci da masu kudi na iya fitowa da gidauniya wadda  za a rika daukar nauyin yin finafinai masu kyau da kuma yada su.

    Idan muka dubi wadannan shawarwari na Danjuma, za mu ga suna da kyau, tun ma ba a ce shawara ta karshe ba. Domin abin da Hausawa ke cewa “Rashin uwa ke sa a yi uwar daki”. A nan  da mawadatanmu da kuma Gwamnatoci za su karbi wannan shawara a samar da finafinai da suka dace da addininmu da al'adunmu, to, da ba a kallaci marasa kyau ba.

        A nan akwai wata shawara da ake iya dubawa ga wadancan hudu na sama. Wannan kuwa ita ce samar da hukuma mai karfi da za ta fito da dokokin yin fim a kan dacewarsa da addininmu da kuma al'adunmu. Domin wannan ko a Turai akwai wadannan dokoki. Alal misali an fara kafa dokokin fim a kasar Amuruka, da aka shata sharudan fitar da fim tun a shekara ta 1915. Daga cikin sharudan akwai, mutunci da dattaku da sanin ya kamata. Wannan an ce kuma su da kansu masu fitar da fim suka kafa wadannan dokoki kafin Gwamnati ta kafa nata. Haka kuma su sun shata ga finafinan da manya ke kallo da wadanda yaro ke kallo da sauransu. Amma mu a nan a namu yanayi za mu yi abin da ya dace.

 KAMMALAWA

        Wannan kammalawa ta kasance ne a kan matsayar shari'a ga finafinai. Abu ne sananne cewa finafinai ba  su bayyana ba a zamanin Manzo tsira da amincin Allah su tabbata a gare shi, kuma ba su bayyana ba a zamanin sahabbai ba; haka kuma azamanin tabi'ai ballantana a ce sun yi magana a kansu. Amma da yake shari’ar Musulunci tsari ce na duniya gaba daya, kuma na har abada takan ba da dokoki da ka'idoji na gaba-daya domin su yi mana jagora. Ta  haka ne wani daga cikin mashuran malamai na duniya  ya wallafa littafinsa mai suna “Hukuncin Musulunci A Kan Kafofin Watsa Labari”. Wannan malami shi ne Abdullahi Nasiru Ulwana mutumen Siriya wanda ya rayu a kasar Sa'udiyya. Ya  nuna cewa idan wasar kwaikwayo ta kunshi abubuwa shida ya halatta a yi kuma a kallace ta. Ga abubuwan a takaice:

    Kada a yi kwaikwayon wani ko wasu mutane masu daraja da tsarki a zukatan al'umma kamar Annabawa da halifofi shiryayyu.

    Kada ya kasance akwai alfasha, ko giya ko kuwa abubuwan  gabatarwa na jima'i, kamar sumba da sauransu.

    Kada ya zama akwai cudanyar maza da mata.

    Ya kasance manufar wasar maslaha ce ta addini da ilimi da dabi'u na gari.

    Kada wasar kwaikwayo ta zama manufarta yi wa wani tsari na wajen aiki wanda yake manufarsa rosa al'umma.

    Ya kasance marubuta wasar ta kwaikwayo mutane ne na kirki masu tsoron Allah.

          Da wannan kuwa zan dakata  da fatar Allah Ya ba mu ikon gyarawa. Amin.

        Godiya ta tabbata ga Allah Ubangijin talikai.

MANAZARTA        

    Almufassal Fil Adabil Arabi, Juzu'i na daya Aliyyul-Jarma da ‘yan'uwansa).

    Al’islam Walfannu (Malam Yusuf Alkanawi).

    Infakul Maisur(Sarkin Musulmi Bello).

    Hukumul Islam Fi Wasa’lil Ilam (Abdullahi Nasihu Ulwan).

    Hausa A Rubuce (Farfesa Ibrahim Y. Yahaya).

    Littafan Soyayya A Ma'aunin Hankali Da Shari'a (Muhammad Mujtaba Abubakar).

    Mujallar Rana Fitowa ta 76 da ta 77 da 79.

    Gaskiya Ta Fi Kwabo ta ranar 6-9-2001.

    Gaskiya Ta Fi Kwabo ta ranar 8-3-2001.

    Gaskiya Ta Fi Kwabo ta ranar 15-2-2001.

    Gaskiya Ta Fi Kwabo ta ranar 22-2-2001.

Koma Shafin Mujalla




#Article 87: Boko Haram (279 words)


Boko Haram Hakikanin sunan wannan kungiya shi ne Jama'a Mabiya Sunnah ta Annabi Muhammad Dan Da'awa da Jihadi  ( Arabic : جماعة اهل السنة للدعوة والجهاد Jamā'atu Ahlis Sunnah Lādda'awatih wal-Jihad ), amman amfi saninsu da sunansu na Hausa watau Yan Boko Haram. Kungiya ce ta yan jihadi da ke da cibiyarta a Arewa maso gabacin Najeriya. Suna adawa ne da dokokin da ba na Allah ba kuma kimiyyar Zamanian. A shekarar 2002 Muhammad Yusuf ya kirkiri kungiyar kuma suke son tabbatar da Shari'ar Musulunci a Nijeriya. Hakazalika kungiyar Boko Haram ta yi kaurin suna kan kai wa Kiristoci hari tare da dasa bama-bamai a coci-coci da Masallatai.

Tun daga shekarar 2009 hukumomi a Najeriya suke yaƙi da ƙungiyar Boko Haram wadda ta yi sanadin mutuwar dubban mutane tare da lalata dukiya ta miliyoyin naira.

Rundunar sojin Najeriya dai ta sha cewa tana yin iya bakin kokarinta don shawo kan matsalolin tsaro a jihohin arewa maso gabas da rikicin Boko Haram ya ɗaiɗaita, amma har yanzu Boko Haram, na da tasiri.

Rikicin wanda aka faro a jihar Borno da ke arewa maso gabas ya fantsama zuwa makwabtan ƙasashe kamar su Nijar da Chadi da kuma Kamaru.
Gwamnatin shugaban Najeriya Muhammadu Buhari da rundunar sojin kasar sun sha yin iƙirarin karya lagon Boko Haram, sai dai har yanzu mayakan kungiyar na ci gaba da zamewa ƙasashen yankin Tafkin Chadi barazana.

A aprailun shekarar 2014, Boko Haram sun sace yan mata 276 yan makaranta daga Chibok. wanda Shekau ya sanar cewa zai saida su a matsayin bayi, Matan tsohuwar shugaban kasar Amurka ta tausaya musu akan alamarin
r, tayi rubutu kamar haka ajin takar #BringBackGoodluck2015 ma'ana adawo mana da yaran mu   




#Article 88: Almajiri (221 words)


Almajiri (namiji), Almajira (mace), na nufin Dalibi ko kuma mai meman ilimi. Dukkannin wanda yake a matsayar neman Ilimi koda kuwa a wanne fanni ne kamar ilimin Alkur'ani ko ma wanne irin bangare na ilimin kowanne Addini ne ko kuma ilimin Boko ko na gargajiya ko na koyo a aikace to wannan sunan sa Akmajiri.

Saidai kuma akasari Hausawa na yima kalmar Almajiri fassarar mabaraci. Kamar yadda ake danganta yaran dake barin garuruwan su zuwa wadansu neman Ilimin Alkur'ani.

Wannan kalma ta samo asali ne daga harshen Larabci ta المهاجر wadda ke nufin 'wanda yayi hijira', watau ya tashi tsagwayam daga garinsa zuwa wani gari da niyyar samun sukunin yin bautar Allah ba tare da tsangwama ba.

Wannan ya hada sharudda guda uku: Ya kasance almajirin yana kalkashin wata makarantar allo ce. Ya kasance almajirin yaro ne wanda bai kai shekaru goma sha takwas ba. Sannan kuma yana bara ko barance a gidaje domin samun abinci da sauran abubuwan rayuwa.

Neman taimako daga jama'a saboda talauci ko wata nakasa da mutum ke da ita. Mabarata ba su kalkashin wata makaranta kuma zasu iya zama yara ko manya ko tsofaffi. Ana samun mabarata maza da mata.
Lafuzzan bara sukan zama iri daya da na almajirai.
Mabarata kan shiga gidaje, kamar almajirai, amman sun fi bin shaguna da matattarar al'umma kamar tashar mota.




#Article 89: Bakan gizo (461 words)


Bakan gizo wani muhimmin haske ne da yake bayyana a cikin giza gizai a sararin samaniya wanda zakaga yayi lankwasa kamar misalin baka ya dangana daga kusurwa zuwa kusurwa. A turance ana kiransa . Shi dai wannan abu yana dauke da kaloli daban-daban har kusan guda bakwai, mafi akasari yana bayyana ne lokacin da hadari ya taso, cikin ikon Allah da zarar bakan gizo ya bayyana, nan take zakaga hadarin ya lafa ma'ana zai washe zuwa wani dan lokaci daga nan kuma sai Ruwa ya kece. Amma mafi akasari wani lokacin sam baza ma ayi ruwan ba.

Wannan dalilin ne yasa Hausawa tun kaka da kakanni suke bayyana shi a matsayin cewa shi bakan gizo wai yana fitowa ne daga tsohuwar rijiya domin ya shanye ruwan dake cikin giza gizai, da zarar ya sha ya koshi to sai ya amayar da ruwan daya sha, shine zai zubo a matsayin ruwan sama.

Wannan dai tun kaka da kakanni haka ake cewa kafin masana ilimin kimiyya su shiga lamarin.

Masana ilimin kimiyya na duniya sunyi ruwa sunyi tsaki domin binciko menene hakikanin bakar gizo, kuma daga ina yake, kuma me yasa yake bayyana, kuma ta yaya yake bayyana.

Binciken masana ilimin kimiyya dai ya tabbatar da cewa bakan gizo hasken rana ne da yake bayyana a sararin samaniya a wasu lokuta idan hasken rana ya ratsa ta cikin giza gizai masu dauke da feshin ruwa wanda ya hade da iska mai zafi.

 Wato hasken rana damuke gani kamar fari ba fari ne kadai ba, yana dauke da kaloli har bakwai ko takwas to amma idanuwanmu bazasu iya ganin dukkanin kalolin ba. Sai dai yayin da hasken rana ya ratsa ta cikin feshin ruwa ko wani gilashi sa'an nan sai mu iya ganin  dukkan kalolin sun bayyana.

Wannan shine abinda yake faruwa yayinda bakan gizo ya bayyana a sama, wato idan hasken rana ya ratsa ta cikin iska mai zafi ko giza-gizai masu dauke da feshin ruwa wanda ake kira water droplet a turance, to sai muga bakan gizo ya bayyana.

Kasani cewa zaka iya ganin bakan gizo ne kadai yayinda ka baiwa rana baya, shi yasa idan bakan gizo zai bayyana da safe to sai dai kaga ya fito a yamma, idan kuma da yamma zai bayyana to sai dai ya fito ta gabas, kaga kenan sai yayinda mai kallo ya juyawa rana baya kenan kadai idanuwansa zasu iya ganin bakan gizo.

Bayan haka bakan gizo kamar shataletale siffarsa take wato circle amma mai gani bazai iya ganinsa duka ba saboda ana iya hangensa ne daga nesa, idanuwanmu kuma bazasu iya kaiwa muga dukkan sashin kewayensa ba, shi yasa muke ganinsa kamar baka.

Idan kana so ka gwada fitar da bakar gizo zaka iya da kanka ba tare da amfani da na'ura ba:




#Article 90: Iska (219 words)


Iska wani irin sinadari ne wadda Allah ya halitta, wanda ya watsa ta a cikin sararin duniya tun daga kasa har zuwa sararin samaniya.
Sinadarin dake kunshe cikin iska shi yake taimakawa duk wata halitta samun damar rayuwa, babu wata halitta da zata iya rayuwa ba tare da iska ba.
Sinadarin iska Dan Adam bazai iya gani da ido ba, ko kamawa da hannu ko dandanawa da harshe, sai dai ya shaka da hanci wanda amfanin iskar kenan dama ga duk wata halitta.
Dan Adam bazai iya rayuwa tsawon minti biyar ba batare da iska ba.
Acikin duniyan nan tamu ce kadai zaka iya samun iska, amma idan ka haura zuwa wasu duniyoyi kamar duniyar wata bazaka tarar da iska ba, dan haka ƴan sama jannati wato (astronomers) suke goya wadansu irin akwati mai dauke da iska aciki, wadda zai taimaka musu samun damar numfasawa yayin da suka fice daga wannan duniyar tamu.
Wadda ba dan haka ba to da bazai yiwu su rayu ba. 
Iska ana iya jinta a jiki yayin data kada, kwayoyin halittar dake cikin fata masu isar da sako zuwa ga ƙwaƙwalwa sune ke sanya mutum yaji iska ajikinsa me sanyi ce ko me zafi, nan take zasu isar da sakon ga ƙwaƙwalwa ita kuma sai tayi tankade da rairaya ta fassara yanayin a jiki.




#Article 91: Hamada (104 words)


Hamada dai na zaman wani babban kalubale dake tun karar kasar hausa a wannan zamanin,ganin Yadda ake ci gaba da sare bishiyoyi batare da kokarin dasa wadansu ba,wannan ya kara kawo mana matsalar ruwa a rafuka,koguna da rijiyoyi da dama damai. Ba anan abun ya tsaya ba hatta amfanin noma wasu da yawa sun tashi daga yankin saboda zaizayar kasa da take kwashe albarkatun kasa,wanda yanzu haka ambaliyar ruwa ma aduk shekara ta kanyi ma garuruwan kasar hausa da yawa barazana saboda cikewar da matattarar ruwaye tayi a yankin,Ina fatan za'a cigaba da wayar ma mutane kai game da wannan..A BIYO NI ZAN CIGABA.




#Article 92: Al‘adun hausawa (144 words)


MA'ANAR AL'ADA

Ma'anar al'ada - halin rayuwar mutane ko yadda mutane ke gudanar da hanyoyin rayuwarsu. Ita wannan kalma ta al'ada, kalmar Larabci ce. Hausawa sun aro ta ne, kamar yadda suka aro sauran kalmomi. Al'ada, halin rayuwa ce da aka saba wadda al'umma ta amince da ita. Masana a karni na ashirin sun bayyana da al'ada - ita ce abubuwan da al'umma ke amfani da su, kamar su fasalin gine-ginensu da suturu da kuma yanayin huldarsu. Kowace al'umma tana da irin al' adar ta wadda ta sha bamban da sauran al'adu. Don haka, fasalin rayuwar al' umma sun bambanta dangane da Bukukuwan aure da suna da shagulgulan da akan yi a lokotai daban- daban na rayuwar yau da kullum. Misali irin yadda Hausawa ke tafiyar da sha anin bukukuwansu ya bambanta da yadda Fulani, Yorubawa, Kanuri ko Turawa ke tafiyar da nasu.  

Al‘adun Hausawa




#Article 93: Tatsuniya (1549 words)


Tatsuniya Tatsuniya labari ne na ƙanzan kurege da hausawa ke bayarwa, galibi ga yara ƙanana da kuma matasa, yawanci masu bada tatsuniya tsofaffi ne mata ko maza, ana bada tatsuniya ne da daddare. Kuma wata al'ada ce ta Hausawa kanyi tatsuniya idan dare yayi daga an gama cin abincin dare. Wuraren da ake yin tatsuniya sun kasu kamar haka, Tatsuniya labari ne wanda za'a danganta shi da wani abu mai bada tsoro kamar Dodo, kura, zaki ko wata dabba. Ana kuma danganta labarin da kwari kamar Gizo da Koki da sauran su. Ga yar wata nan don tuna lokacin yarintar mu.
haka kuma ana kawo labaran da suka shafi wadansu mutane domin yin izna. 

Tatsuniya ya samo asali ne a ƙasar hausa tin iyaye da kakanni kowa haka ya taso ya ji ana bada tatsuniya, kuma tatsuniyoyi ana riƙe su ne kan ƙwaƙwalwa tsawo shekara da shekaru, ba tare da an rubuta su ba, amma labaran suna kasancewa a ƙwaƙwalwan tsofaffi da yara, Hil\kimomin bama yara tatsuniya shine domin su wa’azantu daga labarai masu kyau da marasa kyau, kuma su iya gane bambamcin aiki ƙwarai da ai,in banza, 

kuma ana bayar da tatsuniyane domin nishaɗantar da yara da daddare. Idan aka bama yara tatsuniya suma suna tasowa ne da labaran gitke a cikin ƙwaƙwalwansu ta yanda idan suka girma sai suma su bayar da labaran tatsuniyan ga yara ƙanana. Tatsuniya nada bambamci da kacici-kacici ta yanda tatsuniya labari ne tsantsa, amma kacici-kacici labari ne ta hanyar amsa tambaya.

Tatsuniya nada sifa na bada labari, idanza a fara yara da manya zasu zauna, shikuma mai bada labarin zai zanna akan wani abu sama da masu sauraransa, ko kuma a kan  tabarma daidai da masu sauraransa sai yace musu “Gatanan Gatanan ku” sai masu sauraro suce “Tazo muji ta”, daga nan sai masu sauraro suyi shiru shima mai bada tatsuniyan ya hau kwararo zance. Wnnan itace labari, inda labari ne za a bayar ba a da buƙatar a ce “gatanan gatanan” sai dai kawai a fara bada labari.

A cikin tatsuniyoyi ana samun sunayen mutane, da dabbobin waɗanda babu su a gaske sai dai a labaran tatsuniya, akwai si gizo, akwai kurege, akwai ƙoƙi, akwai dodo, zaki, mallam, da irinsu ɗan kutungayya.

A wata kasa an yi wadansu madinka guda uku, ba a taba
ganin inda suka sayi zawwatin da su ke dinkawa ba, har mutane suna zaton sautu su ke yi a wata
kasa ana kawo masu. Wadansu suka ce watakila aljannu ke gare su masu ba su zawwati. Ashe duk
ba haka ba ne. Su yadda su ke yi, kullum da tsakad dare sai su gamu, su dauki hanyoyi su nufi
hurumin garin, watau inda a ke rufe mutane, su yi ta hake sababbin kaburbura suna zare likkafanin
daga jikin matattu, sai su zo gida su rika dinka 'yan taguwoyi da wanduna suna sayarwa. Al'adar kasan nan kuwa, idan mai zarafi ya mutu sai su sa masa kayansa duk, su haka babban rami su sa shi a ciki, su dauko dutse mai girma su rufe bakin. Ana nan sai Wazirin garin ya mutu, aka tafi
hurumi aka haka masa katon kabari, aka shimfide wurin da kilisai da barguna da katifai. Da aka gama aka dauko Waziri, aka sa masa kufta da jabba da wando mai zina, aka yafa masa alkyabba.

Da ka gan shi sai ka yi zaton in an ce masa, Ranka ya dade zai ce Mhm. Aka kawo wani zobe na
zinariya aka sa masa a hannu, aka kai shi kabarin nan aka ajiye, aka nemo wani jibgegen dutse aka rufe bakin. Kafa na daukewa sai madinkan nan su uku suka taho wurin kabarin, don su sace
abin da ke ciki. Amma su duk abin da suka fi bukata cikin kayan nan shi ne zoben nan na zinariya,
don ko shi kadai ma ya iya sayen duk abin da ke cikin kabarin. Da zuwansu suka yi dako-dako a
bakin ramin, suna shawarar wanda zai shiga ya miko kayan. Kowa aka lalabo sai ya ki, ya ce dan
uwan ya shiga. 

Babbansu ya ce karamin ya kamata ya shiga. Karamin ya ce, A'a, ai wannan irin
wuri sai ku manya. Suka yi ta jayayya haka, har dai karamin ya yi ta maza ya ce ya shiga, a bude, ai mai rabon ganin badi sai ya gani. Da suka bude zai shiga sai mabi masa ya ce, In ka
dauko zoben nan fa ka lura kada ya sumbule maka. Ya juyo, ya ce, Ina ruwanka, ko ya sumbule
mini, ko kada ya sumbule mini, kai dai ba tsoro ya hana ka shiga ba? Ya shiga, ya yi ta miko
musu kaya, suna karba, suna ajiyewa. Ya zare zoben ya boye a kubakar wandonsa, ya ci gaba da
miko musu kaya. Can ya fara miko shimfidu sai babban ya ce, Na ce kodai kadauki zoben nan?
Kada ka manta da shi. Ya ce, Ku karbi wadannan dai, ina zuwa. Da ya kare miko musu dukan sauran kayayyakin, sai ya ce wai ya duba ko ina jikin Waziri bai ga zoben nan ba, ko kasa ko
sama bai gan shi ba. Ma bi wa babban ya ce, Kai dai duba yatsansa na hagun, yana nan, in dai ba
makirci ka tasam ma yi ba. Ya ce allambaran, ya duba ko ina bai gan shi ba. Suka yi juyin duniyan
nan da shi, ya ce bai ga zobe ba. Alhali kuwa ga shi a makale a wandonsa. Da babban ya ji haka sai
ya ce, Ashe haka za ka yi mana? To, jeka da shi! in zobe na yi maka wani amfani lahira. Da kai da
sake shakar iskar duniya har abada. Da fadin haka sai suka mai da dutsen nan, suka toshe bakin ramin, suka yi tafiyarsu. Barawon nan ya tashi ya yi gabas, ya yi yamma, ya yi kudu, ya yi arewa,
ya rasa inda zai sa kansa. Ya je ya kwanta kusa da Waziri, ya yi ta kuka. 

Da ya ga dai kuka ba shi
da wani amfani a irin wannan wuri, sai ya tashi ya nufi bakin ramin nan ya yi yunkuri, ya iza, ya
iza, ya ji dutsen nan ko motsawa bai yi ba. Sai ya ce, Ai kaddara dai in ta zo ba ta da makawa! Ko
da na shigo nan, ko ban shigo ba dai, mutuwa zan yi, domin da ma duniya ba gidan tabbata ba ce
ai da mun tarad da kakannimmu a ciki. Kai na ma dai huta da azabar duniya da masifarta. Sai ya haye gadon waziri, suka kwanta, yana jira bayan ko kwana uku yunwa ta kashe shi, ya mutu ya
huta. Can dare ya raba sai ya ji maganar mutane sun yiwo wa kabarin nan tsinke. Ya yi kamar ya
yi magana su bude, ya ga dai ko ya yi ma, tsoro ba zai bari su tsaya ba, balle ma su ji ko shi wane
ne, su bude. Ya tuna ma dai ko sun bude shi lalle ba su barinsa kawai, ga Sarki za su kai shi. Ba
shakka kuwa in Sarki ya ji abin da ya ke ciki, kashe shi zai sa a yi ba rai ba girma, ya bar wa
jikokinsa abin fadi har iyakar ransu. Da ya tuna da haka sai ya dangana, ya kyale. Jim kadan sai ya ji mutanen nan sun zo bakin kabarin sun tsaya. Ya saurara ya ji ko abokansa ne suka ji
tausayi, suka zo su fid da shi, ya ji ba muryarsu ba ce. Ashe wadansu barayi ne kuma su uku suka
yi wa wannan kabarin tsinke, don su bude su sace kayan da ke ciki, su dauke zoben nan da suka
ji ana labarinsa da rana. Ba su san har an riga su ba. 

Suka tsaya cirko-cirko bakin ramin, suna
shawarar wanda zai shiga ya miko kayan. Kowanne aka ce ya shiga sai ya ki. Wani ya ce kansa ke
ciwo, shi ya hana shi ya shiga, guda kuma ya ce shi dundumi ya ke yi. Suka yi ta bayayya dai yadda wadancan na farko suka yi. Daga can sai ya ji wani mai karambani kamarsa ya ce shi zai
fada. Wai mamaci na kama mutane ne, har da za su rika raki haka? Ko da wannan mutumin ya ji
haka sai murna ta kashe shi. Ya tashi, ya zo bakin ramin ya labe. Suka buda ramin. Wancan zai
shigo ke nan, har ya janye wando ya miko kafa, zai sulalo ciki. Ko da na laben nan na ciki ya ga
kafarsa, sai ya kama ya rike. Ya ja, ya ja, ya ji an rike kam. Sai ya yi Salati, ya ce, Wayyo Allah,
ya rike mini kafa! Ku taimake ni, zai janye ni! Ko da sauran suka ji haka sai kowanne ya ce in ba ka yi ba ni wuri. Suka yi ta gudu, kowa na ta kansa. Da wancan na cikin ramin nan ya ji sun watse,
sai ya saki kafar wannan. Ko da ya ji dai an saki kafarsa, sai ya yunkura ya yi waje. Ya yi ta gudu
yana waiwaye kada a kama shi daga baya. Da wancan na cikin ramin ya ji ba kowa, sun bar kofar
a bude, sai ya fito da zobensa a kubakar wando, ya yi tafiyarsa. Daga wannan fitar kutsu da ya yi
sai ya tuba, bai sake yin sata ba.




#Article 94: Teku (228 words)


 

Teku wani ginshikin bigire ne wanda Allahu subhanahu wata'ala ya gina, sashi ne wanda ya kunshi duniyar ruwa da yake gudana a doron kasa. Teku ne ma'ajiyar duk wani ruwa da yake gangarowa ta kowanne bangare a fadin duniya.

Kodayake teku ta rabu gida-gida wato kananan teku zuwa kuma manya kamar irinsu tekun atlantika wato Atlantic ocean da kuma tekun maliya wato Red sea kasancewar teku nan ne matattarar duk wani ruwa, ta kunshi manya-manya halittun ruwa kama tun daga kifi zuwa wasu halittu na daban wadanda bamu sansu ba. Bayan haka dandanon ruwan teku yakasance mai gishiri-gishiri ne ba kamar yadda ruwan rijiya yake ba.

Masana ilimin kimiyya sun tabbatar da cewa inda ruwa ya mamaye a duniya yafi inda kasa ta mamaye. A bisa kididdiga inda ruwa ya mamaye ya kai kashi saba'in da biyar cikin dari (75%), amma inda kasa ta mamaye kwata-kwata kashi ashirin da biyar ne cikin dari (25%).

Teku ta kasance babban kundi inda dan adam ke amfani dashi a rayuwarsa, ana amfani da teku domin tafiye-tafiye acikin jiragen ruwa daga kasa zuwa kasa ko daga wata nahiya zuwa wata nahiyar.

Sannan kuma akwai hallitun ruwa da ake samu daban-daban kamar su kifi, dorinar ruwa, da dai sauransu, haka zalika man fetur shima duk daga teku ake samo shi da kuma irinsu gwala gwalai da dai abubuwa masu dimbin amfani ga Yan-adam




#Article 95: Soyayya (100 words)


Soyayya abace wadda take da matukar mahimmanci acikin kowacce irin al'umma danhaka mu hausawa muna masu tsananin jindadin soyayya musamman wacce aka ginata akan doron gaskiya, soyayya itace take gyarawa mutum tarbiyyarsa, mu'amalarsa, da addininsa,  kuma; ita asalinta tan fara fadawa zuciyane ta hanyar gani.
Soyayya halittace da Ubangiji subhanahu wata'alah ya halicceta sannan ya dasata a zuciyar duk wata hallitta mai rai. Zamu iya kasa soyayya gida-gida kamar haka:

 Duka wadannan idan da baka sami soyayyarsuba to ina tabbatarmaka dacewar, baka samu jin dadin rayuwar da Allah (S W T) ya halicceka acikintaba.
Da babu soyayya a zukatan mu,




#Article 96: Karin magana (391 words)


Karin magana magana ce ko zance da hausawa kan yi wanda ke dauke da hikima da basira aciki, domin yin hannunka mai sanda da huce takaici akan wani abinda aka yi maka. Masana Harshen Hausa sun fassara karin magana gwargwadon fahimtarsu. Daga ciki akwai: Farfesa Ɗangambo (1984) da ya ce, “Karin magana dabara ce ta dunƙule magana mai yawa a cikin zance ko ‘yan kalmomi kaɗan, cikin hikima”. 

Karin magana nada banbanci da wasu hikimomin magana na hausawa kamr su habaici, zambo, Kirari, Take, wanda wadannan daban suke da karin magana, Kuma karin magana wani nau’i ne na azancin magana da harshen hausa, ba tare da ka tsawwala ma mutum ba ta sigar magana ko tawaita masa ba a cikin zance, amman ta hanyar amfani da karin magan zaka isar da saƙo a sauƙaƙe ko a fahimce.

Karin magana takan zo a sigar tambaya, habaici ko azanci, sannan takan zo a sigar misali kamar karin maganar da ake cewa “ Ina ganin Kura da Rana/ yaya zan yarda ta cije ni?” wannan karin maganar tazo ne a sigar tambaya, amma ba a buƙatan wanda aka gaya ma karin maganan da ya bayar da amsa, kamar yace eh! Ko A’ah!, amman zai iya bayar da amsar ta sigar mayar da baƙan magana ko raddi, misali “Mallam Musa yaga alamun cewa Mallam Shehu naso ya ara fatanyarshi yaƙi dawo masa da kayansa, sai yace ma Mallam Shehu “ Ina ganin Kura Da rana, Taya zan yarda ta cijeni?” ma’ana ba zi yarda Mallam Musa ya mai wayo ba ya ara fatanyar sa ya cuce shi ba, Shi kuma Mallam Shehu da yin karin maganan ya fahimci cewa Mallam Musa ya gane, amman tinda al’amari ne wanda ba a fili yakeba na cewar tabbas cutarshi zai yi ba, sai shi kuma ya mayar masa da baƙar magana, ta hanyar cewa “ ba kura bace zaki ne” kaga a nan kamar ya amsa ga tambayar karin maganan ne, amman kuma bada amsawa, a wannan misali amsa tamabayan karin magana ta sigar tambaya ba laifi bane, amman galibi ba a amsawa sai dai a amsa ta sigar baƙar magana, zambo, ko habaici.

A karin magana ana cewa “ haɗirin ƙasa Maganin maik kabiɗo”  ida ɗan dambe ya furta hakn kaman kamar yana yiwa abokin takararsa habaici ne, kamar yace “sai ni Haɗirin ƙasa, maganin mai kabiɗo”. 




#Article 97: Kunun tsamiya (151 words)


Kunun tsamiya dai daya ne daga abincin bahaushe a kasar hausa wanda akasari aka fi amfani da shi ko in ce aka fi shan sa da zarar hantsi ya dubi ludayi lokacin walaha ( hantsi ) mafi lokuta yayin aikin gona, bikin aure, suna kai har ma da makwalla-makwalla. Kunun tsamiya dai abin sha ne mai kauri wanda ake yin sa da garin gero, tsamiya da tafasasshen ruwa. Ana yi masa gaya ta hanyar kwaba garin yayi dan tauri-tauri sai a jefa cikin tafasasshen ruwan nan. bayan an kwaba garin da jikakken ruwan tsamiya sai zuba shi a masaki (kwarya babba) a dama shi ruwa-ruwa kauri-kauri sai a kawo wannan tafasasshen ruwan na kan wuta a zuba a cikin damamaman garin nan mai ruwan tsamiya sai a juya da babban ludayi za a ga yayi kauri kirtib. Shi yasa bahaushe ya ke masa take da cewa kunu na tsula tsafin mata.




#Article 98: Guguwa (323 words)


Guguwa wata irin iska ce mai karfin gaske wacce take bugawa a sararin duniya, takasance itace iska mafi sauri datake kadawa a sararin samaniya da kuma sararin doron kasa a bisa ma'aunin kididdiga mai yawa.

Ita dai guguwa ta kasance tana faruwa ne sakamakon karfin iskar kusurwoyi biyu idan suka hadu a magama nan take zasuyi karo da juna sai su cure, sukuma sarkafe juna sai suyi rimi suna juyawa a bigire guda ko a bigire mabanbanta.

Sakamakon haka karfin guguwa yake zama mai karfin gaske kasancewar karfi biyu ne ya hadu waje guda.

Guguwa idan ta tashi tana tasiri akan abubuwa da dama ma'ana tana iya daukar wasu abubuwa ta tafi dasu, wasu kuma ta kayar dasu a inda suke, wasu kuwa ta fallatsa su waje mai nisa.

ita dai guguwar tudu ta kasance guguwa ce datake tashi a bisa dandamalin doron kasa saboda canjin yanayin da wurin ya fuskanta wadda ke haifar da faruwar wasu abubuwa boyayyu wadda suke haifar da ita, irin wannan guguwar yawanci tafi faruwa a lokacin rani.

Sannan kuma akwai guguwar teku wacce take tashi a bisa dalilin murdewar igiyar ruwan teku, wadda da zarar hakan ya faru guguwar zata tashi da karfin gaske fiye da duk wata guguwa.

Kasancewar ruwa da iska sun hadu kaga an hada karfafa biyu kenan, shi yasa guguwar teku tafi kowacce guguwa hatsari domin ita dibar ruwan teku take ta tafi da shi, a dalilin haka za'a fuskanci mummunar ambaliya wadda ke rusa birni komai kyansa komai girmanshi.

Duk lokacin data tunkaro birni to takan rusa manyan gine-gine, haka zakaga ambaliyar ta dauki mota tana tafiya da ita kamar ba mota ba, idan kuwa taci karo da ginanniyar gada nan take zatayi rugu-rugu da ita. Asarar rayuka kuwa ai ba'a magana a nan, wannan kadan kenan daga cikin karfin wannan guguwa. Ko a kwana-kwanan nan ma ta afkawa birnin New York na kasar Amurka, da kuma wasu kasashe a nahiyar turai.




#Article 99: Neman shawara (309 words)


Arewarmu: Ta fito fili yanzu mafi
rinjayen hare-haren da ake kaiwa
ga al'umma da kuma kashe kashe
duk suna faruwa ne a yankin da
akafi yiwa lakabi da zuciyar Arewa
ko kuma 'Core-North' a turance.
Jihohin Kano, Kaduna, Zamfara,
Sokoto da Katsina tun a Farkon
watan Disambar bara zuwa yau
sun ga tashin hankali iri-iri na
kisan gilla, harbin tafi- tsere, harin
ramuwar gayya, Yan fashi da
makami, gungun Yan bindiga su
bude wuta da hadurran mota da
sauran masifu iri- iri.
Daga lokacin zuwa yau alkalluman
lissafi sun tabbatar da salwantar
rayuka har fiye 276 inda jihar
Zamfara tafi kowa yawaitar
hasarar rayuka, yayin nan Kano ta
zarce sauran da yawan kisan
muhimman Yan Siyasa da kuma
Jami'an tsaro. Jihar Kaduna itace
ta ukku, sa'ilin Jihar Sokoto ta
zarce Katsina da dauki daya daya
da akeyi.
Dukkan hakan na faruwa ba tare
da ganin an samo nasarar daukar
matakin jan burki ga lamarin daga
ainihin kansu Gwamnonin,
Gwamnatin Tarayya, Jami'an tsaro
da sauran al'umma.
Duk kuwa da sanin cewar ta
kowanne fannin rayuwar Arewa
Yankin Arewa maso yamma
(North-West) shine kashin bayan
Arewa da Najeriya.
Yankin ne yake da Mataimakin
Shugaban Kasa, Shugaban
Majalisar Tarayya, Sufeto Janar na
Yan Sanda, Mai baiwa Shugaban
Kasa shawara Akan Tsaro,
Gwamnan Babban Banki, Sarkin
Musulmi, Gwamnonin bakwai
daga cikin sha tara na Arewa.
Akwai kuma wasu mukamai mau
muhimmanci da kuma amfani da
ma na shirme gasu nan barkatai,
amma kuma yankin ne yafi rashin
tsaro, karuwar talauci, cu gaban
jahilci, faduwar jarrabawa, rashin
aikin yi, Almajirai da sauransu.
Kusan akoyaushe mune na gaba
idan ana zancen koma baya ga
kasa da ci gabanta.
Shin muna da mafita ko kuwa
zamu yi ta zama haka har wani
jinsin al'umma ya zo, yayi canji da
kansa?
Shin muna da shugabanni ko
mayaudara ne ke jagorantarmu?
Shin anya zamu ci gaba a haka?




#Article 100: Ƙira (119 words)


Kira sana'ace data kunshi amfani da karafa ko dalma wurin yin kyere kyeren kayayyakin amfani a gida, gona, wurin yaki da sauransu. Abubuwan da makyera a garuruwan Hausawa sukafi kyerawa sune kamar, wuka, sulke, Manjagara, gatari,fatanya, adda dasauransu. wannan ne yasa ne yasa aikin kira take da mahimmanci ga al'umman Hausawa, idan aka kwatanta irin kayayyakin dasuke kyerawa ta hanyar kira, duk kusan kayayyaki ne masu amfani sosai musamman a zamanin da suka gabata, yayin da babu cigaba sosai a duniya. Ƙira tsohon al’amari ne a ƙasar hausa. Tarihi yana nuna cewa, hausawa tun kafin zuwan shehu Ɗan Fofio suna harkan ƙira.

Madauci, Ibrahim. (1968). Hausa customs. Isa, Yahaya., Daura, Bello. [Zaria]: Northern Nigerian Pub. Co. ISBN .OCLC 489903061.




#Article 101: Ruwa (232 words)


Ruwa wani tataccen sinadari ne wanda yake da matukar muhimmanci a ga halittun Duniya baki daya kama daga kwari, tsuntsaye, halittun ruwa dana doron kasa. A turance ana kiransa da water, Hakika Ruwa ya kasance shine ginshikin rayuwar halittun duniya baki daya, ruwa shine tubalin ginin kwayar duk wata halitta dake doron duniya.

Ruwa ya kasance yana tabbatuwa ko saukowa zuwa doron duniya a bisa kudirar Allah mahalicci. 
Da farko dai asalin samuwar ruwa daga cikin giza-gizai yake taruwa, sannu a hankali har giza-gizan su cika da tekun ruwa wadda daga nan iska zata rika tura girgijen zuwa inda ruwan zai sauka, shi yasa duk lokacinda hadari ya taso zakaji iska tana kadawa da karfi cikin kankanin lokaci sai kaji an goce da ruwa.

Bayan ruwa ya sauka nan take kasa zata tsose ta, wasu kuma su kwarara zuwa teku daga nan kuma sai kasa ta kumbura, saboda haka duk wata kwayar tsiro itama sai ta kumbura ta rube sakamakon ruwanda ta tsotsa cikin ikon Allah sai kaga an wayi gari tsirai iri-iri sun cika ko'ina a sararin duniya abin gwanin ban sha'awa. Hakika ruwa shine ginshikin duk wata halitta mai rai a doron kasa kowacce halitta tana bukatar ruwa, musamman Dan'adam yana amfanuwa da ruwa ta hanyoyi da dama wanda bazai yiwu a iya kididdige amfanin da ruwa keyiwa dan'dam dinba, tsarki ya tabbata ga Allah mahaliccin ruwa domin amfanin bayinsa.




#Article 102: Turkiyya (106 words)


Turkiya ƙasa ce wadda ta ke tsakanin Nahiyar Asiya da ta Turai. Tana makwobtaka da kasashe kamar Iran, Irak, Girka, Siriya, Armeniya, Georgiya da Bulgairiya.

Kasar turkiyya kasa ce mai dadadden tarihi musamman ma ta dadewar Halittar dan Adam a cikin ta. Bayan nahiyar Afrika babu wani yanki da yakai Turkiyya dadadden tarihin Dan Adam

Lallai kam turkiyya kasa ce wadda ta kunshi dauloli masu dimbin tarihi tun dadadewa.

Mutane a kasar Turkiyya cike suke da bin al'adu da kuma addini, galibin mutanen Turkiyy Musulmai ne.

Yawanci mutanen kasar Turkiyya 'yan darika ne da kuma yan Ahlus-sunna amman akwai kadan daga cikin su wadanda Kiristoci ne.




#Article 103: Lissafi (360 words)


Lissafi ko kuma nazarin ƙidaya wani fanni ne na ilimi wanda yake taimakawa ɗan'adam yin kidaya da sanin yawan abubuwa da kuma sanin tsarin yadda abubuwa suke idan an cenza su ta wata suffar. Ko kuma Ilimi ne na fasaha wanda ake koyan  yadda ake  tsare tsare, zane-zane da kuma ƙere-ƙere ta hanya mai sauki.
 
Shi Lissafi ya rabu kashi biyu:
Lissafi wani fannin ilimi ne  da ya shafi nazarin 'ya'yan kididiga adadi, sarari, tsari, yanayi da sauyi.an amfani da ilimin lissafi a bangarori da dama kamar; kimiyya, kanikanci, likitanci da kimiyyar zaman takewa. Amfanin ilimin lissafi a wadansu lokuta shike haifar da sabbin rassa a fannin kamar lissafin kididdiga.kuma masana lissafi suna anfani da lissafi tsagwaran sa, da don wani dalili ba, Ba wani abu dazai iya bayyana maka wannan lissafi ne na amfani ko kuma a'a.

Geometri tana taimakawa wajen sanin suffar abu: wato tsawonsa, fadinsa, girmansa da yawansa. Tana taimaka mana a takaice a cikin fannin gini, ƙira da kuma suffuri.

An yin lissafi kafin ayi wani abu domin a san me nene sakomakon abun idan ya faru wanna bangaren na lissafi ana kiransa Kasafi wato statistics a turance. A cikin wanna fanni na Kasafi a kan hada gamayyar abubuwa a yi nazari akan sakamakon da za su bayar idan ayi wani abu akan su ta hanyar anfani da alkalamomin da su ke a cikin su.

Sanin asalin ilimin lissafi abu ne mai wahalar gaske amma an fara ganinlissafai masu wahala ne akusan shekarata 3000 kafin bayyanar Annadi isa (300 MD) a lokacin babila da Misra suka fara lissafin kirga da lissafin awo, Domin haraji , kasuwanci, gine-gine, tsara-tsare da kuma iimin taurari mafi dadewar rubutun da aka samu akan lisafi an same sune a kasa-shen  Mesofotamiya and misra wadanda aka rubuta su a kimani shekaru 2000–1800 kafin haihuwar annabi isah                                                                                                                                                         Ya fara faruwa ne a lokacin karni na shida yayin da pathogares(daya daga cikin masanan lissafi na wancen lokacin) da dalibansa suka fara nazarin lissafi amatsayin darasi tareda masana lissafin Girka  shekaru 3000 kafin zuwan annabi Isah , Masanin lissafin nan Ecluid shine ya samar da wata hanyar lissafi da akekira da turanci(axiomation).  Wanda har yau ana amfani dashi.




#Article 104: CFA franc ( sefar yammaci Afirka) (106 words)


Sefa ta yammacin Afrika a faransance, Franc CFA dai Suffar kudi ce wadanda ake anfani da su a wasu kasashe na Afrika ta yamma. Kudi ne wadan darajar su danganta ne da darajar kudaden Turai na Euro. Duk wanni hukunci wanda ya danganci Sefa dai ana daukar shi tare da izinin bankin Faransa. Faransa dai ita ce ta reni kasashen mulkin mallaka da ta tayi masu na tsawon shekaru da shekaru. Alkalunmai sun nuna cewar a da darajar Sefar Yammacin afrika ta fi darajar Sefar Faransa ama ita faransar tayi almundahana ta rage darajar ta Sefar. Wasu kasashen suna tunanin buda Babban Banki nasu na kansu.




#Article 105: Nana Asma'u (344 words)


Nana Asma’u (Nana Asmaʼu bint Shehu Usman dan Fodiyo , Larabci: نانا أسماء بنت عثمان فودي‎; haihuwa 1793–1864) an haifeta ne shekara ta 1793, a garin Degel da yanzu take a Sokoto, shekaru goma sha daya kafin fara Jihadin mahaifinta, Shehu Usman Dan Fodio, ta kasa ce sarauniya, makaranciya kuma mai rera waƙoƙi, Ba ita kadai aka Haifa ba, Nana Asma’u ‘yan biyu ce, abokin tagwaitakarta sunansa Hasan. Ita mahaifinta ya zabi ya sanya mata Asma’u ne, saboda sunan Asma bint Abi Bakr, ‘ya a wajen Sayyadina Abubakar (Allah Ya kara yarda da su). 

Nana Asma’u ta zama mataimakiya ta musamman ga dan’uwanta sabon Kalifa, Muhammad Bello. Kuma a wannan gwamnati, tana daga cikin masu rubuta takardu da ake aikawa sauran Sarakunan garuruwan Musulmai. A kokarinta da kishinta na ganin cewa, mata sun zama mutane, Nana Asma’u ta mayar da hankali matuka-gaya wajen ilimantar da mata. 

Wannan ya sa, a wajejen shekarar 1830, ta kirkiri wata kwarya-kwaryar gidauniyar Malaman Musulunci Mata, da aka kira da ‘Jajis’ suka rika shiga gida-gida suna karantar da ‘yan’uwansu mata addinin Musulunci; musamman Alkur’ani mai girma, littattafan Tauhidi da Fikhu, da sauransu. Wannan aiki ya taimaki rayuwar mata kwarai wajen sanin addinin Musulunci. A hankali, Nana Asma’u ta fadada aikin, har zuwa wasu yankunan. Nana Asma’u ta yi aikace-aikace da dama da tarihi ba zai iya mantawa da ita ba, wannan ya sa, aka samu Kungiyoyin Mata da dama, da Makarantu da Dakunan Tarukan Musulunci, ana sanya musu sunanta; musamman a Arewacin Nigeria, da wasu Kasashen Musulmi a Africa.

Wasu daga cikin manyan ayyukanta, sun hada da:

Wannan ya sa, galibin rubuce-rubucenta na wakoki, ta yi su ne, cikin harshen Larabci, sai Fulatanci da harshen Hausa da kuma harshen Tuareg (wani harshe ne da wasu kabilu da ke zaune a Niger da Mali da Algeria da Libya da Burkina Faso, ke amfani da shi). ta rubuta wata waka mai suna ‘Wakar Gewaye’ don bayyana irin abubuwan da ta gani da idanunta.

Nana Asma’u ta rasu a shekarar 1864 (amma wani tarihin ya nunaa shekarar 1863) daidai da 1280 A.H.




#Article 106: Muhammad (1330 words)


Muhammadu da Hausa, da (larabci مُحَمَّد‎) furuci [muħammad]; haihuwa c. 570 CE – 8 Juni 632 CE) Annabi ne kuma Manzo, wato ma'aikin Allah Madaukakin Sarki. Allah Ya aiko shi domin ya tabbatar da addinin da Annabawan da suka gabace shi suka koyar, Kamar Annabi Ibrahim da Annabi Musa da Annabi Annabi Isah da dukkannin sauran Annabawan Allah, (tsira da amincin Allah su kara tabbata a gare su), Annabi Muhammad (s.a.w) shine cikamakon Annabawa, wato Annabin karshe wanda daga kansa babu wani, shine kuma ya hada kan dukkan larabawa suka dunkule waje daya, tare da daidaita yan adam ta hanyar koyar da su Al Kur'anin da hadisi.

Da harshen hausa akan ce Mahammadu, Mamman, ko Mahammada, dukkannin waɗannan sunayen da hausa ne malan bahaushe yake kiran Muhammad (S.A.W) , kalman Muhammad (محمد)‎, asali kalman larabci ce, tana nufin wanda ake godemawa, akan juya jinsin kalman a larabci ace, Ahmad ko Mahmud, wanda dukkannin sunan yana da alaƘa ne da godiya, sunan shi yazo sau hudu a Al Kur'ani

Mahaifiyarsa: 
Ita ce Aminatu (Āminah) 'yar Wahbi ɗan Abdu-Manaf ɗan Zuhrata ɗan Kilabi (Radhi Allahu anha). Alkunyarsa: Abu-Qasim, Abu Ibrahim.

Mahaifinsa: Shi ne  dan Hashimu dan Abdumunaf dan Qusay dan Kilab (Allah ya kara yarda a gareshi) 

Laƙabinsa: 
Al-Musɗafa (zababben Allah) yana da sunaye da suka zo a cikin Ƙur'ani Mai Girma kamar, Khataman-Nabiyyin, da Al-Ummi da Al-Muzzammil da Al-Muddassir da An-Nazir da Al-Mubin da Al-Karim da An-Nur da An-Niˁima da Ar-Rahma da Al-ˁAbdu da Ar-Ra'uf da Ar-Rahim da Ash-Shahid da Al-Mubasshir da An-Nazir da Ad-Da'i da sauransu.

An haifi Annabi Muhammad (s.a.w) a wajen shekara ta 570M. 
Mahaifinsa shine Abdullahi ya rasu kafin haihuwar Sa. Mahaifiyar sa Amina itama ta rasu lokacin da yake dan shekara shida a duniya].
Haka yasa kakan sa Abdul-Mudallib ya rike shi har zuwa lokacin daya rasu, lokacin Annabi Muhammad (s.a.w) yana dan shekara takwas a duniya. Daga nan sai kawun sa Abu-Talib yaci gaba da rikon sa. Abu-Talib ya taimaka ma Manzon Allah (s.a.w) sosai a rayuwar sa.

Aikoshi: An aiko shi ga mutane baki daya, amman ya fara da'awan musulunci a cikin garin Makkah a shekara 2 kafin hijira, a cikin watan Rajab  27, yana ɗan shekara arba'in.

Ya kira mutane zuwa ga Tauhidi a Makkah a ɓoye shekara uku ya kuma kira su a bayyane shekara goma, ya zo da daidaito tsakanin dukkan halitta da 'yan-uwantaka da rangwame na gaba ɗaya ga wanda ya shiga musulunci, sa'annan ya kafa shari'a maɗaukakiya da dokoki na adalci da ya karɓo daga wajan Allah su kuma musulmi suka karɓa daga gare shi.

Mu'ujizarsa madauwamiya ita ce Ƙur'ani amma waɗanda suka faru a farkon Musulunci suna da yawa ba sa kuma kirguwa.

Yawancin masu amsa kiran sa talakawa ne da kuma bayi da miskinai.

Abu lahab shine mutum na farko da ya fara karya ta shi bayan ya kira dukkannin dangin sa makusanta.

Ammominsa: Tara ne, su 'ya'yan ˁAbdul-Muɗɗalib ne: Al-Haris da Zubair da Abu Ɗalib da Hamza da Al-Ghaidaq da Dirar Al-Muqawwam da Abu Lahab da ˁAbbass.

Ammominsa mata: Su shida ne daga iyaye mata daban-daban su ne: Aminah da Ummu Hakima da Barra da Atiqa da Safiyya da Arwa. Wasiyyansa goma sha biyu ne, su ne: Amirul-Mu'minina Ali ɗan Abi Ɗalib (a.s) da Hasan ɗan ˁAli da Hussain ɗan ˁAli da ˁAliyyu ɗan Husaini da Muhammad ɗan ˁAli da Jaˁfar ɗan Muhammad da Musa ɗan Jaˁfar da ˁAli ɗan Musa da Muhammad ɗan ˁAli da ˁAli ɗan Muhammad da Alhassan ɗan ˁAli da Muhammad ɗan Hassan Mahadi (a.s).

Mai tsaron ƙofarsa: Anas ɗan Malik. 

Mawaƙinsa: Hassan ɗan Sabit, da ˁAbdullahi ɗan Rawahata, da Ka'abu ɗan Malik.

Mai kiran sallarsa: Bilal Al-Habashi da ˁAbdullahi ɗan Ummu Maktum da Saˁad Al-Kirdi.

Tambarin zobensa: Muhammadur Rasulullah!

Tsawon rayuwarsa: shekaru 63. 

Tsawon lokacin Annabtarsa: shekaru 23. 

Tarihin wafatinsa: 28 Safar 11 H. 

Wajan da ya yi wafati: Madinah. 

Inda aka binne shi: Madinah a Masallaci Maɗaukaki Mai Alfarma. Ka sani cewa Muhammad (S.A.W) shi ne ƙarshen annabawa kuma addininsa shi ne musulunci mai shafe duk wani addini kuma shari'arsa zata wanzu har zuwa qiyama kuma ita kaɗai ce shari'ar da zata arzuta mutum da tabbatar masa da burinsa da amincinsa har zuwa ƙarshen rayuwar duniya da lahira. Kamar yadda shi kaɗai ne mutum abin koyi ga dukkan duniya baki ɗaya, dukkan mutanen duniya idan suna son alheri ga kawukansu to dole ne su bi tarfarkinsa su yi koyi da kyawawan halyensa (S.A.W) da kuma sanin sashen tarihinsa da ba makawa mu kawo wasu daga siffofinsa (S.A.W): Shi ne Muhammad ɗan ˁAbdullah (S.A.W) kuma babarsa ita ce Aminatu 'yar Wahab. An haife shi a Makkah ranar juma'a goma sha bakwai ga watan Rabi'ul awwal bayan  ɓollolwar alfijir a shekarar giwa, a zamanin sarki mai adalci Kisra . (wato idan an kwatanta shi da ire-irensa). 

Aiko Annabi Mai Daraja (S.A.W)

An aiko Annabi Muhammad (S.A.W) da saqo a 27 ga Rajab bayan yana ɗan shekara 40 yayin da Jibrilu (A.S) ya sauka gareshi daga wurin Allah (S.W.T) yana kogon Hira wanda yake dutse ne a Makkah ya ce masa ka karanta kuma ya saukar masa da ayoyi biyar na surar Alaƙi . Sai ya zo ya tsaya a kan dutsen Safa a masallaci mai alfarma na Makkah a lokcin akwai jama'a masu yawa a wurin da ake taruwa ya isar da saƙon Allah na shiryar da mutane zuwa ga imani da shi yana cewa da su: Ku ce babu abin bauta sai Allah kwa rabauta .

A lokacin tunda mutanen Makkah mushrikai ne, kuma suna ganin maslaharsu ita ce shirka kuma suna tsoron maslaharsu sai suka riƙa yi masa isgili suna yi masa dariya suna cutar da shi. Kuma duk sa'adda ya dage wajen shiryar da su sai su dage wajen cutar da shi har ya ce: Ba a cutar da wani Annabi ba kamar yadda aka cutar da ni . Ba wanda suka yi imani da shi sai mutane ƙalilan, na farkonsu Imam ˁAli sannan sai matarsa Khadijah (A.S) sannan sai wasu mutane. Farkon wanda ya yi imani da shi daga maza Imam Ali sannan daga mata sai Hadiza (A.S).

Yayin da takurawar mushrikai ta yi yawa sai ya yi hijira zuwa Madinah wannan kuwa ita ce hijirar farko a tarihin Musulmi, yayin da suka yi yawa sai qarfinsu ya daɗu kuma suka samu koyarwa daga Manzon Allah da shari'arsa Mai Sauƙi Mai Hikima, da kuma misali na kyawawan halaye da mutumtaka da wayewa da cigaba a Madinah har suka fi dukkan duniya da addini na sama da waɗanda ba na sama ba. Kuma an samu yaƙoƙi masu yawa a Madinah kuma dukkanninsu sun zama domin kare kai ne daga maƙiya mushrikai da yahudawa da kiristoci da suke kai hari kan musulmi, kuma Annabi a kowne lokaci yana zaɓar ɓangaren sulhu da zaman lafiya ne da rangwame, don haka ne ma adadin waɗanda ake kashewa daga ɓangarorin biyu ba su da yawa a dukkan yaƙoƙinsa tamanin da wani abu, wato; waɗanda aka kashe na musulmi da kafirai duka ba su kai sama da dubu ɗaya da ɗari huɗu ba.

Mutuwa Mai Zafin Gaske Tun lokacin da aka aiko Annabi da saƙo har ya tafi daga duniya wahayi yana sauka gareshi kuma Jibrilu (A.S) shi ne ake aiko masa daga wajen Ubangiji (S.W.T) a hankali a hankali har littafin Ƙur'ani ya ciki a cikin shekaru ishirin da uku, sai Manzo (S.A.W) ya yi umarni da a haɗa shi kamar yadda yake a yau ɗin nan. Manzo (S.A.W) ya kasance yana tsara wa musulmi duniyarsu da addininsu, yana sanar da su littafi da hikima kuma yana yi musu bayanin dokokin ibada da biyayya da mu'amala da zamantakewa da siyasa da tattalin arziki da sauransu.

Annabi Muhammad yayi zamanta kewa da yahudawa a madina da kuma mushrikai a Makkah, ya kulla yarje jeniya da yahudawa akan cewa basu hada kai da kowa ba domin a yake shi ba, shima ya amince bazai bari wasu su yake su, sai daga baya suka karya alkawari, sannan Annabi yasa aka yake su a Yakin Banu kuraiza.




#Article 107: Furuci (189 words)


Ma'anar furuci

Furuci shine Magana; ita kuma magana iskar furuci ce wadda dan Adam kan shaka a cikin sarari ta hanyoyi biyu sanannu wato; - hanci (nose), da baki (mouth) zuwa cikin kogon huhu (lung) a kan hanyar su da ake cewa zirin iska.

Ita iskar da ta ke adane acikin salkar iska ita ce ta ke tasowa ta baro mazaunninta ayayin da akayi nufin a furta magana ko sauti, ta sake biyo hanyarta ta zirin iska sannan ya isko cikin tantanin makwallato a inda za’a sarrafa shi ya zamo mai ziza ko marar ziza sannan kuma yacigaba da karo da sauran sassan gabubuwan furuci daga nan yazama Magana, wannan iya abinda muka sani kenan.
aSautin bakin furuci baki
Furucin baki shine wanday ya ke faruwa alokacin  dan adam yake furta wasu kwayoyin sautuka irin su /b/ /b/ /d/ /d/dukkan Alamu sautukan hausa da baki ake furucinsu in banda sautin /m/ /n/ /d/ A yayin furucin sautukan bakin iskan furuci kan taru acikin kororon baki a inda za’a sarafasu kafin ficewa a waje, sannan kuma handa kantushe kafar hanci don gudun shigar iskan  furucin kororon hanci, qayayin furucin baki.




#Article 108: Albidaya wan Nihaya (163 words)


Albidaya wan Nihaya (‎‏(ألبدية والنهة‎   Farkon da karshen ko kuma Tarikh ibn kathir yana daya daga cikin litafai da babban malamin sunnah Sheikh ibn Kathir ya rubuta a lokacin rayuwarsa, littafin dai na kunshe ne da tarihi tun farkon halittar duniyar ta yadda yazo a Qur'ani da Sunnar manzon Allah (amincin Allah ya tabbata a gareshi), tun daga halittar annabi Adam, da sauran annabawa har zuwa karni na takwas, zuwa haihuwar Annabi Muhammad (SAW), da sahabbansa da wa 'yanda suka biyo su na abubuwan da ya auku a zamaninsu wanda ya kamata mu sani dangane da su  ,kuma littafin bai tsaya a kan tarihin abinda ya gabata ba kawai har da na abinda zai auku nan gaba, kamar su alamomin tashin kiyama: irinsu bayanar dujal, zuwan annabi Isah (AS) kamar yadda yazo a Qur'ani da Hadisi. Da kuma abubuwan da za su wakana a gobe kiyama na daga hisabi  da yadda muminai zasu shiga aljannah, da kuma yadda 'yan wuta zasu shiga wuta.




#Article 109: Radio Studio 54 Network (165 words)


Radio Studio 54 Network, ko Studio 54 Network, an Italiyanci masu zaman kansu rediyo tashar tushen a Locri , Calabria . Watsi kai Studio 54 on Network FM a tara lardunan, a yankunan kudancin biyar Italiya: Messina , Reggio Calabria , Vibo Valentia , Catanzaro , Cosenza , Crotone , Lecce , Potenza da Salerno ). A shirye-shirye ne halin da watsa daga m hits kuma All-in-bayani, tare da kullum updates 28.

Memmo Minniti, Tommaso Massara, Clementina Parretta, Enzo Gatto, Francesca Ritorto, Pino Martelli, Espedita Rechichi, Sergio Minniti, Gianluca Laganà, Rossana Pedullà, Ugo La Macchia, Paolo Guerrieri, Antonio Lombardo, Rosy Carelli, Giuseppe Galluzzo, Peppe Lentini, Paolo Guerrieri, Chiara Mearelli, Luca Filippone, Enrico Ventrice, Valentina Ammirato, Massimo Apa, Emily da Debora LoGiacco, Barbara Costa, Pasquale Fragomeni, Robert Rupo, Veronica De Biase, Valentina Geracitano, Francesco Cunsolo, Francesco Parasporo, Antonella Romeo, Eleonora Femia, Rosana kuma Regina Garofalo, Debora Sainato, Ugo Lully Tommaselli, Pino Trecozzi, Luigi Grandinetti, Eddy da Ottavia Lombardo, Antony Greco, Sandro Pascuzzo, Giuseppe Evalto, Stefania Morabito.




#Article 110: APACHE (146 words)


Manhajar APACHE kuma ana amfani ne da ita wajen aiwatar da sadarwa a ka’idar mu’amala da fasahar Intanet. Manhaja ce mai dauke da titi, ko hanya, da kuma ka’idar da ke sawwake wa titin isar da sako daga kwamfuta zuwa kwamfuta. A takaice dai, masarrafar ka’idar sadarwar Intanet ce (Web Serber), kuma kyauta ake samunta, kamar yadda ake samun wasu daga cikin nau’ukan babbar manhajar LINUd kyauta. Kamfani ko hukumar Facebook sun zabi yin amfani da manhajar APACHE ne don ita ce ta fi dacewa da babbar manhajar LINUd wajen adanawa da kuma sarrafa bayanai.  A takaice dai, ita ce manhajar da ta fi alakantuwa da babbar manhajar LINUd wajen samun ka’idar sadarwa ta Intanet, kamar yadda babbar manhajar Windows ta fi dangantuwa ga ka’idar sadarwar Intanet mai suna Internet Information System, wato: IIS na kamfanin Microsoft kuma wanda ke dauke da’iman cikin babbar manhajar Windows.




#Article 111: Maleziya (549 words)


Maleziya kasa ce, da ke a yankin Kudu maso Gabashin Asiya. Tarayya ce wacce ke da jihohi 13. An raba ta zuwa gida biyu ta Tekun Kudancin China. Mainungiyar ta tana kan Tekun Malay. Tana fuskantar mashigar Malacca a gabar yamma da Tekun Kudancin Sin a gabar gabashinta. Daya bangaren kasar nan, wani lokaci ana kiransa da gabashin Maleziya, yana yankin arewacin tsibirin Borneo a Tekun Kudancin China. Kuala Lumpur babban birni ne a tsibirin Malay. Ba da daɗewa ba an maida da babban birnin tarayya zuwa Putrajaya, wani sabon birni da aka ƙera don keɓewa.

Kasar tana da kabilu da al'adu daban-daban, tare da yawancin mutane ƴan ƙabilar Malay ne, amma kuma akwai Sinawa da Indiyawa. Harshen hukuma shine Malay da aka rubuta a cikin haruffan Latin. Ingilishi yare ne sananne sannan kuma harshen hukuma a cikin jihar Sarawak tare da Malay. Ana amfani da Tamil da Sinanci sau da yawa. Akwai fiye da wasu harsuna 130 da ake magana da su a cikin Malaysia, tare da 94 a cikin harshen Borneo na Malaysia da kuma 40 a yankin teku. Addinin Islama shine addini na hukuma, amma waɗanda ba Malay ba suna da ƴancin yin wasu addinai.

Tsakanin China da Indiya, Malaysia ta kasance tsohuwar wurin ciniki. Lokacin da Turawa suka zo wannan yanki, garin Malacca ta zama tashar kasuwanci mai mahimmanci.

Daular Birtaniyya ce ta yima Maleziya mulkin mallaka wanda ya fara daga Penang a shekarar 1786. Yankin zirin ya sami 'yencin kai a 31 ga watan Agusta 1957 a matsayin Tarayyar Malaya. A watan Satumba na 1963, Malaya, Singapore da ɓangaren Borneo suka haɗu suka zama Malesiya. A cikin 1965, an kori Singapore daga tarayya kuma ta ayyana independenceancin kai.

Malaysia tana da jihohi 13, wadanda su ne Johor, Kedah, Kelantan, Melaka, Negeri Sembilan, Pahang, Perak, Perlis, Penang, Sabah, Sarawak, Selangor da Terengganu, da kuma yankuna uku na tarayya, Kuala Lumpur, Putrajaya da Labuan. Adadin maki na tauraron da ke jikin tutar yana wakiltar adadin jihohin Malaysia, amma tana da 14 saboda Singapore tana ɗaya daga cikin jihohin Malaysia a lokacin ƙirƙirar ta. Matsayi na 14 a yanzu yana wakiltar yankunan tarayya, da ake kira Wilayah Persekutuan. Ana kiran shugaban ƙasar Malaysia da Yang di-Pertuan Agong, in ba haka ba ana kiransa Sarkin Malaysia. Sultan Abdullah na Pahang ke rike da wannan take a halin yanzu. Shugaban gwamnatin Malaysia shine Firayim Minista. Firayim Minista na yanzu shi ne Mahathir Mohamad, lokacin da aka zaɓe shi a watan Mayu 2018 yana da shekara 92. Hakanan yana da majalisar dokoki da tsarin kotu. Memba ne na ASEAN. Tattalin arzikinta yana ci gaba da haɓaka kuma ƙasa ce mai wadata a kudu maso gabashin Asiya.

Mai zuwa jerin wurare a Malaysia. Suna cikin tsari har zuwa ranar da aka basu matsayin birni.

Kasar Malesiya tana da al'umma mai bin addinai da yawa, kuma addinin Islama shine mafi girma.

Malesiya tana da yawan kabilu, al'adu da harsuna da yawa, wanda ya kunshi 65% na Malesiya da sauran kabilu 'yan asalin, 25% Sinawa, 7% Indiyawa. 'Yan Malesiya, wadanda suka fi kowace al'umma girma, dukkansu Musulmai ne tunda mutum ya kasance Musulmi ne don ya zama Malay bisa doka a karkashin dokar Malaysia. 'Yan Malay suna da rawar taka rawa a siyasance kuma suna cikin kungiyar da aka gano da suna bumiputera.




#Article 112: Azerbaijan (110 words)


Azerbaijan a kasar a Asiya.

Azerbaijan ta kasu zuwa yankinan rayawa 10 da Raion (rayonlar, singular rayon) 65, da birane ko (şəhərlər, daya şəhər) 77 wadanda 12 daga cikinsu gwamnatin taraiya ce ke gudanar dasu. Hakama, Azerbaijan ya hada da yankin (muxtar respublika) na Nakhchivan. Shugaban kasa ne keda alhakin nada gwamnonin yankunan, yayin da gwamnatin Nakhchivan yan majalisun Nakhchivan ke zabar sa.

Zane zanen tarihi a kasar Azerbaijan.

(Palace of Shaki Khans)
File:Portrait of sitting woman by Irevani.jpg|Mirza Gadim Iravani - Yayi zanen mace(Gidan kayan tarihi na Azerbaijan)
File:Dağ mənzərəsi – Bəhruz Kəngərli.jpg|Bahruz Kangarli - Da tsaunika(Gidan kayan tarihi na Azerbaijan)
File:Ruins of Reichstag.jpg|Azim Azimzade(Gidan kayan tarihi na Azerbaijan)




#Article 113: Saudi Arebiya (162 words)


Saudi Arebiya ko Saudiyya wata babbar kasa ce dake nahiyar gabas ta tsakiya a Duniya. kasar saudiya ta kasance ne a nahiyar Asiya ko kuma yankin da ake kira da gabas ta tsakiya. Kasar saudiya ta kasance fitacciyar kasa a duniya musamman ta bangaren addini, kasantuwar addinin musulunci yazo ne ta Annabin dayake a wannan yanki, hakama a tattalin arziki Allah ya azurceta da dimbin arzikin ma'adinai musamman arzikin man fetur da irin su zinari da gwala-gwalai, ta kasance itace kasar datafi kowacce kasa arzikin man fetur. Lallai kasar saudiya ta kasance kasa ce mai yawan Sahara. kasace mai matukar kyawu sannan Allah ya azurtata da kyawawan bishiyoyi musamman Dabino da Inabi. Kasar saudiya kasace ta Larabawa, Larabci shine yaren kasar.

Kasar saudiya kasa ce ta musulunci, wanda a cikinta ne aka aiko annabin karshe, wato Annabi Muhammad(tsira da amincin Allah su tabbata garesa). Duk shekara miliyoyin Mutane ne suke kai ziyara kasar daga kasashen duniya daban-daban domin aikin hajji mai alfarma.




#Article 114: Ukraniya (111 words)


Ukraniya ko Yukuren (da harshen Ukraniya Україна; da harsunan Turanci da Faransanci Ukraine) ƙasa ce, da ke a nahiyar Turai. Babban birnin ƙasar Ukraniya Kiev ne. Ukraniya tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba'i . Ukraniya tana da yawan jama'a , bisa ga jimilla a shekarar 2019. Ukraniya tana da iyaka da ƙasashen bakwai: Rasha a Arewa da Arewa maso Gabas, Belarus a Arewa, Poland a Arewa maso Yamma, Slofakiya da Hungariya a Yamma, Romainiya da Moldufiniya a Kudu maso Gabas. Ukraniya ya samu yancin kanta a shekara ta 1991. 

Daga shekara ta 2019, shugaban ƙasar Ukraniya Volodymyr Zelensky ne. Firaministan ƙasar Ukraniya Denys Chmyhal ne daga shekara ta 2020. 

 




#Article 115: Bulgeriya (119 words)


Bulgeriya ko Bulgaria ƙasa ce, da ke a nahiyar Turai. Babban birnin ƙasar Bulgeriya Sofiya ne. Bulgeriya tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba'i . Bulgeriya tana da yawan jama'a , bisa ga jimilla a shekarar 2019. Bulgeriya tana da iyaka da ƙasashen biyar: Romainiya a Arewa, Serbiya da Masadoiniya ta Arewa a Yamma, Girka da Turkiyya a Kudu. Bulgeriya ta samu yancin kanta a shekara ta 1878 (akwai ƙasar Bulgeriya mai mulkin kai daga karni na bakwai bayan haihuwar Annabi Issa zuwa karni na sha ɗaya, da daga karni na sha biyu zuwa karni na sha huɗu). 

Daga shekara ta 2017, shugaban ƙasar Bulgeriya Rumen Radev ne. Firaministan ƙasar Bulgeriya Boyko Borisov ne daga shekara ta 2017. 




#Article 116: Hungariya (107 words)


Hungariya ko Hangare ƙasa ce, da ke a nahiyar Turai. Babban birnin ƙasar Hungariya Budapest ne. Hungariya tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba'i . Hungariya tana da yawan jama'a , bisa ga jimilla a shekarar 2019. Hungariya tana da iyaka da ƙasasen bakwai: Slofakiya a Arewa, Ukraniya a Arewa aso Gabas, Romainiya a Gabas da Kudu maso Gabas, Serbiya a Kudu, Kroatiya da Sloveniya a Kudu maso Yamma, da Austriya a Yamma. Hungariya ta samu yancin kanta a karni da tara bayan haihuwar Annabi Issa.

Daga shekara ta 2012, shugaban ƙasar Hungariya János Áder ne. Firaministan ƙasar Hungariya Viktor Orbán ne daga shekara ta 2010.




#Article 117: Kroatiya (126 words)


Kroatiya ko Kuroshiya ƙasa ce, da ke a nahiyar Turai. Babban birnin ƙasar Kroatiya Zagreb ne. Kroatiya tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba'i . Kroatiya tana da yawan jama'a , bisa ga jimilla a shekarar 2019. Kroatiya tana da iyaka da ƙasasen huɗu: Sloveniya a Arewa maso Yamma, Hungariya a Arewa maso Gabas, Serbiya a Gabas, Bosnia-Herzegovina da Montenegro a Kudu maso Gabas. Kroatiya ta samu yancin kanta a shekara ta 1991 (akwai ƙasar Kroatiya mai mulkin kai daga karni na goma zuwa karni na sha biyu ; daga shekara ta 1918 zuwa shekara ta 1991, Kroatiya yanki ce a cikin tsohon ƙasar Yugoslaviya). 

Daga shekara ta 2020, shugaban ƙasar Kroatiya Zoran Milanović ne. Firaministan ƙasar Kroatiya Andrej Plenković ne daga shekara ta 2016. 
 




#Article 118: Montenegro (127 words)


Montenegro ko Monteneguro ƙasa ce, da ke a nahiyar Turai. Babban birnin ƙasar Montenegro Podgoritsa ne. Montenegro tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba'i . Montenegro tana da yawan jama'a , bisa ga jimilla a shekarar 2020. Montenegro tana da iyaka da ƙasasen huɗu: Bosnia-Herzegovina a Arewa maso Yamma, Serbiya a Arewa maso Gabas, Kosovo a Gabas da Albaniya a Kudu maso Gabas. Montenegro ta samu yancin kanta a shekara ta 2006 (akwai ƙasar Montenegro mai mulkin kai daga shekara ta 1852 zuwa shekara ta 1918 ; daga shekara ta 1918 zuwa shekara ta 2006, Montenegro yanki ce a cikin tsohon ƙasar Yugoslaviya, san nan Serbiya). 

Daga shekara ta 2018, shugaban ƙasar Montenegro Milo Đukanović ne. Firaministan ƙasar Montenegro Duško Marković ne daga shekara ta 2016. 




#Article 119: Wikipedia (331 words)


Wikipedia wani babban farfajiyar Manhaja ce dake tattare da Mukallolin kundin bayanai akan ilimomi daban daban Dan samar da ilimi ga kowa da kowa, da kara habaka nazarce nazarce, bincike bincike akan ilimomin dake duniya baki daya a kyauta, saboda ganin kowani dan'dam yasamu ilimi batare da biyan wani abu ba.

Wikipedia Shafine dake yanar gizo wanda kowa na'iya shiga kuma ya amfana ko yataimaka dan amfanar da wasu, ta hanyar taimako da ilimi ko gyare-gyare da sauransu, wikipedia tana tattare da harsunan duniya masu yawa, a shafin kowa na iya kirkira tare da gyara makala a kyauta domin taimakawa asamu ilimi daga kowa da kowa, wannan ne yasa wikipedia yayi zarra a duk duniya wurin Samar da ilimi daga asalin inda ilimin yafito Dan kuwa wadanda suka Samar da ilimin ko suke da alaka da ilimin sune ke rubuta ilimin da Kansu, hakane yasa aka ba kowa damar yataimaka da ilimi ta hanyar kirkiran sabon makala ko gyara ta idan anriga an kirkire ta amma bata cika ba ko mai rubuta yayi kuskure. Harwayau babu wani shafi a duniya baki daya daya tattara ilimi da bayanai a yanar gizo a yanzu, kuma miliyoyin dalibai ne da malamai, da sauran mutane suke amfana daga manhajar a kullun.

An kaddamar da shafin Wikipedia ne a ranar 15 ga watan Janairun  shekara ta 2001, Jimmy Wales tare da Larry Sanger sune suka hada gwiwa wajen sammar da shafin. A farkon kirkirar shafin an kafa tane da Turanci kadai amma daga baya sanadiyar karbuwa da shafin yayi ne yasa ake samar da karin Harsuna akai akai har zuwa yanzu. A halin yanzu akwai makaloli sama da 5,652,162 a sashen Wikipedia na Turanci wanda kuma shine sashen da yafi kowanne shahara da tarin makaloli. Ayanzu akwai sama da makaloli guda miliyan arba'in a mabanbantan yarurruka 301, sannan shafin ya samu masu ziyara mabanbanta guda miliyan 500 da kuma masu ziyara adadin duka masu ziyara biliyan 18 ko wanne wata tun daga watan Fabrairu na 2014.




#Article 120: Yawan Jama'a, Yana da Muhimmanci (351 words)


Yawan Jama'a, Yana da Muhimmanci / Yawan Al'amurra (turanci Population Matters), da aka sani da Sadaka Zuwa Ga Wani Dace Girman Yawan (turanci Optimum Population Trust), shi ne United Kingdom sadaqa, tunani tank, da bayar da shawarwari rukuni bayyana yawan damuwa game da muhimman tasirin yawan ƙarin girma a kan dogon lokaci dawamamme, ingancin rayuwar da Natural yanayi, musamman albarkatunmu, canjin yanayin, da rabe-raben halittu. 

 

Kungiyar ya furta cewa, da tsaka-tsaki manufofin su ne: ingantattun tanadin da tsarin iyali da jima'i ilimi, mafi ilimi da kuma 'yancin mata, kuma ma'aurata wani aikin da biyu ko m yara. 

A ra'ayi na yawan damuwa aka gabatar a matsayin da: a game da kulawa ga mutanen da bukatar da kuma tabbatar da ganin cewa albarkatun suna samuwa ga haɗu da waɗanda bukatun, yanzu, da kuma foreseeable nan gaba.

A yawan, yana da muhimmanci 'sun yi alkawalin biyu ko m himma ne na son rai jingina su da biyu ko m yara. yana da 

Kungiyar da ke sa rubutu ta Birtaniya magabata: A Malthusian League (1877); A Simon Population Trust (1957); A kiyayewa Society (1966) da kuma Population damuwa (1974).  

A ganiya Population Trust aka kafa a 1991 by Dauda Willey da sauransu. An impelled da aiki da gazawar da gwamnatoci Birtaniya amsa jerin shawarwari game da yawan jama'a da kuma ƙarin girma dawamamme. Kuma sun kasance a raga da tattara, da kuma nazarin disseminate bayani game da masu girma dabam na duniya da kuma na kasa da kuma yawan mahaɗi a wannan zuwa nazarin dauke capacities da kuma mazaunan 'ingancin rayuwa domin ya goyi bayan manufofin yanke shawara. 

Kungiyar tattalin bincike da kuma lobbied a kan al'amurra shafi yawan ƙarin girma, ciki har da jindadin, ilimi, aikin likita wadata, yawan tsufa, shige da fice da kuma yanayi. Har ila yau, lobbied na cin gaba da muhalli campaigners a kan bukatar kunsa yawan al'amurra a cikin tunaninmu. 

Kungiyar da aka sanya a kan halin kyautatawa 9 May 2006. Sunan Population Matters da aka soma a cikin Fabrairu 2011 m bin sake duba zabi, ta hanyar gudanar da bincike gare members, patrons da kuma jama'a. 

 wasu 




#Article 121: Ƙwayoyin cuta na Ebola (470 words)


Ƙwayoyin cuta na Ebola (EVD) ko Cutar zazzaɓin jini ta Ebola (EHF) cuta ce ta ɗan adam wadda kwayoyin cuta na Ebola ke haifarwa. Alamomin cutar kan fara bayyana daga kwanaki biyu zuwa mako uku daga kamuwa da ƙwayoyin cutar, wanda kan fara da zazzaɓi, zafin maƙogwaro, ciwon nama, da ciwon kai. Musamman tashin zuciya, amai, da gudawa kan biyo baya, tare da raguwar aikin hanta da ƙoda. A wannan matakin, wasu mutanen kan fuskanci matsalar zubar da jini.

A kan sami cutar idan an haɗu da jini ko ruwan jiki na dabbar da ke ɗauke da cutar (musamman birrai ko jemagu). Babu wani rahoto da ya tabbatar da yaɗuwar cutar ta hanyar iska a wuraren zaman jama’a. An yi imani cewa jemagu kan ɗauki ƙwayar cutar kuma su yaɗata ba tare da su sun kamu ba. Da zarar ɗan adam ya kamu, to sauran jama’a na iya kamuwa. Maza waɗanda su ka warke daga cutar na iya yaɗata ta hanyar maniyyi har tsawon kusan wata biyu. Domin bayar da magani, a kan ware wasu cututtuka masu yanayi guda kamar zazzaɓi, kwalara da sauran cututtukan zazzaɓi da suka shafi jini. Domin tabbatar da maganin, ana gwada jini domin tabbatar da ƙwayoyin garkuwar jiki, RNA, ko ƙwayar cutar kanta.

Matakan kariya sun haɗa da hana yaɗuwar cutar daga birrai da aladun da suka kamu da cutar zuwa ‘yan adam. Za’a iya haka ne ta duba dabbobin domin gano waɗanda suka kamu da kuma kashesu da binnesu  idan an gano cutar. Dafa nama sosai da kuma saka kayayyakin kariya lokacin da ake sarrafa nama zai taimaka, kamar dai yadda saka kayan kariya da wanke hannu za su taimaka lokacin da aka kusanci mai ɗauke da cutar. Lallai a yi kaffa-kaffa wajen ta’ammali da ruwa ko yau da majina da suka fita daga masu ɗauke da cutar. 

  
Babu wani magani na musamman ga cutar; amma za’a iya taimakawa mai ɗauke da cutar ta hanyar ɗura masa ruwan gishiri da sukari (ruwa mai gishiri-gishiri da sukari-sukari domin sha) ko ta hanyar ƙarin ruwa a jijiyar jini. Cutar na da saurin hallakarwa: wasu lokutan ta kan kashe tsakanin mutum 50% da 90% na waɗanda suka kamu da ƙwayoyin cutar. An fara gano ƙwayar cutar EVD a Sudan da  Jamhuriyar Damukuraɗiyyar Kwango. An fi samun ɓarkewar cutar a yankuna masu zafi na kusa da Hamadar Afirka. Daga shekarar 1976 (lokacin da aka fara gano cutar) zuwa shekara ta 2013, ƙasa da mutane 1,000 ne suka kamu. Ɓarkewa mafi girma har zuwa yau ita ce wadda aka samu a halin yanzu Ɓarkewar Ebola a Yammacin Afirka na shakara ta 2014, wanda ya shafi Guinea, Sierra Leone, Laberiya da wata kila Najeriya. Har zuwa watan Agusta shekara ta 2014 an sami mutane 1600 waɗanda suka kamu.  Ana nan ana ƙoƙarin gano allurar riga-kafin cutar; amma, yar yanzu babu.




#Article 122: Moscow (860 words)


 

Moscow shine abban birnin kasar Rasha, kuma daya daga cikin manyan biranen duniya.

Moscow is located a tsakiyar Turai na Rasha, tsakanin Oka da Volga, a jamsin na Smolensk-Moscow upland (a yamma), da Moskva-Oka bayyana (a gabas) da kuma Meshchera lowlands (a cikin kudu maso gabashin). Ƙasar birnin ne 2511 km². Na uku (870 murabba'in kilomita) is located a cikin Zobe Babbar Hanya (MKAD), sauran 1.641 murabba'in kilomita - ga zobe hanya.

Duk da babban mataki na ci gaban Moscow, fannin mãkirci na ƙasar birnin ne game da 1/3 daga cikin jimlar yankin na birnin.

A Moscow, akwai Parks da forestland kamar yadda Izmailovo Park, Timiryazevskiy shakatawa Filyovsky Park (Forest Park), Zamoskvoretskiy wurin shakatawa, Lublin shakatawa Butovsky wurin shakatawa, Botanical lambun, Irin lambu Bitsevskiy wurin shakatawa, gidan kayan gargajiya ajiye Tsaritsyno da Kolomenskoye, Kuz'minskii wurin shakatawa, gandun daji Park lumpy da sauransu.

Har ila yau a cikin birnin ne na Halitta National Park Elk Island, kuri'a na Parks da na wasanni yankunan.

Moscow fauna ne bambancin. Alal misali, a cikin National Park Elk Island ana samun su ba kawai zomo, hedgehogs da zomaye, amma har da ya fi girma dabbobin daji, irin su daji boar da elk, hange naman daji. Ana samun su da predators - fox, Mink da ermine. Gida a Verhneyauzskoy wani ɓangare na muz Island daji ducks da herons, su ne gida don rare pheasants da partridges. Tun lokacin Ivan da Munin, Elk Island ne karkashin musamman kariya - na farko a matsayin sarauta farauta wuri, kuma tun 1983 - a matsayin halitta na kasa shakatawa.

A Bitza gandun daji ma na zaune mai yawa dabbobin daji. Rayuwa a nan hedgehogs, shrews har ma jemagu, don haka rare a babban birnin kasar. zomo - zomo da kurege, vole, weasels, zomo. Ku zo daga makiyayarta elk da daji boar. Hatching duck nests corncrake.

Moscow ta yankin raka'a ne yankunan, ƙauyuka da kuma Gudanarwa gundumomi da sunaye da iyaka, shika-shikan shari'a ayyukan birnin.

Moscow - most sufuri cibiya na ƙasar. Birnin is located a tsakiyar yanar gizo na hanyar jirgin kasa da kuma tarayya hanyõyi. Ƙarar na fasinja zirga-zirga a cikin Moscow kai cibiya kima ga 2013 ne 11,5 biliyan. Cikin birnin ci gaba da dama siffofin jama'a kai, tun 1935 an aiki karkashin kasa. jama'a kai ne da za'ayi 76% na fasinja zirga-zirga.

A Railway cibiyar sadarwa a Moscow da aka wakilta goma main yankunan da tara tashoshin (takwas tashoshin - Belarushiyanci, Kazan, Kursk, Kiev, Birnin Leningrad,, Paveletskiy, Riga, Yaroslavl ne da za'ayi biyu commuter da kuma dogon nesa sadarwa, daya tashar - Savyelovskiy - kawai hidima commuter sufuri) , Moscow Madauwari Railway, a haɗa da dama rassan da dama rassan, mafi yawa single-waƙa, in mun gwada da ɗan gajeren tsawon, da girma daga wanda yake shi ne gaba ɗaya a cikin birnin.

A Moscow Vnukovo International Airport kuma Ostafyevo. Har ila yau, mazauna da kuma baƙi amfani da sabis na sauran kasashen duniya filayen jiragen saman located in Moscow yankin: Domodedovo, Chkalov, Sheremetyevo.

Daman amfani da filayen jiragen saman iya ba kawai ta hanyar mota, amma kuma amfani Express aiko Railway tashoshin: Kiev - don Vnukovo Airport, Belarushiyanci - Sheremetyevo Airport kuma Paveletsky - Airport Domodedovo.

Birnin sarrafa m, amma tun da farkon karni XXI, ya, a gaskiya, ya ɓace ta kai tsaye nufin: ta gabatarwa da aka sa masu sufurin karkashin Retail sarari.

Moscow ne cibiyar cibiyar sadarwa na tarayya hanyõyi daban-daban kwatance, wanda gama babban birnin kasar tare da Gudanarwa cibiyoyin na Rasha Federation da kuma biranen kasashen jihohi. A Moscow kanta yana da raya kai kayayyakin, musamman hada da uku sufuri zobba: aikin lambu, Na uku sufuri da kuma Moscow Zobe Road, shirya yi na tsakiya Zobe Road (CRR) a cikin unguwannin bayan gari na birnin zuwa fitad da kaya daga cikin mota daga sufuri zirga-zirga.

Tun watan Mayu 15, 1935 a Moscow, aiki karkashin kasa, wanda yake shi ne babban wajen harkokin sufuri a cikin birnin. A kan talakawan, da Moscow Metro daukawa 6.824.000 fasinjoji per day (as na 2013). Wannan shi ne karo na biyar shekara-shekara fasinja zirga-zirga metro tsarin a cikin dũniya da farko a Turai. Jimlar tsawon Lines na Moscow Metro - 320,9 km, mafi yawan hanya da kuma tashoshin located karkashin kasa. Har a Moscow metro ne na shida most a duniya.

Kamar wani Moscow tashar jirgin karkashin kasa da 12 194 Lines, ciki har da haske dogo line. Mutane da yawa metro tashar ne gine-gine Monuments.

Tun shekara ta 2004, da monorail, aiki na wanda aka gudanar da jihar Unitary ciniki Moscow Metro.

Moscow - manyan duniya bincike cibiyar, gabatar cibiyoyin bincike aiki a yawancin masana'antu, irin su nukiliya makamashi, microelectronics, Aerospace da sauransu.
Na farko kimiyya karatu a Moscow ya fara da za a gudanar a Moscow Jami'ar Jihar tun 1755. A cikin karni XIX fara fito fili a jami'a bincike al'umma nazarin tarihin Rasha, magani, kimiyyar lissafi, Rasha da kuma sauran kimiyyar.
A 1828, a St. Petersburg kafa Rumyantsev Museum - babban tarin littattafai, tsabar kudi, rubuce-rubucen da sauran ethnographic da kuma tarihi kayan cewa tuni a 1861, canja shi zuwa Moscow, da kuma a 1924 a karkashi aka halicci Jihar Library na Tarayyar Soviet. Lenin.




#Article 123: Saint-Petersburg (539 words)


 

Saint-Petersburg — tarayya birnin Rasha, da Gudanarwa cibiyar Arewa-West Tarayya District da Birnin Leningrad, yankin.

Located in arewa maso yamma na Rasha Federation, a kan bakin tekun na Gulf of Finland a bakin Neva River. 

A 1712-1918 shekaru - babban birnin kasar Rasha a jihar. [7] A cikin birnin akwai abubuwa uku juyin juya halin na 1905-1907, da Fabrairu bourgeois-mulkin demokraɗiyya juyin juya halin na 1917, da Oktoba Socialist juyin juya halin na 1917. A lokacin girma Patriotic War na 1941-1945, birnin game da 900 a cikin kwanaki blockade, wanda ke haifar da har zuwa 1.5 mutane miliyan mutu a dalilin matsananciyar yunwa. St. Petersburg na da take Hero City (1965). An hada da uku Shina soja Tsarki ya tabbata: Kronstadt, Kolpino, Lomonosov.

Yawan - 5.131.942 mutane .. St. Petersburg - shi ne northernmost birnin a duniya tare da yawan kan daya mutane miliyan. Daga cikin birane cikakken a Turai, St. Petersburg ne na uku mafi yawan, kuma na farko a yawan mazauna birnin ba a babban birnin kasar. 

St. Petersburg is located in arewa maso yamma na Rasha Federation a cikin Neva lowland. Cibiyar kula: 59 ° 57 's. w. 30 ° 19 '. d. (G) (Ya ku). Occupying m zuwa bakin Neva River Neva Bay bakin tekun na Gulf of Finland da yawa tsibirin na Neva Delta, birnin stretches daga arewa maso yamma zuwa kudu maso gabas ga 90 km. Tsawo saman teku matakin birnin da yankin: cibiyar - 1-5 m arewa - 5-30 m, kudu da kudu maso yammacin - 5-22 m. A mafi girman aya a cikin birnin - Duderhof Heights a cikin Red kauyen da a kalla tsawo na 176 m. birnin shi ne sifili lamba daga cikin tunani tsarin Heights da kuma zurfin, a matsayin mai bauta wa tunani nufi ga leveling cibiyoyin sadarwa da dama jihohi. Kowane lokaci su ne St. Petersburg - UTC + 3 (Moscow lokaci).

Sauyin yanayi Petersburg - temperate, tsaka daga temperate nahiyar ga moderately Sea. Irin wannan sauyin yanayi ta tabbata ga Gwargwadon wuri da kuma na yanayi wurare dabam dabam halayyar da Birnin Leningrad, yankin. Wannan shi ne saboda mun gwada da kananan adadin shigar da ƙasã a ta surface da hasken rana zafi a cikin yanayi.

St. Petersburg - most kai cibiya na arewa maso yammacin Rasha da kuma na biyu a kasar bayan Moscow. Yana hada da hanyar jirgin kasa, teku da kogin kai, hanyoyi da kuma kamfanonin jiragen sama. Ratsa birnin: da biyu Eurasian kai koridonr North-Kudu da Transsiberian kwanon rufi-Turai kai hanyan wucewa lamba 9, Turai babbar hanya E-18, a haɗa Scandinavia da tsakiyar Rasha. A shekarar 2010, da kai na St. Petersburg koma ya kaya: Train - 101 ton miliyan, bututun - 85 ton miliyan, teku - 9 ton miliyan ta hanya (ba tare da kananan kasuwanci) - 4 ton miliyan, m - 1.2 ton miliyan.

Don rage workload na birane hanyõyi wucewa kai gina Saint Petersburg Zobe Road (Kad). Babban hanya cudanya St. Petersburg zuwa wasu yankuna ne (kewaye iri na agogo daga Gulf of Finland): Seaside Babbar Hanya, Vyborg babbar hanya Priozerskoe babbar hanya St. Petersburg - Maurier, Murmansk babbar hanya, babbar hanya Petrozavodsk, Moscow babbar hanya, babbar hanya Pulkovskoe-Kiev babbar hanya , Tallinn babbar hanya, Peterhof babbar hanya.




#Article 124: Ma'adinai (183 words)


Ma'adinai - m yi kama halitta jiki, wanda tsohon ko a cikin crystalline jihar. Ma'adanai ne wani ɓangare daga dutsen (dutsen-forming ma'adanai), ores, meteorites.

Da kalmar da ake amfani da designate da ma'adinai ma'adinai mutum jinsunan da kuma iri-iri. Ma'adinai a matsayin ma'adinai jinsuna - na halitta sinadaran fili da ciwon wani sinadaran abun da ke ciki da kuma crystalline tsarin. Idan bambance-bambance a sinadaran abun da ke ciki a tsarin ainihi ba manya-manyan, da launi, ko wasu morphological fasali rarrabe ma'adinai iri - irin su dutsen crystal, amethyst, citrine, chalcedony ne irin ma'adini. Ma'adinai mutane - ma'adinai jiki, tsakanin wanda babu wani dubawa, irin su lu'ulu'u ne da hatsi.

Kimiyya ke hulda da nazarin ma'adanai, mineralogy. Nazarin ma'adinai jinsunan phylogeny tsunduma ma'adanai da kuma kayyade mineralogy.

Tun lokacin da aka 1950s, da gaskiyar da bude sabuwar ma'adinai da sunan amince da Hukumar on New ma'adanai da kuma Ma'adinai Islam na kasa da kasa Mineralogical Association (MMA). An yanzu kafa fiye da 6,000 ma'adinai jinsin da kuma a kowace shekara da Hukumar riƙe da dama, sabon, amma 100 - 150 ma'adanai ne tartsatsi.




#Article 125: Wasanni (400 words)


Wasanni — shirya bisa ga wasu dokoki ayyukan mutane, dangane da su jiki, ko mai hankali damar iya yin komai, kazalika da shirye-shiryen da wannan aiki da interpersonal nufin dangantakar tasowa a cikin shakka daga gare ta.

Wasa ba wani irin jiki da kuma ilimi aiki, aikata ga manufar gasar, da kuma niyya horo musu da dumi-up, motsa jiki. A tare da tare da sauran, sha'awar hankali inganta jiki da kiwon lafiya, inganta hankali, samun halin kirki gamsuwa, sadaukar da kyau, inganta sirri, kungiyar da kuma cikakken records, daraja, inganta kansu ta jiki damar da basira, wasanni tsara don kyautata jiki da hankulansu halaye na mutumin.

Wasanni - bangare na jiki ilimi. Wannan ne ainihin m aiki da kuma shirye-shiryen da shi. Yana a fili bayyana sha'awar lashe, kai babban sakamako, da janyo ra'ayoyin jama'a ta jiki, shafi tunanin mutum da kuma halin kirki halaye. Wasanni wajibi ne domin ya tasiri al'umma.

Taro wasanni sa miliyoyin mutane su inganta jiki halaye da kuma mota damar, inganta kiwon lafiya da kuma tsawanta m longevity.

Elite wasanni - shi ne kadai kasuwanci tsarin, wanda fice zakarun a cikin aiki na kusan dukkanin jiki da tsarin za su iya bayyana kanta a fannin cikakkar jiki da kuma m iyãkõkin da lafiya mutumin. Dalilin high yi wasa - shi ne a cimma mafi kyau zai yiwu wasa sakamakon nasarar ko a manyan wasa faru.

Wasanni - wani sa na iri daban-daban na wasa faru, sõyayya a kan na kama da dokoki, da wasanni Tarayya, da sauransu. N. A bisa ga al'ada, cikin sharuddan kasa da kasa Olympic kwamitin zabi wasa ne dauke da totality na iri daban-daban abubuwan da aka gudanar wanda kasa da kasa Tarayya. A ware su ne na zamani pentathlon da biathlon, wanda har 1993 ya jagoranci daya kasa da kasa Tarayya.

Wasanni gane da IOC daidai da Olympic Yarjejeniya, da ake kira Olympic. kawai Olympics wasanni iya kunshe a cikin Olympic shirin. A cikin wasannin Olympics Yarjejeniya samar da wani cikakken jerin kasa da kasa wasanni federations Hukumar wasanni gane da wasannin Olympics. duk a cikin wannan jerin 2013 akwai 35 federations, ƙuntatawa alaka da tallafi na duniya Anti-doping Code, ba tare da la'akari da sakamakon farko daga inji tuki karfi, kazalika da na ruwan dare na wani irin.

Na ruwan dare sharudda:

Ga wasanni kyaututtuka da lambobin yabo, ya mika masu cin nasara da wasanni gasa sun hada da:




#Article 126: Ilmin duwatsu (373 words)


Ilmin duwatsu - da kimiyya da abun da ke ciki, tsari da kuma alamu na ci gaba da Duniya da kuma sauran taurari, a cikin hasken rana tsarin da na halitta da tauraron dan adam.

Akwai uku main yankunan da ma'aunan kasa bincike: siffatawa, tsauri da kuma tarihi ilmin duwatsu. Kowane shugabanci na da ka'idodi da kuma hanyoyin da bincike. Siffatawa ilmin duwatsu da aka nazarin rarraba da abun da ke ciki na ma'aunan kasa jikin, ciki har da suke siffar, girman, dangantaka, da jerin faru, da kuma wani bayanin daban-daban ma'adanai da kuma kankara.
Tsauri ilmin duwatsu na bincika juyin halittar ma'aunan kasa tafiyar matakai, kamar su lalata duwatsu, dauke da iska, glaciers, surface ko ruwan karkashin kasa, laka jari (external zuwa ga duniya a ɓawon burodi) ko motsi na duniya ta ɓawon burodi, girgizar asa, volcanic eruptions (ciki). Tarihi ilmin duwatsu da aka nazarin jerin ma'aunan kasa tafiyar matakai da suka gabata.

Asali kalmar ilmin duwatsu shi ne gaban da kalmar tauhidin. Da kimiyya da rai na ruhaniya contrasted kimiyya na dokoki da dokokin rayuwa a duniya. A cikin wannan mahallin, kalmar da ake amfani, Bishop A. de binne a cikin littafinsa «Philobiblon» («love littattafai), wanda aka buga a 1473 a Cologne. Kalmar zo daga Girkanci γῆ, ma'ana duniyada kuma λόγος, ma'ana koyarwa.

Masana binciken halitta disciplines aiki a duk yankunan uku a fannin binciken kasa da kuma daidai rabo a cikin kungiyoyin ba ya wanzu. New disciplines fito fili a mahada a fannin binciken kasa tare da wasu yankunan na ilmi. A TSB bayar da wadannan rarrabuwa: da kimiyya na duniya ta ɓawon burodi, da kimiyya na zamani ma'aunan kasa tafiyar matakai, da kimiyya na tarihi jerin ma'aunan kasa tafiyar matakai amfani disciplines, da kuma yankin ilmin duwatsu.
Da kimiyya na duniya ta ɓawon burodi:

Da kimiyya na zamani ma'aunan kasa tafiyar matakai (tsauri ilmin duwatsu):

Da kimiyya na tarihi jerin ma'aunan kasa tafiyar matakai (tarihi ilmin duwatsu):

Da aka jera a kasa su ne sauran sassan ilmin duwatsu, yafi tsaye a tsaka-tsaki tare da wasu kimiyyar:

Tarihin ilmin duwatsu - sashe tarihin ilmin tarihin kasa ilmi da karafa.

Nazarin da hasken rana da tsarin tsunduma a cikin wadannan sassan ilmin duwatsu: cosmochemistry, cosmology, ilmin duwatsu da kuma planetology sarari.




#Article 127: Novosibirsk (204 words)


 
 

Novosibirsk — ta uku mafi yawan kuma goma sha biyu cikin sharuddan yankin birnin a Rasha, na da matsayi na birnin gundumar. A Gudanarwa tsakiyar Siberian Tarayya District, Novosibirsk yankin, da kuma kunshe a da membobinsu da Novosibirsk yankin. kamar yadda birnin yake tsakiyar Novosibirsk agglomeration - mafi girma a Siberia.

Kasuwanci, harkokin kasuwanci, al'adu, masana'antu, sufuri da kuma kimiyya cibiyar tarayya muhimmanci.

Kafa a 1893, da matsayin birnin samu a 1903.

Novosibirsk is located a kudu maso gabashin ɓangare na West Siberian Bayyana a kan likitan mata tudu m ga likitan mata River kwarin, kusa da tafki kafa Dam Novosibirsk GES, a mahada daga cikin gandun daji da kuma steppe zones. Hagu banki na birnin ne lebur, dama bankin yayi wani iri-iri bim, ridges kuma ravines, domin a nan zai fara miƙa mulki ga dutsen taimako Salair Ridge. Birnin da kuma m Zaeltsovskiy Kudryashovsky gandun daji, Novosibirsk tafki.

Novosibirsk - most kai cibiya na Siberia: ratsa shi Trans-Siberian Railway, hanyar jirgin kasa da hanyõyi. A Novosibirsk, located iko da yamma Siberian Railway. Novosibirsk ya haɗu Siberia, Far East, Central Asia da Turai yankuna na Rasha. Human da ciniki gudana muhimmanci taimakawa wajen ci gaban birnin. Novosibirsk ne a bangaren kogin tashar jiragen ruwa.




#Article 128: Ekaterinburg (372 words)


 

Ekaterinburg (daga 1924 zuwa 1991 – Sverdlovsk) — na hudu mafi girma a yawan jama'a (bayan Moscow, St. Petersburg kuma Novosibirsk), wani gari a Rasha, da Gudanarwa cibiyar Sverdlovsk yankin, da most Gudanarwa, al'adu, kimiyya da ilimi tsakiyar Ural yankin. 

Ekaterinburg yana daya daga cikin mafi dadi biranen Rasha. Daya daga cikin kasar mafi girma a kai da kuma dabaru nodes (kasa da kasa filin jirgin sama, a cikin birnin wuce Trans-Siberian Railway da kuma tarayya hanyõyi 6), na da muhimmanci masana'antu cibiyar (opto-inji masana'antu, instrumentation da kuma nauyi kayan, metallurgy, bugu masana'antu, haske masana'antu da kuma masana'antun sarrafa kayayyakin abinci, soja masana'antu hadaddun).

Yekaterinburg ne Gudanarwa tsakiyar Urals Tarayya District. A nan ana located hedkwatar Jamhuriyar soja District, da Presidium na Ural Branch na Rasha Cibiyar Kimiyya da 35 yankin hukumomin na gwamnatin tarayya. ɓangare na birnin da ake kira babban birnin kasar na Urals.

Yekaterinburg is located a cikin wani sashi na matsakaici nahiyar sauyin yanayi halin kaifi canzawa daga weather yanayi, da-tsare yanayi. A Ural Mountains, duk da su kananan tsawo, tsaya a cikin hanyar iska talakawa ya fito daga yamma, daga Turai na Rasha. A sakamakon ta tsakiya Urals na bude ga mamayewa na sanyi Arctic iska da kuma karfi vyholozhennogo nahiyar iska West Siberian Bayyana. a lokaci guda, daga kudu a nan su ne free don shigar da dumi iska talakawa Caspian da tsakiyar Asiya hamadar.

Saboda haka, don Ekaterinburg da kuma halin da kaifi hawa da sauka a cikin zafin jiki da kuma samuwar yanayin anomalies a cikin hunturu - daga matsananci frosts da thaws kafin ruwa rani - zafi sama da +35 ° C har sai sanyi. A watan Janairu shekara ta 2002, a Ekaterinburg akwai na musamman da sabon abu - wani hunturu hadari.

Ekaterinburg - na uku mafi girma a-kawowa cibiya a Rasha (bayan Moscow da kuma St. Petersburg) - nan 6 tarayya hanyõyi converge [65], 7 main Railway Lines, kazalika da kasashen duniya filin jirgin sama is located. Samuwar Yekaterinburg a matsayin mafi muhimmanci kai cibiya ne sun fi mayar saboda da m kasa wurin da birnin - a kan karamin yankin na Ural Mountains, ta hanyar abin da ya dace don sa da bututun cudanya Turai da Asiya sassa na Rasha.




#Article 129: Fensir (110 words)


Fensir'-nau'i ne na alkalami Wanda akanyi amfani dashi domin Zane da rubutu musamman amakarantu,ofishi,kuma fensir kalanshi bakine sannan yana kewaye da katako Mai laushi sannan bayan katakon akan zagayeshi daduk kwalliyar da akeso,kasanshi kuma akansa magogi wato(cleaner)sannan yanada tsayi misalin inci daya.

Pencils za a iya raba sauki da kuma m. Simple fensir graphite fensir da ya rubuta a launin toka da tabarau daga haske zuwa kusan baki (dangane da taurin graphite).

New iya yarwa fensir tare da wani katako, frame daga cikin gubar kafin na farko da aikace-aikace sukan da ake bukata domin kaifafa (kaifafa). Baya ga yarwa alkalama, inji pencils, akwai reusable da replaceable Slate a akai frame.




#Article 130: Pen (Ofishin) (126 words)


Pen - stationery, da abin da za ka iya barin wani tawada alama a farfajiya (mafi yawa takarda). Wadannan iri iyawa:

A cikin ballpoint da gel alkalama wani lokaci ana amfani da erasable tawada.

Ƙirƙira da Hongeriyanci jarida Laszlo Biro. A cikin Argentine birnin inda ya rayu shekaru 'yar jarida irin wannan alkalama an kira daga bãyansa, Biyer eponymous sunan Biro shi ne na kowa a Turai.

Asali nufi don Royal Air Force na Birtaniya, kamar yadda ya saba marmaro alkalama ba aiki a jirage a high altitudes.

Akwai iri biyu ballpoint alkalama - yarwa kuma m sanduna.

Marmaro alkalami - rubuta kida don rubuta a kan takarda ruwa tawada. Zamani marmaro alkalami yawanci ƙunshi jiki da cika inji, iya aiki tawada alkalami da karfe bifurcated.




#Article 131: Ballpen (204 words)


BallPen - Pen amfani da haruffa sanda (tube cika da pasty tawada) tare da ball aya alkalami a kan karshen. Channel a kan abin da tawada da aka gudanar a karshen karamin karfe ball ana katange, cewa lokacin rubuta a farfajiya na Rolls takarda daga bãya gefen tawada wetting. A kananan rata tsakanin ball da bangon damar da shi a juya da mirgina barshi cikin takarda sawu. Waɗannan su ne mafi arha, mafi sauki, don haka ya fi na kowa alkalami. Tawada manna amfani da ball-aya alkalami, da tawada ne daban-daban daga rubuce-rubuce marmaro alkalama. An halicci kan man fetur kuma mafi m, wanda ya hana shi daga gudãna daga cikin sanda.

Da aiki manufa na rike da aka jadadda mallaka Oktoba 30, 1888, a Amirka ta Yohanna Loudon. A m shekaru, da aka ƙirƙirarru, kuma ya jadadda mallaka daban-daban kayayyaki alkalama: May 3, shekara ta 1904 - George Parker, 1916 - Van Vechten Raizberg (Eng. Van Vechten Reisberg).

Zamani ballpoint alkalami ƙirƙira da Hongeriyanci jarida Laszlo Biro (Hung. Laszlo József Bíró) a 1931 (jadadda mallaka a 1938). A Argentina, inda ya rayu shekaru 'yar jarida, wadannan alkalama an kira daga bãyansa, Biyer.

Akwai biyu na asali iri alkalama - yarwa kuma m sanduna.




#Article 132: Gurasa (229 words)


Gurasa - abinci da samfur samu ta hanyar yin burodi, steaming ko frying kullu hada da akalla gari da kuma ruwa. A mafi yawan lokuta, gishiri an kara da cewa kuma amfani da shi azaman disintegrating wakili kamar yisti. Amfani da su sa gurasa alkama da hatsin rai gari, a kalla - masara, sha'ir da sauransu. Kalmar abinci ne sau da yawa ake magana a kai amfanin gona (alkama, hatsin rai, sha'ir, da dai sauransu), kazalika da sosai hatsi daga cikin wadannan albarkatun gona da ake yi daga wani gari (duba. Albarkar Gona). A wasu Breads kuma ƙara kayan yaji, irin su cumin tsaba, kwayoyi, zabibi, tafarnuwa, bushe apricots da kuma hatsi na (sesame tsaba, poppy). Hatsi ma bauta wa ado.

Gurasa za a iya ci shi kadai, amma sau da yawa aka ci da man shanu, gyada ko sunflower man fetur, jam, margarine, jam, jelly, marmalade, zuma, da yake da gaske a tasa, qazanta da sunan da gurasa. Gurasa ana amfani da dalilin da gurasa. Wannan za a iya browned ko baya gasa (msl, a cikin wani injin ƙyafe burodi) da kuma za a iya ciyar da kusan ba tare da iyaka daga dakin da zazzabi zuwa zafi jihar. A wasu al'adu, gurasa da ake amfani da matsayin cutlery.

Unpackaged abinci za a iya adana a cikin breadbox, sa'an nan kuma zai zama sabo ne ya fi tsayi.




#Article 133: Sana'a (388 words)


Sana'a - finely handcrafted samar dogara ne a kan yin amfani da hannun kayayyakin aiki, na sirri basira ma'aikata don tabbatar da samar da kayayyaki masu matular inganci.

Sana'a tashi da farkon mutum masana'antu aiki, da ya zo da dogon tarihi hanyar raya kasa, shan daban-daban siffofin: a) na gida sana'a - a cikin wani arziki tattalin arziki. b) handicraft yi odan - cikin sharuddan bazuwar na halitta tattalin arziki. c) da sana'a kasuwa. Tare da zargin sana'a da aka yi da kuma musamman a kasuwa domin bayyanar da cigaban birane a matsayin sana'a da kuma shopping cibiyoyin. Na gida crafts sau da yawa ake kira m masana'antu (watau samar da wadanda ba na aikin gona da kayayyakin), sana'a da aka yi da kuma kasuwa - da handicraft masana'antu. A Rasha wallafe-wallafe sau da yawa na ilimin kididdiga duk yan sana'a XIX-xx ƙarni. da ake kira sana'a.

Na gida crafts tartsatsi a ko'ina cikin tarihin kafin zuwan jari hujja jama'a. A yankunan karkara yawan ta samar da mafi yawansu ba su cinye handicrafts. A hankali ya fara taka rawa a manyan sana'a da kuma kasuwa domin. A zamanin d Girka, zamanin d Roma, a zamanin d Gabas akwai wani gagarumin yawan yan sana'a, da manyan m tattalin arziki da ƙera al'ada da aka yi da kayayyakin ko kasuwa.

Zama masu sana'a sana'a, musamman a birane, ya haddasa Ana zargin sabon wuraren samar da sabon zaman jama'a Layer - birane yan sana'a. Ana zargin ci-gaba siffofin kungiyar (guilds), kare da bukatun wannan Layer, halitta musamman sharadi gwargwado ga ci gaban birane crafts a tsakiyar zamanai. Manyan sassa na birane crafts kasance suknodelie, yi daga karfe kayayyakin, da gilashi kayayyakin da sauransu. A lokacin masana'antu juyin juya halin (tsakiyar karni XVIII. - Na farko da rabi na XIX karni.)  masana'antu bisa yin amfani da inji, ƙwace sana'a.Sana'a (a kan tsari da kuma a kasuwa) an kiyaye su a cikin masana'antu alaka da sabis da bukatun mutum abokin ciniki ko samar da tsada art kayayyakin - gina tukwane, sakar gidansa, sassaƙi, da sauransu. D.

To babban har da sana'a zauna a cikin underdeveloped kasashen. Duk da haka, a nan shi ne ta korar ma'aikata masana'antu a sakamakon masana'antu a cikin wadannan kasashe. Kiyaye su mutãne crafts, sabis da alaka yawon shakatawa da kuma fitar.

An dade dan Adam nayin crafts kamar:




#Article 134: Samar (239 words)


Samar, a cikin tattalin arziki ji - kan aiwatar da samar da wani samfurin. Manufar samar ne halin wani irin mutum metabolism da yanayi, ko fiye daidai - kan aiwatar da aiki canji na halitta albarkatun da mutane a kowace samfurin. Kamar yadda falsafar Encyclopedia, samar tsari ne ko da yaushe a cikin zaman jama'a hali: samar da raba guda wajen jama'a ne, a cikin kalmomin Marx, wannan maganar banza a matsayin ci gaban harshe ba tare da mutane da suke zaune tare.

Zamani zaman jama'a samar da ya hada ba kawai kayan samar, amma kuma wadanda ba abu Sphere - samar da intangible kaya da kuma ayyuka (sabon kimiyya binciken, fasaha ƙirƙirãwa, jama'a ilimi, al'adu, fasaha, da kiwon lafiya, jama'a ayyuka, management, kudi da kuma lamuntawa, wasanni da kuma et al.). Ci gaban da wadanda ba na kayan samar da sabis sassa dogara mahimmanci a kan samar da kayan dũkiya - da fasaha kayan aiki da darajar samar.

Masana'antu - Categorization na samar da wani samfurin ko sabis da irin kungiyar da tsarin samar da abubuwan dangane da fasaha tsarin samar da ko tsarin kara da cewa darajar.

Babban iri sauki samar za a iya bayyana a matsayin:

don hadaddun iri samar da su ne:

Ainihin samar ne sau da yawa gauraye samar, amma don inganta samar da ko yin lissafi da lasafta farashin yana bukatar fahimtar iri samar (kungiyar tsarin dalilai na samar).

Manufacturing daban-daban na samar.




#Article 135: Sauti (179 words)


Sauti - na halitta sabon abu, wanda yake shi ne rarraba a cikin hanyar taguwar ruwa na roba na inji vibrations a m, ruwa ko gaseous matsakaici. A cikin wata kunkuntar hanya, sauti nufi da wadannan oscillations dauke dangane da yadda ake gane da hankula na dabbobi da mutane.

Kamar kowane kalaman, sauti ne halin amplitude da mita bakan. Talakawa mutum zai iya jin sauti vibrations a cikin mita kewayon 16-20 Hz zuwa 15-20 kHz. Sauti kasa da kewayon mutum ji an kira infrasound. sama: don 1 GHz - sonication of 1 GHz - hypersonic. Ƙara a cikin wani rikitarwa hanyar dogara a kan m sauti matsa lamba, mita da kuma kalaman tsari, da kuma farar - ba wai kawai a kan mita amma kuma a kan girma daga cikin sauti matsa lamba.

Daga cikin audible sauti ya kamata haskaka buga karin magana sauti da kuma phonemes (kunsha da yake magana) da kuma m sauti (wadda music). M sauti sun dauki kashi daya ba, amma da dama sautunan, wani lokacin amo aka gyara a cikin wani m mita iyaka.




#Article 136: Rapidograph (207 words)


Rapidograph (capillary alkalami) - a ga kayan aiki daidai Shirin zanen aiki. Kunshi karamin tube da kuma harsashi ga tawada. A cikin tube ne mai bakin ciki allura, wanda yake shi ne da alhakin barga samar da Paint. Ana iya dace amfani da su haifar da zane da kuma tawada zane. Amfani da gine-ginen, mai hoto artists, cartographers, injiniyoyi, decorators da kuma zanen kaya.

Na dogon lokaci domin jawo tawada yi amfani da kayan aiki da ake kira jawo alkalami. Duk da haka, a cikin aikace-aikace na da wasu wahala: zane jawo alkalami ba zai iya daidai daidaita kauri daga cikin line kuma a kan takarda zai iya zama Yana shãfe.

A 1928, kamfanin ya kwararru Rotring da aka ƙirƙira na farko marmaro alkalami, da ake kira «Tiku» ko «Inkograph», a cikin abin da maimakon saba alkalami tube amfani. Ta rubuta a fili, ba tare da ya bar na leaked kuma Yana shãfe. A 1953, bisa ga Tiku wani samfur alkalami don jawo mai taken rapidograph (Rapidograph), ya yarda su riƙe line tsananin tsare kauri da kuma samar da wani uniform kwarara daga tawada. Tun da Rotring ne na farko ya halicci irin wannan kayan aiki, sa'an nan iyawa duk masana'antun ma ya fara kiran rapidograph.

 Shafi




#Article 137: Abuja (313 words)


Abuja ne babban birnin tarayyar Nigeria. Birni ne babba mai girman gaske, birnin ya koma na tarayya ne tun a lokacin mulkin Babangida a shekarar 1991 wanda kafin lokacin tarayya a birnin Legas take.
Birnin Abuja yakasance birni ne gagara-misali saboda birnin ya kunshi abubuwa da dama wanda ido ne kadai zai iya tabbatar da haka. Manyan Ma'aikatu, Makarantu, filayen jiragen sama, stadium da dai sauran manyan-manyan ma'aikatun gwamnati wanda suke juya akalar kasar baki daya. Acikin birnin Abuja akwai mutane akalla 776,298 a kidayar shekarar 2006, kasancewar birnin na tarayya   Tarihin kafuwar Najeriya tun shekaru aru-aru ne wato ya tara duk jinsin mutane da kabilun dake Nijeriya gaba daya,  kowacce jiha a Nijeriya tanada wakilai a sassa daban-daban a cikin Abuja domin ganin sun wakilci jiharsu a fage da dama na ciyar da jiharsu gaba.
Acikin birnin Abuja akwai wuraren shakatawa da dama ko wuraren bude ido musamman ga baki, wadanda suke muradin kashe kwarkwatar ido ta fagen kallon abubuwan ban al'ajabi, da debe kewa.

Baban Birni taraya Abuja nada kanan hukumomi guda Shida (6)

Abuja tana da sassa wato (districts) da dama tun daga Phase 1 har zuwa phase 3 sune kamar haka: 
  (CBN)

Garuru da suke waje da birnin Abuja

 

Ruwan sama a Abuja yana farawa ne daga watan Aprilu sannan ya kare a watan October, a yayin da zafin hasken rana yake kaiwa makin 28 °C (82.4 °F) zuwa 30 °C (86.0 °F) sannan kuma sanyin dare a maki mafi karanci yana kaiwa 22 °C (71.6 °F) zuwa 23 °C (73.4 °F). Amma a lokacin rani, zafin hasken rana a bisa maki mafi girma yana kaiwa 40 °C (104.0 °F) amma yanayin yana sauki da dare akan makin ma'aunin celcius 12 °C (53.6 °F). har zuwa karshen dare yana kaiwa 30 °C (86.0 °F). wannan shine adadin makin sauyin yanayi da sashin birni Abuja ke fuskata a takaice.

'




#Article 138: Conductive tawada (344 words)


'Conductive tawada' shine tawada cewa sakamakon cikin wani buga abu wanda zai gudanar da wutar lantarki. Da canji daga ruwa tawada ga m bugu zai iya shafar bushewa warkarda ko dab tafiyar matakai.

Wadannan inks iya klas aji as kora babban daskararru tsarin ko PTF polymer lokacin farin ciki fim tsarin da damar haihuwarka da za a kõma ko buga, a da dama substrate kayan kamar polyester zuwa takarda. Wadannan iri inks yawanci dauke da conductive kayan kamar powdered ko flaked azurfa da carbon kamar kayan, ko da yake polymeric madugu aka sanshi.

wannan hoto ne mai flexiproof bugu na'ura, amfani da flexiography bugu, conductive tawada tabbata kamar yadda azurfa tawada.
Conductive tawada zai iya zama mafi tattali hanyar kwanta wani zamani conductive burbushi a lokacin da idan aka kwatanta da na gargajiya masana'antu matsayin irin su etching jan karfe daga jan karfe  substrates ta samar da wannan conductive burbushi a kan dacewa substrates, kamar yadda bugu ne mai zalla ƙari tsari samar da kadan to babu sharar gida qarqashinsu wanda sai da za a dawo dasu ko bi da.

Azurfa inks da mahara amfani a yau ciki har da bugu [RFID] tags a matsayin amfani da zamani sufuri tikiti, su za a iya amfani da su contrive ko gyara haihuwarka a buga kewaye allon. Kwamfuta keyboard dauke da membranes tare da buga kwallaye haihuwarka cewa ji a lõkacin da wata babbar aka guga man. Madubin mota na gaba deicer kunshi resistive burbushi amfani da gilashi ma buga. Mutane da yawa sabo-sabo motoci da conductive burbushi buga a kan wani raya taga.
Bauta a matsayin rediyo eriya.Buga takarda da filastik zanen gado da matsala halaye, da farko sayii juriya da rashin inflexibility A juriya da muni ga yawancin kewaye hukumar aikin, da kuma wadanda ba m yanayin da kayan izni ba a ke so sojojin da za a exerted a bangaren sadarwa, haddasa aminci matsaloli. Saboda haka irin wannan kayan da ake amfani kawai a cikin wani An ƙuntata kewayon aikace-aikace, yawanci inda sassauci da muhimmanci, kuma babu sassa aka saka a kan takardar.




#Article 139: Tsibirin Bamuda (1380 words)


Duk da  cewa duniya da dama da
abubuwan mamaki ke faruwa a cikinsu ba tare
da Dan Adam ya fahimci musabbabansu ba,
Tsibirin Bamuda (Bermuda Island ko Bermuda
Triangle) ne kadai ya fi shahara a bakunan
mutane sanadiyyar haka. Wannan shahara ta
samo asali ne daga nahiyar Kudancin Amirka
(South America), a hankali labarin ya ci gaba da
yaduwa zuwa sauran kasashen duniya.   Manyan
ababen mamakin da ake ikirarin suna faruwa a
muhallin tekun da wannan tsibiri yake sun hada
da bacewar jiragen sama – masu dauke da
fasinjoji ‘yan kasuwa ko na soji – da jiragen
ruwa – manya da kanana da na shawagi. Idan
suka bace a galibin lokuta, ba a ganin buraguzan
jirgin balle a kaddamar da bincike kan dalilan da
suka haddasa faruwar hadarin. Wannan
al’amari abin al’ajabi, a cewar masu bayar da
labarai, bai tsaya a bacewar jirage ba tare da
ganin buraguzansu kadai ba, har da wasu
labarai masu caza kwakwalwa kan irin yanayin
da tekun ke kasancewa na launi da kuma
sulmuya a wasu lokutan, ko kuma wasu irin
dabi’u da ake ikirarin gira-gizan da ke saman
teku ke shiga, a yayin aukuwar hadarurrukan
da suka fara faruwa shekaru kusan dari biyu da
suka gabata. Ire-iren wadannan labarai sun
samo asali ne daga irin jawaban da masu lura da
na’urar filin saukan jiragen sama da ke tsibirin ke
bayarwa. Ko wadanda ake tarawa wajen
binciken da hukumomin gwamnatin Amirka da
ke lura da ire-iren wadannan hadarurruka ke yi.
Da wannan, marubuta suka sa wa wannan
muhalli suna: The Bermuda Triangle (Kusurwar
Bamuda), ko kuma The Debil’s Triangle
(Kusurwar Shedan).
A halin yanzu da dama cikin wadanda suka taba
jin labarin wannan bigire na Bamuda, sun yarda
cewa wani wuri ne mai cike da almara, kamar
yadda galibin turawa masu bincike suka fada.
Da kuma cewa babu wanda ya san abin da ke
haddasa wannan al’amari, sai Allah (ga
wadanda suka yarda da Allah kenan), ko kuma
dabi’a ta shu’umcin wurin. Wasu suka ce aljanu
ne a wurin. Wasu suka ce akwai wasu halittu ne
na musamman da a harshen Turanci ake kira
Aliens, masu haddasa hakan. Wasu suka ce a a,
irin yanayin wurin ne kawai. Da dai sauran
ra’ayoyi masu kama da haka. Shin, meye
gaskiyar wadannan zace-zace da ake ta yi kan
wannan tsibiri?  Wani irin bincike aka yi wajen
gano hakan? Jiragen ruwa da na sama guda
nawa suka bace a wannan mahalli? Rayuka
nawa suka salwanta?  Wa da wa suka yi rubuce-
rubuce kan haka cikin Malam Kimiya da masu
sha’awar rubutu kan al’amuran mamaki a
duniya? Meye ra’ayin nazarin da Malaman
Kimiyya suka yi kan dalilin faruwar wadannan
abubuwan mamaki? Shin, wai ma tukun, a
duniya akwai wasu wurare ne masu irin wannan
dabi’a, ko dai tsibirin Bamuda ne kadai? In eh
akwai, to me ya sa na tsibirin Bamuda ya sha
bamban, ya shahara fiye da sauran a duniya?
Wadannan, da ma wasu tambayoyi, za mu samu
amsoshinsu cikin makonni masu zuwa in Allah
Ya yarda.
A Ina Tsibirin Yake?
Kafin mu yi nisa, asalin tsibirin Bamuda, watau
Bermuda Islands, yana gab da tsakiyar tekun
Atlantika ne, Arewa da Jihar Fulorida da ke
Amurka. Kuma duk da cewa ana danganta
wannan wuri ko kusurwa da tsibirin Bamuda, sai
dai ba a wannan tsibiri kadai wannan kusurwa
yake ba.  Kusurwar Bamuda wani wuri ne da ya
hada manyan gabar tekunan kasashe guda uku
da ke nahiyar Arewaci da kuma kudancin
Amurka. Kusurwar farko ta faro ne daga gabar
Fulorida ta kasar Amurka, ta zarce zuwa gabar
babban tsibirin Puerto Rico da ke yamma maso-
kudu da gabar Fulorida.  Daga tsibirin Puerto
Rico kuma kusurwar ta cilla Arewa, inda ta tike a
gabar tsibirin Bamuda da ke kusa da tsakiyar
tekun Atlantika. Wannan wuri ko mahalllin teku
da ke tsakanin wadannan gabobi guda uku, shi
ake kira The Bermuda Triangle, ko The Debil’s
Triangle.
An danganta wannan kusurwa da tsibirin
Bamuda ne saboda a nan ya tike, kuma galibin
ababen hawa kamar su jiragen sama da na ruwa
wadanda ake amfani da su wajen  kasuwanci da
shawagi da atisayen soji a wannan nahiya, duk a
can suke tikewa kafin su komo inda suka taso.
Ko kuma daga can suke wucewa zuwa wasu
nahiyoyin, irin su Turai da Arewacin Amurka da
kasashen Asiya.
Wannan kusurwa ta Bamuda ita ce bigiren da
jiragen sama da na ruwa ke shawagi fiye da
kowane wuri a duniya. An kiyasta cewa akalla
akan samu sawun jiragen sama daga wannan
nahiya zuwa kasashen turai da sauran nahiyoyi,
sama da dubu hamsin a shekara. Bayan haka,
akwai jiragen ruwa da na kasuwanci da na
shawagi ko yawon bude ido, da kuma jiragen
saman atisayen soji da Hukumar Sojin Amurka
ke turawa suna shawagi, watau kai-komo don
yin atisaye. Har wa yau akwai masu shawagi da
kananan kwale-kwalen shakatawa wadanda a
harshen turanci ake kira Pleasure Boats, da
kuma jiragen ruwan tsere da ake kira Yatchers.
Bayan haka, akwai filayen saukan jiragen sama a
dukkan kusurwoyin nan uku, tare da tashar
jiragen ruwa masu karban manya da kananan
jiragen da ke shawagi a wannan wuri. Sannan
kuma sai miliyoyin masu zuwa yawon bude ido
daga sauran kasashen duniya, musamman ma
Amurka da Turai. A takaice dai, wannan wuri
rayayyen wuri ne da sawun jirgin ruwa da na
sama da na masu ziyara ba su daukewa; daga
shekara zuwa shekara.
Zai dace mai karatu ya rike wannan karatu kan
yawan zirga-zirgar da ake yi a wannan wuri,
domin zai taimaka masa wajen karba ko rashin
karbar dalilan da wasu marubuta suka bayar
wajen yanke hukuncinsu na karshe.
Yaushe Abin Ya Fara?
Wannan kusurwa da ake wa take da “Kusurwar
Shedan” – ko Debil’s Triangle – ya fara cin
jiragen sama da na ruwa ne shekaru kusan dari
biyu da suka gabata, duk da cewa ba a fara
fahimtar hakan ba sai wajen shekaru casa’in
zuwa dari da suka wuce. 

Daga nan ne aka fara
danganta hadarurrukan da suka gabata da
wannan yanayi mai ban mamaki. Kamar yadda
bayanai suka gabata, wannan kusurwa ta
Bamuda ta yi kaurin suna ne wajen hadararruka
masu ban mamaki, inda bayan hadarin ake rasa
abin da ya haddasa shi, ko kuma a ma kasa
samun buraguzai ko gawawwakin wadanda suka
rasa rayukansu da ma na jirgin gaba daya.
A wasu lokuta a kan samu sakon neman agaji
daga direbobin jiragen sama cewa suna ganin
wasu abubuwa masu ban tsoro ko firgitarwa.
Kafin a mayar da jawabin ceto garesu, sai kawai
a nemi hanyar sadarwa a rasa. Wani kuma zai
bugo ne cewa ba ya ganin gabansa, bayan kuma
a na’urar lura da yanayin sararin samaniya babu
wata matsala da na’urar ke hangowa: babu
yanayin hazo mai firgitarwa, babu ruwan sama,
babu alamar mahaukaciyar guguwa mai yi wa
jiragen ruwa dibar karan mahaukaciya, amma
sai kawai a ji hanyar sadarwar ta yanke.
Mafi shahara daga cikin abubuwan mamaki da
suka faru a wannan kusurwa shi ne hadarin
tawagan jiragen kai hari da darkake abokan gaba
na kasar Amurka masu suna Flight 19, wadanda
hukumar sojin sama na kasar Amurka ta aika
don yin shawagi a wannan kusurwa cikin
shekarar 1945.  Duk da cewa ana lura da tafiyar
wannan tawaga na jirage ta hanyar na’ura
hangen nesa sadda suka baro cikin kasar
Amurka, sai dai cikin lokaci guda kawai sai aka
neme su aka rasa. Da aka nemi sadarwa da
shugaban tawagar, sai ya ce: “A yanzu muna
shiga wani irin farin ruwa ne...al’amura sun fara
lalacewa.  Bamu san inda muke ba a halin
yanzu...ruwan kore ne...a a, fari ne!”, sai
sadarwa ta yanke a tsakanin masu lura da
na’urar da wannan shugaban tawaga.
Bayan faruwar wannan lamari, an yi ta bincike
cikin teku ba a samu buraguzan wadannan
jirage ba balle wadanda suke ciki. Babu wanda
ke da wani bayani gamsasshe kan abin da ya
haddasa wannan hadari har zuwa yau, balle
bayani kan hakikanin wurin da abin ya auku. A
lokacin da aka tura wata tawaga ta manema
jirage, da suka isa wurin da na’urar ta sanar da
faduwarsu, babu abin da aka gani a wurin.
Daga nan aka ci gaba da samun ire-iren
wadannan hadarurruka masu ban mamaki da
al’ajabi. Wasu a kan samu bayanai kan batansu,
bayan tsawon lokaci; wasu kuma ko alama ba a
samu, sai dai kawai a hakura.




#Article 140: Sahara (104 words)


Sahara wani irin yanki ne acikin Duniya wadda yake kasa ce zalla. Sahara ta kasance kasa ce mai tarin yawa da kuma fadi. Mafi akasari zaka sami sahara babu bishiyoyi ko duwatsu. Lallai ikon Allah da yawa yake. Irin bishiyoyin da suke fita a sahara sune qayoyi wato kamar misalin aduwa. Ana samun ruwan sama mafi karanci a yankin sahara wannan shine dalilin da yasa bishiyoyi da ciyawu basa fita. Sannan akwai wata irin guguwa datake tasowa daga yankin sahara wanda take dibar yashi sai kaga ta tarashi a waje guda tsibi.

File:-_panoramio_-_mehrdad68_(19).jpg|Saharan Mehrdad kenan
File:A_camel_ride_in_the_Sahara_Desert.jpg|Wasu matafiya a sahara
File:Adrian_Massif,_Hoggar_National_Park.jpg|Adrian Massif, Hoggar National Park




#Article 141: Makkah (119 words)


Birnin Makkah gari ne mai tarihi, birnin ya kasance a nahiyar Asiya wato acikin tsibirin Saudiya a tarayyar Larabawa. Wannan gari na Makkah shine birni mafi girma da shahara a duk fadin nahiyar Asiya birni ne wanda Allah yayi masa albarka tunda shine birnin fiyayyen halitta Annabi Muhammad (s.a.w).
Albarkatun kasa
Garin makkah Allah ya azurtashi da yawan bishiyoyin Dabino da Inabi lallai birnin kayataccen birni ne wanda har ya wuci a iya misaltawa, hakazalika ta bangaren albarkatun kasa, Allah ya horewa birnin arzikin man fetur da kuma gwala-gwalai da sauransu.

Birnin Makkah shine birnin manzon Allah na farko, a garin aka haifeshi a nan kuma yayi girma tun gabanin a bashi Annabta  daga baya ne ya koma Madinah.




#Article 142: Madinah (158 words)


Madinah Birni ne dake a yammacin  nahiyar Asiya cikin tsakiyar yankin gabas ta tsakiya Baruch larabawa, ita dai wannan birni ya kafu ne tun dubban shekaru a baya tun a zamanin Annabawa. Hakika birnin Madinah  garin Musulunci ne shine birnin manzon Allah Annabi Muhammad (s.a.w). Kafin zuwan Musulunci ana kiran birnin da suna Yathrib amma daga baya sai Annabi ya canjawa garin suna zuwa Madinah ko kuma Madinat Al-munawwarah a cikin birnin akwai babban masallaci wanda shine farkon Masallacin da Annabi ya gina a Madinah, wannan masallaci shine masallacin Quba 

Fadin kasa

Birinin Madinah yana da fadin kasa kamar haka:

Hakika birnin Madinah yanada matukar tasiri a Musulunci, shine garin Annabi Muhammad (s.a.w) bayan hijararsa daga birnin Makkah acikin garin yayi rayuwa har yakoma ga Allah, sannan kuma acikin birnin aka birne shi, acikin dakinsa inda yarasu, Wanda ayanzu nanne masallacinsa, Shi yasa duk Alhazan da sukaje Madinah to sai sun kai ziyara kabarinsa (s.a.w) da manyan sahabbansa.




#Article 143: Larabawa (100 words)


 
Larabawa wasu mutane ne dake daga nahiyar Asiya A gabashin duniya. Larabawa sun kasance jarumai ko ince sadaukai na ban mamaki, larabawa mutane ne masu alkibla gami da sanin mutumcin kansu, wannnan dalilin ne yasa Balarabe yake kishin kansa yake kokarin ganin ya kare kansa da yan uwansa ta kowace fuska. Ka sani cewa larabawa suna da al'adu kamar yadda kowacce kabila a Duniya tanada irin nata al'adun. Bayan haka larabawa sun kasu gida-gida kuma kowanne bangare akwai Al'adar da sukafi bata kulawa. Bayan haka larabawa suna da yawa sosai acikin duniya.

Adadin Larabawa da inda suke zama a duniya




#Article 144: Rana (105 words)


Rana Wata babbar halitta ce dake fitar da iska da haske sakamakon ci da wuta da takeyi, hakane yasa tazama fitilar dake haskakasararin samaniya gaba daya, a takaice dai rana itace ke haskaka gaba dayan Duniyoyi dake cikin sararin sama gaba daya duniyoyin suna zagaye rana a bisa kudirar Ubangiji zageye akasin hannun agogo wato tana zagaye ne ta hannun hagu. shi yasa mu duniyarmu take daukar har tsawon kwanaki 360 kafin ta gama zagaye rana, hakan nan kowacce duniya akwai adadin kwanakin datake dauka kafin ta gama zagaye rana.

Rana itace fitila mafi girma acikin sararin samaniya itace ke samar da haske mafi karfi.




#Article 145: Nizhny Novgorod (381 words)


Nizhny Novgorod (colloquially sau da yawa - Lower) (Oktoba 7, 1932 zuwa Oktoba 22, 1990 - Gorky) - wani gari a Rasha, da Gudanarwa tsakiyar Volga Tarayya District da Nizhny Novgorod yankin.

Located in zuciyar gabas Turai Bayyana, a confluence na Oka da Volga. Oka ya raba birnin kashi biyu - da wa'azi akan babba, kuma duwãtsu a kan Dyatlov Zarechnaya ƙananan a kan ta hagu low-kwance gaci.

Birnin da aka kafa a 1221 by Prince Yuri Vsevolodovich na Vladimir. A 1500-1518 ya kasance wani dutse-gina Kremlin, wanda ba a dauki ko da sau daya a tarihi. Tun 1817, tare da canja wuri zuwa birnin Makarevskoy gaskiya, ya zama daya daga cikin mafi girma a shopping cibiyoyin a Rasha. A lokacin masana'antu na 1930s a cikin birnin da aka gina manyan kamfanonin aikin injiniya, ciki har da most auto giant - Gorky Automobile Shuka. A lokacin girma Patriotic War na 1941-1945, birnin kuwa shi ne mafi girma a maroki na soja kayan aiki, wanda shine dalilin da ya sa bamai. Bayan yaki, birnin da aka bayar da Order of Lenin.

Yawan - 1,263,873 (2014), na biyar mafi yawan birnin a Rasha. City - tsakiyar agglomeration, wanda yana da yawan mutane miliyan 2.08.; shi ne na shida most a kasar da na biyu a tsakiya Volga. Birnin yankin - 466,5 km2.

Nizhny Novgorod - mai muhimmanci tattalin arziki da masana'antu tsakiyar Rasha, manyan kai cibiya. Birnin yana daya daga cikin mafi girma a cibiyoyin na kogin yawon shakatawa a Rasha. A tarihi na birnin arziki a cikin yawon shakatawa jan hankali da kuma na da muhimmanci yawon shakatawa makõma.

Nizhny Novgorod is located a confluence biyu manyan waterways na Turai na Rasha - da Volga da Oka koguna. Birnin ne zuwa kashi biyu sassa Oka: gabas tsaunuka daga duwãtsu, located a kan daidai banki na Oka da Volga na gudãna a arewacin-yammacin tip daga cikin Volga Uplands - Dyatlov duwãtsu da yamma (na gefen hagu banki na Oka da dama banki na Volga) lowland Zarechnaya. Oka estuary - da kasa tsakiyar gabas ta Turai Bayyana.

Nizhny Novgorod - a birnin tare da wani arziki tarihin kusan 800 shekaru. A kan karkararta, a wannan lokaci, ya tara mai yawa tarihi da al'adu jan hankali da suka dimbin yawa na zamani image na birnin.




#Article 146: Tauraron dan adam (880 words)


Tauraron dan Adam,Ma'ana da tarihin tauraron dan adam - Aminiya  kamar yadda bayani ya gabata, shine duk wata na'ura mai cin gashin kanta da ake harbawa zuwa sararin samaniya don mikawa da karbo bayanan yanayi ko dauko hotunan wasu wurare da Dan Adam baya iya kaiwagaresu ta dadi, ko kuma sinsino irinyanayin da muhalli zai kasance a wasu lokuta na dabam. Ire-iren wadannan taurari suna shawagi ne a cikin falakin wannan duniya tamu,ko duniyar wata da taurarin da Allah Ya halitta, kokuma cikin falakin wasu duniyoyi makamantan namu. A halin wannan shawagi ne suke gudanar da aiyukansu na nemo bayanai, ko karbowa daga wani bangaren wannan duniya don yada bayanan zuwa wasu bangarorin dabam, ko kuma nemo bayanan da ke da nasaba da falakin da suke shawagi a ciki, don aiko sakon da suka taskance zuwa garemu a wannan duniya, ko kuma, a wasu lokutan, su dauko mana hotunan abinda ke faruwa ga manya-manyan tekunan da ke zagaye da mu a duniya gaba daya. Shi tauraron dan Adam duk karkonsa, ba ya dawwama a muhallin da aka jefa shi ciki don shawagi; yana da muddar rayuwa da aka deba masa. Da zarar aikinsa ya kare, zai dawo wannan duniya tamu, ko kuma, a wasu lokutan ma, yana kan aikinsa sai ya samu matsala ya wargaje ba tare da masushi sun iya kaiwa gareshi ba. Idan ma ya gama lafiya, yana iya samun matsala wajen shigowa wannan duniya lafiya garau. A takaice dai, duk wani tauraron dan Adam na da iya kwanaki ko watanni ko shekarunda aka deba masa. Sannan yana da irin aikin da aka harba shi ya yi; tauraron dan Adam da ke gano yanayin muhalli da falakin da ke sararin samaniya yana dauke ne da na’urar daukar hoto, wacce ta dace da tsarin aikinsa. Wanda aka harba don gano yanayin zafi ko sanyi na dauke ne da na’urar da ke taimaka masa sinsino yanayin muhallin. Haka wadanda aka harbawa don yada shirye-shiryen gidajen rediyo da talabijin, duk suna da nasu sifa da ta sha bamban da sauran. An fara harba ire-iren wadannan taurarin wucin-gadi ne zuwa cikin falaki shekaru kusan hamsin da biyu da suka gabata (1957), kuma yazuwa yanzu, an harba wajen dubunnai masu zuwa don karbowa da aikawa da bayanai ko sinsino yanayi ko kuma dauko hotunan sararin samaniya, don amfanin dan Adam. A karon farko ana amfani ne da roket, mai dauke da kumbo(space shuttle),don cilla wani tauraro zuwa sararin samaniya. Tarihin tauraron dan adam -  Daga baya aka zo ana amfani da jiragen sama masu masifar gudu, duk da yake shi ma wannan tsari nabukatar roket wanda ke harba jirgin zuwa wani mizanin nisa cikin samaniya, kafin wannan jirgi ya ingiza tauraron cikin falaki. Ana cikin haka sai kuma masana kimiyyar sararin samaniyar Amirka suka bullo da wata hanya wacce ta sha bamban da sauran wajen sauki da inganci. Wannan hanya kuwa ita ta cilla tauraron dan Adam daga babbar kumbon tashar binciken sararin samaniya da ke can sararin samaniya, watau US Space Shuttle. Hakan na faruwa ne domin masana na iya kera tauraron dan Adam a halin zamansu cikin wannan kumboda ke tashar, har su harba shi. Haka idan ya lalace ko ya gama aikinsa, suna iya sanya shi cikin wani kumbo karami don aikowa dashi wannan duniya tamu don a gyara shi yadda ya kamata. Nan gaba, masana harkar falaki a Amurka na tunanin bullo da wani tsari mai suna Single Stage to Orbit,watau“tsalle daya zuwa falaki” a misali Wannan tsari zai rage yawan tashoshin da tauraron dan Adam zai bi kafin kaiwa ga falakin da aka umarce shi da zuwa. Idan har suka dace, wannan tsari zai zo ne da kumbon sararin samaniya guda daya, tafkeke, mai iya daukan taurarin dan Adam da dama, don aikawa dasu zuwa cikin falakin da ya dace dasu, cikin harbawa guda! Tauraron dan Adam na farko da ya fara shiga cikin falakin wannan duniya tamu shineSputnik 1,wanda kasar Rasha ta harba a ranar 4 ga watan Oktoba, shekarar 1957. Wannan tauraro yayi shawagi cikin falaki yana aiko sakonni har tsawon kwanaki ashirin da daya. Bayan ya kamo hanyarsa ta dawowa duniya, sai ya kone a hanya. Hakan ya faru ne ranar 4 ga watan Janairun shekarar 1958. Daga nan kasar ta sake cilla wani tauraron mai sunaSputnik 2,a ranar 3 ga watan Nuwanba na shekarar 1957 dai har wayau. A ciki suka sanya wata karya don gwaji, wacce a karshe ta mace, sa’o’i biyu da harba ta, sanadiyyar tsananin zafin da ke cikin tauraron da aka sanya ta ciki. TauraronSputnik 2ya dawo wannan duniya tamu ranar 14 ga water Afrailun shekarar 1958, inda ya kone bayan ya shigo shi ma. Da ganin haka sai kasar Amurka ta fara narkewa da kishi. Ana cikin haka sai kawai aka ji ita ma ta harba tauraronta na farko zuwa cikin falakin wannan duniya tamu, mai sunaExplorer 1,ranar 31ga watan Janairun shekarar 1958. Bayan nan ta sake cilla wani tauraromai sunaDiscoverer 13,tauraron dan Adam na farko da ya fara zuwa falaki, ya taskance bayanan da yake bukata ta hanyar wata na’ura, sannan ya cillo wannan na’ura zuwawannan duniya tamu, masu binciken kasar Amurka sukadauka don tantance sakonnin da kalato musu.Wannan aiki ta gudanar dashi ne cikin shekarar 1960, ranar 10 ga watan Agusta.Daga nan sauran kasashe suka biyo baya.




#Article 147: Amurka (151 words)


Amurka ko Amurika ko Amirka nahiya ne. Amurka ta kasu kashi biyu. Akwai Amurka ta Arewa North America da kuma Amurka ta Kudu wato South America. 

Amurka maso Arewa wacce akafu sani da United States Of America (USA)  

a shi Tarayyar Amurka. Tarayyar Amurka kasashe ne da suka hade waje taya tare da yarjejeniyar zaban shugaba guda ta hanyar jefa quri'a sannan a rarraba matakan iko ga kowace yankin tarayyar wacce ke dauke da Kasashe guda hamsin (50 states) wanda cibiyar kasan ke Washington DC. Jihohi 48 suna daga cikin kasashen arewacin amurkan sai Alaska dake arewa maso-yammacin arewacin kasar. Sai kuma Hawaii dake tsakiyar-Pacific Mid pacific.

California itace Jihar da tafi kowace kasa yawan mutane wacce take da gidaje 38,332,521 (2013 estimate). Se kuma Kasar da tafi kowace karancin mutane itace Kasar Wyoming da misalin gidajen mutane guda 582,658.

Kasashe/Jihohin Amurka Guda Hamsin (50) tare da sunayensu a jere (alphabetically).




#Article 148: Radio France Internationale (552 words)


Gidan Radio France Internationale RFI Yana watsa shirye shiryen rane daga birnin Paris na kasar faransa. Akwai Sama da mutane miliyan 35,6 dake sauraron RFI a kididdigar shekara ta 2008, yana daya daga cikin wanda akafi saurare a gidajen rediyo na kasa da kasa a duniya, tare da BBC World Service, Muryar Amurka da kuma Deutsche Welle.

RFI na watsa labarai ta talabijin awanni 24 a fadin duniya, Akwai kuma gidajen FM mallakin RFI a kasashe daban daban, da kuma USB, a kan Worldspace kuma a kan rfi.fr Akwai wata tashar jihar kamfanin, Faransa Médias Monde (RFI - France24 - MCD).

An kafa RFI a 1975 a matsayin wani ɓangare na Radio Faransa da gwamnatin Faransa, da kuma maye gurbin da Poste mulkin mallaka da (halitta a 1931), Paris Mondial (1938), Radio Paris (1939), RTF Radio Paris (1945) da kuma ORTF Radio Paris ( 1965). A 1986 Majalisar Faransa ta canza dokar don ba da damar RFI ta yi aiki da kansa Radio France.

RFI na watsa shirye shirye a yarurruka daban daban kamar English , Kiswahili , Hausa , Spanish , Portuguese , Romanian , Russian , Persian , Chinese , Vietnamese and Cambodian . Har ila yau rike Monte Carlo Doualiya (da Radio Monte Carlo gabas ta tsakiya), wanda yake bada Larabci shirye-shirye a birnin Paris, da kuma Amma tasirin su daga wani watsawa a Cyprus zuwa masu sauraro a fadin gabas ta tsakiya da kuma arewacin Afirka.

Daya daga cikin mafi girma a kasashen waje harshen shine Turanci. Sashen Turanci na RFI yana watsa shirye shiryen sa kowace rana. Sannan kuma Dukkanin shirye-shiryen Sashen Turanci  suna samuwa online kuma don saukna RFI ana iya sake sauraron su ashafin yanar gizo.

A kan Satumba 17, 2002, Togo lese Shugaba Gnassingbe Eyadéma yi kokari ta dakatar da watsa labarai na wata hira da daya daga cikin abokan adawar, Agbéyomé Kodjo, da phoning kai tsaye zuwa Elysée Palace. A hirar da aka ba tace da Jean-Paul Cluzel, RFI ta Shugaba a lokacin, saboda da hadewa sa baki na 'yan jarida' cinikayya-kungiya ta kashin. Duk da haka, wani rahoto kiwon tambayoyi game da Faransa asiri sabis nauyi a cikin 1995 mutuwar hukunci Bernard Borrel a Djibouti, wanda aka watsa shirye-shirye a kan May 17, 2005, aka daga baya cire daga RFI ta website domin ba a bayyana ba dalilai, yiwu saboda da sa baki na Djibouti Shugaba Ismail Omar Guelleh. 

Ranar 21 ga Oktoba 2003, Jean Helene da aka bayar da rahoton ga RFI a lokacin yakin basasa a Ivory Coast lokacin da ya kashe a Abijan da 'yan sanda Saje Theodore Séry Dago.

A 2 Nuwamba 2014, RFI rahoto tawagar Ghislaine Dupont da Claude Verlon da aka kashe yayin rufe da Mali zaben. Majalisar Dinkin Duniya ya kafa mutuwarsu kwanan don tunawa da kasa da kasa Rãnar samun hukunci a kowace shekara. 

RFI yayi wani kullum podcast a mai sauki Faransa, m via iTunes, mai suna 'Journal en français facile'. 

Watsa cibiyar sadarwa
RFI yana amfani da 2 gida gajeren zango na tashar gudun ba da sanda tashoshin a Faransa, kuma daya gajeren zango na tashar gudun ba da sanda tashar a Faransa Guyana. Duk tashoshin suna mallakar da kuma sarrafa ta Faransa harkokin mahaluži TDF.

ALLISS ne mai rotatable eriya tsarin for high ikon gajeren zango na tashar radio watsa labarai.




#Article 149: China Radio International (1046 words)


Sin Radio International [da Turanci: China Radio International] (CRI) gidan rediyo ne na Jamhuriyar Jama'ar kasar Sin (PRC). A halin yanzu hedkwatarsa ​​na a Babaoshan, wani subdistrict na Beijing. Da Radio Beijing, da kuma asali Radio Peking, da aka kafa a kan Disamba na 3 na shekarar 1941.

CRI adopts da PRC gwamnatin ta ra'ayi a kan siyasa al'amurran da suka shafi irin su siyasa matsayi na Taiwan da matsayi na Dalai Lama. CRI fitattu inganta m dangantakar tsakanin PRC da kuma duniya. Kamar yadda tare da wasu kasashe 'external gabatarda shirye shiryen kamar Muryar Amurka, BBC Radio kuma Australia, CRI taka muhimmiyar rawa a cikin PRC ta taushi ikon dabarun.

Ya na 30 ofisoshin kasashen waje, da kuma watsa shirye 1.520 hours na shirye-shirye a kowace rana (24 hours a Turanci), ciki har da labarai, a halin yanzu harkokin, kuma fasali a kan siyasa, da tattalin arziki, al'adu, kimiyya da fasaha.

Fiye da 50 gajeren zango na tashar watsa ake amfani da su rufe mafi yawansu duniya. an watsa shirye-shirye via internet da yawa da tauraron dan adam. da shirye-shiryen da ake rebroadcast da yawa na gida FM da kuma AM gidajen rediyo a duk duniya.

Radio aka fara gabatar a kasar Sin a cikin 1920s kuma 1930s. Duk da haka, 'yan gidaje da rediyo masu karba. Bayan 'yan birane da kasuwanci tashoshin. Mai of rediyo ta kasance a gare siyasa manufa, akai-akai a kan wani gida yankin matakin.

Kasar Sin jam'iyyar kwaminis ta farko amfani da rediyo a Yanan a watan Maris 1940 da watsawa shigo da daga Moscow. Xinhua na kasar Sin Sabuwar Radio (XNCR) ya tafi a kan iska daga Yanan a kan Disamba 30, 1940. XNCR daukar kwayar cutar zuwa fi girma Gwargwadon yankin bayan shekarar 1945, da kuma shirye-shirye zama mafi yau da kullum da kuma slavonic tare da watsa shirye-shiryen na labarai, hukuma sanar, yaki karanta labarai, da kuma gwaninta da wallafe-wallafen shirye-shirye.

Da Turanci sabis fara a ranar 11 Satumba, 1947, yada a matsayin XNCR daga wani kogo a Shahe a cikin Taihang Mountains,  a lokacin da kasar Sin shi ne a tsakiyar wani yakin basasa, in bãyar sabuwar nasara da yankunan da watsa shirye-shirye a kasar Sin siyasa da al'adu hangen zaman gaba ga duniya baki daya.   A tashar koma daga Taihang Mountains zuwa babban birnin kasar, Peking, a lõkacin da ta Jamhuriyar Jama'ar kasar Sin da aka kafa a 1949. Da sunan da aka canza zuwa Radio Peking a kan Afrilu 10, 1950 kuma zuwa Radio Beijing a 1983. A kan Janairu 1, 1993 sunan tashar aka sake canza, wannan lokaci zuwa kasar Sin Radio International, domin kauce wa duk wani rikice da na gida Beijing rediyo watsa labarai.

CRI watsa shirye via gajeren zango na tashar radio, tauraron dan adam da yanar-gizo a cikin harshen Turanci da kuma sauran harsuna da yawa (duba ƙasa). Haka kuma akwai m AM da FM relays.

Gajeren zango na tashar watsa shirye-shiryen a Turanci da ake niyya a Arewacin Amirka, Caribbean, Turai, Afirka, Asiya da Pacific ta Kudu. CRI kula kai tsaye gajeren zango na tashar watsa shirye-shiryen zuwa raya, kafofin watsa labarai mai arzikin kasashen, a Arewacin Amirka da Turai, kamar yadda manyan yammacin gabatarda shirye shiryen (kamar BBC World Service, Muryar Amurka da kuma Radio Netherlands) rage ko yanke irin wannan watsa shirye-shiryen.

A farkon shekarar 1984, shi ya fara watsa shirye-shirye gida sabis na Beijing yankin a AM da FM mitoci. Da sabis daga baya fadada zuwa dama, manyan birane a fadin PRC, samar da sauraro a cikin PRC da labarai da rahotanni dace, music, weather, Turanci da kasar Sin koyo basira, kazalika da sauran ayyuka.

CRI News Radio (CRI 环球 资讯 广播) da aka kafa a ranar 28 ga Satumba 2005, wanda ya riƙi amfani da CRI ta 'yan jarida daga ko ina cikin duniya, kuma bayar da rahoton kasa da kasa (da kuma partially gida) labarai, wasanni, nisha da kuma salon shirye-shirye domin cikin gida sauraro a Mandarin na kasar Sin. Da nufin yin CRI News Radio na farko-aji na kasa labarai rediyo iri da taken ne 'Na farko News, News Farko', 'A-da-Spot kasar Sin, Live Duniya' da dai sauransu. 
CRI News Radio za a iya ji online da kuma a birnin Beijing a radiyo a kan 90.5 FM; a Tianjin 90.6 FM; a Chongqing 91.7 FM; a Guangdong, Hong Kong, da kuma Macau 107.1 FM; a Shandong 89.8 FM; a Anhui 90,1 FM.

Da wadannan shirye-shirye da za a iya ji a Mandarin version daga cikin podcast daga World Radio Network:

Wannan watsa shirye-shirye da aka asali niyya a London a cikin United Kingdom. A shekara ta 2006, suka kawar da London tunani, wanda shi ne wani ɓangare na gabatarwar a matsayin Ni Hao London. Sannu London  

Da CRI Hausa tashoshi da za a iya ji online su ne:

 yayi wani m kewayon abun ciki na bidiyo a kan ta  , ciki har da da dama flagship nuna rufe music, fina-finai da kuma comedy. da cikin hannu na m shirin gaskiya style guntun wando focussing on al'ada da tafiya a cikin kasar Sin.

Da Turanci podcast daga World Radio Network hada da wadannan shirye-shirye, duk wanda aka taka leda a Easy FM, CRI 91.9 FM a Kenya, kuma a gidajen rediyo a ko'ina cikin duniya.

A lokacin manyan Sin holidays (An Kwafa Golden Week), irin su kasar Sin Sabuwar Shekara, May Day, da kuma tsakiyar-Autumn Festival, kasar Sin Radio International yawanci watsa shirye na musamman shirye-shirye kamar:

Mafi yawa daga shirye-shirye ba hali na watsa shirye-shirye a lokacin da wasu sassa na shekara. Da misalin shi ne kama da Kirsimeti music watsa shirye-shiryen, a Amirka.

Sin Radio International watsa shirye-shiryen da wadannan harsunan: 

Da Tibet, da Uygur da kuma Kazakh ayyuka suna watsa shirye-shirye cikin tarayya, da na gida rediyo (Tibet Jama'ar kasar Broadcasting Station kuma Xinjiang Jama'ar kasar Broadcasting Station).

A watan Yuli 2006, CRI ta kaddamar da wani sabon rediyo tashar da ake kira CRI Olympic Radio a 900 AM a birnin Beijing. Wannan na musamman watsa shirye-shirye da aka yi a Mandarin, Yaren mutanen Koriya, Turanci, Rasha, Faransa, Mutanen Espanya, Larabci, Japan da Jamus 24 hours a rana. Wannan sabis kare a marigayi 2008 da kuma a yanzu da mita 900 AM aka shagaltar da CRI News Radio (Beijing kawai).




#Article 150: Nolisair (727 words)


Nolisair wani Kanad kamfanin, iyaye kamfanin na Nationair, wani Kanad hanyar jirgin sama, kuma daga Technair, wani jirgin sama tabbatarwa kamfanin. Kamfanin da aka mallakar Robert Obadiya. Hedkwatar aka located a cikin Nationair Building a kan dũkiyar Montreal-Mirabel International Airport a Mirabel, Quebec. 

Nationair sarrafa, a ƙarshen 1980s da farkon 1990s daga sansanonin sojin a Montreal da Toronto, da yanayi sansanonin sojin a Quebec City da flights daga Hamilton, Saskatchewan zuwa London, England. A daya batu, Nationair ya Kanada ta uku mafi girma a kamfanin jirgin sama, bayan Air Canada da Kanad Airlines kasa da kasa.

Inda ake nufi a lokacin hunturu watanni kunshi mafi yawa na rana inda ake nufi a Florida, Caribbean, Mexico da kuma Kudancin Amirka. Rani inda ake nufi hada Vancouver da Calgary amma yana da nauyi girmamawa a Turai inda ake nufi - yafi Ingila, Scotland, Portugal da Faransa. Da hanyar jirgin sama ma ya shekara shirya sabis tsakanin Montreal Mirabel da kuma Brussels, Belgium, bauta wa da hanya har zuwa yau da kullum.

Da hanyar jirgin sama kokarin faruwa shugaban da shugaban da Air Canada da Kanad Airlines International aiki shirya flights tsakanin Toronto da Montreal, miƙa cheap kudin tafiye-tafiye da kuma m Wurin sayar da tikiti yanayi. Da shirya sabis ya fairly short-rayu.

A lokacin kafada lokaci kuma domin kara yin amfani da ta jirgin sama, Nationair yi da dama sub-kwangila. Wadannan za su wani lokacin amma ba kullum sun hada da Flight samarin da. Wannan sa Nationair jirgin sama a ga wajibi a gabas ta tsakiya a lokacin gudu har zuwa Gulf War yin evacuations, aikin da Majalisar Dinkin Duniya motsi sojojin a cikin Namibia da kuma jiragen gare Najeriya Airways a 1991.

Nationair ma ya yi da dama sub-charters ga kamfanonin jiragen sama kamar Hispania Líneas aéreas, Garuda Indonesia, kungiyar tarayyar des Transports Aériens (UTA) da kuma LTU International (LTU). Nationair aka aiki wasu jiragen don UTA a 1989 a lokacin inda UTA Flight 772 da aka lalata inflight.

Nationair sarrafa da dama sub-kwangila a duk faɗin duniya, ciki har da Nijeriya Airways Flight 2120 Najeriya Airways wanda ya fado a Jeddah, Saudi Arabia on 11 Yuli 1991, inda suka kashe dukan 261 a kan jirgin, ciki har da 14 Kanad aircrew. Shi ne kuma ya rage da mafi mũnin jirgin sama bala'i shafe wata Kanad hanyar jirgin sama.

Cikin hanyar da hadarin da aka samu ya zama a ƙarƙashin-inflated tayoyi, wanda bi da bi sa overheated tayoyi a kama wuta, da kuma gazawar da na'ura mai aiki da karfin ruwa tsarin da m in-jirgin hutu-up na jirgin sama takaice na yin gaggawa saukowa. 

Da aminci daga cikin hanyar jirgin sama da aka sau da yawa zargi amma shugaban kasar, Robert Obadiya, suna tsananta ƙaryata game da zargin. Ƙarshe, za a gano cewa kamfanin jirgin sama sau da yawa ya tashi jirgin sama da suke unairworthy, da kuma cewa sufuri Canada san wannan ba, amma ya yi kome ba game da shi, rasa a Safety Review cewa jẽfa da hanyar jirgin sama a cikin wani mummunan haske. An gano cewa, daga baya da jirgin sama wanda ya fado a Saudi Arabia da aka un-airworthy domin da yawa kwanaki kafin a karo, da kuma cewa ma'aikatan ya canza takardun domin ga jirgin ya tashi a kan Yuli 11, 1991.

A aircrash, haɗe shi da Nationair ta matalauta suna ga on-lokaci sabis da kuma na inji matsaloli haifar da manyan matsaloli da jama'a image da aminci tsakanin yawon shakatawa aiki. Wadannan matsaloli suna da ninkawa a lõkacin da Nationair kulle fitar da unionized Flight samarin da tafi maye gurbin su da strikebreaker s a kan Nuwamba 19, 1991. A lockout dade 15 da watanni da kuma lokacin da shi ya ƙare a farkon 1993, Nationair samu kanta a mai tsanani kudi matsala, kuma yi domin fatarar kariya.

Kamfanin tafi fatara a cikin bazara na 1993 bayan da aka gano cewa ta binta gwamnatin miliyoyin daloli a unpaid saukowa kudade. Bashi ya fara kwace jiragen sama da nema tsabar kudi har gaban ga ayyuka.

Kamfanin da aka ayyana fatara a watan Mayu 1993, bin bashi CDN $ 75 miliyan. A 1997 Robert Obadiya roƙe da laifi zuwa takwas kirga na zamba dangane da kamfanin ayyukan.

A lokacin da aka fili bayyana cewa cikin hanyar da hadarin ya sakaci a kan wani ɓangare na kamfanin, ta riga an tafi ga dama shekaru.




#Article 151: Azare (181 words)


Garin Azare dai gari ne mai tarihi a kasar hausa yana da sarkin yanka sunan sarkin kuwa shine Alh Dr [UMAR FARUQ ii ]. Ana ce masa Sarkin katagum  Sunan karamar hukumar shine Katagum. sannan karamar hukumar ta gabas tayi iyaka da Damban ta yamma kuma tayi iyaka da Shira da Jama'are ta kudu kuma tayi iyaka da Misau ta arewa kuma tayi iyaka da Itas gadau garin Azare yana cikin arewacin Bauci kuma shine gari na biyu mafi girma bayan garin Bauchi kuma garin na Azare yana da gidajen talabijin guda biyu akwai NTA channel 6 akwai BATV channel 44. Kuma yana da gidan rediyo guda daya wadda ake ce dashi BRC FM kan mita 94.6 yana da uguwanni da dama amma manyan ciki sune Matsango daga kudanci, sannan akwai Nasarawa daga tsakiya, sannan akwai Tsakuwa daga gabashi, sannan akwai Kasuwar kaji daga yammaci, sannan akwai Unguwar dan kawu daga arewaci. Sannan akwai kauyuka da suke zagaye dashi daga gabas akwai Dalli daga yamma akwai Bulkacuwa daga kudu akwai Isawa da Zabi daga arewa kuma akwai Duhuwar kura da Gadau.




#Article 152: Gudawa (625 words)


Gudawa ko diarrhoea wani yanayi ne da ya ke sawa a yi tsuguno mai ruwa-ruwa ko  rikicewar ciki a ƙalla sau uku a ko wace rana. Wani lokaci ta kan ɗauki kwanaki wanda hakan ke jawo bushewar jiki sabo da rasa ruwa a jiki. Alamomin bushewar jiki wasu lokuta na farawa ne da rashin jawuwar fata da kuma canja kamanni. Wannan na iya ci gaba zuwa raguwar  fitsari, canjin launin fata, ƙaruwar bugun zuciya cikin saurida kuma fita daga hayyaci idan abin ya yi tsanani. Bayan gari marar tauri amma ba mai ruwa-ruwa ba a wajen yara da ake shayarwa, na iya zama abin da aka saba.

Babban abin da ya ke jawowa ita ce matsala a hanji ko dai sabo da ƙananan ƙwayoyin cuta, bakteriya, parasait, ko yanayin da aka sani da kumburin ciki. Wannan kamuwa da cuta wasu lokuta a kan same ta daga abinci ko ruwa wanda bayan gari ya gurɓata, ko kuma kai tsaye daga mutumin da ya kamu. Za'a iya kasata kaso uku: gudawa mai ruwa-ruwa ta gajeren lokaci, gudawa mai jini-jini ta gajeren lokaci, idan kuma ta kai fiye da mako biyu, gudawa mai daɗewa. Gudawa mai ruwa-ruwa ta gajeren lokaci na iya zama a dalilin kamuwa da cutar kwalara. Idan akwai jini an fi saninta da atini. Wasu abubuwa da ba na kamuwa da cuta ba na iya kawo gudawa wanɗanda suka haɗa da matsanancin aikin hailittar cikin jiki mai kama da gurjiya, rashin juriya na aikin sukari a jiki, cuta mai haddasa kumburin hanji, mafi yawa daga shaye-shayen magunguna, da alamar rikicewar ciki da wasu abubuwa. A yawaicin lokuta yanayin tsuguno ba'a bukatar bayaninsa domin tabbatar da ainihin sababi.

Za'a iya inganta kariya daga kamuwa da gudawa ta inganta mahalli, tsaftace ruwan sha, da wanke hannu. Shayar da nono na aƙalla wata shida na da matuƙar amfani domin riga-kafi ne daga ƙwayoyin cuta. Haɗin gishiri da sukari (ORS), tare da tsaftataccen ruwa wanda aka haɗa da gishiri matsakaici da sukari, shi ne maganin da aka zaɓa. ƙwayoyin magani masu Zinc an bayar da shawarar amfani da su. Wannan kaifiyyar maganin an ƙiyasta ta ceci yara miliyan 50 a cikin shekaru 25 da suka gabata. Idan mutane suka kamu da gudawa ana bayarda da shawara cewa su ci gaba da cin abinci mai tsafta kuma jarirai a ci gaba da shayar da su nono. Idan ba'a sami haɗin ORS na sayarwa ba, ana iya amfani da haɗin gida. Ga waɗanda ke fama da matsanancin rashin ruwa a jikinsu, za'a iya bukatar ƙarin ruwa ta jijiyar jini. Yawancin lokuta; duk da haka, ana iya amfani da shan ruwa ta baki. Ƙwayoyin magani na Antibiotic, duk da cewa ba'a cika amfani da su ba, ana iya bayar da shawarar amfani da su a wasu lokuta ƙalilan ga masu fama da gudawa mai haɗe da jini da kuma zazzaɓi mai zafi, da kuma fama da matsananciyar gudawa da kan biyo bayan bulaguro, da waɗanda suke da wata ƙwayar bakteriya ko parasait a bayan gudawarsu. ƙwayar magani ta Loperamide na iya taimakawa wajen rage yawan motsin ciki amma ba'a bayar da shawarar amfani da shi ba ga masu matsananciyar cuta.

Kimanin matsaloli biliyan 1.7 zuwa 5 na gudawa ake samu a shekara. Tafi zama ruwan dare a ƙasashe masu tasowa, a inda ƙananan yara ke samun gudawa cikin a ƙalla sau uku a shekara. A duniya baki ɗaya, a cikin shekara ta 2012, ita ce sanadiyyar mutawa ga yara masu ƙasa da shekaru biyar (miliyan 0.76 ko 11%). Yawan samun afkuwar gudawa kuma shi ne sababin rashin ingantaccen abinci kuma abin da ya fi jawo wannan ga ƙananan yara masu ƙasa da shekaru biyar. Wasu matsalolin masu nisa da kan iya afkuwa sun haɗa da rashin haɓaka ta jiki da kuma tunani.




#Article 153: Cutar zazzaɓin cizon sauro (646 words)


Maleriya Cutar da sauro ke haifarwa, ita dai Cutar ta kasance sauro ne ke yaɗa ta, a tsakanin mutane da sauran dabbobi daga ƙwayoyin cuta protozoans (wata ƙwayar cutar microorganism) ta yanayin Plasmodium . Alamomin zazzaɓi sun haɗa da janti, gajiya, amai da ciwon kai. Idan ya yi tsanani yana haddasa fata ta zama ruwan ɗorawa, sanƙamewar jiki, suma ko mutuwa. Waɗan nan alamomi na bayyana kwanaki goma zuwa sha biyar bayan cizon sauro. Ga waɗanda ba su sami magani sosai ba cutar na iya dawowa bayan wasu watanni. Ga waɗanda suka rayu bayan sun kamu, sake kamuwa na iya haifar da alamomi marasa tsanani. Wannan juriya ta taƙaitaccen lokaci na ɓacewa a cikin watanni zuwa shekaru idan ba'a sami sake kamuwa da zazzaɓi ba.

Yawanci, cutar na yaɗuwa daga cizon tamatar sauro mai ɗauke da cutar wato sauro Anopheles. Wannan cizon shi ya kan shigar da ƙwayar cutar daga yawun sauron zuwa cikin jini na mutum. Sai kuma ƙwayar cutar ta tafi zuwa hanta inda za ta balaga kuma ta hayayyafa. Mutane na iya harbuwa kuma su yaɗa jinsi biyar na Plasmodium. Sanadi na yawaicin mutuwa sababinta daga P. falciparum tare da P. vivax, P. ovale, da P. malariae waɗanda ke haifar da yanayin zazzaɓi sassauƙa. Jinsin P. knowlesi bai cika haifar da cutuka ga mutane ba. Ana maganin zazzaɓi ta hanyar nazarin jini da madubin likita da amfani da hotunan jini, ko kuma da fasaha mai gano ƙwayar cuta antigen wato gwaje-gwajen gaggawa domin magani. Hanyar gwaji mai amfani da jerin alamomi ta polymerase domin gano DNA na ƙwayar cutar ana samar da ita, amma ba'a cika amfani da ita ba a sassan da cutar zazzaɓi ta zama game-gari sabo da tsadarsa da kuma wahala.

Za'a iya rage haɗarin kamuwa da cutar ta hanyar hana cizon sauro ta amafni da gidan sauro da magani mai korar sauro, ko ta yin amfani da matakai na hana yaɗuwar sauro kamar feshin maganin sauro da kuma hana kwanciyar ruwa. Akwai magunguna masu yawa domin kare zazzaɓi daga matafiya zuwa shiyyoyin da cutar ta zama ruwan-dare. Shan magani akai-akai sulfadoxine/pyrimethamine na da matuƙar kyau ga yara da kuma bayan wata uku na farko na samun ciki a shiyyoyi da aka fi samun zazzaɓi. Duk da bukatar da ake da ita, babu wata ingantacciyar allura da ake da ita, duk da cewa ƙoƙarin samar da wata na ci gaba. Maganin zazzaɓi da ka bayar da shawara a kansa haɗi ne da maganin zazzaɓi wanda ya haɗa da artemisinin. Magani na biyu na iya zama mefloquine, lumefantrine, ko sulfadoxine/pyrimethamine. Za'a iya amfani da Quinine tare da doxycycline idan ba'a sami artemisinin ba. Ana bayar da shawara cewa a wuraren da cutar ta zama ruwan-dare, idan zai yiwu, a tabbatar da zazzaɓin cizon sauron kafin a fara bayar da magani sabo da damuwar da ake da ita ta wajen ƙaruwar bijirewa magani da cutar ke yi. Bijirewa na ƙaruwa ga yawaicin magungunan zazzaɓin cizon sauro; misali, bijirewa chloroquine P. falciparum ya yaɗu a yankuna masu zazzaɓin cizon sauro, kuma bijirewa artemisinin ya zama matsala a wasu sassa na Kudancin Asia.

Cutar ta fi yaɗuwa a wurare masu zafin yanayi da kuma ɓangarori  da kusa da wurin zafi waɗan da ke kusa da inda layin equator ya keta. Wannan ya haɗa da mafi yawan kusa da Saharar Afirka, Asia, da Latin America. Ƙungiyar Lafiya ta Duniya ta ƙiyasta cewa a 2012, an sami matsalar zazzaɓin cizon sauro miliyan 207. A wannan shekarar, an ƙiyasta cewa cutar ta hallaka a ƙalla tsakanin mutane miliyan 473,000 da mutane 789,000, mafi yawansu yara a nahiyar Afirka. Yawaici a kan alaƙanta cutar zazzaɓin cizon sauro da talauci kuma ya na shafar haɓakar tattalin arziki. A nahiyar Afirka an ƙiyasta cewa ya jawo asarar Dalar Amurka biliyan 12 a shekara sabo da ƙaruwar tsadar kiwon lafiya, rashin samun damar yin aiki da kuma illoli ga yawon buɗe-idanu.




#Article 154: Cutar hanta A (457 words)


Cutar hanta (wadda a da aka fi sani da cutar hanta mai yaɗuwa) wata matsananciyar cuta mai yaɗuwa da ke shafar hanta wadda ƙwayar cutar hepatitis A ke haifarwa (HAV). Yawancin matsalolinta na da ƙarancin bayyana musamman ga ƙananan yara. Lokaci tsakanin kamuwa da kuma bayyana, ga waɗanda suka kamu, na tsakanin mako biyu da mako shida. Idan akwai alamu, yawaici su kan ɗauki tsawon mako takwas kuma za su iya haɗawa da tashin zuciya, amai, gudawa, fata ta koma launin ɗorawa, zazzaɓi, da ciwon ciki. Kimanin kaso 10–15% na jama'a na haɗuwa da maimaituwar bayyanar alamu a cikin tsawon watanni shida bayan kamuwar farko. Matsanancin hali na gazawar hanta kan afku musamman ga tsofaffi.

Yawaici wannan cuta na yaɗuwa ta hanayar cin abinci ko abin sha wanda ya gurɓata da bayan garin da ya harbu. Karfashen kifi wanda bai dahu sosai ba shi ne tushen da aka fi sani. Kuma za'a iya yaɗata ta hanyar cuɗanya ta kusa-da-kusa da mutumin da ya kamu. A yayin da alamomin cutar wasu lokuta ba sa bayyana ga yara ƙanana, za su iya harbar wasu. Bayan kamuwa sau guda, mutum ya sami kariya iya tsawon rayuwarsa. Yin magani na bukatar gwajin jini sabo da alamomin cutar sun yi kama da sauran wasu cutuka. Tana daga cikin ƙwayoyin hepatitis: A, B, C, D, and E.

Allurar hepatitis A ta fi inganci wajen kariya. Wasu ƙasashe na bayar da shawarar yinta ga ƙananan yara da kuma waɗanda suka fi shiga cikin haɗarin kamuwa da ita waɗanda ba'a yi masu riga-kafi ba a baya. Ta na da matuƙar amfani ga rayuwa. Wasu hanyoyin kariya sun haɗa da wanke hannu da kuma dafa abinci sosai. Babu takamaiman jiyya, tare da sauran domin maganin tashin zuciya ko gudawa da aka bayar da shawara domin sha dangane da bukata. Ana iya maganin kamuwa gaba ɗaya kuma ba tare da ci gaban cutar hanta ba. Jiyyar matsananciyar cutar zuciya, idan ta afku, sai dai ta hanayar dashen zuciya.

A duniya gaba ɗaya kimanin alamomin cutar miliyan 1.5 ke afkuwa ko wace shekara tare da miliyoyin kamuwa da cutar gaba ɗaya. Ta fi samuwa a ɓangarorin duniya marasa tsafta da kuma rashin ruwan sha mai tsafta. A ƙasashe masu tasowa kimanin kaso 90% na yara ne su ka kamu daga shekara 10 kuma sabo da haka su ka sami kariya lokacin da suka girma. A kan sami ɓarkewarta wasu lokuta a ƙasashe masu tasowa inda yara ba su da kariya lokacin da su ke tasowa kuma babu isasshen riga-kafi. A shekara ta 2010, mummunar cutar hanta ta yi sanadin mutuwa 102,000. Ranar Cutar Hanta ta Duniya na afkuwa a kowace shekara a ranar 28 ga watan Yuli domin wayar da kan jama'a dangane da mummunar cuta ta hanata.




#Article 155: Rashin abinci mai gina jiki (899 words)


Rashin abinci mai gina jiki ko rashin samun abinci mai gina jiki wani yanayi ne da ke samuwa a sanadin cin abinci wanda babu isassun sinadaran gina jiki ko kuma idan su ka yi yawa ta yadda hakan zai haifar da matsalolin lafiya.  Sinadaran gina jikin na iya haɗawa da: sinadarin sa kuzari wato kalori, sinadarin gina jiki wato protin, sinadarin ƙara ƙarfi wato kaboyaidiret, sinadarin ƙara lafiya wato bitamins ko da ake kira mineral. Wani lokaci ana amfani da ita musamman da ma'anar rashin abinci mai gina jiki idan aka gaza samun isasshen sinadarin kalori, protin ko ƙananan sinadaran gina jiki; to amma, zai iya haɗawa da cin abinci mai gina jiki fiye da kima. Idan rashin cin abinci mai gina jiki ya afku ko dai lokacin da ake da juna-biyu ko kafin shekaru biyu da haihuwa wannan zai iya haifar da matsala ta din-din-din tare da rashin girman jiki ko ƙwaƙwalwa. Rashin cin abinci mai gina jiki wanda ya kai matuƙa, wanda aka fi sani da yinwa, na da alamomi da suka haɗa da: gajarta, sirancewar jiki, rashin kuzari da ya kai matuƙa, da kuma kumburin ƙafafu da ciki. Kuma wasu lokuta mutane kan haɗu da kamuwa da cutuka da kuma yawan sanyi akai-akai. Alamomi na rashin ƙananan sinadarai masu gina jiki ya dogara ne da sinadarin abincin da aka rasa.

Rashin cin abinci mai gina jiki ya fi faruwa sanadin rashin samun abinci mai inganci wanda za'a ci. Wasu lokuta wannan na da alaƙa da tsadar abinci da kuma talauci. Rashin shayar da nono na iya zama sanadi, domin yawaicin kamuwa da cutuka masu yaɗuwa misali: kumburin ciki da uwar hanji, mura, zazzaɓi da baƙon-dauro waɗanda ke bukatar ƙarin abinci mai gina jiki. Akwai kaso biyu na rashin abinci mai gina jiki: rashin sinadari mai gina jiki wato protin da kuma rashin ingantaccen abinci. Rashin sinadarin abinci mai gina jiki na da matsanantan nau'oi guda biyu: nau'in da ake kira marasmus (rashin sinadarin protin da Kaloris) da kuma nau'in da ake kira kwashiorkor (rashin sinadarin protin kaɗai). Rashin ƙananan sinadaran gina jiki da aka fi sani sun haɗa da: iron, iodine da vitamin A. Lokacin da mace ke da juna-biyu, sabo da ƙaruwar bukata, rashin sinadaran ya fi zama ruwan-dare. A wasu ƙasashe masu tasowa cin abinci mai gina jiki fiye da kima na iya jawo ƙiba wanda akan haɗa wannan da al'umma wadda ke fama da rashin abinci mai gina jiki. Wasu abubuwan da ke jawo rashin cin abinci mai gina jiki sun haɗa da anorexia nervosa da bariatric surgery. Dangane da tsofaffi ana iya samun matsalar rashin cin abinci mai gina jiki a dalilai na zahiri, waɗanda suka shafi ƙwaƙwalwa ko kuma na zamantakewa.

Ƙoƙarin inganta abinci mai gina jiki na ɗaya daga cikin mahimman hanyoyi na bunƙasa taimako. Shayar da nono na iya rage rashin ingancin abinci da kuma mutuwa ga ƙanan yara, kuma yinƙurin wannan hanya na ƙara yawa. Ga yara ƙanana, samar da abinci ƙari a kan shayar da nono tsakanin watanni shida da shekaru biyu yana inganta sakamako. Kuma akwai kyakkyawar shaida wurin taimakawa ga masu taimakawa ƙananan sinadarai lokacin da ake da juna-biyu da kuma a tsakankanin yara ƙanana a ƙasashe masu tasowa na duniya. Samar da abinci ga waɗanda suka fi bukatarsa da kuma isar da shi da bayar da kuɗi ta yadda mutane za su iya sayen abincin a kasuwannin ƙauyuka na da inganci. Ciyar da mutane kawai a makarantu bai wadatar ba. Kula da mai fama da matsanancin rashin abinci mai gina jiki a gidansa ta hanyar samar da haɗaɗɗen abinci da za'a yi amfani da shi na iya yiwuwa a mafi yawan lokuta. Ga waɗanda ke fama da matsanancin rashin abinci mai gina jiki wanda wasu matsalolin na rashin lafiya suka ta'azzara ya fi kyau a sami jiyya a asibiti. Wasu lokuta wannan ya haɗa da kulawa da abinda ake kira ƙarancin sukari a cikin jini, yanayin ɗimin jiki, rashin ruwa a jiki, da kuma ciyarwa a hankali. Bayar da antibiotic lokaci-lokaci na da mahimmaci sabo da haɗarin kamuwa da cuta zai ƙara yiwuwa. Matakai na dogon lokaci sun haɗa da: inganta hanyoyin noma, rage talauci, inganta mahalli, da kuma samar da aiki ga mata.

Akwai mutane miliyan 925 da suke fama da rashin abinci mai gina jiki a duniya a shekara ta 2010, ƙarin miliyan 80 tun 1990. Wasu mutanen biliyan ɗaya aka ƙiyasta da ke fama da rashin sinadarin bitamin da minerals. A shekara ta 2010 rashin abinci mai ɗauke da sinadarin an ƙiyasta ya yi sanadiyyar mutawa 600,000 ƙasa daga mutuwa 883,000 a shekara ta 1990. Wasu rashin na abinci mai gina jiki, wanda ya haɗa da rashin sinadarin iodine da rashin sinadarin iron na cikin jini, ya yi sanadiyyar wasu rashe-rashen 84,000. Rashin abinci mai gina jiki har zuwa shekara ta 2010 shi ne sanadiyyar 1.4% na dukkanin shekarun daidaito na naƙasa. Kimanin rasuwa guda cikin uku a ɓangaren yara ƙanana an yi imani ta na afkuwa ne a sanadin rashin abinci mai gina jiki; to amma, ba'a cika danganta mutuwar da wannan ba. A shekara ta 2010 an ƙiyasta cewa an sami kimanin mutuwar mata da ƙanan yara miliyan 1.5 duk da cewa wasu sun ƙiyasta adadin da cewa zai iya fin miliyan 3 . Ƙarin yara miliyan 165 na samun rashin kulawa da girmansu daga cutar. Rashin abinci mai gina jiki ya fi zama ruwan-dare a ƙasashe masu tasowa.




#Article 156: Shaddar gargajiya (641 words)


A Shaddar gargajiya ko masai wani irin masai ne da ya ke tara bahaya ta ɗan adam a wani rami da ke cikin ƙasa. Ba sa amfani da ruwa ko lita ɗaya zuwa lita uku na ruwa domin kora bayan-garin da aka yi ta amfani da abin kora ruwa zuwa masai. Idan aka gina su sosai kuma aka lura da su za su iya rage yaɗuwar cutuka ta rage yawan bahaya a wurin zaman jama'a wanda akan yi tsuguno a fili. Wannan ya na rage musayar abubuwan da ke kawo cuta tsakanin bayan-gari da abinci wanda ƙuda ke yaɗawa. Waɗan nan abubuwa da ke kawo cuta su ne manyan abubuwa da ke haifar da gudawa da ake kamuwa da ita da kamuwa da cutar tsutsotsin hanji. Gudawa da za'a iya kamuwa da ita ta yi sanadiyyar mutuwar ƙananan yara 'yan ƙasa da shekaru biyar kimanin miliyan 0.7 a shekara ta 2011 da kuma kwanakin makaranta miliyan 250. Shaddar gargajiya ita ce hanya mafi rangwame ta raba bahaya da mutane.

Yawaici shadda ta ƙunshi manyan ɓangarori guda uku: rami a ƙasa, murfi ko daɓe wanda aka yiwa ƙaramar kafa, da kuma inuwa. Ramin a ƙalla an fi haƙashi har zurfin mita 3 zurfin (ƙafa 10 ) da mita 1 (ƙafa 3.2) a kwance.Ƙungiyar Lafiya ta Duniya na bayar da shawara cewa a ginasu a nisa wanda ke gwargwado da gidaje domin daidaitawa tsakanin yadda za'a biya bukata da kuma na wari. Zurfinsa daga ruwan da ke ƙasa da ruwan da ke sama ya zamanto akwai tazara sosai domin kaucewa matsalar gurɓata. Ramin daɓen ka da ya fi faɗin santimita 25 (inci 9.8) domin kare yara daga faɗawa ciki. A hana haske daga shiga ramin domin rage yawan ƙudaje samun damar shiga. Domin yin haka za'a bukaci amfani da murfi domin rufe ramin da ke daɓen lokacin da ba'a amfani da ita. Idan shaddar ta cika zuwa kimanin nisan mita 0.5 (ƙafa 1.6) zuwa sama, ko dai a kwasheta ko kuma a gina wata sabuwa sannan a mayar da inuwar can ko kuma a samar da wani wurin sabo. Tafiyar da ƙazanta wadda aka kwashe daga masai na da sarƙaƙiya. Akwai haɗari dangane da mahalli da kuma lafiya idan ba'a yi shi yadda ya kamata ba.

Za'a iya inganta shaddar gargajiya ta hanyoyi da dama. Guda daga ciki ta haɗa da saka bututu mai kawo iska daga ramin zuwa saman ginin. Wannan na inganta zagayawar iska da kuma rage warin bandakin. Kuma zai rage ƙudaje idan an rufe saman bututun da raga (wadda aka yi yawaici da zaren ƙarfe). A irin waɗan nan banɗakuna, ba sai an yi amfani da murfi ba wajen rufe ramin da ke daɓen. Wasu hanyoyin na ingantawa sun haɗa da daɓe wanda aka yi ta yadda ruwa zai gangara ramin da kuma sake samun ƙarfi daga ɓangaren sama na ramin tare da ƙawanya ta bulo ko siminti domin ƙara ƙarfi.

Har zuwa shekara ta 2013 an ƙiyasta cewa mutane biliyan 1.77 ke amfani da shaddar gargajiya. Yawaicin wannan a ƙasashen duniya masu tasowa da kuma ƙauyuka da dazuka. A shekara ta 2011 kimanin mutane biliyan 2.5 ba su da damar amfani da banɗakuna da suka dace kuma biliyan ɗaya sun gwammace biyan bukatarsu a fili a gewayensu. Kudancin Asiya da Hamadar Saharar Afirka su ke da mafi muni na samun dama ga banɗakuna. A ƙasashe masu tasowa, kuɗin da za'a kashe wajen gina masan gargajiya ya kama tsakanin Dalar Amurka 25 da 60. Ci gaba da gyara kan ci kuɗi tsakanin Dalar Amurka 1.5 da Dala 4 ga duk mutum guda a kowace shekara wanda wasu lokuta ba'a la'akari da wannan. A wasu ɓangarori na ƙauyukan Indiya shelar da aka yi ta  Babu Banɗaki, Babu Mata an yi amfani da ita domin haɓaka banɗakuna ta hanyar ƙarfafawa mata domin su ƙi auren mutumin da ba shi da banɗaki.




#Article 157: Georgia (501 words)


Georgia kasa ce dake nahiyar Turai ko Asiya. Georgia ta kasance a Yammacin Asiya. Tana bakin tekun Bahar Maliya. A tsakanin 1991-1995 cikakken sunan ta Jamhuriyar Georgia. Tun 1995 ƙasar Georgia ce kamar yadda aka rubuta a Tsarin Mulki. A da, tana daga cikin Tarayyar Soviet, amma yanzu ta zama jamhuriya mai cin gashin kanta. Babban birni ta shine bilisi. Yawan jama'arta kusan miliyan 4 ne.

Ƴan Georgia mutane ne na da. An kafa babban birninsu Tbilisi a wajajen AD 400, bayan ƙarshen Daular Rome. Yammacin Georgia ya kasance wani ɓangare na Daular Rome kafin lokacin. Larabawa sun kame shi a shekara ta 635 Miladiyya. Al'adar ta ci gaba kuma sun bunkasa ta hanyar kasuwanci. A cikin tasirin Larabawa 900s ya ragu a Caucasia sosai. A cikin 1008 aka kafa Masarautar Georgia. Ita ce babbar kasa a yankin har sai da Mongoliya suka mamaye a 1223. Georgia tana daga cikin masarautar Mongoliya tsawon karni na gaba da tashi har zuwa 1334, lokacin da Sarki Giorgi na V ya karbi mulki. A cikin 1400s Georgia ta narke cikin masarautu da yawa. A cikin 1500s Farisawa sun mamaye gabashin Georgia sau huɗu daga 1541-1544. A 1555 Sarakunan Kartli sun yi mulki ta hanyar yardar Shahs na Farisa.

A cikin 1783 aka sanya hannu kan yarjejeniyar Georgievsk tsakanin Catherine the Great of Russia da Sarki Heraclius II, wanda ya ba Rasha ikon kare Georgia. Bayan haka, a cikin 1798 Farisawa sun ƙona Tbilisi ƙasa.

Daga 1811 zuwa 1918 Georgia tana ƙarƙashin Tsar na Rasha. Al'adar su ta ci gaba da wanzuwa. Daga 1918 zuwa 1921 Georgia ta kasance mai cin gashin kanta, sannan tana daga cikin Tarayyar Soviet.

A 1991 Georgia ta ayyana theirancin ta daga Tarayyar Soviet. Sabuwar Jamhuriyar Georgia ta ga yakin basasa wanda ya haifar da faduwar shugaban farko na Georgia Zviad Gamsakhurdia. Har ila yau Georgia ta shiga cikin Yaƙi a Abkhazia. Akwai matsala mai tsada tsakanin 1994 da 1995 lokacin da tattalin arziki ya talauce, kodayake Georgia ta ga ci gaba sosai a inan shekarun nan. Yanzu Georgia tana nema ga NATO da Tarayyar Turai.

A cikin shekarar 2008 Georgia ta shiga cikin yakin Kudancin Ossetia na 2008.

Georgia tana kusa da kasashen Rasha, Turkiyya, Armeniya da Azerbaijan. Har ila yau yana da bakin teku a kan Bahar Maliya. Yana can gefen Turai da Asiya.

Georgia tana da duwatsu da yawa. Matsayi mafi girma shine 5,193 m sama da matakin teku. Ana kiran duwatsun da ke ratsa Georgia suna Caucasus Mountains.

Dutse mafi tsayi a Jojiya shi ne Dutsen Shkhara a 5,193 m. Yankin gabar tekun Georgia yana da nisan kilomita 310. Georgia tana da koguna kusan 25,000. Kogi mafi girma shine Mtkvari.

Georgia ta kasu zuwa yankuna 9, birni 1, da jamhuriyoyi masu cin gashin kansu. Wadannan biyun an kasu zuwa gundumomi 67 da biranen 12 masu cin gashin kansu.

Yankin Abkhazia ya ayyana ‘yanci a shekarar 1999. Kudancin Ossetia Georgia a hukumance ta san shi da yankin Tskinvali. Georgia tana daukar yankuna biyun da Russia ta mamaye. 




#Article 158: Barkono (131 words)


Barkono kayan lambu ne. 

Barkono kalmace wadda ake amfani da ita domin Sarrafa harshe da kuma iya amfani dashi kan ita kalmar ta rabu gidaje da dama. Kamarsu

Barkono sunane wanda ake amfani dashi ga wani kalar tsiro na kayan gona da lambu yanada kyawon fitowa musamman a kan kyakkyawar kasa irinsu Jigawa da kuma jangargari.

Ana noma shi mafiyawanci don samun kudi kasancewarsa mai amfani wurin dadin dandanon abinci yana da tururi da zafi idan ka ci shi da yawa a abinci ko kuma ba hadin sirki  amma yana da dadin dandano da gyara abincin alfarma.

Ana amfani da barkono a cikin misalai dake iya zuwa a cikin jimla domin siffanta wani abu mai ban al'ajabi da kuma rashin tabbas na dabi'u domin a nuna zarra ko kuma kwazo misali.




#Article 159: Barkono (Kayan Dandanon Abinci) (137 words)


Barkono kalmace wadda ake amfani da ita domin Sarrafa harshe da kuma iya amfani dashi kan ita kalmar ta rabu gidaje da dama. Kamarsu

Barkono Sunane wanda ake amfani dashi ga wani kalar tsiro na kayan gona da lambu yanada kyawon fitowa musamman a kan kyakkyawar kasa irinsu Jigawa da kuma jangargari.

Ana noma shi mafiyawanci don samun kudi kasancewarsa mai amfani wurin dadin dandanon abinci yana da tururi da zafi idan ka ci shi da yawa a abinci ko kuma ba hadin sirki  amma yana da dadin dandano da gyara abincin alfarma.

Ana amfani da Barkono a cikin misalai dake iya zuwa a cikin jimla domin siffanta wani abu mai ban al'ajabi da kuma rashin tabbas na dabi'u domin a nuna zarra ko kuma kwazo Misali

kana kuma yana zuwa a cikin sigar karin magana Misali




#Article 160: Sallar mata na kasa da kasa a Turkiyya (1045 words)


A wannan mako zamu tattauna batutuwa game da ranar sallar mata da aka gudanar na kasa da kasa rana ta takwas watan Maris.

Wanna sallar kasa da kasa ne ke gudanarwa inda aka yi Allah wadai masu cin mutuncin mata.Rana ce wanda ake gudanarwa don a yi shella ga barin wulakanta mata kuma a tabbatar da daidaito tsakanin maza da mata. An sake lura da rayuwar mata da aikin tattalin arziki ciki har da cinikayya da suke yi.A wanna shirinmu zamu tattuana yadda lamarin kasuwanci ke tafiya dangane da mata, wato yadda za a bambanta su.
An nemi shuagabannin kasashe su dinga ba mata karfi gurin tattalin arziki, su nemi shawo kanmatsaloli da mata ke fuskanta don samun kansu gurin karfafa tattalin arziki da kuma yadda za a taimaka musu gurin dabarun gyara tattalin arziki, duk da haka gudunmuwar da mata ke sakawa cikin tattalin arziki ba shi da yawa.Wanna matsala ne sosai da ya kamata a tattauna, don haka dole mu kuma m duba ainihin yadda za a magance batun nan gaba.
Sau da yawa mata ba sa samun hanyar neman ilimi yadda ya kamat sabili da haka ne samun aikin su keda wuya.Aikin gida da aikin sana’a da suke yi ko da yaushe ya yi sanadiyar rashin yin aiki mtaukar aiki a kowane bangarori da suke.Saboda haka ma ba sa iya amincewa da kansu gurin aiki ba..Ayyuka Kaso biyu daga uku da kudi kaso daya daga goma da kuma dukiya daya daga dari ne mata zasu kwashi.
Musamman a kasashe masu tasowa maza na sama da mata a cikin kowanne fanni. A kasashe masu matukar ci gaba kuma ba za a ce akwai daidaito tsakanin mata da maza ba. A kasashen Amirka da nahiyar Turai ana gwagwarmaya don daidaito tsakanin mata da maza guin karban albashi da samun matsayin shuagabancin guraren aiki da kuma yadda gwamnati za ta taimakawa mata masu renon yara.
A Amirka abubuwa da dama sun toshe hanyar aikin mata.matsalar basu iznin idan sun haifu wato babu dokoki na kasa wanda ya ba mata damar zama gida yadda ya kamata don su rene yararsu.kowanne kafani da nashi doka, tun bin da ya shafi mata masu yara, da iyalai da kuma kai yara makarantu ko gidan rikon yara jarirai daga safe zuwa yamma duk na da tsada sosai.Dole sai matada kansu su zauna gida don su rene yaran.Bincike da aka yi a kasar Jamus kuma ta nuna cewa mata kaso saba’in da uku sun ce babu wani ragawa da aka yi wa mata masu renon yara. Wani maudu’i dangane da mata ne albashi da ake bambantawa tsakanain maza da mata.A bincike da aka fitar gurin ijara ko kuma albashi a Amirka, wato aiki da namiji zai yi ya karbi albashi dala daya idan mace ta yi za a biya ta Sent tamanin da biyu abu wnada bai kai dala daya ba.
Kasar Jamus na daga cikin kasa wanda mata ke fuskantar bambanci gurin aikin yi.
Sanarwa da aka fitar sakamakon bincike da tarayyar ma’aikata IG suka fitar sun gano cewa mata kaso sittin da takwas sun samu hayaniya gurin rashin adalci da aka nuna musu gurin biyan albashi.Hakazalika kaso sittin da takwas din kuma sun ce har ila yau ba a basu damar shuagabancin guraren aiki ba.
Sanarwa da kungiyar kula da aiki na kasa da kasa ta yi ta nuna cewa nan zuwa shekaru saba’in za a dinga samun rashin daidaito gurin aiki tsakanain mata da maza.
Kungiyar ta ce aiki kaso saba’in da bakwai da maza da mata ke yi maza ne ke samun albashi sama da mata duk da nuna himmar aiki da mata ke yi.Ta ce wannan daidaito babu wata kasa da ta daidaita batun.Bincike kuma ta nuna cewa ba samu mata da rashin aiki ko rashn zuwa aiki ba shekrau ishirin da suka gabata amma duk da haka ba samu daidaito gurin biyan albashi ba,dole ta kimanta cewa ba za a samu shawo kanmtalolin ba nan da shekaru saba’in.Binciken kuma ta nuna cewa batu din ta yadu sosai a kasashen musulmai da kuma kasashen gabas ta tsakiya.
A kasar Turkyya matsaloli da wulakanci da mata ke fusknata sun kunshe rashin samun damar karatu, rashin samun damar aikin kaow musu jalli,mummunan al’adu,da bambanci gurin aiki.Bincike da Tarayyar Turai ta yi dangane da haka ta nuna cewa samun damar aiki wato mata sun kwashi kaso hamsin da bakwai bisa dari a nahiyar Turai sai a Turkiyya mata sun kwashi kaso ishirin da shida bisa dari. Sai idan an zo gurin samun damar karatu kuma mata a nahiyar Turai sun kwashi kaso hamsin da takwas sai a Turkiyya mata sun kwashi kaso arba’in da uku bisa dari.
Duk da haka, da aka yi bincike game da kungiyoyi da ayyukan gwamnati an samu cewa kasar Turkiyya ta zo na biyu a duniya kasa wato wanda mata kaso goma sha daya ke nana a matsayin shuagabanannin kafanoni.A shekara ta dubu biyu da goma sha hudu ne kungiyar kula da aiki na kasa da kasa suka wallafa wata litattafi game da aikin mata da bambancin jinsi.A cikin wanna littafi har ila yau a cikin kasashe dari da takwas kasashe tamanin ne suka ba mata shuagabanci gurin aiki a kamfanoni.
Ga littafin, kamfanonin ayyukan gwamnati ne ta samu ma mata guri amma a kamfanonin kasuwanci dai rashin shuagabancin mata batu ne da ya kamata a duba sosai nan gaba.A kasashe goma sha tara babu wani kamfani da ya dauki mace a matsayin shugaba wato a kasar Norway mata a matsayin shuagaban ma’aikata kaso goma sha uku ne wato kaso mafi yawa a duniya sai Turkiyya ta biyo na biyu da kaso goma sha daya.
Da aka bincika mata a matsayin shugaban ayyukan gwamnati a duniya , kasar Jmaika ne ta samu kaso hamsin da tara sai kasar Yaman ta samu kaso biyu wato kasa wanda ba ta ba mata samun damar shuagbancin ma’aikata ba.A cikin wannan jerin kasashen duniya wanda suka nada mata a matsayin shaugabannin gwamnati, Amirka ta zo na goma sha biyar,Rasha ishirin da biyar,Ingilan arba’in da daya sai Turkiyya tasa’in da hudu.
Gwmantin Turkiyya ta kafa ma’aikatar gwamnati mai kualwa da harkokin mata don nuna himmar da kasar keda gurin kula da hakin dan dama. Ana sa ran kasar Turkiyya za ta samu cigaba sosai game da hakan nan gaba. 




#Article 161: Kawata Birnin Istanbul (6586 words)


Za ku iya karanta labaranmu da sauraren dukkan shirye-shiryenmu a adreshinmu na yanar gizo kamar haka: 

Ko da yaushe ku na jin sunan birnin Istanbul na Turkiyya, to a yau zamu ba ku tarihin  birni din na Istanbul.

Amma kafin mu fara kar mu manta da zance da mu ka yi na Marmara na Istanbul mai kadarko biyu wnada ta raba Turai da Asiya.

Wato Istanbul ce birni mai abun ban mamaki da malaman ilmin kimiya na kayan tarihi suka tabbata.

A karnuka 7 zuwa 11 an samu cewa daular Bizans ne ta yi mulki da al’adu da dama wanda ba ta da iyaka.

Za mu bada bayanai dangane da  ayyuka  da aka yi a YeniKapi da dadewa game da Istanbul.Aikin YeniKapi da aka fara wanda ya gamu da juyin juya halin CelilaiTaş wato zamanin da ake kira Zamanin Dutsi shekaru dubu 10 kenan.Ciki aikin filin Theodosius ne aka gano wasu tsaikon jikin mutane 4 da suka gabata shekaru da dama wato gabanin tarihin Miladiya 6000-6500.Wannan sintuwa da aka yi ya na da muhimmanci sosi don ya samu wuri a tarihin Istnabul don ita ce na farko da aka gano abu irin haka a kusada tsibirin birni din.A cikin tone tonen ne aka gano abubuwa ciki har da katako,da makaman tsaro.

A cewar malaman ilimin kimiya na kayan tarihi an ta ba samun wani kauye a shekarar 8000-8.500 kuma an gano cewa mutanen kauyen sun yi cinikin dabobi da ikin gona.Malaman sun iya sun samu cikakkun bayanai kan hakan.Wato sun gano yadda mutanen da suka yi rayuwar fatauci kamar farauta da noma inda suke sake wuraren zamansu don sauyin  yanayin.

An gano wargazazzun kayayyakin yumbu wanda aka kwatanta daidai da wanda ‘yan Anadolu ke amfani da shi da kuma  Çatalhöyük har ila yau.

An kuma gano kaburbura wanda suka samu shekaru dubu 8.An iya an gano yadda ake binne mamata a zamanin da wato sau da yawa  wasu ana binnesu cikin kasa wasu mamatan kuma konawa ake yi masu.

A kwai al’adu da dama da ake yi wa mamaci wurin tufafi dsa ake sama masa,da idan an konasa kuma tokar din ana adanawa.Tufafin da mamatan ya sa gabannin ya mutu ana adanawa cikin dakin rataye tufafi.Wato dukkan abubuwa da kayayyakin da da aka gano ne masana suka ce an ta ba samun makabira a wurin Marmara din.

Sakamakon ayyuka da masana suka yi ne aka tabbatar da tarihin birnin Istnabul tare da  daular Roma,da  Bizans.

Sheakar da ta gabata  masana sun dakatar da aikin amma bana an samu sababbin labarai game da aikin YeniKapi din.

Al’ummar Istanbul sun samu ganin kasusuwan muaten da na farko kuam sun yaba wa masanan da suka nuna himma cikin aikin.Wadannan kasusuwa masu tsawon mita 9.5 sun kai shekaru dubu 8  da dari 5.

A cikin gwaje gwajen DNA ne aka gano kasusuwan wani jinjiri mai shekaru 5 tare da. Masana din sun yi gwajen abubuwa da dama don a gano su wa ye, ciki har da gwajen akora.

Wannan tone kasa da masanan kimiya tarihi suka yi ba ta ba samun irin haka ba a duk fadin kasashen Turai.

Har ila yau masana kimiyya na cikin tona kasa don sun kimanta cewa za a samu abubuwa da dama wanda zai nuna yadda daular ta ke a zamanin da, kuma za a ga ice  masu muhimmanci da ban sha’awa daban-daban da ke a wurin.

Masu sauraronmu,a sabon mako za mu ba ku tarihi mai dadi. Don ta na da  ban sha’awa.

Wannan tona rami na Yneikapi ya kawo tattauanawa da dama tsakanin masana ilimin kimiya na tarihi don wasu sun ki yadda a tona rami cewa zai jnayo wani abu, amma an gudanar da aikin kuma ya yi kyau.

BABI NA FARKO

Tarihin birnin Istanbul wani abu ne da a kowanne lokaci ake so a sani. Babba ko karami, gabas ko yamma, wannan birnin ya janyo hankalan mutane da dama a akan siyasa da ta gabata a cikin tsawon shekaru. Wasu mutane sun fadi. Wasu mutane kuma sun hada sojoji a kofar birnin domin su karbe iko da shi. Ko dadai tarihi ya riga ya san wadannan mutane. Toh ya sauran jama’a? Mutanen birnin da kansu? Sun iya mallaka tare da kula da birnin Istanbul ko kuma sun kasa.... Suma sun yi kokari da iko da Istanbul. Tun lokacin da aka kafa Istanbul a matsayin karamin kauye, amma a yanzu ya zama babban birni.

Sabbin al’adu da ‘yan siyasa suka kawo ga birnin Istanbul sun gauraya da tsaffin al’adu da aka sani game da birnin. Sanadiyyar hakan kuwa shi ne a cikin lokaci daban-daban mutane sun yi hijira zuwa birnin, wanda hakan ya sa aka samu al’adu daban-daban a yankin. A farkon shekarun 1960, akwai wata magana da ake anfani da ita a kasar Turkiyya, idan ana son a gwada arzikin Istanbul; “kasar Istanbul kamar zinariya ce!”. Wannan magana ana amfani da ita ne a wurin nuna cewa idan kana Istanbul ba za ka yi rashin aiki ba kuma za ka samu tarin dukiya a wurin. Daga baya ne ake amfani da wannan magana wurin bayyana abubuwa masu kyau da mara sa kyau a Istanbul. Muma muna tunanin cewa ana amfani ne da wannan magana wurin nuna tarihi da kuma gadon manyan al’adu dake Istanbul.

Idan masu sauraronmu zaku tuna, a cikin shirinmu da ya gabata a wancan mako mun fada muku cewa, “Istanbul na da shekaru dubu 300 kuma a birnin akwai al’adu daban-daban tun tsawon shekaru 5000 a tarihi”. A cikin wannan babban birni za ka iya ganin abubuwan na al’ada a duk inda zaka tafi a cikinsa. A zamanin yau kuwa, duka inda zaka tafi a cikin birnin sai kai ta jin ihu daban-daban. Istanbul, na juyewa zuwa wani abu daban. Tun lokacin da aka zabi birnin Istanbul a matsayin babban birnin al’adu na kasashen Turai a shekarar 2010, sai jama’ar kasashen Turai suka mai da hankali zuwa wurin. Ana shirya wasan kwaikwayo, kide-kide da wake-wake, da fina-finai tare da tambayoyi game wallafe-wallafe kai da kai a birnin. Haka kuma wadannan shirye-shirye ana yin su a kasashen waje.  

A kowacce shekara ana shirya wani taro mai suna “Altın Yollar” wato “hanyar zinariya” a kasar Turkiyya domin bada lambobin yabo na al’ada a tsakanin kasashen Turai. A karkashin wannan shiri ne aka shirya wasu taruka daban-daban guda hudu a birane 29 a kasashe 18 a shekarar 2010. An fara wannan shiri ne a ranar 2 ga watan Disambar shekarar 2008 inda aka tafi yawon bude ido a yankin “Karadeniz.” Wato ‘Black sea region’ a turance. Wannan taron an rubuta shi daga cikin wani littafi mai suna “”İnatcı Keraban Agha”. Bari mu karanta muku wani sashe daga cikin littafin. “Keraban Agha wani shahararren attajiri ne mai taurin kai da aka san shi daga daular Usmaniyya.

Wannan shi ne littafi na farko da aka rubuta akan taron “Altın Yollar”. Kuma an sake zaben yankin na Karadeniz inda aka yi wani sabon taron.  

Za’a sake yin wani taro “Altın Yollar” a cikin watanni da ke zuwa a yankuna daban-daban inda mawaka za su halarci wurin. A cikin watan Afrilu da Mayu na wannan shekara, za’a ba da “izinin Evliya Celebi” domin a yi wasu taron a garurruwan Balkans. Za’a yi taron ne a kasashen Bulgaria, Macedonia, Kosovo, Serbia da  Bosna-Hersek. A watannin Satumba da Oktoba na shekarar 2009 an gudanar bikin inda aka ba shi suna “izinin Piri Reis”. Nufin taron shi ne a fara zuwa Spain, da wurin zuwa Faransa, Italiya da kuma kasar Girka domin nuna al’adun yankin Karadeniz. Taro na karshe da za’a yi kuma shi ne na “Izinin Franz Liszt” an yi taron a watan Mayu 2010 inda daga tsakiyar Turai. A shekarar 2010 kuma an fara ne daga manyan biranen al’adu uku sai a kare a yankin Ruhr. Za’a fara daga Austria, Slovakia zuwa Hungary. Za’a tafi ne ana wakokin gargajiya a tafiyar. Duk tafiyar taron “Altın yolları” ce za ta hada.

Bayan tafiyar “Altın Yollar” za’a kawo karshen tafiyar ne a Istanbul inda ilimantar da mutane game taron da aka yi. A cikin wannan taron, za’a nuna “rawa na gargajiya tare da wakokin gargajiya na Altın Yollar” da kuma “rubuce-rubucen gargajiya tare da litattafi gargajiya na Altın Yollar.” Za’a gayyaci wadanda aka yi hadin gwiwa da su wuri shirya wannan taron. A karshen taron kuma ‘Altın Yolları’ za ta yi littafi da kuma shirin gaskiya (Documentary). Mu kuma zamu ci gaba da baku labarai akan abin da ke faruwa a taron kai da kai. 

Babban birni na Al’adun Turai Istanbul ya fara shirye-shiryen taron da za’a yi a shekara ta gaba. Istanbul ya fara ganawa da biranen Turai daban-daban domin gabatar da taron sabuwar shekara mai zuwa. Hukumar kungiyar sun yi hadin kai da kungiyar “İstanbul 2010 Avrupa Kültür Başkenti Ajansı” inda lokaci lokaci suke sanarwa game da wani shiri mai suna “Istanbul naka ne”. Mu kuma zamu  kare wannan shirin inda muke ce muku “filin naku ne.”

Masu Sauraro mu hadu a Mako mai zuwa za mu kara tattaunawa game da tarihi, al’adu, sai mun hadu a Istanbul. Sai an jima. A madadin dukkanin abokan aiki na Muryar Turkiyya. Nine………..nake cewa mu huta lafiya.

Shahararren mawakin nan dan kasar Faransa, marubuci kuma dan siyasa Alphonse Lamartine, ya yi bayani game da birnin Istanbul saboda ya zagaya daga nahiyar Asia zuwa nahiyar Turai inda ya koyi al’adu da dama a bangarorin  daban-daban.

BABI NA BIYU

Masu sauraron mu barkanmu da warhaka. A cikin littattafan soyayya da Lamartine ya rubuta game Istanbul a shekarar dubu biyu da goma yana tunatar da mutanen Turai da Asia game da wannan birnin.

A yau yawan mutane dake rayuwa a Istanbul sun kai miliyan dubu goma sha biyu, inda girmansa ya kai  kilomita dubu biyar da dari bakwa da goma sha daya har akan ce girmansa ya fi biranen kasashen Turai da dama... Bayan da aka zabi Istanbul a matsayin babban birnin al’ada na kasashen Turai a shekarar dubu biyu da goma, an yi ayyukka da taro da dama a birnin. Yau za mu ambaci wasu aikace-aikace da dama da ake yi a birnin. Bayan an kare aikin, Istanbul zai jawo hankali mutanen duniya baki daya.

Mun bayyana a cikin shirye-shiryenmu cewa.” Istanbul ta zama babban birnin al’adun Turai a shekarar dubu biyu da goma” wanan taron zaben kungiyoyin fararen hula da kıngiyoyin gwamnati ne suka shirya. Wannan dilallai sun fara wani aiki domin sun gyara babban birnin Istanbul. Da farko kungiyoyin sun fara kyara babbar cibiyar al’ada mafi muhimmaci dake Istanbul mai suna “Ataturk Kultur Merkezi”. Mun fada muku wannan ne saboda yana da muhimmmaci. Dandalin Taksim na cikin dandali mai muhimmaci da ake kalubale a birnin Istanbul. A wannan dandali na cibiyar al’adan Istanbul, ana wasan kwaikwayo, kide-kide da wake-wake kuma a wurin ne ake taron al’adu da dama.

Kamar yanda muka ambata da farko, za’a saka wutar lantarki, tsaro, wurin gyara sauti da wasu abubbuwa da dama. Wannan wuri an gina shi a shekaru da dama da suka wuce kuma ba a samu wanda zai gyara ba, shi yasa wannan kungiyar al’adu suka dauki mataki akan cewa za su gyara.

Jama’a masu sararonmu,  shin kun san wani abu? Shin kun san a duniya menene babban abu da kuma shahararen abin da ke jan hankalin mutane zuwa kasar China da Japan?

Ba tare da bata lokaci ba zamu bayyana muku dalili. Kayyakin ado da kasashen China da Japan suke anfani da shi suke jawo hankalin mutanen duniya sun yi koyi daga fadar Topkapı dake babban birnin Istanbul. An gina fadar Topkapı ne a shekarar dubu daya da dari hudu da saba’in da takwas bayan Fatih Sultan Mehmet ya jagoranci yakin karbr Istanbuli, bayan shekara dari uku da tamani sai aka kuma gina fadar Dolmabahce a karkashin jagoranci Sultan Abdulmajid inda aka mai da wurare biyun a matsayin majalisar daular Usmaniyya.

Fadar Topkapı da Dolmabahce su ne fada biyu da har yanzu ake gyaran ciki tun lokacin daular Usmaniyya da ake gyarawa lokaci zuwa lokaci. Shahararren abu daga cikin fadar shi ne dakin girki. Shahararren mai gini Mimar Sinan ne ya gina wannan dakin girki; wurin yana daukan masu yin abinci guda dubu daya da dari biyu da kullum suke girgi kuma a yau idan ka je kasashen China da Japan, zaka samu irin abincin da suke yi a lokacin. A lokacin kayayyakin abinci dubu goma sha biyu ne suka anfani da shi, amma a yau sauran dubu biyu da dari biyar.

Idan ka duba yanayin lokacin, zaka ga cewa abinda Sultan ke tsoro shi ne a saka guba a cikin abinci domin a kashe wani. Saboda Sultan na tsoron wannan abu ne yasa kowani lokaci sai an wanke kwanon abinci sa’anan su fara cin abincin.

Domin a samu a nuna wadannnan kayayyakin abincin fadar China da Japan  a fadar Topkapı ne kungiyar al’adan babban kasashen Turai na shekarar dubu biyu da goma ne suke gyara fadar. Bayan an gama gyara wannan fadar mutanen Istanbul da duniya baki daya za ga kayar al’adu da dama a wurin. Ta haka ne mutane za su gane asalin kayan al’adun babban birnin al’adun Istabul. Dukan wadanna aiki ana yi domi kare kayayyakin al’adu wurin.

Ba wurin tarihi guda biyun kadai za’a gyara a garin ba. A cikin aikin kungiyar babban birnin al’adu Istanbul, za’a gyara ofishin shugaban kungiyar inda za’a sake gyaran wuraren tarihi guda tamanin da takwas. A cikin wannan wurare, akwai masallacin Sulaimaniya wanda aka gina a cikin shekaru dari hudu da suka gabata. Sa’an nan, za’a gyara masallatai kamar, Nuruosmaniye mai taga 171, masallacin Valide Sultan, masallacin Fatih, da kuma masallacin Yavuz Sultan Salim. Za’a yi gyare-gyarensu. Za’a kuma gyara kasuwar Masar dake Istanbul. 

A yanzu ana shirye-shiryen gyara wuraren tarihin. A wani mako za mu ci gaba da baku labarin shirin gyare-gyaren wuraren tarihi. idan an kammala gyare-gyaren wuraren tarihin, birnin Istanbul zai zama inda ke dauke da wurin tarihi da yafi ko’ina a duniya baki daya. 

BABI NA UKU

A Shirin mu na baya, mun fada muku ayyuka da dama da Istanbul ke yi a shekarar dubu biyu da goma. Akwai ayyukan da ke ci gaba da shi a yanzu wadanda aka fara a shekarun baya a birnin. Wadanan ayyukan kungiyar babban birnin al’adun Turai ce ke ci gaba da yinsu. Kasar wannan birni kamar kasar baitulmali ce. Mun taba fada muku cewa duwatsun kasar Istanbul kamar zinari amma ba duwatsun kadai ba ne. Saboda tekun sa birnin ma zinariya ce...

Akwai wasu ayyuka da aka na tsawon wani lokaci a tekun. Wanan aiki shi ne mafi muhimmancin da aka yi a tekun, wannan aiki mai suna Marmaray shine wanda zai hada dukkan duniya a karkashin teku.

Tun daga shekarar dubu daya da dari takwas da sitin ne aka bayyana ra’ayin cewa ana son a yi hanyar jirgin kasa a karkashin teku. Sai wannan ra’ayi a wannan shekara kamar mafarki ne saboda fasahar lokacin ba ta kai a yi aikin ba. A shekarar 1902 sai aka fara zane-zane game da aikin. Amma da yake babu isashen kayan aikin hanyar jirgin, sai aka tsayar da aikin. Sai aka kuma tayar da aikin a shekarar dubu daya da dari tara da tamanin. A karshen shekarar dubu daya da dari tara da tamanin da bakwai, sai kasar Turkiyya ta dauki mataki na farko game da wannan aikin Marmaray. An tattauna game da wannan aiki a cikin shekaru da dama. A watan Agusta na shekarar dubu biyu da hudu sai aka fara ainihin aikin.

Idan aka gama aikin, zai zama cewa an gama yankuna biyu da tekun ya raba a karkashin ruwa. Ta haka ne zai zama cewa hanyar jirgin kasa da aka yi a karkashin ruwan ne ya hada yankuna biyun.

Wani abin mamaki game da wannan aikin shi ne musamman ilmin kimiya na kayan tarihi dake ciki. Har zuwa yau ana ci gaba da tono rami karkashin ruwan domin yin hanyar. Canje-canje da aka sanya  na ci gaba wurin aikin, an samo shi ne ga masu karatun ilmin kimiya na kayan tarihi. Daya tashar hanyar jirgin sama da za’a yi a karkashin ruwa zai kasance a Yenikapı na yankin Turai. Saboda haka an fara aikin gine-gine da tonon rami a wurin. Sai dai, wannan zai zama karo na farko da wannan yankin Istanbul za ta samu da Katanga. Abin mamakin  game da katangar bai kare ba. Katangar zata kewaye tashar jirgin ruwan Theodosius. Lokacin da aka fara gina tashar Marmaray a Yenikapı sai ba san abinda ke karkashin kasar ba. Da aka toni rami nisan mita 8 sai aka ci karo da wani jirgin ruwa wanda aka yi da katako a karkashin kasar. Da aka ci gaba da tono ramin kadan sai aka kuma samu jirgin ruwa na biyu a karkashin ruwan. Wannan shi ne halin da ya sa aka fara tono ramin tashar Yenikapı da wuri. Tonan ramin tashar da aka yi a Yenikapı a shekara dubu biyu da hudu, shi ne babban ramin da aka tone domin gina hanyar kasa a karkashin ruwa a tarihin Turkiyya. Kuma ya taka rawa mai muhimmacin wurin haskaka tarihin Istanbul. Yanzu haka, aikin da ake yi a Yenikapı na cikin babban aikin ilmin kimiya na kayan tarihi na ban sha’awa a duniya. wannan aiki yana haskaka tarihin birnin na shekaru dubu goma. Aikin wannan sashe da ake kiransa da tashar jirgin ruwan Theodosius, fiye da wurare daban-daban masu girma guda talatin ne aka gwada. Wannan wuraren da aka gwada, ya rubuta littafi a kansa mai suna “Tsohon Jiragen Yenikapı.”

A yau an san cewa, tashar jirgin ruwa dake tudu mai nisan mita dari biyar a lokacin Roman-Byzantine tashar jirgin ruwan Istanbul ce, bayan hatsi daga Masar a karni na bakwai, sai muhimmacin tashar jirgin ruwan ya ragu, daga wannan lokaci sai aka fara anfani da shi dalilan sojoji. Sai dai wannan lokaci ba san sai daidai inda ya ke ba. Saboda tashar da jiragen ruwan, sun saura karkarshin yashi a lokacin da kogin Lycus ya ci tudun. A cewa da aka samu daga wani misali, ana tunanin cewa kogin ya ci tudun ne a lokacin da tsunami ta buga tudun bayan girgizar kasa ta faru a wurin. A wannan yanki a lokacin daular Uthmaniyya an yi amfani dashi wurin horar da Lambu kuma lokacin daga wurin ake ba ‘yan Istanbul da kayan lambu. Lokacin da ake tone ramin an samu kayayyakin tarihin tsakanin karni bakwai zuwa karni goma sha daya,dari hudu da hamsin daga cikinsu kayayyakin al’adu ne kamar kayan masu tukin jirgin ruwa, igiyoyi da kuma anka. Bugu da kari, an gano wani  hanyar da mahaifiyar Sarkin sarkunan Constantine ta bi a kan teku wanda mutane basu sani ba a lokacin da kuma hayar da matafiya suke bi a lokacin daular Uthmaniyya.

Sunken jiragen ruwa, an yi su ne a karni na tara da goma sha daya wanda aka fi sani da shekara duhu, kuma a wannan lokacin an yi jiragen ruwan yanda zai haskaka hanya. Saboda yadda kasa yake a lokacin ko da an tsare su da kyau bai zai iyu ba domin haka sai suka yi ma jiragen ruwan shiri na musamman. Saboda haka, kullum sai su rike wani abu kamar laima domin kiyaye su daga haske da kuma zafin rana. Farkon jiragen ruwan na kaiwa inda yanzu ake tone ramin Yenikapı kusa da Jami’ar Istanbul domin tsaro.

Kafin a dauki kayayyakin da aka samu a karkarshin kasar, ko wane daya daga cikin kayan an daukin hotonsa, bayan haka aka basu lamba sa’anan a saka a cikin kwamfuta. Wasu daga cikin kayayyakin an kai su Jami’ar Istanbul inda aka kafa dakin gwaje-gwaje na farko da aka kafa domin sake maimaitasu. A nan akwai kayayyakin aiki wanda za’a iya sake maimaitasu. Ana kuma anfani da sunadarai domin gyara su saboda zafi da ya kamasu lokacin da suke karkashin kasa.

Kayan da aka samu a wannan yankin, daraktan kula da kawata birnin Istanbul tare da kungiyar babban birnin Al’adun Turai na shekarar dubu biyu da goma ne suka hada kansu. Wannan kungiyar, su suka fara aikin gina tashar jirgin kasa a karkashin ruwa wanda zai zama daga cikin mayan aiki a duniya. Ana ci gaba da shirye-shirye a kan aikin. Bisa ga wannan aikin yankin Yenikapi, kayayyakin da aka samu a yayin tone ramin, sabon hanyar jirgin ruwa, jiragen ruwa, za ajiye a gidan kayan gargajiya domin nunawa mutane. Za’a rufe saman kan kayan ne da karfe da kuma gilashi. Gidan kayan gargaiyar za’a bude wa mutane masu tafiye-tafiye domin tunatar dasu tarihi.

Bayan an gama aikin hanyar jirgin kasa a karkashin ruwan wato Marmaray, Yenikapı zai sha wata babbar canji. Bayar da kwazo wurin wannan aikin yana sa mutane farin ciki kuma yana haskaka Istanbul. Hakika, wannan aiki zai faranta wa al’umma rai. Sabon mako za mu baku labarin gefen Istanbul mai ban sha’awa, sai anjima.

BABU NA HUDU

Barkan mu da saduwa a shirin mu da babban birnin al’adu Istanbul. A yau zamu baku labari tarihin shaharerren wurin da mutane da ke zuwa kafin su bar birnin Istanbul. Zamu baku labarin wanda ke dauke da shekaru dubu dari da dari biyar a cikin tarihin zane-zane da kuma wanda sunansa ke cikin jerin aikin gyare-gyare da aka yi a shekarar dubu biyu da goma wato Ayasofya.

Ayasofya  shahararren dandalin Sultan ahmet ne, inda akwai kayayyakin tarihi mai yawa. Idan ka ziyarci ko ka zagaya a dandalin ba zai yi wuya ace ba ka ga Ayasofya ba. Amma cikin ginin ya fi wajensa ban sha’awa; saboda kamar fada ne da kyawunta ke kama ido. Saboda haka, maimakon mutum ya tsaya a waje ya kalli Ayasofya to gwara ya shiga ya kalli cikinta. Wannan gini da ake cewa shi ne babban gini na 8 a duniya, Yau shi ne babban coci na hudu a duniya. Wannan coci an mai da shi masallaci a lokacin daular Usmaniyya; a shekarar dubu daya da dari tara da talatin da shida kuma sai Ataturk kuma ya mai da shi gidan kayan gargajiya.

Wasu masana tarihi sun ce farkon Ayasofya an gina shi ne a shekarar dari uku da ashirin da hudu lokacin sarkin sarakuna Constantine na I. A lokacin da aka yi an yi masa ginin Basilika katako ne aka rufe, bayan rikicin da wasu ‘yan tawaye suka yi sai ya kone. Bayan haka sai sarkin sarakuna Theodosius na II ya gina Ayasofya karo na biyu a shekarar dari hudu da goma sha biyar a matsayin gidan ibada. Wanan karo kuma ginin Basilika aka yi masa inda kuma sarkin sarakunan Justinyen wanda aka fi saninsa da suna “Nika” kuma suka yi sabon rikicin suka kona Ayasofya. Bayan wannan rikici da aka yi, sai sarkin sarakuna ya yanke shawarar cewa zai gina babban coci wanda ba taba gina irinsa ba, ta haka ne sai ya kira shahararrun masu gini kamar Miletos İsidoros tare da dan Tralles Anthemios suka zo suka gina Ayasofyan wacca ake gani a yau. An fara ginin ne a filin da aka gina basilika a shekarar dari biyar da talatin da biyu, inda aka yi anfani da wasu ginshikai daga Anatolia, an yi da duwatsu masu launuka daban-daban wurin ginin; A karkashin marinjaya dari, an yi anfani da ma’aikata guda dubu goma wurin ginin wanda ya dauki shekaru biyar, a shekarar dari biyar da talatin da bakwai sai aka yi bikin bude cocin. Ayasofya ne tsoho kuma mafi saurin babban cocin da aka gina a duniya. Sunanshi na musamma Hagia Sofia ne. Wani mai ginin Roman ne ya gina kubbar cocin. A wannan lokaci, ana anfani ne da wani abu madauri wurin gina kubba. Duk da haka, a tarihin gine-gine wannan shi ne karo na farko da aka yi da wani abu mai kusuwahu wurin gina kubba.

An gina Ayasofya ne domin nuna takama da yarda. Daga baya ne aka mayarda wurin a matsayin wurin bada labarai da nuna alama. Kowa ya yarda cewa irin wannan wuri sai dai da taimakon Ubangiji ne aka iya aka gina. Ko da yake an gina Ayasofya a karni na shida a lokacin Byzantine, kuma baya ga shi ba a taba da samun irin wannan gini ba, kuma har zuwa yau ba a taba samun gini mai kubba ya sayar har shekaru dari tara ba. Duk da haka a shekarar dari biyar da hamsin da takwas, an yi wata girgizar kasa inda ta hallaka kubban. Kubba da aka yi ta biyu ya fi girma amma sai dai kanana ne. Wannan kubba kuma aka fara a cikin sabon karni, an kusa gina rabinsa sai ya rushe har sau biyu. A sherar dubu daya da dari hudu da hamsin da uku da Sarkin musulman daular Uthmaniyya Fatih Sultan Mehmet ya yi nasarar mamaye garin, sai ya ceci Ayasofya inda ya mayar da ita masallaci. A karni na goma sha shida, sai aka sake alkuki da kuma rubuce-rubecen cikin ginin ta hanyar musulunci. A tsakiyar karnin goma sha tara kuma, sai mai gine-gine Fossati suka fara gyare-gyaren gini tun daga shekarar dubu daya da dari casa’in da talatin har suka kawo halin da yau muke ganin Ayasofya.

A tarihin Byzantine, Ayasofya na da muhimmaci sosai. Saboda dukkan bikin sa wa sarakuna kambi da bikin nasara duka a wurin ake yi. Da yawa daga cikin wadannan zane-zane an yi su ne bayan zamanin 'iconoclasm' wato zamanin da aka dinga rushe mutum-mutumi da lalata zane-zane saboda dalilai na addini ko na siyasa. A daya cikin shirin ma an yi wani sassaka dake tsaye tsakanin sarukuna biyu; Constantine da Justinian, a kusa da shi kuma aka ajiye Nana Mariam da Yesu akan cinyanta, a gefe kuma sai aka yi rubutu dake nuna ruwan Istanbul na zuba a Ayasofya. Saboda haka masu ziyarar wannan bangare suna ganin kyawon wurin. A nan, kowa ya shiga wannan bangare yana mamakin wurin. Saboda idan ka shiga wurin sai ka ga kamar kubban cikin iska ya ke kuma ka kasa mai da hankali akan ginin baki daya. An yi rubuce-rubuce aka bako da kuma bisa ginin da launi daban-daban. An yi anfani da launi daban-daban guda uku aka yi rubuce-rubuce daban-daban uku akan kowacce kubba. A cikin ginin kuma akwai wurin da matan sarukana ke taruwa da kuma inda ake taron coci.

Musulmai sun dauki Ayasofya a matsayin wurin bauta mai tsabta. An kewaye ginin mihrab da zane-zanen Turkawa da Sin masu kyau. Daga cikinsu akwai rubutun wani shahararren marubucin Turkiya mai girma Kazasker Mustafa Izzet inda ya rubuta ayar Alkur’ani mai girma akan daya daga cikin kubbobin. A Ayasofya, akwai kaburburan manyan daular Usmaniyya da dama, da makarantu, da kuma misalin dakunan karatu da Turkawa ke anfani da shi a yau. Kaburburan; ciki da zane zanen wajen shi kuma an yi rubuce-rubucen daular Usmaniyya akai. abinda muka baku labari kadan kenan daga cikin fitacciyar tarihin Ayasofya. Saboda gaskiya ba za a iya baka cikakkiyar labarin kyawun Ayasofya ba domin sai ka gani da kanka.

Masallacin Ayasofya na cikin jerin kayan tarihin hukumar kulawa da ilimin kimiyya da raya al’adu ta Majalisar Dinkin Duniya (UNESCO) masu muhimmanci, wannan shi ne ya sa a shekara ta dubu daya da dari tara da casa’in da biyu zuwa shekarar dubu daya da dari tara da casa’in da uku UNESCO suka bayar da taimako wurin gyare-gyarensa. Wannan shine dalilin da yasa kubban da aka yi mai tsawon mita ashirin da shida ko ashirin, aka mai dashi zuwa tsawon mita hamsin da biyar tare da nauyin karafe dari da tamanin da daya. Wannan karafen da aka yi anfani dasu, ya gyara kubban da aka yi a shekaru goma sha shida da suka gabata. Amma a shekarar dubu biyu da goma, an kai wannan gidan tara kayan tarihi. Saboda ofishin ministan al’adu da kungiyar dillalan raya al’adu na shekarar dubu biyu da goma suka dauki mataki akan cewa za su gyara Ayasofya. A taron da kungiyar dilalan suka yi a ranar goma sha bakwai ga watan Janairu, sun yi bayanai game da gyare-gyaren da za su yi a wurin. Har ma sun sanarda cewa sun fara shirye-shirye. A karshen watan Yuni na wannan shekara, za’a kammala shirye-shiryen gyaran wurin. A halin yanzu, za’a fara gyaren da aka jima shekara da shekaru a na jira. A cikin gyare-gyaren, za gyara dakin karatun Mahmut na I kuma za’a gyara kaburburan dake wurin; tare da lambun wurin da kuma dakin ajiye kayan al’adu. Ana sa ran cewa kafin karshen watan Nuwamba an kammala gyare-gyaren Ayasofya.

A shekarar dubu biyu da goma, babban birnin al’adu kasashen Turai zai zama babban wuri da miliyoyin mutane za su ziyarci, kuma za su sa a ganin Ayasofya bayan an kammala gyare-gyaren wurin.

BABI NA BIYAR

Shin kun taba tunani abin da ke sa birni ya yi kyau? Shin tarihinsa ne, ko yanayin garin ne, ko kuma yadda al’adun garin suke ne? Idan birnin Istanbul ne; to ruhin garin ne mafin muhimmancin abinda ke gyara garin.  Garin na da ban mamaki amma kuma yana cike da farin ciki! Ko’ina ka je a cikin garin, za ka samu farin ciki. Idan ka shiga garin, sai ka ga kamar baka son ka fita daga cikinsa. Idan farin ciki kake nema, to sai a Istanbul.... Wannan gari ne dake sa mutane farin ciki tun a zamanin da.

Istanbul gari ne dake dauke da mutanen kasashe daban-daban, da addinai daban-daban, saboda a garin akwai mutanen Roman, Byzantine, da kuma daular Uthmaniya inda kuma akwai mabiya addinai kamar Kirista, Yahudawa, da kuma Musulmai.

A Istanbul, masu sana’a da dama daga ko’ina a duniya sun zabi su je birnin domin su yi rayuwa; ba don yana Turai ko nahiyar Asiya ba, ba don yana Gabas ko Yamma ba, ba don sabuntarsa ko tsufansa ba, ba don al’adunsa, saboda dukkan wannan yana cikin wannan birnin, wannan shi ne ya sa kungiyar babban birnin al’adu na nahiyar Turai ke daraja shi.

Yadda masalolin tattalin arzikin da kuma zamantakewa tare da fadan kabilanci da kuma tashin hankali na addini ke kara girma a duniya; birnin Istanbul ne misali mai kyau da za a bayar wurin yadda za kawo karshen wadannan matsaloli. Saboda siffofi da wannan gari ke da shi a nahiyar Turai suka ce ya da ce a zabe shi a matsayin babban birnin al’adu na nahiyar Turai saboda sake gwada wa duniya irin muhimmanci da birnin ke dauke da shi. Ko da dai cewa duniya sun san cewa Istanbul, birni ne dake cike da al’adu. Bayan aikace-aikace da kungiyar birnin al’adun na Istanbul shekarar dubu biyu da goma suka yi, sai birnin ya zama cibiyar al’adu da kuma sana’a. Wadannan aikace-aikace da ake yi na matukar farantawa mutane.

Mun taba baku labarin cewa: An kafa kungiyar babban birnin al’adu na nahiyar Turai akan “abubuwa guda hudu”, abubuwan da aka kafa a kansu sune; yanayin iska, ruwa, ƙasa da wuta. Idan za mu iya tunawa; kafin ilimin bunkasar tattalin arzikin kasashen duniya ya bayyana a ko’ina, a yammancin duniya Kristoci na da nasu irin tunani kuma musulmai dake gabashin duniya kuma na da nasu irin tunanin, amma sai dai tunanen da suke yi duka akan abubuwa hudu ne. tunanni akan abubuwa hudun shi ne, yanayin iska, ruwa, ƙasa da wuta kuma kowanne abu a doron kasa yana dogara a kansu. Asalin wannan tunani da aka dogara akai, an samo shi ne a yammacin Anatolia. Saboda haka kafin a zabi Istanbul a matsayin babban birnin al’adun Turai, sai da aka yi magana akan wannan tunanin da ake da shi. kungiyar babban birnin al’adu na nahiyar Turai  sun fara ayyukansu ne akan wadannan abubuwa guda hudu. Farkon aikin su ne “Jigon Kasa”  wanda aka fara a ranar daya ga watan Fabrairu. Dama mun riga mun fada muku cewa wannan aikin zai dauki tsawon wata uku. Shin za ku iya tunawa da abinda muka fada muku? Ayyukan su ne dandalin Ataturk, tashar jiragen ruwan Theodosıus.

Yau zamu bada labari game da ayyuka biyu da ake yi akan jigon kasa a birnin Istanbul. Na farko shi ne aikin da Hukumar Raya Al’adu ta Majalisar Dinkin Duniya (UNESCO) ke yi.

Wannan aikin ta hukumar UNESCO, ginin cibiyar al’adu da aka kammala ginawa a ranar daya ga watan Fabrairu a shekarar dubu biyu da tara inda a yau take taimakawa wasu ayyuka guda uku da ake yi a birnin Istanbul. Wa’anan ayyuka sune, Sassan yakin Eminonu, da ayyukan Sirkeci tare da wani aiki mai suna ‘Masterplan Istanbul. Wadannan ayyukan kuma za su shiga cikin jerin sunayen Hukumar Raya Al’adu ta Majalisar Dinkin Duniya. Misali, a cikin wannan aikin, UNESCO za ta gabatar da katangun Istanbul kuma za ta kiyaye ta. Za’a kuma gyara Eminonu da kuma karakoy. 

Yeditepe wani shahararren wuri ne a birnin Istanbul. A wurare da yawa ma ana kiran birnin Istanbul da suna Yeditepe. Wannan Yeditepe shi ne a yau aka raba biyu ake kiransu da suna Eminonu da Fatih har wasu ma na kiransa da wurin tarihi. Yeditepe wuri ne dake dauke da cikakken tarihi kuma a daular Uthmaniya wurin ne aka yi mulki ba tare da wani fada ba. Saboda Byzantine sun yi rayuwa a garin a zamanin daular Uthmaniya ba tare da wani tashin hankali ba. A garin Istanbul akwai; majami’u, makarantun addini, wurin rubuce-rubuce, fadar da kuma wasu abubuwa iri iri. A nan ne, aka yi rubuce-rubuce a cikin harsuna da dama game da addinai da kuma al’adu. Saboda wurin nada muhimmanci ne yasa za yi gyare-gyare. A takaice de, za’a yi gyare-gyaren da zai daraja Yeditepe na birnin Istanbul.

Cibiyar al’adun Hasan pasha na daya daga cikin wurin da kungiyar babban birnin al’adu na nahiyar Turai za su gyara. Ginin Hasanpasha ne da masu gine-ginen kasashen Faransa da Jamus suka gina a shekarar alif dari takwas da tamanin da bakwai. An yi wannan gini ne domin ya haskaka sauran gine-ginen birnin Istabul. Ginin Hasanpasha na ciki tsofoffin gini dake da yankin Anatolia. An yi wanan gini ne akan fadin filin ekoki talatin da biyu inda ake samar da iskar gas a wurin. A shekarar alif dari tara tisi’in da tara kuma sai aka kawo karshe aikin samar da iskar gas din. Kungiyoyi da dama sun yi kokarin barin wannan wurin ya zama gidan ajiye kayayyakin tarihi amma sai dai ya gagara. Har ma yana can hankalin mutanen dake rayuwa kusa da wurin. Amma a yanzu burin kungiyar babban birnin al’adu na nahiyar Turai shine su gyara wurin. Da farko za yi anfani da aikin da gwamnan birnin Istanbul ya shirya ne wurin gyara gidan. Daya daga cikin abubuwa masu muhimmanci game da al’amarin aikin shine, hukumar kungiyar babban birnin al’adu na nahiyar Turai sun riga sun san yadda za aiwatar da aikin. İdan aka kare gyare-gyaren ginin Hasanpasha, to wurin zai zama daya daga cikin wurare masu muhimmanci a birnin Istanbul.

BABI NA SHIDA

Ana ci gaba da gyare-gyaren babban birnin al’du na nahiyar Turai. “Sur-i Sultani Stratejik Vizyonu” wato “Suri Sultan Strategic Vision” a turance ne sunan gyare-gyaren da ake yi. Fadar Sur-i Sultani Topkapı, wuri ne dake da matukar kyau, saboda a cikin fadar akwai  wani babban filin furanni da ake kiransa da suna “Gulhane Park”. Wannan fadar, kusan kowanne mai yawon bude ido da ya zo Turkiya yakan ziyarci wurin kuma ana ba shi labarin wurin. Hakika fadar na cikin cibiyar tarihin garin. 

A yau, fadar Topkapı na cikin gidan adana kayan tarihi mai muhimmanci wanda aka bude a zamanin Sultan Abdul Majid a karni da goma sha tara. A wannan lokaci, Idan jakadan Turkiya suka ziyarci fadar Topkapı, sai a nuna musu dukiyoyin dake cikin fadar. Bayan haka ne sai nunawa mutane dukiyoyin dake cikin fadar ya zama kamar al’ada. Wannan fadar, Fatih Sultan Mehmed ne ya bude ta shekarar alif dari hudu da saba’in da takwas inda akalla shekaru dari tamanin kenan tun daga zamanin daular Uthmaniyya. Fadin fadar akalla mita dubu dari bakwai. A cikin wannan fadar, akwai wurare kamar wurin shirya liyafa, fadar gwamnati, da wani wurin da mutanen birnin ke taruwa, masallatai, dakin karatu da kuma dakin girki. An sa ma wannan fadar suna Topkapı ne saboda tana gabar teku kuma a kowanne lokaci mutane na taruwa a gabanta.  

Da farko furanni na Gulhane Parkı na wajen fadar ne. A wajen za ka furanni da dama, wannan ne ya sa wasu mutane ke kiran fadar da suna filin furanni. Girmanta ya kai kadada dari da sittin da uku, kuma a shekarar alif dari tara da goma sha biyu sai aka bude wa mutanen domin kowa ya iya zuwa ya kalla. Gulhane Parkı, wuri ne mai ban sha’awa saboda haka ne mutane da dama a birnin Istanbul suke zuwa wurin da zuri’arsu domin shakatawa. A wurin, ana yin wasanni kamar wasan tseren doki da dambe da kuma wasu wasanni. Babu shakka wannan wuri na dauke da tarihi mai muhimmanci. A zamanin Daular Uthmaniyya, a nan ne Sultan Abdul Majid tare da wasu mutane suka taru suka tattauna yadda za a kiyaye rayukan mutane, dukiyarsu, mutuncinsu tare da tattalin arzikin kasar. A shekarar alif dari takwas da tamanin kuma, farkon abinda AbdulHamid na biyu ya bukata a yi shi ne a mayar da Gulhane Parkı a matsayin gidan ajiye kayan al’adu ta haka ne sai shaharraren mai zane-zane da gine-gine mai suna Osman Hamdi Bey ya mayar da wurin kamar yadda aka bukata. A wurin ne aka ajiye manyan rubuce-rubucen daular Uthmaniya. A nan aka amince da harufan boko da shugaban kasar a lokacin jamhuriya Ataturk ya bar aka rubuta a shekarar alif dari tara da ashirin da takwas; a wannan lokaci, an rubuta harufan ne akan bakin allo. A yau, idan kaje Gulhane Parkı za a ga yadda aka mayar da shi kamar dandali inda ake yin nishadi da wasu taruka daban-daban a birnin Istanbul.

A zamanin daular Bizans, katangar da ta zagaye fadar Topkap da filin Gulhane, kuma ta hade su da gabar tekun Marmara na da tsawon mita dubu da dari hudu. Fadar Topkapı, an bude ta ne a shekarar alif dari hudu da saba’in da takwas a bisa umarnin Fatih Sultan Mehmet. A fadar Topkapı, an gina katanga kusan ashirin da biyar ko ashirin da takwas domin a kare ginin. A jikin bangon da aka gina, akwai manyan kofofi kamar Otluk da Haliç sa’anan akwai kanan kofofi guda biyar wanda suka hade da Ayasofya. 

A takaice dai, abinda muke kokarin baku labari shi ne irin aikace-aikacen da kungiyar dillalan raya al’adu na shekarar dubu biyu da goma suka yi wa Sur-i Sultani da gidajen tarihin dake kusa da ita. A cikin ‘yan shekarun nan, an yi wasu aiyuka a wurin domin gyara wadannan wurare. Amma wannan karon, kungiyar dillalan raya al’adu na shekarar dubu biyu da goma sun dauki nauyin gyara wurin ne baki daya. Don haka, an fara gyare-gyaren wurare kamar, gidan ajiye kayan al’ada na fadar Topkapı, gidan wallafe-wallafen tsofoffin waka, gidan mutanen Sin, filin fadar Topkapı da kuma da Ayasofya, da majami’a dake nan a lokacin Byzantine mai suna Irin, tare da dukkan gidajen yi kuda aka kafa a lokacin daular Uthmaniya mai suna “Darphane-i Amire”.  A cikin aikace-aikacen da za yi, za a sake gyaran katangun Darphane-i Amire; bayan haka za a sake gyare-gyaren sauran gidajen daular baki daya. A cikin aikace-aikacen kuma, za gyara Gulhane Parkı domin kiyaye cikakken tarihi dake tatare a wurin. Manufofin gyara Sur-i Sultani su ne, a nuna wa mutane abubuwan dake ciki; Ba tare da kuma an samu kowacce irin matsala wurin ziyarar wurin ba.

An bayyana cewa, wadannan wurare da za a gyara dukka na cikin jerin kayan tarihin hukumar kula da Ilimi,  kimiyya da raya al’adu ta Majalisar Dinkin Duniya (UNESCO). Kamfanonin daka tallafawa wanan aiki su ne, kamfanin da suka gyara gidan ajiye kayan al’adu na Victoria and Albert dake birnin London, da kuma Guggenheim dake birnin Bilbao, da Ashmolean na birnin Oxford, da na kasar Misira dake birnin Alkahira tare da wasu manyan gidan ajiye kayan al’adu a duniya. 




#Article 162: Gwanki (134 words)


Gwanki, wani kauye ne dake arewa maso yammacin jihar Kano. Garin na Gwanki yana a karamar hukumar Bagwai ta jihar Kano, wanda ke karkashin dagacin garin Gogori. Gwanki ta rabu a karkashin masu unguwanni uku. Unguwa ta farko itace Gwanki Babba, ta biyu Gwankin Gidan Yaro, sai kuma kashi na uku wato Gwankin Dan Kwari. Kauyen na Gwanki nada al'uma masu yawa kuma masu son dazan lafiya da juna.

Kamar ko ina a arewacin jihar kano , kauyen Gwanki nada yanayi maikyau na noma da kiwo, hakanne ma yasa gabaki dayan mutanen garin basu da sana'a da tafi noma da kiwo a wajen su.

Yanayin geographical co'ordination na kauyen Gwanki kamar haka, latitude, 11:35degreeN, dakuma longtitude na 8,0333degreeE.

Al'ummar ƙauyen Gwanki Hausawa ne da Fulani, kuma addinin su shine musulunci. Kamardai sauran garuruwan hausawa.




#Article 163: Larabci (147 words)


Harshen Larabci, itace harshen da mutanen larabawa ke amfani dashi. Da turanci Arabic ko kuma muce larabci a harshen Hausa ,   Yare ne wanda ya fito daga iyalin yaruruka na AfroAsiya Kuma yare ne wanda ake amfani dashi a yanki gabas ta tsakiya da kuma wasu sassa na kudancin da gabashin nahiyar Afrika dama wasu bangarori na nahiyar Turai .
 
Yawan mutanen da suke amfani da harshen larabci ya kai Miliyan Dari Biyu Da Chasa'in [290m]

Akasarin musulmai masu wani harshe daban suna amfani da harshen larabci sabo da shine harshen da ya zama na addinin musulunci . Da harshen larabci ne aka saukar da Alkur'ani, kuma da harshen larabci ne aka rubuta manya manyan litattafai na addinin musulunci .
 
Bayan litattafan addinin musulunci kuma, akwai dimbin litattafai da aka rubuta su a cikin harshen na larabci.

KASASHEN DA AKE AMFANI DA LARABCI A MATSAYIN HARSHEN KASA




#Article 164: Noma (385 words)


Hausawa Suka ce Noma na duke tsohon ciniki, kowa yazo duniya kai ya taras

Noma na da ma'anoni da dama kasancewar irin amfanin sa a fannoni daban-daban.
To amma dai a fassara mafi sauki, zamu ce, Noma wata hanyar sana'a ce domin samun abinci da kudin shiga.
Haka zalika noma wata babbar hanya ce ta samun karuwar tattalin arziki da al'ummai suka raja'a akan ta. 
A kasar hausa ko kuwa, noma shine babbar hanya ta samun haɓakar tattalin arziki. Da noma ne hausawa suka fi samun kudin shiga da abinci dama kayayyakin da ake sarrafawa a masana'anta kamar tufafi da sauran su.
A wajen hausawa musamman mazauna karkara noma ya zama kamar wajibi (dole) a wajen kowanne bahaushe musamman magidanci. Kusan muce ma ko wanne bahaushe ya iya noma yasan yarda ake yin shi.

Kafin bayani game da yarda ake noma zamu dan tattauna ne a game da rabe-raben noma.
Noma ya rabu zuwa gida biyu, kuma kowanne da irin yarda ake yin shi.

Noman rani, noma ne da ake yin shi a lokacin rani ba da damina ba.

Shi noman rani anayin sa ne a wuraren da ruwa yake wadatacce kamar rafi , korama , da madatsun ruwa wato (dam). 
Da zarar ruwan sama ya dauke wato kaka tayi, manoma rani zasu farane da share gonakin su, daga nan kuma sai su yi kaftu su ja kwamame sai su shuka abin da zasu shuka a cikin kwamamenSuna yin amfani da injinan banruwa wajen bawa shukokin su ruwa har su girma su isa girbi.

Akasarin abubuwan da ake nomawa a noman rani ana shuka su ne sabo da sayarwa domin samun kudin shiga.

Ga irin abubuwan da ake nomawa da rani.

dadai sauran su.
To amma kuma ya danganta da yanayi na yadda kasa zata iya daukar abin da aka shuka a kan ta. Misali idan aka shuka wani abun a wani yankin ba lallai ya yi ba kamar yadda zai yi a wani yankin.

Sabanin noman rani, shi noman damina ana yin sa ne a lokacin damina.

Da zarar an samu ruwan sama wato (damina ta fadi) manoma zasu bazama gonakin su domin yin huda da shuka.
Akasari anfi shuka kayan abinci a wajen noman damina, to amma akan shuka kayan sayarwa jefi-jefi.

Na abinci akwai.

da sauran su.

Na sayarwa

da sauran su.




#Article 165: Jamaludin Faleh al-Kilani (879 words)


Jamaluddin Falih Al-Kilani

Shekarar haihuwa: 1972

Kasa: Iraki

Addini: Musulunci 

Sana'a: Malamin jami'a, masanin tarihi, marubuci

Tasirantuwa: ya tasirantu da: Shehu Abdulkadir Al-Kilani, Imadu Abdussalam Ra'uf, Mustapha Jawad 

Jamaluddin Falih Al-Kilani kwararren marubuci ne, mai bincike, malami masanin tarihi da hanyoyin ci gaba na al'ummar musulmai. Yana da kulawa ta musamman akan tarihin Shehu Abdulkadir Al-Kilani da abubuwan da suka shafi makarantarsa ta Kadiriyya a tsahon zamani. Tun yana yaro, karatun tarihi shi ne babban abin kaunarsa. 

An haifi Dr Jamaluddin Al-Kilani a karamar hukumar Dayali dake kasar Iraki a shekara ta 1972. Jamaluddin Al-Kilani sharifi ne jikan Shehu Abdulkadir Al-Kilani kuma jikan Sayyid Hassan dan Imam Aliyyu (karramallahu wajhahu) dan Nana Fadtimah (alaihassalam).

Dr Jamaluddin Al-Kilani ya yi makarantun firamare da sakandire a garin 'khadaul khalis' wanda yake a kasar Iraki; garin da yake a cike a wancan lokaci da manya-manyan masana na ilman zamani, na harshe da na addinin Musulunci. Ya samu shedar kammala digirinsa na farko a fannin Tarihi daga Jami'ar Bagadaza, kamar yadda ya samu shaidar kammala karatun difloma a wannan Jami'a a fannin harshen Turanci. Ya samu shedar digirinsa na biyu a bangaren Tarihi da ci gaban harshen Larbci da addinin Musulunci. Shedar digirinsa na uku watau PhD ya same ta ne a kan falsafar tarihin Musulunci. 

Tun yana yaro, Jamaluddin Al-Kilani ya samu tarbiyya da kulawa ta musamman daga wurin mahaifinsa Dr Falih Al-Kilani, wanda mashhurin malami ne kuma marubucin rubutattun wakoki ne na adabin Larabci da addinin Musulunci a Gabas ta Tsakiya da Arewacin Afirka. Haka kuma ya samu kyakkyawar kulawa daga wurin babban malamin tarihi na kasar Iraki watau: Imadu Abdussalami Ra'uf.

Dr Jamaluddin Al-Kilani ya hadu da malamai da yawa wadanda ya koyi karatuttuka a wajansu da wadanda suka bashi cikakken izini na karatu, karantarwa, bincike da rubutu a fannin Tarihi da danganen kabilun Larabawa, daga cikinsu a kwai: Imadu Abdussalami Ra'uf, Salim Al-Alusi, Abdulkarim Muhammad Mudarris, Ali Al-Wardi, Abdurrazaki Al-Hasani, Muhsin Mahdi, Sa'id Abdulfattah Ashur, Muhammad Ammarah da kuma babban masani na hanyoyin jaddada koyarwar addinin Musulunci watau Majid Arsan Al-Kilani.

Dr Jamaluddin Al-Kilani ya koyar a makarantun firamare da sakandire wanda daga bisani ya zamto malami mai bada karatu da horarwa a jami'ar Bagadaza, Jami'ar Mosul da ta Mustansiriyyah, kadisiyyah, Basarah, Iskandariyyah, Darul Ulum diyobandi, Jami'ar Musulunci ta Maleshiya da sauransu.

Dr Jamaluddin Al-Kilani ya rubuta litattafai da dama da harshen Larabci, wasu daga cikinsu an fassara su izuwa harasa daban-daban na duniya. Daga cikin litattafansa akwai:

(1) Jugrafiyyatul Bazul Ashhab - wannan littafi littafi ne da aka yi amfani da ka'idodin bincike na zamani na ilmin Tarihi domin tantance riwayun da suka yi bayanin wuri ko kasar da aka haifi Shehu Abdulkadir Al-Kilani. Tsari da abinda wannan littafi ya kunsa ya janyo hankulan masana da dama a duniya ta inda wannan littafi ya tabbatar da ingancin bayanin haihuwar Shehu Abdulkadir Al-Kilani a garin 'Jilu' dake a kasar Iraki tare da korewarsa, bisa dogaro a kan hujjoji da dama, bayanan da suke nuna haihuwar Shehun a garin Tabarustan da yake a kasar Iran. Wannan littafi ya karbu sosai-da-sosai a inda kwafi 100,000 ya kare a dan takaitaccen lokaci, abinda ya janyo maimaita buga shi har sau hudu. Muhammad Mahmud Mustapha ya fassara wannan littafin izuwa harshen Hausa. 

(2) Assheikh Abdulkadir Al-Kilani: Ru'uyah Tarikhiyyah Mu'asirah - littafi ne na tarihin rayiwar Shehu Abdulkadir. 

(3) Dirasatu wa Tahkiku kitab Bahjatul Asrar. 

(4) Attarikul Islami: Ru'uyatun Mu'asirah - littafi ne na tarihin Musulunci a zamanance. 

(5) Min As-Shakki ila Al-yakini - littafi ne da yake tabbatar da ingancin danganen Shehu Abdulkadir Al-Kilani da Annabinmu Annabi Muhammadu (salawatullahi wa salamuhu alaihi) cikakkiyar dangataka ta tsatso, bisa dogaro da hujjoji da kuma amfani da ka'idodin ilmi na zamani. 

(6) Hakaza Takallamas Sheikh Abdulkadir. 

(7) Tahkiku kitab Futuhul Gaib. 

(8) Attarikhul Islami: Tafsirun Jadid. 

(9) Al-Imamu Ahmadu Arrifa'i: Almuslihul Mujaddid.

(11) Al-Madkhal li Tarikhil Falsafatil Islamiyyah. 

(12)Falsafatul Ishrak. 

(13) Badi'uz Zaman Sa'idun Nursi: Kira'ah Jadidah fi Fikrihil Mustanir - littafi ne na tarihi da bayani a kan ilmin masanin Allah wanda aka yi shi a kasar Turkiyya watau Imam Annursi da bayanan nusarwa da ganarwa akan litattafansa wadanda ya rubuta su domin koya sanin Allah da hanyoyin fahimtar halittun Allah watau 'maarifa' bisa tsarin Sufanci madai-daici mai tafiya tare da zamani, domin kawo gyara da ci gaba na alkhairi ga al'ummar Annabi Muhammadu (salawatullahi wa salamuhu alaih). Littattafan Imam Annursi wadanda wannan littafi yake bayani a kansu su ne wadanda aka fi sani da 'Rasailun Nur'. 

(14) Sauratur Ruh. 

(15) Kurasanu Attarikhiyyah. 

(16) Al-Kamusul Al-Kadiri.

(17) Al-Imamu Abdulkadir Al-Jili: Tafsirun Jadid.

Dr Jamaluddin Al-Kilani ya samu yabo saboda kokarinsa da rubuce-rubucensa daga wurin manya-manyan malamai, kungiyoyi da Jami'o'i. Farfesa Majid Arsan Al-Kilani, Fahmi Jad'an da Farfesa Imadu Abdussalami Ra'ufu sun yabi Dr Jamaluddin Al-Kilani sosai-da-sosai tare da nuna girmamawarsu ga bincikensa da rubuce-rubucensa. Haka kuma jami'o'i, kwaleji-kwaleji da kungiyoyi da dama sun bashi lambobin yabo da karramawa, daga cikinsu :

(1) IIOC - kwalejin addinin Musulunci dake London. 

(2) Al-Jami'atul Islamiyyah - dake Indiya. 

(3) Jami'atu Kasid Mirbah - dake Aljeriya. 

(4) Al-Jami'atul Islamiyyah Al-Alamiyyah - dake Islam Abad, Fakistan. 

(5) Gammayyar Kungiyoyin Musulunci dake Barazil. 

(6) Al-Jami'atul Islamiyyah Al-Alamiyyah - dake Maleshiya. 

(7) Jami'ar Iskandariyah. 

(8) Kungiyar Gammayyar Malaman Iraki. 

(9) Jami'ar Mosul. 

(10) Jami'ar Ain Shams. 

(11) Jami'ar Bagadaza. 

(12) Jami'ar Salahuddin. 




#Article 166: Michael Jackson (112 words)


Michael Joseph Jackson (August 29, 1958 - June 25, 2009) mawaƙin Amurika ne, marubucin waka, mai rawa, mai shiryawa, sannan kuma jarumi, Wanda yana daya daga cikin sanannu kuma wadan da suka sami nasara a cikin mawakan kowanne lokaci gaba daya. Ana masa lakabi da sarkin salon waka na pop kuma ya kasance daya daga cikin mawakan da aka fi tasirantuwa da dasu a salon waka na pop. Shine wanda yafi kowanne mawaki saida wakokinsa a lokacin da yake da rai. Gudun mowar sa a harkar waka, rawa, da kuma salon kwalliyarsa tare kuma da kebantacciyar rayuwarsa data fito fili sunsa ya zama sananne a duk duniya a mawakan tsawon shekara Arba'in.




#Article 167: Teresa Teng (194 words)


Teresa Teng (Janairu 29, 1953 - May 8, 1995), sanannen mawaƙar Taiwan, ta Asiya SuperStar da Asian pop music sarauniya. Ta rera waka Sin songs, Japan songs, Indonesian songs, Kannada songs, Taiwan songs da kuma Turanci songs. Ta aka haife shi a Janairu 29, 1953 a Taiwan. A 1967, sai ta fito ta farko album a Taiwan. Tun shekarar 1970, ta rare a kudancin Asiya. A 1974, sai ta buga ta farko Japan album a Japan. A Japan, ta kasance wani shahararren mawaki. A shekarar 1983, ta yi a Caesars Palace a Las Vegas, ta yi abin mamaki. Ta na fiye da 100 solo albums. Bugu da kari, ta na da fiye da 500 zaba albums. Her songs ne Popular a Asia, irin su Taiwan, Hong Kong, China, Japan, Koriya ta Kudu, Koriya ta Arewa, Malaysia, Indonesia, Singapore, Thailand da kuma sauran kasashe, ta na da fiye da biliyan 1 fans. Baƙin ciki, a ranar 8 ga watan Mayu 1995, sai ta rasu a Chiang Mai, Thailand, da kuma dalilin mutuwar shi fuka. A May 28, 1995, da Taiwan gwamnati gudanar da wani babban jana'izar ta don tunawa da mafi girma da Taiwan singer.




#Article 168: Tarihin Hausawa (464 words)


Kabilar Hausa dai,kabilace dake zaune a arewa maso yammacin taraiyyar Najeriya da kudu maso yammacin jamhuriyyar Nijar, Kabilace mai dimbin al'umma, amma kuma a al'adance mai mutukar hadaka, akalla akwai sama da mutane miliyan hamsin da harshen yake asali gare su. A tarihance kabilar Hausawa na tattare a salasalar birane.Hausawa dai sun sami kafa daularsu ne tun daga shekarun 1300's, sa'adda suka sami nasarori da dauloli kamar su Daular Mali Songhai,Borno da kuma Fulani. A wasu lokutan Hausawa sun sami gagarimin ikon, mulki da hadaka ta kau da baki'yan neman ruwa da tsaki,da kuma neman angizon a cikinta da kuma harkallar bayi. A farko- farkon shekaru na 1900's, a sa'adda kabilar Hausa ke yinkurin kawar da mulkin angizo na fulani,sai turawan mulkin mallaka na Birtaniya suka mamaye arewancin Nijeriya, da kuma kafa manufofin mulkin bayan gida,a bisa karkashen mulkin birtaniya,'yan mulkin mallaka sai suka marawa fulani baya na cigaba da manufofin angizon siyasarsu, har yanzu dai mulkin kamin gambiza tsakanin Hausawa da Fulani shi ne yayi kane-kane a arewacin Najeriya. Wannan hadakar gamin kambiza, an farota ne tun asali a matsayin fulani su dare madafun ikon a tsararren tsarin siyasar arewa.Akasarin masu mulki na fulani sun kasance yanzu, a al'adance hausawa gwamitse Ko da yake, Hausawa na farko-farko maharba ne, amma ya zuwan addinin islama da kuma karbansa da hannu bibbiyu ya sanya labari ya sha bambam.Ginshikokin al'adun hausawa na da mutukar zaranta, kwarewa da sanaiya fiye da sauran al'ummar dake kewayenta. Sha'anin noma ita ce babbar sana'ar hausawa inda hausawa ke ma sana'ar noma kirari da cewa, na doke tsohon ciniki kowa yazo duniya kai yatarar, akwai kuma wasu sana'o'in kamar su sha'anin jima watau harkar fatu, rini, saka da kira, fannonin dake mutukar samun cigaba a harkokin sana'o'in hausawa. Hausawa dai sun jima da shahara wajen harkar fatauci kana kuma masu arziki na taka rawa a sha'anin yau da kullum, tare da masu mulki da masana. Harshen Hausa shi ne mafi girma da kuma mafi sanai'yar harshe a nahiyar Afirka, harshen hausa ya aro wasu kalmomi daga wasu harsuna musamman larabci kana kuma harshen na tafiya tare da yanayin mu na zamani bisa al'adar cudeni- na cudeka. Harshen Hausa dai ya zama harshen yau da kullum ga miliyoyin jama'a da ba hausawa bane a nahiyar Afirka. Bugu da kari, akwai cincirindon al'ummar Hausawa a manyan biranen yammacin Afirka da arewacinta da kuma yankunan cinikayyar al'ummar Hausawa da kuma yankunan da Hausawa suka jima suna bi a hanyar ta zuwa aikin hajji. Akwai kuma rubutattun adabi masu zurfi da kasidodi da kuma rubuce-rubuce a rubutun ajami da aka buga tun kafin zuwan turawa yan' mulkin mallaka na birtaniyya. Har ila yau, kuma wani tsarin rubutu a ajame da aka kirkiro tun kafin zuwan turawa, da ba kasafai ake amfani da shi ba yanzu.




#Article 169: SANA'AR GINI (185 words)


SANA'AR GINI

Ma’anar Sana’a

Wadannan ma’anoni guda biyu sun fito da ma’anar sana’a a fili a matsayinta na duk wata sahihiyar hanya da mutum ke bin don samun abun dogaro da kai wajen gudanar da rayuwarsa ta yau da kullum
A saboda haka ne ma za mu iya bayyana sana’o’in Hausawa na gargajiya a matsayin hanyoyin da Bahaushe ke bin tun tale-tale don samarwa kansa abin dogaro da kai.
Fa’idojin Sana’o’in Hausawa Na Gargajiya
Duk wani abinda dan Adam ya ke yi yana da fa’ida ko akasin haka. Wani za ka samu fa’idarsa ta fi rashin fa’idarsa yawa, inda wani kuma rashin fa’idar shi ke da rinjaye. Amma duk wata sahihiyar sana’a ta Malam bahaushe da al’ummata ta yarda ta aminta da ita tana da fa’idoji kamar haka:

Ire-Iren Sana’o’in Hausawa Na Gargajiya
Sana’o’in Hausawa na gargajiya sun kasu gida uku kamar haka:

Wasu daga cikin sana’o’in gargajiya sun hada da: Kira, Farauta, Su, Jima, Rini, Fatauci, Sassaka da sauransu 
Wasu daga sana’o’in mata sun hada da: Kitso, Kadi, Sana’ar kosai, Sana’ar kuli da mai, Daddawa, alkaki da nakiya, Sissika, Sirfe, Casa da dai sauransu




#Article 170: Dimokaraɗiyya (339 words)


Dimokaraɗiyya ko Damakwaraɗiyya  (fasarar “mulkin talakawa”), amma yanzu, tsari ne na gwamnati wanda ýan'Kasa na mulki ko su za'bi wakilai a tsakaninsu domin su kafa hukumar gudanarwa, kamar majalisar dokokin Dimokaraɗiyya an fara ta ne a 'Kasar Girika wanda wakilan ýan siyasa da aka zaba daga shaidun Kotu tsakanin ýan 'Kasa maza masu arziki da talakawa.

Bisa ga mai ilimin siyasa Larry Diamond, dimokaradiyya tana da abubuwa hudu: (a) hanyar siyasa don zabe da kuma maye gurbin gwamnati ta tsarin zaben adalci da gaskiya; (b) gudumawar jamaá a matsayinsu na ýan 'Kasa cikin siyasa da ýancin rayuawa; (c) kariyar ýancin 'dan Adam na dukan ýan 'Kasa da (d) mulkin doka, wanda dokoki da hanyar da za a zatas da su dai-dai ga dukan ýan kasar.

A karni na biyar (5) kafin haifuwar Annabi Isah, a biranen tarayya ta Girika, an nuna tsarin siyasa wanda an fi sani da Athens, dimokaradiyya akasin sarauta ne,wato, 'mulkin dan yawa'. A rubuce wadannan bayanai akasin dimokaradiyya ne kuma an kauce wa manufar dimokaradiyya bisa ga tarihi. Tsarin siyasar Athens ta ba ýan Kasa ýanci mai adalci da su yantar da maza wajen siyasa, barori ba su da wannan ýancin shigar siyasa. A tarihin gwamnatin dimokaradiyya na dá da na zamani, zama dan wakili mai adalci ta kunshi yardan jamaá bayan an ci ainihin zabe da manyan mutane sun yi bisa ga yawancin siyasan yau bisa ga zaben raáyi a karnin 19 da na 20. Turai ta fara daga karni na 16, daga tsohowar tsakar Faransa da tsakar Latin.

An kwatanta dimokaradiyya da siffar gwamnati inda mutum daya ke da iko kamar ta mulkiya ko ikon kalilar mutane. Duk da haka, wadannan hamayyar da an gada daga mai ilimin falfasa na Girika na baki-biyu sabida gwamnatin yanzu na da siyasar hántsuná, mulkin kalila da ababan mulukiya. Mai suna Karl Popper, ya bayyana Dimokaradiyya da kwatanci da mulkin kama karya ko zalunci, da sa hankali ga damar damar jamaá da su jagoranci shuwagabanensu da su hambarar da su ba tare da bukatan juyin mulki ba.




#Article 171: Tarayyar Turai (443 words)


Tarayyar Turai (EU) hukumar siyasa da tattalin arziki ne wanda ta kunshi ƙasashe arba'in da takwas da sun zama mamabobinta wanda ƙasashen na samuwa a nahiyar Turai. Tana da yawan fili kilomita 4,324,782; tana da kimanin yawan jamaá fiye da miliyen dari biyar da goma (510 million). Tarayyar Turai ta kafa kasuwa na ciki guda daidaitacciya ta amfani da tsarin dokoki da ke jagorantar 'Kasashen da ke mambobin wannan Tarayyar. Manufoffin Tarayyar ta nufa ýancin tafiye-tafiyen jamaá, kaya, aikace-aikace da kuma kudi tsakanin wannan Kasuwar ciki, da kuma kafa dokar adalci da harkokin gida da tsaren manufan kasuwancin, aikin noma, kasuwancin kifi da cingaban yankin. Tsakanin yankin Shengen, an kawas da ikon fasfo. An kafa hukumar kudi a shekara ta 1999 sai ta kafu da karfi a shekara ta 2002 da mambobin tarayyar Turai 19 wanda tana amfani da kudin Turai.

Tarayyar Tuarai na gudanar da hardaddiyar tsarin gwamnatocin ƙasashe wajen tsai da shawara. Manyan Hukumomi bakwai masu tsai da wadannan shawarwarin ana ce da ita Babban Kungiyar Tarayyar Turai, wanda ta kunshi; Majalisar Turai, Majalisar Tarayyar Turai, Majalisar Dokokin Turai, Hukumar Tarayyar Turai, Babban Kotun Tarayyar Turai, Babban Bankin Turai da kuma Fadar Oditocin Turai.

Tarayyar Turai ta samu asalinta daga kwalin Turai da alúmmar mulmula karfe (ESCS), da Hukumar Tattalin Arzikin Turai (EEC) wanda ƙasashe shida na cikin Tarayyar suka kafa a shekara ta 1951 da 1958. alúmmar da magadanta sun yi girma sabida damar shigar wasu ƙasashe da sun zama mambobi, ta kuma yi karfi wajen karuwar gyaran tsarin a wuraren da sun dace. Yarjejeniyar lokacin ta kafa Tarayyar Turai 1993 ta kuma gabatar da zaman dan Kasan Turai. Gyaran  da aka yi na doka daga yau-yau na Tarayyar Turai, yarjejeniyar Lisbon ta kafu da karfi a shekara ta 2009.

Tarayyar Turai ta yawan jamaár duniya da kashi bakwai da digo uku na cikin dari (7.3%), Tarayyar ta sami kasafi da asa ta tanada (GDP) na tiriliyan 16.447 na dallar Amurka wanda ta tashi kashi 22.2 na cikin dari kusa kasafin da duniya ta tanada da kuma kashi sha shida da digo tara (16.9%) idan aka gwada da siyan iko daidaito. Ƙasashe 26 cikin 28 suna da matuka fihirisar mutanen raya ƙasa bisa ga ayyukan raya Ƙasar Majalisar Dinkin Duniya. A shekarar ta 2012, Tarayyar ta samu Lamba ta zaman lafiyar Nóbel. Ta hanyar tsarin tsaro da na ƙasashe, Tarayyar ta kuma tsumbure a hakkin harkokin waje da na tsaro. Tarayyar ta rike manzanci na ainihi a duniya baki daya kuma tana wakiltar kanta a Majalisar Dinkin Duniya, Kungiyar Sanaá ta Duniya (WTO), G8 da G20. Domin gudumawarsu a duniya, Tarayyar tana da matukar iko na yau-yau.

Austriya (daga 1995)




#Article 172: Tibi (395 words)


Tibi (TB) ko Tarin fuƙa: wata cuta ce, wadda ake kamuwa da ita daga kwayar cuta mai suna “mycobacterium Tuberculosis”(MTA). Tibi cuta ce da ke shafar huhu amma tana iya shafar wasu gaɓoɓin jiki kuma. Yawancin cututtukan tibi ba su nuna alamar kasancewarsu a jiki ba. Kusan kashi 10 (10%) na cikin dari na tibi ba su nuna alamar kasancewarsu ba, suna iya zama ciwo idan ba a magancesu ba, zai kashe kusan rabin masu dauke da cutar idan ba a yi jiyyarsa ba. Mafi alamar cutar tibi su ne: tari, majina da jini, zazzabi, da zufa da daddare da kuma ramewa. Kalmar “ci” an samo ta dalilin ramewa bisa ga tarihi. Shafar wasu gabobbin jiki na iya nuna nuna alamomi da dama.

Ana baza cutar tibi ta iska yayinda masu shi na tari daga huhu, tufa miyau, yi magana ko atishawa. Mutane masu dauke da kwayar cutar da bai zama ciwo ko ba, ba su baza cutar ba. Ciwo mai tsanani kan auku ne ga masu dauke da kwayar cutar sida da kanjamau da kuma masu shan taba. Ana yin binciken ciwon tibi tta daukar hoton kirji, da yin amfani da madubin likita, da kuma nazarin ruwan jiki.

Tsare kamuwa da tibi ta hada da gwajin wadanda ke da hadarin kamuwa da cutar, ganowa da sauri da kuma shan rigakafinta “bacillus Calmette-Guerin vaccine” na taimaka wajen magance cutar. Ýan gida, ofishi, da sabowa da jamaá masu tibi na da hatsarin samu ko kamuwa da wannan cutar. Jiyyar wannan cutar ta bukace amfani da maganin rigakafi na tsawon lokaci. Rashin jin maganin rigakafi na tsawon lokaci damuwa ce  da ke kara rashin aukin Maganin-Tibi (MDR-TB).

Ana tunani kashi daya cikin goma na alúmmar duniya na da cutar tibi. Kashi daya cikin dari na mutanen duniya na sabowar kamuwa da cutar. A shekara ta 2014, an samu masu cutar Tibi miliyan tara da dubu dari shida (9.6 million) wanda ya kai ga mutuwar mutum miliyan daya da rabi (1.5 million). Mutane fiye da kashe tasain da biyar cikin dari (95%) sun salwanta a kasashe masu tasowa. Tun shekara ta 2000 an samu raguwa wajen  kamuwa da cutar. Kusan kashi tamanin cikin dari (80%) na Kasashen Asiyawa da na Afrika an same su da wannan cutar sannan biyar zuwa goma na mutanen Majalisar Dinkin Duniya an same su da kwayan cutar. Kasancewar tibi na nan tun dá.




#Article 173: Kanjamau (525 words)


Kwayoyin cutar sida (da Turanci HIV, da Faransanci VIH) wacce take nufin cuta mai karya garkuwar jiki kuma ana kiranta da suna Kanjamau ko Sida a hausance. Kanjamau ciwo ne wanda ake samunta ta sanadiyar mutuwar kwayoyin da ke garkuwar da jikin mutum daga cututtuka. Bin kamuwa da cutar na farko mutum ba zai iya gano alamomin ba, amma zai iya mura na dan lokaci.

Cutar kuma zai iya dauke lokaci mai tsawo ba tare da nuna wata alama ba. Da cutar ta cigaba da kafuwa, tana shafar kwayoyin da ke garkuwa da cututtuka a jikin mutum, sai hadarin kamuwa da wasu kananan cututtuka kamar su tibi, da cututtukan daji wadanda ke da wuyan shafar masu kwayoyin garkuwa da cututtuka masu akiki a jikinsu. Wadannan dadaddun alamomi su ake ce da su kanjamau (AIDS). A wannan lokaci yawanci na kai ga ramewa.

Kwayoyin cutar sida na yaduwa ta wadannan hanyoyin; jimaí maras tsaro, da ba da jini mai dauke da cutar, yin amfani da alura wanda ke dauke da da cutar da kuma daga mama zuwa jariri yayinda tana da juna biyu ko ta haihuwa ko ta nono (shayarwa). Ruwan jiki kamar su miyau da hawaye ba a samun wannan cutar HIV ta wurinsu ba. Hanyoyin rigakafi sun hada da: jimaí mai tsaro, shirya musayar alura, la da masu dauke da cutar da kuma kaciyar maza. Ana iya magance ciwo daga yara ta hanyar ba su magani mai karfafa kwayoyin garkuwar jiki daaga cututtuka tare da   uwayensu. Cutar ba ta da magani ko rigakafi, amma akwai magani mai karfafa kwayoyin garkuwar jiki daga cututtuka wanda ke taimaka wajen rage karfin ciwon a jiki, kuma yana kusan warkar da ciwon. Bincike ta nuna mutum zai yi rayuwa na shekaru goma sha daya (11), sai ya mutu idan ba a yi jiyyarta ba.

A shekara ta 2015, kusan mutum miliyan 36.7 an same su da wannan kwayoyin cutar sida wanda ya kai mutuwar mutum miliyan 1.1. yawancin masu dauke da cutar yan saharancin Afrika ne. Tsakanin ganowarta a shekara ta 2014, kanjamau ta kashe mutum miliyan 39 a duniya duka bisa ga jimila. Kwayoyin cutar sida da kanjamau muguwar ciwo ne wanda bazuwarta kamar ruwan dare gama gari ne yanzu. An fara samu kwayoyin cutar sida a yamancin tsakar Afrika a karshen karni na sha tara zuwa ashirin, cibiyoyin kula da hana cututtuka (CDC) na Tarayyar Amurka ne sun fara gano ciwon kanjamau a shekarar 1981 da kuma hanyoyin kamuwa da cutar a farkon shekaru da aka gano cutar.

Kwayoyin cutar sida da kanjamau ta yi matukar shafar alúmma a matsayin ciwo da kuma samun dalilin nuna wariya ga masu dauke da wannan kwayar cutan. Wannan ciwon ta matukar shafe tattalin arziki. Akwai rashin fahimta da dama game da kwayoyin cutar sida da kanjamau, kamar na cewa ana iya kamu da ciwon ko ba a jimaí ba. Ciwon ta zama abin jayayya hade da addini tare da darikar Katolika na raáyin rashin goyon baya amfani da roba wajen jimaí don tsaro ba. Wannan ya jawo hankalin kungiyar magani na duniya da siyasa da kuma gudumawar kudi masu yawa tun da aka gano cutar a shekara ta 1980.




#Article 174: Frances Ames (140 words)


Frances Rix Ames (furuta: /faransis/ /emes/) daga shekara alif dari tara da ashirin, ran ashirin ga watan Afirilu zuwa sha daya ga Nuwamba shekara dubu biyu da biyu (20 Afrilu 1920 - 11 Nuwamba 2002) ta zaman likita mai fida da na kula da kwakwalwa da yaki akan ýancin dan Adam,wanda an sannin da jan gaba a tsarin fegen magani zuwa mutuwar Steve Biko mai wariyar launin fata,wanda ya mutu ta rashin kullawa wanda yan sanda suka wulakantar da shi. Da Hukumar Kudancin Afirika da ta hakori (SAMDC) wanda sun kasa hukuntar da shugaban likitoci da mataimakinsa na yankin don rashin kulla da Biko da suka yi, Ames da kungiyar mutum biyar malamai da kuma likitoci sun tara kudade suka yi shariar yaki shekara takwas da kafuwar hukumar magunguna. Ames ta sadakad da tsaronta da matsayin iliminta don sammar da.




#Article 175: Fatima Massaquoi (118 words)


Fatima Massaquoi-Fahnbulleh  (/ˈfɑːtiːˌmɑː/ /ˈmæsækhwɑ)-(1904–1978) ta kasance a soma malama a Liberia.  Bayan kammala ta ilimi a Amirka, ta koma Liberia a shekarar 1946, 
inda ta bayar da gudunmawar da yawa da al'adu da kuma zamantakewa rai na kasar.

An haife ta a wani gidan iyalin sarautar Afirka, 
Massaquoi tayin girma a kula da wani inna a Njagbacca, a cikin Garwula gundumar 
na Grand Cape Mount County na kudancin Laberiya.
Bayan shekara bakwai, sai ta koma zuwa ga arewa 
yammacin ɓangare na kasar a cikin Montserrado County, 
inda ta fara ta makaranta. A shakara alif 1922 ta raka mahaifinta, 
a jami'in diflomasiyyar, zuwa Hamburg, Jamus, 
inda ta kammala karatunta a magani, a Jami'ar Hamburg shekara alif dari tara da talatin da bakwai(1937). 




#Article 176: Funmilayo Ransome-Kuti (137 words)


Funmilayo Ransome Kuti, (5 Oktoba 1900 - 13 Afrilu 1978), malama ce, yar siyasa kuma mai kare, yancin mata. Ta bauta tare da bambanci a matsayin daya daga cikin mafi shahararren shugabannin ta tsara. Ta kuma mace ta farko a kasar don fitar da wani mota. Ransom Kuti-siyasa ayyukan jagoranci mata da ake bayyana a matsayin doyen na  mace hakkin a Nigeria, kazalika da mata ana daukarsa a matsayin The Mother of Africa. Early kan, ta kasance mai matukar iko da karfi advocating ga Nijeriya mace ta yancin kada kuri'a. Ta aka bayyana a cikin shekarar 1947, da West African Pilot a matsayin zakanya na Lisabi domin ta shugabanci na mata na Egba mutane a kan wani yaƙin neman zaɓe a kan sabani haraji. Wannan gwagwarmaya ya kai ga abdication babban sarki Oba Ademola II a 1949.




#Article 177: Daura (245 words)


Daura gari ne kuma karamar hukuma ce a jihar Katsina, a arewacin Najeriya. masarautar Daura ta hada da wasu kananan hukumomi da suke kewaye da ita wanda suka hada da Daura, Baure, Zangon Daura, mai'aduwa. Daura tana daya daga cikin garuruwan hausa bakwai (wanda suka hada da Gobir, Biram, Katsina, Kano, Zazzau da Rano), Wanda 'yayan Bayajidda da jikokin shi suka mulka.

Tarihin daura ya fara ne daga lokacin da wasu mutane daga garin daura wanda take garin katsina  a yanzu ƙarƙashin jagorancin wani Namangi, ya kasance mutum ne mai daraja wanda ya taɓa shan kayi a wajen takarar sarautar daura. Ya yanke shawara ya koma zama a wata ƙaramar gari kusa da karaye, wanda ake kira ƴardozama. Ya kasance yana zuwa bakin wani kogi a cikin garin inda ya gano cewa lallai wajen zai yi daɗin zama, ya samu fili a wajen kuma ya gina gida. Zai huta a gidan na wasu lokata sanna ya wuce ƙaraye. A haka ne har aka far kiran wajen da suna Daurawa. Wannan shine asalin tarihin ƙauyen Daura. Garin baida katanga da ta zagaye shi, saboda tayi kusa da ƙaraye sosai, kuma duk lokacin da za a buga tambarin sarauta, mutanen cikin garin daura zasu garzayo cikin ƙaraye saboda su samu tsaro.  

Ta haɗa iyaka da magajin gari da taurawa kafin ginin challawa gorge Dam, ƙauyen yola, ƙauyen ma, da kuma magajin hajj ta kudu , yamma, gabas da kuma arewa.

Ƙauyen daura ya ƙunshi Gudumomi guda shida:




#Article 178: Bilal Philip (255 words)


Abu Ameenah Bilal Philips, an haifeshi a kasar Jamaika shekarar 1946, Shi babban malamin musulunci ne a kasar Kanada, sannan kuma marubuci ne na litattafan addinin musulunci da dama. Juma ma mallaki ne na jami'ar musulunci ta yanar gizo wato ISLAMIC ONLINE UNIVERSITY. Kuma yanzu haka yana zaune ne kasar Qatar. Yana baiyana a tashar talabijin ta Peace TV, mai watsa shirye shiryent awanni 24-hour a rana, da kuma tashar talabijin ta Islamic satellite TV channel. Malam Philip ya ayyana kansa a matsayin dan Salafiya

An haifi shehun malami Philips ne a garin Kingston, dake kasar Jamaica amma kuma ya taso ne a garin Toronto, dake Ontario, a kasar Canada.

Dr. Philips ya samu digirin sane na B.A a jami'ar Madina wato Islamic University of Medina sai kuma digirinsa na M.A. A fannin  Aqidah dag jami'ar King Saud University a birnin Riyadh,  na kasar Saudiyya. Sai kuma ya tafi jami'ar University of Wales, St. David's University College wacce a yanzu ake kira University of Wales, Trinity Saint David.  Ya samu digirin sa na PhD. a shekarar 1993

Malam Philips ya kafa jami'ar musulunci ta yanar gizo ne a kasar Qatar kuma a yanzu haka Allah ya albarkaci jami'ar inda ta fadada sosai a sassan duniya.

Kasar Birtaniya ta tuhumi Dr. Philips da laifin kitsa kai wani harin ta'addanci 

Haka kuma Dr. Philips ya fito fili ya baiyanawa duniya tare da sukar masu ganin yin aure ga matan da basu kai munzali ba kamar fyade ne. Malam Philips yayi kakkausar suka ga masu wannan ra'ayin hakan.




#Article 179: Bosnia da Herzegovina (375 words)


Bosnia da Herzegovina (bs. hr. Bosna i Hercegovina, sr. Босна и Херцеговина), wani lokacin ake kira Bosnia-Herzegovina (BiH, BH), da kuma, a takaice, sau da yawa da aka sani informally matsayin Bosnia, an a kasar a kudu maso Turai located a kan da Balkan Larabawa. 

Sarajevo ne babban birnin kasar da kuma mafi girma a birnin. Kẽwayesu da Kroatiya zuwa arewa, yamma, da kudu. Serbiya to gabas. Montenegro zuwa kudu maso gabashin. da Adriatic Sea zuwa kudu, tare da bakinta game da 20 km dogon kewaye birnin da Neum. A cikin tsakiyar da kuma gabashin ciki na kasar labarin kasa ne mountainous, a arewa maso yamma shi ne moderately m, da kuma arewa maso gabashin ne yawanci flatland. The m ne a geographically ya fi girma yankin, kuma yana da wata matsakaici nahiyar sauyin yanayi, tare da zafi lokacin bazaar, kuma sanyi da ake yin dusar ƙanƙara winters. A kudancin tip na kasar yana da wani Rum sauyin yanay kuma a fili topography.

Bosnia da Herzegovina ne a yankin da cewa ya bi sawun m adam mazauna baya ga Bosna [Neolithic shekaru, a lokacin da kuma bayan abin da aka lugar da dama Illyria n da Celt wayewar. Al'adar, siyasa, da kuma harkar more rayuwa, kasar na da arziki tarihi, da ciwon aka farko zaunar da Slavic al'ummai cewa populate yankin a yau daga cikin 6th ta hanyar zuwa 9th ƙarni. A 12th karni Banate na Bosnia aka kafa, wanda ya samo asali a cikin Mulkin Bosnia a cikin 14th karni, bayan abin da aka annexed a cikin Ottoman Empire, a karkashin wanda mulkin shi zai kasance daga tsakiyar 15th ga marigayi 19th ƙarni

Ottoman ya kawo Islam zuwa yankin, da kuma canza yawa na al'adu da kuma zamantakewa na gaba na kasar. Wannan ya biyo ta  annexation cikin Austro-Hungarian daular mulkinsu, wanda dade har sai yakin duniya na. A interwar lokaci, Bosnia na daga cikin Mulkin asar Yugoslavia da kuma bayan yakin duniya na II, kasar da aka sanya cikakken jamhuriyar matsayi a cikin sabuwar kafa Socialist tarayyar {asar Yugoslavia. Bayan da aka rushe asar Yugoslavia, kasar breakup na asar Yugoslavia (Independence na Jamhuriyar Macedonia da kuma Bosnia da Herzegovina) a shekarar 1992, wanda aka bishi da Bosnian basasa, zaunanniya har Dayton Yarjejeniyar, 1995.




#Article 180: Filin jirgin sama (137 words)


Filin jirgin sama wuri ne na musamman da aka samar da na'urori na zamani da ma'aikata domi sauka tare da tashin jiragen sama.

Filin jrigin sama ya kunshi abubawa da dama wadanda ake bukata na musamman domin samar da cikakkaen tsaro, kulawa, walwala, samar da cikakkun na'urorin zamani na samar da bayanai wadanda suka shafi kula da tashi da kuma saukan jiragen sama, dogon titi wanda zai wadaci jiigi yayi gudun mai nisa wanda zai taimaka mashi wurin sauka da kuma tashi, wadatacen filin ajiye jiragen sama.

Manyan filayen saukan jirage musamman na kasa da kasa, sunada wuarare na musamman inda jami'an custom da na immigration ke kula da shige da fice na masu sauka da kuma masu tashi, haka kuma ana samun gidajen sayar da abinci, bankuna da kuma manyan kantunan zamani duk a cikin su.




#Article 181: Ciwon huhun daji (383 words)


Ciwon huhun daji ciwo ne qari huhu ana danganta shi da girmar tantani mara magani na fale-falen nama ta huhu. Idan ba a nemo magani ba, wannan girmar zata yadu nisa da huhun ta hanyar metastasis zuwa fale-falen nama ko sassan jikin. Yawancin ciwon daji da ke faruwa a huhu ana ce da su ciwon huhun daji na farko, acrcinomas. Ainihi waxannan ire-ire biyu sune; karamin-tantanin huhun carcinoma (SCLC) da mara-karamin-tantanin huhun carcinoma (NSCLC). Yawan alamomin wannan ciwo sune; tari (da tarin jini), ramewa, kasawar nufamshi da ciwon kirji.

Qato bisa xarin jama'a tamanin da biyar (85%) na matsalolin ciwon huhun daji ya nuna cewa shan tava na tsawon lokaci na kawo ciwon. Sa'annan 10-15 bisa xari (10-15%) matsalolin wannan ciwo ya samu ne ta rashin shan tava/sigari. Waxannan matsalolin na sa haxuwa matsalar kayyade da watsawa zuwa rado gas, asbestos, da wasu hayakin kone-kone da wasu gurvacewar iska. Za a iya ganin ciwon huhun daji kamar ciwon kirji ne idan an yi hoto aka kuma hada duba da na'ura (CT). Gwajin ta bayyanu ta bayosfsi wanda kullum ana yinta bronchoscopy ko na'ura mai kwakwalwa.

Rigakafin shi ne ta kiyaye haxarin kamuwa da ita, tare da shan hayaki da kuma gurvacewar iska. kula da wannan da sakamako na tsawon lokaci ya danganta ga irin ciwon huhun dajin, yanayinta (yadda ya ke yaxuwa), da kuma dukan lafiyar mutumin. 'yawancin matsalolin ba a iya magance su. Maganinsa na yau dakullum ya hada da fixa, da magangunan kimiya, da dauka hoton.  Ana iya magance NSCLC da fixa wasu lokuta, sa'annan  SCLC kuma qan ji magangunan kimiya da daukan hoton da sauri fiye da fixa.

A duniya gaba xaya a shekara ta 2012, an same mutum miliyan xaya da digo takwas (1.8 million) an gwada su da ciwon huhun daji, sa'anan mutum miliyan xaya da digo shida sun mutu da dalilin ciwon (1.6 million). Wannan ya zamma sanadiyyar mutuwa a maza na ciwon huhun daji gama gari da ya faru da na biyu cikin sanadiyyar mutuwar mata bayan ciwon-nono. 'yan shekaru saba'in ne an fi gwada su da wannan cutar. Mutane kashi sha bakwai da digo hudu cikin xari cikin Qasar Amurka an gwada su da wannan ciwon huhun daji, sun rayu da ciwon na shekaru biyar bayan gwajin, sa'anan sakamakon a Qaddarance a Qasashe masu tasowa.




#Article 182: Kano (149 words)


Lardin kano ta kunshi masarautu hudu da suke karka shinta a wancen lokacin. Itace kuma tafi kowacce zama iri guda a najeriya tafus kan yawan jama’a. dukkan su masu Magana ne da harshen hausa kuma masarautan kano kuma yawancin al’amura masu wuyan gaske a masarautan. Kasan cewa suna matukar lura da bagaren iyali. Halin mutumin kano yana matukan son cin gashin kansa hakan ne yasa yake sonka suwanci. Tun a baya haka suke har ila yau.

A cikin karni na 7, Tudun Dala, wani tsauni ne da ke kano, ya kasance dandalin farauta da tara jama'ar da ke aikin baƙin ƙarfe ( al'adun Nok ); ba a sani ba ko waɗannan Hausawa ne ko kuwa masu magana da yarukan Nijar – Congo .  An san Kano da farko da suna Dala, bayan tsauni, kuma ana kiranta kamar ƙarshen ƙarshen karni na 15 da farkon 16 ga majiyoyin Borno .




#Article 183: Kano (jiha) (140 words)


Jihar Kano jiha ce dake a ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimanin kilomita murabba’i 20,131 da yawan jama’a milyan sha ɗaya da dubu hamsin da takwas da dari uku (jimillar shekara 2011). Babban birnin tarayyar jahar ita ce Kano. Abdullahi Umar Ganduje shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2015 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Nasiru Gawuna. Dattijan jihar sune; Aminu Kano, Maitama Sule, Sani Abacha, Murtala Mohammed, Sanusi Lamido Sanusi, Ibrahim Shekarau, Isyaka Rabi'u, Aliko Dangote, Rabiu Musa Kwankwaso, Barau I Jibrin da Kabiru Ibrahim Gaya.

Jihar Kano tana da iyaka da misalin jihhohi huɗu, su ne: Kaduna, Katsina, Jigawa kuma da Bauchi.Jahar  kano ina mata kirari da kano koda me kazo an fika.Muhammadu Sanusi II  shine sarkin kano

Kano ita ce tsakiyar bankin musulunci a Najeriya.

Kano tanada kananan hukumomi guda 44 sune :




#Article 184: Imo (112 words)


Jihar Imo jiha ce dake ƙasar Nijeriya. Tana da yawan filin kasa kimanin kilomita murabba’i 5,530 da yawan jama’a milyan uku da dubu dari tara da talatin da huɗu da dari takwas da tisa'in da tara (ƙidayar yawan jama'a shekara 2006). Babban birnin Jihar itace Owerri. Kuma Rochas  Okorocha shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2015 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Prince Eze Madumere. Dattawa a jihar sune, Samuel Anyanwu, Hope Uzodinma da Benjamin Uwajumogu.

Jihar Imo tana da iyaka da misalin jihohi hudu su ne: Jihar Abia, Jihar Delta, Jihar Anambra kuma da Jihar Rivers.

Jihar Imo nada adadin Kananan hukumomi guda ashirin da bakwai (27). Sune:

 




#Article 185: Katsina (birni) (402 words)


Katsina wato Babban birnin Katsina wanda akafi sani da qaramar hukumar Katsina (Katsina LGA) garine mai girman gaske da ci gaba da kuma yawan mutane wacce akan kira (Katsina Metropolis).

Katsina gari ne mai daɗaɗɗen tarihi, kuma yana da ƙofofi da akayi su saboda garin zagaye yake da ganuwa. Katsina birni ne, da ke a jihar Katsina, a ƙasar Nijeriya.  A wani tarihin kuma an nuna cewa wani mutum da aka kira bayajidda ɗan sarkin bagadaza ya kafa katsina dalilin zuwansa daura kuma ya aura sarauniyar daura . 

Bisa ga ƙidayar jama'a a shekarar 2006, akwai jimilar mutane 318,459 (dubu dari uku da sha takwas da dari huɗu da hamsin da tara). An gina birnin Katsina a karni na sha huɗu. 

A da akwai ƙofofi 9 a birnin Katsina wanda suka hada da ƙofar ƙaura, durbi, ƴan ɗaka, sauri, Guga da ƙwaya, Marusa, Keke, Agulu, Waziri,Gazobi. Amman yanzu babu ƙofofin Keke, Agulu, Waziri da gazobi.  

Kofar Kaura: Kofa ce dake tsakiyar Birnin Katsina wacce take da shatale tale mai tambarin kwarya da Ludayin fura da nono da kuma kofa wnda ke arewacin shataletale kuma tana kan hanyar birnin Katsina zuwa Kano.

Kofar Soro: koface mai dumbin tarihi tarihi wacce ke da tsofaffin unguwanni da gineginen tarihi musaman Gidan Sarkin Katsina da kuma tsibirin Gobarau wacce aka ginata a shekara ta dubu daya da dari hudu da talatin da takwas (1438).  

Kofar Sauri:  

Kofar Durbi:  

Kofar Marusa:  

Kofar Kwaya:    

Katsina tana daya daga cikin wanda sukafi kowa ilimin addini dana zamani sannan suna cikin wanda suka fara amsar ilimin zamani lokacin turawan mulkin mallaka a arewacin Nijeriya. sannan kuma Akwai Katsina Teachers' College wacce aka ginata a 1845. Sannan akwai jami'oi na zamani manya guda biyu, Umaru Musa Yar'adua University da aka ginata a 2007 wanda shuga Umaru Musa yaradua ya gina, sai kuma Alqalam University waccce aka fi sani da Islamic University wacce itace Jami'ar musulunci na farko a Nijerya.  

Sannan akwai kolejin malamai ta Federal College of Education (FCE) da kuma Polytechnic wacce aka fi sani da Hassan Usman Katsina Polytechnic.  

Tun kafuwar katsina har zuwa yanzu akwai gidajen sarauta huɗu a garin katsina, gidajen sune, Durbawa, Gidan korau, Gidan Dallazawa, da kuma gidan Sulluɓawa. (p3)      

Sarakanan Fulanin katsina sun kasu gide biyu ne; Gidan Dallazawa da kuma Sullubawa.      

Burji, Badamasi Shu'aibu G., 1968- (1997).Gaskiya nagartar namiji : tarihin rayuwar Janar Hassan Usman Katsina. Kano: Burji Publishers. ISBN . OCLC 43147940.




#Article 186: Kebbi (116 words)


Jihar Kebbi jiha ce dake a ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba’i 36,800 da yawan jama’a milyan uku da dubu dari shida da talatin da dari takwas da talatin da daya (jimilar 2005). Babban birnin tarayyar jahar ita ce Birnin Kebbi. Abubakar Atiku Bagudu shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2015 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Samaila Yombe Dabai. Dattijan jihar sune: Bala Naallah, Ahmed Ogembe da Yahaya Abdullahi.

Jihar Kebbi tana da iyaka da misalin jihhohi hudu sune: Sokoto, Zamfara kuma da Nijar.

Jihar Kebbi nada Kananan hukumomi guda ashirin daya (21), da masarauta hudu, sune; (Gwandu, Argungu, Yauri da Zuru), da gundumomi (35). Kananan hukumomin sune:

 




#Article 187: Sokoto (329 words)


Lardin sakkwato lardine da babu hadari ga sardauna amma a yanzu a kwai wahala, masarautun sakkwato guda hudu ne da suka hada da. sakkawato. Gwandu. Ar gungu da kuma yawuri tare da dangan taka mai cike da damuwa a tarihan ce argungu. (kebbi) na hamayya da sakkwato har tsawon karni na goma da kuma karni na ashirin,.

Sakkwato babban birni ne wanda yake a yankin arewa maso yammacin Najeriya, kusa da mahadar Kogin Sakkwato da Rima . Kamar yadda na 2006 yana da yawan jama'a 427,760. Sakkwato ita ce babban birnin jihar Sakkwato ta zamani kuma a baya ita ce babban birnin jihar arewa maso yamma.

Sunan Sakkwato (wanda shine asalin sunan yankin, Sakkwato ) na asalin larabawa ne, wanda yake wakiltar suk, 'kasuwa'. An kuma san shi da Sakkwato, Birnin Shaihu da Bello ko Sokoto, Babban Birnin Shaihu da Bello  Bello Umar Maikaset.

Kujerun tsohon Sakkwato, garin ne mafi yawan Musulmai kuma muhimmin wurin zama na karatun addinin Musulunci a Najeriya. Sarkin musulmin da ke shugabantar da khalifa shi ne jagoran ruhaniyar Musulmin Najeriya. 

Sakkwato tana da yanayi mai zafi soboda tana da rairayi. Tare da yawan zafin jiki na shekara , Sakkwato na ɗaya daga cikin biranen da suka fi kowane zafi a Najeriya, duk da haka matsakaicin yanayin rana gaba ɗaya bai wuce  mafi yawan shekara, kuma bushewar tana sa a iya ɗaukar zafi.  Watanni masu zafi sune Fabrairu zuwa Afrilu, inda zafin rana zai iya wuce 40 ° C. Mafi yawan zafin jiki da aka rubuta shine 45 ° C. Lokacin damina daga Yuni zuwa Oktoba ne, lokacin da shawa ke zama ruwan dare. Shawa ba safai ta daɗe ba kuma tayi nesa da ruwan sama na yau da kullun da aka sani a yankuna masu zafi da yawa. Daga ƙarshen Oktoba zuwa Fabrairu, a lokacin 'lokacin sanyi', sauyin yanayi yana mamaye iska mai lahani wanda ke busa ƙurar Sahara a kan ƙasar. Urar na rage hasken rana, ta haka tana rage yanayin zafi sosai. 




#Article 188: Sokoto (jiha) (108 words)


Jihar Sokoto jiha ce dake kasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimanin kilomita murabba’i 25,973 da yawan jama’a miliyan huɗu da dubu dari uku da tisa'in da biyu da dari uku da tisa'in da ɗaya (ƙidayar yawan jama'a shekara 1991). Babban birnin jahar ita ce Sokoto. Aminu Waziri Tambuwal shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2015 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Ahmad Aliyu. Dattijan jihar su ne: Sultan Sa'adu Abubakar  Abdullahi Ibrahim Gobir, Aliyu Wamakko da Abdullahi Ibrahim.

Jihar Sokoto tana da iyaka da misalin jihohi biyu su ne: Kebbi da Zamfara.

Jihar Sokoto nada adadin Kananan Hukumomi guda ashirin da uku (23). Sune:

 




#Article 189: Borno (154 words)


Jihar Borno jiha ce a ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da faɗin kimanin faɗin ƙasa murabba'i na kilomita 57,799 da yawan jama’a da suka kai 5,925,668 (a ƙiddidigar ƙidaya ta shekarar 2006). Babban birnin jihar itace  Maiduguri. Babagana Umara Zulum shi ne gwamnan jihar tun bayan zabensa da akayi a shekara ta 2019 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Usman Mamman Durkwa. Dattijai daga jihar sun haɗa da: Yusuf Buratai, Baba Garba, Ali Madu Sheriff, Muhammad Indimi, Abba Kyari, Mohammed Ali Ndume da sauran su. Mutanen garin Borno mutane ne masu son ala'ada. Daga cikin ala'adunsu akwai zaman mai gida wuri daya tare da iyalensa domin cin abinci acikin faranti daya. Mutane ne masu son mu'amala da turare

Jihar Borno tana da iyaka da jihhohi uku ne: Jihar Adamawa daga kudanci, Jihar Gombe daga kudu maso yamma kuma da Jihar Yobe daga yammaci, sannan ta yi iyaka da kasashen Jamhoriyar Nijar, Kamaru da kuma Chadi.




#Article 190: Gombe (jiha) (103 words)


Jihar Gombe takasance a arewa maso gabashin ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba’i 18,768 da yawan jama’a milyan biyu da dubu uku hamsin da uku (ƙidayar yawan jama'a shekara 2006). Babban birnin tarayyar jahar ita ce Gombe. Muhammad Inuwa Yahaya shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2015 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Charles Iliya. Dattiban jihar su ne: Mohammed Danjuma Goje, Bayero Nafada da Joshua Lidani.

Jihar Gombe tana da iyaka da misalin jihhohi biyar, su ne: Adamawa, Bauchi, Borno, Taraba kuma da Yobe.

Jihar Gombe nada Kananan hukumomi guda goma sha daya (11). Sune:




#Article 191: Taraba (143 words)


Jihar Taraba jiha ce dake a ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da fadin filin kasa kimanin kilomita murabba’i 25,973 da yawan jama’a milyan biyu da dubu dari shida da tamanin da takwas da dari tara da arba'in da huɗu (2,688,944) (ƙidayar yawan jama'a shekara 2005). Babban birnin tarayyar jahar ita ce Jalingo. Ansamar da jahar taraba da karkashine stuhuwa jahar gongola. Jahar tanada kabilu da yawa fulani  Jukun  hausa kuteb  kuna momoye karinju junju echin kaka mumbila chamba Darius Ishaku shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2015 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Haruna Manu. Dattiban jihar su ne: Shuaibu Isa Lau, Yusuf Abubakar Yusuf, Aisha Alhassan, da Emmanuel Bwacha.

Jihar Taraba tana da iyaka da misalin jihhohi uku, su ne: Adamawa, Bauchi, Borno, Gombe, Nasarawa kuma da Plateau.

Jihar Taraba nada adadin Kananan hukumomi guda goma sha shida (16). Wadanda sune:




#Article 192: Aliko Dangote (113 words)


Aliko Dangote shahararren dan kasuwa ne kuma attajiri. An haife shi a ranar 10 ga watan Afrilu, a shekara ta 1957, shahararren ɗan kasuwa ne a Najeriya dama Afirka baki daya. 

Dangote dai yakasance shahararren mai kudin Afirka a inda duk nahiyar babu wanda ke da arzikinsa.

A shekarar 2017, yana da kiyasin kudin daya kai dalar Amurka biliyan goma sha-uku da miliyan dari tara, inda yacigaba da zama maikudi na daya a Afirka. Cikaken sunansa shine; Alhaji Aliko Muhammad Gote amma anfi sanin sa da Aliko Dangote. Shine shugaban gamayyar kasuwanci ta Dangote, Gamayyar dai ta shahara wajen samar da kayayyakin amfani na yau da kullun, kamar Abinci, kayakin gine-gine, da sauransu.




#Article 193: Kaduna (birni) (115 words)


Kaduna birni ne, da ke  jihar Kaduna, a ƙasar Najeriya. Shi ne babban birnin jihar Kaduna. Bisa ga ƙidayar jama'a a shekarar 2006, jimillar mutane dubu dari bakwai da sittin, amma bisa ga kimanta a shekarar 2017, jimilar mutane miliyan ɗaya da dubu dari huɗu. Birnin Kaduna kilomita dari biyu ne daga Abuja. Sannan kilomita saba'in da wani abu daga zaria.kaduna na akan kogin Kaduna ne. Muhimman wuraren da ke cikin garin Kaduna sun hada da gidan tarihi na sardaunan sokoto wato sir Ahmadu Bello, Masallacin saukin musulmi Bello, gidan tarihi na kasa, gidan gwamnatin jihar Kaduna, makarantar horar da Sojoji na Najeriya dadai sauran su.

Wasu hotuna kenan na sassa a cikin birnin Kaduna




#Article 194: Rabi'u Musa Kwankwaso (593 words)


Muhammad Rabi'u Musa Kwankwaso  

wanda akafi sani da Rabi'u Kwankwaso dan siyasar Najeriya ne. Ya rike matsayin gwamna a jahar Kano har sau biyu, wato a shekarun 1999-2003 da kuma shekarar 2011-2015. Shine gwamnan farko na jahar Kano a jamhuriya ta hudu kuma ya ci zabe ne duka a karkashin jam'iyyar ta PDP kafin daga bisani ya canza jam'iyya ya koma jam'iyyar sa ta APC. A zaben shekarar 2003 kwankwaso yayi rashin nasara ne a hannun Ibrahim Shekarau. A watan Yuli ne na shekara ta 2003 Olusegun Obasanjo ya nada shi matsayin ministan tsaron Najeriya bayan samun rashin nasara da yayi a zaben. 

A 2015 Kwankwaso yayi rashin nasara a hannun Shugaba Muhammadu Buhari a zaben fidda gwani na dantakarar shugaban kasa na jam'iyyar APC, inda daga bisani sai ya canza sheka zuwa takarar kujerar Sanata da yake kai yanzu.  A shekarar 2018 ya fice daga jam'iyyar APC inda ya sake komawa jam'iyyarsa ta PDP da niyyar yin takarar shugaban ƙasa sai dai yasha ƙasa a hannun abokin karawarsa Atiku Abubakar wanda ya lashe zaɓen fidda gwani wanda aka gudanar  a garin Fatakwal.

An haifi Injiniya Rabiu Musa Kwankwaso a ranar 21 ga watan Oktoban shekarar 1956 a kauyen Kwankwaso dake karamar hukumar Madobi ta jihar KanoYa halarci makarantar firamaren gwamnati ta garin Kwankwaso, sai Makarantar sakandarin kwana ta Gwarzo sai yaje makarantar kere-kere ta garin Wudil] da Makarantar fasaha a Kano kafin daga bisani ya halarci makarantar Kaduna Polytechnic a inda ya samu shaidun difiloma guda biyu wato National Diploma da Higher National Diploma yayi kuma digirinsa na farko a birtaniya Middlesex Polytechnich (1982-1983)da kuma Loughbrough University of technology (1983-1985)inda yayi babban digirinsa wato Masters DigreeDukan yawancin makarantun da Kwankwaso yayi karatu shi ne yake rike mukamin shugaban daliban  makarantun kuma taba zabarsa a matsayin shugaban kungiyar dalibai na jahar Kano

Kwankwaso ya fara aiki a 1975 inda ya fara aiki da hukumar ruwa ta jahar kano wato Kano Satae Water Resources and Engineering Construction Agency wato WRECA yayi aiki na tsawon shekaru 17 a bangarori daban-daban inda har ya zama shugaban ma'aikatar a shekarar 1992 aka zabi Kwankwaso danmajalisar wakilai ta taraiyar Najeriya mai wakiltar karamar hukumar Madobi. Kuma shine ya zama mataimakin kakakin majalisar a karkashin jamiyyar SDP A wani taro da akayi na gyaran kundin mulkin kasa an zabi kwankwaso amatsayin wakilin jahar Kano. Ya shiga jam'iyyar PDP a 1998

An zabi Rabiu Kwankwaso gwamna a jahar Kano a 1999 karkashin jam'iyyar PDP har zuwa 2003 inda yayi rashin nasara a hannun Ibrahim Shekarau. Kasantuwar sa gwamna a jahar Kano ya zama wani babban al'amari da ya faru a jahar kano, kamar yadda Kwankwaso ya ke nuna cikakken goyon baya ga tsohon shugaban kasa Olusegun Obasanjo. Tare da yadda ya kirkiro wasu tsarurruka na musamman a gwamnatin sa da kuma yadda rashin nasarar sa ta kasance a hanun tsohon gwamna Ibrahim Shekarau.
Sai dai kuma Kwankwaso ya sake nuna sha'awar tsayawa takara a zaben 2007 amma hakan bata yiyuba sakamakon samunshi da wasu laifuffuka da gwamnatin Ibrahim Shekarau ta jam'iyyar ANPP tayi. Sai kwankwaso ya kawo wanda zai yi takarar a jam'iyyar PDP wato Ahmad Garba Bichi.

Kwankwaso baiyi kasa a gwiwa ba wajen sake tsayawa takar gwamna a zaben 2011 kuma yayi nasarar kayar da jam'iyyar ANPP ta Salihu Sagir Takai. Anyi zaben ranar 26 ga Afrilu 2011 kuma ya kama rantsuwar aiki a ranar 29 Mayu 2011. Kwankwaso na daga cikin Gwanoni guda biyar wato G-7 wadanda suka fita daga jam'iyyar su ta PDP tare da sauya sheka zuwa APC.

Akidar siyasar Rabiu Musa Kwankwaso Duba Kwankwasiyya




#Article 195: Akwa Ibom (104 words)


Jihar Akwa Ibom na samuwa a ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba’i 7,081 da yawan jama’a milyan biyar da dubu dari huɗu da hamsin da dari bakwai da hamsin da takwas (ƙidayar yawan jama'a shekara 2016). Babban birnin tarayyar jahar ita ce Uyo. Udom Gabriel Emmanuel shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2015 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Moses Ekpo. Dattiban jihar su ne: Bassey Akpan, Godswill Akpabio da Nelson Effiong.

Jihar Akwa Ibom tana da iyaka da misalin jihohi uku ne: Abia, Cross River kuma da 

Rivers.

Jihar Akwa Ibom nada Kananan Hukumomi (31). Sune:
 

 




#Article 196: Rivers (122 words)


Jihar Rivers Jiha ce dake ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba’i 11,077 da yawan jama’a milyan biyar da dubu ɗaya da tisa'in da takwas da dari bakwai da sha shida (ƙidayar yawan jama'a shekara 2006). Babban birnin tarayyar jahar ita ce Port Harcourt. Ezenwo Wike shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2015 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Ipalibo Banigo. Dattiban jihar su ne: Magnus Ngei Abe, Osinakachukwu Ideozu da Olaka Nwogu.

Jihar Rivers tana da iyaka da misalin jihohi shida ne: Abia, Akwa Ibom, Anambra, Bayelsa, Delta kuma da Imo.

Jihar Rivers nada  Kananan Hukumomi guda ashirin da uku (23)  wadanda ke gudanar da Ayyukan Karamar Hukuma, a karkashin zababben Shugaba wato Chairman. Sune:




#Article 197: AdSense (119 words)


Google AdSense wata manhajar Google ce da ke barin mawallafa a cikin Cibiyar Google ta shafukan yanar gizo su iya bada tallace-tallacen da aka rubutu, ko hotuna, ko bidiyo, ko tallan da za a iya hulɗa da su, duk ta hanya mai sauƙi kuma atomatik, waɗanda aka yi niyyar su je ga masu ziyarar shafin. Kamfanin Goolge ne mai kula, mai tantance, da tafiyad da waɗannan tallan. Suna iya samar da kuɗaɗan shiga ta hanyar danna tallan (per-click) ko idan an nuna tallan (per-impression). A farkon kwatar shekara 2014, Google ta sami bilyon $3.4 (wato bilyon $13.6 a gabaɗayar shekarar), ko kashi 22 cikin ɗari a adadin kuɗaɗan shiga na Google ta hanyar Google AdSense. Sama da shafuka miliyan 14 ne ke amfani da AdSense.




#Article 198: Carl's Jr. (205 words)


Jr. Carl's wani zaɓi na gidajen cin abinci mai sauri a kan West Coast na Amurka West Coast na Amurka. Ya fara da Carl Karcher kuma mallakar CKE gidajen cin abinci.

Karcher ta samo asalinta a samar da abinci mai yawa na canines dake cikin Los Angeles. A 1945, Karcher ya fara gidan cin abinci Anaheim mai suna Carl Barbeque Drive-I. A 1956, Karcher ya bude Carl na farko Carl, saboda haka ya kira shi sabon version of mota-a gidajen cin abinci. An kwatanta gidan cin abinci a cikin sabis na gaggawa da banners, wani tauraron mai launin launin ruwan mai haske.

Da sauri fadada Jr. Carl, kuma a halin yanzu yana da wurare 1000 a jihohin 13, da Mexico, Guam da Philippines. Abinci mai girma shine Cheeseburger Bacon Western Double da rabi Burger daloli, a lokacin da aka kira saboda yana da yiwu cewa wannan abu zai zama abin da zagi zai kashe kimanin dala shida na Dala a cikin dakin.

Na 1997, na gano gidan cin abinci na CKE Hardee, jerin gidajen cin abinci tare da wuraren 2500 a gabas. A tsawon lokaci, gidajen cin abinci na Hardee sun sake zama kamar 'yan kananan Carl, ta yin amfani da tutar guda kamar taurari.




#Article 199: Enugu (jiha) (112 words)


Jihar Enugu Jiha ce dake ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba’i 7,161 da yawan jama’a milyan uku da dubu dari biyu da sittin da bakwai da dari takwas da talatin da bakwai (ƙidayar yawan jama'a shekara 2006). Babban birnin tarayyar jahar ita ce Enugu. Ifeanyi Ugwuanyi shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2015 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Cecilia Ezeilo. Dattiban jihar su ne: Gilbert Emeka Nnaji, Ike Ekweremadu da Utazi Godfrey Chukwuka.

Jihar Enugu tana da iyaka da misalin jihohi shida ne: Abia, Anambra, Benue, Ebonyi, Imo kuma da Jihar Kogi.

 
Jihar Enugu nada adadin Kananan hukumomi guda goma sha bakwai (17). sune:




#Article 200: Cross River (109 words)


Jihar Cross River Jiha ce dake ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba’i 20,156 da yawan jama’a milyan uku da dubu dari bakwai da talatin da bakwai da dari biyar da sha bakwai (ƙidayar yawan jama'a shekara 2006). Babban birnin jahar ita ce Calabar. Benedict Ayade shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2015 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Ivara Esu. Dattiban jihar su ne: Gershom Bassey, Rose Okoji Oko da John Enoh.

Jihar Cross River tana da iyaka da misalin jihohi huɗu ne: Abia, Akwa Ibom, Benue kuma da Ebonyi.

Jihar Cross River tanada Kananan hukumomi guda goma sha bakwai (17). Sune:




#Article 201: Jigawa (114 words)


Jihar Jigawa Jiha ce dake ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba’i 23,154 da yawan jama’a miliyan biyu da dubu dari takwas da ashirin da tara da dari tara da ashirin da tara (ƙidayar yawan jama'a shekara 1991). Babban birnin tarayyar jahar ita ce Dutse. Badaru Abubakar shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2015 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Ibrahim Hassan. Dattiban jihar su ne: Sabo Mohammed Nakudu, Abdullahi Abubakar Gumel, Suleiman Abba, Sule Lamido da Muhammad Ubali Shitu.

Jihar Jigawa tana da iyaka da misalin jihohi huɗu, su ne: Bauchi, Kano, Katsina, kuma da Yobe.

Jihar Jigawa nada Kananan Hukumomi guda ashirin da bakwai (27). Sune:




#Article 202: Yobe (256 words)


Yobe jiha ce daga jerin jihohin shiyyar arewa maso gabashin Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimanin kilomita murabba’i 45,502 da yawan jama’a miliyan ɗaya da dubu dari huɗu da sha ɗaya da dari huɗu da tamanin da ɗaya (a ƙidayar yawan jama'a na shekarar 1991). Babban birnin tarayyar jihar shi ne Damaturu.
Mai Mala Buni shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2015 zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Idi Barde Gubana. Jihar Yobe dai tana da shiyyoyi guda uku: shiyyar gabas, kudu da kuma arewa. 'yan majalisar Dattijan jihar su ne: Ahmed Ibrahim Lawan mai wakiltar shiyyar arewaci, Ibrahim Gaidam shiyyar gabashi da Mohammed Ibrahim Bomai shiyyar kudanci.

Jihar Yobe tana da iyaka da  jihohi huɗu, su ne: Bauchi, Borno, Gombe da kuma Jigawa. Tana kuma miyake da jamhuriyar kasar Nijar.

An kirkiri jihar Yobe ne a ranar 27 na Ogastan 1991. An ciro ta ne daga jikin jihar Borno a zamanin mulkin Ibrahim Badamasi Babangida kuma an yi hakan ne don a saukaka sha'anin tafiyar da mulki a yankin.
Ranar 14 Mayu 2013, Shugaban Najeriya Goodluck Jonathan ya rattaba dokar ta baci a jihar Yobe da Borno da kuma Adamawa. Saboda harin ta'addanci na kungiyar Boko Haram. Abubakar Shekau, shugaban kungiyar ta Boko Haram, haifaffen kauyen Shekau ne na jihar Yobe.

Yobe tana da kananan hukumomi goma sha bakwai sun hada da:

Wadannan su ne harsunan mutanen Jihar da kuma kananan hukumomin da ake samun su:

Sauran harsunan da ake samu a jihar Yobe sun hada da Bura-Pabir, Manga Kanuri, da kuma Zarma.




#Article 203: Maradi (673 words)


 

Maradi gari ne, da ke a yankin Maradi, a ƙasar Nijar. Shine babban birnin yankin Maradi. Bisa ga ƙidayar jama'a a shekarar 2012, jimillar mutane 206,414 (dubu dari biyu da shida da dari huɗu da sha huɗu). An gina birnin Maradi a karni na sha tara haihuwan annabi Issa.

Asalin garin Maradi bangare ne na Katsina, masarauta ta Hausawa, ta bice daga masarautar ne a karni n 19. Daga farkon karni na 19, Maradi tushe ce ta masarautun Hausa da dama, wadda wasu shugabannin da suke da asali da Daular Fulani ta Sokoto suka kafa. Wasu manya a masarautar Katsina na ganin Maradi a matsayin wani sashe na masarautar su, hakanne yasa haryanzu akema sarkin Maradi lakani da Sarkin Katsinan Maradi. Maradi tayi amfani da karfi wajen tilastama kasar Gobir wadda ke yamma da ita, Masarautar Damagaram dga gabas da kuma Sokoto daga Kudu, suka zama bangaren ta. Zuwan turawan Faransa a 1899 yayi sanadiyyar zubar da jini da kisan gilla daga yan mulkin mallaka na Voulet-Chanoine Mission, amma daga baya komi ya daidaita inda birnin yazama cibiyar kasuwanci a shekarun 1950. 

Cikin gaggawa birnin ya bazu tun a tsakiyar karni na 20. A tsakanin shekarun 1911 da 1950 birnin yacigaba da yaduwa. Haryazuwa 1945, birnin Maradi na a tsakanin tsaunukan  Up until 1945, Goulbi N'Maradi, wata magudanar ruwa mai tushe daga Najeriya. Asalin dadadden birnin zagaye yake da katanga wadda magabatan baya sukayi domin kare birnin daga mahara. Daga baya turawa sun canza fasalin birnin wanda hakan yayi sanadiyyar gushewar abubuwan tarihi na birnin masu dama musamman ma gine gine na birnin. Faransa ta kirkiro sana'ar noman kayan sayarwa domin kara bunkasa tattalin arziki da harkokin kasuwanci. Saboda cigaban kasuwanci da tattalin arziki, a shekarun 1950 yawan mutane na ta habaka a birnin daga 8,661 in 1950 zuwa 80,000 har zuwa shekarar 1983. Zuwa lokacin samun yancin Nijar a 1960, Maradi ta zama babbar cibiya ta al'adun Hausa.

A shekarar 2000 wani rikici ya barke a Maradi inda musulmai suka nuna bacin ransu biyo bayan wani biki maisuna Festival International de la Mode en Afrique (FIMA) a birnin Niamey. Hakan yayi sanadiyyar lalacewar gine-ginen da ake zaton ba na Musulunci bane, kamar Mashayu.

Kasar Maradi, ta kai girman murabba'in kilomita 38500 kuma tana a kudancin kasar Nijar a tsakiya. Birnin Maradi na a nisan kilometa 540 daga babban birnin kasar Nijar wato Niamey. Hanyoyi da dama suna bi ta birnin Maradi ne. Kamar Hanyar Zinder, hanyar Kano da Katsina. Yanayin kasar Maradi hili ne mike wanda bai da tudu da yawa. Magudanar ruwa guda ce; wato Gulbin Maradi. Lokacin rani (wato lokacin zafi) yafi jimawa ga lokacin damina. kowace shekara a na samun ruwan saman da suke kai wa 650 a ma'aunin milimeta kowace shekara. A cikin watan mayu akan yi zafin da zai kai kimanin 33 a ma'aunin Celcius °C. Yanayin sanhi kuma yana zowa ne a watan Disamba da Januari. 

Kididdiga ta bayan nan da akayi a 2012 ta nuna cewar Maradi na da yawan jama'ar da ya kai kimanin dubu dari biyu da sittin da bakwai (267 249). A shekarar 2018, alkalamomin yawan haifuwa sun nuna cewar, kowace mace a Maradi na haifuwar diya 8; wanda shine mafi girma duk duniya. Kuma Unicef ta ce kusan kashi 89 cikin dari na mata a Maradi sunyi aure ne kafin su samu shekara 18.

Maradi ce cibiyar kasuwancin kasar Nijar. Kasuwanci, noma (musamman noman gyada, wake, hatsi, dawa da sauransu), kiwo awaki, tumaki da shanu. Wajen kiwo an san Maradi ne da wannan akuyar ja da kuma Rago Balami. Maradi na da kasuwanni kamar, babbar kasuwa, El kasuwa tsohuwa, Kasuwar Sonitan, Kadro da kuma kasuwar zamani mai suna Kalla Transa Mall. Akwai masana'antu kamar Olga oil, Niger Plastique, Matelas Enipriom, Sonitan, da sauransu.

A Birnin Maradi akwai Makarantu na Gomnati da makarantun allo da kuma madarissoshi na addinin Musulumci. Babbar Jami'a a Maradi ita ce Jami'ar Dan Dicko Dan Koulodo (2010). Akwai kuma Jami'ar Bouzou Dan Zambadi ko kuma Université libre de Maradi wadda aka kafa ta ne a shekarar 2004.




#Article 204: Niamey (150 words)


Niamey babban birnin kasar Nijar ne. Wannan birnin yana a matsyin babbar gundumar Birni kuma ya hada gunduma biyar ne. Bisa ga ƙidayar jama'a a shekarar 2011, jimilar mutane 1,302,910 (miliyan ɗaya da dubu dari uku da biyu da dari tara da goma). An gina birnin Niamey a farkon karni na ashirin bayan haifuwan annabi Issa. Babban kogin nan na Niger wanda cibiyarshi take tsakanin Sierra Leone da Guinée, y ratsa birnin Niamey.

Birnin Niamey ya fara ci gaba ne wajen shekarar 1900, a daidai wani waje inda Fulanin Koira, Gaweye, Kalley, Maourey, Zongo, Gamkalé da Saga suke a lokacin. Kabilar da tafi yawa sune Zabarmawa ko kuma Songhai. Turawa sun iso Niamey ne a makare saboda tana can yammacin kasar inda babu wani kasuwanci da akeyi. Mutanen Gurmance (Gourmantché) ne suka fara rayuwa a yankin Niamey. Amma, wadanda suka kafa kauyen Niamey, Arawa ne da suka zo daga Matankari.




#Article 205: Ibrahim Narambada (643 words)


Ibrahim Narambada ko Narambada kamar yadda akafi sanin sa (1890-1963). 

An haifi Narambada a shekarar 1890, Mahaifinsa, Maidangwale dan asalin Jamhuriyar Nijar ne, a kasar Filinge amma ya zo garin Tubali ya zauna kuma a nan ya auri mahaifiyar Narambada.
Maidangwale dai shahararren dan dambe ne.
An haifi Narambada a garin Tubali kuma a nan ya yi karatu, ya yi rayuwarsa duka.
Mahaifiyar Narambada kuwa makidiya ce, don haka a iya cewa ya yi gadon kida ne daga wurinta.

Ya samu sunan Narambada ne dalilin wata karyarsa da ake ce wa Rambada, don haka sai aka yi masa lakabi da Narambada.

Tarihi ya nuna cewa Narambada ya budi ido ne ya ga kayan kidan kotso a dakin mahaifiyarsa, wanda ita ma na mahaifinta ne ta yi gado.
Narambada ya fara ne da kidan Noma
Wata rana sai ya yi kidan noman kauyensu a fadar Sarkin Gobir na garin Isa (jahar Sokoto a yanzu)
Da aka ji dadin wakar da kuma yadda yake da kwarewa da hikima, sai aka ka mayar da shi birni ya zamo makadin Gobir.
Don haka ya ci gaba da yi wa Amadu Sarkin Gobir waka.

Narambada ya yi wakoki da dama a rayuwarsa kamar su Ya ci maza ya kwan yana shiri, uban zakara, dodo na Ummaru da Batun da akai na yau babu Sarki yau irin ka,/ Jikan Bello arna suna shakkak ka da Alkalin Alkalai ta aiki nai da tsari da Masu gari mazan gabas tsayayye, Sarkin Rwahi ya wuce a ram mai da dai sauransu.
Farfesa Aliyu Bunza na jami'ar Usmanu Danfodiyo da ke Sakkwato ya ce a ganina dukkanin kasar Zamfara ba a yi mawakin da ya kai Narambada ba. Kuma ba a kasarsa kawai yake waka ba. Ma'ana, duk duniyar Kasar Hausa.
Yawancin wakokinsa ya yi amfani da kalamai na hikima da zalaka, wanda ya sa wakokinsa suka fita daban da na sauran mawakan Hausa.
Misali a wakarda ya yi wa Sarkin Gobir, ya yi amfani da salo na hikima da fasaha inda yake cewa:

Na bar karya ko ina kidi,
Nai sittin, saba'in ni ka hwata,
Mai saba'in yai karya ana ta zunde nai,
Ko yaran da ag garai du wawwatse mashi su kai,
Ya na yawo shi dai baram-baram.

Babu wani cikakken adadi na wakokin da Narambada yayi, amma farfesa Bunza ya ce Wasu su kan ce ya yi wakoki sun kai dari ko dari da wani abu amma iyakar binciken da mu ka yi, kusan sama da shekaru ashirin da wani abu gaskiya ni hamsin na samu, wadanda na rubuta da kai na, na saurara, na tabbatar sun rubutu, na ajiye.
Farfesa Bunza ya ce ko wane irin mawaki da irin fasaha da hikima da zalaka da Allah ya hore masa.

Wato dai Narambada ba ya rubuta waka sai dai ya tsara ta a zuciyarsa.
Idan ya gama tsarawa sai ya gaya wa yaransa ya ce shaida masu amshin wakar su yi ta maimaitawa har ya zauna masu, sannan a je a rera ta.
Akwai wakar Narambada da ya yi ikirarin cewa ba zai mutu ba.
Ya ce:

Hwadawa ku bugan in buge ku,
Mui ta fadan mu gidan duniya,
Kun san ba a hwada lahira,
Kun san kuka zuwa lahira,
Narambada ba ya zuwa lahira,
Ko ya je dawowa ya kai,
Gama kun san dauke mai akai.
Masana sun fassara wadannan kalamai na Narambada a matsayin cewa dalilin wakokinsa ba zai mutu ba tunda har yanzu tsawon shekaru bayan rasuwarsa ana sauraren wakokinsa.
Farfesa Bunza ya ce maganarsa ta tabbata. Fadawa ke mutuwa- da Bafade ya mutu, a fada an manta da shi. Da Sarki ya mutu, a fada an manta da shi, an yi wani. Amma idan zakaran mawaka ya mutu, ba mutuwa ya yi ba.

Ana iya cewa wannan na daga cikin irin hikima da basira da iya salon magana da Allah Ya bai wa Alhaji Ibrahim Narambada.




#Article 206: Ahmed Musa (116 words)


Ahmed Musa (an haife shi a ran sha huɗu ga Oktoba a shekara ta 1992), shi  ɗan wasan ƙwallon ƙafa ne yana buga wa ƙasarsa Nijeriya, da kuma buga wa  kungiyoyin daban-daban wasa,
Ahmed Musa ya buga wasan ƙwallon ƙafa ma Ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta Kano Pillars daga shekara 2009 zuwa 2010, ma Ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta Venlo (Holand) daga shekara 2010 zuwa 2012, ma Ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta Moscow (Rash) daga shekara 2012 zuwa 2016, kuma da ma Ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta Leicester City (Ingila) daga shekara 2016.sannan ya koma kungiyar kwallan kafa ta Saudi arebia wato Al-nassr sannan kuma shine dan wasan da yafi kowa cin kwallo a gasar kofin duniya a kasarsa nigeria   




#Article 207: Layal Abboud (169 words)


Layal Abboud (ليال عبود:layāl ʿab'boud; An haife ta a 15 ga watan Mayu shekarar 1982), yar wata kabila ce dake Kasar Lebanon, mawaƙa na mawaƙa, mawaƙa mai raɗa-raye, raye-raye na raye-raye, dacewa da samfurin, Abokan Musulmi da kuma 'yan kasuwa. 

An haife ta daga cikin wani dangi na gargajiya a kudancin Labanon na kauyen Kniseh, Abboud tsohowar jami'ar ISF ne ita kuma tayi nazarin wallafe-wallafen Ingilishi a Jami'ar Lebanon, da yin fassara a Jami'ar Larabawa Beirut da kuma jawabi a cikin Jami'ar Kimiyya da fasahar Amurika. Ta bayyana a karon  farko a cikin wasan kwaikwayonta na El El-Fan a matsayin wadda zata shiga gasar kudancin Labanon daga 2001-02. Abboud ta zama daga cikin yankwaikwayon da aka yi da sakon ta na farko na fi Shouq (Larabci: في شوق: a nema) da aka buga a ƙarshen  shekarar 2007. Rubuta a cikin harsunan Larabci daban-daban, shahararrun ta gabatar da labaran tarihin labanese da kuma wasan kwaikwayo na cikin rani na ciki. Abboud membace mai rairayi a cikin ƙungiyar masu sana'a a Lebanon..lang-ar|في شوق




#Article 208: Rashidi Yekini (498 words)


An haifi marigayi Rashidi Yekini ne a garin Kaduna dake arewacin Najeriya, a ranar 23 ga watan Ogusta shekarar 1963.

Yakini tun yana da shekarun haihuwa 18 ya soma taka leda a babban mataki inda ya fara da ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta UNTL dake garin Kaduna a shekarar 1981.

Bayan shekaru kusan biyu sai ya koma ƙungiyar Shooting Stars ta garin Badin wato jihar Oyo, daga nan kuma ya koma Abiola Babes daga shekarar 1984 zuwa 1987.

Rashidi Yekini ya tafi ƙasar Ivory Coast inda ƙungiyar Africa Sports ta siye shi don ya murza mata leda, kuma ya shafe shekaru uku a ƙasar kafin ya tsallaka Turai a shekarar 1990 lokacin da ƙungiyar Victória Setúbal ta ƙasar Potugal ta siyeshi.

Kuma a kakar wasa ta shekarar 1993 zuwa 1994, Yekini ya kasance ɗan ƙwallon da yafi kowa cin kwallaye a gasar ƙwallon Portugal, inda zira kwallaye 34 cikin wasanni 32.

A shekarar 1994 kuwa, Rashidi Yekini ya koma ƙasar Girka ne da taka leda inda ƙungiyar Olympiacos ta siyeshi.

Daga nan kuma ya koma murza leda a gasar La Liga tare da Sporting Gijon amma bayan shekara guda sai ya kara komawa tsohuwar ƙungiyar ta Portugal wato Vitoria Setubal.

A shekarar 1997, Yekini ya koma FC Zurich ne a Switzerland.

A shekarar 1998 kuwa sai ya koma ƙwallonsa a ƙasar Tunisiya tare da Athlétique Bizertin, daga nan kuma sai ya koma ƙungiyar Al-Shabab dake Riyad a ƙasar Saudiyya.

A shekerar 1999 kuwa, angulu ce ta koma gidanta na tsamiya, saboda Rashidi Yekini ya kara komawa ƙungiyar ta Afrca Sports ne a Ivory Coast, kuma bayan karin wasu shekaru uku, sai ya dawo Najeriya inda ya bugawa kungiyoyin Julius Berger da kuma Gateway FC ta Abeokuta inda anan yayi ritaya a shekara ta 2005.

A bangaren Super Eagles kuwa, Rashidi Yekini ya zira kwallaye 37 a wasanni 58 da ya bugawa Najeriya, wanda kuma a tarihi har izuwa yanzu babu wani ɗan ƙwallon Najeriya da ya zira kwallaye masu yawan nasa.

Ya kuma halarci gasar cin kofin ƙwallon duniya sau biyu wato a Amurika a shekarar 1994 da kuma Faransa a shekarar 1998.

Har ila yau Rashidi Yekini ne ya ciwa Najeriya ƙwallonta na farko a gasar cin kofin duniya, wato ƙwallon daya zira a ragar Bulgaria, wanda a karshe Najeriya ta samu nasara daci uku.

Rashidi Yekini kuma ya halarci gasar cin kofin ƙwallon Afrika da dama hadda na shekarar 1994 a ƙasar Tunisia inda ya taimakawa Najeriya ta lashe gasar.

Abinda kuma yasa aka bashi gwarzon ɗan ƙwallon Afrika a wannan shekarar saboda irin namijin kokarin da yayi da kuma sadaukar da kai.

Sannan kuma ya bugawa Najeriya ƙwallo a gasar Olympics da aka yi a birnin Seoul a shekarar 1988.

Rashidi Yekini ya rasu a ranar Juma'a hudu ga wannan watan a garin Ibadan na jiyar Oyo dake kudancin Najeriya yana da shekaru 48 , kuma kafin rasuwarsa yayi fama da rashin lafiya.

Kungiyoyin da ya bugama wasa
Rashidi Yekini ya buga wasan ƙwallon ƙafa :




#Article 209: Côte d'Ivoire (111 words)


Côte d'Ivoire (lafazi: /kot'divwar/ ; da Hausanci: bakin tekun hauren giwa) ko Jamhuriyar Côte d'Ivoire (da Faransanci: République de Côte d'Ivoire), ƙasa ce, da ke a nahiyar Afirka. Côte d'Ivoire tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba'i 322,462. Côte d'Ivoire tana da yawan jama'a 26,578,367, bisa ga jimillar 2015. Côte d'Ivoire tana da iyaka da Liberiya, da Gine, da Mali, da Burkina Faso kuma da Ghana. Babban birnin Côte d'Ivoire, Yamoussoukro ne; babban birnin tattalin arziki Abidjan ne.  

Shugaban kasar Côte d'Ivoire Alassane Ouattara (lafazi: /alhassan watarra/) ne ; firaminista Amadou Gon Coulibaly (lafazi: /amadon gon kulibali/) ne.

Côte d'Ivoire ta samu yancin kanta a shekara ta 1960, daga Faransa.




#Article 210: Lagos (jiha) (239 words)


Jihar Lagos jiha ce dake a ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba’i 3,577 da yawan jama’a milyan sha bakwai da dubu dari biyar da hamsin da biyu da dari tara da arba'in (jimillar 2012). Babban birnin tarayyar jahar ita ce Lagos. Babajide Sanwo-Olu, shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2015 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Oluranti Adebule. Dattijai a jihar sune: Bola Tinubu, Oluremi Tinubu, Solomon Olamilekan Adeola da Gbenga Bareehu Ashafa.

Jihar Lagos tana da iyaka da jiha ɗaya: Ogun.

Sha shidan (16) farko na sunayen dake sama, sun kunshi wurare ne daga cikin garin birnin Lagos. Sauran Kananan hukumomi hudun (4) kuma, wato (Badagry, Ikorodu, Ibeju-Lekki ds Epe) suna daga Jihar ne, amma ba daga cikin garin Birnin Lagos ba.

A shekara ta 2003, yawancin Kananan hukumomi ashirin (20) dake nan a yanzu, anrarrabasu domin harkokin gudanar da aiki zuwa Local Council Development Areas. Wadanda sune ayanzu suka kai adadi 56, sune: Agbado/Oke-Odo, Agboyi/Ketu, Agege, Ajeromi, Alimosho, Apapa, Apapa-Iganmu, Ayobo/Ipaja, Badagry West, Badagry, Bariga, Coker Aguda, Egbe Idimu, Ejigbo,
Epe, Eredo, Eti Osa East, Eti Osa West, Iba, Isolo, Imota, Ikoyi, Ibeju, Ifako-Ijaiye, Ifelodun, Igando/Ikotun, Igbogbo/Bayeku, Ijede, Ikeja, Ikorodu North, Ikorodu West, Ikosi Ejinrin, Ikorodu, Ikorodu West, Iru/Victoria Island, Itire Ikate, Kosofe, Lagos Island West, Lagos Island East, Lagos Mainland, Lekki, Mosan/Okunola, Mushin, Odi Olowo/Ojuwoye, Ojo, Ojodu, Ojokoro, Olorunda, Onigbongbo, Oriade, Orile Agege, Oshodi, Oto-Awori, Shomolu, Surulere and Yaba.




#Article 211: Osun (114 words)


Jihar Osun Jiha ce dake ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba’i 9,251 da yawan jama’a miliyan huɗu da dubu dari ɗaya da talatin da bakwai da dari shida da ashirin da bakwai (jimillar 2005). Babban birnin tarayyar jahar ita ce Osogbo. Rauf Aregbesola, shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2011 har zuwa yau ya sauka yamika wa Adegboyega Oyetola bayan yasamu nasara cin zaben da aka gudanar. Mataimakin gwamnan ita ce Grace Titilayo Laoye-Tomori. Dattiban jihar su ne: Ademola Adeleke, Christopher Omoworare Babajide da Olusola Adeyeye.

Jihar Osun tana da iyaka da jihohin huɗu: Ekiti, Kwara, Ogun kuma da Ondo.

Jihar Osun nada Kananan hukumomi guda talatin, Sune: 

 




#Article 212: Goodluck Jonathan (109 words)


Goodluck Jonathan Dan Nijeriya ne, tshohon malamin Jami'a kuma dan siyasa. Yayi Maitamakin shugaban kasar Najeriya  daga shekara 2007 zuwa 2010 (bayan Atiku Abubakar - kafin Namadi Sambo) a karkashin shugabancin Umaru Musa Yar'Adua. Ya kuma rike mukamin Shugaban kasar Nijeriya daga shekarar 2010 zuwa 2015 inda Muhammadu Buhari ya kada shi bayan anyi zabe.

Ya yi hamayya kuma ya rasa zaben shugaban kasa a shekarar 2015, inda ya amince da cin nasara kuma ya kasance shugaban kasa na farko na Najeriya don yin haka. Lokacin da Jonathan ya zama Shugaba na Nigeria ya ƙare ranar 29 ga Mayu 2015, tare da Muhammadu Buhari ya zama sabon shugaban kasa.




#Article 213: Ibrahim Zakzaky (636 words)


Ibrahim Yaqub Zakzaky malamin addinin musulunci ne bangaren Shi'a, kuma Dan gwagwarmayar addini. Shi ya kafa kungiyar 'yan uwa musulmi a shekarar 1979, mutanen gari kuma na ce masu 'yan Shi'a ko 'yan Burazas.

Anhaifi Ibrahim Al'Zakzaky a garin Zariya na jihar Kaduna Najeriya a ranar 5 ga watan Mayu na shekarar 1953 daidai da (15 Sha'ban 1372 AH). Ya halarci makarantar Allo sannan sai ya wuce makarantar Larabci a (1969-1970), Sai makarantar larabci a garin Kano daga 1971-1976, inda ya samu iliminsa na grade II. Sai kuma jami'ar Ahmadu Bello (ABU) a garin Zariya (1976-1979), inda ya kammala karatun digirin sa a kan ECONOMICS inda ya samu kyakkyawan sakamako. A lokacin karatun sa a jami'a ne Malamin ya zama shugaban kungiyar dalibai Musulmai ta kasa wato (MSSN). Daga bisani kuma ya zama mataimakin shugaban babbar kungiyar ta ksa mai kula da kasashen waje a (1979).

Dagananne kuma Sheikh Zakzaky ya fara nuna goyon bayansa ga juyin juya halin da akayi a kasar Iran a shekarar 1979. Daga nan kuma sai Zakzaky ya tafi kasar ta Iran bayan dawowarsa ne yaci gaba da yada Gwagwarmayar dawo ma addini a kasar har zuwa shekarun 1990 inda ya tara mabiya masu dumbin yawa akasari matasa masu kaunar addini.

Kungiyar Yan'uwa Musulmi
Ibrahim Al'Zakzaky ya kafa kungiyar da ake kira Islamic Movement in Nigeria wadda ada ake kira da Muslim brothers ko kuma yan'uwa musulmi a hausance.

Wannan kungiya ta zakzaky ta sha fama da rikice rikice da rigingimu tun daga farkon kafata har zuwa yanzu. Fitattu daga cikin rikicin da kungiyar ta fuskanta sun hada da wana ya faru a 1998 da kuma na 2014 da na 2015.

A ranar 25 na watan Yuli na shekarar 2014 ne aka samu tashin hankali tsakanin yan kungiyar yn'uwa musulmi mabiya zakzaky da sojojin Najeriya a birnin Zariya inda mutane 35 suka rasa rayukan su ciki harda yayan Ibrahim Zakzaky guda uku. Rikicin da kungiyoyin kare hakkin bil'afama na duniya da dama ciki harda babbar kungiyar kare hakkin bil'adama ta duniya.

Hakama a birnin na Zariya ne a shekarar 2015 sakamakon yan kungiyar yan'uwa musulmi mabiya Sheikh Ibrahim Zakzaky sun tare hanyar da babban Hafsan Sojojin Kasar wato Tukur Yusuf Buratai zai wuce a lokacin wata ziyara da yakai birnin na Zariya. Sai sojojin suka bude wuta akan yan Shi'ar wadanda suka tare hanyar. Lamarin da yayi muni sosai inda har yakai ga rushe muhallan ibadar su da ma makabartar mabiya Shi'a din. Sannan daruruwan mabiya kungiyar sun rasa rayukan su. Haka nan dai lamarin yayi sanadiyyar rasa rayukan na hannun daman malam Zakzaky wato Sheikh Muhammad Mahmud Turi da wasu daga yayan jagoran wato Ibrahimu Zakzaky. Shima da kansa Zakzaky da mai ɗakin sa Zanat sun samu munannan raunuka a lokacin tashin hankalin inda daga bisani jami'an tsaro sukayi awon gaba da su kuma har yanzu hukumar kasar ta Najeriya na tsare da su. Saidai kuma yayan kungiyar ta yan'uwa musulmi suna ta gwagwarmaya da yin zanga-zanga a wasu daga biranen kasar domin ganin an sakar masu jagoran nasu. Saidai lamarin na zanga-zangar yana haddasa wadansu tashe tashen hankulan inda har ake samun rasa rayuka.
Amma sakamakon zaman wata kotu a kasar wanda tayi a ranan 2 ga Disamba 2016, ta yanke hukuncin umartar hukumar Najeriya da ta gaggauta sakin malam zakzaky da matar sa tare da biyan sa duyyar naira miliyar 50, tare da wadan su kudirorin.
A watan Janairu na 2018 ne aka soma jin duriyar malamin inda ya gabatar da wanu takaitaccen jawabi wanda ba'asan ko wanne wajene ba.

Ya Auri matar sa Zeenah Ibrahim, suna da yaya tara tare. Yanzu yayan sa uku suka rage namiji daya da mata biyu. Uku daga yayan Zakzaky sun mutu ne a Zariya rikicin yan shi'a na 2014 yayin da sauran ukun suka mutu suma a rikicin na 2015
.




#Article 214: Sanusi Lamido Sanusi (126 words)


Sanusi Lamido Sanusi (An haife shi ne a 31 ga watan Yunin shekara ta 1961, dan jinin sarautar Kano ne kuma tsohon Shugaban babban bankin Nijeriya. A yanzu shine sarkin Kano na 14, an nadashi sarauta ne a ranar 8 ga watan Yunin shekara ta 2014 bayan rasuwar tsohon sarkin Kano Ado Bayero.
Ma'aikacin banki kuma babban mutum acikin Fulani (Modibbo), Malamin addinin musulunci da ake girmamawa.
Tun bayan sauke sarkin Kano Sanusi na II da gwamnatin jiha tayi daga sarautar Kano, inda ya koma jihar Legas da zama, tsohon sarkin ya kai ziyarar sa ta farko a jihar Kaduna a ranar 23 ga watan Augusta 2020. Inda yazo dan girmama aikin da gwamnan jihar Malam Nasiru el-Rufai ya bashi tun bayan sauke shi daga kujerarsa 

 




#Article 215: Abubakar Tafawa Balewa (210 words)


Sir Abubakar Tafawa Balewa KBE, An haifi Tafawa Balewa a garin Tafawa Balewa dake jihar Bauchi a Arewa maso Gabashin Najeriya a shekara ta 1912. mahaifiyarsa Fatima Inna itama tanada dangi daga Gere da kuma Fulani.

Yafara karatunsa a makarantar allo a garin Bauchi kuma kamar sauran abokansa na wannan lokacin, shima yaje makarantar Kwalejin Barewa domin ci gaba da karatunsa da gama warsa ne yasami sakamakon zama malamin makaranta. Ya dawo garin Bauchi yafara karantarwa a Bauchi Middle School. A shekara ta alif dubu daya da dari tara da arba'in da hudu (1944), tare da wasu tsirarun malamai yan'arewa aka zabe su suyi karatu a kasar waje na shekara daya a jami'ar Landon (University of London)'s (Institute of Education) fannin karatun malunta, wanda ayanzu itace bangaren University College London. Bayan dawo warsa Nigeria, yazama jami'i mai binciken makarantun na gwamnatin turawan mulkin mallaka, bayan nanne yatsunduma cikin siyasa, A shekara ta alif dubu daya da dari tara da arba'in da shida (1946), an zabeshi zuwa majalisar arewacin Najeriya, sannan yaje ta Lagos a alif dubu daya da dari tara da arba'in da bakwai(1947). A matsayin sa na Dan majalisa, yazamanto mai Neman yancin Nijeriya tareda Alhaji Ahmadu Bello, wanda shine keda sarautar Sardaunan Sokoto, ya kirkiri jam'iyyar yan'arewa (NPC).




#Article 216: Maradun (298 words)


Maradun  karamar hukuma ce dake a Jihar Zamfara, Arewa maso yamman Nijeriya.

TARIHIN MASARAUTAR TSIBIRIN KWAIRANGA.wannan gari yasamo asaline daga Wanda yakafashe Watau malam   (1).kwairanga Dan mal.jibir Dan makwayo,kusankarshen mulkin gobirawa, mal. kwairanga yataso daga garin kadamutsa takasar zurmi. Abisa Ga umurnin ubainai.Mal. jibir dan makwayo Wanda yagana da  shehu usman (R.D) alokacin da shehu yayi zaman wa`azi a dauran, mal.kwairanga yayi hijira yabiyo shehu, awannan lokacin yabar Wannan gari ahannun daya daga cikin diyansa Watau muhammad sambo:sauran diyan sune :Umaru dangindau, muhammad maifafau, Haruna jatau uban modi maifarar godiya.Umaru dangindau. Dan maliki sambo yarike sarautar tsibirin kwairanga har yarasu a shekarar (1848).yarasu yabar diya maza biyu Watau Muh'd laddo,da(2) banga.Umar dangindau yarike masarautar tsibirin kwairanga azamanin sarkin musulmi Aliyu Babba (1848_1861)Umaru dangindau yatafiyarshi baasan indayatafi ba.Zuri'arsa daiyabari ,yabar danai maisuna Dankogi Dodo.Maza duk ya haifa kamar haka(a) Idi danba sambo (b)Bunun rijiya(c)Ima (d) Dadi Bunun Gobba (e) Haruna shaho.Muh'd labbo dan sambo yagadi Dan Maliki Umaru Dangindau a shekarar (1861)Zuri'ar lado sune:Faru da abdu Gajere Wanda yakafa garen gera.Bayan rasuwar Dan maliki laddo Uban Gidado Babba Sai akanada :Haruna (jatau)Uban maifarar Godiya a garin kaurar namoda azamanin Sarkin musulmi Umaru a(shekara ta 1896) yarasu a zamanin sarkin musulmii Abdulrahman ashekarar (1896)Masu jiran , sarau ta wanan zamani sune:{Gidado Babba dan sarki laddo, liman yaroda,Muh'dNakane Zuri'ar maifafau Dan kwairanga. Awan nan lokacine turankawa suka kai wan da akekira Alhaji amatsayin wakilin sarki bisaga umurnin sarkin musulmi, alokacin da aka mayar dawan nan yanki akar kashin Maradun, Alhaji shine yakai Ahmadu marafa da Umaru sarkin diya da Eku dukansun amatsayin wakilla sarki. WADANDA BA ZURI'AR KWAIRANGABA. 1.Alhaji wakilin sarkin musulmi (1896) 2.Ahmadu Marafa wakilin sarkin musulmi (1898) (Umar sarkin Diya Wakilin sarkin musulmi ,Eku wakili).Tudu Hamma (1904-1921).Tudu Musa (1921-1937).Tudu Bakoshi (1937-1939).Tudu jibo.(1939-1949) Bunu Umaru. (1949-1953) .Tudu judi. (1953-1960).Tudu shehu.(1960-DATE).




#Article 217: Aminu Kano (208 words)


Aminu Kano (1920—April 17, 1983) dan siyasa ne kuma dan rajin kare hakkin yan kasar Nijeriya ne kamar yadda siyasar sa ta nuna, kuma yana daga cikin mutanen da suke neman yanci kasa a waccan lokaci. yana daga cikin wanda suka jogoranci mutane wajen gwagwarmayar kin yarda da turawan mulkin mallaka na Ingila kafin bada yancin kai a shekarar 1960.Shine shugaban jam'iyar PRP.

An haifeshi ne a kano a shekarar 1920, mahaifinshi mai suna mallam yusufu malamin islama ne kuma faƙihi ne, kawunshi mallam Halilu shine ya karantar dashi Qur’ani, mallam Halilu ya kasance Limami ga masarautar Kano ga sarki Abdullahi Bayero (1929-1953). Wanda aka bashi suna da MAI TATTABARU.

Aminu kano yayi makaranta ne a shahuci primary school a cikin garin kano, lokacin yana da shekara goma, kuma yayi karatu a kaduna college, bayan ya gama ya karantar a Bauchi Middle School, A lokacin Abubakar Tafawa Ɓalewa shine shugaban makarantan, daga nan sai aka maida shi Maru Teacher’s College, Sokoto.

Mallam Aminu kano ya fara siyasa ne tare da Sa'adu Zungur a tsakanin shekarar 1943 – 1946, inda suka fara kafa General Improvement Union. Su biyun sunyi hoɓɓasa wajen kafa Nothern Elements Progressive Association (NEPA).

Aminu Kano ya rasu ne a ranar sati 17th a shekaran 1993.




#Article 218: Masallaci (169 words)


Masallaci jam'i Masallatai  wajene da mutane ke bauta.
Da Larabci ana cewa Masjid.
A wajen akasari Musulmai, masallaci ya wuce wajen bauta kadai. Muslmai na bauta tareda koyo da koyar da ilimin addini musulunci tare da tattaunawa akan matsalolin musulmai tare da neman hanyar warware su a masallaci. A Birtaniya masallatai ne cibiyar matattarar al'umar musulmai tare da koyar da addinin musulunci. Anayin bukukuwa da taruka masallaci, musamman ma shavulgulan daurin aure. Akwai dokokin yadda mutane zasu kasance a masallaci. Daya da cikin su shine wani bazai takura ma wanda yake bauta ba. Masallatan farko an bude su ne a karni na 7 a fili, amma daga baya an koma ana gina masallatai a salon gini na musulunci. Masallatan Quba da Masallacin Annabi na a farko farkon masallatai. Akwai masallatai a kowacce Nahiya in banda ta Antarctica.

Ana gina masallatai ne a yanayin gine gine irin na musulunci a bisa akasari, amma kuma yawancin salon ginin masallatai ya danganta ne ga irin yadda salon ginin kasashe da al'adun mutane.




#Article 219: Zazzau (479 words)


Zazzau ko Zariya Jihohi gari ne gwamnatin gida, Zariya, Kaduna a Nijeriya.

Zazzau ko Zariya Masarauta ce ta mai dadadden Tarihi ta Hausawa wadda take da gidan sarautar ta a birnin Zariya dake jihar Kaduna a Arewacin Najeriya . Alhaji Shehu Idris Shine Sarkin Zazzau.

Abu mafi mahimman ci da zamu fara dubawa wajen gane tarihin masarautar Zazzau shine labarun da suka shahara a karni na Ashirin. Wanda yake cewa asalin kafuwar masarautun Hausa ya fara ne daga kanan Bayajidda, Wato wani Jarumi da ake fada a tarihin Hausawa wanda shine asalin kafuwar masarautun Hausa da muke da su a wannan zamanin. Kamar yadda masana Tarihi suke fada cewa a karni na goma sha daya ne aka kafa masarautar zazzau bisa jogorancin Sarkin Zazzau Gunguma. Daga nanne kuma aka kafa masarautar Zazzau Ta zama daya daga cikin masarautun Hausawa ko Habe na Hausa Bakwai. Fitacciyar wadda tayi iko a masarautar Zazzau itace Sarauniyar Zazzau Amina. Wacce tayi iko kodai tsakiyar karni na sha biyar ko kuma tsakiyar karni na sha shida. Birnin Zazzau ya zama cibiyar harhada bayi inda ake cinikin su zuwa Arewacin Najeriya kamar birnin Kano da birnin Katsina inda ake kasuwancin Bayi ta hanyar kasuwancin ban gishiri na baka kanwa daga nan kuma sai a wuce da Bayin zuwa Sahara. A yadda tarihi yazo Musulunci ya shiga Masarautar Zazzau ne a wajen shekara ta 1456  Amma kadan daga cikin wasu mutanen naci gaba da Tsafi yayin da wadansu kuma ke Maguzanci Har zuwa lokacin da jihadin Shehu Usman Dan fodiyo ya zo a shekarar 1808 Fulani conquest of 1808. Ayanzu dai Masarautar Zazzau Masarauta ce da tayi kaurin suna wajen tafiyar da Addinin Musulunci. Akwai manya manyan malamai na Musulunci a Masarautar.

Sarautar Fulani a Masarautar Zazzau 

A watan Disamba na 1808 Mujahidai karkashin Jahorancin Mujadda Shehu Usman Danfodiyo suka samu nasarar korar Masu rike da sarautar lokacin wadanda Habe ne ko Hausawa. Hakanne yasa  su Hausawan suka  gudu zuwa yankin Abuja Suka tare a wajen da ake kira Suleja a yanzu. Shi yasa har yanzu ake kiran sarautar ko kuma sarkin Suleja da Sarkin Zazzau.

Sarakunan Habe, sun fara ne daga shekarar 1696 zuwa 1701.

Sarakunan Fulani masu cin gashin kansu. Sun fara sarautar su ne daga 31 ga Disamba na 1808 zuwa 17 Mayu na 1821

(karon farko) 22 Nuwamba 1870 Janairu ko Juli 

(karo na biyu) 26 Disamba 1878 zuwa Janairu 1888 

(ya rasu 1897) 17 Afrilu 1897  zuwa Maris 1903 

Sunfara ne daga 1903 (mulkin mallaka) and
later rulers Rulers of the independent Fulani emirate:[6] Start End R March 1903 8 April 1903 Sulayma
(regent
from 11
Sep 190 8 April 1904 9 November 1920 Ali ibn A
al-Qadir

Yero 1924 1936 Ibrahim

(b. c.18
d. 1936 1936 August 1959 Malam J
ibn Isha
(b. 189
d. 1959 September 1959 4 February 1975 Muham
al-Amin
Uthman 1908 -

Idris (1936 - 2020)




#Article 220: Olusegun Obasanjo (148 words)


Olufsen Obasanjo tsohon Janar din soja ne, kuma ɗan siyasan Nijeriya.  An haife Obasanjo ne a shekara ta 1937 a birnin Abeokuta, dake kudancin Najeriya (a yanzu itace jihar Ogun.

Olusegun Obasanjo shugaban kasar Nijeriya ne daga watan Fabrairu na shekarar 1976 zuwa Satumba shekara ta 1979 bayan mulikin Murtala Mohammed sannan ya mika wa  Shehu Shagari) mulki bayan wa'adin mulkinsa na farko. Daga bisani Obasanjo ya sake zama shugaban kasar Nijeriya yayin da mulkin kasar yakoma kan turbar dimokaradiya,  inda yashiga zabe a karkashin jamiyar Peoples Democratic Party (PDP) kuma yasamu nasara inda aka rantsar dashi a watan Mayu shekarar 1999, sannan yasake samun shugabantar kasar akaro na biyu karkashin domokaradiya bayan ya sake cin zabe a shekara ta 2003. Karshen mulkinsa yakare a shekara ta 2007 inda yamara wa Umaru Musa Yar'adua baya kuma Yar'adua ya samu nasarar zaman shugaban kasar Najeriya ne daga shekarar 2007.




#Article 221: Shehu Shagari (907 words)


Shehu Shagari ɗan siyasan Nijeriya ne. An haife shi a shekara ta 1938 a garin Shagari, Arewacin Najeriya (a yau jihar Sokoto), Ya rasu ne a 28 ga watan Disamban shekara ta 2018 bayan jinya da gajeruwar rashin lafiya da yayi a wani asibiti a Abuja, yanada shekara 93. Shehu Shagari yazama shugaban kasar Nijeriya a watan Oktoban shekarar 1979, yayi mulki har zuwa Disamban shekarar 1983, wanda soji suka kwace mulki a hunnunsa, a jogorancin Muhammadu Buhari. Shagari shine shugaban Nijeriya da yahau mulki ta sanadiyar zabe na farko. Olusegun Obasanjo ne ya bayar da mulkin zuwa ga farin kaya, a dalilin suka da matsi da mulkin sojoji ke fuskanta, ga rashin yin katabus, ganin hakan ne dai yasa Obasanjon ya bayar da mulkin amma ba'a kai koina ba sai sojojin suka sake dawowa suka kwace mulki daga Shagarin, inda suka zargi mulkinsa da cin hanci da rashawa, hakane ne dai yakaiga Muhammadu Buhari ga zama shugaban kasar a wancan lokaci.. Hakazalika tarihi ya nuna cewa shagari wani wuri ne wanda ya samo asali lokacin shehu Ɗan Fodio sun tsaya tare da mutanen muhammadu a wani wuri domin hutawa, sai Ɗan Fodio yace, Ku Sha Gari” (fura da Nono). Daga nan aka sanya ma wurin Shagari, shi kuma shugaban Muhammadu Shagari.  Muhammadu shagari ya rasu kuma an binne shi a shifawa, inda aka binne Shehu Ɗan Fodio a wajen. Muhammadu Shagari ya rasu ya bar ƴaƴa biyu Usman Da Iggi wanda Iggi ne babba kuma an naɗa iggi a matsayin magajin shagari watau shugaban garin shagari. Bayan naɗin sarautan Magajin Shagari, igge tare da kawunsa Shehu Ɗan Fodio suka ƙaro dakarun tsaro kuma aka zagaye garin shagari da ganuwa.  Daga nan garin shagari ya fara bunƙasa a harkokin kasuwanci har ya mamaye ƙauyukan sokoto ta kudu.Ƴan kasuwa da matafiya kan yada zango a garin shagari a duk lokacin da dare ya musu. Saboda mutanen garin suna da kara da kyawawan halaye. Garin shagari ya zama amintaccen gari mai zaman lafiya duk da yaƙe-yaƙe da akai tayi a ƙarni na 19th  a ƙarƙashin magajin shagari. Sarautar sokoto ƙarƙashin shari’ar musulunci.

Bayan turawa sun kama sokoto, sababbin ƙauyuka sun samu an sanya garin shagari ƙarƙashin mulkin yabo. Muhammadu Basharu ɗan magaji Rufa’i ya sake zama magajin shagari duk da sun rasa mulki da zuwan Turawa. A lokacin da aka haɗa kudanci da Arewacin Najeriya, a 1914 aka naɗa Aliyu baban Shehu shagari wanda ya gaji Galadima Bayan rasuwarsa da karban mulki daga hannun Muhammadu Basharu. Bayan ƙirƙirar Jihohi, da ƙanan hukumomi a 1996, shagri ta zama sabon cibiyar ƙaramar hukumar- da yawan mutane 83,540 a ƙauyuka 10 dake ƙarƙashinta. Garin shagari ta rasa mutane dalilin sabbin hanyoyin kasuwanci na zamani. Duk da garin shagari ba wata muhimmiyar alƙarya bace, amma tarihi ya nuna cewa garin ya wanzu cikin zaman lafiya da riƙon amana kusan mutanen garin na kula da harkokin gabansu ba tare da katsalandan ba.  

Tarihi ya nuna cewa na haifi shehu shagari ne a ranar laraba 8 ga watan sha’aban (watan musulunci) a 1925.(p14)Mahaifyar shehu shagari na kiransa da inkiya Balarabe, saboda an haifeshi a sha’aban.  Asalin sunan shehu shagari “usman” wanda ya samo asali daga Uthman Ibn Affan sannan kuma sunan kakansa ne ƙanin Muhammadu shagari (wanda ya ƙirƙiro garin shagari) hakazalika sunan Shehu Usman Ɗan Fodio. Hausawa kan kira usman shehu. Shehu shagari ɗa na uku ne awajen mahifiyarsa.

Shehu shagari ya fara ganin mota a rayuwarsa lokacin yana dan shekara biyar a shekarar 1930, lokacin da sultan muhammadu Tambari (1925-1931) yazo garin shagari ya kwana a gidan shehu shagari. (p16Tarihi ya nuna tun kafin a tura shehu shagari makarantar boko ya riga ya koya ilimin addinin musulunci a wurin iyayensa da kuma manyan malamai. (p17

Shehu shagari yayizurfin karatu a ilimin addini kuma a duk lokacin da ya sami hutu yakan tsaya ya koyar da ilimi a ƙauyensa. (p20)  wanda fahimatarsa, ilimi wani abu ne da ya jiɓinci rayuwa gaba ɗaya, tun daga farko har ƙarshe. Shehu ya shafe tsawon shekara 34 yana koyarwa Shehu ya bar garin shagari a karo na farko a shekarar 1931, ya tafi neman ilimin zamani watau boko a garin yabo. Mahaifinsa ya rasu lokacin yana shekara biyar.

A zaɓen october, 1960, wacce zata kawo ƴanci a ƙasar nan, jam’iyyan NPC (wanda sir Ahmadu Bello da Abubakar Tafawa Balewa  a matsayin mataimakinsa) yaci.  An naɗa shehu shagari da Alhaji Muhammadu Ribaɗu, Alhaji Inuwa Wada, Zanna Bukar Dipchorime, Waziri Ibrahim, Usman Sarki, Musa yaradua, a matsayin ministocin ƙasa bayan samun ƴanci. 

An naɗa shehu shagari a matsayin ministan ayyuka da ɗuba a watan May 1965.  Aikin shehu na farko a matsayinsa na minista shine canza sakatarorin gwamnati na turawa da ƴan najeriya. 

A ranar 23 october, 1978, shehu shagari ya yanke shawara fitowa takaran shugan ƙasa akan cewa zai janye idan har bai cinye yawan uri’u ba.  A zaɓen da akayi a ranar asabar 9 December-1978, shehu shagari ya cinye ƙuri’u 975, Maitama Sule 504, Adam Girome 293, Dr. Saraki 214, Traka 104, Prof Abubakar 92. (primary election held at casino cenema).  

Jam’iyyar NPN na shehu shagari ta lashe kijeru 36 (37.89%) na sanatoci da 168 (37.41%) na kujerun ƴan majalisu. A ranar Alhamis da ƙarfe 12:40pm aka sanar shehu shagari yaci zaɓen shugaban ƙasa da ƙuri’u 5, 688857. An rantsar da shugaba na farko da aka  zaɓa a Najeriya a ranar litinin a Tafawa Ɓalewa Square dake Legas.

Daga cikin kamfanonin da shehu shagari ya samar sun haɗa: 




#Article 222: Plateau (jiha) (135 words)


Jihar Plateau ko Filato ta kasance a ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimanin kilomita murabba’i 30,913 da yawan jama’a miliyan uku da dubu dari biyu da shida da dari biyar da talatin da ɗaya (ƙidayar 2006). Babban birnin Jihar ita ce Jos. Simon Bako Lalong, shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2015 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Sonni Gwanle Tyoden. Dattiban jihar su ne: Jonah Jang, Jeremiah Useni da Joshua Dariye.

Jihar Plateau tana da iyaka da jihohin huɗu: Kaduna, Bauchi, Taraba da Kuma Nasarawa.

A shekarar 1976, jihar Plateau tanada Kananan hukumomi guda goma sha hudu (14). Sannan a shekara ta 1989, 1991 da 1996 ankirkira wasu sabbin Kananan hukumomi daga cikin tsoffin da ake dasu, wanda ayau jihar nada Kananan hukumomi guda goma sha bakwai (17) ne, sune:




#Article 223: Nasarawa (117 words)


Jihar Nasarawa jiha ce dake a ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba’i 27,117 da yawan jama’a miliyan ɗaya da dubu dari takwas da sittin da tara da dari uku da saba'in da bakwai (ƙidayar 2006). Babban birnin tarayyar jahar ita ce Lafia. Abdullahi Sule, shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2011 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Emmanuel Akabe. Dattijai a jihar sune: Philip Aruwa Gyunka, Abdullahi Adamu da Suleman Asonya Adokwe.

Jihar Nasarawa tana da iyaka da jihohi huɗu: Plateau, Kogi, Taraba, Benue kuma da Abuja.

Jihar Nasarawa nada adadin Kananan hukumomi guda goma sha uku (13), ga kowanensu tareda adadin yawan Mutanen dake a Karamar hukumar. (Kidayar 2006):




#Article 224: Ibrahim Shekarau (197 words)


Malam Ibrahim Shekarau tsohon Malami ne kuma ɗan siyasan Nijeriya ne, an haife shi a shekara ta 1955 a Kano, Arewacin Nijeriya (a yau jihar Kano). Yarike 
Ministan Ilimin Najeriya daga shekara ta 2014 zuwa 2015. Yashiga yin takarar Gwamnan jihar Kano a shekara ta 2003, wanda daga bisani ya lashe zaben a watan Janairun shekara ta 2003 , yayi mulkin jihar har sau biyu sanadiyar sake samun nasarar da yayi a zaben 2011, hakane yasa yajagoranci mulkin jihar na tsawon shekaru 8,  kafin nan Rabiu Kwankwaso) wanda yayi gwamna  kafinsa yasake dawowa shima akaro nabiyu inda yayi takarar matsayin gwamnar jihar a karo nabiyu, kwankwason yayi nasara lashe Zabe shima inda yayi mulkin jihar a karo nabiyu daga watan mayu shekara ta 2011 zuwa shekarar 2015.

A halin yanzu Shekarau yana fuskantar shari'a a gaban kotu bisa zargin haɗa baki da karkatar da kuɗi kimani miliyan ɗari tara da hamsin wanda wani ɓangare ne daga kudaden da gwamnati ta ware a shekarar 2014 don yaki da masu tada kayar baya amma aka karkatar dasu a wancan lokacin don yakin neman zaben shugaba Goidluck Jonathan wanda ofishin mai bada shawara akan harkokin tsaro Sambo Dasuki ya fitar.




#Article 225: Abdullahi Umar Ganduje (184 words)


Abdullahi Umar Ganduje ɗan siyasan Nijeriya ne. An haife shi a shekara ta 1949 a Ganduje, Arewacin Nijeriya (a yau karamar hukumar Dawakin Tofa, jihar Kano). 

Mataimakin gwamnan Kano ne daga shekarar 1999 zuwa 2003 da daga shekarar 2011 zuwa 2015. Gwamnan jihar Kano ne daga shekara 2015 (bayan Rabiu Kwankwaso).Ganduje Shine har yanzu gomna a kano.

Ganduje na fuskantar tuhuma daga al'umma daban daban akan wani vidiyo da wata jaridar yanar gizo wato 'Daily Nigerian' ta fitar, inda aka ga Gandujen na karbar daloli daga hannun wani dankwangila yana tura su aljihun babban rigarsa, Dan kwangilan na fadi masa cewar kaga haka yafi rufin asiri. Amma gwamnati tayi mirsisi batace komai ba akan hakan, sai sai majalisar jihar ta nemi shugaban jaridar Jaafar Jaafar daya gurfana a gabanta Dan tabbatar da sahihancin vidiyon da ya fitar daka Nan sukai watsi dabatun Kuma da a kwai wani lauya Mai zaman kansa wato audu bulama bukarti Wanda alkacin da a bun yafaru Yana kasar engla Wanda yafada cewa ya tanbayi mukaddashin hukumar EFCC wato ibrahim magu Kuma ya tabbatar Mai da wannan bidiyon na gaskiane 




#Article 226: Nasir Ahmad el-Rufai (368 words)


Nasir Ahmad el-Rufai babban ɗan siyasa ne a Nijeriya ne. An haife shi a shekara ta 1960 a Daudawa, dake jihar Katsina a arewacin Nijeriya (a yau a cikin karamar hukumar Faskari, a cikin jihar Katsina). 

Ministan Babban Birnin Tarayyar Najeriya ne daga shekara 2003 zuwa 2007. Gwamnan jihar Kaduna ne daga shekarar 2015 (bayan Mukhtar Ramalan Yero).

An haife EL-Rufai a garin Daudawa dake karamar hukumar Faskari a Jihar Katsina. Mahaifinsa yarasu yana shekara 8. An taimaka masa a karatun daga wani kawunsa dake zaune a Kaduna, kuma ya tashi da rayuwarsa duka a arewacin Najeriya yayi. Yayi karatun firamare a Kawo makarantar Firamari dake Kawo, Kaduna, da karatun sakandare a  Kwalajin Barewa, inda yagama da sakamako a sama da sauran yan'ajinsu, inda ya lashe Barewa Old Boys' Association Academic Achievement Trophy a 1976. A kwalejin Barewa dake Zaria, El-Rufai ya hadu da tsohon shugaban kasa Malam Umaru Yar'Adua wanda shine House Captain na Mallam Smith House inda nan ne dakin kwanan El-Rufai yake amatsayin sa na karamin dalibi wato junior. Daga nan yaje Jami'ar Ahmadu Bello, dake Zaria, yafita da digirin Bachelor a Quantity Surveying da daraja mafi daukaka wato First Class Honors. Ya kuma yi karatuttuka bayan nan a Harvard Business School da Jami'ar Georgetown. Since leaving public service, Nasir yayi karatun lauya da samun sakamakon LL.B digiri daga Jami'ar London, yafita a August 2008 da daraja na biyu wato Second Class Honours, Upper Division, da kuma digirin master's a fannin Public Administration daga John F. Kennedy School of Government, Jami'ar Harvard a watan Yuni 2009. Kuma ya karbi Kennedy School Certificate in Public Policy and Management wanda ya kwashe watanni 11 amatsayin Edward A. Mason Fellow in Public Policy and Management daga watan Yuli 2008 zuwa watan Yunin 2009.

El-Rufai ya kafa kamfani na  kididdiga da kula da ayyukan Project a 1982 tare da wasu mutane uku. Kamfanin na karbar ayyukan gine-gine da civil engineering projects a kasar Najeriya. Daga watan Nuwanba 1999 zuwa watan Yulin shekara ta 2003, shine Darekta Janar na Bureau of Public Enterprises kuma shine sakatare na National Council of Privatization inda ya jagoranci sayar da kamfanonin gwamnati da dama, tare dashi da tsohon mataimakin shugaban kasa Alhaji Atiku Abubakar.


#Article 227: Abba Kyari (336 words)


Abba Kyari (ya mutu a ran 17 ga Afrilu a shekara ta 2020), ɗan kasuwan Nijeriya ne. An haife shi kafin shekara ta 1960. 

Shugaban ofishin shugaban kasar Nijeriya Muhammadu Buhari ne daga shekarar 2015 (bayan Jones Oladeinde Arogbofa).

Abba Kyari dan siyasa ne dan Najeriya. Shi mutumin Kanuri ne daga jihar Borno.

Abba kyari Kanuri ne daga jihar Borno, A shekarar 1980, ya yi karatun digirinsa na farko a jami'ar Warwick, ya kuma samu digiri a fannin aikin lauya daga jami'ar Cambridge.

A 1983, aka kira shi zuwa Barikin Najeriya bayan ya halarci Makarantar Koyar da Dokokin Najeriya.

A shekarar 1984, ya samu digiri na biyu a fannin koyarwa daga Jami'ar Cambridge.
Daga baya ya halarci International Institute for Management Development a Lausanne, Switzerland kuma ya halarci Shirin Ci gaban Gudanarwa a Makarantar Kasuwancin Harvard, a 1992 da 1994.

Iyalan Abba Kyari
Kyari ya auri matar surukin Ibrahim Tahir, kuma yana da 'ya'ya huɗu.

A ranar 24 ga Maris, 2020, an ba da sanarwar jama'a cewa Kyari ya kamu da cuta nan da ake kira da COVID 19.

INDA ABBA KYARI 
Kyari yayi aiki ga kamfanin lauya Fani-Kayode da Sowemimo na dan wani lokaci bayan dawowar sa Najeriya.

Daga 1988 zuwa 1990, ya yi Edita tare da New Africa Holdings Limited Kaduna.

A shekarar 1990, ya yi aiki a matsayin kwamishinan kula da dazuka da dabbobi a jihar Borno.

Daga 1990 zuwa 1995, Kyari shi ne sakatare a kwamitin kula da bankin Afirka na kasa da kasa, wakilin bankin bashi da Kasuwanci na kasa da kasa.

Kyari babban darakta ne mai kula da ayyukan gudanarwa a bankin United for Africa, daga baya aka nada shi babban jami'in zartarwa. A cikin 2002, an nada shi darekta a hukumar Unilever Nigeria, daga baya ya yi aiki a kwamitin Exxon Mobil Nigeria.

A watan Agusta na shekarar 2015, an nada Kyari a matsayin Shugaban Ma’aikata ga Shugaba Muhammadu Buhari.

Abba kyari ya rasune a 17 ga watan Afrilu 2020 Sana diya cutanar nan da ake cira da Covid-19.




#Article 228: Kogi (161 words)


Jihar Kogi jiha ce dake a shiyar tsakiya a ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba’i 29,833 da yawan jama’a milyan uku da dubu dari uku da sha huɗu arba'in da uku (ƙidayar yawan jama'a shekara 2006). Babban birnin jahar ita ce Lokoja. Yahaya Bello shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2015 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Simon Achuba. Dattijai a jihar sune: Isaac Alfa, Ahmed Ogembe da Dino Melaye.

Jihar Kogi tana da iyaka da misalin jihhohi sha ɗaya, su ne: Abuja, Nijar, Kwara, Ekiti, Ondo, Edo, Anambra, Enugu, Benue, Nasarawa kuma da Kaduna. 

Kogi na daga cikin jahohin dake a tsakiyar kasar Nigeriya ana kiranta da mahadar ruwa saboda gamuwar ruwan (kogin Nijar da kogin Benue) a babban birininta Lokoja a wannan zamani a Nijeriya. Noma da kamun kifi sune manyan aikin mutanen wannan jihar da kuma sayar da gawayi.

Jihar Kogi nada adadin Kananan hukumomi ashirin da daya (21). Wadanda sune:




#Article 229: Gini Ikwatoriya (101 words)


Gini Ikwatoriya (lafazi: /gini iwwatoriya/) ko Ginen Ekweita ko Jamhuriyar Gini Ikwatoriya (da Ispaniyanci: República de Guinea Ecuatorial), ƙasa ce, da ke a nahiyar Afirka. Gini Ikwatoriya tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba'i 28,050. Gini Ikwatoriya tana da yawan jama'a 1,221,490, bisa ga jimillar 2016. Gini Ikwatoriya tana da iyaka da Kameru kuma da Gabon. Babban birnin Gini Ikwatoriya, Malabo ne.

Shugaban kasar Gini Ikwatoriya Teodoro Obiang Nguema Mbasogo (lafazi: /tehodoro obihaneg negema mebasogo/) ne ; firaminista Francisco Pascual Obama Asue (lafazi: /feransiseko fasekuhal obama asuhe/) ne.

Gini Ikwatoriya ta samu yancin kanta a shekara ta 1960, daga Ispaniya.




#Article 230: Neja (281 words)


Jihar Niger  Jiha ce dake ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba’i 76,363 da yawan jama’a milyan uku da dubu dari tara da hamsin da huɗu da dari bakwai da saba'in da biyu (ƙidayar yawan jama'a a shekara ta 2006). Babban birnin tarayyar jahar ita ce Minna. Abubakar Sani Bello shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2015 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Ahmed Muhammad Ketso. Jahar ta Naija tanada manyan mutane da dama wadanda suka rike manyan mukamai a Najeriya sannan jaha ce wacce ta ke da tsofaffin shugabanni kasa na Najeriya har guda biyu a lokacin mulkin soja, wato Ibrahim Badamasi Babangida (IBB) mai ritaya da kuma Abdusalami Abubakar mai ritaya dukkaninsu mutanan Jahar ta Neja ne.

Manyan kananan hukumomin Jahar sune, Chanchaga, Bosso da kuma kananan hukumomin Bidda, Suleja da kuma Kontagora.

Manyan yarukan jahar sune Nufanchi, Hausa, Gbagi da kuma turanci inda yankunan Bidda da Agaie da kuma Lapai, Mokwa sukafi yawan masu amfani da yaren Nufanci, Yankin Kontagora, Kagara, Mariga, Mashegu Rijau, Suleja sukeda mafi rinajayen masu amfani da yarukan Hausa. Paikoro, Chanchaga, Bosso, Edati dadai sauransu suna amfani da saura yarokan a matsayin masu rinjaye.

Akwai wuraren tarihi sosai a jahar ta Naija musamman a garin Zungeru inda anan nan ne turawan Yamma suka sanya hannun domin hadewan Nigeria kasa daya daga sauran yankuna sannan a wannan garin ne gwamnan farko na Najeriya ya yada zango a matsayin hedikwata gareshi.

Alhaji Umar Farouk Bahago shine sarkin Minna

Jihar Niger tana da iyaka da misalin jihohi shida, su ne: Babban birnin tarayya, Kwara, Kogi, Kaduna, Kebbi kuma da Zamfara.

Jihar Neja nada Kananan Hukumomi guda ashirin da biyar (25). Sune:

 




#Article 231: Diffa (gari) (152 words)


 

Diffa gari ne, da ke a yankin Diffa, a ƙasar Nijar. Shi ne babban birnin yankin Diffa. Bisa ga ƙidayar jama'a a shekarar 2011, jimilar mutane 48,005 (dubu arba'in da takwas da biyar). Hukumar Kididdiga ta Nijar wato INS ta yi kiyasin cewar yawan jama'ar Diffa sun kai kimanin dubu sittin da biyar (65 000) a shekarar 2017. Birnin Diffa yana a Kudu maso gabashin Nijar kuma tana da iyaka da Bornon Najeriya.

Birnin Diffa ya samu asali tun lokacin Daular Borno wato tun lokacin 1900. Asalin mutanen da sukayi rayuwa cikinta Kanuri (ko kuma barebari) ne.
Amma a yau akwai Larabawa, Tubawa da kuma Buzaye masu rayuwa a cikin ta. Tun bullowar rikicin Boko Haram a shekarar 2010 Birnin Diffa ya cika da baki en gudun hijira wadanda suka fito daga makwabciya Najeriya.

Diffa tana a arewacin kogin Komadugu Yobe. Diffa na nesa na kimanin kilometa 1360 daga babban birnin Niamey.




#Article 232: Ilmi (665 words)


Akan yi wa ilimi kirari da cewa:Ilimi garkuwar Dan Adam.

Ilimi shi ne: Sanin abu a bisa hakikaninsa, sani na yanke ba na shakka ba, ko rudu.

Shi ilmi wani irin baiwa ne da Allah Ya ke bayar wa ga bayin sa. Hakika, ilmi ya na tabbatuwa a cikin  kwakwalwar dan adam. Mutum mai Ilmi ya sha banban da jahili ta kowacce fuska, saboda mai ilmi yana aiki ne ko barin aiki a sakamakon umarnin da ilmin sa zai ba shi, wato ai, ilmin zai kasance tamkar shi ne linzamin da ke jan ragamar hankalin sa da al’amuran sa.

lallai, ilmi fitila ne da ke haskaka Rayuwa. Duk mutumin da ba shi da ilmi, to hakika, za ka ga rayuwar sa  cikin  kunci ta ke.

Bincike hanya ce ta samu ilimi a wannan zamani da ba kamarta.

Hanya ta farko: Iyaye; Ana fara samun ilimin farko ne daga iyaye, musamman Mahaifiya. Daga gareta ne mutum yake fara koyar abubuwa iri-iri. Kamar su cin abinci, sanya tufafi, tarbiyyar rayuwa, tsafta da sauransu. Da taimakon mahaifi kuma yaro ya ke samun Juriya, Dogaro da Kai, Nagarta da kuma tabbatuwa a kan turba ta gari.

Hanya ta biyu: Ita ce Dandali ko kuma mu ce rariya ko kan layi. Anan ne yaro yake koyon gane wadansu mutane daban da na gidan su. Kuma a nan ne yaro yake koyon wasanni da koyon zama da jama'a daban.

Hanya ta uku: Makaranta; Daga hannun Iyaye kuma, sai makaranta. Anan mutum ya ke koyon ilimin Addini da Duniya. A Makarantar ne za a koyawa mutum ilimi daban-daban, tun daga Firamare zuwa Sakandire, har zuwa Jami'ah. A nan a ke samun shaidar karatu babba da karama don aiki a manya ko kananan ma'aikatu.

Nau'o'in ilimi ya kasu ne zuwa gida uku kamar yarda masana suka tsara su.

Yanzu zamu dauko su daya bayan daya mudan tattauna akan su, amma a takaice.

Shi ilimin zamani ko kuma muce boko kamar yarda akasarin hausawa muke kiran shi. Ya samo asaline daga Turawa wadanda suka yi mulkin mallaka a kasar mu Najeriya . 

Turawan kasar Ingila su ne suka kawo mana ilimin boko a kasarmu ta Najeriya . Sun fara kaddamar da tsarin ilimin boko ne a sashen dukancin Najeriya  kafin su gabatar da shi a yankin Arewacin Najeriya . Duk da dai lokacin turawa sun sha wahala harma da yake-yake
kafin samun nasarar kaddamar da ilimin zamani a yankin Arewacin Najeriya amma kuma yanzu jama'ar yankin sun karbeshi hannu bibbiyu.

Ilimin boko ilimine wanda yake da tsare tsare kafin, bayan da kuma lokacin da ake koyar da shi.
Akwai tsare-tsare kafin a koyar da ilimin boko, kamar hukumomi daban-daban na ilimi su tsara abin da za'a koyar a shekara-shekara, zangunan karatu da kuma sati-sati, wanda ake kira da (SYLLABUS) a harshen Turanci.  Sannan malami yana da tsare-tsaren da zai yi kafin shigar shi cikin aji wanda ake kira [LESSON PLAN] da kuma [LESSON NOTE] a turance.

Ilimin addini, ilimine da ya samo asali bayan zuwan addinin Musulunci a Kasar Hausa . 

Hanyar da ake bi wajen koyar da ilimin addini a gargajiya shine, idan yaro ya kai kamar shekara bakwai da haihuwa. Ana kaishi makarantar Alkur'ani wadda akafi sani da makarantar allo . Bayan yaro yayi saukar Kur'ani kuma, sai ya tafi makarantar da zai koyi karatun litattafai. Akasarin wannan karatun an fi yin sa ne a masallaci ko a gidan malamin da zai koyar.

Ilimin gargajiya ilimi ne wanda ake koyon shi akasari a wajen da ake aiwatar da shi. Misali idan anaso yaro ya koyi yarda ake wata sana'a kamar kira , noma , kafinta kokuma jima to ana zaunar da shi ne a inda ake aiwatar da ita wannan sana'a din. A haka har ya koya kuma ya iya.
To amma dayake yanzu zamani ya can kuma al'amurra da yawa sun sauya, duk sauran abubuwan da ake koyo a gargajiyance a yanzu an zamanantar dasu. Misali ana koyon noma, kafinta, saka a makaranta tun daga matakin firamare har yazuwa Jami'a .




#Article 233: Kwara (jiha) (112 words)


Jihar Kwara  jiha ce dake a ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimanin kilomita murabba’i 36,825 da yawan jama’a kimanin milyan biyu da dubu dari uku da sittin da biyar da dari uku da hamsin da uku (ƙidayar yawan jama'a shekara 2006). Babban birnin jihar itace Ilorin. Abdurrahman Abdurrazaq shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2019 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Peter Sara Kisira. Dattijan jihar su ne: Bukola Saraki, Mohammed Shaaba Lafiagi da Rafiu Ibrahim, Olusola Saraki.

Jihar Kwara tana da iyaka da misalin jihohi biyar, su ne: Nijar, Kogi, Ekiti, Oyo kuma da Osun.

Jihar Kwara nada adadin Kananan Hukumomi guda goma sha shida (16). Sune:




#Article 234: Ekiti (131 words)


Jihar Ekiti Jiha ce dake ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba’i 6,353 da yawan jama’a milyan biyu da dubu dari uku da tisa'in da takwas ta da dari tara da hamsin da bakwai (ƙidayar yawan jama'a shekara 2006). Babban birnin jahar ita ce Ado Ekiti. Kayode Fayemi shine gwamna a Jihar ayanzu bayan yasamu nasara a zaben da yanema takarar gwamna a Jihar karo na biyi, ya karba a hannun Ayo Fayose Wanda yazama gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2014. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Kolapo Olubunmi Olusola. Dattiban jihar su ne: Fatimat Raji-Rasaki, Duro Faseyi da Biodun Olujimi.

Jihar Ekiti tana da iyaka da misalin jihohi biyar, su ne: Kogi, Kwara, Ondo kuma da Osun.

Jihar Ekiti nada Kananan hukumomi guda goma sha shida (16). Sune:




#Article 235: Balaraba Ramat Yakubu (212 words)


Balaraba Ramat Yakubu kwarariyar marubuciyar littafan Hausa ne da ake wa lakabi littattafan soyayya. An haife ta a cikin birnin Kano a a shekarar 1959 . Tana daga kalilan marubuta da aka fassara littafinta zuwa harshen Inglishi. Rubuce - rubucenta sun fi bada muhimmanci akan zamantakewar aure da kuma gwagwarmayar mata a rayuwar Hausawa.

Hajiya Balaraba kanwa ce ga tsohon shugaban kasar Nijeriya, marigayi Murtala Ramat Muhammed wanda aka yi wa juyin mulki a shekarar 1976.

Tun tana karama 'yar shekara 13 aka cire ta daga makaranta aka yi mata aure, wannan ne ma dalilin da ya sa take rubuce - rubucent da harshen Hausa maimakon turanci.

Balaraba Ramat ta kasance mace tilo a cikin jagororin kungiyar marubuta mai suna  Raina Kama.  Littafinta na farko shi ne  Budurwar Zuciya wanda aka wallafa a shekarar 1987. Daga nan ta ci gaba da rubuce - rubuce har zuwa daga bisani ta shiga harkar rubutun fim tare da shiryawa. A shekarar 1998, Muhammed Abdulkareem ya mayar da littafinta,  Alhaki Kwikwiyo Ne zuwa fim 1998.

Har ila yau kuma, a shekarar 2012, wani kamfanin dab'i a kasar Indiya mai suna Blaft Publishers ya wallafa fassarar littafin Alhaki Kwikwiyo Ne zuwa Inglishi. Littafin ya samu kyakkyawan yabo 

An samar da wasu kyaututtuka ga matasan marubuta wanda aka rada wa kyautar sunan Balaraba Ramat Yakubu.




#Article 236: Aminu Waziri Tambuwal (609 words)


AMINU WAZIRI TAMBUWAL
Aminu Waziri Tambuwal. An haife shi a ranar goma ga watan Junairu na shekara ta 1966, a garin Tambuwal da ke yankin kudancin jihar Sakkwato, wanda kuma ya  fito daga zuri’ar Wazirin masarautar Tambuwal.

Bayan somawa da neman ilimin addini, sai ya soma neman ilimin zamani daga makarantar furamare ta Tambuwal, daga nan kuma sai ya zarce zuwa kwalejin horas da malamai ta gwamnati da ke Dogon-Daji inda ya kammala da samun takardar shaidar malanta mai daraja ta II a shekarar 1984. Daga nan sai ya samu gurbin karatun gaba da sakandare a jami’ar Usmanu Danfodiyo dake Sokoto, inda ya kammala da samun digirin farko a bangaren shari’a a shekarar 1991, haka kuma a bisa tanadin dokokin karatun shari’a, ya halarci makarantar horas da lauyoyi da ke Legas inda bayan karbar horo na shekara daya, sai aka tabbatar da shi a matsayin cikakken lauya a shekarar 1992.

Ko bancin karance-karance lamurran da suka shafi shari’a, honarabul Tambuwal ya halarci kwasa-kwasai iri-iri a kasashen ketare wadanda suka hada da na sanin ka’idojin sha’anin sadarwa wato ‘Telecoms Regulatory Master Class-Bath’ a Kasar Ingila a shekarar 2004, sai kuma kwas akan shata dokokin da suka jibanci bangaren sadarwa, wato ‘Lawmaking for the Communications Sectors’ a BMIT da ke Johannesburg ta kasar Afirka ta Kudu a shekarar 2004, har wa yau, ya halarci wani kwas akan yadda za a sanya ido akan tafiyar da kamfani a cikin tsari irin na gwagwarmayar neman kasuwa, wato ‘Regulating a Competitive Industry’ a Brussels ta kasar Beljiyam a shekarar 2005, a jami’ar Tulane kuwa, ya halarci kwas na tsara dokokin majalisa na kasa da kasa wato ‘International Legislative Drafting’ a shekarar 2005, ya halarci wani kwas akan cusa ra’ayi da daidaita matsaya wato ‘Influence and Negotiation’ a shahararriyar makarantar kasuwanci ta Stanford wato, ‘Stanford Graduate School of Business’ a shekarar 2008, da wasu kwasa-kwasai da dama.

A karon farko, an zabi honarabul Aminu Waziri Tambuwal a matsayin dan majalaisar wakilai mai wakiltar mazabar Kebbe da Tambuwal a majalisar wakilai ta kasa a shekarar 2003, a karkashin inuwar jam’iyyar adawa ta ANPP. Tun daga wannan lokacin tauraruwar farin jinin siyasarsa ta ci gaba da haskawa inda ya taba rike shugaban marasa rinjaye, ya kuma taba rike mukamin mataimakin babban mai tsawatarwa  a zauren majalisar, mukamin da ya ci gaba da rikewa har zuwa karshen tafiyar majalisar wakilai zubi na shidda. Kuma ya taba zama jagoran ayarin ‘yan majalisar tarayyar Nijeriya a nahiyar Afirka da Karebiyan da kuma gamin gambizar tawagar ‘yan majalisun kungiyar kasashen tarayyar Turai. Haka ma ya taba zama wakilin yanki na kungiyar ‘yan majalisun dokoki na kungiyar kasashe renon Ingila.

 Honarabul Aminu Waziri, memba ne a majalisar zartaswa ta kungiyar lauyoyi ta kasa wato NBA, haka ma memba ne a kungiyar lauyoyi ta duniya, haka memba ne a kungiyar tsofaffin daliban makarantar koyon sha’anin gwamnati ta tsohon shugaban Amurka John F Kennedy, wato Kennedy School of Government’ da ke jami’ar Harvard ta kasar Amurka. Memba ne a kungiyar tsofaffin daliban makarantar koyon sha’anin kasuwanci ta Stanford wato Stanford Graduate School of Business’ da ke Amurka, memba ne a kungiyar tsofaffin daliban jami’ar Tulane ta Amurka. 
A gida Nijeriya, honarabul Tambuwal ya sami lambobim yabo da na karramawa iri-iri, kamar  digirin girmamawa a fannin shari’a da jami’ar Usmanu Danfodiyo ta Sakkwato ta ba shi, domin yabawa da kawzonsa da kuma kokarinsa na ciyar da kasa gaba.

Aminu Waziri Tambuwal yayi takarar gwamnan jihar Sokoto a shekara 2015 karkashin jam'iyyar adawa ta APC, kuma yayi nasarar lashe zaben wanda ya bashi damar zama Gwamnan jihar ta Sokoto.
Wanda daga bisani ya koma jam'iyar sa ta farko wato PDP. Wanda itace jam'iyar adawa a yanzu.




#Article 237: Muhammadu Dikko (502 words)


Alhaji Muhammadu Dikko kuma anfi sanin sa da Muhammad Dikko ɗan Gidado CBE (1865 – May 1944), ya kasance Sarkin Katsina ne na 47th, wanda yayi daga 9 November 1906 har zuwa rasuwarsa a 1944. Shine sarkin Katsina na tara (9) a bangaren Fulani.

An haifes hi a shekarar 1865, a lokacin Sarki Muhammadu Bello, an naɗa shi sarauta lokacin yana da shekara ashirin da biyu (22) da haihuwa.

An naɗashi Durbi daidai lokacin yaƙin Basasar Kano. A lokacin da Lord Lugard ya shiga garin katsina, Dikko yana matsayin Durbin Katsina kuma an bashi alhakin kula da Turawa, cinsu da shan su, ƙibarsu da ramar su na hannunsa kamar yadda sarkin lokacin watau Sarki Abubakar ya umurceshi. 

Tarihi ya nuna cewa lokacin da aka naɗa sarki muhammad Dikko yana Gobir don siyayyar Raƙuma na Sarki Abubakar na lokacin daga nan aka tura masa takarda ya dawo, akan hanya ya haɗu da ɗan aike (mallam Giɗaɗo) daga liman wazirin katsina Haruna, cewa an kama Sarki Yero, an naɗa shi sarki.

Da isowar bariki joji yace “Gwamna ya aiko, kaine Sarki” daga nan ya kama sarautar katsina. 

Sarki Muhammadu Dikko yana daya daga cikin sarakunan da suka fi kowa tafiye-tafiye zuwa qasashen qetare. Daga lokacin da sarki zai je garin Makkah, Gwamna lugard ya haɗashi da soja mai suna “Mr. Wafaster” (webster) ya rakashi har Makka ya tashi katsina ranar talatin ga watan biyar 1920, sannan ya isa birnin landan a biyar ga watan Bakwai 1920. Sarkin ingila Nelo ya bashi lambar girma (Kings Medal for African Chiefs) a ranar 29 ga watan 7, 1920, ya isa jidda wanda sharifin Makka Usaini ya amshe su, ya kare aikin hajji ran 12 ga watan 9,1920. Sannan ya fara buyawa ta ingila sannan ya dawo katsina a ranar 22/11/1920.

A 1924, Sarki Dikko ya ƙara komawa Ingila don halartar taron nuna kayan ciniki na ƙasashen Ingila (Empire Exhibition).Sarki ya ƙara komawa aikin hajji a shekarar 1933 inda ya sake biyawa ta turai a 1937 ya sake komawa Turai don ayi masa maganin idonsa dake ciwo. 

Duk wanda yasan Sarki Muhammadu Dikko yasanshi da son wasanni na motsa jini musamman wasan dawaki na polo. An fara wasan dawaki watau Polo a katsina a 1921, sannan mafi yawanci wanda suka buga wasan ƴa’ƴan sarki ne, da ƴa’ƴan hakimi, da ƴa’ƴan Waziri. Kuma sarki ya kafa ƙungiyar kwallo da ake kira “katsina polo club”. 

Gwanayen polo a katsina sun haɗa da; 

Wanda ake kiran wannan lambobi “ Nigerian Polo Association Handicape”

Sarki Muhammadu Dikko ya kula da sha’anin Noma sosai wanda har alƙalin zazzau, Mallam Ahmadu Lugge, ya kanyi masa kirari da “Sahibul Harakaati Wal garaasati”. 

Sarki Muhammadu Dikko ya rasu a watan Fabrairu 1994, bayan yayi jinya na kusan wata uku.

Burji, Badamasi Shu'aibu G., 1968- (1997).Gaskiya nagartar namiji : tarihin rayuwar Janar Hassan Usman Katsina. Kano: Burji Publishers.ISBN . OCLC 43147940.

Sani Abubakar Lugga, 1950- (2006). Dikko dynasty : 100 years of the Sullubawa ruling house of Katsina, 1906-2006. Katsina, Nigeria: Lugga Press. ISBN . OCLC 137997519.




#Article 238: Jimmy Wales (200 words)


Jimmy Donal Wales ( /ˈdʒɪmi ˈdoʊnəl ˈweɪlz/) ; an haife shi a ranar 7 ga watan Augusta a shekara ta 1966 a garin Huntsville  dake jihar Alabama Kasar Amurika, yanazune a Landon  dake Kasar Ingila. ɗan kasuwan  Kasar Tarayyar Amurka ne. Jimmy Wales da Larry Sanger ne suka kirkira babbar manhajar Wikipedia a shekara ta 2001. Yayi karatu a Jami'ar Auburn da Jami'ar Jihar Alabama, Tuscaloosa inda yasamu shaidar digiri na biyu a Jami'ar jihar Indiana, Shahararrrn Dan kasuwan yanar gizo ne, kuma yana da adadin kudi sama da Dala miliyan daya ($1,000,000) a shekara ta 2014.
Shine shugaban Wikia, Inc. Run daga sharkare 2004 har zuwa yau, Mazaunin Shugaban Wikimedia Foundation daga 2003–2006,
Chair emeritus of Wikimedia Foundation daga shekara ta 2006 har zuwa yanzu, shiya amshi
Florence Devouard a matsayin shugaban Wikimedia Foundation,
Babban Dan kungiyar wikimedia Foundation
Creative Commons, kuma yana daga cikin masu bada shawara a
Sunlight Foundation da
MIT Center for Collective Intelligence, a  Guardian Media Group yadaina bada shawara a watan Afrilu shekaran 2017.
Matansa sune;:
Pamela Green daga shekara ta (1986 zuwa 1993), 
Christine Rohan (1997–2011), sai
Kate Garvey Wanda tun daga shekara ta 2012 har yanzu suna tare. Yayansa 3 ne mata.




#Article 239: Abubakar Gumi (267 words)


Shaykh Abubakar Mahmud Gumi (An haife shi ne a ranar 5 ga watan Nuwamba a shekara ta 1922) Ya kuma rasu ne a ranar 11 ga watan Satumbar shekarar 1992, a Landan) shahararren Malamin addinin musulunci ne kuma Grand kadi na arewacin Najeriya. Yayi karatu da rubuce rubuce akan addinin musulunci sosai, ya fassara Qur'ani zuwa harshen Hausa da kuma rubuta tarjama wato fassarar dai-daikun ayoyin dake alkur'ani. Hakan ne yasa yasamu nasarar samun kyautan Sarki Faisal(King Faisal Award) daga kasar ta Saudiya. Malamin dai yakasance babban aboki kuma mai ba wa Firimiya Ahmadu Bello sardaunan Sokoto shawara. Shine mahaifin Dakta Shaykh Ahmad Gumi.

Gumi ya shahara tun lokacin mulkin mallakar turawa a matsayin mai fada aji, yana sukar salon Mulkin Turawa cewa ya karya lagon sarakunan Musulmi kuma hakan yana kara karfafa al'adun Turai a kasashen musulunci. A farkon shekarar1960s an samu barkewar rikici tsakanin shi da malaman sufaye wanda daga baya rikicin ya koma muhawara a gidajen rediyo da talabijin a shekarun 1970 zuwa 1980. Ya riƙa amfani da ranakun Juma'a a matsayin lokutan yada akidunsa a babban masallacin juma'a na Kaduna mai suna Sultan Bello.
Ba a san takamaiman yawan ƴaƴansa ba, amma mafi shahara a cikin su shine Dr. Ahmad Gumi Wanda shine ya gaji Mahaifin sa a matsayin mai gabatar da wa'azi a masallacin na Sultan Bello. Dr Ahmad Gumi kwararren likita daga Jami'ar Ahmadu Bello da ke Zariya. Kuma tsohon jami'in sojin Najeriya ne, ya bar aikin soja inda ya tafi zuwa Saudiyya domin karanta ilimin fikihu, a jami'ar Ummul Quraa da ke birnin Makka inda ya samu shaidar digirin digir-gir




#Article 240: Shinkafa (161 words)


Shinkafa hatsi ne kuma wani nau'in abinci ne wanda ya shahara a ko ina na sassan duniya.
Shinkafa ta zama babban abinci ne wanda ya zama na kowa da kowa da kuma kowanne jinsi na duniya. 
Duk da yake akwai hanyoyi daban-daban na yadda mutane jinsi iri-iri dake duniya suke dafawa da sarrafa shinkafarsu Dan ci ko amfanin yau da kullun, amma dai ko wanne jinsi ko ire-iren al'umma suna ta'ammuli da shinkafa a dukkanin fadin duniya Dan kuwa shinkafa tafi kowani nau'in abinci shahara a duniya.

Mafiya yawan mutane na sarrafata ne ta hanyar gyarata bayan an cirota daga gona, acire kobbenta, daga nan wasu na dafata da ruwa zalla sannan su ci da miya, wasu kuma na hadata da wasu nau'in kayan abinci sannan su dafa su ci, mafiya yawan lokuta anfi sarrafa shinkafa da wake, musamman a nahiyar Afirka ta Yamma.

Akwai hanyoyi da yawa da'ake bi wajan sarrafa Shinkafa, hakan yasa hausawa keda nau'in shinkafa Abinci kala-kala.




#Article 241: Musulunci a Najeriya (145 words)


Mutane sama da 85,000,000 yan Najeriya musulmai ne kenan sama da rabin yan kasar wato 50% ne ke bin tafarkin addinin Musulunci . Mafi yawan musulman Najeriya mabiya koyarwar Sunnah ne wato tafarkin koyi da Manzon Allah (Muhammad tsira da amincin Allah su tabbata agareshi), Duk da haka da akwai mabiya Dariku da Shi'a marasa rinjaye a wadansu daga cikin biranen kasar kamar Zariya, Borno, Neja, Sokoto, Kano da dai sauran su.  Duba Shi'a a Najeriya. Mafi yawan musulman Nigeria mazauna ne na bangaren arewacin kasar, sannan akwai adadin mabiyan musulunci a yankin kudu mask gamma na kasar Nigeria. Akwai kadan daga mabiya Ahmadiyya darikar da ta fara a karni na 19 a kasar Indiya. Kungiyar da take bincike akan harkokin addinai ta Duniya wato Pew Forum on religious diversity tace kash 12%.

Na musulman Najeriya mabiya Shi'a ne, yayin da 3% ke bin Ahmadiyya.




#Article 242: Kanuri (113 words)


Harshen Kanuri ko kawai Kanuri ko Barbarci ko kuma Barebari yare ne dake da asali a ƙasar Najeriya da bangaren wasu ƙasashe kamar Cadi, Kamaru, Jamhuriyyar Nijar, ƙasar Sudan da wasu garuruwa dake kudancin Libya da Misra. Mafi yawan al'umman Kanuri a Najeriya suke, kuma suna zaune ne a jihohin Borno, Yobe, Adamawa da sauransu. Akwai masu amfani da harshen sama da mutane miliyan biyar (5,000,000) tun a binciken da aka gabatar a shekara ta 1987, amma ire-iren harshen Kanuri wato Manga Kanuri da Yerwa Kanuri (wanda ake kira da Beriberi, ana ganin jimillar masu magana da harsunan sunkai adadin miliyan biyar da dubu dari bakwai (5,700,000).

Kalmomin Kanuri da Hausa da Turanci:




#Article 243: Fulani (117 words)


Fulani ko Fulata (tilo: Bafulatani ko Bafillace) mutane ne dake a yammacin da arewacin afrika tun a tsawon lokaci. Mafi shaharar sana'ar Fulani shine kiyon dabbobin su da saida nono, kuma suna tatsan nonon dabbobin su domin sayarwa, Fulani wasu mutane ne dake kyakkyawan fahimta, ta yadda ya zamanto sukan zauna da kowane kabilu lafiya kuma har su kulla aure a tsakanin su.
Kididdiga ta nuna cewa akwai fulani akalla miliyan talatin da biyar a Najeriya.

Harshe ko yaren da Fulani suke magana da shi sunansa Fulfulde. Haka ake kiransa a 'kasashen Najeriya, Nijar, Sudan da Kamerun, amma a tushen inda suka fito, watau kamar 'kasashen Senegal, Mauritaniya,Gini, da sauransu ana kiran harshen da Pulaar ko Fula.




#Article 244: Gyaɗa (103 words)


Gyaɗa  wani abinci  ne, asalinsa tsiro ne da ake shuka shi, yana fitar da ya'ya a cikin kasa karkashin jijiyoyinsa kuma ana sarrafa shi dan amfani dashi amatsayin abinci da sauransu ta hanyoyi daban-daban kamar wurin yin mai.

yawancin inda suke nomata. Zamfara da Nasarawa da Kaduna da kuma Kwara. Duk dadai yanzu akwai sabon irin gyada da yake yalwa a jihohin yankin gabashin kasar nan, musamman ma jihohin Enugu da Anambra.

Ana Sarrafa gyada ta hanyoyi daban-daban kuma ana amfani da ita a duk fadin duniya, sai dai anan zamu dubu kadan ne daga irin hanyoyin da ake sarrafa gyada amatsayin abinci. 




#Article 245: Istanbul (246 words)


Istanbul ansansa a tarihi da Byzantium, kafin 1924 anakiran birnin da Constantinople, itace birni mafi yawan al'ummah a kasar Turkiya kuma cibiyar tattalin arziki, al'adu da ababen tarihi na garin. Istanbul wani birni ne dake a tsakanin nahiyar Turai da Asiya wato Eurasia, straddling the Bosporus strait (wanda yaraba Turai da Asiya) tsakanin Sea of Marmara da kuma Black Sea. Kasuwanci da ababen tarihi na garin na nan ne a bangaren garin dake cikin turai, kuma kusan kashi uku na al'ummar garin suna zaune ne a bangaren garin dake Asiya. birnin ne cibiyar gudanar da ayyukan Istanbul Metropolitan Municipality ( tareda Istanbul Province), wanda dukkansu suke dauke da yawan al'ummah mazauna garin kusan miliya 15.  Istanbul na daya daga cikin manyan birane a Duniya masu yawan al'ummah, kuma itace na hudu, kuma itace ta farko a nahiyar Turai birnin datafi yawan al'ummah. Istanbul na matsayin wani gadane tsakanin gabas da yamma.

An kirkira birnin ne da sunan wanda yasamar da ita wato Byzantion (Βυζάντιον) on the Sarayburnu promontory tun kusan 660 BCE, garin ya bunkasa da girma, wanda yazama daya daga cikin manyan birane masu mahimmanci a tarihi bayan an sake ginata a matsayin Constantinople a 330 CE, tazama birni imperial natsawon Karni 16, lokacin Roman/Byzantine (330–1204), Latin (1204–1261), Palaiologos Byzantine (1261–1453) da Ottoman (1453–1922) empires. tataka rawa wurin cigaban addinin kiristanci lokacin Roman da Byzantine, kafin Ottomans conquered the city a 1453 CE sai takoma zuwa Islamic stronghold and the seat of the Ottoman Caliphate. 




#Article 246: Sa'adu Abubakar (106 words)


An haifi mai martaba Sarkin Musulmi Muhammadu Sa'adu Abubakar III  a 24 ga watan Augusta na shekara ta 1956 A sananniyar masarautar nan ta gidan sarkin musulmi dake Sakkwato a Arewacin Najeriya).
 
Shine kuma ke rike da mukamin shugaban kungiyar Musulmi ta Najeriya wato (Jama'atu Nasril Islam, (JNI)). Bayan sarautar kasar Sakkwato kuma shine shugaban sama da mutane miliyan saba'in na musulman Najeriya wadanda sune suke sama da rabin mutanen Najeriya. Mai martaba Sa'adu Abubakar ya hau karagar mulki ne bayan rasuwar yayan sa wanda shine ke kan karagar kafin rasuwar sa wato Muhammadu Maccido, wanda ya rasu sakamakon hadarin jirgin sama da ya rutsa dasu.




#Article 247: Samuel Eto'o (164 words)


Samuel Eto'o (an haife shi a shekara ta 1981, a Nkon, kusa da Yaounde, Kamaru) shi ne ɗan wasan ƙwallon ƙafa ta ƙasar Kamaru. Ya buga wasan ƙwallo ma Ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙasar Kameru daga shekarar 1997 zuwa shekarar 2014.
Samuel Eto'o ya buga wasan ƙwallon ƙafa a Ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta Madrid (Ispaniya) daga shekara 1997 zuwa 2000, ma Ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta Mayorka (Ispaniya) daga shekara 2000 zuwa 2004, ma Ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta Barcelona (Ispaniya) daga shekara 2004 zuwa 2009, ma Ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta Milano (Italiya) daga shekara 2009 zuwa 2011, ma Ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta Makhatchkala (Rasha) daga shekara 2011 zuwa 2013, ma Ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta Chelsea (Birtaniya) daga shekara 2013 zuwa 2014, ma Ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta Everton (Birtaniya) daga shekara 2014 zuwa 2015, ma Ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta Genoa (Italiya) a shekarar 2015, ma Ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta Antalya (Turkiyya) daga shekara 2015 zuwa 2018, kuma da ma Ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta Konya (Turkiyya) daga shekara 2018.




#Article 248: NneNne Iwuji - Eme (126 words)


NneNne Iwuji-Eme wani jami'in diflomasiyyar Birtaniya.A watan Maris na shekara ta 2018, an sanar da shi a matsayin Babban Kwamishinan Birtaniya na Birtaniya a Mozambique: za ta fara aikin sa a watan Yulin 2018. Ita ce mace ta farko da za a ba da aikin babban kwamishinan kasar ta Ingila.

Iwuji-Eme An haife shi a Truro, Cornwa, Ingilaga iyaye da suka yi aiki don United Nations. Ta koyi a makarantar shiga Suffolk. Tana nazarin ilimin tattalin arziki a Jami'ar Manchester. Ta shiga Ma'aikatar muhalli, Abinci da Rural Affairs (DEFRA) a 1999 a matsayin mai ba da shawara kan tattalin arziki. A shekara ta 2002, ta koma wurin Ofishin Harkokin Kasashen waje da Commonwealth (FCO) a matsayin Shugaban Afrika, Gabas ta Tsakiya da kuma Tattalin Arziƙin Tattalin Arziƙi a Yankin Harkokin Tattalin Arziƙi.




#Article 249: Tarihi (136 words)


Tarihi wani muhimmin abu ne,wanda yake bawa al'umma damar sanin wani abu da ya wuce a baya hausawa kan ce kunne ya girmi kaka wato yaro da aka haifa kwanannan zai iya sanin abunda kakansa  ma bai sani ba ko kuma ba a haifeshi shi ba sanda abun ya faru. Idan muka duba wannan karin magana za mu ga cewa tabbas tarihi yana da amfani tunda zai baka damar kasan wani a bunda yafaru shekara da shekaru.
Dukkan wata al'umma da ba ta damu da tahiri ba to ba shakka tana cikin matsala saboda ba zasu san su waye su ba.
Ana sanin tarihi ta hanyoyi da dama kamar:

A cikin waɗannan hanyoyi ingantacciya kuma tabbatacciya ita ce hanyar rubutawa.larabawa suna cewa ما كتب قررا وما حفظ فررا
Wato rubutacce tabbatacce ne haddatacce kam ɓatacce ne.




#Article 250: Maher Zain (445 words)


Maher Zain da Larabci ما هرزين ; (an haife shi a ranar 16 ga watan Juli 1981). Mawaki ne na Salon  wakokin zamani wato RB ne, kuma marabucin wakokin ne sannan kuma yana samar da kade-kade shi dan asalin Lebanon ne. Ya saki kundin wakokin sa na farko mai suna Thank you Allah a shekarar 2009, daga kamfanin wakokin su mai suna Awakening Records. Daganan kuma ya kara sakin Kundin sa na biyu mai suna Forgive mea watan Afrilu 2012 ta karkashin shi kamfanin wakokin nasa.

Dangin Maher zain yan gudun hijira ne daga kasar Labanon zuwa Sweden tun yana dan shekara takwas. A kasar Sweden ya kammala dukkan karatun sa inda ya kammala digirin sa na farko akan ilimin gyaran jirgin sama. Daganan sai ya shiga masana'antar wakoki ta kasar Suwidin, a shekara 2005 kuma ya hadu da mawaki dan asalin Maroko haifaffen Suwidin RedOne. Lokacin da RedOne ya koma Amurika ne shima Zain ya bishi dan yaci gaba da wakokin sa a shekarar 2006. Bayan dawowar sa daga kasae Amurika ne kuma a Suwidin ya yanke hukuncin zama cikakken mawakin wakoki irinna addinin Musulunci

A shekarar 2009 MAHER ZAIN ya fara aikin kundinsa tare da kamfanin wakokin sa Awakening Records . Kundin nasa na farko maisuna Thank you Allah ya fitar dashi ne a 1 ga watan Nuwamba 2009, Kundin mai wakoki 13 da kuma garabasar wakoki 2 an fitar da shi ma acikin harahen Faransanci.

Zain da kamfanin sa na Awakenin Records sunayin amfani da kafafen sada zumunta kamar au Faceboo, YouTube da iTunes wajen yada wakokin sa a sassan Duniya. A farkon shekarar 2010 wakokin sa suka zagaye kasashen Larabawa dama aauran kasashen Musulmi dama tsakanin matasan Musulmai a kasaahenNahiyar Turai da yankunan Amurika. Zuwa karshen shekarar 2010 Sunan sa ne gagara badau wajen bincike a kasar Maleshiya da Indonisiya a shafin Google. Kuma wadannan kasashen ne suka zama mafiya hulda daahi wajen kasuwancin wakokin sa. Thank you Allah shine kundin sa wanda akafi saye akasashen Maleshiya da Indonesiya  2010.

Zain Ya fi yin mafi yawan wakokin sa cikin harahen Turanci amma kuma yakan yi wadansu wakokin da wani yaren na daban, kuma yakan yi kwaikwayon wakokinsa zuwa yarurruka da dama, Misali wakar Insha Allah akwaita a haraunan Turanci, Faransanci, Larabci, Turkanci, Malesiyanci da Indonesiyanci.Wakar Zain ta Allahi Allah Kiya Karoan reratane da yare Urdutare da hadin gwiwar ba fakiste kuma mawaki a kasar Kanada Irfan Makki.
Zain ya shirya taron wakokin sa a kasashen Duniya da dama ciki har da Nahiyar Turai da Amurika, saurn sun hada da Maleshiya, Indonesiya, Saudiyya, da Misra. Yanada kungiyoyin masoya a dukkan wadannan kasashe, ciki harda Najeriya da Aljeriya dama wadansu kasashen da dama.




#Article 251: Sunna (811 words)


Sunna Shine bangare mafi girma daga cikin bangarorin addinin Musulunci. Asalin sunan yazone daga kalmar Sunnah, wato koyi da yin dukkan abun da Annabi Muhammad (S.A.W.) Ya aikata, ko Yayi umarni da a aikata ko kuma aka aikata shi a gabansa amma bai yi hani ba. Bambanci tsakanin Akidun Sunnah da kuma na Shi'a Ya samo asaline tun daga takaddama akan wanda ya cancanci ya jagoranci al'umar Musulmai bayan Wafatin Annabi (S.A.W.) wato Khalifanci A bangaren fahimtar mabiya Sunnah sunce, Tunda yake Annabi (v) bai yi nuni ba da wani cewa shi za'abi to sai suka yanke hukuncin a baiwa surukin sa wato Sayyadina Abubakar ya zamo Khalfa na farko.

Amma a bangaren Mabiya Shi'a kuwa sai sukace ai a ranar Ghadir Khumm Annabi (v) ya sanar da cewa ba wanda zai gaje shi sai dan'uwan sa kuma sirikin sa wato Sayyadina Aliyu sun ce sabo da shi jinin sane kuma surukin sa wato mijin yarsa Sayyida Fatima Bint Nabiy. 

Tun daga nanne rikicin bangaren Sunnah da Shi'a ya samo asali.

A shekarar 2009 Musulmai mabiya Sunnah sunkai 87% zuwa 90%. Haka zalika Mabiya Bangaren Sunnah sune bangare a Addini wanda sukafi ko wanne yawa a duniya bayan Katolika a Kiristanci.Sanannu ne a sunan da sukayi fice a shi wato Ahlul Sunnah Wal Jama'a wato (al'uma mabiya sunnah).

Ga jerin akidojin Sunnah kamar Ha:

Shika-shikan Musulunci a wajen mabiya sunnah guda biyar ne sune.

Wato mutum ya furta kalmar SHahada kamar haka LA ILAHA ILALLAH MUHAMMAD RASULULLAH ma'ana mutum ya hakikance a ransa cewa BABU WANI ABIN BAUTAWA DA GASKIYA SAI ALLAH SANNAN ANNABI MUHAMMAD (S.A.W.) BAWAN ALLAH NE KUMA MANZON ALLAH NE .

Yin salloli guda biyar a kowacce rana.

Sai yin azumin watan Ramadana  wato wata na tara a kalandar Musulunci.

Shine mutum ya cire wani adadi da shari'a ta fada na dukiyar sa ya bayar dashi ga mabukata Zakka saboda Allah.

Idan Musulmi ya kasance yana da dukiyar da takai zai iya biyan ta wajen zuwa Saudiyya kuma yana da karfin lafiya to Hajji ya hau kan sa.

Shika-shikan Imani a makidar mabiya sunnah guda shida ne, gasu kamar haka.

Sanannun litattafan Hadisannan guda shida wato Kutub al-Sittah sune litattan hadisan da mabiya sunnah suka yi imani da gaskiyar hadisan dake cikin su
Ga jerin su:

Amma ba iyakar wadannan kadai bane litattafan da mabiya sunnah suka amince da gaskiyar hadisan dake cikin su ba, akwai dansu litattafan da dama wadanda suka hada da:

Su ne DUKKAN DANGIN Manzon Allah (SAW) wadanda sadaka ta haramta garesu, da kuma MATANSA da ZURIYYARSA. Allah ya yarda da su gaba daya.
Sabanin Akidun Shi'a ko Rafidanci Wadanda suke cewa Iyakacin Nana Fatima da Imamuna Aliyu da suran zurriyar su, sune kadai Iyalan gidan Manzon Allah (S.A.W.). Wannan gurguwar fahimta ce a mahangar Mabiya Sunnah.

Ahlus Sunnah sun yi ITTIFAQI akan WAJABCIN Son Ahlul Baiti, da kuma HARAMCIN Cutar dasu, ko Munana musu, da magana ko aiki.

Sahabbai Sune dukan mutanen da suka ga Annabi (S.A.W.) sanna Kuma suka bayar da gaskiya da shi.
Wadannan mutane suna da matsayi mai girma tare da samun girmamawa daga wajen mabiya akidar sunnah.

Mabiya Sunnah suna yin cikakkiyar soyayya da biyayya ga sahabbai ne sakamakon wadansu ayiyin Alkur'ani inda Allah da kansa yake yabon su, kamar haka:

Kuma magabatan farko na Muhajirai da Ansarai da waxanda suka bi su da kyautatawa, Allah ya yarda da su kuma sun yarda da shi,kuma ya yi musu tattalin gidajen aljanna, qoramu suna gudana a qarqashinsu, suna madawwama a cikinsu har abada. Wancan ne rabo mai girma.

A wannan aya mutane sun kasu kashi uku. Muhajirai da Ansarai da wadanda suka bi su da kyautatawa ba da zagi ba.

Sai kuma aya ta gaba:

Muhammad manzon Allah ne. Kuma wadanda da ke tare da shimasu tsanani ne a kan kafirai, masu rahama ne a tsakaninsu, ka na ganinsu suna masu ruku’i masu sujada, suna neman falala daga Ubangijinsu, da yardarsa. Alamarsu tana a cikin fuskokinsu, daga kufan sujuda. Wannan ita ce siffarsu a cikin Attaura. Kuma siffarsu a cikin Linjila ita ce, kamar tsiron shuka wanda ya fitar da reshensa, sa’an nan ya qarfafa shi, ya yi kauri, sa’an nan ya daidaita a kan qafafunsa, yana bayar da sha’awa ga masu shukar, domin (Allah) ya fusatar da kafirai game da su. Kuma Allah ya yi alqawali ga waxanda suka yi imani kuma suka aikata ayyukan qwarai daga cikinsu da gafara da lada mai girma

Sahabbai goma wadanda akayi masu albishir da shiga Aljannah tun suna duniya.
Manzon Allah (S.A.W.) yana da Sahabbai 120,4000. Duk da cewa dukkan wadannan Sahabbai 'yan Aljanna ne to amma akwai wadanda akayi musu bishara da Aljanna tun suna da rai.

Akwai guda goma wannan Manzon Allah (S.A.W.) ya fada a hadisi cewa an yi musu bishara da gidan Aljanna, wato ASHARATUL MUBASHSHIRUN. Wannan Sahabbai sune:

Allah Madaukin Sarki ya bamu albarkacin wadandan bayi nasa. 




#Article 252: Umar dan al-Khattab (1661 words)


Umar, ko kuma Omar a Larabci kuma عمربن الخطاب Umar Ibn Al'Khattab hausa Umaru dan Kaddabi Allah ya yarda da shi. 

Daya ne daga cikin manyan Sahabban Annabi Muhammad (s.a.w), kuma shine na biyu cikin halifofin Musulunci. Yana daya daga cikin Halifofinnan guda Hudu na Halifancin Annabta, sannan kuma yana daya daga cikin sahabbai goman da Annabi yayima bishara da au yan Aljanna ne tun suna Duniya. 
Umar ya kasan ce mai taka tsantsan tare da gudun duniya, kasancewar sa mutumin da yayi kaurin suna kwarai wajen rarrabewa tsakanin gaskiya da karya be yasa akayi masa lakabi da Al'farook.

Umar ya kasance babban jagora, kuma dukkannin hadisai ruwayar shi ana kallonsu a matsayin hadisai ingantattu.

An haifi Sayyadina Umar a birnin Makka daga kabilar Banu Adi.
Mahaifinsa Al'Kattab ibn Nufayl mahaifiyar sa itace Hantama bint Hisham, yar kabilar Banu Makhzun. A lokacin kuruciyar sa. Umar ya kasance yana taya mahaifin sa kula da rakuman sa n. 

Tun a lokacin kuruciyar sa , Sayyadina Umar ya kasance mai sha'awar koyon rubutu da karatu bw. Hakane yasa ya samu kwarewa wajen iya rubutu da karatu, harma ya zama gagara badau wajen iya rubuta wake-wake  kamar yadda larabawa suka shahara wajen rubuce rubuce na wake-wake a zamanin kafin zuwan Musulunci. Ana danganta Basirar Umar da gado daga wajen Mahaifin sa.

Hakanan dai a zamanin kuruciyar Sayyadina Umar, ya zama babban dan kaauwa inda yake zuwa kasashen Romaniya da Farisa fatauci. Sai dai harkar kasuwancin bata karbe shiba sosai kamar sauran takwarorin sa.

A shekara ta 601M. Annabi Muhammad (s.a.w) ya fara kira zuwa ga musulunci, kamar sauran mutanen makka shima Umar bai bayar da gaskiya ga Annabi ba da farko. Harma ya kasance babban mai adawa da Annabi (s.a.w). 
Sakamakon takurawar da Umar da sauran kafiran makka na lokacin sukema Annabi da wadanda suka musulunta ne yasa Annabi (s.a.w) ya umarci wasu daga cikin musulmai da suyi hijira zuwa kasar Sham.
Lokacin da sahabbai sukabi Umarnin Annabi (s.a.w)  ne sai ganin haka ya kara tayar da hankalin Sayyadina Umar harma ya fara shirya kashe Annabi Muhammad (s.a.w).

Umar ya shiga musulunci ne a ahekarar 616M. wato shekara daya kenan bayan hijirar Sham. Ibn Ishak, yayi rubutu a lattafin sirar shi game da Musuluntar Sayyadina Umar.

Ga tarihin
Daga gidan ‘yan-
uwansa kai tsaye ya wuce
zuwa Darul-Arqam da ke karqashin dutsen Safa wanda kuma nan Manzon
Allah (s.a.w) ya samu mafaka. Da isar Sayyadina Umar (r.a) wannan gida sai ya kwankwasa kofa. “ Sai mai gadin Gidan yace Wanene yake kwanKwasa kofar?”
Sayyadina Umar ya amsa da “Umar ne”.
.
Da mai gadin ya leko ya gan shi da takobi zare, sai ya yi shakkar bude kofar.
.
Sai Sayyadina Hamza (r.a) ya ce da shi, “Bude masa idan da alheri ya zo muna
maraba da shi idan kuma da akasin haka ya zo ai sarkin yawa ya fi sarkin
karfi”.
.
Aka bude masa ya shiga, Da shigarsa sai Sayyadina Hamza (r.a) ya dakume shi
ya ce da shi “Umar, me ke tafe da kai?”
.
Sauran Musulmi kuma suka zazzare takubbansu suka yi masa kawanya (suka zagayeshi) da zimmar ko da zai tada jijiyar wuya sai
su cimmasa.
.
Da jin wannan hayaniya sai Manzon Allah (s.a.w) ya fito daga dakinsa ya ce da Sayyadina Hamza (r.a) “kyale shi ya karaso gare ni”.
.
Da Sayyadina Umar (r.a) ya kusanci Manzon Allah (s.a.w) sai Manzan Allah (s.a.w) ya ce da shi “Wane irin lokaci za ka dauka kana fada da Musulunci? Har
yanzu lokacin da za ka karbi Addinin gaskiya
bai yi ba?”
,
Sai Sayyadina Umar (r.a) ya ce: “Hakika lokacin da zan karbi Addinin gaskiya ya yi. Na zo ne na yi imani”.
.
Sai Manzan Allah (s.a.w) ya
mikar da hannunsa shi kuma Sayyadina Umar
(r.a) ya dora nasa a kan Na Manzan Allah (s.a.w) cikin ladabi sannan ya ce “Na shaida babu abin bautawa da gaskiya sai Allah kuma Muhammadu Manzon Allah ne”.
.
Da jin haka sai Musulmi suka ce “Allahu
Akbar” cikin jin dadi. Sai Manzan Allah (s.a.w) ya rungume shi, sannan sauran Musulmi
ma suka rika rugumarsa daya bayan daya.
.
Sayyadina Umar (r.a) shi ne na arba’in (40) a shiga Musulunci. A wannan ranar da Sayyadina Umar ya Musulunta har Mala’ika Jibrilu (a.s) sai da ya taya Manzan Allah (s.a.w) murna saboda musuluntar sayyadina Umar (r.a). Ya ce da shi, “Ya Manzan Allah jama’ar Aljanna suna murna da musuluntar Umar (r.a) kuma suna mika sakon taya murna gareka”.
.
Sayyadina Umar (r.a) Saboda tsananin jin dadin musuluntar da ya yi saida ya rika bi kwararo-kwararosako-sako a Makka yana shelanta Musuluntar sa.

Sakamakon tsanani yayi yawa daga wajen kafiran Makka ne sai Annabi Muhammad(s.a.w) ya umarci sahabbai da suyi hijira zuwa birnin da ake kira Yazrab a wancan lokacin wanda daga bisani aka mayar dashi Madina. Sai sahabbi suka runka bin dare suna sulalewa daga garin Makka saboda gudun cutarwa daga kafiran Makka na wancan lokacin. Amma shi Sayyadina Umar a fili kuma da rana yayi tasa hijirar har ma yana fadin Ina wanda yake son matar sa ta zama bazawara to ya zo ya hana ni
Umar yai hijirar sa tare da rakiyar dan dan'uwan sa da kuma dan'uwansa Sa'id dan Zaidu

A Madina kuwa, Umar (R.A) na daya daga cikin zaratan mayaka wadanda su kayi ruwa da tsaki wajen kare martabar Musulunci da ruguza abokan fadansa. Ya kusanci Manzon Allah Sallallahu Alaihi Wasallama har ya kai matsayin wazirinsa na biyu. A shekara ta uku bayan hijira sai Allah ya karrama shi da surukuta da Manzon Allah Sallallahu Alaihi Wasallama inda Manzo ya nemi auren 'yarsa Hafsah, aka ba shi ita, aka daura aure, sai ta zama ita ce ta uku daga cikin matansa bayan rasuwar uwargidansa Khadijah.
A wurare da dama Umar (R.A) ya dace da hukuncin Alkur'ani kafin saukarsa. Misali, Umar ne ya ba da shawarar kada Manzon Allah Sallallahu Alaihi Wasallama ya halarci sallar jana'iza a kan munafukai, kuma sai AlKur'ani ya sauka da wannan hukuncin. Haka kuma Umar (R.A) ya bai wa Manzon Allah Sallallahu Alaihi Wasallama shawarar ya hana mutane shiga gidansa, kuma Allah ya saukar da wahayi a kan haka. Shi ne kuma ya nemi a shamakance mata daga maza ta hanyar amfani da hijabi, sai Allah ya saukar da wahayi a kan haka. Ya bada shawarar a kashe fursunonin Badar, Allah ya karfafi ra'ayinsa a Suratu Ali Imran. Wadannan duka suna nuna irin kaifin basirarsa da kusancinsa ga Allah da sanin abin da Allah yake so da wanda ba ya so.

Sayyadina Abubakar (R.A) ya ayyana ma Musulmi Umar a matsayin wanda zai gaje shi bisa ga shawararsu. Don haka da Abubakar ya cika nan take mutane su kayi masa mubaya'a kuma ya kama aiki. Wani muhimmin abinda ya kamata a sani game da khalifancin Umar (R.A) shi ne kwarjinin da yake da shi matuka a idon jama'a. Amma kuma duk da haka talakawa sun more a lokacin khalifancinsa, domin kuwa ya kasance yana kula da al'amuransu ta ko wane fanni. Bayan dai kulawarsa da tsayuwar addini, Umar (R.A) yana kulawa da jin dadin rayuwar jama'a da inganta lafiyarsu da gyaruwar tattalin arzikinsu da samun kwanciyar hankali da zaman lafiya a tsakaninsu.

Irin kwarjinin da Umar (R.A) yake da shi a zukatan jama'a ya sanya wata mata ta yi barin cikinta a lokacin da ta samu labarin an kai kararta ga Sarkin Musulmi Umar. Wannan ya sanya Umar ya tara jama'a ya nemi shawararsu a kan wannan abinda ya faru don sanin ko diyya ta wajaba a kansa. Ya kuma yi aiki da ra'ayin Sayyadina Ali (R.A) na biyan diyyar jinjirin da aka rasa.
Ba za mu yi mamakin wannan mata ba idan muka san cewa, manyan Sahabbai irin su Zubairu dan Awwam da Sa'adu dan Abu Waqqas sukan tafi wajen Umar da nufin gaya masa wata magana ko gabatar da wata bukata, amma su je su dawo ba su samu damar yin haka ba saboda kwarjininsa da ya cika masu fuska. Ibnu Abbas ma duk da irin kusancin da yake da shi ga Umar amma ya yi shekara daya yana son ya tambaye shi game da wata aya bai samu damar haka ba saboda kwarjininsa.

Wani wanzami kuma ya saki iska saboda tsoro a lokacin da Sarkin Musulmi Umar ya yi tari shi kuma yana yi masa aski. Umar (R.A) da kansa ya kan damu wani lokaci da yadda jama'a suke fargabarsa, har ma ya kan ce, Ya Allah! Ka san na fi tsoronka fiye da yadda su ke tsorona.

A game da kulawarsa da talakawa kuwa, Umar (R.A) ya shahara da ziyarar sa ido wadda yake yi a cikin dare yana sintiri a tsakanin hanyoyi da gidaje don sanin halin da kasarsa ta ke ciki. A cikin irin wannan ziyarar ne yake gano idan akwai barayi ko wasu miyagu ko mabarnata masu fakewa a cikin duhun dare su yi aikin assha, ko kuma bako wanda bai samu masauki ba.

 

A shekarar 144M. ne wani bawa bafarishe maisuna Abu Lulu ya kai hari kan Sayyaduna Umar (r.a). 
Dama ansha shirya kashe Umar watanni kafin aiwatar da kisan.
Adadidai lokacin da Sayyaduna Umar yake jagorancin sallar asuba ne maharin yazo da wuka ya daddabawa Sayyaduna Umar (r.a) har sau shida nakarshe ne ya daba masa ita a makogwaron sa. A kokarin sauran mutanen na ganin aun kama maharin Lulu ne sai da ya raunata mutum goma sha biyu. Daga baya shida ko tara na mutanen Allah ya karbi rayuwar su dalilin wannan raunin. Shima Lulu daga bisani kashe kansa.
Sayyadina Umar ya rasu sakamakon raunukan da maharin wato Luli (l.a) yayi masa bayan kwana uku. Wato ranar Laraba ta 26 ga watan Dhu al Hijja shekara ta 23 bayan hijira.
Da Umarnin Aisha ne aka binne mahaifin ta wato Sayyaduna Umar a cikik dakinta gefe kadan da Makwancin Annabi Muhammad (s.a.w) da kuma na Sayyadina Abubakar(r.a).

Sayyadina Umar(A.S) Ya auri mata Tara ne a iya rayuwar sa. Yana da yaya goma sha hudu, goma maza hudu mata.




#Article 253: Zinder (666 words)


Zinder Kuma ana iya fadin Zindar, shine birni na biyu mafi girma a kasar Nijar yana da yawan jama'a 170,574 (kidayar 2001). Amma zuwa 2005 adadin jama'ar ya karu inda alkaluma suka nuna ya zarta 200,000. Yana tsakanin babban birnin kasar wato Niamey kilomita 861 daga gabas da birnin na Niamey. Yana kuma tsakanin kilomita 240 daga arewacin birnin Kano na Najeriya.

Zinder ta fara ne daga dan karamin kauyen Hausawa zuwa cibiyar kasuwanci mai matukar muhimmanci a tsakani Yankasuwar Sahara. Ashekarar 1736 ne jama'ar Kanuri suka kafa daular Damagaram. Asannan ne kuma daular ta gina yankin da ayanzu ake kira Birni. Kuma Birni ya zama wata babbar mahada ta mutanen Kano da kuma na Borno da kuma Abzinawa wajen Kasuwanci.

A karni na 19, gabaki dayan yankin yana karkashin ikon masarautar Sarkin Musulmi ta Borno ne, amma daga bisani sai yankin ya samu cikken yanci ta hannun Rabah. A shekarar 1889 aka kashe wani Bafaranshe mai bincike mai suna Cazemajou.

A shekarar 2003 ne layin wayar salula na farko wato CELTEL ya baiyana a birnin, tare da gina dogon benen  na sayar da wayoyin hannu tare da layukan waya. Sakamakon wannan shigowar ta wayar hannu ya sauya tsarin isar da bayanai a birnin. Saboda yana bama yankasuwa damar isar da sakonni cikin sauri kuma ba wata wahala ko matsala, wannan na daga cikin abubuwan da kamfanonin wayoyin hannu sukayi wajen sauya duniya baki daya.

A yau Zinder ta kumshi wasu manyan bangarori guda uku wato Birni tsohon garin Hausawa kuma anan ne Gidan sarautar Zinder da babban Masallacin gari da kuma gidan adana kayan tarihi yake. Saikuma Zango ko kuma Zengou shine tsohon yankin da Abzinawa suke, amfi sanin yankin da Sabon gari. Tsakanin Birni da Zango akwai wata cibiyar kasuwanci wato babbar kasuwar Zinder. Birnin yanzu yana sairin bukasa ta bangaren Arewaci da Kudancin sa inda har ya kusa kaiwa ga wadansu garuruwa na makwabta kamar su Karkada, Garin mallam,Gawon kolliya. Akwai duwatsu a birnin sannan kuma birnin yayi kaurin suna wajen wahalar ruwa. Amma bayabayannan wani Kamfain kasar Sin ya samarwa da birnin hanyoyin ruwan sha na famfo daga yankin Arewaci. Dukda haka ana hasashen kara samun matsalar ruwa a birnin sakamakon karin hayayyafa. A shekarar 2011 ne aka samar da matatar mai ta farko a kasar Nijar kuma a birnin na Zinder.

Ginin tashar talabijin mai tsawon mita 250 a yankin Arewacin birnin shine gini mafi tsawo a Birnin Zender.

Birnin Zinder yana a gabas ga Maradi da nisan kimanin kilometa 236 kuma ya na nesa da babban birnin Niamey da kilometa 900. A Zinder yanayin zafi ya kai kimanin 30 na ma'aunin celsius (°C)  a watanin disamba, Januari da kuma farkon Febrari. Kowace shekara akan yi ruwan sama masu kai kimanin milimita 411 (mm). Birnin ya kasu ne zuwa yankuna 5, Zinder 1, Zinder 2, Zinder 3, Zinder 4, Zinder 5.

Tattalin arzikin Zinder ya ta'allaka ne kan noma da kiyo. Kuma ya hada da kasuwanci da sufuri da en kere-kere. Babbar matatar man fetur guda tilo wadda Nijar ta mallaka kuma tana a kilometa 52 daga birnin Zinder. kashi 80 cikin dari wato 80% na mutanen Zinder suna aikin noma ne, kuma shi yasa kusan yawancin kaya da ke kawowa a kasuwannin Birnin Zinder kaya abinci ne. Babbar kasuwa a Zinder, ita ake kira Kasuwar Dolé wadda aka sake mata fasali na zamani a shekarar 2018.

A kwai filin tashi da sukar giragen sama a kudu maso yammacin birnin (mai lamba ZND)

Zinder tana kumshe da al'adu da suka samu tushe daga tarihi da kuma zamantakewar mutanen Zinder. Wakokin galgajia ne suka fi samun karbuwa a Zinder, kamar kidan kalangu da busa. Salon waka wanda aka fi anfani da shi shi ne na gangara da kuma Rap. An samu mawaka en Zinder da suka shahara a Nijar da wajen Nijar kamar Sani Abussa, Dan Gana da kuma Ali Atchibili wanda shi ke tashe a yanzu. A fanin Rap kuma an samu mawaka kamar Black Power, DNR, Bach One da sauransu.




#Article 254: Khulafa'hur-Rashidun (264 words)


Khula'hur-Rashidun (a Larabci, Khilafa-al-Raahidah آلخلافة ألراشدة) Sune Kalifofin farko guda hudu ko kuma magada na jagorancin Daular Musulunci tun bayan Wafatin fiyayye halitta Annabi Muhammad (s.a.w)  a shekara ta 632M wato 11H. Khulafa'ar-Raahidun sune sukayi shugabancin Daular Musulunci daga 632-661M. Musulmai mabiya Sunnah wato Sunni Islam ne ke kiran su da sunan Khulafa'hur-Rashidun, amma a bangaren mabiya Shi'a wannan kalmar bata amfani domin kuwa sun hakikance da Kalifofin ukun farko kafin Sayyadina Ali sunyi kwace ne, kuma basa ganin su da girmamawa.

Khulafa'hur-Rashidun sunyi kalifanci ne na shekara 25

Bayan Wafati sa (s.a.w) ne sahabban sa suka fara tattaunawa game da ko wanene zai gaje shi wajen jagorancin musulmai a yayinda sukuma iyalan gidansa suna can suna shirya Janazar sa. Sayyadina Umar da Abu Ubaidullah ibn al-jarrah suka nuna mubaya'ar su ga Sayyadina Abubakar.

Bayan Wafatin Annabi Muhammad (s.a.w) a shekarar 632 miladiyya, sai Mutanen Madina (Ansar) suka fara tattaunawa akan wanene zai gaji Kalifancin Musulmi a tsakanin su. Sai suka zabi Sayyadina Abubakar ya zama kalifa na farko na Musulunci. Daganan sai shi kalifan na farko yaci gaba da jan ragamar Musulmai da aiwatar da al'amuran Musulmi da yada addini tsakanin kasashen makabta na larawa da sauran kabilu. Tsarin Kalifanci baya nufin sarauta, tun daga Kalifan farko har na karshe basa daukar kansu a matsayin sarakuna. Domin Kalifanci na nufin Jagorancin Annabta (ma'ana jaogoranci na al'amuran musulmi kwatankwacin na annabta).

Kalifofin da suka biyo bayan kalifan farko sune, Sayyadina Umar, wato kalifa na biyu, sai Sayyadina Usman, kalifa na Uku, sai Sayyadina Aliyu, kalifa na hudu. Daganan kuma kalifanci ya kare sai sarauta.




#Article 255: Muhammad Salah (404 words)


Mohamed Salah Ghaly (a Larabcin Misira محمد صلا ح غل لي) , An haifeshi a 15 yuni 1992, kwararren ɗan ƙwallon ƙasar Masar ne wanda yake buga wasa a gasar zakarun Turai da ƙungiyar sa ta Liverpool F.C. kuma yana bugawa a tawagar yan ƙwallon ƙasar Masar.

Salah ya fara ne daga buga ƙwallon sa na kwararru a ƙungiyar sa ta gida El'Makawloon a gasar kwararru ta ƙasar Masar 20110, daganan kuma sai ya wuce ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta Besel. A ƙasar Suwizalan, Salah ya samu nasarori da dama kamar (SAFP Golden Player award). Daga nan kuma Salah ya shiga ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta Chelsea F.C akan kwantaragin  £11 na yuro a shekarar 2014. Daga nan kuma sai Salah ya sauya sheka da ƙungiyar dake wasanta SERIE A wato Fiotentina a kan kwantaragin £15 milyan na yuro.

Bayan nasarorin da ya samu a Rome Salah daga karshe ya koma ƙungiyar da yake taka leda a yanzu ta Liverpool F.C dake ƙasar Ingila akan kwantaragin yuro na miliyan £36.9. A shekarar 2017.

Salah a matsayin matashin ɗan ƙwallo a ƙungiyar El Makawloon. Sai ya shiga ƙungiyar kwararru ta ƙasar sa Masar

Salah ya kafa tarihi sosai a ƙungiyar Besel lokacin da yake buga masu wasa. Kamar a wasan da kungiyar sa ta buga filin wasa na Stadion Rankhof, Salah ya buga zagaye na biyun wasanne kawai amma saida yasamu damar zura kwallaye biyu a raga

A ranar 23 ga watan Janairu 2014 ne ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta Chelsea ta fitar da sanarwar fara yarjejeniya da ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta Besel  kan yiwuwar komar salah kungiyar a kan kwantaragin yuro miliyan £11. A ranar 26 ga Janairu na 2014 ne kuma dai Chelsea ta sake fitar da sanarwar kammala yarjejeniyar ta su inda Salah yazama dan kasar Masar na farko da zai taka leda a Stamford Bridge. A ranr 8 ga Janairun na 2014 ne kuma Salah ya fara nuna bajintar sa a wasan ƙungiyar sa ta Chelsea da kuma ta Newcastle. Ranar 22 ga  Maris 2014 Salah yaci ƙwallon sa ta farko a wasan Chelsea da Arsenal.

Ranar 2 fabrairu na 2015 Salah yabar kungir kwallon kafa ta Chelsea zuwa kungiyar kwallon kafa ta Fiorentina a matsayin baahi.

Ranar 6 Augusta 2015 Salah ya sake komawa ƙungiyar ƙwallon ƙafa ta Roma a matsayin bashi.

A ranar 22 yuni 2017 ne Salah ya sauya sheka Zuwa ƙungiyar sa ta liverpool akan kwantargin yuro miliyan £42 .




#Article 256: Zazzagawan Dauri (331 words)


Tarihin kasar Zazzau ya ci karo da son rai kwarai da gaske saga wajen wadan da me Koran Kansu a matsayin Fulani. Sun yi kokarin bayyana Cesar kasar Zazzau ba Musulunci ta hanyar boye gaskiyan tarihi. Amma a yau zamu soma bayyana gaskiya. Domin in had kana son gaskiyan zance to ka nemi ma'abotanta.

KIRAN SHEHU DAN FODIO
Kasar Hausa ta kama daga kewayen Gobir har ya zuwa gefen kasar Bauchi wanda a da can ake kira da kasar Gobir, wanda kuma a ke kira da tsantsan }asar Hausa (sune }asar Gobir da Zamfara da Kebbi da Katsina da Daura da Rano da Ningi da Kano wanda daga baya aka samu }asar Sakkwato) ta fada cikin wani irin nau’in hatsin baran addini, watau na hada bori da addinin Musulunci. A cikin wannan hali da ake ciki na bori, Allah Subhanahu Wata’ala ya karfafa zuciyar  Mujeddidi Shehu Usman bn Fodio da tsaida sunna, kuma ya karfafa shi da samun nasara wajen fahimtar da jama’arsa. Shehu Usman Mujeddidi ya soma kiran jama’a a mahaifarsa [egel. Sai dai kamar yadda bayanai suka nuna Mujeddadi Shehu Usmanu shi kansa bai fita zuwa yake-yake ba sai a wuri ]aya kamar yadda litattafai su ka bayyana, watau }asar Gobir da kuma yadda Sakkwato ta samu asali. Littafan tarihi sun kra bayanin haihuwarsa, cewar an haife shi a watan Safar shekarar 1168 hijiran Manzon Allah, Muhammadu tsira da amincin Allah su tabbata a gare shi.
Allah ma]aukakin Sarki ya kaddara samun Mujeddadi cikin Jama’an Annabi wanda ya kara tsaida addinin Allah da kafafunsa a zukatan Jama’a bayan karkata ta zo masu (kamar a wannan zamani inda kungiyar Izalatu Bidi’a wa ikamatussunna ta bayyana mana a yau). Yadda al’amari ya kasance kuwa shi ne, inda aka samu ya yi kokarin kau da ire-iren wadannan shirkoki da bidi’o’i, duk da wasu sai }ara harman kunno kai suke yi. Shehu Usmanu bai gaza ba musamman bisa taimakon Allah ta wajen kokartawa har sai da addinin Allah ya daidaitu a zukatan jama’arsa.




#Article 257: Tarihin kasar Zazzau Ta Dauri (5202 words)


Kasar Zazzau na tsokale idanuwan jama;ar kasar nan, wadda a dalilin haka ta kasance a cunkushe da tarihi na kazafi wanda Allah madaukakin Sarki ya hana aikatawa. Amma ga wanda yake son tsaftataccen tarihi kuma yasan asalinsa dole ya nemi masu asalin tahirin ba mun ji ga wane ba ko kago son rai ba.
Akan haka muka ga zai fi kyau da mu raya tarihimu ba mu bar wasu wadanda basu da masaniya kan komai su rinka gurbata mana asali ba.

JIHADIN SHEHU USMANU DAN FODIYO

Kasar Hausa ta kama daga kewayen Gobir har ya zuwa gefen kasar Bauchi wanda a da can ake kira da kasar Gobir, wanda kuma a ke kira da tsantsan kasar Hausa (sune kasar Gobir da Zamfara da Kebbi da Katsina da Daura da Rano da Ningi da Kano wanda daga baya aka samu kasar Sakkwato) ta fada cikin wani irin nau’in hatsin baran addini, watau na hada bori da addinin Musulunci. A cikin wannan hali da ake ciki na bori, Allah Subhanahu Wata’ala ya karfafa zuciyar  Mujaddidi Shehu Usman bn Fodio da tsaida sunna, kuma ya karfafa shi da samun nasara wajen fahimtar da jama’arsa. Shehu Usman Mujaddidi ya soma kiran jama’a a mahaifarsa Degel. Sai dai kamar yadda bayanai a cikin littafan tarihi suka nuna cewar, Mujeddadi Shehu Usmanu shi kansa bai fita zuwa yake-yake ba sai a wuri daya, watau kasar Gobir da kuma yadda Sakkwato ta samu asali. Littafan tarihi sun kara bayanin haihuwarsa, cewar an haife shi a watan Safar shekarar 1168 hijiran Manzon Allah, Muhammadu tsira da amincin Allah su tabbata a gare shi.
Allah madaukakin Sarki ya kaddara samun Mujaddadi cikin Jama’an Annabi wanda ya kara tsaida addinin Allah da kafafunsa a zukatan Jama’a bayan karkata ta zo masu (kamar a wannan zamani inda kungiyar Izalatu Bidi’a wa ikamatussunna ta bayyana mana a yau). Yadda al’amari ya kasance kuwa shi ne, inda aka samu ya yi kokarin kau da ire-iren wadannan shirkoki da bidi’o’i, duk da wasu sai kara harman kunno kai suke yi. Shehu Usmanu bai gaza ba musamman bisa taimakon Allah ta wajen kokartawa har sai da addinin Allah ya daidaitu a zukatan jama’arsa.
Lallai Shehu Usmanu ya amsa sunansa Mujaddidi kwarai da gaske. Domin ya tsai da sunna amma kash! mabiyansa sun bijiro da salon son mulki da barna wadda ya fi na baya. Abin ya kai sun kauce wa shari’ar Muslinci, na kamanta shi da manzon Allah Muhammadu tsira da amincin Allah su tabbata a gare shi; ko kuma mai da shi abin ro}o da bautatawa. Haka kuma Fulani sun karkata a kan duk wanda bai karatu wajen Shehu ba to karkatacce ne, ko da kuwa a ina ya sami ilminsa. Za mu iya samun wa]annan bayanai a wurare da dama da kuma nazarin manufofinsu a zahiri. Amma wasu rubuce-rubucensu na da wuyar samu, musamman yadda su ka farga da cewar jama’a na fahimtar barnarsu ta nazarce-nazarce a kan rubuce-rubucensu da kuma nau’in ayyukansu a zahiri. A cikin wa]annan littattafai da ayyuka wasunsu kuwa nada sau}i domin ba a mai da hankali a kansu ba ballantana a ~atar da su, kuma an mai da su tamkar addinin Allah. Daga cikin wa]annan ayyuka da littafai akwai ziyarar kabari da ire-iren shirkoki da bidi’o’in da ke wakana a wuraren, sai littafin Tarihin Fulani na Wazirin Sakkwato, wanda ya rubuta da harsunan Larabci da Hausa. A cikin nazartan littafin zamu iya fahimta barna tun daga shafi na 8 zuwa shafi na 20 a cikinta. Misali ya yi bayani kamar haka,”Bushara Da Shehu Usmanu, Allah shi Yarda Da Shi:”Hakika bushara an yi da Shehu, Allah shi yarda da shi, tun gabanin samuwatai, ta abku kamar yadda shi kansa ya ambata cikin littafinsa wanda yake maganar gabanin samuwatai, ta abku kamar yadda shi kansa ya ambata cikin littafinsa wanda yake maganar dangantakarsa zuwa ga Annabi, tsira da amincin Allah su tabbata gare shi, inda ya ce: “Hakika Annabi tsira da amincin Allah su tabbata gare shi an yo bushara da shi tun gabanin zakuwatai. Ni kuma na gode ma Allah an yi bushra da ni.” Haka kuma zancansa ga dangantakarsa zuwa ga Mahadi. Ya ce: “Hakika Mahadi amincin Allah ya tabbata bisa gare shi, an yo bushara da samu nai. Ni kuma nai godiya ga Allah an yo bushara da ni...” sauran al’amurra kamar yin masa salati bayan anbaton sunansa kamar yadda ake wa ma’aiki Allah tsira da amincin Allah su tabbata a gare shi, da nau’in tsarkakansa kamar na Manzon Allah (S.A.W) watau cewar shi Ma’asumi ne, duba shafi na 9 sakin layi na }arke, da dai sauransu. Kamar yadda tarihi ya nuna Shehu Usmanu ya }aurace wa jama’ansa zuwa Gujuba a dalilin irin yadda suka juya wa al’amarin da’awarsa ya zuwa neman abin duniya. Ya Allah ka shirye mu amin. 
Don Allah mu dubi wannnan zantuka, shin zai yiwu ga wanda ya tsotsi madarar sunna ya fadi wadannan kalmomi, ko kuwa kaga masa aka yi? Sau da dama za ka ga ma su irin wannan akida cikin damuwa da fargaba, ga son mulkan jama’a ko ta halin kaka. A cikin wannan littafin ya yi bayanai na irin mu’ujizozin da Shehu Usmanu Mujaddidi yake da su, wa]anda sun kamanceceniya da na Manzon Allah tsira da amincin Allah su tabbata a gare shi, ko kuma Mahadi amincin Allah ya tabbata a gare shi. A takaice zantukan na nuni da cewar shi ma aiko shi aka yi kamar yadda aka aiko sauran Annabawa. Wannan ya nuna karara cewar lallai dole su dauka cewar duk wanda bai kataru wajen Shehu Usmanu ba to shi kafiri ne.

RIKICIN HAUSA-FULANI DA MASARAUTAR ZAZZAU	

Tarihi ya nuna cewar lokacin da Shehu Dan Fodio ya taso da da'awarsa a kasar Hausa ya na mai kokarin jaddada addinin Musulunci ne ida ya ga suna da rauni. Lallai bai kalli kasar Zazzau  ba, domin shi kansa yasan kasa ce wadda ta tara masanan addinin Musulinci wuri guda, wanda har gobe masu riko da sunna ne. A wancan lokaci yana fama da }asashen Gobir ta dauri ne. Watau Gobir masomar jihadi, sai dai dalibansa sun fadada jihadin ya zuwa Katsina da Kano da Daura, sai kuma sashen Yarbawa watau Ilorin don bayar da kariya ga Shehu Usmanu a dalilin rashin goyon baya da ba su ba Shehu Usmanu ba. A karshen al’amari, wa]annan sarakuna ba su amince ba a dalilin yanayin ko dai mabiyansa ko kuma yadda suke gudanar da wa’azozinsu, wadanda suka soma nuna alamun son mulki fiye da bayyana da’awar Shehu. Shehu Usmanu ya goyi bayan daukan matakin jihadi  kan wa]annnan kasashe bisa shawarar almajiransa da sunan kauce wa kai gudunmuwarsu ga kasar Gobir. Duk da Shehu ya soma ya}ar kasar Gobir a matsayin sulan yake-yaken jihadin Mujaddidi. 
Bayani ya nuna a ciki littafin Muhammad Bello “Infakul mansur” wanda yake ]a ne ga Shehu Usmanu, cewar a watan Yuni 1804 Shehu Usman ya aika wa Sarakunan kasar Katsina da Daura da Kano kuma Zazzau takarda kunshe da bayanin yadda ta kasance tsakaninsa da Sarkin Gobir Yumfa. Sarakunan Katsina da na Kano sai suka yaga takardan Shehu Mujaddadi. Amma Sarkin Zazzau na wannan lokaci Malam Isyaku Jatau bai yaga tasa ba, sai ya kira Malaman kasarsa ya yi masu bayanin takardan Shehu cikin sigar ilmi da hikima ya fahimtar ko gamsar da jama’arsa manufa na Shehu Usmanu. Wa]annan masanan malamai na kasar Zazzau sun gamsu da wannan takarda kuma suka amince da wannan manufa ta Shehu Usmanu. Ba da wani jinkiri ba sarkin Zazzau ya amince da manufar Shehu kuma ya nada wata tawaga wanda ke dauke da sakon sarki na amincewarsa da ya ci gaba da gwagwarmaya tare da irin tasa gudummuwar. Ganin yadda Sarki Isyaku Jatau ya amince da manufarsa Shehu ya kara masa kwarin gwaiwar kaddamar da jihadinsa, kuma ya amince da tutar kasar Zazzau a matsayin tutar Ahlil Sunna. Irin wannan akida har gobe yana nan ga malaman Zage zagi wadanda ba su saka wata dagawa ko nuna shahara kan ilmin addinin Allah ba. Malamai ne wadanda basa hada wani abu da abin bautarsu, ko shigar da wani al’amari ko saka sauran bidi’o’i da suka kunno kai a wannan zamani cikin addinin Muslinci.
A wajajen }arshen jihadin Shehu Mujaddadi kuma daidai shugowar Turawa Arewacin kasar nan (1806), Allah ya yi wa Sarkin Zazzau Malam Isyaku Jatau rasuwa, kuma ]ansa Malam Muhammadu Makau (Makka) ya amshi ragamar mulki. 
A daidai hawan karagan mulkin kasar Zazzau, Sarki Muhammadu Makau ya fuskanci kalubale a wajen masu sha’awar mulkin kasar na wancan zamani (1807). Watau Malaman dake cikin kasar (wadanda suke kiran kansu Fillato Borno) dake zaune a wannan kasa. Wannan ya faru ne bayan dan wani lokaci ka]an kuma bayan cin kasar Kano wanda ya kawo karken sarautar Sarkin Kano Alwali (Malam Al-wali), inda daga nan maya}an Mujaddadi suka nausa ya zuwa kasar Bauchi har ya zuwa kanem watau }asar Borno a yau. Amma game da Sarki Alwali, cikin martabawa da kuma tausayawa Sarkin Zazzau Muhammadu Makau ya nemi ya sauki Sarkin Kano Alwali a }asarsa. A sakamakon irin karamci na mutanan Zazzau wanda sukan dauki al’amurra cikin sauki tare da ganin sun saka adalci a rayuwarsu (wannan hali yana nan tare da su har gobe), ya kawo tunanin Fillato Borno da suke cikin }asar Zazzau na kauda Sarkin Zazzau Muhammadu Makau; ta yi masa bore bayan sun kai }azafinsa ga Shehu cewar ya koma cikin shirka, don ganin cewar Sarki Alwali ya bijire wa takardan Shehu Mujaddidi kuma Sarki Muhammadu Makau ya kuduri niyyar saukarsa; duk  da bayanin da Sarki Muhammadu Makau ya yi masu cewar kira ya kamata ai masa, ba a kore shi ko kashe shi ba. Wanda ya jagoranci kai wannan }ara shi ne Sarkin Zazzau Yamusa, domin a da can sun kasance manyan Al}alai a }asar Zazzau. A cikin tafiyar da wannan bore a kwai Malam Mu’sa wanda ]alibin Shehu Usmanu ne kuma an ha]o shi da Yamusa ne don ya zo ya tabbatar da gaskiyan zancan Malam Yamusa. Amma a }arke ya juyar da tafiyar ta zamo tasa kuma ya ]are karagar mulki.
Wannan bore ya faru a daidai lokacin bukin }aramar Sallah, wato watan Shawwal 1807. A lokacin da Sarkin Zazzau Malam Muhammadu Makau ya fita ya zuwa Sallar Idi. Wa]annan masu bore sun rufe {ofar Gari suka hana shi komawa cikinta. A dalilin haka Sarki Muhammadu Makau sai bai ja da su ba, domin a tunaninsa jama’arsa ne kuma bai da bukatar ya}ar }asarsa, amma sai ya juya akalar dokinsa ya nausa cikin }asashen Nufawa da sauran }abilu don bu]e wata daula daban. Kafin barinsa }asar Zazzau ya yi dakace a bayan gari inda ya tattara jama’ansa. Wannan wuri a yau shi ake kira da Dakace (Dakacen Sarki). Ya cimma nasarar yin hakan wajen kafa  wuri (wanda a yau ya zama masarauta biyu wa]anda ake kiransu da sunayen }anninsa a halin yanzu wato Sule-ja ( Sulaimanu- sza) da Abu-ja ( Abubakar- sza). Kuma wannan wuri a yau ya zama zucciyar }asar baki daya. 
Tarihi ya nuna cewar daga baya ya yi yunkurin fadada sabuwar daularsa ta wajen yakar ko kwatar wasu bangarori na kasar Zazzau duk da a lokacin tsufa ta kama shi sai ya umurci danuwasa Sulaimanu Ja da ya koma ya rike sabuwar daularsa gudun kar ta kubuce masu baki daya; inda ya sa shi a matsayin wakilinsa. Bayan rasuwar Sarki Muhammadu Makau sai Malam Sulaimanu ya zama sabon sarki. Wannan wuri daga baya an raba shi biyu inda wadannan }anni na Sarkin Zazzau Muhammadu Makau suka mai da su wuraren masarautunsu kuma aka sanya wa wuraren sunayensu. Dalilin raba wa ‘yan-uwasa wannan wuri zai ta’alla}a a kan samar da zaman lafiya a zuriyarsu kuma su shugabanci wa]annan sabbin dauloli don kauda tunaninsu ga komawa cikin birnin Zazzau. Wannan ba }aramin tunani ne ba, ga shugabanni adalai masanan ya kamata da hangen nesa. Daga wa]annan wurare basu sake tunanin kafa wata daula ko fadada kasa ba. Sai  dai tarihin baya na shi Sarki Muhammadu inda ya yi yunkurin kwato wasu yankuna da ke karkashin kasar Zazzau ya zuwa sabuwar masarautarsa kuma wannan yunkuri ya cimma ajalinsa.
Shehu ]an Fodio ya yi fama da jama’arsa ko ince mabiyansa a }arken jihadinsa. Domin sun juya al’amarin ya zuwa neman mulki ba wai kokarin da’awa da jaddada addinin Allah; da daukaka addinin Allah ba. Almajiran Shehu sun mai da hankali wajen neman mulkan jama’a ko ta halin ya ya. Manufar Shehu shi ne na kauce wa shirka  da kadaita Allah (S.W.A) abin bauta shi ka]ai kuma su maida duk al’amurransu ga Allah shi kadai. Amma ‘yan shirkokin da ba a rasa  su ba tun daga mabiyansa har ya zuwa ga sauran jama’a. Allah (subhanahub wata ala) ya sa ya cimma nasara ta dagewa a kan akidarsa ba tare da jin tsoro ko shakkun wani abin da zai same shi ba. Duk wadannan nasarori sun samu ta wajen dagewar da Shehu tare da kaninsa Abdullahi da kuma dansa Muhammad Bello, su ka yi bisa yardan Allah.
Mahara daga cikin ]aliban Shehu Mujaddadi, wa]anda son mulki ta yaudara, sun nausa ya zuwa kasashen Borno da Yobe da Taraba da kuma Bauchi, inda suka tadda Malam Rabeh Fadel Allah ya yi nisa da shugowa wajan jihadinsa. Wannan za a iya gani tun daga cikin kasar Niger har ya zuwa kasashen da  na yi bayani a baya. Kamar yadda tarihi ya nuna mana cewar kafin karken jihadin da gudana a zamanin Shehu Usmanu, ]alibansa sun yi yun}urin kai jihadinsa kasashen gabashin kasashen Arewa wanda bai samu dama ba don tuni addini Musulunci ya yi }arfi sai dai fadan siyasa kawai. A littafi mai suna “ Language Disappearance, case study of Biu Emirate” na Bukar Usman ya yi kokarin bayanin yadda ta kwashe tsakanin Mujaddidi Rabeh Fadel Allah tare da ]ansa Fadarallah da masarautun wa]annan kasashe a tsakanin shekara ta 1755-1809. Rabe ya nausa kasar Borno ]ansa kuma ya nausa }asar Biu har ya zuwa Wuyo wanda ake kira da suna Bayo a halin yanzu cikin kasar Borno. Wannan ya faru ne a tsakanin 1893-1901.
A dalilin wannan tashin-tashina na jahadin wadda wa]annan Shehunnai biyu suka yi, ya kawo kai-komon jama’a daga wannan waje zuwa wancan waje, musamman ga jama’ar Biu a wancan karni. Hujjojin wannan bayani an samo su ta wajan zantawa da jama’a dabamdabam, wanda ya nuna cewar jama’a sun taru daga Arewacin masaninbao gabashin Niger da Borno zuwa kudancin wannan kasa. Misali jama’ar Biu sun nuna cewar akwai wurare biyu wanda yake duk asalin wurin mazaunansu ne (wurin zamansu), kamar Yeme da Chad. Bayanin baka ya nuna cewar Tera na daya daga cikin masu neman sarautar Ngazargamu a tsohuwar daular Borno kuma su suke sarautar  a janhuriyan Nijar wanda har yanzu suna da kyakkyawar alaka da junarsu. Wasu daga cikin jama’ar Kanuri da suke zaune a Geidam wanda a halin yanzu yake cikin jihar Yobe sun guje wa jihadin Rabeh a cikin shekara ta 1890, wanda ya kai su ga gangarowa ya zuwa Gwara wanda aka fi sani da Gora. Wannan gari na kusa da garin Shani a cikin }asar Borno. Auratayya da kabilan Kanakuru kuma a dalilin haka suka samar da }abilan Komberi, ita ma wannan kabila ta jirga ya zuwa gundumar Tera. 
Yake-yaken jihadi sun ci gaba kuma jama’a sun ci gaba da hijira daga wannan wuri zuwa wancan wuri har ya zuwa shekara ta 1808 inda Fulani suka kama yammacin Ngazargamu wanda yake shi ne birnin daular Borno. Amma a karke a cikin shekara ta 1809 Sheikh Lamido ya kori Fulani daga daular Borno.
Wannan kai-komo ya sa Rabe ya rasa wajen zama inda ya bar Zindar ya nausa ya zuwa gabashin Nijar a cikin shekara ta 1893. Wannan ya zo daidai da Turawan Faransa sun shigo kasar Nijar kuma suka kashe shi a wani gari mai suna Kousseri cikin kasar Kamaru a shekara ta 1900. Haka ma dansa ya faru da shi wanda aka kashe shi a wani gari mai suna Gujba ta hanyan yaudara wanda Turawan Faransa su kai masa a shekara ta 1901. A nan ne kuma Turawan Faransa suka hadu da Turawan Ingila kuma turawan Ingila suka nuna wa Turawan Faransa cewar sun wuce iyaka kasar Faransa, wanda a yanzu suna cikin kasar da ake kira Nijeriya. Haka ya faru a inda Faransawa suka ba Turawan Ingila wuri.
Game da rayuwar kasar Zazzau kuwa, Sarkin Zazzau Muhammadu Makau ya samar wa ‘yan-uwansa wurin zama ba tare da sun tsoma kansu cikin rikicin mulki da wasu suka haramta masu don bukatar mulkan }asarsu ba. Zazzaghawan asali, sun mai da martani ga sabuwar masarautar Zazzau a inda suka tare mashigin dake tsakanin kudancin }asar zuwa kasar Zazzau domin tauye kasuwancin da ke tsakaninsu da jama’an kudancin }asar nan. Haka kuma sun taimaka wa Turawa wajen cin }asar Zazzau, domin daidai wannan lokaci ne Turawa suka bullo. Zazzaghawa sun taka babban rawa wajan cin kasar Zazzau a wancan lokaci.
A cikin rubuce rucen Hausa Fulani sun }o}arin yin bayanan }age ga jama’an Zazzau ta dauri musamman  akan yadda ta kasance da Sarkin Zazzau Muhammadu Makau ta wajen neman kau da gaskiyar al’amurra. Kuma sun hada gabas da yamma wuri guda. Watau wajen dauko tarihi Barebari suka gauraya a cikin tarihin Zazzau ta dauri. Inda suka ]auko tarihin Albarka wanda yake shi ]an Sarkin Kukawa ne can cikin }asar Borno kuma ya zo kasar Zazzau a sanadiyyar rikicin Sarauta. Albarka bai da ninyar zama kasar Zazzau sai dai ya yada zango ya wuce. Wannan ya faru ne  a zamanin Sarki Zazzau Alu Dan Sidi. Amma ga al’amarin Sarki sai ya jawo hankalinsa da ya zauna a nan kasar Zazzau. Sarki  ya yi masa al}awarin bashi duk bakin inda ya yi jifa ta tsaya kyauta. Hakan kuma ya faru,  wannan wuri  ya kama tun daga bakin kotu ya yi iyaka da kwarin fadama. A dalilin haka ne wannan wuri ya samu sunarsa (Albarkawa).
Malam Usman Katuka Sabulu ]a ne ga Sarkin Kano Al-wali kuma jika ne a gidan Sarautar Zazzagawan dauri (Zazzau), inda Sarki Isyaku Jatau  ya dauki ‘yar kaninsa Malam Muhammadu Megamo ya ba da aurenta ga Sarkin Kano Al-wali. Usman Katuka Sabulu ya zo kasar Zazzau wajen kakanninsa don koyon karatu da samun ilmin addinin Muslinci, kuma Allah ya nufa wajen arzikinsa kenan a dalilin goyan bayan da ya ba juyin mulkin Filato Barno da kuma Hausa Fulanin a }asar Zazzau, (domin suna kiran kansu a matsayin Fulani) a lokacin yin ma gidan kakaninsa bore don kaucewa halin da zai iya shiga bayan basu ko kuma a bisa wasu dalilai nasa. A karke Sarkin Zazzaun na farko a daular Hausa-Fulani a kasar Zazzau Malam Mu’sa ya amince da Usman Sabulu kuma ya umurce shi da ya zauna a daya daga cikin gidajen kakanninsa watau na Zage zagi kuma aka ba shi sarautar katukan farko a daular Hausa Fulani. Katuka Usman ya samu tsawon sarakuna biyu a daular Hausa Fulani kafin a tsige shi daga kan sarautar; watau Mu’sa da Yamusa.
JERIN SARAKUNAN DAULAR SULEJA	

SARKAKIYAR SARAUTAR HAUSA-FULANI A AREWACIN NIJERIYA

Sarautar Hausa-Fulani a Arewacin Nijeriya na tafe da wasu sarkakiya wa]anda jama’a kan zanta a kansu sau da dama, watau ta yadda suka amshi mulki ko kuma yadda suka rin}a azabtar da ‘yan uwansu Musulmi; in har ba kai karatu wajen Shehu Mujaddidi ba, ko da kuwa kai Bafillace ne. wadannan misalai kan samu ta wajen nazartar abin da ya faru a sassa dabandaban a arewacin kasar nan. Amma an samu inda adalci ya fito karara a tsakanin kasar Katsina da Daura inda Sarkin Katsina Dikko ya ba Turawa shawarar da su dawo da jama’ar }asar Daura na asali watau Ha~e (A harshen Hausa-Fulani), a cikin shekara ta 1906. Kuma Sarkin Katsina ya ci gaba da ba su shawarar yadda za a yi a mai da su a kan karagar sarautar Daura, inda ya ce, “ku dauko jikansu Musa wanda yake zaune a Zangon-Daura a bashi sarautar Daura kuma a ha]a masa Zango da |aure duk a }ar}ashin mulkin Daura. Wannan al’amari ya faru ne a lokacin da Turawa suka shawarci Sarkin Katsina Dikko ta yadda za a dawo da masarauar Daura.
	Kyakkyawar ala}a ta ]ore tsakanin Katsinawa da Daurawa na mutunta juna tun wancan lokaci har ya zuwa yanzu. Domin sun zama abokanin shawarar juna a duk wani abu da ya taso masu, alal misali lokacin da aka taso da zancan larduna Sarki Dikko ya shawarci Sarki Abdurrahman tare da neman alfarma da a ha]a }asar Katsina da Daura a matsayin lardi ]aya. Babu kokanto ko ja Sarkin Daura Abdurrahaman ya amince a dalilin wannan kyakkyawar ala}a. a wannan dalili ne masarautar Daura ta sa wa }ofar yamma suna Abdurrahman, domin shi ne sarki da ya yi sanadiyyar ha]ewar su da Katsina.
kasar Kano ta samu kanta cikin wannan juyin-juya hali da }as ashen Hausa ke ciki. Arewacin }asar Kano ya soma fa]awa hannun Fulani cikin sauki, amma Sarki Alwali ya yi kokarin kare gabashin kasar. Bayan gwbzawa yaki da aka yi a dan Yahaya Fulani sun samu damar kamala kama kasar Kano kuma Sarkin Kano Alwali ya bar kasar. Anan ma an samu rabewar kai tsakanin Fulani kuma ak rasa wanda zai tsaya a matsayi Sarki. A karke sun aika wa Shehu da ya zaban masu shugaba. Shehu ya tambayesu waye fasihi a cikinsu sai suka ba da amsar cewar Sulaimanu bawan shugaban ya}i. to, anan ne Shehu y ace ma su shi ya kamata ya zama Sarki. Wannan ya faru a cikin shekara ta 1807.
	Amma a game da kasar Kano da Ningi kuwa ya sha bamban da tsakanin Katsina da Daura. Kafuwar Ningi bai samu ba sai da aka ja batta tsakanin jama’an kasar Ningi da Sarkin Kano Usmanu. Abin da ya faru kuwa shi ne Sarkin Kano Usman ya sa wa jama’ar Ningi haraji, amma daya daga cikin ‘ya’yan Ningi, kuma malami wanda ya shahara a wancan zamani watau malam Hamza bai amince da wannan haraji ba. Kuma kamar yadda tarihi ya nuna cewar shi ma ya yi karatu wajen Shehu amma bai karbo Tuta ba kamar yadda sauran Hausa-Fulani suka kar~o Tuta. A wannan lokaci Dawakin-Kudu na karkashin Galadiman Kano. Malam Hamza ya ci gaba da da’awarsarsa na cewar babu inda aka ce Musulmi ya ba Musulmi jizya ko kudin gandu ko haraji. Wannan ya kai ga har an kai shi gaban Sarki a can Kano. Kamar yadda zancan baka ya nuna cewar ya tafi da Gafakan Al}ur’aninsa da ]an buzunsa. A gaban Sarkin Kano ya sake bayyana adawarsa ta bayyana wa Sarki gaba gareshi cewar,’karatu dai mun yi gaban Shehu kuma ba inda Shehu ya ce Musulmi da su biya hukumar Musulmi jizya ko kudin gandu ko haraji ba, ka gani nan ina kan kasar Allah ne ba kasar ka ba’, nan take ya baza buzu ya hau kai. A karke Sarkin Kano ya lallaba wannan malami ya dawo kasarsu Dawaki. Amma bayan majalisan sarkin kano ta ba Sarki shawa kan wannan malami domin a ganinsu zai zame wa Sarki karfen-kafa sai Sarki ya ba da umurnin kamo shi. Ga al’amarin wannan malami kuwa ko da ya ji labarin kama shi, sai ya umurci Al’majiransa masu ]imbin yawa suka bar gari. A wani babin an ce mutanan da suka bishi sun kai gidaje 40 wanda a wancan lokaci gari ne. Abin kulawa kuma a nan babban adawan wannan malami shi ne bai yarda da ya}an jama’a ba illah wa’azi kuma da shi ya musuluntar da dimbin jama’a. amma ga al’amarin Hausa-Fulani a wannan lokaci basu amince da yin haka ba, sai dai su mallaki jama’a ta hanyar yakarsu don su zama masu mulkin mallaka ko ta halin kaka. 
	Malam Hamza ya shiga kasar Bauchi da almajiransa kuma a wannan zamani Sarkin Bauchi Ibrahim, yana sarautar kasar a matsayin Sarki na biyu. Domin a }asar Bauchi daga Yakubu sai Ibrahim a sarautar }asar. Sarkin Bauchi ya sa Sarkin ~ara da ya tunkari wannnan malami. Anan ma wannan malami ya yi fama kwarai da gaske inda ya kai ga sai da Sarkin Bauchi ya taso da kansa yazo }ofar Ningi cikin wani gari mai suna Cafana ya shata fulotai inda ya dasa itatuwan gawo. Wannan abu ya faru wajen shekara 150 ko fiye da haka.
	Yake-yake ba su yi sauki ba har sai da Alu mai sango ya dau matakin kona duk wani lambunan Rano. Ganin haka aka nemi sulhu kuma aka zauna lafiya. 
A }asar kebbi wanda yake Fulani ke mulkan kasar kuma a lokacin Muahammadu Fodi ke mulki, amma Fulani sun fa]a ma shi kuma suka kora shi. Ya samu damar kafa garin Argungu a cikin shekara ta 1805 wanda amalam Abdullahi ya jagoranta; wannan shi ne dalilin da ake kira wannan waje Kebbin Argungun. Malam Muhammadu Fodi bai iya daurewa ba sai da ya rin}a kai masu hari akai-akai, wanda ya kawo rasa ransa a shekara ta 1826. Amma duk da faruwan wannan abu magajinsa wanda aka fi sani da suna Karrari ya ci gaba da kai hari kasar Kebbi har zuwan Turawa. Wannan dalilin da yasa ake kiran Sarkin Argungu da ‘Sarkin Kebbi’.
Wannan al’amari shi ya jawo hankulan Sarakunan }asar Hadejiya da tai iyaka da Borno suka sakar wa Malam Umar wani daga cikin Fulani da suke zaune a kasar. Haka kuma sauran kasashen kamar su Kazaure da Garun Gabas da Gatarwa da Auyo suka janye daga mulkinsu suka ba Fulani wuri.
Sarakunan Katsina da Kano duk sun rasa mulkinsu a shekara ta 1807. Fulani sun kama dukkanin wuraren da ba Fulani ke mulki ba ko kuma Fulanin da basu amshi tuta ba ko da kuwa sun yi karatu wajen Shehu Usmanu.
A }asar Katsina bayan Fulani sun amshi }asa sai rikicin mulki ya rincabe tsakaninsu. Wanda ya kai ga an samu gidajen adawa uku, Umaru da Dumyawa Na Alhaji da Umaru Dallaji dukkaninsu na adawar ya amshi tuta daga Shehu Usman. A }arke an samu sau}in al’amari bayan ya cimma nasaran zama Sarki a shekera ta 1807. Amma ga Sarkin Katsina da aka ture sai ya koma da zama a wani wuri da ake kira Mara]i Arewa da kasar Katsina wanda ya kai tsawon kimanin mil hamsin (50miles). Sarkin Katsina da ya koma Mara]i ya ci gaba da kai hari ga duk Fulanin da ya ci karo da su. wannan hari da ake kai ma Fulani ya samu goyon bayan }asashen Zamfara da Agadas. Umaru Danlaje ya yi Sarauta daga shekara ta 1807 zuwa 1835.
{asar Gobir dama ita ce masomin da’awa wanda ya koma jihadi, a shekara ta 1808 Sarki Yunfa ya rasa ransa a yakin Alkalawa wanda ta ke a wajen gundumar masarautar. Jajirtatce ne wajen kare kansa da }asarsa. Irin wannan jaruntaka ya samu amsuwa wajen magajinsa. A dalilin wannan jajircewa na su ya zama dole Fulani suka iya mallakan ka]an daga cikin }asar Gobir. A }arke a shekara ta 1808 Fulani suka kafa masarautarsu wanda trake da gundumar mulki, kuma a ka raba wannan wuri gida biyu; arewacin wurin in wanda ke da gunduma a Gwandu aka na]a Abdullahi a matsayin Sarki. Gabashin wurin dake da gunduma a Sakkwato aka na]a Muahammad Bello a matsayin Sarki. Shi ko Shehu Usmanu ya koma ga nazarin littafansa domin a }arke ya nuna damuwarsa na ganin ada’awarsa ta koma na neman mulki kuma fa]a]a }asa don sarauta ba ra’ayinsa ne ba.
	Wadannan al’amurra sun gudana a kasar Zazzau inda Sarkin Zazzau Muhammadu Makau ya nemi zama da Sarkin Kano kuma Surukinsa Al’wali kuma ya nuna ma Malaman da ke adawa da ra’ayinsa cewar “wannan bawan Allah fahimtarwa yake bu}ata dangane da jihadin Shehu Mujeddidi”, amma Hausa-Fulanin dake }asar suka nuna rashin amincewarsu. Daga cikin Malamansu Malam Yamusa ya jagoranci kai Sarkin Zazzau Muhammadu Makau kara wajen Shehu Mujeddidi cewar ya juya wa koyarwar Shehu baya kuma ya koma al’amari na gargajiya. Akan haka Shehu ya soma tambayarsu abin da ya kamata a yi, a nan suka ba da shawarar a yaki }asar Zazzau. Jin kaha sai Shehu Usmanu ya ce da su “A’a sai dai ku yaki Sarkin Zazzau shi ka]ai domin }asar Zazzau akwai malamai masu yawa”. Wannnan al’amari bai samu damar gudana ba sai cikin watan Sallah }arama a lokacin da Sarkin Zazzau Muhammadu Makau ya fito yin Sallar Idi, a wananan tsakani masu bore suka kulle kofar gari bayan sun tarwatsa jama’ar Sarki. Ganin haka hankalin Sarki bai tashi ba musamman ganin ya iya tattara jama’arsa wuri guda a wani wuri da ake kira a yau Dakace amma asalin dalilinsa ana nufin dakacen Sarki ne(inda Sarki Muhammadu Makau ya dakata har ya hada jama’ansa). Nan take ya yanke hukuncin barin kasar Zazzau ya kuma nausa kudancin kasar, ba tare da ja in ja da su ba. Shawararsa na barin kasar ya faru a cikin shekara ta 1807 inda ya samar da sabon wuri kuma ya bar wa kaninsa bisa alkawarin kula da wurin domin shi ya dauri ninyan amso wasu bangarori da ke karkashin kasar Zazzau. Wadannan wurare ya yi iyaka da Kajuru. A karke cikin shekara ta 1828 kasar an raba ta biyu inda aka ba Sulaimanu ja kuma aka sa ma wajan suna Suleja, sannan Abububakar ja shi ma ~angarensa ya koma da suna Abuja. Amma ga al’amarin Sarki Muhammadu kuwa ya fita harkan zaman sarauta ya koma ga neman kwato wasu yankuna a cikin kasar Zazzau. Ta wannan al’amari ne ya kai ga rasa ransa.
	A yau daya daga cikin wadannan wurare mai suna Abuja ya zama abin alfari ga kasar Nijeriya baki daya, inda ta zama abin tun}ahon jama’an Nijeriya a matsayin Gundumar mulkin kasa baki daya. An amshi wnannan wuri (Abuja) a hannun Sarki Sulaimanu Barau a matsayin gundumar mulkin }asa a shekara ta 1976. A nan zamu iya ganin yadda aikin Sarki mai adalci Muhammadu Makau dan Sarki Isyaku jatau ya kai. Wannan ba karamin abin alfahari ne ba.
	Zazzagawan dauri sun ci gaba da huddansu da Fulani da ke makabtaka da su, da ke da zama aBida. Amma jama’an da ke }asar Zariya sun komo da hua da sabuwar kasar Muhammadu Makau dole a zamanin Sarki Abubakar Kwakwa, cikin shekara ta 1851 zuwa 1877. Wannan ya faru a dalilin tsaida duk wani nau’in kasuwanci tsakanin kasar da kudancin Nijeriya.
Bayanan abubuwan da ya wakana a tsakanin ma su da’awar karban tuta daga hannun Shehu Usmanu na tattare a gun wadanda abin ya shafa, inda za ka iya samun gaskiyan abinda ya gudana a tsakaninsu. Amma ga al’amarin Hausa-Fulani ba za su tsaya su tsaga gaskiya don kowa ya ganta ba, illa su bayyana cewar sun kori kafurai ko su yi amfani da kalamar maguzanci. Allah mai girma, in muka ce za mu zanta irin nau’in mulkin da suka yi wa jama’a tabbas mutunci da }imansu zai zuba a idon jama’a musamman ‘yan bana-bakwai. Domin in aka fassara kalmar Maguzanci kuma muka bisu daya bayan daya zamu ga irin mummunar zama da aka yi ko ince a ke yi da su, in da hatta su kansu ba su bar junan su ba. Bari mu ga wani abu daga cikin al’amurran da ya faru
Yake-yaken jihadi ko son mulki sun ci gaba da gudana kuma jama’a sun ci gaba da hijira daga wannan wuri zuwa wancan wuri har ya zuwa shekara ta 1808 inda Fulani suka kama yammacin Ngazargamu wanda yake shi ne birnin daular Borno. Amma a karshe a cikin shekara ta 1809 Sheikh Lamido ya kori Hausa-Fulani daga daular Borno.

Daga: Ibrahim Abdullahi (Dodo)
Zage-zagi/Anguwan Katuka,Zaria City.




#Article 258: Shehu Abubakar Atiku (204 words)


TARIHIN SHEHU IBRAHIM INYASS
Tarinhin shehul-islam sheikh ibrahim inyass

Shine sheikh ibrahim dan shehu Adullahi Inyass. An Haifeshi Agarin (daiban yasin) gari ne da mahaifinsa yakafa a kaulakh dake kasar senegal. Ranar alhamis Bayan la`asar 15 rajab ,1900. Hijra 1320.

Yatashi akan kularwar mahaifinsa, ya Haddace Al-Qur'ani a Hannun mahaifinsa Acikin kananan shekaru Ya wallafa littafi A rana daya yana da shekaru 21 aduniya.

Ya turo ilimi Zahiri dana Badini Har Yazama baida Tamka a Fagen ilimi a duk duniya. Yazama Gagara Misali acikin son Manzo Allah (SAN) da yabonsa. Faiyar da Shehu Ahmadu Tijjani mai Darika yai Bushara da Zuwanta ta Bayyana a Hannunsa a HiJra 1348. 

Yayi Hijra daga garinsu Kaulaka Ranar Safiyar Sallah 1939. Yatafi HaJJin Farko 1937 kuma a wannan shekara ce ya hadin da sarkin kano shehu Abdullahi Bayaro (sarkin AlhaJi) wanda yai Asalin shigowar shehu Nigeria 
Shehu yai wallafa littafai Ba’ adadi daga cikin akwai, shahararren Duwaninsa da Kashiful ILbas da Ruhul –Adat . Yaba″YAya 75 MAZA da MATA ya rayu shekaru 75 yarasu A Asibitin London Rana 15 ga Rajab.An rufeshi A Madinarsa a Gaban Masallacinsa Raularsa ta Zama Abin Ziyara a Kowa ne Lokaci

A na Masa Lakabi da 

Shehul Islam

Abu Ishaq

Sahibul Faidha

Inyass.




#Article 259: Isyaka Rabi'u (561 words)


Sheikh Khalifa Isyaka Rabi'u malamin addinin musulunci ne, kuma shahararren dan kasuwa ne wanda ya dade yana ayyukan taimakawa al'umma a lokacin rayuwarsa.

An haifi marigayi Isyaku Rabi'u a 1928 ga iyalan Muhammadu Rabi'u Dan Tinki, wanda mai wa'azin addinin musulunci ne daga Bichi cikin jihar Kano a Najeriya. 

Daga 1936 zuwa 1942, marigayin ya halarci makarantar allo ta mahaifinsa, inda aka horar da shi kan Alkur'ani da Larabci.

Daga nan ya tafi Maiduguri domin karo ilimi, kuma bayan ya gama karatunsa a can ne ya dawo gida da niyyar yin aure. 

Bayan ya yi auren kuma ya tafi Zaria gidan wani shahararran Malami, mai suna Malam Na'iya, inda ya samu shekaru biyu yana dalibta. 

A shekarar 1949 ya kasance malamin addini mai zaman kansa, inda yake koyar da Larabci da Alkur'ani ga dalibansa. Kuma a cikin daliban akwai Ibrahim Musa Gashash.

A farko shekarun 1950 Mallam Isyaku Rabi'u ya fara kasuwanci, duk da cewa bai bar koyarwa ba. Ya kafa wani kamfani mai suna Isyaku Rabiu  Sons a 1952. 

Da farko kamfanin ya fara da zama dilan kayan kamfanin UAC ne, wanda a wancan lokacin ke kasuwanci akan kekunan dinki, da litattafan addinin Musulunci da kuma kekuna.

A 1958, kamfanin ya sami bunkasa bayan da aka kafa masakar Kaduna Textile Limited kuma kamfanin na Isyaku Rabiu  Sons ya zama daya daga cikin dilolinsa na farko.

Marigayin ya zama babban dilan kamfanin a arewacin Najeriya, kuma a 1963 shi da wasu 'yan kasuwa daga Kano suka hadu don kafa Kano Merchants Trading Company.

Wannan kamfanin ya jure wa gasa daga kamfanonin da ke shigo da kayayyaki daga kasashen waje. Ya kuma kafa wani kamfani mai dinka kayan sawa a 1970.

A lokacin da aka fara siyasar janmuriya ta biyu, marigayi Sheikh Isyaku Rabi'u ya goyi bayan jam'iyyar NPN wadda ta mulki kasar.

Kamfanin da marigayin ya kafa na Isyaku Rabiu  Sons a matsayin kamfani mai kasuwancin gine-gine da harkar inshora da na banki da kuma saye da sayarwar filaye.

A shekarun 1970, kamfanin ya zuba jari cikin harkar hada akwatuna da jakukkuna, kuma wannan wani hadin gwuiwa ne da wasu masu zuba jari daga Lebanon.

A 1972 ya kafa masakar Bagauda Textile Mill, masu saka zannuwa da kayan inifom, inda daga nan ne ya kafa wasu kamfanonin da ke kasuwanci a bangarori daban-daban na tattalin arzikin kasar.

Wasu daga cikin sassan sun hada da kasuwanci kan kifi, da harkar gidaje da filaye, da siga, da kamfanin da ke samar da kayan motoci musamman na Daihatsu.

Amma saboda faduwar darajar Naira, kamfanin ya mayar da hankalinsa wajen kere-kere da kasuwanci kaya.

Marigayi Isyaku Rabi'u ya rasu ya bar mata da 'ya'ya har da jikoki masu yawa, kuma a cikin 'ya'yansa akwai Nafiu Rabiu, wanda shi ne babban dansa. Akwai kuma babban dan kasuwan nan, Abdulsamad Rabiu, wanda shi ne shugaban kamfanonin BUA.

Akwai kuma Rabi'u Rabi'u, mai kamfanin jirgin sama na IRS Airlines, da Naziru Rabi'u, da Quraish I Rabi'u, da Makiu Rabi'u, sai Abdullahi Rabi'u, da Muhammad Rabi'u, da Daha Rabi'u.

Kuma a fili yake cewa gidan marigayin na cikin gidaje mafi girma a duk fadin Kano. 

Ban da fagen karatun addini da kaswanci, marigayi Sheikh Isyaku Rabi'u ya yi fice wajen ayyukan taimako, wanda ya sa mutane da dama ke kaunarsa.

Malam Isyaka Rabi'u sanannen dan darikar Taijjaniyya ne, kuma yana daya daga cikin manyan almajiran shiek Ibrahim Nyass Kaulaha.




#Article 260: Masarautar Kano (147 words)


Masarautar Kano masarauta ce ta Musulunci datake a birnin Kano na Arewacin Jamhuriyar Najeriya. Fulani ne suke jagorancin masarautar tun a shekarar 1805 lokacin da Muajaddadi Shehu Usman Dan Fodiyo ya kaddamar da jihadi kan Haɓe wato Hausawa Maguzawa wadanda suka kafa masarautar. Saidai kuma masarautar ta Kano ta rage karfinta tun bayan da turawan mulkin mallaka suka shigo Kasar Arewa.

Masarautar kano ta fara ne daga wani dan karamin gari dake a zagaye da Dutsen Dala a tsakiyar birnin a yanzu. A tabakin masana tarihin sarautar kano sunce wani jarumi ne mai suna Bagauda ya fara kafa Masarautar tare da zama sarkin ta a shekarar 999.
Sai Mihammadu Rumfa wanda yayi kokarin mayarda masarautar maibin tafarkin addinin Musulunci wanda yahau karagar mulki a 1463 zuwa 1499. Masarutar ta Haɓe tacigaba da rike ragamar sarautar ta kano har zuwan jihadin mujaddadi Usaman dan Fodiyo a shekarar 1805.




#Article 261: Moroko (142 words)


Maroko ko Moroko Larabci المغرب , (Al-Magrib) (ma'ana mafadar rana ko yamma). A yaren Abzinawa kuma ⵍⵎⵖⵔⵉⴱ Faransanci Moroc, cikaken sunan kasar shine Masarautar Maroko da yaren Abzinanci ko kuma Berber ⵜⴰⴳⵍⴷⵉⵜ ⵏ ⵍⵎⵖⵔⵉⴱ da Larabci kuma المملكة المغربية‎ Al-mamlaka al-magrabiyya Kasace dake bin tsarin mulki salon sarauta dake Arewacin Afrika. Kasace ta asalin yan kabilar Abzinawa. Kasr Maroko kasace dake da dogayen tsaunuka da kuma Sahara.

Al'umar kasar Maroko yakai kimanin miliyan 33.8 kuma tana da adadin fadin kasar da yakai kilomita 446,550 (sukwaya mil 172 410). Babban birnin taraiya shine Rabat, kuma birni mafi girma shine  Kasablanka. Sauran birane masu girma sun hada da Marrakeah, Tangier,Sale, Fea da kuma Meknes. 

Yaren Berber ko Abzinanci shine babban yare kuma mai asali a kasar kafin Larabci da ya shigo bayan mamayar da larabawa sukayi ma kasar. Musulunci ne babban addini na kasar.




#Article 262: Azumi a Musulunci (809 words)


Azumi ko kuma da Larabci Sawm صوم ko Siyam صيام. Yana daga cikin shika shikan Musulunci guda biyarar wadanda dole sau da su ne Musuluncin mutum ya kammala. Ma'ana kamewa daga ci da sha da jima'i da daga farkon fitowar Alfijir har ya zuwa faduwar rana.

Kalmar Sawm daga Larabci ne ma'anar ta Kamewa

Musulmai a tsakiyar Asiya kamar Afghanistan, Indiya, Iran, Banglaedash, Pakistan da Turkiya, sunayin amfani da kalmar Roza/Rozha/Roja/Oruc, wadda asalinta daga yaren Farsi ne na mutanen Farisa wato Iran kenan a yau. Amma jama'ar Malay na kasae Malesiya, da a harshen Brunai da Singafor sun kiran kalmar fa Puasa haka kuma akan yi amfani da wannan kalmar a Indonesiya da kudancin Tailan da kudancin Filifin. Al'umar Hausawa suna amfani da kalamr Azumi sannan wadansu kanyi amfanu da kalmar rikon baki.

An haramta ma Musulmai ci da sha da jima'i tun daga bullowar rana wato Fajr har zuwa faduwar rana maghrib. Musulmi na da damar yin dukkan abubuwan da aka haramta masa da rana tun daga faduwar rana har zuwa lokacin fitowar Al'fijir. Azumi na taimaka ma musulmi wajen kara kusanci da Allah da kuma tsoron Allah. Sannan musulmai na kara gane kyautar Allah a gare su sakamakon abubuwan da suka sabayi na Al'ada kuma na dole kamar ci da sha da kusantar iyali amma sakamakon azumi dukkan wadanan an haramta masu su. Anan ne musulmai kan farga da irin halin da wadanda basu da wadata kan shiga na rashin ci da sha.

Ma'anar azumi ba wai kawai hana bukatun dan'adam na al'ada bane ba kadai a'a harma da yana taimakama dan'adam wajen yin ainahin biyayya ga Allah da kara tsoron Allah da biyayya ga manzon Allah (s.a.w) da kuma kara lafiyar jiki da tattalin arziki da kara sada zumunci.

Allah Yace:

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ كُتِبَ عَلَيْكُمُ ٱلصِّيَامُ كَمَا كُتِبَ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِكُمْ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَتَّقُونَ‬

 Al-Baqarah (2), Ayah 183

أَيَّامًۭا مَّعْدُودَٰتٍۢ ۚ فَمَن كَانَ مِنكُم مَّرِيضًا أَوْ عَلَىٰ سَفَرٍۢ فَعِدَّةٌۭ مِّنْ أَيَّامٍ أُخَرَ ۚ وَعَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ يُطِيقُونَهُۥ فِدْيَةٌۭ طَعَامُ مِسْكِينٍۢ ۖ فَمَن تَطَوَّعَ خَيْرًۭا فَهُوَ خَيْرٌۭ لَّهُۥ ۚ وَأَن تَصُومُوا۟ خَيْرٌۭ لَّكُمْ ۖ إِن كُنتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ‬

 Kur'ani Surah Al-Baqarah (2), Ayah 184

شَهْرُ رَمَضَانَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أُنزِلَ فِيهِ ٱلْقُرْءَانُ هُدًۭى لِّلنَّاسِ وَبَيِّنَٰتٍۢ مِّنَ ٱلْهُدَىٰ وَٱلْفُرْقَانِ ۚ فَمَن شَهِدَ مِنكُمُ ٱلشَّهْرَ فَلْيَصُمْهُ ۖ وَمَن كَانَ مَرِيضًا أَوْ عَلَىٰ سَفَرٍۢ فَعِدَّةٌۭ مِّنْ أَيَّامٍ أُخَرَ ۗ يُرِيدُ ٱللَّهُ بِكُمُ ٱلْيُسْرَ وَلَا يُرِيدُ بِكُمُ ٱلْعُسْرَ وَلِتُكْمِلُوا۟ ٱلْعِدَّةَ وَلِتُكَبِّرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ عَلَىٰ مَا هَدَىٰكُمْ وَلَعَلَّكُمْ تَشْكُرُونَ‬

 Surah Al-Baqarah (2), Ayah 185

Akwai abubuwan da ayar Kur'ani ta [2:187] ta baiyana a kaurace masu yayin azumi kamar: Abinci, abin sha, da kuma kusantar iyali. Sannan akwai kari kan haka wanda Shari'a ta baiyana a kaurace masu kamar (Girman kai, mummunan kalami, fada, gulma, da sauran su). Idam musulmi ya kasance yana aikata koda daya daga cikib wadannan ne to azumin sa ka iya lalacewa. Musulmai an umarce su ne da yin sadaka da taimako ga mabukata a cikin watan Ramadana ko kuma yayin azumi.
Daga Kur'ani da Sunnah dukkannin wanda yanayi na rashin lafiya ya kaishi ga bazai iya azumi ba ko matafiyi wanda yake yin tafiyar da shari'a ta amince kuma halin tafiya yasa bazai iya azumi ba, to wadannan zasu yi kokarin su rama azumin da ya kubuce masu. Amma kuma wanda wata cuta wadda an kasa shawo kanta ke damunsa to wannan zai nemi shawarar masana lafiya ne idan har sun bashi tabbacin zai iya yin azumi to lallai azumi ya wajaba a kansa, amma kuma idan likitan ya fada masa cewa hin azumin ka iya zama sila ta karuwar larurar tasa to wannan hukuncin sa shine ya ciyar da mutane na ko kuma wani mutun guda na tsawon kwana talatin ko kuma ashirin da tara gwargwadon dai yadda watan yayi.

Shiri'ar Musulunci ta haramta azumi ga matar da take jinin al'ada har sai lokacin da jinin ya dauke to sai ta yi wanka kuma taci gaba da azumi. Sannan wannan azumin daya kubuce mata to zata rama shi kafin dawowar wani ramadanan. Wani malamin Musulunci a kasar Amurika Nouman Ali Khan yace hanin yin azumi ga mata masu al'ada yana da nasaba ne ga lafiyar su domin musulunci ne kadai ke kare lafiyar mabiyansa. Amma kuma matan masu al'ada ka iya cigaba da yin zikirori da adduo'in su.

Azumi ya wajanta ga wanda ya hada wadannan abubuwa guda biyar din

Idan mutum cikin halin mantuwa yaci ko yasha ko ya kusanci iyali yayin kuma da yake azumi to hukuncin sa shine zai rike wannan azumin wato ya karasa wannan ranar ba tare da aikata dukwani abinda zai karya azumi ba kuma zai rama shi bayan watan azumi. Amma kuma mutumin da yakasance yana sane ya ci ko yasha ko ya kusanci iyalin sa to wanna ga abinda shariar musulunci ta ce a kansa, 

Jerin Abubuwan dake karya azumi

Idan wani yayi rantsuwa kuma yazo ya karya to ga hukuncin sa, 




#Article 263: Ja'afar Mahmud Adam (138 words)


Ja'afar Mahmud Adam Ya rayu ne daga watan Fabrairu 12 na shekara ta 1960 zuwa 13 ga watan Afrilun shekara ta 2007. Yarasu ne sanadiyar harbin sa da wasu daba'asan ko suwane ne ba sukayi a lokacin da yake sallar Asubahi a masallaci a garin Kano. Malamin Addinin Musulunci ne, Ahlus-Sunnah ne mabiyin kungiyar Jama'atu Izalatul Bid'ah Wa Ikamatus Sunnah Izala, kungiyar Addinin Musulunci da take kokarin Kawar da Bidi'a (wato ibadun da basu da tushe a Musulunci) da tabbatar da Sunnah, wanda babban cibiyan kungiyar take  a Abuja.

Ya haddace Al-Kur'ani a shekarar 1978.

Sheik Ja'afar yana yin wa'azi a Masallacin Indimi a birnin Maiduguri wanda yake samun halartar mataimakin gwamnan jihar Borno.

An kashe Sheikh Ja'afar Mahmud Adam ne a masallacin sa dake unguwar Dorayi cikin birnin Kano na Arewacin Najeriya a watan Afrilu na 2007




#Article 264: Taj Mahal (295 words)


Ginin Taj Mahal ma'ana Tambarin Waje, wani sanannen wajen yawon bude ido ne a kasar Indiya wanda yake a birnin Agra wato kudu da bakin gabar kogin Yamuna na kasar Indiya. Daular Mughal ta sarki Shah jahan ce ta fara gina shi a shekara 1532, saboda da tunawa da abarkaunar sa wato matarsa Mumtaz Mahal. Ginin anyishi ne da tsawon murabba'in hekta 17 (ginin mai baya daya kunshi gine gine masu yawa kamar Masallaci da masukin baki da manyan dakunan kwana masu yawa.

An kammala ginin Taj Mahal ne bakidaya a shekarar 1643 amma an cigaba da aiwatar da wasu bangarori na ginin har ya zuwa karin shekaru 10. Anyi amannar cewa ginin na Taj Mahal an kammalashi ne bakidaya a shekarar 1652 akan adadin kidin da yakai Rupee na kasar Indiya na lokacin miliyar 32 wanda aka kiyasta da darajar Rupee na kasar Indiya na yanzu daidai da Rupee biliyan 52.8 (daidai da dalar Amurika $miliyan 827). Masu zanen gini guda 20,000 ne suka gwada basirar su ta zana ginin karkashin jagorancin babban mai zane wato Ustad Ahmad Lahauri.

Hukumar dake kula da muhimman wuraren tarihi ta majalisar dinkin duniya wato UNESCO World Heritage Sites ta saka Taj Mahal cikin jerin ta tare da yi masa lakabi da Jagoran zanen gini na Musuluci a kasar indiya tare kuma da saka shi a matsayin daya daga cikin abubuwan al'ajabi aduniya wanda dan adam ya hada. Akan samu masu ziyara Taj Mahal domin yawon bude ido kamar miliyan 7-8 a kowacce shekara.

Tsarin ginin Taj Mahal yana nuna irun tsarin gine gine ne na mutanen Parisa da kuma na tsohuwar daular Mughal da akayi a baya.

Hasumayar ginin itace tsakiyar ginin Taj Mahal. Wani babban farin hasumaya ce mai ado da zane zane mai daukar hankali.




#Article 265: Burj Khalifa (136 words)


Burj Khalifa (larabci برخ خليفة ) wani gini ne wai tsawon gaske dake a kasar Daular Larabawa wato Dubai. Shine gini mafi tsawo a Duniya baki daya tun daga shekara 2008 da tsawon murabbain mita 829.8 (kafa 2722) 

An fara ginin ne tun daga shekara 2004 kuma an bude ginin ne a shekarar 2010 a wani bangare na sabon cigaba. Gwamnatin kasar ce ta dauki nauyin ginin daga kudin da take samu na rarar man fetur a kasar. Da farko an sakama ginin sunan Burj Dubai ne amma dag baya aka sauya masa suna zuwa Burj Khalifa domin girmama jagoran birnin Abu Dhabi kuma shugaban kasar Khalifa Bin Zayed Al Nahyan. Ginin ya rusa kowanne tarihi na hini mafi tsayi a duniya.

Ginin yai kamanceceniya da ginin Willis Tower dake kasar Amurika dakuma ginin masallacin Samarra.




#Article 266: Bashir Usman Tofa (324 words)


Bashir Usman Tofa ko kuma Bashir Othman Tofa dan siyasa ne a Najeriya. Musulmi kuma Kanuri wanda ya taso a birnin Kano, Tofa shine dan takarar shugaban kasa na jam'iyyar National Republican Convention (NRC) a zaben da gwamnatin soja ta Ibrahim Babangida ta shirya a shekarar 1993.

An haifi tofa a Kano a watan ranar 20, ga  Yuni na shekarar 1947. Yayi makarantar firamare ta Shahuci Junior primary school Kano, sai ya cigaba da karatu a makarantar City Senior Primary School a birnin na Kano. Tsakanin 1962-1966 ne , ya halarci makarantar Provinceianl College Kano. Bayan kammala karatu a wannan makarantar ne ya fara aiki da kamfanin Royal Exchange Insurance tsakanin 1967-1968.  Daga 1970 zuwa  1973 ya je makarantar City London College Tofa ya shiga harkar siyasa ne a 1977 lokacin da yayi Kamsila a mazabar Dawakin Tofa. Sai aka sake zabarsa mamba a majalisar jaha. A jamhjriya ta biyu ne Tofa ya zama sakataren jam'iyyar NPN a jahar Kano har na wasu lokuta. Sannan kuma ya zama sakataren kudi na jam'iyyar .

A jamhuriya ta uku kuma , Tofa ya hade da jam'iyyar NRC a 1990.  A 1993 lokacin Janar Badamasi Babangida yana shugaban soja a Najeriya ne ya shirya tare da gabatar da tsari OPTION A4, aka zabi Tofa a matsayin dan takarar shugaban kasa mai wakiltar kano kuma ya kayar da Pere Ajunwa da Joe Nwodu da Dalhatu Tafida a zaben fidda gwani inda ya dauki tikitin yima jam'iyyar ta NRC takara. Tofa ya yi takara da Sylvesta Ugo a matsayin mataimakin sa.

Tafa yayi rashin nasara a zaben hannun Moshood Kaahimawo Olawole Abiola, bayarbe daga yankin yammacin kasar. Amma daga bisani gwamnatin ta Babangida bata fidda cikakken sakamakon zaben ba.

Tofa kuma dan kasuwa ne , dan kasuwar Mai ne da kuma masana'antu. Shine shugaban kamfanin INTERNATIONAL PETRO-ENERGY COMPANY (IPEC) da kuma ABBA OTHMAN AND SONS LTD. kuma yan zaman mamba a kungiyar Century Merchant Bank and General Metal Products.




#Article 267: Shi'a (278 words)


Shi'a (larabci شيعة Ko Shi'ah, Bangare, daga Shi'atu Ali ma'ana bangaren Sayyadina Aliyu) bangare ne a addinin Musulunci wanda mabiyansa a amanna da Sayyadina Ali a shine Halifa na farko bayan manzon Allah (s.a.w)  wato hannun riga kenan da Sunnah ko mabiya sunnah wato Sunni Islam wadanda sukayi imani ba Ali ne Halifa na farko ba sukace Halifa nafarko shine Sayyadina Abubakar (r.a) . Hujjar Sunnah kuwa itace dayake Manzon Allah (s.a.w) bai nuna wani ba wanda za'abi bayansa sai suka yanke hukuncin yin Shura (wato kuri'a tsakanin al'uma)  bayan Wafatin Annabi (s.a.w) kuma suka zabi Sayyadina Abubakar a matsayin Jagoran daular musulunci kuma jagoran Musulmai. Shi’a na ganin akasin haka, inda su ke cewa Manzon Allah (saw) ya daga hannun Sayyidi Ali a Ranar Ghadeer kuma ya ce duk wanda ya ke masoyinsa ko majibincin lamarinsa to shi ma Aliyu nasa ne. 

Shi'a shine bangare na biyu a bangarorin Musulunci wanda yafi yawan mabiya bayan bangaren Sunni Islam. A kididdigar da akayi ta 2009 yanshi'a ne kaso 10-13% na al'umar musulamai. Shi'a Yan sha biyu ko (Ithna ashariyya) sune sukafi yawa daga cikin yan shi'a inda suke da kaso 85% na mabiya mazhabin shi'a a kididdigar 2012.

Duk da haka akwai rare rabe masu yawa a yawa, amma amfi sanin guda uku sune Yan sha biyu, Ismailyya, Zaidiyya, amma yan aha biyu sune mafiya yawa daga cikin bangarorin shi'a.

Kalmar Shia (Larabci: شيعة‎ shīʻah /ˈʃiːʕa/) ma'ana mabiya ko bangare. Amma kalmaar shi'a anan tana nufin  shīʻatu ʻAlī (شيعة علي /ˈʃiːʕatu ˈʕaliː/), ma'ana mabiya Sayyadina Aliyu ko yan bangaren Ali da Hausa ana iya kiransu a jam'i da Yan shi'a ko shi'awa, akidar kuma akan ce mata shi'anci.




#Article 268: Itace (130 words)


Itaciya shine tsiro wacce take shekaru biyu ko sama da haka a ilimin kula da tsirrai wacce takeda turake na kututture dakuma ressa wadanda suke damfare da ita da ganyayyaki amafiya yawan dangoginta. Awani bayanin itaciya tana kadai tuwa ga takurarren ma ana cewa, tsiro wacce keda itace mai gwabi (bishiya) wadda take rika ko kasuwa tahanyar shekaru da dadama da tayi sannan tanayin tsawo mai nisa domin tsererenayar riskar rana sannan tana yin daruruwa dakuma dubbanin shekaru aduniya, awani ma ana kuma bishiyar kwakwa, gora, da ayaba suma itaciyace (bishiya). Bishi yoyi an kiyasta sunanan tu shekaru miliyon 370 dasuka gabata.

Kimanin rikakkun bishiyoyi miliyon uku ne abuniyarnan. Ana amfanida ita wajen yin kujeru, gadaje, gidaje, dabe, kofofi, rufin dakuna hura wuta, akwashi, kofuna, farantai, kwatamniya, tirame, tabare, dadaisauransu.




#Article 269: Benue (jiha) (113 words)


Jihar Benue (ko Binuwai) jiha ce dake ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan filin kasa kimanin kilomita murabba’i 34,059 da yawan jama’a miliyan huɗu da dubu dari biyu da hamsin da uku da dari shida da arba'in da ɗaya (4,253,641) (ƙidayar yawan jama'a shekara 2006). Babban birnin tarayyar jahar ita ce Makurdi. Samuel Ortom shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2015 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Benson Abounu. Dattiban jihar su ne: David Mark, George Akume da Barnabas Andyar Gemade.

Jihar Benue tana da iyaka da misalin jihhohi shida, su ne: Cross River, Ebonyi, Enugu, Kogi, Nasarawa da kuma Taraba. 

Jihar Benué nada  Kananan Hukumomi guda ashirin da uku(23). Sune:




#Article 270: Ƙofofin gari (143 words)


Ƙofar gari gini ne da ake yin da ƙasa domin kare kai daga abokan gaba. Ana gina ganuwa ne mai tsayi da faɗi da kuma kauri, daga tsakiya kuma sai a sanya ƙyaren da zaa rinƙa buɗewa ana rufewa.
  Akwai masu gadin ƙofa waɗanda su suke kula da ita. Saboda irin yaƙe yaƙen da ake yi wancan lokaci ne yasa ake gina su. Idan abokan gaba suka zo sai su tarar an kulle ƙofa kuma babu hanyar shiga gari. Daga cikin garin ana haƙa kududdufi(ruwa) ta yadda ko da sun hauro to ruwa zasu faɗa duk da cewar tana da tsayin da ba zaa iya hauro ba.
   An fara gina ƙofofin gari ne a shekarar 1095 zamanin sarki gijimasu sarkin kano na uku fedrick lugard yayi rubutu akan ƙofofin har ma yace shi bai taɓa ganin wani abu irin wannan ba a Afrika




#Article 271: Jerin sarakunan Kano (107 words)


Wadannan jerin sunayen Sarakunan Kano ne, wato birni kuma masarauta dake a Arewacin Najeriya. Wanda ta taba kasancewa daular Hausawa, wanda Fulani ta hannun shugabansu Usman dan Fodiyo ya kwace a shekarar 1805, wanda ya kafa masarauta ta Fulani dan cigaba da jarragamar masarautar.  Sarakunan farko na masarautar ansame sune daga tushe daya, wanda aka tattara a karni na 19th, wanda ya tsaya a karshe da sarautar Muhammadu Bello dan Dabo, amma dai ance samosu akayi daga cikin littafan tarihi wadanda suka dade da bacewa kuma ta shahara ne da yadda takeda cikakken bayanai da karancin sunkai a wurin nuni zuwa ga asalin shudaddiyar daular.

GIDAN JOBAWA




#Article 272: Durbar (223 words)


Hawan Durbar ko Bikin Durbar wani tsohon bikin al'adane wanda yake gudana shekara-shekara a wasu daga cikin jahohin Najeriya. Wannan bikin yana nuna kawo karshrn watan Ramadana ne da kuma gabatar da bikin karamar Sallah da babbar Sallah, ranakun hutun musulmai. Ana fara Dutbar ne da gabatar da Sallar Idi sannan kuma sai mahaya su fara sukuwa da dokuna, da yan rakiyar makada tare da kawo karshen sa a Fadar sarki. Bikib Durbar anfi sanin sa ne a biranen Kano, Sakkwato, Zariya, Katsina da Bida kuma yana jawo hankulan yan yawon bude ido.

Turawan mulkin mallaka ne suka kawo bikin Durbar a Najeriya. Amma asalin kalmar Durbar tazo ne dagaharshen Farisa daga bukuwan nuna goyon baya ga saraunia Biktoriya amatsayin Sarauniyar Indiya bayan shigar turawan mulkin mallaka na Birtanya kasar ta Indiya a 1877. An fara bikin durbar na farko ne a Najeriya cikin shekarar 1911, daga baya bikin yaci gaba ashekarun 1924, 1925, 1948, 1960 da 1972. Bikin yaci gaba a kasar har ya zuwa yanzu kuma yana daga cikin muhimman bukukuwa a Arewacin Najeriya.

An gabatar da bikin Durbar a bankin 2nd World Bank da kuma African Festival of Arts an Culture anfi sanin bikin da FESTAC 77. A hankali turawa suka cusa son bikin na durbar domin su karama sojoji kaimi wajen hawan dokuna tare da kara kawata Bikin Sallah.




#Article 273: Bayelsa (101 words)


Jihar Bayelsa jiha CE dake a ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba’i 10,773 da yawan jama’a miliyan ɗaya da dubu dari bakwai da huɗu da dari biyar da sha biyar (ƙidayar 2006). Babban birnin jihar, shi ne Yenagoa. Henry Dickson, shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2011 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Gboribiogha John Jonah. Dattijan jihar su ne: Goodluck Jonathan, David Clark, Ben Murray Bruce, Emmanuel Paulker Izibefien da Evan Foster Ogola.

Jihar Bayelsa tana da iyaka da jihohin biyu: Delta da kuma Rivers.

Jihar Bayelsa nada  Kananan hukumomi guda takwas, Sune:




#Article 274: Jami'ar Yusuf Maitama Sule (158 words)


Jami'ar Yusuf Maitama Sule Kano, tsohon sunan ta na da Northwest University Kano  Jami'a ce mallakin gwamnatin jahar Kano mai mazaunin wucin gadi  a tsakiyar birnin na Kano da kuma mazaunin dindindin a kan titin Gwarzo cikin birnin na Kano. Tana daga cikin jamio'in da suka kafu a shekarar 2012 kuma tasamu amincewar hukumar kula da jamio'i ta kasa wato NUC. 

Jamil'ar ta  Yusuf Maitama Sule University, Kano an kirkireta a shekarar 2012 lokacin gwamnatin  Rabiu Musa Kwankwaso domin bunkasa tsohuwar jahar Arewa maso Yammacin Najeriya kuma aka yi mata lakani da North-West University wato Jami'ar Arewa maso Yamma. Sai dai daga baya Gwamnatin Abdullahi Umar Ganduje ta canza sunan Jami'ar zuwa Yusuf Maitama Sule University domin girmamawa ga Tsohon sanannen dansiyasar nan na Najeriya kuma babban dattijon kasar waso marigayi Alhaji Yusuf Maitama Sule. Ankafa Jami'ar ne domin bunkasa ilimi ba kawai a yankin na Arewa maso yamma ba harma da kasar dama Nahiyar Afrika baki daya.




#Article 275: Yusuf Maitama Sule (654 words)


Alhaji Yusuf Maitama Sule, Dan Masanin Kano An haifi Maitama a Shekarar 1929, a unguwar Yola, cikin garin Kano. Maitama shi ne na uku a jerin ‘ya’ya a gidansu, sauran yan'uwa biyu mata ne; wato, Rabi, wacce ake kira Yaya ta Zagi, Maimuna wacce ake kira Yaya ta Bichi.

An sa masa suna Yusuf, saboda sunan Mahaifin Madakin Kano Mahmudu, shi Madaki yana kiran shi Abbana. Sunan Maitama kuwa an sa masa shi ne saboda Galadiman Kano Yusuf, saboda an yi amfani da makamai sosai lokacin basasar Kano. Akan yi wa duk wani mai suna Yusuf lakabin Maitama.

Madakin Kano ya yi wa Mahaifin Maitama, Abba Sule Danmuri, mai kula da dukkan al’amuransa na gida da kula da Dawakai. Maitama, yana dan shekaru 4 mahaifiyarsa Hauwa, wacce ake kira ‘Yarkayi ta rasu. Ita ALLAH ya yi ta ne mace mai ban dariya, mai raha, ba ta fushi, shi ya sa duk bukin da ya tashi ita ake kira ta yi ta magana a gidan buki, halinta da iya maganarta Maitama ya gado.

Madakin Kano ya saka Maitama a makarantar Elimintari ta Shahuci a cikin watan daya (Janairu), shekara ta alip dubu daya, da dari tara, da talatin, da bakwai  1937, dama kafin a kai su makarantar boko, suna yin karatun kur’ani a gida. A ka’ida shekaru hudu ya kamata a yi a elimantari, amma saboda hazakar da Maitama ya nuna shekaru biyu kawai, ya yi aka ba shi damar daukar jarabawar zuwa gaba. A wannan lokacin ne Maitama ya fuskanci kalubalen da bai taba fuskanta ba a rayuwarsa.

Domin a wannan gabar ne Madaki Mahmudu, mai daukar dawainiyarsa a rayuwa ya rasu cikin shekarar ta alip dubu daya, da dari tara, da talatin, da tara 1939. Aka bar kujerar Madaki, tsawon shekaru biyu, ba’a nada kowa ba, har sai a shekarar ta alip dubu daya, da dari tara, da arba'in, da daya 1941.

Gaba daya dawainiyyar Maitama ta koma kan Mahaifinsa Abba Sule, wanda a wancan lokacin kuma ba shi da karfin da zai iya daukar dawainiyar ya yan nasa Sai da ta kai Abba Sule, ya saida duk wani abunda ya mallaka har da suturunsa (kayan sawa) dan ya dauki dawainiyar ‘ya’yansa, a lokuta da yawa haka suke kwana da yunwa. Ranar da suka samu dan abin daren gasashehen rogo ne za su ci su kwanta.

A karshe Maitama ya shiga makarantar Middle, a wannan datsen an kai matsayin da Maitama ko suturar da zai sa ba shi da ita, kayan makaranta kawai sune kayan sa wansa.

A shekarar 1943 Maitama ya shiga kwalejin Kaduna, yana dan shekaru 13. Maitama, ya kammala karatunsa na kwaleji cikin shekarar 1948, ya kuma kama aikin Malanta, a makarantar Middle ta Kano.

Maitama sun tsaya zabe da shi da tsohon Malaminsa a makaranta, Malam Aminu Kano, wannan zabe ya gudane a Central Office, wannan abu ya faru ne a 1954.

Lokacin da aka fadi sakamakon zaben Malamin, zaben ya bada sanarwar cewa Maitama ne ya lashe wannan zaben. Ana fadar haka Aminu Kano, ya juyo ya cewa Maitama, ina taya ka murna, saura in kaje kuma ka ba mu kunya. Maitama ya cewa Aminu Kano, “Yallabai wallahi, ba zan ba ka kunya ba”.

Suka riko hannun juna suka fito tare, wanda suka fara gamuwa da shi shi ne Ado Bayero, inda ya rike hannun Maitama, ya nufi inda magoya bayansa suke, ya ce sun ci zabe.

Ya zama ministan tama da karafa, duk a wannan janhuriya ta farko. Bayan faduwar janhuriya ta farko, ya dawo gida Kano, inda ya rike mukamin kwamishina mai kula da kananan hukumomi a gwamnatin Audu Bako. Ya rike mukamin shugaban hukumar sauraren koke-koken, jama’a ta kasa a gwamnatin Murtala. Ya tsaya takarar shugaban kasa, a jam’iyyar NPN, amma Shagari ya kada shi a zaben fidda gwani. Ya yi wakilin Nijeriya, na dindindin, a majalisar dinkin Duniya

Muna fatan Allah ya yi masa Rahama kuma yagafarta masa, ya kuma sa aljanna ce makoma.
 




#Article 276: BBC Hausa (487 words)


BBC Hausa kafar yaɗa labaran harshen  Hausa ce, mallakin tashar labarai ta BBC  da turanci wato British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC) World Service wadda take watsa shirye-shiryen ta a harshen Hausa musamman ma labarun da suka shafi ƙasashen  Nigeria, Ghana, Niger da kuma sauran masu jin harshen Hausa dake a yankunan Yammacin Afrika. Bangarene na harsunan da BBC ke watsa shiryeshiryen ta guda 33 wadanda guda 5 daga cikin su yarukan Afrika ne.  Ana watsa shirye shiryen sashen na Hausa kai tsaye daga babbar tashar ta BBC dake birni  Landan wato  Broadcasting House da kuma tashar ta dake babban birnin taraiyar Najeriya Abuja dakuma shafinta na yanar gizo wanda ake wallafawa duka dai a birnin na  Abuja

Tashar BBC Hausa itace sashen farko da BBC ta fara gabatar da shirye shiryen ta daga cikin harsunan dake Afrika kuma daya daga cikin biyar na harsunan Afrika da BBC ke watsa shirye shiryen ta. An kaddamar da tashar be ranar 13 ga Maris 1957 da karfe 9:30 agogon GMT da shirin minti 15 wanda  Aminu Abdullahi Malumfashi ya gabatar. Daga baya kuma Abubakar Tunau yacigaba da kawo labaran fassar a shirin BBC na Labarun yammacin Afrika wati West Africa in the News.  Ana gabatar da shirye shiryen sashen Hausa na BBC na farko farko a ranakun Laraba da Juma'a ne kawai, bayan shekara daya kuma akaci gaba da gabatar da labarun kullum kullum.ranar 1 ga Yuni   1958.

A watan Mayu na 2017 ne BBC Hausa tayi bikin cika shekara 60 da fara watsa shirye shirye. Bikin ya samu halartar daraktar BBC wato  BBC World Service Group, Fran Unsworth.

Shugaban Najeriya,  Muhammadu Buhari ya tura sakon murya a yayin bikin inda ya ambaci tashar ta BBC Hausa da tasha jan hankalin masu sauraro kuma wadda ta kwashe shekaru tana gabatar da shirye shirye.

Anbude Ofishin BBC Hausa a Abuja tun a shekarar 2002

A yawancin lokuta BBC nada babbn edita da masu gabatar da shirye shirye da mataimakan editoci da babban mai gabatar da rahoto. Sannan kuma tafi karfin gabatar la labarunta game da al'amuran da suka shafu biranen  Kaduna, Kano, Jos, Enugu, Abuja da Sokoto da kuma kasahen  Niger republic, Ghana da kasar Sin

Ana sake watsa wasu shirye shiryen na BBC Hausa a kafafen Radiyo da Talabijin dake Najeriya da hadin gwiwar kafar BBC wato BBC World Service. Ga wasu daga cikin su

Ana gabatar da shirye-shiryen sashen Hausa na BBC a kafar yanar gizo cikin kwarewa kuma da suki wajen nemowa.  Kafar yanar gizon BBC Hausa ta zama kafa ta biyu wadda akafui ziyarta a Najeriya, da masu ziyarta miliyan 68.6 a wata (wasu da wayar hannu wasu kuma da kwamfuta). Da kuma mabanbantan masu ziya miliyan 3.5 a kowanne wata. BBC Hausa nada mabiya nasu dimbin yawa a kafafen sada zumunta. Da sama da mutum 840,000 a Facebook, da mabiya sama da 100,000 a Twitter, da mabiya samada 70,000 a Googl+, da mabiya samada 6,600 a Youtube.




#Article 277: Zaynab Alkali (219 words)


Zaynab Alƙali farfesa ce a harshen Turanci. An haifeta ne a shekara  ta 1950 kuma tafito daga gidan Turah- Mazila dake jahar Borno da Adamawa, tayi Makarantar sakandarin tane a Queen Elizabeth, Illorin. sannan ta tafi zuwa Jami'ar Ahmadu Bello dake Zaria inda ta samu digirin ta na farko dana biyu, Sai daga baya ta koma Jami'ar Bayero dake Kano takaranta English har takaiga tasamu digiri na uku wato matakin Dakta. Zainab Alkali ta shahara a rubuce-rubucen takaitattun kagaggun labarai, littafinta na farko data wallafa ya shahara shi ne littafinta 'The Stillborn' a shekara ta 1984 sannan sai littafinta na biyu  'Virtuous woman' wadda Longman suka wallafa a shekara ta 1987, Zainab Alkali dai ta kasance marubuciya kuma ta wallafa littafai da dama, kuma littafan ta sun kasance an fassara su zuwa yaruka daban-daban kamar Jamusanci, larabci, Faransanci da Safaniyanci.

Tana daga cikin mata marubuta na farko a Arewacin Najeriya.

An haifi Zainab Alkali ne a garin Tura-Wazila a jahar Borno dake Arewacin kasar Najeriyaa shekarar 1950. Ta yi karatu a jami'ar Bayaro dake Kano da digirin BAa 1973
Ta yi karatun digirin digirgir a jami'ar sannan ta zama shugabar makarantar mata ta kwana ta Sakere Girls Boarding School. Ta koyar da darasin turanci a jami'o'in Najeriya da dama.
Ta zama shugabar sashe a Jami'ar Jahar Nasarawa dake Keffi.




#Article 278: Insakulofidiya (213 words)


Insakulofidiya ko a harshen Turanci Encyclopedia ko kuma Encyclopaedia (daga ye kalmomin harshen Girka ἐγκύκλιος παιδεία), wata hadakar bayanaice a rubuce (mafiyawanci littafi ne) ko kuma a shafukan yanar gizo. Wato dai akance Kamus ne amma shi ya kunshi cikakkun bayanai na kalma ko suna kuma a jere harafi bayan harafi.

Asalin Insakulofiya bugaggune a litattafa har zuwa farkon karni na 20 lokacin da aka fara saka wasu a faifayen CD da kuma a yanar gizo. Insakulofidiya ta karni na 21 mafiyawanci tafi a shafukan yanar gizo ne. Babban shafin yanar gizo daya kunshi Insakulofidiya shine shafin Wikipedia musamman ma dai na Turanci wanda yake da sama da makaloli miliyan 5, saidai shima shafin Wikipedia na Hausa shine babban shafin Insakulofidiya na Hausa na yanar gizo. Babban littafi wanda aka wallafa a na Insakulofifiya a duniya shine littafin Britannica, wasu yarurrukan suna da rubutattun litattafai na Insakulofidiya wasu kuma babu.

An wallafa dubban litattafa wadanda suka kunshi cikakkun ilimai a dubban shekaru da suka gabata. Sananne cikin litattafan farko farko akwai Trihin halittar Allah na Felin Tsoho. Sunan Encyclopedia ya samo asali ne tun a karni na 16 ma'anar sa (cikakken ilimi). Littafin Encyclopédie (da Faransanci) na Denis Diderot shine littafin Insakulofidiya na farko da mutane da dama suka hadu wajen rubuta shi.




#Article 279: Mansa Musa (1835 words)


Musa Na ( c.  - c.  ), ko Mansa Musa, shi ne Mansa na goma (wanda ake fassarawa sultan, mai nasara  ko sarki      ) na Daular Mali, kasar musulman ta Afirka ta yamma. 

A lokacin da Musa ya hau kan karagar mulki, Mali a bangare dayawa ta kunshi yankin tsohuwar daular Ghana wacce kasar Mali ta ci galaba a kanta. Masarautar Mali ta kunshi ƙasa wanda yanzu wani ɓangare ne na Mauritania da kuma jihar ta Mali ta zamani . A zamanin mulkinsa, Musa ya rike mukamai da yawa, kamar Sarkin Melle, Ubangijin ma'adinan Wangara, kuma Mai nasara akan Ghanata.  

Musa ya ci birane 24, tare da garuruwansu.  A zamanin mulkin Musa, wataƙila Mali ce ta kasance mai samar da zinari mafi girma a duniya, kuma ana ɗaukar Musa ɗaya daga mutane mafi arziki a tarihi.  Koyaya, masu sharhi na zamani irin su mujallar Time sun kammala cewa babu ingantacciyar hanyar da za ta ƙayyade arzikin Musa.  

Musa gaba daya ana kiransa ne da Mansa Musa a cikin rubuce-rubucen yamma da adabi. Sunansa kuma ya bayyana a matsayin Kankou Musa, Kankan Musa,  Kanku Musa . Sauran sunayen da Musa ya yi amfani da su sun hada da Mali-Koy Kankan Musa, Gonga Musa, da Zakin Mali.   

 [14] 
Abin da aka sani game da sarakunan masarautar ta Mali an karɓa daga rubuce-rubucen malaman larabawa, waɗanda suka hada da Al-Umari, Abu-sa'id Uthman ad-Dukkali, Ibn Khaldun, da Ibn Battuta . Dangane da cikakken tarihin Ibn-Khaldun na sarakunan Mali, kakan Mansa Musa shi ne Abu-Bakr Keita (larabci daidai yake da Bakari ko Bogari, sunan asalin da ba'a sani ba - ba sahabiyy Abu Bakr ) ba, dan dan Sundiata Keita ne, wanda ya kafa Masarautar Mali kamar yadda aka rubuta ta hanyar labarun baka. Abu-Bakr bai hau gadon sarauta ba, kuma dansa, mahaifin Musa, Faga Laye, ba shi da wata mahimmanci a Tarihin Mali .  

Mansa Musa ya hau gadon sarautar ne ta hanyar aiwatar da nadin mataimakin lokacin da wani sarki ya tafi aikin hajjin sa zuwa Makka ko kuma wani kokarin nasa, daga baya ya nada mataimakin a matsayin magaji. A cewar majiyar farko, an nada Musa mataimakin mataimakin Abubakari Keita II, sarkin da ke gabansa, wanda ya ba da rahoton yawon shakatawa don gano iyakokin Tekun Atlantika, kuma bai dawo ba. Masanin Larabawa-Masarautar Al-Umari  ya nakalto Mansa Musa kamar haka:  Mai mulkin da ya gabace ni bai yi imani da cewa ba zai yiwu a iya kaiwa ga iyakar tekun da ya mamaye duniya (yana nufin Atlantic), kuma yana so ya kai ga ƙarshen, kuma ya ci gaba da nacewa cikin ƙira. Don haka ya wadatar da jiragen ruwa ɗari biyu cike da mutane, kamar yadda sauran da yawa ke cike da zinari, ruwa da abinci isasshen da zai isa shekaru da yawa. Ya umurci shugaban (mai martaba) da kar ya dawo har sai sun kai ƙarshen tekun, ko kuma idan sun ƙosar da abubuwan abinci da ruwan. Sun tashi. Kasancewar ba su tsawan lokaci mai tsawo, kuma, a karshe, jirgin ruwa daya ne ya dawo. A yayin tambayarmu, kyaftin din ya ce: 'Yarima, mun daɗe mun yi ta bincike, har sai da muka gani a tsakiyar teku kamar babban kogi yana guduna da ƙarfi. Jirgin jirgi na shine na karshe; wasu kuma suna gabana. Da zaran wani daga cikinsu ya isa wannan wuri, sai ya nutsar da shi cikin iskar guguwa kuma bai taɓa fitowa ba. Na yi tafiya da baya don tserewa wannan halin. ' Amma Sarkin Musulmi ba zai yarda da shi ba. Ya ba da umarnin a samar musu da jiragen ruwa dubu biyu domin shi da mutanensa, da kuma karin dubu daya domin ruwa da abinci. Sannan ya ba ni labarin gaskiya a lokacin rashi, kuma ya tafi tare da mutanensa a kan balaguron jirgin ruwa, ba zai dawo ba kuma ba alamar rayuwa.   An kuma nada dan Musa magaji, Mansa Magha Keita a matsayin mataimaki a lokacin aikin hajjin Musa.  

 Musa cikakken Musulmi ne mai ibada, hajjinsa zuwa Makka ya sanya shi sananne a duk faɗin arewacin Afirka da Gabas ta Tsakiya . A wurin Musa, Islama ta kasance shigowa cikin al'adun duniyar ta gabashin Bahar Rum.  Zai yi amfani da lokaci mai yawa don inganta ci gaban addini a cikin daular sa. 

Musa yayi hajjinsa tsakanin 1324 zuwa 1325.   Ya procession rahoto hada 60,000 maza, duk saka kauri da kuma Persian siliki, ciki har da 12,000 bayi,  wanda kowane kwashe      na sandunan zinare, da kuma masu shelanda suna sanye da siliki, wadanda suke ɗaukar sandar zinare, da shirya dawakai, da jakunkuna. Musa ya samar da dukkan abubuwan bukata domin taron, ya ciyar da jama'a gaba daya maza da dabbobi.  Waɗannan dabbobin sun haɗa da raƙuma 80 waɗanda kowannensu ya ɗauki      ƙurar ƙura. Musa ya ba talakawa zinarin da ya haɗu da su ta hanyar sa. Musa ba kawai ya ba wa biranen da ya bi ta kan hanyar zuwa Makka ba, ciki har da Alkahira da Madina, har ma ya yi ciniki da zinare don kyautatuwa. An ruwaito cewa ya gina masallaci a kowace Juma'a.     

Shaidun gani da ido da yawa sun tabbatar da tafiyar Musa, yayin da suke kan hanyarsa, waɗanda ke tsoron arzikinsa da tarin yawa, kuma akwai bayanai a wurare da yawa, gami da mujallu, bayanan baka, da kuma tarihai. Musa ya ziyarci Mamluk sultan na Masar, Al-Nasir Muhammad, a Yuli 1324.  Duk da irin yanayin da yake bayarwa, dumbin kudaden da Musa ya bayar da gudummawa da yalwa ya janyo da koma baya na zinare tsawon shekaru goma. A cikin biranen Alkahira, Madina, da Makka, kwararar zinare ta bazata ta lalata darajar karfe sosai. Farashin kayayyaki ya yawaita. Wannan kuskuren ya bayyana ga Musa kuma a hanyarsa ta dawowa daga Makka, ya karɓi zinaren da zai iya ɗauka daga masu sayarwa amatsayin bashi da zai biya nan gaba da daraja sosai. Wannan ne kawai lokacin a cikin tarihi cewa mutum ɗaya kai tsaye ya iya sarrafa farashin gwal a cikin Meditareniya .  Wasu masana tarihi sun yarda cewa aikin hajji ba shi da wata ma'ana ga addini fiye da mai da hankalin duniya zuwa ga halin da ake ciki a Mali. Irƙirar koma bayan wannan girman yana da ma'ana. Bayan haka, Alkahira shine babbar kasuwar gwal a lokacin (inda mutane suka je siyan dumbin zinare). Don mayar da waɗannan kasuwannin zuwa Timbuktu ko Gao, Musa da farko ya shafi tattalin arzikin zinare na Alkahira. Duk da yake wannan da'awar yana zama mai shimfiɗa,     Musa sanya wata babbar batu na nuna a kashe ya al'umma dũkiya. Manufar sa shine ya kirkiro wani abu kuma yayi nasara sosai a cikin wannan, har ya sanya kansa da Mali a cikin Atlas na Catalan na 1375. Hakanan yana samun ziyarar daga sananniyar matafiyin duniyar Musulmi, Ibn Battuta . 

 A cikin dogon dawowar sa daga Makka a 1325, Musa ya ji labari cewa rundunarsa ta kama Gao . Sagmandia, daya daga cikin janarorinsa ne ya jagoranci kokarin. Garin Gao yana cikin daular tun kafin mulkin Sakura kuma ya kasance muhimmi - kodayake galibi yan tawaye ne - cibiyar kasuwanci. Musa ya yi shirin ba da agaji ya ziyarci garin da ya karɓi baƙi, 'ya'yan Gao guda biyu, Ali Kolon da Suleiman Nar. Ya koma Niani tare da yaran nan biyu kuma daga baya ya karantar dasu a kotu. Lokacin da Mansa Musa ya dawo, ya dawo da yawancin masanan larabawa da masu gine-gine.  

Musa ya fara wani babban shiri na gini, yana inganta masallatai da madrasas a Timbuktu da Gao. Mafi mahimmanci, an gina tsohuwar cibiyar koyan Sankore Madrasah (ko Jami'ar Sankore) lokacin mulkinsa. 

A Niani, Musa ya gina zauren sauraron ra'ayoyi, wanda yake sadarwa ta ƙofar ciki ta zuwa gidan sarki. Shi ne mai m Monument, surmounted da wani Dome kuma qawata da arabesques na daukan hankali launuka. Filin katako na katako daga saman bene aka dalaye shi da tsare; na ƙananan bene tare da zinariya. Kamar Babban Masallaci, wani tsayayyen tsari da tsari a Timbuktu, an gina Hall din da dutse ne. 

A wannan lokacin, an sami ci gaba na rayuwar birni a cikin manyan cibiyoyin Mali. Sergio Domian, wani masanin kimiyyar zane-zane na Italiya, ya rubuta game da wannan lokacin: Ta haka aka kafa harsashin wayewar gari. A lokacin da ƙarfinsa ya kasance, Mali tana da aƙalla birane 400, kuma yankin na Niger Delta yana da jama'a sosai.   

An rubuta cewa Mansa Musa ya ratsa garuruwan Timbuktu da Gao a kan hanyarsa ta zuwa Makka, kuma ya sanya su zama cikin daularsa lokacin da ya dawo a shekara ta 1325. Ya kawo masu zanen kaya daga Andalusia, yanki a Spain, da Alkahira don gina babban fadarsa a Timbuktu da kuma Babban Masallacin Djinguereber da har yanzu yake a yau.  

Ba da daɗewa ba Timbuktu ya zama cibiyar kasuwanci, al'adu, da Musulunci; kasuwannin da aka shigo da su daga kasashen Hausaland, Egypt, da sauran masarautun Afirka, an kafa jami'a a cikin gari (haka kuma a garuruwan Mali na Djenné da Ségou ), sannan kuma addinin musulunci ya yadu ta kasuwanni da jami'a, wanda ke sanya Timbuktu wani sabon yanki domin karatuttukan musulinci.  Labarin birnin arziki na daular Maliki har ma ya ratsa tekun Bahar Rum zuwa Kudancin Turai, inda ba da daɗewa ba yan kasuwa daga Venice, Granada, da Genoa sun kara da Timbuktu zuwa taswirar su don siyayya da kayayyaki na zinare.  

Jami'ar Sankore da ke Timbuktu ta kasance ta hannun Musa tare da masana kimiya, da masanan kimiyyar lissafi, da lissafi.  Jami'ar ta zama cibiyar koyo da al'adu, tare da jawo hankalin musulmai daga ko'ina cikin Afirka da Gabas ta Tsakiya zuwa Timbuktu. 

A shekara ta 1330, masarautar Mossi ta mamaye ta kuma ci birnin Timbuktu. Janar Gao ya riga ya kama Gao, kuma Musa ya hanzarta sake daukar Timbuktu, ya gina shinge da katangar dutse, sannan ya sanya runduna ta tsaro don kare garin daga mamayewa nan gaba.  

Yayin da fadar Musa tun daga lokacin da ta shuɗe, har yanzu jami’ar da masallacin suna tsaye a Timbuktu. 

A karshen mulkin Mansa Musa, an canza Sankoré jami'ar zuwa cikakken jami'a wanda ke da mafi yawan tarin littattafai a Afirka tun daga dakin karatu na Alexandria . Jami'ar Sankoré ta iya ɗaliban ɗaliban 25,000 kuma suna da ɗaya daga cikin manyan ɗakunan karatu na duniya tare da rubutun kusan 1,000,000.   

Ranar mutuwar Mansa Musa an yi muhawara sosai tsakanin masana tarihi da masana Larabawa waɗanda suka rubuta tarihin ƙasar Mali. Idan aka kwatanta da zamanin magajinsa, dan Mansa Maghan (hukuncin da aka rubuta daga 1337 zuwa 1341) da babban dan'uwan Mansa Suleyman (dokar da aka rubuta daga 1341 zuwa 1360), da kuma tarihin Musa na shekaru 25, ranar da aka kirkiri mutuwarsa 1337.  Wasu bayanan sun ce Musa ya yi niyyar kaurace wa dan nasa kursiyin, amma ya mutu ba da daɗewa ba bayan ya dawo daga Makka a 1325.  A wani labarin da Ibn-Khaldun ya ruwaito, Mansa Musa yana da rai lokacin da aka ci birnin Tlemcen na Aljeriya a shekarar 1337, yayin da ya aiki wakili zuwa Algeria don taya murna ga masu nasara.   




#Article 280: Abubakar Shekau (502 words)


Abubakar Shekau, an kuma sanshi da Darul Akeem wa Zamunda Tauhid, ko Darul Tauh woto (gidan tauhidi) (larabci دار التوحيد ), an haifeshi tsakanin 1967 ko 1975 (babu tabbaci) dan kabilar Kanuri ne kuma wanda akafi sani da shugaban kungiyar Boko Haram, mai kokarin kafa daular Musulunci a yankin Arewacin kasar. kungiya ce ta masu tayar da kayar baya a Najeriya kamar yadda kasar ta ayyana ta sakamakon fitar da wani faifan bidiyo da Shugaban ta Shekau yayi ya nuna ikirarin kungiyar nayi mubaya'a ga Kungiyar dake kokarin kafa daular musulinci a yankin gabas ta tsakiya wato (ISIS). Shekau ya rike matsayin mataimakin shugaban kungiyar a karkashin wanda ya kafa ta Muhammad Yusuf har zuwa lokacun da Yusuf ya rada rayuwar sa a hannun jami'an tsaron kasar Najeriya a shrkara ta 2009 inda daga bisani ya zama shugaban kungiyar har zuwa yanzu. Shekau Muslmi ne kuma mabiyin akidar Sunni Islam ko Salafiyya.

Asalin yaren haihuwa na shekau shine Kanuri, amma kuma yana jin harsunan Hausa, Larabci, Filtanci fa Turanci sosai. Yayi ikirarin cewa shi Musulmi ne kuma wanda yayi ilimin addinin na Musulunci na ainahi kuma mai bin akidar musulunci sauda kafa.

A faya fayan bidiyon da shekau yake fitarwa a kafafen Yanar gizo yasha kalibalantar sojojin dake yaki da kungiyar sa cewa yafi karfin su kuma yananan kan akidarsa ta kafa daular musuluncu sannan bazasu iya dakatar dashi ba ko su kasheshi har sai in Allah ne ya kawo karshen rayuwar sa.

A wantan Yuni na 2012 hukumar kasar Amurika ta ayyana Shekau a matsayin dan ta'adda. Tun daga shekarar 2013 ne kasar ta Amurika tayi ikirarin bayar da ladan $7miliyan na dalar Amurika ga duk wanda ya taimaka wajen kama shekau. A wani karin kuma kasar Najeriya ma tayi ikirarin bayar da Naira miliyan 50 ga wanda ya taimaka wajen kama shekau din.

Shekau ya tsallake ma wani harbi da sojojin Najeriya suka yi masa a kafa a samamen da suka kai masa a shekarar 2009. Bayan ya tsallake rijiya da baya ne yaci gaba da kai hare hare. A daya dag cikin sanannun hare haren sa akwai wand yayi garkuwa da yanmatan makarantar sakandare sama da 200 a 2014. Shekau yayi sanarwar cewar ya musuluntar da yanmatan dukkan su daga bisani kuma yayi barazanar suma yanmatan zasu rikna kai hare hare kan Kiristoci.

A watan Augusta na 2016 kungiya ISIS ta ayyana Abu Musab Al Barnawi a matsayin shugaban kungiyar ta boko haram kuma ya maye gurbin Shekau wanda yaki amincewa da hakan. Saidai daga baya Hukumomin tsaro na kasar ta Najeriya sun kama Albarnawi ranar 26 ga watan Disamba na 2016.

Shekau dan Najeriya ne kuma yayi ikirarin shi haifaffen kauyen Shekau ne na jahar Yobe. Amma babu tabbaci game da adadin shekarun sa. Ya auri daya daga cikin matan Muhammad Yusuf.

Ana masa lakani da Darul Tauhid wato Matattarar Kadaita Allah.

Sau tari bangaren gwamnatin taraiya tasha ikirarin cewar ta kashe shekau amma daga bisani sai ya fiti a faifan bidiyo ya karyata maganar ta bangaren gwamnatin.




#Article 281: Somaliland (139 words)


Somaliland (Somali: Somaliland: Larabci: صوماليلاند Shūmālīlānd, أرض الصومال Arḍ hik-Shūmāl), bisa ga al'amuran Jamhuriyar Somaliya (Somaliya: Jamhuuriyadda Somaliland, Arabic: جمهورية صوماليلاند Jumhūrīyat Shūmālīlānd). wani yanki mai zaman kanta na Somaliya.

Gwamnatin Jihar Islama ta Somalia ta dauka kan matsayin kanta a matsayin magajin tsohon magajin mulkin Somaliya na Somalia, wanda, a matsayin Jamhuriyar Somaliya na ɗan gajeren lokaci, ya haɗu kamar yadda aka shirya a ranar 1 ga Yulin 1960 tare da yankin Tallafi na Somaliya. tsohon Italiyanci Somaliland) don samar da Jamhuriyar Somaliya. 

Somaliya yana zaune ne a arewa maso yammacin Somaliya, a kudancin bakin kogin Gulf of Aden. Yankin Somaliya ne (ta hanyar fahimtar duniya) a gabas, Djibouti zuwa arewa maso yamma, da Habasha a kudu da yamma. Yankin da ake da'awar yana da fili na kilomita 176,120 (68,000 sq mi), tare da kimanin mazauna miliyan 4.




#Article 282: Filin jirgin sama na Mallam Aminu Kano (125 words)


Filin sauka da tashin jirge na Malam Aminu Mallam Aminu Kano wanda ake kira da Aminu Kano International Airport mai lambar sadarwar filayen jirage (IATA: KAN, ICAO: DNKN) filin jirgi ne dake a garin  Kano a arewacin  Najeriya. Tashar jirage ce mallakun Sojojin sama na Masarautar  Ingila kafin samun yancin kan kasar. Shine babban filin jirgi daga bangaren arewacin kasar kuma aka saka masa sunan sanannen dansiyaar kasar Aminu Kano

Tashar jirgin ta Mallam Aminu Kano itace tashar jirgi mafi dadewa a kasar Najeriya, ta fara aiki tun shekarar 1936. A farkon farawarta itace mahadar samar da man jirage tsakanun Afrika da Turai. Filin jirgin na kano ne sanadiyyar samuwar al'umar Labanawa a Kano da kuma hanyar zuwa aikin haji a Makka dake kasar Saudiyya.




#Article 283: Audu Bako (215 words)


Audu Bako Tsohon kwamishinan yansanda ne Mai ritaya (anhaifeshi a 1924) Shine gwamnan farko na jihar Kano, Nijeriya a lokacin mulkin soja na  General Yakubu Gowon bayan kafuwar jahar daga yankin Arewacin Najeriya.

An haifi Audu Bako a shekarar 1924 a Barikin yansanda dake Kaduna. Mahaifinsa yayi aikin dansanda na tsawon shekaru 36. Audu yayi karatu a Makarantar Kaduna Government School da kuma Zariya Middle School. Bako ya shiga aikin dansanda a 1942.

An nada shi a matsayin Gwamnan Jihar Kano a lokacin tshohuwar jahar ta Kano a 1967 lokacin mulkin soja.

Bako yayi aiyukan raya kasa sosai a jahar ta kano. A shekarar 1969 ya fara gina madatsar ruwa ta Bagauda. Tsakani 1970-1973 gwamnatinsa ta ginan babbar madatsar ruwa ta Tiga, domib bunkasa harkar Noma.

Aikinsa na samar da ruwansha na Timas Danbatta ya tsaya, har sai a shekarar 2008 sannan aka karasa shi inda ake samar da ruwan sha ga kananan hukumomin Dambatta, Makoda da Minjibir.

Bako yayi ritaya a 1975 lokacin mulkin retired in 1975 Murtala Muhammed inda ya kama aikin noma a jahar Sokoto. Ya rasu a 1980 yabar mata da yaya 11. Bayan rasuwar sa an sauya ma matsar ruwa ta tiga zuwa sunan 
Audu bako yasha samun kyaututtuka a wasannin kwallon doki (wato Poli).

Ana matukar girmama Bako sosai.




#Article 284: Rabilu Musa (183 words)


Rabilu Musa Ibro, Anfi sanin da da suna  Dan Ibro (Disamba 12, 1971 #x2013; Disamba 9, 2014) kwararren dan wasan barkwanci ne na Hausa a Najeriya mai shiryawa jarumi kuma mai bayar da umarni na fi.na finan Hausa. Ana kallonsa a matsayin jagoran cigaban masana'antar fina finan Hausa na Kannywood, ya ciyar da masana'antar gaba sosai har zuwa rasuwar sa a shekarar 2014.

Dan Ibro ya halarci makarantar Danlasan Primary School, a garin Wudil daga baya ya je makarantar Government Teachers College Wudil duka a jahar Kano. Ya shiga aikin jami'in tsaro na gidan yari wato Nigerian Prison Service a 1991 yayi kuma aiyukan sakai. Daga baya kuma duka ya koma harkar fim da fim dinsa na farko wato Ƴar mai Ganye wanda ya kara bunkasa harkokin sa.

Shahararrun wakokin da suka kara bunkasa shu sune Bayanin Naira, Idi Wanzami, Dureba Makaho

Rabilu Musa ya shahara sosai a harkar fina finan hausa kadan daga fina finan sa sun hada da Andamali, Bita Zai Zai, Ibro Aloko, Ibro Angon Hajiya, Ibro Dan Fulani, wasu wakoki daya shahara dasu sune Bayanin Naira, Idi Wanzami, Direba Makaho.




#Article 285: Tukur Yusuf Buratai (307 words)


Tukur Yusuf Buratai Laftanar Janar din soja ne a Najeriya kuma shugaban sojojin kasan Najeriya ne ayanzu, matsayin da shugaban kasa Muhammadu Buhari ya nada shi tun a 2015.

Janar Buratai an haifeshi a garin Buratai, karamar hukumar Biu ta jahar Borno. Mahaifinsa Yusuf Buratai ma tshon soja ne na Royal West African Frontier Force da kuma Yakin duniya na biyu inda yayi yaki a kasar Burma. Buratai yayi karatunsa na firamare a garin Buratai daga nan kuma ya samu takarar shiga makarantar horar da malamai ta garin Potiskum dake jahar Yobe, inda ya kammala da kyakkyawab sakamako.

A watana janairu na 1981, Buaratai ya shiga makarantar horar da sojoji dake garin Kaduna. Sakamakon gwaggwabar nasarar da ya sanu ta kammalawa ne sai ya samu matsayin Laftanar na biyu a ranar 17 ga Disamba na 1983 a cikin Kuratan sojojin Najeriya. Buratai yayi digiri a fannin ilimin tarihi a jami'ar Maiduguri da kuma wani digirin a fannin falsafa daga jami'ar kwararru ta kasar Bangalidash wato Bangladesh University of Professionals,  Dhaka. Ya kuma yi karatu a makaranatr National Defence college, Mirpur, duka a kasar ta Bangalidash.

Ya shiga bataliayar matasan sojoji ta 26 a garin Elele dake Fatakwal, sai kuma mai nazari na harkar soja cikin rundunar sojoji ta majalisar dinkin duniya a kasar Angola, daga baya kuma sai yakoma bataliayar sojojin tsaro a 26 a Lagos wato Lagosa  Garroson command Camp. Laftanar Janar Buratai kuma ya rike mukamin mai tafiyarwa na gidan yankin jaha a Abuja; wato 82 Motoruzed Batalion; sai 81 Balation, Bakasi Penninsular; Army Headquaters Garrison, Abuja kafin daga baya kuma sai yazama daraktan ma'aikata a kwalejin horon mayan jami'an soja dake Jaji.

Ya kuma rike makamai kamar haka; AHQ Army Policy and Plans, Abuja; Mataimakin Shugaban tsare tsare na al'amuran gudabarwa, HQ Infantry Centre Jaji. Yadai rike mukamai da dama a bangarori daban daban.




#Article 286: Dangote Group (269 words)


Rukunin kamfanoni na Dangote ko Dangote Group kamfanine na hadaka a Najeriya mallakin Alhaji Aliko Dangote. Itace babbar kamfani a yankin Afirka ta yamma kuma daya daga cikin manya a nahiyar Afirka.kuma Kamfanin ya samar mada mutane aikin yi a kalla sukai 300,000 

An samar da kamfanin ne a 1981 da farko domin kasuwanci inda ya fara da shigo da sikari da siminti da shinkafa da kifi da sauran kayayyakin masarufi na bukatun yau da kullum don rarabawa a kasuwannin Najeriya. Kamfanin ya cigaba zama babbban kamfanin dake sarrafawa tare da samar da kayayyaki a shekarun 1991, ya fara da sakar tufafi, sai kuma sarrafa fulawa sai sarrafa gishiri sai sarrafa sikiri. Daganan kamfanin ya bunkasa zuwa samar da kamfanin sarrafa siminti. Kamfanin ya bunkasa zuwa sauran sassa na nahiyar Afrika.

A yanzu rukunin yana tafiyar da kamfanoni sama da 18 a kasahen Afrika guda goma. Babbar cibiyar rukunun kamfanonin Dangote tana jihar Lagos a Najeriya.

Aliko dangote ne ya kafa kamfanin bayan samun rance na dalar Amurika $3,000 daga hannun kawun sa.  Ya fara ne da sayar da kayan abinci daga bisani kuma yacigaba zuwa shigo da kayayyaki ta jirgin ruwa kamar siminti. 

A yau kamfanin ya bunkasa sosai a Nahiyar Afrika. Kamfanin na samarwa tare da kasuwancin Shinkafa, Sikari, Fulawa, taliya, kayan ruwa, man fetur da iskar gas, samar da rukunun gidaje, harkar sadarwa, takin zamani da tama da karafa.

Kamfanin wanda ya shahara a huldar kasuwar duniya ta Stock Exchange ya rarabu zuwa kasashen Benin, Kamaru, Ghana, Najeriya, Afirka ta Kudu da Zambiya

Kamfanin sikari na Dangote shine babban kamfanin sikari a yankin Afrika makusantan Sahara.




#Article 287: Hadisi (1599 words)


Hadisi ko Hadith (da Larabci حديث), a musulunci ana nufin dukkannin abubuwan da Annabi Muhammad (s.a.w) yayi ko yasa ayi ko akayi a gabansa baice komi ba, ko bai hana. kuma aka tattarashi a rubuce wannan shine Hadisi.

Hadisi na da ma’anoni guda biyu,ma’anarsa a luggace da kuma ma’anarsa a is]ilahance. To abinda ya shafemu anan shine ma’anarsa a islahance, wato ma’anarsa a mahanga ta malaman Hadisi. A wajensu ma’anar Hadisi shine Hikaito Fa]ar Manzon Allah[S] Aikinsa da kuma Tabbatarwarsa.wato yaga abu ko yaji abu bai ce komai ba.Wannan a Ta’arifi na malaman hadisi na Ahlul Sunnah wato Sunni Islam. Amma a Ta’arifi na malaman hadisi na Shi'a, hadisi yana nufin Hikaito Fa]ar Ma’asum,Aikinsa da kuma tabbatarwarsa.Wato abinda aka hikaito daga Manzon Allah[S] da kuma Aimma na Ahlul bait[AS]Anan saboda Iiti}adin da mabiya Ahlul-bait suke dashi na cewa Aimma na Ahlul bait Ma’asumaine, saboda haka dukkan zantukansu da ayyukansu da kuma tabbatarwarsu sunna ne. Shi yasa a wannan darasi na Hadisi da za’a dunga gabatarwa lokaci bayan lokaci zamu ga Hadisai masu yawan gaske da aka ruwaito daga wajensu.To tambaya anan minene banbanci tsakanin sunna da hadisi? Sunna itace ainihin fadar Manzon Allah,aikinsa ko tabbatarwarsa, ko kuma na ]aya daga cikin Imaman Ahlul- bait. Shi ko hadisi shine hikaitowa ko ruwaito fadin ko aikin ko kuma tabbatarwar.

Tarihin rubuta Hadisi a mahangar shi’a da sunna.Tarihin rubuta hadisi wani abune da Malaman shi’a da sunna suka yi bayanai da kuma rubuce-rubuce akai,kuma ko wannensu da nashi mahangar.Domin a Ahlus-sunna an soma rubutawa da kuma tattara hadisai a lokacin khalifancin Umar dan Abdul-Aziz,yayi khalifanci hijira ta 99 zuwa 101.wannan kuma ya faru ne akan asasin umarninsa da yin hakan.Amma khalifofin da suka gabace shi sun hana,ba wai kawai sun hana rubutawa ba, a’a har hana ya]a hadisai aka yi.Ta yiyu wasu su sha mamaki akan haka,amsa anan shine su karanci Tarihi zasu ga haka dama fiye da haka.domin zasu ga wa]anda suka rubuta hadisai a lokacin Manzon Allah[S] da kuma bayansa aka sa su gogesu,wasu ma }onawa suka yi,kai ta kai ma akwai sahabban da aka tsare a madina,aka hana su fita madinar saboda gudun kada suje su yada hadisai.Su wa]anda suka ]auki wannan mataki hujjarsu itace wai kada mutane su shagaltu da wani abu in ba Alkur’ani ba.kuma shi wannan yun}uri na hana rubuta hadisai na Manzon Allah[S],tun Manzon Allah yana duniya aka fara shi,alal misali akwai wani sahabi mai suna Abdullahi ]an Amru da yake rubutawa amma wasu suka hana shi,har ya kai maganar ga Manzon Allah[S].Kuma idan mutum duk bai san ire-ire wa]annan ba,ai akwai abun da ya auku gab da rasuwar Manzon Allah[S] da  ya bu}aci akawo masa takarda da tawada ya rubuta abinda in an bishi ba za’a ~ace ba a bayansa,sai wani daga cikin sahabban dake wajen yace kada a kawo littafin Allah ya ishemu,to mu duba fa Manzon Allah ne zai rubuta da kansa amma aka hana to ina ga wani.Saboda haka a zahirance ana nunawa cewa wai ka da mutane su shagaltu da wani in ba Al}ur’ani ba,Amma a ba]inance wa]anda suka ]auki wannan mataki na hana rubutawa ko ya]a Hadisai na Manzon Allah suna tsoron hadisai da suke bayanin khalifanci ko kuma fifikon Ahlul-bait,domin idan zata bayyana ma mutane ai ga wa]anda Manzon Allah[S] ya bayyana a matsayin khalifofi a bayansa a cikin hadisai to masu khalifanci a lokacin zai kasance ba hujja ga yin khalifcin su.Shi yasa alokacin Mu’awiya ya fito da abun ~aro-~aro yaba da umarnin cewa duk wani hadisi da aka samo daga Imam Ali ko yake bayani dangane da Ahlul bait ko falarsu kada a ya]a shi,kuma duk wanda aka samu ya sa~ama wannan umarni zai ]auki mataki akansa,mutum ya tambayi tarihi zai bashi amsar irin abubuwan da yayi.shi yasa a lokacin idan isnadin hadisi ya tu}e ga Imam Ali[AS] sai kaji ance,an wane,an wane……daga baban Zainab ko baban Hassan yaji daga Manzon Allah,wato ba a bayyana sunan Imam Ali,saboda gudun abunda zai biyo baya,kai wasu ma malaman hadisan ko baban Zainab ko Hasan basa fa]i,sai dai suce daga wani mutum yaji daga Manzon Allah,kuma wani abun mamaki har yanzu a littafan hadisai na Ahlus-sunna idan mutum na karantawa jefi-jefi zai ci karo da irin wa]annan hadisai wanda a }arshen isnadin kaga ance daga wani mutum ko baban Zainab yaji daga Manzon Allah.Kuma in mutum ya duba tarihi zai ga cewa lokacin da khalifan Abbasawa mai suna Mansur ya bu}aci Malik ]an Anas wato shugaban mazhabar malikiyya da  ya rubuta littafi na hadisi,wanda da  ya rubuta yasa masa suna muwaa,to daga cikin shara]in da  ya gindaya masa shine kada ya kawo hadisai da aka samo daga Imam Ali,mutum na iya bincika muwaa yaga hadisai guda nawa ne aka samo daga Imam Ali.Saboda haka tattara hadisai da rubuta su a matsayin littafi bai auku ba a Ahlus-sunna sai a cikin }arni na biyu,kuma in mutum yayi bincike zai ga cewa mafi yawan malaman Ahlus-sunna sun bayyana cewa littafin Hadisi na farko da aka soma rubutawa shine Muwaa.To amma idan muka juya a ~angaren shi’a zamu ga akasin haka,in mutum yayi bincike zai ga yadda Aimma na Ahlul bait suka rubuta kuma suka karfafa mabiyansu ga rubuta hadisai na Manzon Allah[S].Farkon wanda ya soma rubuta hadisai na Manzon Allah[S] da kuma tattara su shine Sayyadina Aliyu AS. kuna yayi haka ne da umarnin Manzon Allah[S].Akwai ma manyan littafai  na hadisai guda biyu da Aimma[AS] suka gada daga wajen Imam Ali[AS] mai son ganin sunayen littafan da kuma abubuwan da suka }umsa,ya duba littafi mai suna “Ma’alimul-madrasataini” juz’i na biyu.Bayan haka kuma akwai Mus’hafi Fatima wanda abin da ke cikinsa shine Hadisai da sayyida Fadima[AS] taji,musamman ma na abubuwan da zasu auku,amma abun mamaki daga wasu sashen Musulmi na rashin adalci da kuma jahiltar me ake nufi da mushafi Fatima,sai suna kazafin cewa WAI mus’hafi Fatima wani Al-kur’ani ne.Na farko duk wanda zai ce maka wasu na da wani Al-kur'ani,wannan ya nuna lalle bai fahimci ayar da take cewa, “Mune muka saukar da Ambato kuma lalle mune masu kare shi”Allah[T] ya kare Alkur’ani ta ko wace fuska,wato na ayi masa }ari ko ragi ballantana kuma wai a kir kire shi.mai wannan tunanin, haka ya nuna jahilcinsa da kuma wautarsa.Na biyu wasu kalmomi a larabci wani lokaci ana amfani da su a ma’anarsu ta lugga ko is]ilahi,saboda haka ya daganta,misali anan mus’hafi fa]ima,Mus’haf anan da nufin ma’anarsa ta lugga ba wai is]ilahi ba.Saboda haka idan mutum yaji ko ya karanta ire-ire wa]annan kalmomi sai ya bincika ana nufin ma’ana ta lugga ko is]ilahi.Ba gashi an yi bayanin ma’anar hadisi da sunna a is]ilahin malaman hadisi,amma in da za a duba ma’anarsu a luggace zamu ga ai ba  haka bane,misali ma’anar sunna a luggace shine  hanya,ma’anar kuma hadisi a luggace shine Labari.Na ukku idan zaka yi hukunci ga wasu mutane kan wani abu da aka jingina masu,to adalci da kuma ilimi shine ka bincika littafansu kaga haka ne?Shi yasa anan muna kira ga yan’uwanmu musulmi Ahlus sunna,na duk wani abu da suka ji ko suka karanta wa]anda aka jingina ma shi’a,da  su bincika a littafan shi’a su ga haka ne ko ba  haka ba.ko wannan mus’hafi Fa]ima ga mai bu}atar bayani akansa ya duba littafin ma’alim da aka ambata a sama.zai ga yadda malamin ya kawo wani hadisi daga Imam Sadi}[AS] dangane da mus’hafi Fatima,yake cewa, “Acikinsa babu wata aya ta Alkur’ani,ko hukunce-hukunce na halal da haram,abinda ke cikinsa ilimi ne na abubuwan da zasu kasance,har ya cika da cewa wallahi ba Alkur’ani bane.”Haka nan kuma Imam Ali[AS]  shine farkon wanda ya tattara Alkur’ani a waje guda,in mutum ma ya bincika zai ga cewa abinda Imam Ali ya soma yi bayan wafatin Manzon Allah[S] shine tattara Alkur’ani,Amma mu duba yadda a ]aya ~angaren aka jirkita abun aka mai  da shi lokacin Usman ]an Affan.Abubuwa da yawa makamantan haka sun faru,wasu aka jirkita su wasu kuma aka ~oye,wanda sai mutum ya bincika a ~angaren Ahlul bait zai ga ha}i}a.Akwai wani hadisi A cikin muwaa Malik mai ban tsoro kuma abin tsokaci ga masu tunani,Hadisin shine bayan ya}in Uhud sahabban da suka yi shahada bayan an kammala jana’izarsu sai Manzon Allah[S] yace ga su shuhada na uhud:Wa]annan zan yi masu shaida,sai Abubakar yace ya Manzon Allah mu ba yan’uwansu bane,mun musulunta kamar yadda suka musulunta,mun yi jihadi kamar yadda suka yi jihadi?sai Manzon Allah[S] yace haka ne,Sai dai ban san mi zaku yi a bayana ba,jin haka sai Abubakar ya face da kuka.cikon hadisin yake cewa zamu kasance a bayan ka ne.To idan mutum ya duba sharhin muwaa mai suna Tanwirul-Hawalik,wajen sharhin wa]annan zan yi masu shaida sai malamin yace: Ai zan yi masu shaida ga Imani sahihi da kuma rashin canzawa da kuma rashin gogoriyo ga neman duniya,da makamantansu.Idan mutum na son yaga wannan Hadisi cikin muwaa sai ya duba Kitabul-jihad fasalin dake Magana kan shuhada’u fi sabilillah.Wannan hadisi ya nuna abubuwa zasu faru bayan wafatin Manzon Allah[S],kuma lalle sun faru musammam ga Ahlu  baitinsa da kuma mabiyansu,kai da ma Hadisan Manzon Allah[S].Da mutum zai yi bincike kan irin jarabawowin da wasu daga cikin masu ruwaito hadisai suka fuskanta a hannun masu tafi da iko a daular bani umayya da Abbasawa dama gabanin haka ta fuskoki dabam-dabam da ya sha mamaki. A ta}aice dai mabiya Ahlul bait sun riga mabiya Ahlus sunna wajen rubuta hadisai,Wato saboda  hani da su  Ahlus-sunna suka bi daga masu tafi da iko na hana rubuta hadisai da kuma ya]a su.wai saboda hujjar kada a ha]a wani abu da Al}ur’ani,alhali in mutum ya duba zai ga cewa ba yadda za’a yi ka fahimci Al}ur’an in ba tare da hadisi ba,domin hadisi shi yake fassara abubuwan da suke dunkule na Alkur'ani.




#Article 288: Nawal al-Hawsawi (139 words)


Nawal al-Hausawi matukiyar jirgin sama ce yar kasar Saudiyya. 

Wannan ba kasafai aka saba gani ba a kasar ta Saudiyya mai matsanancin rikon addinin Musulunci. Nawal wadda Bahaushiya ce haifaffiyar kasar Saudiyya ta zama zakarar gwajin dafi a kasar inda ta zama mace mai tuka jirgin sama. Alhausawi kuma ta na yin fafutika wajen kwato yancin matan kasar Saudi Arabia musamman a fagen maganar wariyar launin fata. Alhausawi bakar fata kuma Bahaushiya haifaffiyar birnin Makka ta auri farar fata baturen kasar Amurika. Ta karya dadaddiyar al'adar kasar ta wadda musulma yar kasar dole sai dai ta auri musulmi mafiyawanci ma farar fata na akasarin yan kasar. Tana da izinin tukin jirgin kasuwanci kuma tana bayar da shawara game da larurar da ta shafi tunani da matsalolin auratayya, wannan kuma abune mai kamar wuya ga mata yan kasar ta Saudiyya.




#Article 289: Falsafa (278 words)


Falsafa ko (turanci Philosophy) hanya ce ta tunanin duniya ko tunani gane da duniya da halittar da take cikin duniya da ma kabilu da muhallai. Ta dogara ne bisa ga tambayoyi da zurfafa tunanai game da yanayin mutane, yanayin duniya da kuma abinda ya hada su. Ma'anadai falsafa na nufin yin tunani game da asali na halitta kama daga mutum, dabbobi, tsirrai dama duniyar baki daya, tare da yin tambayoyi akan shin menene asalin su.

Wasu lokutan mutane kanyi batutuwa game da dalilan su da irin falsafar su (yadda suke kallon duniya a mahangar su) dama tunanin su har zuwa binciken su. Sai dai wannan makala din bata kawo bayani game da falsafar wani a karan kansa ba, zatayi bayani ne agame da tunani na gamaiyar masana falsafa ne da ittafakin su bai daya ma'ana mutanen da sukayi tunani, tambayoyi tare da rubututtuka game da falsafar duniya tun dauri.

Misalan tambayoyi na falsafa: 

Asalin kalmar falsafa tazo ne daga kalmomin harshen Girkanci guda biyu wato Philo ma'ana So sai kuma Sophia wako hikima, kenan idan an hada kalmar wato Philosopia na nufin Son Hikima, da harshen Hausa kuma sai ake fadib Falsafa.

Da akwai mabambantan rabe-rabe daga mabambantan gurare da lokuta na falsafa. Wasu masanan Falsafar yan asalin Gargajiyar Girka ne, kamar su Plato da Aristotle. Wasu kuma daga Asiya suke kamar su Budda. Wasu masana falsafar kuma daga yankin Turai suke, kamar su William na Ockham ko kuma Saint Thomas Aquinas.

Masana falsafa na shekaraun 1600s, 1700s, da 1800s sun hada da Thomas Hobbes, René Descartes, John Locke, David Hume, da Immanuel Kant. Masana falsafa na shekarun 1900s sun hada da Ludwig Wittgenstein da kuma Jean-Paul Sartre.




#Article 290: Siyasa (139 words)


Siyaya hanya ce da mutane ke bi wajen rayuwa a hade, ko a tare, ko a kungiyance cikin manufa daya. Siyasa na nufin hada yarjejeniya tsakanin mutane domin su zauna tare dukda mabam-bantan kabilu da addinai, a birane da kasashe. A manyan kashashe mutane da dama kan dauki dogon lokaci wajen tsayar da yarjejeniyar siyasa. Wadannan mutane su ake kira da Yan'siyasa. Yansiyasa da kuma wadansu mutane kan hadu domin samar da Gwamnati da tafiyar da ita. Karatun tafiyar da gwamnati a jami'a ana kiranshi da Ilimin siyasa (turanci Political Science, ko Public Administration ko Political Studies). 

A ma'anar koyaushr Siyasa na nufin hanyar da kasashe ke bi domin aiwatar da mulki ko gwamnati, da kuma hanyar da gwamnatoci ke bi wajen aiwatar da dokoki. Ana kuma yin siyasa a wasu guraren kamar Kamfanoni, kungiyoyi, makarantu, masallatai da majami'u.




#Article 291: Dosso (birni) (205 words)


Dosso birni ne dake kan kwanar kudu maso yammacin kasar Nijar. Birnin na tsakanin kilomita 130 - 140 (mil 81-87) kudu maso gabashin babban birnin kasar wato Niamey a kan marabar hanyar zuwa birnin Zinder kasar Benin. Birni na bakwai mafi yawan jama'a a kasar ta Nijar kuma mafi girma a yankin gundumar Dosso, a kidayar shekarar 2001 akwai mutane kimanin 43,561. Birnin ne cibiyar gundumar wanda ya kunshi bangarorin gudanarwa guda biyar dake kudu maso yammacun kadar Nijar.

Masrautar Dosso na zaunene a garin na Dosso, Kafin shigowar turawan mulkin mallaka masarautar Zarma ce ta mamaye dukkan yankunan na Zarma. Sarkin gargajiyar yankin ana kiran sa da Zarmakoy ko Djermakoy na Dosso. Ma'ana Sarkin Zarma ko (Djerma).

Manyan muhallan birnun akwai Masarautar Djermakoy da gidan ajiye kayan tarihi wanda yake daga cikin guwaren abubuwan mamaku na Majalisar dinkin duniya wato UNESCO World Heritage Sites a 2006.

Birnin na Dosso mahadar kasuwanci ne na shiga da fitar kaya daga birnin Kwatano na kasar Benin. Sakamakon shigo da kaya zuwa birnin Niamey ne Dosso ta zama matattarar sufuri na kanana da manyan motoci. Akwai hanyar jirgin kasa dake kan aiki a halin yanzu.

A wani kari kuma akwai shirin gina tashar sauke kaya ta doron kasa.




#Article 292: Birnin Kebbi (112 words)


Birnin Kebbi birni ne wanda yake a yankin Arewa maso yammacin Nigeria. Shine cibiyar Jahar Kebbi kuma shine mazaunin Masarautar Gwandu. A kidayar 2007 akwai yawan jama'a a birnin kimanin  125,594.
Kebbi mafiya yawan mutanen jahar Hausawa ne da Fulani kuma Musulunci ne addinin da yafi rinjaye a birnin.
Birnin Kebbi ne mazaunin fadar Masarautar Kebbi a da, wadda daga bay ta koma garin Argungu bayan bude ta da Gwandu yayi a shekarar 1831.

Birnin Kebbi na nan gefen kogin Sokoto wato Sokoto River. Akwai hanyar da ta hada birnin da garin Argungu (kilomita 45 daga Arewamaso gabashin birnin), Jega (kilomita 35 kudu maso gabas), da Bunza (kilimita 45 Kudu maso Yamma).




#Article 293: Dogondoutchi (birni) (211 words)


Dogondoutchi ko Dogonduci (Dogon Dutse a Hausa ta mutanen Najeriya) birni ne dake kilomita 300 daga gabashin birnin Niamey na kasar Nijer, kuma kilomita 40 daga iyakar Nijar da Najeriya. Birnin na kan babbar hanyar da ta hada baban birnin kasar da Maradi da Zinder har zuwa gabashi da Arewacin yankunan Tahua, Agadez da Arlit. Dogondoutchi cibiyar gudanarwa ta yankun rayawa na Dogondoutchi a Jamhuriyar Nijar. Yana karkashin jahar Dosso kuma. Al'umar yankin zaikai kimanin 80,000.

Daga Arewacin garin Dogondoutchi akwai manyan tsaunuka wanda daganan ne ma garin ya samo asalin sunan sa. Sannan kuma garina yana gefen kogi ne. Sannan garin yana a Kudu maso gabashin Nijar ne tsakanin Sahel da kudu yankin da ake samun wadataccen ruwan sama.

Akwai yanayin samun isasshen ruwan sama a yankin . 

Akwai mutane kimanin 80,000 (kidayar 2011) akwai akalla mutane 30,000 a yankin birni. Akwai yankunan rayawa guda 11 da kauyuka 17 da kabilun Fulani 5. Kabilin yankin sun hada da Hausawa da Fulani da Abzinawa da Djerma (zabarmawa). Dogondoutchi shine mahadar yamma ta al'umar Hausawa sosai, wadanda sune kabilu mafiya yawa a yankin.

Kaso 90% na mutanen Musulunci ne addinin su, sai kuma masu bin addinin gargajiya kamar Bori na wadansu Hausawa. Sannan kuma akwai adadin masu bin Kirista kalilan a birnin.




#Article 294: Bamboo Airways (165 words)


Bamboo Airways ne mai K'abilan Vietnam kasafin kudin hanyar jirgin sama. A headquarter da yake a Hanoi da kuma tsakiyar aiki da yake a Qui Nhon (Phu Cat Filin). Kamfanin jiragen sama zai fara tashi a watan Oktoba 2018. A farkon, kamfanin jirgin saman zai yi amfani da jiragen haya daga Airbus. 

Kamfanin ya sanya yarjejeniyar tare da Airbus na 24 Airbus A321neo. A ranar 26 ga watan Yuni 2018, kamfanin ya sanya hannu kan yarjejeniyar tare da Boeing don 20 Boeing 787 Dreamliner. Za a tsayar da jirgin sama a 2020. Ya jirgin ga mafi yawan filayen jiragen saman a Vietnam (Hanoi da Da Nang, Hai Phong, Huế, Nha Trang, Vinh, Dong Hoi, Qui Nhon, Da Lat, Buon Me Thuot, Can Tho, Phu Quoc.
Kamfanin ya sanya yarjejeniyar tare da Airbus na 24 Airbus A321neo. A ranar 26 ga watan Yuni 2018, kamfanin ya sanya hannu kan yarjejeniyar tare da Boeing don 20 Boeing 787 Dreamliner. Za a tsayar da jirgin sama a 2020.




#Article 295: Masallacin Annabi (882 words)


Masallacin Annabi (Larabci ألمسجذ النبوي Al-Masjid An-Nabawi) Masallaci ne a birnin Madina na kasar Saudiyya wanda Annabi Muhammad (S.A.W) ya kafa ginin shi kuma shine mallaci na uku da aka gina a tarihi. Yana daga cikin masallatai mafiya girma a duniya. Shine kuma waje mafi tsarki na biyu a Musulunci bayan masallacib Harami (ka'aba) dake birnin Makka na kasar ta Saudi Arabiya. Masallacin koda yaushe a bude yake domin aiwatar da aiyukan bauta ga musulmai.

Asalin wajen shine gidan Annabi (s.a.w) , anan ya zauna bayan yayi hijira daga maka zuwa birnin na Madina a shekarar 623Miladiyya. Shine kuma ya assasa gina shi. Asalin masallacin budadden gini ne. Masallacin ya kasance waje ne na rayuwar al'uma kuma wajen Shari'a sannan kuma Makaranta ta koyar da addini Musulunci. Asannu a hankali sarakunan musulunci ne sukai ta kokaru wajen fadada shi da kara masa gyara har yakai kyakkyawa kamar yadda yake a yanzu. Shine waje na farko a yankin larabawa da aka fara sakama hasken wutar lantarki. Masallacin na karkashin hukumar dake kula da masallatai biyu masu tsarki ta kasar Saudiyya. Masallacin yana a tsakiyar birnin Madina, akwai manyan Hotel-hotel da tsofaffin kasuwanni a kewaye da shi. Babban waje ne na aiwatar da aikin umara ga N
mahajjata da masu ziyarar Umara. 

Bayan fadada shi ne da daular Umaiya tayi karkashin sarkin daular Kalifa Al-Walid I, sai ya hado harda makwancin sa (S.A.W) da wasu Sahabbai nasa guda biyi (kalifofin Khulafa'hur-Rashidun na farko da na biyu). Daya daga cikin manyan sannun gurare a masallacin shine babbar koyariyar Hasumiya wadda ananne daidai dakin Ummuna Ai'sha (matar Annabi (s.a w). 
A ranar 19 ga watan Maris ne hukumomi a kasar Saudiyya suka bayyana sanarwar rufe kofofin madallacin tare da hana yin dukkan wasu aiyuka na ibada da taruwar jama'a sakamakon kamari da annobar cutar Covid-19 tayi ma duniya.

Annabi Muhammad (s.a.w) ne ya gina masallacin a Madina bayan hijirar sa a shekarar 622miladiyya. Yana tafiya a kan dokin sa maisuna Qaswa sai ya zo daidai inda masllacin yake a yanzu. Asalin gurin mallakin wadansu mutanene Sahal da Suhail, wajene da ake busar da dabino, daga baya kuma aka maidashi makabarta. Annabi (s.a.w) yaki karbar filin a matsayi sadaka, sai ya sayi filin kuma yakai tsawon wata bakwai kafin a kammala ginin shi. Misalin tsawon masllacin shine, mita 30.5 × 35.62 ( kafa 100.1 × kafa 116.9) , an rufe shi da ganyen kwakwa sa kasa tsawon mita 3.60 (kafa 11.8). Kofofi ukun nasallacin sune Bab-al-Rahma daga kudu sai Bab-al-Jibril daga yamma sai kuma Bab-al-Nisa daga bangin gabas.

Bayan kammala yakin Khaibar an fadada masallacin da mita 47.32 (kafa 155.2) daga ko wanne bangare. A lokacin Kalifa na farko wato Sayyadina Abubakar yabar masallacin haka amma daga baya lokacin kalifancin Sayyadina Umar sai ya rusa sauran gidajen dake makotaka da masallacin banda gidan Ummuna Aisha domin kara fadadashi. Sabon gyaran ya kasance kamar haka, mita 57.49 × mita 66.14 (kafa 188.6 × 217.0). Anyi amfani da busaaahen tabo da laka wajen gina katangar masallacin. Umar kuma ya kara da gina wadansu kofin ciki harda kofar Al-Bukaiha.

Kalifa na uku wato Sayyadina Usman, ya rushe masallacin a shekara ta 649miladiyya. Inda ya dauki tsawon wata goma domin gina masallacin, ananne kuma ya daidaita fuskar sa ta koma kallon Makka. Ga yadda nasa aikin ginin ya kasance, mita 81.40 × mita 62.48 (kafa 167.1× kafa 205.3). Dukkan kofofin da sunayen su basu canza ba. 

A shekara 707 Kalifa na daular Umayya Al-Walid Ibn Abdal-Malik ya sake gina masallacin. Yadau shekara uku kafin aikin ya kammala. An kara fadin masallacin da sukwaya 5094. 

Kalifan Abbasiyya wato Kalifa Al-Mahdi ya kara tsawon masallacin daga arewa da mita 50 (kafa 160). An rubuta sunan sa a katangar masallacin. Ya kuma yi kokarin ya matsar da hawan mimbarin zuwa hawa shida amma daga bisani sai ya fasa. 

An gina babbar hasumaya a kan raudha da ta hado daga kudu maso gabashin kwanar masallacin. An gina ta a 1837m. Daga nan ake kiran ta da Koriyar Hasumiya

Sultan Abdul Majid I ya dauki shekaru goma sha uku wajen sake ginin masallacin, wanda aka fara a 1849. Anyi amfani da jan bulo wajen aikin sake ginin masallacin. An kara fadada daben da tsawom murabba'in sukwaya mita 1293. An kuma rubuta ayoyin Alkur'ani a kan katangun masallacin. An kuma gina makaranta wato Madrasah domin koyar da Alkur'ani.

Lokacin da Sarki Saud bin Abdul-Aziz ya karbe Madina, ya dauki kudiri tare da aiwatar dashi. Kudirin kuwa shine na sake gina Masallacin tare da gyara da goge dukkannin abubuwan da zasu kawo matsala ga tauhidi, wato bidio'in da akayi kamar gyra ginin da akayi akan kabarin annabi tare da hana mutane yin sallah da adduo'i a wajen.

Bayan kafa masarautar Saudi Arabiya a 1937, masallacin ya fuskanci gyare gyare da dama kamar samar da hanya inda aka yanki wani bangare na shi. Da kuma karin hasumayoyi da samar da dakin karatu na litattafan musulunci.

A shekara 1974, Sarki Faisal ya kara fadin masallacin da sukwaya mita 40,440. An kuma kara fadada harabar sa a zamanin sarki Fahad a 1985. Lokacin da aka kammala aikin masallacin ya kai fadin kafa miliyan 1.7. 

Anyi sanarwar fara aikin sabon gyara a masallacin na dalar Amurika biliyan $6b. a shekarar 2012. Idan an kammala aikin masallacin zai dauki adadin mutane miliyan 1.6.




#Article 296: Chiang Kai-shek (103 words)


Chiang Kai-shek (31 ga Oktoba 1887 - 5 Afrilu 1975), kuma ya sake yin haka kamar Chiang Chieh-shih ko Jiang Jieshi da aka sani da Chiang Chungcheng, shi ne shugaban siyasa da soja wanda yayi aiki a matsayin shugaban kasar Jamhuriyar Sin daga 1928 zuwa 1975, na farko a kasar Sin har 1949, sa'an nan kuma gudun hijira a Taiwan. Ya san shi da yawa daga cikin duniya a matsayin shugaban gwamnatin kasar da ta dace har zuwa karshen shekarun 1960 da farkon shekarun 1970. Ya kasance mai mulkin sarauta mai mulki mafi tsawo a kasar Sin, tun shekaru 46 da suka wuce.




#Article 297: Kaaba (218 words)


Kaaba (Larabci ٱلْـكَـعْـبَـة‎ Ka'abah) ana kuma kiran ta da al-Kaʿbah al-Musharrafah  (Larabci ٱلْـكَـعْـبَـة الْـمُـشَـرًّفَـة‎ Daki mai tsarki), wani ginannen daki ne a birnin Makka na kasar Saudiyya mai matukar tsarki a tsakani Misulmai. (ٱلْـمَـسْـجِـد الْـحَـرَام‎ Al-Masjid Al-Ḥarām, Masallacin Harami), Har ila yau kuma Musulmai kan kira shi da (بَـيْـت ٱلله‎ Dakin Allah). Duk inda suke a duniya Musulmai ana bukatar su da su fuskanci bangaren wannan dakin lokacin gabatar da Sallah (صَـلَاة‎ Ṣalât, Bautar Allah a Musulunce). Dakin kuma shine ake kira da (قِـبْـلَـة‎ qiblah, mafuskanta) wato dai mafuskantar ta musulmai domin gabatar da Sallah.

Daya daga cikin shika shikan Musulunci biyar shine aikin Hajji حَـجّ‎, a dakin na Kaaba ne matattarar mahajjatan, kuma kowanne Musulmi yana da fatan zuwa dakin koda sau daya ne a rayuwar sa domin dawafi (طَـوَاف‎ tawaf, kewaya dakin sau bakwai da niyyar bauta ma Allah). Hakanan ma bayan aikin Hajji haka dai musulman na yin dawafin a fakin yayin zuwansu Umara (عُـمْـرَة‎ Umrah). Miliyoyin mutane ne ke ziyartar dakin domin tsarkake Allah, mutane daga wajen kasar Saudiyya 1,379,531 ne suka halarci dakin yayin aikin hajji na 2013, a shekarar 2014 ma Saudiyya ta sanar da adadin mahajjata daga wajen kasar ta 1,389,053 wadan da suka halarci hajjin shekarar yayin da yan kasar ta kuma kimanin mutane 63,375 ne suka samu halar ta.




#Article 298: Tunisiya (299 words)


Tunisiya (Larabci:تونت، Abzinanci ⵜⵓⵏⴻⵙ; Faransanci: Tunisie). Jamhuriyar Tunisiya (Turanci Republic of Tunisia (Larabci : الجمهورية التونسية‎ al-Jumhūrīya at-Tūnisīya) kasa ce mai cin yancin gashin kanta a yankin arewacin Afrika, mai fadin kasa sukwaya mita 165,000 (sukwaya mil 64,000). Tayi iyaka da kasar Libya daga kudu maso gabas, sai Aljeriya daga yamma da kudu maso gabas, sai kuma da kogin miditaraniya daga Arewa da kuma gabas. Adadin kidayar mutanen Tunisiya a kidadayar shekara ta 2016 yakai miliyan 11.93. Sunan kasar Tunisiya ya samo asali ne daga sunan babban birnin kasar wato birnin Tunis.

Tarihi ya nuna cewar asalin kasar Tunisiya ta samo asaline daga Abzinawa wadanda suka kafu a hankali da kadan kadan a tsakankanin wadansu kananan kauyuka da kuma wadansu kananan mabanbantan kabilu.  Mafi yawancin su sun gina kananan garuruwa domin gudanar da kasuwanci da fatake masu wucewa. A haka ne kauyukan abzinawan yaci gaba da karuwa sakamakon wadansu fataken na yada zango karshema sai suyi zaman su anan. Gabanin haihuwar Annabi Isah a tsakanin karnuka na 8 zuwa na goma birane suka kafu a kasar ta Tunisiya.

Kasar Tunisiya ta fada hannun dauloli daban daban kamar daular Rumawa tsawon shekaru aru-aru kafin samun yancinta.

A karni na Bakwai ne Larabawa suka ci kasar da yaki tare da gabatar Addinin Musulunci a kasar tare da gina wani birni wanda suke kira da Kairoun. Kairoun ne birni na larabawa musulmai na farko a kasar Tunisiya. Masarautun Musulunci da dama sun shugabanci Tunisiya. Daya daga cikin fitacciyar masarautar musulmai wadda ta jagoranci Tunisiya itace Masarautar Zirids. Zirids tana karkashin ikon masarautar Fatimiyya ce ta birnin Misra dake kasar Masar.

A haka kasar tunisiya taci gaba da zama karkashin daulolin musulunci har ya zuwa lokacin da turawan mulkin mallaka na kasar Faransa suka ahiga kasar a 12 ga watan Mayu, na 1881




#Article 299: Baha'i (391 words)


Baha'i wani addini ne da ya fara a shekarun 1800 daga wani mutum dan kasar Iran wanda ake kira Bahá'u'lláh wanda aka haifa a birnin Tehran na kasar ta Iran. Mabiya addinin Baha'i sunyi imani da Bahá'u'lláh a matsayun annabin Allah ne kuma yana kaya ma mutane sanun Ubangiji da bauta masa.

Akidar mabiya Baha'i sun yarda da Ubangiji daya. Sun yarda Bahá'u'lláh yana dauko sakon Ubangiji zuwa ga halitta. Bahá'u'lláh yace bashine na farko ba wajen kawo sakon Ubangiji kuma bashi ne na karshe ba, yace shuma kamar sauran Annabawa yake kamar Yesu, Muhammad, Ibrahim da Musa,sanann kuma shima kamar sauran jagiririn addinai yake irin su Krishna da Buddah. Yace yana kallon dukkannin su a matsayin Manzannin Ubangiji ne. An haifi Bahá'u'lláh a gidan Muulmai ne kafin ya kafa nasa addinin mai kama da Musulunci. Mabiya Baha'i sun hakikance da babu wani Annabi bayan Bahá'u'lláh sai an samu shekaru 1000 bayan rasuwar sa.

An kafa addinin Baha'i ne a shekarar 1844 lokacin da wani mutum mai suna Bab yace yana samun sako daga Ubangiji. Yace lallai Ubangiji zai aikoshi da sako na addini ga Yan adan. Shidai bab asalinsa wani babban malamin Shi'a ne. Wannan ne ya fara addinin, mabiya wannan addini ana kiran su da Babi. Mutane da dama sun zamo Babi a kasar Iran, wadda ake kira da Farisa a wancan lokacin. Wannan kuma ya fusata Al'umar Musulmai dama hukumomin kasar ta Farisa. Suna kama Bab tare da kashe shi da mabiyansa da dama. Duk da faruwar wannan har yanzu akwai mabiya wannan addinin a kasar dama sauran kasashen duniya.

Bayan kashe Bab sai Bahá'u'lláh ya cigaba da tafiyar da jagorancin mabiyan su, daga bisani shima ya ayyana cewar yana samun sakon Ubangiji. Ya zamo sananne tsakanin mabiyan Baha'i. Bayan kashe Bab hukumomin Fasiya suka yi suma mabiyan baha'i sunyi kudirin kashe sarkin Farisa amma sai Bahá'u'lláh yace kada mabiyan suyi haka. A lokacin rayuwar sa a kurkuku Bahá'u'lláh yace yaga mala'ika yazo masa kuma ya fada masa cewa zau zama mazo na Ubangiji, sannan kuma yayi masa bishara da Uabangiji zai kare shi kuma zai fitar dashi domin yaci gaba da aiwatar da wannnan addini. Kuma ba'a dade ba sai ya fita daga giadan yarin ammai sai gwamnatin ta Farisa ta kora shi inda ya koma birnin Bagadaza wanda a lokacin yan karkashin ikon daukar Usmaniyya ne.




#Article 300: Muharram (201 words)


Muharram Ko kuma da (Larabci:مُحَرَّم‎ muḥarram), watan daya kenan a kalandar Musulunci. Yana daga cikin watanni hudu masu alfarma a shekara. Kalmar Muharram na nufin Kauracewa.

Ranar goma ga watan shine ranar Ashura wadda Musulmi yan Shi'a ke daukar ta a ranar bakin ciki ta duniya yayin da su kuma Musulmai mabiya Sunnah kan yi Azumi a wannan ranar Saboda a Hadisi Ance Annabi Musa ya yi azumi a ranar domin samun nasara a bisa ga Fir'auna. Sannan kuma Annabi Muhammad yayi umarni da musulmai su azumci wannan rana da kuma ranar tara kafin ta wadda yan shi'a ke kira da Tasu'a Kuma sun hakikance a ranar ne aka kashe Imami Haussaini.

Daga ranar da aka ga jaririn watan da Muharram to kenan farkon shekarar Musulunci ta fara. Watan farko na Musulunci wato Muharram yana daga cikin watanni hudu mafiya alfarma ga muaulmai kamar yadda Allah ya fada a Alkur'ani; Muharram, Rajab, Dhu al Ki'dah da Dhu al Hijjah. Koda kafin zuwan musulunci ma Kuraishawa na girmama su inda yaki ya zama haramun a cikin su.

Shi'awa na girmama watan muharram saboda a cikin sa ne Imam Hussaini yayi Shahadar sa a wajen da a yanzu shine birnin Karbala a Iran.




#Article 301: Rabi' al-awwal (165 words)


Rabīʿ al-ʾawwal (Larabci ربيع الأوّل) shine watan uku a watannin shekara na Musulunci. Acikin wannan watan Musulmai da dama kanyi bukukuwan Maulidi (bikin murnar haihuwar annabi Muhammad S.A.W). Musulmai mabiya Sunnah sun hakikance da Ranar 12 ga watan aka haifi Annabi Muhamad (s.a.w), yayin da Shi'a suka hakikance da ranar 17 ne da Asuba aka haife Shi. Shidin Annabin da kansa bai yi bikin Maulidin ba sai dai yayi nuni a Hadisi game da Musulmai su rinka azumi a ranar kowacce litinin domin itace ranar a aka haifeshi. Duka dai Musulmai na girmama wannan watan.

Babu wani hakikanin tarihi game da ainahin ranar ko kwanan watan da aka haifi Annabi Muhammad (s.a.w) sai dai shi din Annabin ya yi nuni da an haife shi a ranar Litinin ne amma bai taba fadan kwanan watan ba. Amma masu bikin Mauludi na daukar ranar 12 ko 17 a matsayin ranar haihuwar Sa. Inda suke gudanar da bukukuwan a sassa daban daban na kasashe da dama na duniya.




#Article 302: Falasdinu (265 words)


Falasdinu (Turanci Palestine), (Larabci فلسطين ) دولةفلسطين Daular Falastin kasa ce da ake tababa a kanta a nahiyar Asiya. Kasar na ikirarin mallakar yankin gabar tekun yammacin ta wato (iyaka da kasar Isra'ila da Jordan) sai kuma yankiin Gaza (iyaka da Israila da Masar) da kuma gabashin birnin Jerusalem wanda shine kasar take dauka a matsayin babban birnin ta, dukda yake kuma a birnin Ramallah ne ale tafiyar da mafi yawan aiyukan gwamnati. Mafi yawancin yankunan kasar Falasdinu na karkashin Yahudawan Israila yan kama guri zauna da suka kwace tun daga ahekarar 1967. Yawan mutanen kasar ya kai 4,560,368 kidayar 2014, itace kasa ta 123 a yawan jama'a a duniya.

Bayan kammala yakin duniya na biyu a 1947, Majalisar dinkin duniya tayi kokarin kafa kasar ta Falasdinu wadda ta kumshi Larabawa Musulmai, da kuma Yahudawa da kasar su ta Israila a 1948. Bayan kafa kasar ta Falasdinu ne sai larabawa Musulmai suka dauki makamai domin nuna adawa da yin hakan tare da yakar yahudawa.

Tun daha nan yakin yaita ci gaba tare da canza salo kala kala har zuwa ranar 15 Nuwamba 1988, ina shugaban Falsdinawa Yaseer Arafat, ya ayyana kafa kasar ta Falasdinu a birnin Aljas][ na kasar Aljeriya. Shekara daya kuma bayan sa hannun kan yarjejeniyar Osla Accords a 1993 gwamnati ta kafu a kasar Falsdinu.

Kasashe 136 mambobi a majalisar dinkin duniya ne suka amince da Falasdinu a matsayin kasa. Kasar har yanzu ba mamba bace ba a Majalisar dinkin duniya, amma kuma mamba ce a kungiyar kasashen larabawa wato G77, da kuma Hukumar wasanni ta Olympic da sauran manyan kungiyoyin duniya.




#Article 303: Ramadan (145 words)


Ramadan (Larabci رمضان) Watan Musulunci ne na tara, kuma a cikin sa ne aka saukar da Alqur'ani ga Annabi Muhammad (s.a.w).

Azumin Musulunci a watan Ramadan na daya daga cikin shika shikan Musulunci guda biyar. Musulmi kan azumci watan iyakar tsayin sa kullum tun daga fitowar alfijir har ya zuwa faduwar rana. Musulmi sunyi imani da fadin an saukar da Alkur'ani ne a watan na ramadan wanda ake yin wahayin sa a hankali a hankali daga Allah zuwa ga Annabi Muhammad (s.a.w) ta hannun dan aiken Allah Mala'ika Jibrilu. Annabi ya fada ma musulmai Ana bude dukkannin kofofin Aljannah kuma ana kulle kofofin Jahannama tare da daure shaidanu a watan na Ramadan. Daga karshen watan ana gabatar da bikin karamar sallah.

Lokuta a watan Ramadan.

A kowa wani goma karshen watan Ramadan Ana saran samun rana daya wanda ake kira da lailai kadari a larabce. 




#Article 304: Ebonyi (118 words)


Jihar Ebonyi Jiha ce dake a kudu maso gabas a ƙasar Najeriya. Tana da yawan fili kimani na kilomita murabba’i 5,533 da yawan jama’a miliyan biyu da dubu dari da saba'in da shida da dari tara da arba'in da bakwai (ƙidayar yawan jama'a shekara 2006). Babban birnin tarayyar jahar ita ce Abakaliki. David Umahi shi ne gwamnan jihar tun zaben shekara ta 2015 har zuwa yau. Mataimakin gwamnan shi ne Eric Kelechi Igwe. Dattiban jihar su ne: Sam Egwu, Sonni Ogbuoji da Joseph Ogba.

Jihar Ebonyi tana da iyaka da misalin jihhohi hudu su ne: Jihar Abia, Jihar Benue, Cross River kuma da Jihar Enugu.

Jihar Ebonyi nada adadin Kananan hukumomi guda goma sha uku (13). Wadanda Sune:




#Article 305: Max Air (295 words)


Max Air yana daya daga cikin manyan kamfanonin jirgin saman Najeriya da ke aiki da tsarin zirga-zirgar jiragen sama na cikin gida, da wasu yanki na duniya.

An kafa kamfanin Max Air Limited ne a shekarar 2008 tare da jirgin farko na kasuwanci zuwa filin jirgin saman Sarki Abdulaziz na kasa da kasa daga Kano a 2008.

Kamfanin jirgin sama ya fara aikinsa tare da jirgin sama samfurin Boeing 747-400 guda biyu don ayyukan aikin Umrah da aikin Hajji.

A watan Yuni na 2018, Max Air ya fara ayyukan cikin gida har zuwa wasu wurare uku wadanda suka hada da Abuja, Legas daga babbar tashar jirgin sama Kano.

A ranar 1 ga Nuwamba, 2018, Max Air ya ba da sanarwar sabbin hanyoyi biyu zuwa ayyukanta na gida wanda ya hada da Port Harcourt da Yola a zaman wani bangare na fadada aikinta.

A ranar 5 ga Nuwamba, kamfanin jirgin sama ya kaddamar da hanyar Maiduguri, wanda ya mayar da shi matsayi na 6 a cikin gida zuwa hanyoyin aikinsa. 

Yazuwa watan Janairu na 2018, kamfanin MaxAir fleet na da jerin wadannan jiragen:

Kamfanin Azman Air na daya daga cikin kamfanin jirgin saman Najeriya wanda aka kafa a shekara ta 2010.

Kamfanin Azman Air yana zirga zirga ne a ciki da wajen gida Nijeriya.

Azman Air ya mai da hankali ne ga ba da sabis na jirgin sama na duniya, kyakkyawar dangantakar abokin ciniki, ingantattun sabis na kan layi da iya aiki da aiki dangane da aiki da Tsaro. 

Daga cikin tashoshin daban-daban dake a cikin kasar, 

Azman Air a halin yanzu tana gudanar da zirga-zirgar jiragen sama a cikin gida Tun daga Legas zuwa Kano, Abuja, Kaduna, Kebbi, Gombe, Yola, Maiduguri da Portharcourt.

Hakanan daga Abuja zuwa Kano, Kebbi, Lagos, Maiduguri, Gombe, Yola da Portharcourt. 




#Article 306: Trinidad da Tobago (117 words)


Jamhuriyar Trinidad da Tobago (da Turanci: Republic of Trinidad and Tobago) kasa ce a kudancin kogin Karibiyan. Kilomita 11 (mil 7) daga kasar Venezuela. Kasar nada manyan tsuburai guda biyu wato Trinidad da Tobego, da kuma wasu kananan tsuburran da dama. Babban birnin kasar shine Port of Spain. Akwai jimillar adadin mutane kimanin 1,262,366 a kasar.

Kasar ta samu yancin kanta ne daga kasar Birtaniya a shekarar 1962. 

Mutanen kasar duka sunzo ne daga kasashen Afrika, Turai, Larabawa, da kuma Indiya. Kiristanci shine babban addini a kasar sai kuma Hindu da Musulunci. A kwai kuma addinan gargajiya na mutanen Afrika.

Akwai albarkatun kasa a tsuburin wanda shine jigo na tattalin arzikin kasar sai kuma yawon bude ido.




#Article 307: Kabafest (107 words)


Bikin baje kolin Littafai da zane-zane na garin Kaduna da ake kira da Kabafest. Wannan wani biki ne dake gudana a garin Kaduna duk shekara, anfara kaddamar dashi ne a shekarar 2017 a Gusau Institute, inda aka gayyaci shahararrun marubuta daga koina a duniya kamar Leila Aboulela, Kinna Likimani, Lola Shoneyin, Kadaria Ahmed, Abubukar Adam dadai sauransu, biki ne mai kayatarwa da wayar dakai musamman akan abubuwan dake kawo cigaban al'umma da ilimi, da al'adu masu amfani. Gwamnatin jihar Kaduna itace ke daukan nauyin bikin tare da kamfanoni wadanda suke taimakawa, hakama uwargidan gwamnan wato Hajiya Hadiza Isma El-Rufai itama tana daga cikin masu ganin cigaban bikin.




#Article 308: Harshen Latin (105 words)


Harshen Latin ko Latanci ko Latinanci harshen nada asali ne daga daular Rumawa, sabida irin girman da daular ke dashi, da kuma karfinta hakan yasa yaren zama mafi shahara a yankin da Rumawa suka mallaka musamman kasar Italiya har izuwa sauran dauloli, masana sun tabbatar da cewar yaren Latin shine ya haifar da samun yaruka kamar Italiyanci, Portuguese, Ispaniyanci, Faransanci, and Romaniyan. Latin, Harshen Girka, da Faransanci sunada kalmomin da asalinsu daga sune a Yaren ingilishi. Musamman harshen Latanci dana Girka suke da mafi yawan kalmomin da ake amfani dasu a fannonin ilimin turanci a yau, kamar fannin lissafi, bayoloji, Kimiyya, fannin magani, da sauransu.




#Article 309: Malcolm X (430 words)


Malcolm X  ko el-Hajj Malik el-Shabazz (الحاجّ مالك الشباز) ya canja suna bayan ya musulunta. Yarayu daga shekara ta 1925 zuwa 1965 ya kasance ba Amurike dan'asali Afirka, wanda ya Musulunta, kuma mai rajin kare hakkin dan'Adam. An bayyana shi a matsayin wani wanda baida tsoro wurin karewa da nemawa yan'asalin Afirka mazauna Amurka hakkinsu, mutum ne daya kalubalance farar fata a kasar Amurka da tsauraren kalamai akan cutarwar da sukewa bakar fata. Ana ganinsa daya daga cikin manyan yan'Afirka mazauna Amurka dasuka kasance masu ilimi wurin zance da janhankalin al'umma a tarihi.

An haife shi Malcolm Little a  watan 19 Mayu a shekara ta 1925 a garin
Omaha, Nebraska, dake kasar Amurka, yarasu a watan
Febreru 21, shekara ta 1965 (shekaru 39) a garin
Manhattan, jihar New York, U.S.
Sanadiyar mutuwa
Harbi da bindiga

Makabartan Ferncliff 
 

el-Hajj Malik el-Shabazz
(الحاجّ مالك الشباز)

Shugaba, Mai rajin hakkin dan'Adam, Ya Samar da

Muslim Mosque, Inc.,
Organization of Afro-American Unity

Black nationalism, da kungiyar
Pan-Africanism

Matarsa itace
Betty Shabazz sunyi aure a shekara ta 1958.

Mahaifinsa Earl Little da mahaifiyarsa 
Louise Helen Norton Little

An kashe mahaifinsa a lokacin yana da shekara shida (6) da haihuwa, sannan mahaifiyarsa an sanyata a asibitin jinyan kwakwalwa yayin yanada shekara sha'uku, Sannan ne yayi rayuwa a gidajen rainon yara, a shekara ta 1946, shekaru 20, ankaisa gidan yari akan dauke-dauke ananne yasamu haduwa da kungiyar  Nation of Islam (NOI), ya chanja sunansa daga Malcolm Little to Malcolm X saboda cewarsa, Little sunane na farar fata wanda suka sanya wa iyayensa shiyasa bazai yi amfani da sunan ba. Bayan ya fita daga fursuna a shekara ta 1952, yazamanto shugaba a kungiyar Nation of Islam, kuma shahararren mai jawabin kungiyar.

A shekarar 1964, Malcolm X yasamu matsala da  Nation of Islam musamman shugabanta a  Elijah Muhammad. Inda ya bayyana danasanin zamansa a kungiyar ya koma bin asalin addinin musulunci mai bin  Sunnah Islam. Bayan tafiye tafiyensa zuwa kasashen Afirka da zuwarsa Hajji sai ya dawo da amfani da sunansa na musulunci  el-Hajj Malik el-Shabazz. Ya tabbatar da rashin goyon bayansa akan wariya ko wata iri ce, sannan ya samar da kungiyar  Muslim Mosque, Inc. da kungiyar Organization of Afro-American Unity (kungiyar hadinkan Yan'Afirka). Ya cigaba da tabbatar da rajin yan'Afirka, yancin bakar fata, samun mutuncin kan bakar fata da kariyarsa. 

A watan Febreru 21, 1965 aka kashe Malcolm yayin dayake gabatar da jawabi a dakin taro na Ballroom dake jihar New York, yan kungiyar Nation of Islam ne uku aka kama da zargin kisan wadanda daga baya suka tuba, kuma suka bar kungiyar suka koma sunni Islam.




#Article 310: Jerin jihohi a Nijeriya (100 words)


Najeriya, jamhiriya ce mai jihohi 36 da babban birnin taraiya 1. Kowacce jiha nada matsakaicin iko na gudanarwa da tafiyar da mulki karkashin ikon gwamnatin taraiya. Gwamnatin taraiyar na da mazauni ne a babban birnin taraiyar dake Abuja. Babban birnin taraiyar ba jiha bane, amma wani yankin gudanarwa ne wanda ke dauke da zababbun wakilai a majalisar taraiya tare da sa idon gwamnatin taraiya.
Kowacce jiha ta kasu ne bisa ga kananan hukumomi. A yanzu akwai kananan hukumomi 774 a Najeriya.

Teburi mai nuna tarihin yadda aka samar da jahohi.

Rarrabuwa da yadda aka kirkiri jahohin Najeria.

Ƙananan hukumomin Nijeriya




#Article 311: John Onaiyekan (162 words)


John Onaiyekan, an haife shi a ranar 29 ga watan Janairu a shekara ta 1944, a garin Kabba wanda ayanzu tana jihar Kogi, daga iyayensa Bartholomew da Joann Onaiyekan. Yayi makarantar St. Mary's Catholic School dake garin Kabba daga shekara ta 1949 zuwa 1956, sannan kuma yaje Mount St. Michael's Secondary School dake Aliade, jihar Benue, daga shekara ta 1957 zuwa 1962, da kuma St. Peter  Paul Major Seminary in Bodija, Ibadan, a shekara ta 1963 zuwa 1965. Ya kammala karatun addininsa a kasar Rome a shekara ta 1969 kuma aka jagoranta shi a matsayin priest a 3 ga watan Augusta wannan shekara daga Auguste Delisle na garin Ilorin. Ahmadu Bello Sardaunan Sokoto, firimiya Arewacin Nijeriya yabashi tallafin zuwa karatu a kasar waje. 

Onaiyekan ya koyar a makarantar St. Kizito's College, Isanlu, a shekara ta 1969. Yazama rector of St. Clement Junior Seminary dake Lokoja a shekara ta 1971. Ya kuma zama Rector a makarantar Ss. Peter  Paul a shekara ta 1977.




#Article 312: Access Bank (153 words)


Access Bank plc ko Bankin Access, cibiya ce ta hada hadan kudade da ajiyarsu dake da helkwata a jihar Lagos  Nijeriya, Bankin Access suna da rassa daban-daban a fadin Afirka kuma kungiyar bankin  Access ne suka mallaki bankin. Kuma babban bankin Nijeriya ne ta basu ikon gudanarwa.
An kirkira bankin Access a shekara ta 1989.
Adireshin helkwatar bankin na a rukunin dake 999c, Danmole Street off Adeola Odeku/Idejo Street, Victoria Island, jihar Lagos, Nijeriya

Manyan masu fada aji na bankin.
Babban Mazaunin kamfanin shine: Mosun Belo-Olusoga;
Babban mai umurni da gudanarwan kamfani: Herbert Wigwe 
Ayyukan da bankin access ke samarwa sun hada da bada bashi, Ajiya, Sa hannun jari, Bayarda bashin gidaje, da sauransu.
Adadin kudin shigan kamfanin US$298 million (NGN:59 billion) daga shekara ta (2015)
Jimillar dukiyar kamfanin 
US$12.2+ billiyan (NGN:2.412 trilliyan) a shekara ta  2015 
Yawan ma'aikatan dake aiki a kamfanin: Samar da mutane dubu Tara 9,000+ a shekara ta 2012




#Article 313: Ahmad Gumi (209 words)


Ahmad Abubakar Gumi ko Ahmad Gumi, ko mufti, ɗa ne ga shararren malamin Sunni a Arewacin Najeriya marigayi Shaykh Abubakar Mahmud Gumi.

An haife shi a shekara ta 1959. yayi karatun likita a jami'ar Ahmadu Bello dake Zaria, sannan yayi aikin soja inda yakai ga matsayin kaftin kafin yabar soja zuwa kasar Saudiya dan karatun addinin musulunci har yakaiga matakin digirin digirgir wato digiri mataki na uku (Ph.D) daga jami'ar ummul kura dake Birnin Makkah a kasar ta saudiya. Daga cikin wadanda Dr Ahmad Gumi yayi karatu tare dasu a Jami'ar Ummul kura dake garin Makkah, akwai Abdul Rahman Al-Sudais, da  Saud Al-Shuraim.

Ahmad Gumi ya kasance mai son ganin yan siyasa sun bi dokokin kasan wurin aiwatar da hakkokin jama'arsu, abinda ya jawo wasu yan siyasa da  bai cancanta ya sanya kansa cikin harkokin siyasa ba. A shekarun 2012 zuwa 2014 yayi suna wurin caccakar shugaba Goodluck Jonathan. Kuma haka a baya bayan nan ana jinsa yana sukar shugaba Muhammadu Buhari bisa ga salon Mulkin sa.

Gwamnatin kasar Saudiyya ta taɓa kama shi a shekarar 2013 bisa zargin alaƙa da Umar Faruq Abdulmutallab wanda ya yi nufin tayar da ban a wani jirgin Amurka. Amma daga baya aka sallame shi bayan jami'ai sun wanke shi.
Allah yasa adace




#Article 314: Jami'ar Jihar Kaduna (430 words)


Jami'ar Jihar Kaduna (Kasu). Babban makaranta ce na gaba da sakadare dake Jihar Kaduna, Nijeriya. An samarda makarantar ne a shekara ta 2004. Tana da fannonin Ilimi bakwai da shashen karatuttuka 39. Dakin littafai na jami'ar nada littafai sama da 17, 000. Tana rassa biyu a kananan hukumomi biyu dake jihar: Kafanchan da Kaduna.
Taken jami'ar shine Ilimi dan cigaba da hadin kai. Shugaban jami'ar shine
ferfesa Muhammad Tanko.
Dokar data samar da jami'ar itace wata doka da jihar Kaduna tagabatar a watan Mayu shekara ta 2004 a karkashin gwamnatin Alh. Ahmed Mohammed Makarfi, wadda ta bukaci bunkasa ilimi a fadin jihar. Sai aka yarda da samar da rassa biyu: daya a birnin Kaduna daya kuma a Kafancan, rashen dake Kaduna shiya soma aiki yana Samar da shaidar digiri. Sai Dakta. Ahmed Mohammed Makarfi tsohon gwamnan waccan lokaci yanada  Farfessa Idris Abdulkadir yazama babba shugaban jami'ar na farko, sai Farfessa Abubakar Sani Sambo yzama mataimakin shugaban jami'ar. Bayan wani lokaci sai Farfessa Aminu S. Mikailu, ya amshi matsayin mataimakin jami'ar bayan gwamnatin tarayya ta nada Farfessa Sambo a matsayin shugaban hukumar makamashi ta kasar.  Professor E.M. Abdurrahman shine mataimakin shugaban jami'ar na uku,  Farfessa W.B Quirix shine mataimakin shugaban jami'ar na hudu, sannan Farfessa Muhammad Tanko Wanda yazama mataimakin shugaban jami'ar a yanzu, yafara aiki daga watan Janairu shekaran 2017. Fatfessa S. U. Abdullahi shine kuma a yanzu yake rike da maukamin babban shugaban jami'ar. 

Jami'ar nada Fannoni na ilimi guda bakwai(7) tareda tsangayoyi daban-daban

Wannan fanni yakasance daga cikin Fannonin da aka faresu a jimiar tunda farko. Yanada bangarori bakwai:

Fannin kimiyya shima yanada daga cikin Fannonin na farko a jamiar yana tattare da wadannan sassha:

Fannin Magani na jami'ar shine kawai sabon daga cikin Fannonin da makarantar kedasu an sanarda ita a shekara ta 2008, da kudirin Samar da ingantattun likitoci da kwararru a fannin lafiya.
Burin ta koyar da likitoci da wasu bangaren kiwon lafiya da ainihin ingantaccen ilimi da zasu maye gurbin Samar da aikin lafiya a jihar Kaduna da Nijeriya bakidaya.
Wanda zasu iya aiki wa al'ummah da kananan cibiyoyin bada lafiya. Sannan har wayau zasu iya gogayya akan kwarewa da aiki a duk fadin duniya domin samun cigaban halitta Dan'adam. 

Fannin ya kunshi shashen Magani ne kadai 

An Samar da Fannin a shekara ta 2012. Dakta. Ahmed Tijjani Mora shine shugaba tanada sassha BIYAR: 

Ita ma wannan Fanni nadaga cikin Fannonin na farko a jami'ar:

Wannan fannin shima sabon fanni ne da aka samar a shekara ta 2012, akwai shassa hudu:

Wannan shima sabon Fanni ne da aka Samar daita a shekara ta 2012:




#Article 315: Jami'ar Tsaron Nijeriya (227 words)


Jami'ar Tsaron Nijeriya ita akafi sani da (Nigerian Defence Academy (NDA)) dake Kaduna, Nijeriya itace makarantar jami'ar dake samar da horo na tsaron kasa daya tilo mallakin sojin Nijeriya. Tsawon shekaru 5 ne akeyi a jami'ar kafin a yaye dalibi, inda shekara hudu anayinsa ne akan karatun ilimi, shekara dayan kuma bayar da horon soja.
Taken jami'ar itace Amanar kasa da jajircewa, an Samar da makarantar ne a shekara ta 1964. Yawan adadin daliban makarantan sunkai kimanin 4,200.
Shafin yanar gizo na jami'ar itace: 
www.nda.edu.ng

An kirkiri jami'ar tun a watan Janairu shekara ta 1964 a matsayin sake gyaran tsohuwar makarantar sojin Kasar Biritaniya wato Royal Military Forces Training College (RMFTC), inda aka canja sunan zuwa makarantar horon soja (Nigerian Military Training College (NMTC)) a ranar samun yancin kai. Jami'ar na koyar da Sojojin Kasa, Sojojin Ruwa, da Sojojin Sama. Akin farko na jami'ar ta karantar da mutun 62 kacal, kuma yawancin wadanda ke horarwan sojojin kasar indiya ne. Makarantar ta zama na yan Nijeriya kadai a shekara ta 1978, sannan a shekara ta 1981 ta fara koyar da sojojin daga ko'ina a duniya. A kuma shekara ta 1985 ne jamiar ta fara horar da sojoji da suke bakin aiki da kuma bayar da shaidar digiri na biyu da na uku ga sojojin da wadanda ba sojoji ba. 

Babban komanda maici ayanzu shine Major General A. Oyebade.




#Article 316: Littafi (188 words)


Littafi dayawa Littattafai ko Littattafai ya hada da duk wani abu da za'a iya rikewa da kuma duk wani abu wanda bana zahiri ba amma yana dauke da abun da littafin zahiri ke dauke dasu, kamar Rubutu, Zane, kodai wata alama dake nuna ilimi da ma wadanda babu komai acikinsa amma dai an Samar dasu ne dan aiki a matsayin littafi.Hakanan littafi na nufi bugaggun takardu wadanda suke da bangwaye biyu Littafi na zahiri ya kunshi Fallaye daban-daban da suka hadu yazamanto littafi, sannan bangarensa daya a bude daya kuma a kulle, kodai an makale ta ko an dinke. Littafi daba na zahiri ba shine kamar wanda ke sanya a na'ura kamar wayar hannu, Kwamfuta, dadai sauransu. 

Litattafa sun rabu zuwa gida biyu ne wato Littafin Almara da kuma Wanda ba na almaraba.

Sune litattafai na kagaggun labarai, amma abin bai faru ba da gaske. Kawai dai marubucin ne yake kirkirar wani maudu'i kuma ya rubuta labari a kansa. Misalin irin wannan shine Gandun Dabbobi.

Sune litattafan da aka rubuta su bisa ga abin da ya faru a gaske, kamar littafin tarihi, littafin koyon girki, littafin yan makaranta. 

 




#Article 317: Ilimi (155 words)


Ilimi shine Sanayya, zai iya zama kuma Wayewa, Dibara
ko fahimta akan wani-abu. Ko kuma bayanai, kwatance, kimantawa da sauransu. Har wayau ilimi shine kwarewar da ake samu ta hanyar, karatu, bincike, dabaru, tunani, nazari da kuma koyo.

Ilimi zai iya zama fahimtar wani abu da aka samu ta hanyar karatu ko koyan wani abu. Ana kwarewa akan ilimi idan aka jaddadashi da mai-maici ko kuma aka doge da koyonsa, haka kuma ana iya rasa ilimi idan aka barsa batare da bibiyansa ba, ko nazari akansa.
Hanyar koyan ilimi yanason cikikken nazari akan abinda ake koya, da tunani, da  tattaunawa.

File:Students of Nan Hua High School, Singapore, in the school hall - 20060127.jpg|thumb|Dalibai a makaranta na neman ilimi
File:11-french_revolution_1789.jpg|farkon wayewar da mutane suka fara nunawa Dan kin yarda a cigaba da zaluntarsu ayayin juyin juya hali na French revolution
File:2013_school_tour.jpg|Dalibai a jere
File:After_School_Club.jpg| Dalibai na koyon darasi bayan angama karatu a aji
File:Reading_old_Norse.jpg|Dalibai na karatu




#Article 318: Tattalin arziki (373 words)


Tattalin Arziki ya dogara ne akan samar da abinci, sutura, ayyuka, kiwon lafiya, Ilimi, Gine-gine da sauransu, da kuma rarrabasu, da cinikayyarsu har zuwa ga amfani dasu ga al'umma. 
Tattalin arziki shine bunkasawa, aiwatarwa da habaka ayyukan dake kawo cigaban kasa, ta hanyar dogara akan fitar da amfani daga ayyukan da mutum keyi dan anfanar kansa da kuma kula dasu. Abubuwan dake habaka tattalin arzikin kasa sune, mutane, kasuwanci, Ma'aikatu, da gwamnati. 
Ayyukan tattalin arziki yafara ne tun daga cinikayya, wato a sanda mutane biyu suka kulla yarjejeniyar cimma ciniki akan wani abu da akeso, ta hanyar amfani da kudi ko wani abu maidaraja kamar zinari, azurfa, tagulla da dai sauransu, duk da yake ana ganin cinikayya ta kudi kawai wani karamin abune idan ana magana akan tattalin arzikin kasa.

Tattali arziki na samun zimma ne tun daga samar da ayyuka ko abubuwan dake amfani da albarkatun kasa ko ma'adinai, aikin dan'adam, da sa jari. Amma haka ya canja sanadiyar canjin rayuwa, da kuma cigaban fasahar dan'adam wurin amfani da injina masu sarrafa Kansu, yakawo samun sauki da saurin aikata ayyuka, da kuma rage kudin da ayyukan kansa, Haka nan kuma samun cigaba wurin kirkiran sabbin abubuwa , sabbin hanyoyin aiki, sabbin hanyoyin gabatar da ayyuka, manya manya kasuwanni, kasuwannin dasuka tattari abubuwa daban-daban, an kuma sami karin  kudinshiga.

Tattalin arziki yana samun nasara ne sanadiyar ayyukan al'adun al'ummah, martabarsu, iliminsu, fadadar fasaharsu, Tarihinsu, tsarin al'ummarsu, tsarin tafiyar da siyasarsu da dokokinsu, har wayau da kuma irin yanayin kasar, ma'adinan kasa, da yanayin rayuwar halittun kasar, wadannan sune ke bayar da cikkakiyar samun habakar arzikin kasa, kuma wadannan abubuwan suke bada guri da abubuwan da arziki ke cigaba dasu sannan ya tsarasu akan anfanuwar kasa da al'umman ta. 

Akwai tattalin arziki daya dogara kacokan akan kasuwanci, kuma yana gudana ne akan cinikayyar ayyuka ko kayayyaki tsakanin mutane, ta hanyar samar dasu da kaisu kasuwanni domin cinikinsu da kudade ko dai wani abunda aka kayyade mai daraja.

Akwai tattalin arziki daya dogara akan bayar da umurni daga yan'siyasa kaitsaye da kula da yadda ake samar wa yankasa da ayyuka ko kayayyaki da kuma yadda za'a saidar dasu da rarraba su. 

Akwai tattalin arziki daya dogara akan ma'adinan kasa, da sanya al'umma acikin gudanarwar su.




#Article 319: Maguzawa (187 words)


Maguzawa mutane ne wadanda asalinsu Hausawa ne masu bautan Gumaka, Dodo,  Rana, Dan'maraki, da dai sauransu, amma dukda cewa al'ummar Hausawa sunkasance akan wannan alada ta bautar Dodonni, saidai bayan zuwan addinin musulunci kasashen hausawa sai suka bar dukkanin wadancan al'adun kuma sukai watsi dasu, Hausawa sun rungumi sabon addinin da suka samu sa'annan suka watsar da duk aladarsu wadda bata dace da addinin musulunci ba, amma saidai ansamu wasu daga cikin Hausawan wadanda basu koma Zuwa musulunci ba tun a waccan lokaci, to sune Hausawan da suke musulunci ke kira da Maguzawa, ana kira namijin da Bamaguje, mace kuma Bamagujiya, sannan al'adan da suka cigaba dabi ta hausawa na da, ana kiran al'adar da Maguzanci. Maguzawa har wayau anasamun ako'ina a kasashen Hausa sai dai basu cika zama ba acikin mutane, wannan ko yafaru ne saboda irin tsangwama da ake masu run a waccan lokaci da suka ki sukoma addinin musulunci da yakarsu da hausawa musulmai keyi, shiyasa suke Zama a bayan gari, suna dogara ne akan yin noma da Kiwo, mafiya yawan maguzawa basuda ilimin na zamani domin suna ganin Dodonninsu bazasu yarda suyi ba.




#Article 320: Kiwo (122 words)


Kiwo shine aikin da ya kunshi rainon dabbobi domin cin gajiyarsu ko amfana daga garesu, ta hanyar amfani da abinda suke samarwa kamar nama, gashi, mai, nono, Kashi, kwai dadai sauransu.
Kiwo ya hada da kula da dabbobi ko neman karin yawansu dan saidawa da basu abinci, da basu magani.
A duk fadin duniya al'ummomi daban-daban nada ire-iren hanyoyin da suke kiwota dabbobinsu kuma yabanbanta da na wasu al'umman, hakazalika mafiya yawan dabbobin da aka fi kiwota su a duniya sune dabbobi kamar; Saniya, Tumaki, Akuya, Kaji, Aladu, Kifaye da sauransu.
Harwayau akwai wasu nau'ukan dabbobi da ake kiwitasu a wasu bangaren duniya, kamar Doki, Zomo, Zuma, kunkuru, Tsintsaye da sauransu. Wadanda ayanzu suke yaduwa a duniya kuma kusan kowa na kiwotasu.
 




#Article 321: Madara (187 words)


Madara ko Nono dukkanin kalmomin biyu suna nufin abu daya ne sai dai akan banbanta halittar mama ta dan'Adam akirata da Kalmar Nono kawai ba'a kiranta da madara. Idan akace Nono to ana nufin ruwan dake fita daga nonuwan halitta walau ta Dan'adam ko ta Dabba misali mace tana fitar da nono asanda ta haihu Dan shayar da jaririnta, haka kuma dabbobi kamar saniya, tunkiya, akuya, suma suna fitar da nono dan shayarwa, sa'annan idan kuma akace Madara to anan ana nufin nono ne wadda aka samosa ba daga jikin halitta ba amma dai ansamesa ne daga wasu nau'ukan bishiyoyi, tsirrai, ko kayan abinci, kamar kwa-kwa, waken-suya, gyada, dadai sauransu.
Madara ko Nono dai wani farin ruwa ne dake dauke da sinadarai masu amfani a jikin dan'Adam, madara dai yakasance shi kadai ne ake amfani dashi domin samarwa jarirai abinci na dan'Adam ko dabba kafinsu iya fara cin abinci, nono na dauke da wasu kwayoyin halittu dake fita daga jikin uwa zuwa jikin jariri dan su kareshi daga cututtukan da zasu iya samun jaririn, wannan yasa uwa ta shayar da jaririnta abune mafi mahimmanci a rayuwar jariri.




#Article 322: Tabkin Chadi (110 words)


Tabkin Cadi ko Chadi wani babban tabki ne dake a inda ake kira a yanzu dasunansa wato yankin tabkin  chadi, wannan tabki yana a arewa maso gabashin Nijeriya ne tsakanin jihar Borno, Kasar chadi, kasar Kamaru da kasar Nijar, kuma tabkin yakasance mai mahimmanci ga alumman dake wannan kasashe dasuke kewaye da tabkin, a inda yake samar da ruwan amfani ga mutane sama da miliyan 30.

Kimanin girman kasan da tabkin keda shi yakai: 1,350 km2 (520 sq mi) a shekara ta 2005
Zurfin tabkin yafara daga: 1.5 m (4 ft 11 in) zuwa matsanaicin zurfin dayakai 11 m (36 ft) sannan tsawon gabar tabkin yakai 650 km (400 mi)




#Article 323: Shehu Idris (916 words)


Shehu Idris (1936-2020) ya kasance shine Sarkin Zazzau na goma sha takwas (18) a jerin sarakuna wadanda suke mulkin Zazzau ko Zaria dake ayanzu Jihar Kaduna, Nijeriya, an haife shi a 20 ga watan Fabrairu na shekara ta 1936 ya rasu a 20 ga Satumba 2020 a Asibitin Soji na 44 a Kaduna, bayan gajeren rashin lafiya da yayi da shekaru 84 a duniya.Shehu shine ɗa na biyar a wajen mahaifiyarsa kuma ɗa na shida a cikin maza a wajen mahaifinsa.  Shehu ya kasance shine mafi tsawon mulki a tarihin sarautar kasar Zazzau, ya kwashe tsawon shekaru 45 a sarautar sa. Ya hau karagar mulkinsa ne tun a 8 ga watan Fabrairu shekarar 1975 biyo bayan rasuwar Sarkin Zazzau na goma sha bakwai Muhammadu Aminu asanda Idris yake da shekaru 39 a rayuwarsa. Mahaifinsa shine Malam Idrisu Auta, mahaifiyarsa kuma itace Hajiya Aminatu Idris..

Shehu ya fara karatu yana ɗan shekara biyar. A wannan shekarun ba’a aika shi makarantar nursery ko firamari ba sai dai an tura shi makarantar islamiyya inda ya koyo karatun Al-Qur’ani kamar yadda addini ya tanadar. Shehu ya kasance ɗalibi mafi ƙwazo a lokacinda yake zuwa makarantar allo, saboda baya taɓa yin fashin ajin safe ko na yamma, ba tare da wani dalili mai karfi ba. Ranaku biyar ne ake zuwa makarantar a sati watau daga Asabar zuwa laraba karfe 7:30 zuwa 11:30 da safe, sai kuma 2:30 zuwa 6:00 da yamma. A lokacin da ya kai shekara 11 an sanyashi makarantar zamani a nan garin Zaria  a shekarar 1947. Dukda yana zuwa makarantar boko domin neman ilimin zamani, hakan bai hana shi cigaba da karatunsa na addini ba. 

Shehu Idris ya zama Sarki ne sanda Jihar take amatsayin Jihar Arewa ta Tsakiya a 1975. A shekarar mai zuwa, Janar Murtala Mohammed lokacin yana Shugaban kasa ya canja mata suna zuwa Jihar Kaduna. Bayan an kwashe shekaru goma sha daya, sai Janar Ibrahim Babangida ya raba jihar zuwa gida biyu Katsina da Jihar Kaduna a 1987. Inda rabewar ya haifar da natsuwa akan tashin hankalin dake faruwa tsakanin Masarautar Katsina da ta Zazzau a sanda suke jiha daya. Amma dukda wancan rabewar kuma, sai aka sake samo wata sabuwar rabuwa tsakanin mutanen dake rayuwa a kudancin Kaduna da Arewacin Kaduna.  Idris yafara karatunsa ne daga samun koyarwa na addini a wurin malamai a Zaria da Kuma cigaba da makarantar Zaria Elementary School. Yana elementary school dafa 1947 zuwa 1950, Inda a wannan lokacin ya rasa mahaifinsa yana da shekara 12. Idris ya cigaba da karatun alkur’ani da na zamani har yakai ga Zaria Middle School a 1950 sa'annan ya kammala karatunsa a 1955. Sannan ya shiga Katsina Training College inda yazama malamin makaranta mai koyarwa.

Wanda wannan rabuwa ta haifar da rashin jituwa da dama. Wadanda suka shahara sune Rikicin Kafanchan a 1987, Fadan Zangon Kataf sau biyu a 1992, fadan Shari’a a 2000 da kuma fadan bayan zaben shekara ta 2011 da 2012. Lokacin sarautar Shehu Idris, yawancin dukkanin yankunan alummu dake cikin garin Zazzau wadanda ba Hausawa ba an basu cin gashin kansu kuma suka zama Masarautun kansu. Wannan yakamata ya bakanta ma Idris rai. Biyo bayan kirkiran wata sabuwar masarauta a 2001, wasu bangaren Musulmai dake Zazzau suma sun nemi a basu cin gashin kansu. Samun kaiwa shekaru 45 a sarauta ba karamin abu bane, Kuma yazamo mafi tsawon mulki a tarihin sarautar Zazzau.

A yan' wannan karnin, an sha samun tsige-tsigen sarakunan gargajiya a masarautun Arewacin Najeriya. Sultan Ibrahim Dasuki an tsige shi a 1996; sarkin Gwandu Almustapha Jokolo an tsige shi a 2005 da Kuma Sarkin Kano Muhammadu Sanusi na II shi ma an tsige shi a farkon shekarar 2020. Haka Kuma sarakunan a Muri, Suleja da Agaie. Sai dai Sarkin Zazzau ya kiyaye wa kansa duk wani abunda zai sanya asamu matsala tsakanin shi da wani Shugaba.

Idris nada shekaru 39 ne asanda ya zama Sarkin Zazzau a watan Febrairu na 1975. Gabanin hawan sa sarauta ya kasance hakimi Kuma malamin makaranta. Gwamnan Kaduna na wancan lokaci Birgediya Abba Kyari shine ya nada Shehu Idris amatsayin Sarkin Zazzau na sha takwas a 1975.

Shehu shine ɗa na biyar a wajen mahaifiyarsa kuma ɗa na shida a cikin maza a wajen mahaifinsa. Shehu karami ya kasance kyauta ne mai matuƙar rahama daga Allah wanda iyayensa suka yiwa Allah godiya akan samunsa da suka yi. Shehu Idris ya taso ne a gidan yawa saboda mahaifinsa yana da mata har guda huɗu , kuma gidan ya kasance daga sashin mulkin katsinawa a zazzau. Shehu ya samu tarbiyya kai tsaye daga wajen iyayensa malam Idris Autan Sambo da malama Aminatu tare da taimakon sauran iyayensa mata na gida. Malama Suwaibatu, Malama Zainabu, Malama Raliyatu. Kuma dukkanin su sun karkatu ne akan tarbiyya ta addini da kuma al’adu na ƙwarai. Al’ada ne a ƙasar hausa uwa take ɓoye sunan ɗanta na farko ko na biyu saboda alkunya, amma malama Aminatu ta ɓoye gabadaya sunayen yaranta guda biyar inda kowanne ta bashi laƙabi da take kiransa da shi, ya kasance shehu ya samu suna “Na Allah”. Kuma ta kanyi wasa dashi a matsayin yaronta na biyar. Shehu karami ya kasance kyauta ne mai matuƙar rahama daga Allah wanda iyayensa suka yiwa Allah godiya akan samunsa da suka yi.

A yanzu bayan rasuwa Alhaji Shehu Idris gasar data dade a kwance ta tashi tsakanin a wane gida ne Sabon sarki zai fito, Barebari, Mallawa, Sullubawa ne ko kuma daga gidan Shehu Idris’ Katsinawa. Yarimomi sun dade tsawon shekaru 45 suna jiran wannan damar.




#Article 324: Usman Dan Fodiyo (1074 words)


Usman dan Fodio (Larabci: عثمان بن فودي‎, haihuwa:15 ga watan Disamba 1754 - 20 April 1817) Ana masa lakabi da Mujaddadi ko Shehu kaɗai, shine kuma Sarkin Musulmi na farko, An rada masa suna Usuman ɓin Foduye da larabci,ko  Shaikh Usman Ibn Fodio, Shehu Uthman Dan Fuduye, Shehu Usman dan Fodio ko Shaikh Uthman Ibn Fodio, yayi rayuwa daga 15 ga watan Disamban shekara ta 1754 zuwa 20 ga watan Afrilun shekara 1817, Sokoto, Nijeriya. Malamin addinin musulunci ne, Marabuci, Mai daukaka addinin musulunci, koma wanda ya kafa Daular Sokoto,  Dan Fodiyo yakasance daya daga cikin wayayyu mutanen Fulani na farko da suka natsu akan ilimi da ilimantar dashi a fadin Afirka musamman yankin yammacin Afirka.
Dan fodiyo na bin Sunnah, mabiyin koyarwa akan tsarin Babban Malamin nan wato Imam Imam Malik, wadda ake kira da Malikiyya. Yayi duk rayuwarsa ne a kasar Nijeriya. Ana masa lakabi da Amir al-Muminin
Usman dan Fodiyo, kuma Sultan of Sokoto na farko. a matsayinsa na Malamin addinin musulunci kuma Mai karantarwa akan Mazhabar Malikiyya, ya rayu a garin Gobir har zuwa 1802, daga nan ne ya yaki gurbatattun al'adu masu cin karo da addinin musulunci kuma yayi nasara a yankin, ya kafa daular musuluncin daya mamaye dukkanin arewacin Najeriya na waccan lokaci. Dan Fodiyo yayi rubuce rubuce akan addinin musulunci, mulki, al'adu, da cigaban al'umman Hausawa da Fulani.

An haifa Usman Dan Fodio ne a garin Maratta a (ƙasar gobir) a ranar lahadi 29 ga watan Safar 1168 H.J daidai da ranar 15 ga watan Disamban shekarar 1754, kuma su tsatson Fulanin Jakolo ne. Ya kasance Faqihi ne kuma Ɗan ɗariƙa ne a farkon rayuwarsa, kuma yana bin mazahaban malikiyya ne a fannin ilimi na addini da Faqihu.

Usman Ɗan Fodio ya haddace ƙur’ani yana da ƙananan shekaru a rayuwarsa a ƙarƙashin kulawar mahaifinsa.Yayi karatu a ƙarƙashin malamai irinsu: shaykh Jibril B. Umar, Shaykh Uthman Biddur ibn Al-ammin, shaykh Ahmad ibn Muhammad da kuma shaykh Al-hajj Muhammad Raj.Ɗan Fodio ya fara karantarwa ne yana da kimanin shekara ashirin a rayuwarsa. Ɗan Fodio yana bin ɗarikancin shaykh Abd-al-Qadir Al-jaylani, wanda shine wanda ya samar da ɗarikar Ƙadiriya.

Shehu Usman Dan Fodio yayi jihadi ne ta hanyar kira zuwa ga musulunci, da kuma yakan sarakunan Habe, bayan Sarkin Gobir mai suna Yumfa yayi masa barazanar kawar da shi saboda da'awar da yake yi zuga ga musulunci, hakan ne ya tirsasa Shehu Usman Dan Fodio yin hijira zuwa wani guri, Shehu yayi yaƙi da yumfa sarkin gobir a shekarar (June 1804) wanda Abdullahi ne kwamandan yaƙin, an karya mulkin yunfa ne a ranar 3 ga watan october 1808, inda aka ƙwace garin Alƙalawa, wanda Alkalawa ce babban birnin Gobir. Shehu Usman Ɗan Fodio ya yaƙe Gobir a dalilin tabbatar da addiknin musulunci a shekarar 1804.(p249) Bayan shekara 8, yawamcin ƙasashen hausa fulani sun cisu da yaƙi. Masu sarauta ƴan Haɓe fulani sun karɓa mulki daga gurinsu. An yaƙa gobirawa ne a tafki kwatto, shi yasa ake kiran yaƙin da yaƙin kwato ko kwatto.

Fulanin kano sun wakilta Ɗan Zabua na ƙabilar fulani na daneji da yaje sakkwato ya karɓo tuta, an bashi Tuta amman ba a wakilta sarki ba, sarkin Haɓe na kano mai suna Alwali an yaƙe shi a Ɗan Yahaiya, wani gari ne mil 25 arewa da garin kano, sai Alwali ya gudu Zaria, da0yaga bai samu matsugunni ba sai ya gudu Burum, a inda aka kai mai farmaki aka kashe shi, Mallam Jemo ne ya hallaka shi, bayan mutanenshi ƙabilar fulani suka je gurin shehu suka buƙace shi da ya naɗa sarki a kano, sai Shehu ya maɗa musu Suleiman Ɗan Modibawa  a shekarar 1809, bayan rasuwarsa ne aka naɗa Mallam Jemo, wanda sananne ne kuma mayaƙi , wanda yake da ɗa mai suna Ibrahim Dabo.

A ƙarni na goma 10th wasu mafarauta sun zauna  a Dutsen Dala, Gwauron Dutse, magwan da fanisau. Waɗannan mutanen suna yi tsafi ne da kuma bautawa aljana ko Gunki mai suna tsunburbura, Barbushe shine babban malamin wannan bauta. Duk farkon shekaran kalandan Hijira, Barbushe yana shiga cikin wannan gidan tsafin yazo ma mutane da sabon saƙo, inda jama’a suke taruwa kewaye da gidan suna jiran saƙo, idan aka gaya musu saƙon, sai suyi yanke-yanke na akuyoyi da karnika ga Tsunburbura. Wata rana sai Barbushe ya fito yace ma jama’a, za ayi wani lokaci da wani zai yaƙe mu, yaci garin mu da yaƙi ya gina masallatai ya kawo musulunci.

A Katsina kuma sai shehu ya naɗa Ummarun Dallaje shugaban Fulani a matsayin mariƙin tutar musulunci kuma sarki. Magaji Halidu shine sarkin Haɓe na ƙarshe, wanda Mallam Ummaru Dallaji ya amsa garin Katsina a gurinshi a shekarar 1807. Bayan rasuwar. Ummaru a shekarar 1835, wani ɗan tsatsan ƙabilar Haɓe mai suna Ɗan Mari ya haɗa kai da Rumawa, domin ƙwace garin Katsina, inda ya kafa tantinsa a Matazu, amman an yaƙe shi.

Sarkin Daura Gwari Abdu sarki ne na Haɓe a shekarar 1800 a masarautar Daura, a shekarar 1805 – 1807, sarkin Daura Gwari Abdu ya gudu ya bar Daura saboda samame da shehu Usman Ɗan Fodio ya kawo a Daura. Hakan yasa aka samu sabon sarki mai suna Mallam Ishi’aku, Abdu gwari ya gudu ne tare da tawagarsa, inda yaɓoye a cikin Ƙasar hausa, da niyyan zai dawo ya ƙwace ƙasar Daura daga hannun Fulani. Daga baya sai ya zauna a yekuwa.

Shehu Usman Dan Fodio tsatson Musa Jakolo ne.

Shehu Usman Ɗan fodio ya wallafa littatafai da yawa, musamman domin karantar da mutane haƙiƙanin addinin musulunci. Shehu Usman ya rubuta littatafai da yawa kuma ya umurta mutanensa da su rubuta littatafai, akan addini da kuma tarihin su. Daular Usman Ɗan Fodio tayi mulki ne na tsawon shekara Ɗari, daga shekarar 1804-1903, bayan turawan mulkin mallaka sun zo. A garin alƙalawa ne da masarautar gobir take, inda Uaman yake zuwa domin ganin bawa Shehu Usman Ɗan Fodio ya rubuta littatafai da yawa, kuma yana umurtan mutanensa da su rubuta littatafai. A ƙarni na 20th musulman ƙasar hausa sun samu tsaiko da nakasu a kan ilmantar da mata, bayan Shehu Usman Ɗan Fodio a ƙarni na 19th ya nuna muhimmancin bama mata ilimi, a inada ya fara jihadi akan neman karatu. Shehu Usman Dan Fodio yana cewa “ shaidancin Illar barin maata a cikin jahilci, ba tare da sun san ilimi akan kawunansu ba harma ya zamana cewa basu san addini kwatakwata ba, yafi girman munin shaiɗanci fiye da cakuɗasu tare da maza” Shuehu Usman Ɗan Fodio yana da littatafai kimanin 73.




#Article 325: Harshen Hausa (186 words)


Harshen Hausa na ɗaya daga cikin rukunin Harsunan Chadic, kuma a  ƙungiyar Harsunan Chadic kan, wanda ke cikin iyalin harshen Afroasiatic.

Harshen Hausa ɗaya ne daga cikin harsunan Nijeriya.  Shi ne yare mafi girma a Nijeriya. Masu magana da harshen Hausa a Nijeriya sun kai kashi hamsin da biyar (55%) na al'ummar ƙasa. harshen hausa yana yaduwa ne ta hanyar ƴan-kasuwa. Ƴan kasuwar da suke tafiya daga ƙasar hausa zuwa wasu ƙasashe da zummar kasuwanci, hakan ya ƙara daukaka harshen Hausa da Hausawa a fadin duniya. idan aka ce Hausa ana nufin duk wani abu dayake da alaƙa da Hausawa ko ƙasashensu, da Harshen su, Hausawa nada asali a Nijeriya da kasar Habasha wato (Ethiopia), wanda ya yaɗu a duk fadin duniya. Ana ƙiran masu amfani da harshen da suna Hausawa, ƙasar Hausa tana da tarihi mai yawa, tun kafin zuwan Turawa da Larabarawa kasar Hausa, Hausawa suna da sarakuna da sutturu da sana'oi masu tarin yawa. 

Akwai yardar cewa yaren Hausa ya samo asaline daga Bayajidda wanda Balarabe ne, yazo kasar hausa Daura domin kasuwanci.

Amma wannan magana ta tarihin Bayajidda akwai maganganu a kanta.




#Article 326: Filin jirgin saman Maiduguri (116 words)


Filin jirgin saman Maiduguri itace babban filin tashin jirgin sama dake Jihar Borno, kuma itace babban a yankin arewa masu gabas ta Nijeriya, tana da kamfanonin jiragen sama daban daban dake yin aikin sufuri a fadin Kasar Nijeriya dama sauran kasashe na duniya.

Sai dai filin yasamu tasgaro na rashin yin aiki a lokacin da yan ta'addan Boko Haram suke ganiyan yaki a yankin ta arewa maso gabas, sai dai daga bisani filin yadawo da cigaba da aikinsa, kamar yadda akasanine filayen jiragen sama a Nijeriya sukan cika da al'ummah a yayin fara aikin Hajji itama filin jirgin ba'a barta a baya ba dan itama na daga cikin filayen jirage masu jigalar mahajjata zuwa kasar Saudiya.




#Article 327: Masana'anta (114 words)


Masana'anta, dayawa kuma kuma Masana'antu; Masana'anta itace wuri ko cibiyan da ake samar da sababbin kayayyaki don amfanin yau da kullum, iri daban daban ko kuma iri daya, yadanganta da wace irin masana'anta ce ko wani irin abu ne suke kyerawa, suna aikine ta hanyar amfani da injina Dan kyere-kyere, ko amfani da hannu da dai sauran wasu hanyoyi.

Asalin masana'antu sun farane daga shekarun da ake yin bauta. A lokacin da ake tursasa bayi.yin ayyuka a kamfanoni inda ake samar da kamfanoni. Wannan ne ma yasa turawan yamma sukayi ta jigilar bayi daga nahiyar Afrika zuwa kasashen su kamar Amurika da Turai. Daga baya.kuma sakamakon samun injina ne sai harkokin masana`antu yayita habaka.




#Article 328: Larry Sanger (284 words)


Lawrence Mark Sanger sunar da aka rada masa, An haife shi a 16 ga watan Yuli, shekara ta 1968 a garin Bellevue dake babban birnin Kasar Amurka wato Washington. Ba'Amurike ne kuma mai samar da ayyuka a kafar yanar gizo, dashi ne aka Samar da manhajar Wikipedia tare da Jimmy Wales, sannan kuma shine ya kirkiri Citizendium. Ya girma a garin Anchorage dake jihar Alaska a Amurika a inda nanne mahaifansa suke, Sanger yana karamin yaro yake shaawan karatun ilimomi daban daban, inda ya samu shaidar karatun digiri daga Jami'ar Reed College a shekara ta 1991 da kuma digirin digirgir ko na uku daga Jami'ar Jihar Ohio a shekarar 2000. Sanger yakasance daga cikin ma'aikata a manhajoji daban daban wadanda suke samar da ilimomi a yanar gizo, kuma shine shugaban mai gyara rubuta a Nupedia, a inda yaaamar da tsarin infanta baynai kuma yakasance shugaba mai kula da masu taimako na Wikipedia a sanda aka kafa ta, kuma shi yasamar da mafi yawan dokokin da ake amfani dasu a yanzu a manhajar. Sanger yabar Wikipedia a shekara 2002, sannan tun daga nan yafara sukan manhajar ta wikipedia, inda yake fadin cewa, Duk da cewar Wikipedia tana inganci amma ta rasa a dogara da ita da wasu abubuwan, saboda rashin girmamawa ga kwararru. A watan octoba shekaran 2006 ne Sanger yafara yin wani manhaja mai kama da Wikipedia inda yasa mata suna Citizendium. A watan Disamba ta Shekarar 2017 ne aka sanarda cewa Sanger yazama shugaban yada bayanai na manhajar Everipedia, Sanger yakoyar a Jami'ar jihar Ohio, kuma yayi kokari wurin taimakawa a inganta aikin ilimantarwa na WatchKnowLearn. Kuma ya tsara manhajar karatu na yanar gizo wato Reading Bear.
Shafinsa na yanar gizo itace  LarrySanger.org 




#Article 329: Komfuta (369 words)


Kwamfuta na’ura ce mai aiki da kwakwalwa, wajen karba da sarrafawa da adanawa da kuma mika bayanai, a sigogi daban-daban. Wannan shine ta’arifin kwamfuta a takaice. Bayan haka, kwamfuta na tattare ne da manyan bangarori guda biyu; bangaren gangan jiki, wanda aka fi sani da Hardware, a turance. Sai kuma bangaren ruhi ko rai, wanda ake kira Software (manhaja), shima a turance. Kafin mu yi nisa, mai karatu zai ji ana fassara kalmomin turancin nan, sabanin yadda zai gansu ko yake ganinsu a cikin kamus (Dictionary). Hakan ya faru ne saboda a yanzu muna cikin wani zamani ne mai suna “turban masana”, ko Information Highway, kamar yadda bayani ya gabata a kasidar Matambayi Ba ya Bata. A wannan zamani, kalmomin harsunan duniya zasu yi ta sauyawa ne iya gwargwadon fannin ilimi ko rayuwar da ake amfani da su. Don haka sai a kiyaye.

Komfutoci ana amfani dasu wurin aiwatar da ayyuka a kamfani, masana'anta da kayayyakin da ake aiki a gidaje dasu.
wadannan komfutoci sun hada da kananan kayayyaki har da manyansu, kamar abin dafa abinci na Microwave, Rimotin tsara TV, Robotics, na'urar komfuta' wayar hannu da sauransu. 
Komfutocin da aka kirkira da farko anyi sune dan taimaka wa mutane yin lissafi kawai, kamar 'abacus'. Sannan ansama cigaba a rayuwar Dan'adam ta yadda yafara kirkiran sabbin komfutoci dazasu taimakesa wurin yin ayyuka masu wahala da daukan lokaci. Na'urar da aka fara kyerawa na komfuta dake amfani da wutan lantarki sune wadanda aka kyerasu a lokacin yakin duniya na II.
Komfutoci na zamani da ake yinsu ayanzu suna dauke da []injinan dake aiwatarwa da gudanar da ayyuka acikinsu, kamar shashin gudanarwa da ake kira da turanci central processing unit (CPU), da kuma wani bangare na kwakwalwan komfutar dake kula da ajiye abubuwan da aka sanya aciki. Shi dai fannin gudanarwa ta komfuta itace ke aiwatar da ayyukan daya danganci lissafi da nazarce nazarce da sauransu. 

Akwai Fannoni daban daban dasuka hada komfuta, akwai fannin kayayyakin dake waje wato output devices da na ciki wato input devices, da kuma kayayyakin dake sanya aiki acikin komfutar da wadanda ake saukar da aiki dasu daga cikin komfuta. Wadannan sune; keyboards, mice, joystick, monitor screens, printers, touchscreen. komfuta nada matukar amfani a rayuwar dan-Adam.




#Article 330: Kofa (127 words)


Kofa daga Kafa da turanci Door wato hanya datake a bude kuma ana kulle ta, Murfin kofa shi ake kira da Kyeure, kuma ana hada shine da wani abu wanda aka samu daga wani abun mai karfi wadda ba za'a iya budewa a cikin sauki ba, kuma za'a sha wahala wurin karyawa, abubuwa kamar katako ko karfe. Kofa nada babbanci da Taga sanadiyar dukkanin su a jikin ginin daki suke. Kofa dai mashigine kuma mafita ne na daki, gida da sauran wuraren da ake shige d fice. Kofofin zamani ana yinsu cikin samfari daban daban, wasu akan samasu gilasai da wasu kwalliya a jiki. Anasama kofa mariki dayake hadata da jikin ginin da aka kafata aciki, inda shine kuma yake bayar da damar turata gaba ko baya.




#Article 331: Abubakar (225 words)


Abū Bakr aṣ-Ṣiddīq ‘Abdallāh bin Abī Quḥāfah (Larabci: أبو بكر الصديق عبد الله بن أبي قحافة‎; Yarayu daga shekara ta 573 CE zuwa 23 Augustan shekarar 634 CE), Anhaife shi a 27 ga watan Octoba shekara ta 573, a garin Makkah, Kasar Saudiya. Ya rasu a 23 watan Augusta shekara 634, a garin Madina Anfi sanin sa da Abu Bakr, Yakasance Babban Sahabi kuma Sirikin Manzon Allah ne, Muhammad tsira da aminci su tabbata gareshi. Abu Bakar shine mutum na farko daya musulunci wanda yake badaga dangin manzon Allah yake ba, Abu Bakr yakasance maishawara ga Manzon Allah yayin rayuwarsa.

Abu Bakr
أبو بكر
Al-Siddiq

Amir al-Mu'minin
Lokaci Khalifancinsa

Shine Kahlifa na farko da aka Samar akan wanda zai jagoranci musulmai bayan rasuwar Manzon Allah. 
Anbirne shi a masallacin Manzon Allah, Madinah.

Qutaylah bint Abd-al-Uzza (sun rabu)
Umm Rumān
Asma bint Umais
Habibah bint Kharijah

Yaransa Maza:
Abdullah ibn Abi Bakr
Abdul-Rahman ibn Abi Bakr
Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr
Yaransa Mata:
Asma bint Abi Bakr

Umm Khultum bint Abi Bakr
Cikakken suna:
(Abū Bakr) Abdullāh bin Abī Quḥāfa
(عبد الله بن أبي قحافة (أبو بكر

Uthman Abu Quhafa

Salma Umm-ul-Khair
Yan'uwansa maza:
Mu'taq  

Quhafah ibn Uthman
Yan'uwansa mata:

Umme-e-Aamer

Quraysh (Banu Taym)
Zuri'arsu:

Sana'arsa: Kasuwanci, yayi Khalifanci na tsawon shekara biyu da wata biyu da sati biyu da kwana daya. Umar ne ya gaje shi.




#Article 332: Shahidi (204 words)


Shahid da Shaheed (larabci شهيد šahīd, jam'i: Larabciشُهَدَاء, šuhadāʾ ; mace: šahīda) kalmar tasamo asali ne daga cikin Kalmar Larabci na Qurani dake nufin  shaida kuma ana amfani da ita a dangana wa wanda yayi shahada wurin mutuwarsa. ana amfani da Kalmar ga musulmi da suka rasu ta hanyar daukaka Kalmar Allah, a matsayin girmamawa, musamman wadanda suka mutu yayin jihadi, ko a tarihi ga wadanda suka mutu wurin fadada addinin Allah (Musulunci). Aikin yin Shahada shi akekira da istishhad.

Kalmar shahid a Larabci na nufin shaida.   shaida, a cikin Sabon alkawari ko martyr), Asalin farkon Kalmar martyr. Shahid yazo da dama acikin Quran a siffar dake nuna shaida, amma sau daya a siffar datake nuna wanda yayi shahada, martyr; mutumin daya mutu saboda addinin sa ; a wannan siffar ne daga baya yasamu amfani a hadisai sosai.

As with the English word martyr, in the 20th century, the use of the word shahid has come to have both religious and non-religious connotations, and will often be used to describe those who have died for non-religious ideological causes.
Shahid da turanci Martyr. Shahidi a musulunce shine duk wani mutumin da aka kashe akan hanyar shahada, kuma ana masa zaton ya mutu dan'Aljannah ne shi.




#Article 333: Uthman bin Affan (284 words)


Uthman ibn Affan (larabci: عثمان بن عفان‎), wasu na rubutawa Usman ko Osman, Uthman. yarayu daga shekara ta (579 zuwa 17 Yunin 656). An haife shi shekara ta

(17 Dhūl Al-Qa‘dah 35 AH) a garin Madinah, An birne shi a Jannatu al-Baqi dake Madinah. Yakasance sirikin manzon Allah Muhammad, tsira da aminci su tabbata agareshi, Halifan musulunci na Uku, Daya daga cikin Halifofi shiryayyu, Dan zur'iar Banu Umayyah daga kabilar Kurayshawa. Sanda Sayyidina Umar yarasu da shekaru 59/60, ʿUthmān, yana da shekaru 64/65 a duniya sai ya gaji Umar bin Khaddab bayan rasuwarsa.

Yayi Halifanci daga 6 ga watan Nuwamba shekara ta 644 zuwa 17 ga watan Yuni shekara ta 656.

Usman bin Affan yarasu ne sanadiyar farmaki da aka afka masa. An samu wasu yan tada kayan baya game da addinin Musulumci tare da kin shugabancin sa. Wanda suka afka masa alhali yana karatun alqurni. Tarihi ya nuna an kashe shi ne akan zalumci wanda hakan yasa aka haura katangan gidarsa sannan aka kashe shi.
Ali Ibn Abi-Talib ne ya gaje shi bayar rasuwarsa.
Matayensa;

Asma'u bintu Abi Jahal,
Ruqayyah bintu Muhammad,
Ummu Kulthum bint Muhammad,
Fakhitah bintu Ghazwan_
Ummu al-Banin bintu Uyayna,
Fatima bintu al-Walid
Daughter of Khalid ibn Asid 
Umm 'Amr Umm Najm bint Jundub
Ramla bint Shayba,

Na'ila bint al-Furafisa,
Zaynab bintu Hayyan.
Bakurayshe (Banu Umayya) 

Affan ibnu Abi al-'As

Arwa bintu Kurayz
 
Uthman  ya aure yar Manzon Allah Ruqayyah, kuma bayan ta rasune,Manzon Allah yasake aura masa yar'sa Umm Kulthum. Dukkaninsu sun kasance manyan ya'yan manzon Allah Muhammad kuma yayyi ga Fatimah yar Manzon Allah matar Aliyu bin Abi Dalib, saboda ya aura yayan Manzon Allah biyu ne yasa ake kiransa da Dhū al-Nurayn (Wanda ya mallaki Haske biyu).




#Article 334: Ali (147 words)


Ali, Alī ibn Abī Ṭālib (Larabci: علي‎, translit. Yarayu daga 15 Satumba 601 zuwa 29 Yanuar 661) Dan'uwan Manzon Allah ne Muhammad. Yayi Halifanci daga shekara ta 656 zuwa 661, amma yan shi'a na ganin shikadai yagaji Manzon Allah. Shine Halifanci na hudu a musulunci, ya mulki daga shekara ta 656 zuwa 661, yagaji Sayyidina Uthman bin Affan wanda yagaje shi dansa Hasan ibn Ali (Na farko daga Imamai din yan' Shia goma sha biyu, akan bin yan'shia Zaydi, da Nizari Ismaili)
An haife shi

Ka'bah, Makkah, Hijaz, Saudiya

(Shekararsa 59) a garin
Kufa, Iraq, Rashidun Empire
Wanda yakashe shi, Abdur Rahman ibne Muljim
An birne shi a
Masallacin Imam Ali, Najaf, Iraq
Matayansa;
Fatimah,
Umamah bint Zainab,
Umm ul-Banin 
Leila bint Masoud,
Asma bint Umays,
Khawlah bint Ali bin Abu talib.

Dan kabilar (Banu Hashim Bakuraishe)
Mahaifinsa;
Abu Talib ibn 'Abd al-Muttalib
Mahaifiyarsa;
Fatimah bint Asad.




#Article 335: Abdulmumini Kabir Usman (491 words)


Alhaji Abdulmumini Kabir Usman shi ne sarki na arba’in a jerin sarakunan Katsina, sannan kuma sarki na goma (10) a jerin sarakunan Fulani, kuma sarki na huɗu a zuriyar Sulluɓawa.

Alhaji Abdulmumini Kabir Usman, mutum ne mai matuƙar son karatu, a saboda haka ya kasance mai ilimin addini da na zamani kamar mahaifinsa. Haka nan kuma shi mutum ne mai son jama’arsa, wannan abu ne mai sauƙin tantancewa, da isar ka fadar Katsina ka ga yadda mutane ke kaiwa-da-komawa ba tare da wata fargaba ko ɗari-ɗari ba.

Jagora ne shi kuma abin koyi, mutum ne mai fasaha, jarumtaka da kuma gogewa a harkar mulki. Shi ne sarkin Katsina na farko wanda ke da digiri a kansa.

Am haifi Alhaji Abdulmumini Kabir Usman a ranar 9 ga watan Janairun shekarar 1952. Shi ɗa ne ga sarkin Katsina Alhaji Muhammadu Kabir Usman, wanda shi kuma ɗa ne ga sarkin Katsina Usman Nagogo, shi kuma ɗa ga sarkin Katsina Alhaji Muhammadu Dikko

Alhaji (Dr.) Abdulmumini Kabir Usman, ya yi karatunsa na firamare a makarantar firamaren kwana (Dutsinma Boarding Primary School) ta Dutsinma, daga shekarar 1959 zuwa 1964. Daga nan kuma ya ci gaba zuwa makarantar sikandiren gwamnatin Katsina (Government Secondary School, Katsina) wacce daga baya ta koma kwalejin gwamnati ta Katsina (Government College Katsina), daga shekarar 1965 zuwa 1969. Bayan kammala wannan makaranta ya samu zarcewa zuwa Jami’ar Ahmadu Bello da ke Zariya daga shekarar 1972 zuwa 1974. A ƙarshe ya samu nasarar samun digiri a fannin soshiyoloji (Bachelor's Degree in Sociology) daga Jami’ar Ɗanfodiyo da ke Sakkwato.

Alhaji Abdulmumini Kabir Usman ya zama Magajin Garin Katsina Hakimin Birni da kewaye lokacin yana ɗan shekara 30 a duniya. Yana kan wannan muƙami na Hakimin Birni da kewaye wanda a lokacin Katsina tana matsayin ƙaramar hukuma a Jahar Kaduna, sai aka ɗaukaka darajar Katsina zuwa jaha a shekarar 1987.

Ya riƙe muƙamai da dama, daga ciki akwai zamowarsa shugaban Jami’ar Oba-Femi Awolowo tun daga shekarar 2008 har zuwa 2015 inda aka canja shi zuwa shugabancin Jami’ar Ilorin.

Ya yi aiki a matsayin chairman na wasu ƙungiyoyi da ma’aikatun gwamnati da hukumomi da aka yarda cewa sun haura 71.

A ranar 13 ga watan Maris na shekarar 2008 aka ayyana sunan Alhaji (Dr.) Abdulmumini Kabir Usman a matsayin sarkin Katsina, bayan da masu zaɓen sarki suka zaɓe shi a matsayin sabon sarkin Katsina bayan rasuwar mahaifinsa Alhaji Muhammadu Kabir Usman. An yi bikin naɗinsa aranar 5 ga watan Yuli na shekarar 2008.

Mutum mai son jama’a da kuma yi musu hidima kamar Alhaji (Dr.) Abdulmumini Kabir Usman, abu ne mai wuya a iyakance irin gudunmawar da yake baiwa jama’a. Alƙaluma sun kasa ƙididdige ɗimbin mutanen daya ya samawa guraben karatu a jami’o’in ciki da wajen Nijeriya.

Sakamakon irin ayyukan taimakon al’umma da yake yi, ya samu kyaututtuka na girmamawa, kamawa tun daga ƙaramar hukumar Katsina, har zuwa matakin jaha har zuwa matakin tarayya inda aka bashi lambar yabo mai taken “Commander of the Federal Republic (CFR)”.




#Article 336: Bankin Cigaban Asiya (211 words)


Run daga 31 ga watan December shekara ta 2016, kasar Japan da Amurika suna da jari nafi soka a bankin, Wanda yakai 15.607%. Sai kasar sin tanada 6.444%, Kasar  Indiya nada 6.331%, sannan akarshe kasar Australiya ita kuma keda 5.786% na jari.

The highest policy-making body of the bank is the Board of Governors, composed of one representative from each member state. The Board of Governors, in turn, elect among themselves the twelve members of the Board of Directors and their deputies. Eight of the twelve members come from regional (Asia-Pacific) members while the others come from non-regional members.

The Board of Governors also elect the bank's president, who is the chairperson of the Board of Directors and manages ADB. The president has a term of office lasting five years, and may be reelected. Traditionally, and because Japan is one of the largest shareholders of the bank, the president has always been Japanese.

The current president is Takehiko Nakao, who succeeded Haruhiko Kuroda in 2013.

The headquarters of the bank is at 6 ADB Avenue, Mandaluyong, Metro Manila, Philippines, and it has 31 field offices in Asia and the Pacific and representative offices in Washington, Frankfurt, Tokyo and Sydney. The bank employs about 3,000 people, representing 60 of its 67 members.




#Article 337: Recep Tayyip Erdoğan (138 words)


Recep Tayyib Erdogan shine shugaban Kasar Turkiya na 12 kuma shugaba maici a yanzu, ya hau karagan mulki tun a shekara ta 2004. An haife shi a ranar 26 ga watan Fabreru shekara ta 1954, shahararren Dan siyasa ne, kafin yazama shugaban kasa shine firayim  Minista daga shekarar 2003 zuwa 2014, kuma  Mayo na birnin Istanbul daga shekara ta 1994 zuwa 1998. Ya kirkiri Jam'iyar Justice da Development Party (AKP) a shekarar 2001, inda yajagorance ta har tasami nasara a babban zaben Kasar a shekara ta 2002, 2007 da 2011 kafin yabar shugabancin jam'iyar yanemi shugabanci kuma yasamu nasara, yazama shugaban Kasar a shekara ta 2014. Coming from an Islamist political background and as a self-described conservative democrat, he has promoted socially conservative and liberal economic policies in his administration. Under his administration, Turkey has experienced democratic backsliding.




#Article 338: Yaƙin Duniya na II (1035 words)


Yaƙin Duniya na 2 da turanci World War II akan kintse rubutun kamar haka WWII ko WW2, har wayau ana kiran shi da turanci Second World War. Yaƙin duniya dai wani yaƙine da duniya baki daya suka afka a ciki wanda ya kwashi tsawon shekaru shida (6) ana gwabzawa, tun daga shekara ta 1939 har zuwa shekarar 1945. Mafiya yawan  kasashen duniya tare da ƙasashe masu ƙarfi sune suka ja daga a tsakanin su, inda suke yaƙan juna: Hakane ya haifar da gagarumin gumurzu tsakaninsu wanda akalla mutane sama da miliyan ɗari ne (100,000,000) suka tsunduma a ciki daga kasashe sama da talatin (30). Mafiya yawan ƙasashen da suka shiga cikin yaƙin sun saka dukkan tattalin arzikin su, da Masana'antunsu da ilimin su na kimiyya da fasaha don ganin sun yi galaba a yaƙin. Yaƙin duniya na II shine yaki mafi muni a duniya wanda Dan'adam bai taba gani ba, inda aka samu rasa rayukan mutane daga miliyan 50 zuwa miliyan 85, yawan cinsu fararen kaya ne daga Kasar Soviet Union wato Rasha ayanzu da kuma Kasar Sin. An sami kashe-kashe, kisan kiyashi akan Yahudawa, tsarin jefa bama-bamai, mutuwa sanadiyar yunwa da cututtuka, da kuma amfani da makaman kare-dangi a yaƙin Atomic Weapeons.

Ansoma yaƙin ne daga ranar 1 ga watan Satumba 1939 zuwa 2 Satumba 1945 tsawon shekaru (6 da kwana daya 1 )

Kasashen ƙawance Allied Countries sunyi nasara, an kifar da Gwamnatin Nazi dake Jamus, An samu faɗuwar Daulolin yankin Japan dana Italiya, Anfara amfani da Makaman kare dangi wato Atomic weapons, Inganta ayukka da jiragen sama,rusa kungiyar League of Nations,ƙirƙirar Majalisar Dinkin Duniya wato United Nations, Fara ƙiyayya tsakanin Kasar Amurka da Rasha, fara yaƙin mummuƙe wato Cold war. 
Jagororin ƙungiyar ƙawance na Kasa da kasa,

Wa 'yanda ake fada dasu

Abubuwan da akayi asaransu
An kashe Sojoji:
Sama da miliyan 16,000,000
An kashe farin kaya:
Sama da miliyan 45,000,000
Adadin rayukan da aka rasa:
Sama da miliyan 61,000,000
(1937–1945)

ƙasar Japan da ke son ta mamaye nahiyar Asiya da yankin Pacific, ta fara yaƙi da Kasar Sin tun daga 1937  duk da cewar babu bangaren da yafito a fili ya ayyanar da yaki akan wanin sa. Ana dai ganin yakin ya soma ne a 1 ga watan Satumbar 1939, bayan mamaye ƙasar Poland da ƙasar Jamus tayi, da kuma ƙaddamar da yaki da Kasar Faransa da Ingila sukayi akan kasar Jamus a karshen shekarar 1939 har zuwa farkon shekara ta 1941, sai dai irin gumurzu da shirin da Jamus din tayi ne, hakan yasa ta samu nasarar mallakar kusan duka nahiyar Turai, kuma sai suka kulla ƙawance da kasar Italiya da Japan (Axis powers) a karkashin yarjejeniyar Molotov–Ribbentrop Pact of August 1939,
Jamus da ƙasar Soviet sun rarraba tare da mallakar yankunan  Turai na kasashe kamar irin su Poland, Finland, Romania da jihohin dake Baltic. Bayan fara  yaƙi akan kasashen dake yankin Afirka ta arewa da Afirka ta gabas, da kuma faɗuwar ƙasar Faransa a tsakiyar shekarar 1940. Yaƙin ya koma mafi yawanchi tsakanin ƙasashen Jamus,Italiya da kuma Daular Romania akan Daular Biritaniya. Sai kuma fara Yaƙi a Balkans,Da kuma Fafatawar sararin samaniya a Ingila wato  Aerial Battle of Britain da kuma harin sama tare dayin ruwan bomabomai da ƙasar Jamus din tayi wa Birtaniya wato Blitzkrieg, sai kuma fafatawar Mallakar Tekun Atlantik da ya biyo baya, Ana Chikin wannan Bala'in ne sai kuma Kasashen haɗakar (Axis Powers) a turai suka ƙaddamar da hari akan kasar Soviet Union (Rasha) wato Operation Barbarossa a ranar 22 june 1941 , hakan yasa suka bude wani sabon shafin yaƙin mafi muni a tarihi,A kuma watan December 1941, Japan ta kaddamar da wani hari a kasar Amurka da wasu yankunan turawa dake yankin tekun Pacific. Hakane yasa kasar ta Amurka ta shiga Yaƙin a gefen Allied Countries kuma ta Ayyana yaƙi akan ƙasar Japan, hakan yasa ta samu goyon bayan kasar Biritaniya, amma sai ƙasashen dake ƙawance da Japan na turawa suma suka mara wa Japan din baya, hakane yasa Japan ta ƙwace yawancin yankunan turawa dake yankin tekun Pacific, wanda yawancin kasashen Asiya suke ganinsa a matsayin wani shiri ne daga ƙasashen yamma na yin mamaye a yankunan su, amma kuma bayan ƴan Watanni da suka gane wa idanuwan su irin zalunchin da Axis Powers keyi yasa dagabisani ra'ayin mutanen ƙasashen ya juya akan su.
Yaki ya tsaya a shekara ta 1945 bayan Japan ta miƙa wuya, kuma Jamus da Italiya suma anyi galaba akamsu a arewacin Afirka da gabashin ta, da kuma gagarumar nasarar da Red Army suka yi akan jamus da Italiya a garin Stalingrad dake Soviet Union a shekarar 1943, da kuma mamaye Sicily da Italiya, da nasarar kasashen kawance (Allied Powers) a yankin Pacific, a 1944, kasashen ƙawance sun ƙwace yankin Faransa daga hannun Jamus wato D-day Invasion kuma itama kasar Soviet Union ta dawo da duka yankunan ta daga hannun Jamus da ƙawayenta. Sa'annan kuma a shekarar 1944 zuwa 1945 kasar Japan ta sha kashi sosai a yankin Asiya, musamman a fafatawar da suka yi da Amurka a Tekun Pacific wato Battle Of Midway,da kuma tsakiyar kasar Sin da kasar Burma, hakan ya sanya su rasa dukkanin yankunan da suka mamaye.

Yaƙi a nahiyar turai ya ƙare ne sanadiyar mamaye Jamus da ƙasashen kawance (Allied Countries) da ƙasar Soviet  suka yi wanda yakai ga kama garin Berlin da mutuwar Adolf Hitler da miƙa wuyan da Jamus tayi a 8 May 1945. Bayan Potsdam Declaration daga kungiyar ƙawance a 26 July 1945.

ƙin da ƙasar Japan tayi na miƙa wuya, yasa ƙasar Amurka ta jefa mata Makamin ƙare dangi wato atomic bomb a garuruwan Hiroshima da Nagasaki a 6 da 9 ga watan Augusta. Da kuma mamaye tsibirin archipelago imminent, da ganin irin asarar rayukan da ake yi, da kuma  mamayen yankuna da kasar Soviets ta ke chi gaba dayi a garuruwan Manchuria da tsibirin Kuril dake arewacin ƙasar ta Japan, hakan yasa Sarkin ƙasar japan wato Hirohito a 2 ga watan satumba 1945 ya miƙa wuya, wannan ya bada  damar yin nasarar sojojin ƙawance a nahiyar Asiya, sai kuma aka fara tuhumar kasar Jamus da japan akan laifukan yaƙi a kotunan International Military Tribunal (IMT) da kuma The International Military Tribunal For The Far East ko kuma (IMTFE).




#Article 339: Aminu Bello Masari (195 words)


Aminu Bello Masari shi ne gwamnan jihar Katsina mai-ci. Ya zama Gwamnan jihar ne tun bayan samun nasara a zaben 2015 a karkashin jam'iyar APC mai mulki. Gabanin zamansa gwamna ya rike mukamin kakakin Majalisar wakilai ta tarayya.
Shine gwanman jihar katsina har zuwa yau a karkashin jam'iyyar Apc 

Bayan da aka rantsar dashi a matsayin gwamna ba da dadewa ba, sai Gwamna Masari ya baiyana cewa tsohon gwamnan da ya gabata watau Barista Ibrahim Shehu Shema  ya ci kudaden da suka kai miliyan dari hudu. Wannan turka-turka da wasu caje-caje da ke da nasaba da kudi su ka sa hukumar Economic and Financial Crimes Commission watau EFCC ta gurfanar da Gwamna Shema a gaban kotu kan cajin almundahanar kudade da suka kai kimanin biliyan goma sha daya (N11 billion).  Hakazalika gwamnatin Masari ta kori zababbun shugabannin kananan hukumomi 34 da aka zaba a lokacin gwamnatin PDP. A nata bangaren jam'iyyar PDP ta reshen jihar Katsina, ta shigar da karar gwamnatin jihar kan tunbuke zababbun shugabannin kananan hukumomin.

An haife Aminu Bello Masari a 29 Mayu, 1950.

Aminu Bello Masari yayi matsayin speaker a majalisar dokoki ta kasa sannan shine gwamnan jihar Katsina tun 2015.




#Article 340: Harshen Japan (1404 words)


Harshen Japan ko Yaren Japan da turanci kuma Japanese (Yamato) (日本語 Nihongo, (ɲihoŋɡo) ([ɲihoŋŋo]) shi ne yare ko harshen da mutanen gabashin Asiya ke amfani da shi, wadanda adadinsu sunkai kusan mutane miliyan 128, an fi amfani da harshen a Kasar Japan a yanzu, a inda harshen shi ne harshen da ake amfani da shi a Kasar. Harshen na daya daga cikin harsunan da ake kira da Japonic (ko kuma Japanese-Ryukyuan) language family, kuma yana da dangantaka da wasu yaruka kamar, Korean. An dai danganta harshen da harsuna kamar, Ainu, Austroasiatic, da Altaic.
Harfofin Rubutun Harshen
Haruffan Sin (kanji)
Kana (hiraganakatakana)
Japanese Braille. Harshen Japan bashi da wata alaka da harshen Sin wato Chinese language, Amma dai yana amfani da haruffan kalmomin Harshen Sin, ko Nihongo wato (kanji 漢字) a cikin rubutun ta, kuma mafi yawan kalmomin harshen suna daga harshen Sin din ne. Tareda kanji harufan rubutun harshen Japan. Harshen na amfani da silabul biyu na Mora (linguistics)  A rubuce, Nihongo  hiragana  (ひらがな ko 平仮名)  da kuma Nihongo katakana (カタカナ or 片仮名). Harshen na amfani da rubutun Latin a wasu wurare da kuma Lambobin na harshen wato Japanese numerals sun fi yawa   ne daga Lambobin larabci wato Arabic numerals tare da na harshen Sin chinese numerals.

Wani dadadden harshen da harshen Ryukyuan or dialects ana ganin ya zo kasar Japan ta hannun mazauna wadanda suka zo daga continental Asia ko kusa da tsibirin Pacific wani lokaci a farkon mid-2nd century BC (the Yayoi period), Wanda yamaye asalin harshen mutanen Jōmon, tare da da dadadden harshen Ainu. Wanda labari kadan ne aka samo a kan Yanjapan din Lokacin. Saboda rubutu kamar Kanji wanda ya shige cikin Hiragana da Katakana daga baya a Lokacin baizo nan ba daga China, babu cikakken shaida, da wani abu dazai nuna japanese ta kafu ne daga masa hadaddiyar tsohuwar Old Japanese.

 
Tsohon Japanese shi ne kawai abin da aka tabbatar daga cikin harshen Japanese. Da yaduwar Buddhism, sai aka shigo da rubutun China zuwa Japan. Farkon rubututtukan da aka samu a Japan an yi su ne ta Classical Chinese, amma an dauke su ne  a matsayin Japanese daga yana yin kanbun. Wasu cikin rubutun Chinese sun nuna tagomashin Japanese grammar, kamar yadda Jerin kalmomin suke (for example, placing the verb after the object). In these hybrid texts, Chinese characters are also occasionally used phonetically to represent Japanese particles. Rubutu na fari Kojiki, ansamo sa ne tun a Karni 8th, kuma dukkanin rubutun a Chinese characters yake. Karshen Old Japanese yahadu ne tareda Nara period a 794. Old Japanese na amfani da Man'yōgana yanayin rubutun, dake amfani da kanji domin phonetic da semantic values. Based on the Man'yōgana system, Old Japanese can be reconstructed as having 88 distinct syllables. Texts written with Man'yōgana use two different kanji for each of the syllables now pronounced (lang|ja|き ki, ひ hi, み mi, け ke, へ he, め me, こ ko, そ so, と to, の no, も mo, よ yo and ろ ro). ( Kojiki Nada kalmomi 88, amma daga baya 87. Babban cin dake tsakanin mo1 and mo2 ya bata bayan samun composition dinsq.) Wadannan jerin syllables sun dawo zuwa 67 a farkon Middle Japanese, dukda wasu ansanya sune ta Chinese influence.

Dan samun karin syllables an hypothesized cewar Old Japanese's vowel system yafi yawa akan Japanese din zamani – dake kunshe da kusan eight vowels. A cewar Shinkichi Hashimoto, the extra syllables in Man'yōgana yaZone ta samun babban cin acikin vowels of the syllables in question. wadannan ban bancin ne suka nuna Old Japanese nada eight-vowel system, in contrast to the five vowels of later Japanese. The vowel system would have to have shrunk some time between these texts and the invention of the kana (hiragana and katakana) in the early 9th century. According to this view, the eight-vowel system of ancient Japanese would resemble that of the Uralic and Altaic language families. However, it is not fully certain that the alternation between syllables necessarily reflects a difference in the vowels rather than the consonants – at the moment, the only undisputed fact is that they are different syllables. A newer reconstruction of ancient Japanese shows strikingly similarities with Southeast-Asian languages, especially with Austronesian languages.

Tsohuwar Japanese baida (IPA|/h/), amma akwai (IPA|/ɸ/) (Wanda aka taskance a fu, (IPA|/ɸɯ/)), Wanda aka Samar dashi daga  *(IPA|/p/). Man'yōgana also has a symbol for (IPA|/je/), da yahade da (IPA|/e/) kafin karshen lokutan.

Saboda fossilizations na Old Japanese grammatical elements an cigaba da Samun su a sauran harsunan – the genitive particle tsu (superseded by modern no) akwai su a Kalma kamar matsuge (eyelash, lit. hair of the eye); sabuwar Kalmar mieru (to be visible) da kikoeru (to be audible) sun cigaba da abinda aka sansa da mediopassive suffix -yu(ru) (kikoyu → kikoyuru (the attributive form, which slowly replaced the plain form starting in the late Heian period)  kikoeru (as all shimo-nidan verbs in modern Japanese did)); and the genitive particle ga remains in intentionally archaic speech.

Farkon Lokaci matsakaici na Japanese shine Japanawan Lokacin Heian, na daga 794 zuwa 1185. Farkon Middle Japanese ya gamu da significant amount of Chinese influence on the language's phonology – length distinctions become phonemic for both consonants and vowels, and series of both labialised (e.g. kwa) and palatalised (kya) consonants are added, Intervocalic (IPA|/ɸ/) tahade da (IPA|/w/) daga Karni na 11th.
Karshen farkon Middle Japanese yagamu da beginning of a shift where the attributive form (Japanese rentaikei) da kadan kasan ya canja zuwa (shūshikei) na verb classes din dake da biyu ma banbanta.

A karshen matsakaicin zamanin Japanese yafaru ne daga 1185 zuwa 1600, kuma anraba sane zuwa sashe biyu, Wanda aka kiyasta da daidai Lokacin Kamakura da kuma Lokacin Muromachi, kamar yadda sukazo. Na karshen da aka samu na irin Middle Japanese sune na first to be described by non-native sources, in this case the Jesuit da Franciscan missionaries; and thus there is better documentation of Late Middle Japanese phonology than for previous forms (for instance, the Arte da Lingoa de Iapam). Among other sound changes, the sequence (IPA|/au/) merges to (IPA|/ɔː/), in contrast with (IPA|/oː/); (IPA|/p/) ansake shigar dasu daga Chinese; da (IPA|/we/)  yahade da (IPA|/je/). Some forms rather more familiar to Modern Japanese speakers begin to appear – the continuative ending -te begins to reduce onto the verb (e.g. yonde for earlier yomite), the -k- in the final syllable of adjectives drops out (shiroi for earlier shiroki); akwai wasu  a modern standard Japanese dasuka cigaba da rike asalin su (e.g. hayaku  hayau  hayɔɔ, inda modern Japanese just has hayaku, dukda Wanda ake amfani dashi amadadinsa a kiyayeshi a cikin gaisuwan garin o-hayō gozaimasu good morning; this ending is also seen in o-medetō congratulations, from medetaku).

Karshen Middle Japanese nadauke da loanwords na farko daga wasu harsunan turai – now-common words borrowed into Japanese a wannan Lokacin yahada da pan (bread) and tabako (tobacco, now cigarette), duk daga Portuguese.

Farkon harshen zamani na Japanese, Nada banbanci tsakanin Modern Japanese, shine dialect akai amfani dashi bayan Meiji Restoration. Saboda harsunan nada matukar kamanni, farkon Modern Japanese anfi danganta shi da Modern Japanese.farkon Modern Japanese da kadan kadan ya canja zuwa Modern Japanese Lokacin Karni 19th. Kawai bayan 1945, jim kadan bayan Yakin Duniya II,  sai Modern Japanese yazamanto standard language, inda aka fara amfani dashi a kasar. A wannan Lokacin da muke ciki Japanese da amfani da Katakana da kuma Hiragana har wayau suna amfani da traditional Chinese characters da akekira da Han wanda ya canja zuwa Kanji wanda shine irin rubutun da ake amfani dashi Dan express ideas a harsunan Japanese da Chinese.

Harshen Japan na zamani ana ganin yafara ne tareda Lokcin Edo, Wanda yadauki tsawon shekaru tun daga 1603 har zuwa 1868. Tun Old Japanese, the de facto standard Japanese shine Kansai dialect, musamman ma Kyoto. A yayin Lokacin Edo, Edo (itace Tokyo ayanzu) yazama wani babban birni a Japan, sannan kuma Edo-area dialect yazama standard Japanese. Tun karshen Japan's self-imposed isolation a 1853, samun shigowar loanwords daga Harsunan yarukan turai yakaru matuka. Lokacin tun daga 1945 ansamu mafi yawan kalmomin da aka aro daga wasu harsunan, kamar su Jamusanci, Portuguese da Turanci. Yawancin English loan words musamman dangantaka da fasaha, Misali pasokon (kintsen dake nufin personal computer), intānetto (internet), da kamera (camera). Saboda yawan da English loanwords keda shi, modern Japanese has developed a distinction between (IPA|/tɕi/) da (IPA|/ti/), da (IPA|/dʑi/) da kuma (IPA|/di/), wanda ana karshen kowannen su ake samunsa acikin loanwords.




#Article 341: Muammar Gaddafi (440 words)


Muammar Mohammed Abu Minyar Gaddafi Lafazi; (/ˈmoʊəmɑːr ɡəˈdɑːfi/;. Yarayu daga shekara ta 1942 zuwa 20 ga watan Oktoba 2011), Muammar al-Gaddafi da larabci:
معمر محمد أبو منيار القذافي. Amfi saninsa da Konel Gaddafi ko Gaddafi, Yakasance da gwagwarmayar kasar Libya ne, Dan siyasa, kuma mai taimakon mutanensa. Ya mulki Kasar Libya matsayin sa na jagoran juyin mulkin da ta samar da Jamhoriyar Larabawa ta Libya wato Libyan Arab Republic da turanci, tun daga shekarar 1969 har zuwa 1977, sannan aka canja sunan jagorancinsa zuwa Shugaba Dan'uwa wato Brotherly Leader na babban jamiyar talakawa, da akafi sanida Great Socialist People's Libyan Arab Jamahiriya tundaga 1977 zuwa 2011. Gaddafi yakasance danrajin cigaban larabawa ne amma daga baya ana ganin ya watsar da hakan yafara bin raayin Kansa. Gaddafi yarike mukamai da dama aciki da wajen kasarsa, daga ciki yarike Shugaban kungiyar kasashen Afirka wato African Union (AU) daga 2 ga watan February 2009 zuwa 31 watan Janairu,
Yayansa maza: 

Yayansa mata:

Gaddafi yayi karatunsa a Jami'ar Kasar Libya da kuma Jami'ar Soji ta Benghazi, Gaddafi musulmi ne, mai bin ahlus-Sunnah, wato sunni Islam.
Mulkin Kasar Libya karkashin Gaddafi:

Shine Shugaban sojojin
Libyan Army
Tun daga

Mukamin sa;

Komandan Libyan Armed Forces
Yayi yake-yake kamar haka:

An haife Gaddafi a kusa da garin
Sirte daga gidan talakawa makiyayan Larabawa, Gaddafi mai matukar kishin Larabawa ne tun yana makaranta a Sabha, daga nan ya shiga Royal Military Academy, Benghazi. Yana cikin soja ne yahada kungiyar data kifar da mulkin turawan yamma a kasar Wanda suke amfani da sarkin kasar na waccan lokaci wato Senussi Mulkin Idris a shekarar 1969. Daga amsar mulki, Gaddafi ya sauya Libya daga mulkin sarauta zuwa jamhoriya inda yan gwagwarmayarsa ke mulki da umurninsa. Daga nanne ya kora dukkani Italiyawa da turawan dake da sansani a kasar zuwa kasashen su, kuma ya karfafa dangantakarsa da sauran kasashen Larabawa,  musamman da Shugaba Gamal Abdel Nasser's na kasar Misra (Egypt) tare da Neman hadin kan kasashen Afirka. Gaddafi ya kafa Shari'a a matsayin abun gudanar da dokokin kasar, tare da daukan tsarin jagoranci musulunci. Ya mayar da arzikin manfetur din kasar mallakar gwamnati kuma ya rika amfani da kudaden domin karfafa sojojin kasar, da taimakawa kasashen wake, da taimakawa mutane wurin ginin gidaje, kiwon lafiya, ilimi da sauransu. 

Gaddafi ya sauya fasalin Kasar Libya zuwa mulkin daya Kira Jamahiriya wato Kasar Al'ummah da turanci (state of the masses) a shekarar 1977. A shekara ta 1970s zuwa 1980s, yakin iyaka tsakanin Libya da kasashen Misra d a Cadi da taimakon yan tawayen kasashen waje, da zargin da ake masa na daukan nauyin Lockerbie bombing a kasar Scotland yasa kasar tazama saniyar ware a duniya.




#Article 342: Muhammadu Kabir Usman (287 words)


Muhammadu Kabir Usman shine tsohon sarkin Katsina kuma dan'uwa ne ga Sarki maici ayanzu wato Sarki Abdulmumini Kabir Usman. Ya zama sarki bayan rasuwan mahaifinsa Usman Nagoggo kuma yayan Janar Usman Katsina ne

An haifeshi a1928 a Katsina yayi karatu a makarantar Midil ta Katsina daga 1941 zuwa 1947. Sarki yayi kwas na shekara ɗaya a kwalejin ƴan-sanda na Kaduna, kuma an bashi manaja kofu a 1951, sannan ya zama muƙamin doka a 1953. Ya kuma yi kwas na ƴansandan ciki (CID) a Lagos, kuma a 1957 yaje Ingila ya ƙara yin wani kwas akan ƙanannan hukumomi a Midhurst. Sannan ya halarci cibiyar CID na Landon.

A 1959 an naɗa shi Kansikan En’en katsina, mai kula da ƴansanda da kurkuku da samar da ruwa a birane sannan an ƙara naɗa shi shugaban hukumar samar wa birane ruwa da kuma shugabancin ƙugiyar sikaut ta katsina. A 1961 ya zama wakilin gaskiya coperation dake zaria, kuma yayi aiki a hukumomin bayar da shawarwari a makarantar, sannan ya zama shugaban club na wasan ƙwallon Gora a katsina a 1961.

Alhaji muhammadu Kabir Usman ya samu Muƙamai masu yawa a 1963. A shekaran aka naɗa shi hakimi watau “Magajin Garin Katsina”. An naɗa shi shugaban ƙwallon ƙafa ta katsina, an zaɓe shi ɗn majalisar ƙwallon kafa ta katsina, an bashi zakaran wasan ƙwallon Doki na 1963. Kuma an bashi kyautar lambar girma ta sadaukin kwara (OON). A tsakanin 1964-1965 ya zama wakili a hukumar ilimi ta ƙaramar hukumar katsina.

Shekarar 1981, shekara ce mai muhimmanci ga tarihin Alhaji Muhammadu Kabir Usman (CON) domin a wannan shekaran ya zama sarki kuma ya gaji mulkinsu na iyaye da kakanni daga mahaifinsa Alhaji Usman Nagoggo, wanda yayi mulki daga 1944 zuwa 1981, shekaru 37.




#Article 343: Imam Malik Ibn Anas (788 words)


Mālik b. Anas b. Mālik b. Abī ʿĀmir b. ʿAmr b. al-Ḥārit̲h̲ b. G̲h̲aymān b. K̲h̲ut̲h̲ayn b. ʿAmr b. al-Ḥārit̲h̲ al-Aṣbaḥī, Anfi sanin sa da Mālik ibn Anas  Da larabci: مالك بن أنسlrm; ya rayu daga shekara ta; 711 zuwa 795 CE ko kuma daga shekara ta 93 zuwa 179 (AH) akan kirashi da Imam Mālik,  Malamin Musulunci, Balarabe, kuma faqihi, Alkali ne, Malamin Tauhidi, da hadisi Malamin Sunnahr Manzon Allah amincin Allah sun tabbata agare shi.

An haife shi a birnin Madina, Malik yakasance shahararren malamin hadisi a lokacinsa, Wanda yayi kokarin dabbakasu a dukkanin dokokin rayuwarsa da karantarwarsa ta yadda ya samar da tsarin faqihun da ake kira Malikiyya bayan rasuwarsa,  karatunsa yacigaba da fadada da albarka tun bayan rayuwarsa har zuwa yau Malaman lokacinsa suna kiranshi da  Imam din Madina (Malamin Madina), Karantarwa Imam Malik tasamu karbuwa da kauna daga al'ummah daban daban tun a zamaninsa har izuwa yau, musamman fannin karutunsa na fiqihu, hakane yasa yazama daya cikin manyan Malamai hudu (4) da duniyar musulunci ta yarda da abi karantarwarsu wato Mazhabar Imamu Malik. Malikiyya, haka yasa tazama tafarki na koyi da bin Sunnah a musulunci sanadiyar haka har zuwa yau ana bin tafarkin Mazhabar Malikiyya a Kasashen duniya daban daban, kamar mafiya yawan kasashen nahiyar Arewacin Afirka, Andalusiya, kasar Egypt, da wasu yankunan kasashen Syria, Yemen, Sudan, Irak, da Khorasan, Mazharbar Malikiyya bawai kawai yan'ahlussunah suka yarda da ita ba, Dan kuwa itace tafarki ga yan tariqa Sufaye, tare da Shadiliyya da Tijaniyyah, sanadiyar ganin cewa Imam Malik yayi karatu ne a hannun jikan Manzon Allah (SAW) wato dan yaron Nana Fatima Alhasan Ibn Ali, Ja'afar.
Dukda yake Malik yayi abubuwa da dama Dan cigaban musulunci a tarihin addinin amma mafi shaharar aikinsa itace littafinsa wato Muwatta, ta kakasance tana daya daga cikin tsofaffi kuma mafi shaharar littafi data tattara hadisan manzon Allah na farko kafin almajirinsa dalibinsa Bukhari ya wallafa Sahihul BuKhari, Muwatta Malik takasance daya daga littafan farko na shari'a a musulunci,

Cikakken sunansa Baban Abdullah Mālik dan Anas dan Mālik dan Abī 'Āmir dan 'Amr Ibnul-Hārith dan Ghaimān dan Khuthail
dan 'Amr Ibnul-Haarith.

Imam Malik mahaifinsa shine Anas dan Malik (bashi bane sahabi Anas ibn Malik wanda sunansu daya) da mahaifiyarsa Aaliyah yar Shurayk al-Azdiyya a birnin Madina circa 711. Zuriyarsu daga zuriyar kabilar al-Asbahi, mutanen Yemen, amma kakan kakansa Abu 'Amir ya canja wurin zamansu zuwa garin Madina bayan Musuluntarsa Musulunci a shekara ta biyu bayan Hijri, ko shekara ta 623 CE. Kakansa Malik ibn Abi Amir dalibin Halipha Umar ne, kuma yana daga cikin wadanda suka tattara Qur'an a inda aka asalin rubuta su, wanda sune aka hadasu zuwa littafi lokacin Halifancin Uthman. kamar yadda littafin Al-Muwatta ya bayyana shi,  imam Malik mai tsayi ne, Kakkaura, imposing of stature, yanada haske sosai, tareda da farin gashi da gemu da sanko, yanada cikan gemu da launin idanu Kore.

Kasancewarsa wanda aka haifa kuma yarayu a Madina yasa Imam Malik yasa daman kasancewa da shahararrun Malamai na farkon Musulunci. Ya haddace alkurani a samartakarsa, wanda yakoyi karantawa daga Malamin sa Abu Suhail Nafi' ibn 'Abd ar-Rahman, kuma a hannun sa ne, yakarbi Ijazah, wato tabbaci da yarda na umurnin ya karantar da wasu. Ya kuma yi karatu a karkashin shahararrun Malamai da dama, wadanda suka hada da Malam Hisham ibn Urwah, Malam Ibn Shihab al-Zuhri, da kuma Malam Imam Abu Hanifa, wanda yasamar da  Mazhabar Hanafiyya, karkashin jikokin manzon Allah, kamar, Jafar al Sadiq. Wannan ne takara bayyanar da irin kusanci da girmamawa na zaman lafiya dake tsakanin ahlus-Sunnah Hanafiyya da Malikiyya agu daya.

Isnadin Imam Malik na ruwayoyin hadisansa, ana ganin itace mafi kyautatuwa da inganci kuma akikiran isnadinsa da Silsilat al-Dhahab wato Ruwaya ta Sila zinariya daga shahararrun Malaman hadisi harda Imamul Muhammad Al-Bukhari. Jerin ruwayarsa ta zinari (wanda manyan Malamimai hadisai suka yarda itace take da isnadi mafi inganci) ta hada da, wato ta kunshi shi Imam Malik, wanda ya ruwaito daga Malamin sa Nafi‘ Mawla ibn ‘Umar, wanda shi kuma ya ruwaito   daga Abdullahi dan Umar, wanda shi kuma yaji daga manzon Allah Muhammad (SAW).

An ruwaito acikin hadisi ingantacce daga Muhammad ibn `Isa at-Tirmidhi, wanda manzon Allah tsira da amincin Allah sun tabbata agare shi, yace: “Ankusa mutane zasu fara bugun cikunnan rakuma¹ domin neman ilimi, kuma bazasu sami kowa ba, fiye da Mai ilimi Malamin Madina.” Qadi Ayyad, Al-Dhahabi da wadansu manyan malamai tare dasu Sufyan ibn `Uyaynah, ‘Abd ar-Razzaq as-San‘ani, Ibn Mahdi, Yahya ibn Ma'in, Dhu’ayb ibn `Imama, Ibn al-Madini, da dai sauran su, sun yarda da cewar wannan Malamin da Manzon Allah ke nufi; Imam Malik ibn Anas, ne. Dan saida yakaiga shaharansa a karantarwa a garin Madina mutane daga ko'ina na duniya ke taruwa a masallacin Annabi Dan daukan karatun sa. 




#Article 344: Mazhab (266 words)


Mazhab, Madhhab ko Mazhaba itace hanyar karantarwa ko tafarkin da Malaman farko na addinin musulunci suka koyar kamar yadda suka koya daga Sahabban Manzon Allah tsira da amincin Allah su tabbata agare shi, ko ta hannun tabi'ai wadanda suka koya daga Sahabbai, yarda da inganci da sahihancin karatunsu wadanda duk asalinsu daga Manzon Allah, har zuwa Sahabbansa har ya iso zuwa ga Malaman, shiyasa duk al'umman musulmai tun a waccan lokaci har izuwa yau aka yarda da suzama tafarkoki na bi da Gina addinin musulunci dasu, Akwai Mazhaba Hudu (4) wadanda ko wanne kabi to anasaran in Allah ya yarda cewar kabi Manzon Allah ne, kamar yadda Manzon Allah yace kubi Abubakar, da Umar da Uthman bin Affan da Aliyu domin sune Halifofi shiryaryu, Ashe kowane daga cikin manyan Sahabban nan kabi to kamar kabi Manzon Allah ne Dan yayi umurni a bin su, haka suma Mazhaba, Misali Mazhabar Imamu Malik wato Malikyya, Imam Malik yayi karatu a hannun jikan Sayyidina Aliyu Dan Alhasan wato Ja'afar, shi kuma Ja'afar yayi karatu a wurin sahabin Manzon Allah wato Abdullahi Dan Umar Wanda Manzon Allah yakecewa idan akwai wani mutum dayake bin sunnah ta to Abdullahi dan Umar ne.. Haka dukkanin sauran Malaman Mazhaban idan ka duba zakaga duk suna da sila daga sahabbai, sahabbai kuma daga Manzon Allah tsira da aminci sun tabbata agare shi. 
Cikakkun Mazhaba Hudu da ake dasu sune;

Dukkanin mazhabobin nan sune musulman duniya ke amfani dasu, kasashe daban daban su dauka Mazhabar malamin da yarayu a garinsu ko kuma karantarwarsa da daliban sa sunfi yawa a garin ko nahiyar da suke ciki.




#Article 345: Harshen Punjab (188 words)


Punjabi (IPAc-en|p|ʌ|n|ˈ|dʒ|ɑː|b|i; Gurmukhi: a harshen |pa|ਪੰਜਾਬੀ ana fassarawa da |pa|pãjābī; Shahmukhi: Nastaliq|پنجابی  da kuma |pa|ALA-LC|paṉjābī) Harshen ne da ake Kira da Harshen Indo Aryan kuma yanada sama da mutane miliyan 100 yan'asalin masu amfani dashi a kasashen dake tsakanin Indiya da wadanda ke wasu kasashen duniya baki daya. Harshen asaline ga mutanen Punjabi dama wasu kananan kabilu da cikin jihar Punjab dake tsakanin Kasar Indiya, Wanda ya kai tun Daga arewa cin Indiya har zuwa Kasar Pakistan. 

A shekara ta 2015, Punjabi shine na 10th acikin yaruka masu yawan yan'Asali  a duk duniya. shine yaren da akafi amfani dashi a Pakistan, kuma na 11th a harshen da akafi amfani dashi a kasar Indiya, kuma na uku (3rd) da ake amfani dashi a yankin kasashen Indiya. A kasar kanada, itace yare na biyar da akafi amfani dashi bayan harshen turanci , da faransanci  , da Mandarin da kuma Cantonese. Kuma akwai masu yaren da dama a  Daular Larabawa, da Amurika, da United Kingdom, Austaraliya, New Zealand, Italiya, da kuma kasar Netherlands.

Punjabi ya banbanta da sauran harshen Indo-European a wurin amfani da  ta yanayin da muryar ke bada ma'ana. 


#Article 346: Mahathir Mohamad (532 words)


Mahathir bin Mohamad  Kalmar|Jawi: محضير بن محمد; IPA: IPA-may|maˈhaðɪr bɪn moˈhamad|; An haife shi a 10 ga watan yulin shekara ta 1925) dan siyasar kasar Malasiya ne kuma firayim minista maici ayanzu karo nabiyu. Shine Shugaban gamayyar Pakatan Harapan, kuma danmajalisar kasar, dake wakiltar mazabar tarayya ta Langkawi dake Kedah. Kafin nan yarike firayim minista daga 1981 zuwa 2003, inda yazama wanda yafi dadewa a karagar. Siyasar Mahathir tafi tsawon shekara saba'in (70) tun bayan shigarsa sabuwar jam'iyar United Malays National Organisation (UMNO) a shekarar 1946; ya kirkira jam'iyar Kansa wato Parti Pribumi Bersatu Malaysia (Malaysian United Indigenous Party), a shekara ta 2016. 

An haife shi da girmarsa a Alor Setar, Kedah, Mahathir yakasance maikwazo a makaranta haka yasa yazama likita. Yazama jigo a cikin jam'iyar UMNO kafin yaje Majalisa 1964. Yayi tenure daya ne kawai, sai yakasa cin kujerarsa kuma yayi rashin nasara ne da firayim ministan waccan lokaci wato Tunku Abdul Rahman kuma an koreshi daga jam'iyar UMNO. Yayin da Abdul Rahman yayi marabus, Mahathir yasake shiga UMNO da zuwa Majalisa, kuma Karin girma zuwa fadar gwamnati, a 1976 yakai matsayin mataimakin firayim minista, kuma a 1981 aka rantsar dashi a matsayin firayim minista bayan ubangidansa yayi marabus, Hussein Onn.

A lokacin mulkin Mahathir a matsayin firayim minista na farko, kasar Malaysia tasamu cigaban zamani da farfadowar tattalin arziki, kuma gwamnati ta fara kafa ayyukan gine-gine. Mahathir yakasance Shugaban daya jima a mulki, yayi nasara harsau biyar a babban zaben Kasar, samun karfinsa yafaru sanadiyar cin gashin kanta da akaba hukumar Shari'ar kasar da kuma karfin masarautar kasar Malaysia. Ya kawo dokar da aketa cecekuce akai ta kulle masu sukar gwamnati wato Internal Security Act da kuma masu bin kananan addinai da abokanan hamayyar siyasa harda mataimakin firayim ministan daya kora a 1998, Anwar Ibrahim. Mahathir yayi fice a kin bayarda yancin mutanen sa, da kuma kiyayyarsa akan bukatun kasashen yamma da tsarin tattalin arziki yasa alakarsa da Kasar Amurika da United Kingdom da kuma Australia, da wasunsu tayi tsami. A matsayin sa na firayim minista ya rika rajin cigaban kasashen da basu da karfin tattalin arziki da duniya bakidaya.

Bayan yanar mulki, Mahathir yazama mai sukan Shugaban daya zaba da hannunsa yagaje shi Abdullah Ahmad Badawi a 2006, da kuma Najib Razak a 2015. dansa Mukhriz Mahathir shine Chief Minister dake Kedah har zuwa farkon shekara ta 2016. A 29 ga watan February 2016, Mahathir yafita daga jam'iyar UMNO dalilin goyon bayan firayim minista Najib Razak, dukda 1Malaysia Development Berhad scandal. A 9 September 2016, yayi wa jam'iyar sa Malaysian United Indigenous Party rijista a matsayin jam'iyar siyasa, kuma shine Shugaban ta. A 8 January 2018, Mahathir yazama Dan takarar jam'iyar gamayyar Pakatan Harapan danyin takarar firayim ministan Malaysia a babban zaben 2018, a wani shirin yafewa Anwar Ibrahim da kuma iya bashi mukami idan ansamu nasara.

Bayan samun nasarar jam'iyar Pakatan Harapan a zaben 2018, An rantsar da firayim minista Mahathir a 10 May 2018. Yana da shekaru 98, shine tsohon Shugaban kasa maici a duniya. shine firayim minista dabai wakiltar  YAN jam'iyar gamayyar Barisan Nasional ko wanda tagabace ta Alliance Party kuma mutum na farko da yayi mulki Katsina jam'iya biyu daban daban kuma ba'a Jere ba.




#Article 347: Sallar Idi Babba (153 words)


Sallar Layya, Babban Sallah,  Eid al-Adha (larabci-ar|عيد الأضحى|ʿīd al-ʾaḍḥā|lit da turanci Feast of the Sacrifice), kuma ana kiransa da Sallar Yanka, shine biki nabiyu da musulmai ke gudanarwa a duk duniya a kowace shekara, dayan bikin shine ( Karamin Sallah), ana ganin wannan babbar yafi daraja acikin biyun. Allah yakarrama Annabi Ibrahim (Abraham)  ne bayan yamika wuya gareshi akan yarda da yanka dansa Annabi Ismail daomin bin umurni da Allah yabukace shi.  Amma, kafin Annabi Ibrahim ya yanka dansa sai Allah ya aiko da babban rago yayanka, sanadiyar hakane ake yanka kuma ake raba namar gida uku, kaso daya, sadaka ga mabukata, nabiyu a rabawa yan'uwa, na uku wanda yayi layyar yaci abinsa.

A kalandar musulunci Islamic lunar calendar, Babbar Sallah tana zuwa ne a kowace goma (10th) na watan Dhu al-Hijjah. A kuma kalandar duniya ta girigori ranar na canjawa a dukkanin shekara zuwa shekara, ta hanyar rage kwanaki goma shadaya (11).




#Article 348: Malikiyya (313 words)


Malikiyya, Mālikī (larabci-ar|مالكي), Makaranta ce dake daya daga cikin makarantu hudu (4) na manyan mazhaban ilimin fiqihu a addinin musulunci wanda dukkanin ahlus-sunnah na duniya bakidaya suke koyi dasu. sanadiyar karantarwar Imam Malik Ibn Anas ne yasamar da Mazhabar tun a karni na 8th. Makarantar Imam Malik ta dogara ne kacokan akan bin alkur'ani da hadisi a matsayin tushen hujja ko yin kiyasi a karatuttukansa, ba kamar sauran makarantun Mazhaban ba, kuma yana dabbaka ayyukan addinin musulman garin Madina wadanda aka samu suna aikatawa a waccan lokacin, hakane yasa Imam Malik yake cewa watarana yana karatu, da aka zomasa da wani shubha, yace, Wannan garin Annabi ne kuma anan yarayu, anan aka birneshi ya'yansa da jikokinsa da Sahabban sa duk sune suka koyar da ibadun da mukeyi, ya wani zaizo da wani abu da bamu aikatashi! Kuma bamusan sa ba, anan Imam Malik sai yabar aikin da aka kawo masa sai yayi umurni dasu cigaba da ayyukan addinin dasuka tarar iyayensu (sahabai da tabi'ai) nayi wato sunnar Manzon Allah tsira da amincin Allah su tabbata agare shi .

Mazhabar Malikiyya na daya daga cikin mafi girman al'ummar ahlus-sunnah, ana danganta ta da madhhab Shafi`iyya a yawan mabiya, amma batakai yawan masu bin  hanafiyya ba. Ana bin Shari'ar addinin musulunci akan bin Mazhabar Malikiyya a kasashen dake Arewacin Afirka (banda arewaci da gabashin kasar Misra), yammacin Afirka, Cadi, Sudan, Kuwait, Bahrain, Daular masarautar Dubai dake kasar (Daular Larabawa), da wasu bangaren arewa maso gabashin kasar da kuma wasu yankin Saudiya.

Ko ada can Ana bin Mazhabar Malikiyya a yankin musulmai dake turai, yankin da musulunci ke mulka a waccan lokaci a kasar turai, musamman kasar Andalus wato (Kasar Spain da inda take mulka),   da Daular Masarautar Sicily (yankin dake Italiya a yanzu). a tarihi Babban makarantar koyar da Malikiyya a karni na 9th zuwa karni na 11th, shine a Babban masallacin Uqba a Tunisiya.




#Article 349: Shafi`iyya (482 words)


Shafi'iyya, (Larabci|شافعي | Shāfiʿī, ko kuma  Shafei) mazhaba ce daga cikin manyan Mazhabobin addinin musulunci guda hudu (4) da ake dasu, wadanda ake amfani dasu wurin fayyace shari'oin addinin musulunci, wadanda al'ummar ahlus-sunnah ke bin tafarki akai.  Kuma Mazhaban ta suma ne sanadiyar babban Malami AlShaykh Imam Al-Shafi'i yakasance daga cikin daliban Babban malami Imam Malik, a farkon Karni na 9th. sauran Mazhabobi ukun sune; Hanafiyya, Malikiyya da kuma Hanbaliya.

Mazhabar Shafi'iyya itama ta dogara ne akan Kur'ani da Hadisai ne wurin kafa hujja ko kiyasi a Shari'ar musulunci. A inda kuma aka samu wasu ayoyin Qur'ani ko a wasu Hadisai, to Mazhabar Shafi'iyya tana bin  Ijma'ine wato abinda yakasance aka samu mafiya yawan Sahabbai ko Malaman dake a Lokacin sa suke kai. idan kuma ba'a samu ijma'i ba to Mazhabar Shafi'iyya takan yi amfani da Ijtihadin Sahabban Manzon Allah, ta amfani da wanda yafi kusa da wannan mas'alar.

Mazhabar Shafi'iyya takasance tun a farkon addinin musulunci itace take da yawan mabiya, dukda cewar tazone a bayan Mazhabar Hanafiyya da Malikiyya. Amma saidai samun karfi da fadadan Daular Usmaniyya  (Ottoman Empire) sai ta rika canja duk Daular datake mulka zuwa bin Mazhabar Hanafiyya. daya daga cikin manyan babban cin dake tsakanin Shafi‘iyya da Hanafiyya shine Shafi‘iyya bata yarda da IstihsanI ba a matsayin hanyar samun dokokin addinin musulunci ba, saboda hakan yadogara ne akan yarda da kuma ikon Dan'adam ne kawai a dokan. 

Mazhabar Shafi‘iyya ana samunta ayanzu a kasashe kamar Somaliya, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Djibouti, gabashin Egypt, da Swahili coast, Hijaz, Yemen, Kurdish regions of Gabas ta tsakiya, Dagestan, Chechen da Ingush da kuma yankunan Caucasus, Indonesia, Malaisiya, Sri Lanka, Maldives, Kerala da kuma yankunan gabar Indiya, Singapore, Myanmar, Thailand, Brunei, da  Filifin.

Mazhabar Shafi‘iyya ta yadu ta hannun dalibansa wadanda ke birnin Cairo, Makkah da Baghdad. Mazhabar tasamu karbuwa a farkon musulunci a kasashe da dama. Inda Shugaban dake jagorantar makarantar mazhabar dake Iraqi wato Abu Ishaq al-Shirazi, dake Khorasan, da al-Juwayni da al-Iraqi Ibn al-Salah da mahaifinsa su suka hade suka yada mazhabar.

The Shafi‘i jurisprudence was adopted as the official law during the Great Seljuq Empire, Zengid dynasty, Ayyubid dynasty and later the Mamluk Sultanate (Cairo), where it saw its widest application. It was also adopted by the Kathiri state in Hadhramawt and most of rule of the  Sharif of Makkah. 

With the establishment and expansion of Ottoman Empire in West Asia and Turkic Sultanates in Central and South Asia, Shafi‘i school was replaced with Hanafi school, in part because Hanafites allowed Istihsan (juristic preference) that allowed the rulers flexibility in interpreting the religious law to their administrative preferences. The Sultanates along the littoral regions of the Horn of Africa and the Arabian peninsula adhered to the Shafi‘i school and were the primary drivers of its maritime military expansion into many Asian and East African coastal regions of the Indian Ocean, particularly from the 12th through the 18th century.




#Article 350: Afirka ta Yamma (147 words)


Afirka ta Yamma ko Yammacin Afirka itace yammancin nahiya Afirka. Majalisan Dinkin Duniya sun bayyana Yammacin Afirka a matsayin Kasashe Goma sha shida 16, sune Benin, Burkina Faso, Cape Verde, Gambia, Gana, Gini, Guinea-Bissau, Côte d'Ivoire, Liberia, Mali, Muritaniya, Nijar, Najeriya, Senegal, Sierra Leone da kuma Togo, haka kuma harda wasu tsuburi Yawan yan Yammacin Afirka sun kai kimanin , Mutane 381,981,000 a kidayar shekarar 2017, Mata sun kai kimanin 189,672,000, Maza kuma 192,309,000. Its age and widespread distribution and diversity across the continent makes its exact origin point within Africa difficult to trace with any confidence,     

Kasashe goma sha bakwai ne kamar haka:

 

Karin wasu fitattun hotuna na biranen yammacin Afrika.

 Lagos_Island.jpg

Lagos_1_galleryfull.jpg

Abuja, Federal Capital Territory 3.jpg

Abuja, Federal Capital Territory 2.jpg

Abuja, Federal Capital Territory.jpg

City Of Accra.jpg

City of Accra.jpg|BirninAccra
AbidjanSib.JPG

Abidjan-Plateau1.JPG

Abidjanpyramid.JPG

Aerial View of Kumasi in 2003.jpg

Kumasi.jpg

Kumasi.jpg

PortHacourt1.jpg

Pitakwa.jpg




#Article 351: Imam Al-Shafi'i (238 words)


Abū ʿAbdullāh Muhammad ibn Idrīs al-Shāfiʿī (larabci|أبـو عـبـد الله مـحـمـد ابـن إدريـس الـشـافـعيّ) yarayu daga                                                     
(767 zuwa 820 CE, ko kuma 150 zuwa 204 AH, hijra). An haifi Imam alShafi'i a watan Augusta shekara ta 767 CE a garin birnin Gaza, Bilad al-Sham, a daular Abbasiyya
Sannan ya kuma rasu a shatara (19) ga watan Janairun shekara ta 820 CE (yanafa shekaru 54)al-Fustat, a kasar Egypt. Imam Shafi'i Shehin Malamin addinin musulunci ne kuma balarabe, marubuci maikarantarwa, yana daya daga cikin wadanda suka fayyace ilimin fiqihu na farko, (Uṣūl al-fiqh) a addinin musulunci. Anfi kiransa da 'Shaykh al-Islām', al-Shāfi‘ī na kuma daya daga cikin manya manyan malamai hudu wadanda karatun su da ayyukan su wa addinin musulunci yasa aka kebe mazhabarsu amatsayin hanyoyi na dokokin bin addinin musulunci abisa sunnar manzon Allah tsira da amincin Allah sun tabbata agare shi, Mazhabar Imam din itace  Shafi`iyya makatantar fiqhu ce (ko Madh'hab). Yakasance daya daga cikin manyan daliban  Imam Malik ibn Anas kuman yataba rike gwamnan   Najar. An haife shi a garin Gaza, yayi rayuwa a garin Makkah, Madina, Yemen, Egypt da kuma kasar Baghdad. Imam alshafi'i shine ya wallafa littafai da dama kamar Risalah, Usul al Fiqh, Kitab al-Umm
Malamansa sune, Shaykh Imam Abu Hanifa, da Shaykh Ja'far al-Sadiq, da kuma alshaykh Malik, Sufyan ibn `Uyaynah, Muhammad al-Shaybani, Sayyidah Nafisah bint Al-Hasan
Ya karanatar da dalibansa kamar su, Imam Ahmad ibn Hanbal, da Shaykh Ishaq Ibn Rahwayh da sauransu.




#Article 352: Ahmad Ibn Hanbal (639 words)


Aḥmad Ibn Muḥammad Ibn Ḥanbal Abū ʿAbdullāh Ash-Shaybānī (larabci|احمد بن محمد بن حنبل ابو عبد الله الشيباني; 780– 855 CE/164–241 AH), Akan kirasa da Aḥmad ibn Ḥanbal ko Ibn Ḥanbal ko Ibn Hambal ko Ahmad Ibn Hambal ko kawai Imam Aḥmad wadanda yan' Sunnah ke kiransa, yakasance balarabe ne Malamin Faqīhun musulunci  jurists, theologian, ascetic, da hadisi da kuma sunnahr Manzon Allah tsira da amincin Allah sun tabbata agare shi. Shahararren Malamin addinin musulunci a zamaninsa, sai da Imam Ibn Hanbal yakaiga a duk lokacin sa babu Wanda yakaiga matsayin sa kuma Malamin da ake girmamawa wurin bin sunnah Wanda yasa har ake masa lakabi da  asalin shehin Sunna a Islama, True Shaykh of Islam, Proof of the Faith, and Seal of the Mujtahid Imams.
Akan masa lakabi da sunaye kamar su; Tābi‘ al-Tābi‘un;Jurist, Malamin Tauhidi, Masanin Hadisi, Defender of Orthodoxy, True Shaykh of Islam, Proof of the Faith, Seal of the Mujtahid Imams, Reinforcer of the Religion, One who Gathered the Knowledge of the First and the Last, Guardian of the Prophet's Traditions,Confirmer of Relics 
Makabartar da aka birneshi itace ake kira da kabarin Imam Aḥmad, dake birnin Baghdad, a Iraq.

Shine Malamin da ake ganin yabi sunnah kuma daya daga cikin manyan Malaman ta, da irin karfin fasahar ilimin da Allah yayi masa yataba ko ina daga cikin bangaren karatun sunnah. One of the foremost classical proponents of the importance of using hadith literature to govern Islamic law and life, Ibn Hanbal is famous for compiling one of the most important Sunni hadith collections, the celebrated Musnad, an enormous compendium of prophetic traditions that has continued to wield considerable influence in the field of hadisi studies har izuwa a yau. harwayau, Ibn Hanbal shine wanda sanadiyar karantarwarsa ake wa makarsntarsa ta zama daya daga cikin manyan mazhabobi hudu da muke dasu, wato mazhabar Hanbaliyya a karantarwar Sunnar Manzon Allah tsira da aminci sun tabbata agare shi, na dokokin addinin musulunci.

Ya karanta fiqhu da hadisi karkashin malami daban-daban lokacin yana matashinsa. Ibn Hanbal ya shahara a karshe karshen rayuwarsa sanadiyar gagarumin taimakon sa akan Mihna,  wanda daular Abbasiyya da al-Ma'mun ta kindaya a kusan karshen mulkin sa, Wanda shugaban yanada goyon baya ga Mu'utazila Masu cewar alkurani haltta ne, Wanda hakan yasaba wa karantarwar kuranin itakanta da take nuna ita maganar Allah madaukakin Sarki ne. wannan yasa aka fara azabtar da malamin Dan yakibin wannan koyarwar, sai dai Imam Ibn Hanbal yacigaba ne kawai da samun daukaka a wurin al'ummar sa. in the annals of Islamic history.

Throughout Islamic history, Ibn Hanbal was venerated as an exemplary figure in all the traditional schools of Sunni thought, both by the exoteric ulema and by the mystics, with the latter often designating him as a saint in their hagiographies. The fourteenth-century hadith master al-Dhahabi referred to Ibn Hanbal as the true Shaykh of Islām and leader of the Muslims in his time, the ḥadīth master and Proof of the Religion.

A zamanin nan, sunan Imam Ibn Hanbal yazama wani abun cece kuce kasantuwar ganin cewa zuwa karantarwar Wahhabiyawa a yanzu, suna kikirarin shine jagoransu ko kuma dai karantarwar sa suke bi, tareda da danganta Kansu kuma da shahararren Malamin nan daya sake jaddada karantarwar  Hanbaliyya a Karni na goma sha uku wato Shaykh Ibn Taymiyyah. Kodai da yake ansha hayaniya akan haka ga wasu manyan Malamai masu cewar  krantarwar Ibn Hanbal baida wani tasiri ko alaka da ta wahhabiyawa, duk da akwai hujjoji, inji wasu malamani masu ganin tsohpn karantarwa Hanbaliya sunada banbancin akida sosai  dana Wahhabiyawan, rich as medieval Hanbali literature is in references to saints, grave visitation, miracles, and relics. akan wannan akantarwa ne yasa malamai dauko maganar Ibn Hanbal akan yin amfani da support for  the use of relics as simply one of several important points upon which the theologian's opinions diverged from those of Wahhabism.




#Article 353: Hanbaliya (422 words)


Hanbaliya Mazhab (larabci|المذهب الحنبلي) (Hambalee) tana daya daga cikin manyan Mazhaba Hudu a addinin musulunci wadanda ke karantar da sunnahr Manzon Allah tsira da amincin Allah su tabbata agare shi, akan sanin fiqihun addinin musulunci. An samu sunar Mazhabar ne daga sunan babban Malamin nan na Kasar Irak wato Imam Ahmad Ibn Hanbal Wanda ya rasu a shekarar (d. 855), kuma daliban sa suka zamadda sunar yacigaba da bin makarantar sa, har izuwa yau.  mazhabar Hanbaliya itace mafi karancin mabiya a duk cikin sauran Mazhabobin addinin musulunci guda hudu da ake dasu, wato sauran sune; Hanafiyya, Malikiyya da Shafi'iyya.

Hanbaliya suma kamar sauran Mazhabobin tana kafa Shari'ar tane daga bin Quran, da Hadisi (maganganu da ayyukan rayuwar  Annabi Muhammad), da kuma fahimtar Sahabbai (Muhammad's companions). In cases where there is no clear answer in sacred texts of Islam, the Hanbali school does not accept jurist discretion or customs of a community as a sound basis to derive Islamic law, a method that Hanafi and Maliki Sunni fiqhs accept. Hanbali school is the strict traditionalist school of jurisprudence in Sunni Islam.Mazhabar Hanbaliya Ana samun ta ne a kasar Saudiya da Qatar, wadanda Suka mayar da ita a matsayin dokar yin Shari'a fiqhu a kasansu. mabiya Hanbaliya sune suka fi yawa a masarautun dake kasar Daular Larabawa  (UAE) (Sharjah, Umm al-Quwain, Ras al-Khaimah da Ajman). harwayau akwai mabiya Hanbaliya a kasashe kamar Bahrain, Oman da Yemen da wasu Daga cikin mutanen kasar Iraqi da Jordanian bedouin amma basu dayawa.

Mazhabar Hanbaliya tasamu canji sosai daga Wahhabiyaw. A tarihi makarantar karamar ce a Karni na goma sha takwas(18) har zuwa farkon Karni na ashirin (20), amma zuwan Muhammad ibn Abd al-Wahhab da Sarki Al Saud sun taimaka sosai wajen yasa Mazhabar ta shiga kasashen duniya da dama. sakamakon hakane yasa sunar Mazhabar tasamu tasgaro daga wasu yankunan musulmai ganin cewa anyi amfani da sunan Mazhabar ko madai Malamin ta da kuma Malamin daya farfado da karantarwar ta a Karni na goma sha uku wato Ibn Taymiyyah. Kodayake wasu malamai sun musunta da cewa karantarwa Ibn Hanbal baida wani alaka ko tasiri akan akidar da Wahhabiyawan kebi tunda akwai hujja kamar yadda Malamin yakara daecewa, hanbaliya da akidarta nada basu da wani kamanceceniya da karantarwa  Wahhabiyawan na yanzu as medieval Hanbali literature is rich in references to saints, grave visitation, miracles, and relics. Historically, the Hanbali school was treated as simply another valid interpretation of Islamic law, and many prominent medieval Sufis, such as Abdul Qadir Gilani, were Hanbali jurists and mystics at the same time.




#Article 354: Hanafiyya (397 words)


Mazhabar Hanafiyya  (larabci|حنفي) (Ḥanafī) tana daya daga cikin manyan Mazhabobi hudu wadanda addinin musulunci ke dasu, wurin karantar da Sunnah r manzon Allah tsira da amincin Allah sun tabbata agare shi, Dan yin hukunce hukuncen (fiqh). itama dai Mazhabar tasamu sunanta ne daga sunan Babban Malamin ta, wanda makarantarsa ce ake wa Mazhabar lakabi da, wato alshaykh Imam Abū Ḥanīfa an-Nu‘man ibn Thābit, yarasu a shekarar (d. 767), shi  a Tabi‘i ne, kuma dokokin akidarsa ansamo sune takiyayewar  manyan Daliban sa, Abu Yusuf da Muhammad al-Shaybani. Manyan Mazhabobin addinin musulunci daman da sune wadannan hudun da suka shahara, wato;  Malikiyya, Shafi`iyya da Hanbaliya.

Mazhabar Hanafiyya itace Mazhabar dake da mafi yawan mabiya a tsakanin musulmai masu bin Sunnah a duk fadin duniya. itace ake bi a kasashen sa suka taba kasancewa karkashin mulkin daular  usmaniyya (Ottoman Empire), da daular Mughal da masarautun  shugababbin Turkic dake Indian subcontinent, northwest China da Central Asia. A yanzu ana bin Mazhabar Hanafiyya a kasashe da yankuna kamar: Turkiya, da Balkans, Syria, Lebanon, Jordan, Palestine, Misra, wasu bangaren kasashen Irak] da Iran, bangaren Rasha, Turkmenistan, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Uzbekistan, Afghanistan, Pakistan, bangaren Indiya da China, da Bangladesh.

A matsayin khalifah na hudu, Ali ya canja birnin musulunci zuwa Kufa, kuma yawaicin  first generation musulmai sun koma nan da zama, makarantar dokokin Hanafiyya ta sanya yawancin shari'unta akan bin abubuwan da Sahabban farko suka zo dasu wadanda ke zama a Iraq. Dukda, daga baya Hanafiyya anfara kiranta da Kufan ko Iraqi school a Lokacin. Ali da Abdullah, dan Masud su suka samar da asalin farkon makarantar, tareda wasu mutane kamar Muhammad al-Baqir, Ja'far al-Sadiq,da Zayd ibn Ali. Many jurists da historians sun rayu a Kufa har daya daga cikin manyan Malaman Abu Hanifa, wato Hammad ibn Sulayman.

A farkon tarihin musulunci, Hanafi doctrine baa taskance taba. Saidai fiqh an tattara shi da taskance shi a karni na 11th.
Shugabannin Turkiya sune suka fara amfani da Hanafi fiqh, suka yarda dashi akan traditionalist Medina-based fiqhs which favored correlating all laws to Quran and Hadiths and disfavored Islamic law based on discretion of jurists. YAN Abbasids patronized the Hanafi school from the 10th century onwards. The Seljuk Turkish dynasties of 11th and 12th centuries, followed by Ottomans adopted Hanafi fiqh. Fadadar Turkawa yasa suka yada Hanafi fiqh a cikin tsakiyar Asiya zuwa kudancin Asiya da kuma kafa Daular Seljuk, Timurid dynasty, Khanates da Delhi Sultanate.




#Article 355: Imam Abu Hanifa (298 words)


Abū Ḥanīfa al-Nuʿmān b. Thābit b. Zūṭā b. Marzubān (larabci|أبو حنيفة نعمان بن ثابت بن زوطا بن مرزبان; Yarayu daga shekara ta c. 699 zuwa shekara 767 CE), An haife shi a shekara ta 699 (80 Hijri) garin Kufa, Umayyad Caliphate, ya kuma dasu a shekara ta 767 (150 Hijri) a birnin Baghdad, Abbasiyya, Dan asalin Parisa ne shi
Shi Dan garin   Kufa ne 
Ya shahara a karantar da fahimtar sa akan Istihsan, ya wallafa shahararren littafin nan wato Al-Fiqh al-Akbar. Malamansa sune; Hammad bin Abi Sulayman, Ata' ibn abi rabah, Zayd ibn Ali, Ja'far al-Sadiq, da sauran manyan tabi'in, yakarantar da dalibansa kamar su; Imam Malik Ibn Anas,  Imam Al-Shafi'i, Muhammad al-Shaybani, Abu Yusuf, al-Tahawi, Ahmad Sirhindi, Shah Waliullah da sauransu.
Anfi saninsa da Abū Ḥanīfa ko kuma Imam Abū Ḥanīfa musamman a wurin mabiya Sunnah, Yakasance dan karni na 8th ne, mabiyin Sunnah, Malamin Tauhidi kuma Alkali wanda asalinsa ba Parise ne. shine yasamar da makarantar Hanafiyya ko Hanafi Mazhab, wanda har wayau itace Mazhabar dake da mafi yawan mabiya ahlus-sunnah a duniya.  Ana kiransa da  al-Imām al-aʿẓam (The Great Imam) and Sirāj al-aʾimma (The Lamp of the Imams) a wurin mabiya ahlus-sunnah.

An haife shi daga cikin Gidan musulunci a garin Kufa, Abu Hanifa yatafi zuwa yankin Hejaz dake kasashen larabawa a waccan lokacin  yayinda yake matashi, a nan ne yayi karatu a wuraren manyan malaman garin Makkah da Madina. A matsayin sa na Malamin akida kuma mai hukunci Abu Hanifa yayi suna akan yardarsa da amfani da hankali wurin yin hukunci da ma akida (faqīh dhū raʾy). makarantar Abu Hanifa itace ta zama zuwa makarantar Maturidi school of orthodox Sunni theology.

Al'umman Zaydi Shi'a suma dai baa barsu abaya ba, Dan suna matukar girmama Imam Abu hanifa a matsayin wani babban Malamin addinin musulunci.




#Article 356: Daular Kanem-Bornu (376 words)


Kanem–Bornu Empire ta kasance daula ce data taba kasancewa a inda ayau itace kasar Cadi da Nijeriya. Masanan kasashe larabawa suna kiran daular da Kanem Empire daga karni na 9th harzuwa sanda takasance daular musulunci Bornu ( Bornu Empire) a 1900. Kanem Empire CE tun daga shekara ta (c. 700 zuwa 1380) takasance ne kasashen Chad, Nigeria da Libya. A matukar girmar daular ta tattara kasashe ba kawai daukacin kasar Chad ba, takai har zuwa kudancin kasar Libya (Fezzan) da gabashin Nijar, arewa maso gabas din  Nigeria da arewacin kamerun. A yayin da Daular Bornu take a shekara ta (1380s zuwa 1893) takasance kasace a inda ake kira ayau arewa maso gabashin Nigeria, wanda tacigaba da girma fiye da daular Kanem, tatattari kasashen da ayau sune ko kuma suke daga cikin kasashe kamar  Chad, Nijar, Sudan, da Cameroon; amsameta daga shekara ta 1380s zuwa 1893. Farkon tarihin daular ansansa ne da jerin masu sarautar ko Girgam matafiyin bincike  dan kasar jamus wato Heinrich Barth wanda aka gano a shekarar 1851.

Kanem takasance a kudancin dake yankin kasuwanci da ake kira wato trans-Saharan trade dake tsakanin garin Tripoli da kuma yankin tabkin Cadi. Baccin mutanen biranen kasar kawai ta tattari harda wasu kungiyoyin al'ummu makiyaya masu amfani da harsuna kamar Teda–Daza (Toubou).

Yadda aka Samu Kanem nada rudani. Wasu tsoffin tarihai sun danganta samuwar Kanem-Bornu da kifewar daular Assyrian Empire c. 600 BC har zuwa arewa maso gabashin  tabkin Cadi. amma sai dai nazarcen zamani na goyon bayan cewar samuwar yankin yafi kusanci da shigowar yanciranin.

Daga wani nazarin daya karbu, ansamu cewar masarautar tafara kafuwa ne a shekara ta 700 AD a karkashin makiyayan masu amfani da harshen  Tebu-Kanembu. Ance  mutanen Kanembu an tursasa sune sukabar yankunansu har zuwa kasar noma dake yankin kudu maso yammacin tabkin Chadi daga matsin siyasa da desiccation a tsohuwar mazauninsu, yankin nada yancin kanta tun asali, walled city-states belonging to the Sao culture. A karkashin mulkin Duguwa dynasty, Kanembu sun mamaye Sao, bawai bayan sun dauki aladun matanen ba. ancigaba da gwabza yaki tsakanin su har zuwa karshen karni na goma sha shida  (16th).

Wani nazarin ya nuna cewar batacciyar kasar Agisymba wanda (Ptolemy ya ambata tun a tsakiyar karni na biyu (2nd) AD) itama mafiriyar daular Kanem din ce.




#Article 357: Kashim Ibrahim (263 words)


Kashim Ibrahim (Shettima) (10 ga Yuni 1910 zuwa 25 ga Yuli 1990) mutumin Kanuri ne kuma ɗan siyasa, ya riƙe shugabancin gargajiya a masarautar  Borno kuma minista ne na ayyukan jama'a a shekarun 1950s. Yazama Waziri a Masarautar Borno bayan korar Wazirai biyu da akayi sakamakon zarginsu da akeyi akan yadda suke gudanar da ayyuka a masarautar.
Yakasance na hannun daman Sardauna Ahmadu Bello.

An haife Ibrahim a garin mazabar Gargar, Yerwa daga gidan Ibrahim Lakanmi. Yafara karatun sa da koyon larabci da Quran kafin yaje Borno Provincial School a shekara ta 1922. A kuma 1925, Yasamu shiga   Kwalejin Horo ta Katsina inda ya kammala karatun sa da sakamakon malunta a 1929. Ya fara aiki a matsayin Malami a 1929 a Borno Middle School sannan daga shekara ta 1933, yazamanto Provincial Visiting Teacher. Inda daga bisani akai masa Karin girma yakaiga matsayin Senior Visiting Teacher and education officer for the province of Borno. An bashi sarautar Shettiman Borno a 1935 daga nan ne akasansa da Shettima Kashim. Ya shiga siyasa a 1951-52, sanda aka zabesa zuwa majilisar arewacin Najeriya (Northern Regional Assembly), he as nominated from the North as a cabinet nominee. Daga nanne aka zabeshi a matsayin ministan tarayya na Ayyukan Jama'a bayan nan kukuma yazama ministan Ilimi.

A shekarar 1956, Shehun Borno yanada shi  Wazirin Borno. 
Waziri Ibrahim yazama Gwamnan yankin Arewacin Najeriya a 1962, yacigaba da mulkinsa har saida akayi juyin mulkin soji a 16  ga watan Janairun shekara ta 1966 wanda takawo mulkin Manjo General Johnson Aguiyi-Ironsi.  An nadashi CBE a 1960 kuma wanda yanashi shine KCMG a 1962.




#Article 358: Elizabeth II (753 words)


Elizabeth II (Elizabeth Alexandra Mary); An haife ta a 21 ga watan Afrilun shekara ta 1926. Itace Sarauniyar  United Kingdom da wasu kasashen Commonwealth.

Elizabeth dai an haife ta ne a birnin London, itace diyar farko daga gidan Duke na York da matarsa Duchess na York, wanda daga bisani yazama Sarki George VI matarsa kuma Mahaifiyar Sarauniya Elizabeth II, sarauniyar tasamu karatun tane daga cikin gidan iyayenta a matsayin ta yar'gidan sarauta. Mahaifinta yakaiga karagar mulki bayan kwace sarautar da akayi daga hannun Sarki Edward VIII wanda dan'uwansa ne a shekara ta 1936, wanda tun daga nan ne tazama maijiran gado. Tafara yin ayyukan al'umma, musamman aikin soja a yayin yakin duniya II, inda tayi aiki a karkashin Auxiliary Territorial Service. A 1947, ta auri Philip, Duke na Edinburgh, tsohon Yariman kasar Greece da Denmark, wanda suke da yara hudu dashi: Charles, Yariman Wales; Anne, Princess Royal; Andrew, Duke na York; da Edward, Earl na Wessex.

Bayan rasuwar mahaifinta a watan Februarun shekara ta 1952, tazama shugaban Commonwealth kuma queen regnant na kasashe bakwai (7) dake cikin Commonwealth: United Kingdom, Kanada, Australiya, New Zealand, Union of South Africa, Dominion of Pakistan, da Ceylon. Tayi mulki da kawo sauyi dokokin kasashe kamar devolution in the United Kingdom, Canadian patriation, da kuma decolonisation of Africa. A tsakanin 1956 da 1992, adadin yawan kasashen da Elizabeth II ke mulka sun sauya kasantuwar wasu yankuna sun samu yancin cin gashin kansu, wadanda suka hada da kasa kamar South Africa, Pakistan, da Ceylon (wanda aka canja wa suna zuwa Sri Lanka), wasu kuma sun zama republics. Daga cikin ziyarce ziyarcenta na tarihi da huldodinta  akwai state visit to the Republic of Ireland da kuma ziyararta ga ko ziyartan Pope Roma biyar. Manyan biki a Rayuwarta akwai coronation in 1953 da murnar cikarta shekara ashirin da biyar a karagar mulki Silver, da na shekara hamsin Golden, da kuma Diamond Jubilees a shekara ta 1977, 2002, da 2012 dasuka gabata. A 2017, yazama sarauniyar Biritaniya ta farko da takai Sapphire Jubilee. Kuma itace mafi tsawon shekaru akan Sarautar   Biritaniya har wayau itace tsahuwar sarauniyar data dade akan karagar mulki kuma mace shugaba datafi dadewa a duniya, kuma mafi tsawon shekaru akan karagar mulki cikin shugabannin duniya dake raye a yanzu.

Elizabeth ta fuskanci suka daga yan republican sentiments da na yanjarida royal family, musamman bayan rabe-raben auren ya'yanta her annus horribilis a shekarar 1992 da rasuwar death in 1997 wadda tsohuwar surukuwarta ce Diana, Sarauniyar Wales. Dukda yake samun goyon bayan masarautar ya cigaba da karuwa, hakama cigaba da karbuwarta da karin farinjinta.

An haife Elizabeth a daidai karfe 02:40 (GMT) ranar 21 ga watan Afriu shekara ta 1926, a lokacin mulkin kakanta namiji, King George V. Mahaifinta, Duke din York (wanda yazama King George VI), shine da na biyun Sarkin. Mahaifiyarta, Duchess din York (wadda tazama Queen Elizabeth), itace yar'autan Scottish aristocrat wato Earl of Strathmore and Kinghorne. An haife ta a Caesarean section gidan iyayen kakanta dake London: 17 Bruton Street, Mayfair. Anyimata baptised daga Anglican Archbishop of York, Cosmo Gordon Lang, a cocin Buckingham Palace a ranar 29 ga watan Mayu,efn|name=baptism|Her godparents were: King George V and Queen Mary; Lord Strathmore; Prince Arthur, Duke of Connaught and Strathearn (her paternal great-granduncle); Princess Mary, Viscountess Lascelles (her paternal aunt); and Lady Elphinstone (her maternal aunt). an rada mata suna Elizabeth daga sunamn mahaifiyarta, Alexandra kuma bayan George V's mother, wanda yarasu wata shida kafin a haife ta, Mary kuma daga her paternal grandmother. An uwanta nakusa nakiranta da Lilibet , akan abinda takira kanta dashi ne da farko, mahaifin mahaifinta na matukar sonta wato George V, a lokacin tsakanin ciwonsa a 1929, ziyarar data rika kai masa yasamu tagomashi a jaridu da kuma tarihai, tareda da taimaka masa wurin samun sauki.
. 
Yar'uwar Elizabeth daya, itace Princess Margaret, an haife ta a 1930. Sunyi karatunsu a gidan mahaifinsu a karkashin kulawar mahaifiyarsu da kuma maikula dasu wato, Marion Crawford. Karatunsu yafi mayarda hankaline akan tarihi, Harshe, literature da Waka. Crawford ya wallafa tarihin Elizabeth da yarintar Margaret, wanda akaiwa lakabi da The Little Princesses in 1950, much to the dismay of the royal family. Littafi ya fayyace son da Elizabeth kewa Dokuna da Karnuka, yadda takeda tsari, da halayyarta na daukan nauyin abunda ke karkashinta. Others echoed such observations: Winston Churchill described Elizabeth when she was two as a character. She has an air of authority and reflectiveness astonishing in an infant. Yar'uwar ta Margaret Rhodes ta bayyana ta matsayin yarinya mai wasa, amma mai hankali da biyayya.




#Article 359: Masarautar Borno (121 words)


Masarautar Borno da turanci Borno Emirate ko Borno Sultanate. Takasance masarautar mulkin musulunci ce dake a jihar Borno, a Nijeriya an samar da masarautar tun a farkon karni na 20th. Kuma ya'yan gidan Daular Bornu data gabata ne suke jagorancin ta, wanda aka Samar tun shekara ta 1000. Sarakan daular sunada lakabin Shehun Borno (var. Shehun Bornu, Sultan din Borno/u). Masarautar tacigaba da bayarda mulkin ta ga mutanen Kanuri, dake garin Maiduguri, jihar Borno, Nijeriya, amma da goyon bayan al'umman Kanuri miliyan 4 daga sauran kasashe.  

Masu gadon sarautar ayanzu sune da, al-Kanemi dynasty, wanda yafara tun daga hawan  Muhammad al-Amin al-Kanemi a Farkon karni na 19th, wanda yamaye gurbin Sayfawa dynasty wadanda suka yi mulki a alokacin karni na 1300.




#Article 360: Ibn Kaldun (154 words)


Ibn Khaldun ( larabci| أبو زيد عبد الرحمن بن محمد بن خلدون الحضرمي, Abū Zayd ‘Abd ar-Raḥmān ibn Muḥammad ibn Khaldūn al-Ḥaḍramī;) ya rayu daga 27 May 1332 zuwa 17 March 1406. Yakasance balaraben historiographer kuma Malamin tarihi ne.

Ana ganinsa a matsayin daya daga cikin wadanda suka Samar da ilimin zamani na historiography, sociology, economics, da kuma demography.  • Jean David C. Boulakia (1971). Ibn Khaldûn: A Fourteenth-Century Economist, Journal of Political Economy, 79(5), pp. .

Ya shahara ne musamman akan littafin daya wallafa, wato Muqaddimah ko Prolegomena (Introduction). Littafin ya ilimantar da masanan tarihin daular usmaniya na karni 17th, kamarsu Kâtip Çelebi, Ahmed Cevdet Pasha da Mustafa Naima, wadanda suka yi amfani da dokokin dake littafin wurin fayyace cigaba da cibayan daular Ottoman Empire. hakamadai, a 19th- masanan turai sun tabbatar da muhimmancin littafin kuma suka bayyana Ibn Khaldun a matsayin daya daga cikin manyan malaman ilimi na wannan lokacin. Middle Ages.




#Article 361: Albert Einstein (366 words)


Albert Einstein An haife shi a 14 March 1879; yarasu a April 1955) haifaffen kasar Jamus ne theoretical physicist wanda ya Samar da theory of relativity, daya daga cikin ginshikan ilimin physics ayanzu (tareda quantum mechanics). Ayyukan sa sun shahara ne akan philosophy din kimiyya. Mutane sun sansa akan mass–energy equivalence formula, which has been dubbed the world's most famous equation. Ya lashe kyautar 1921 ta Nobel Prize a Physics Dan ayyukan sa akan theoretical physics, and especially for his discovery of the law of the photoelectric effect, a pivotal step in the development of quantum theory.

A Farkon fara aikinsa, Einstein yayi tunanin Newtonian mechanics was no longer enough to reconcile the laws of classical mechanics with the laws of the electromagnetic field. Wannan ne yakaisa ga Samar da special theory of relativity kansa a lokacin yana Swiss Patent Office a garin Bern (1902–1909), Switzerland. However, he realized that the principle of relativity could also be extended to gravitational fields, and he published a paper on general relativity a 1916 with his theory of gravitation. yacigaba da kokarin warware matsalar statistical mechanics and quantum theory, hakan yakaisa ga yin bayani akan particle theory da kuma motion of molecules. Ya kuma yi bincike  akan thermal properties of light wanda yazama itace Farkon photon theory of light. A 1917, he applied the general theory of relativity to model the structure of the universe.

Einstein yayi rayuwa a kasar Switzerland daga tsakanin shekara ta 1895 zuwa 1914, baccin shekara daya dayayi a Prague, daga nan ne yayarda yabar amfani da matsayin sa Dan kasar Jamus a 1896, sannan ya karbi sakamakon sa na diploma daga Swiss federal polytechnic school (daga bayan nan Eidgenössische Technische Hochschule, ETH) dake Zürich a 1900. Bayan zamansa Mara kasa na tsawon shekara biyar (5) yazama dan kasar Switzerland a 1901, wanda yacigaba da rikewa har karshen rayuwarsa. A shekara ta 1905, yasamu sakamako na PhD daga jami'ar Zurich. A wannan shekara ya wallafa four groundbreaking papers a lokacin dinshi annus mirabilis (miracle year) wanda yakaisa zuwa ga sanayyar makarantu a shekararsa   26. Einstein yakarantar da theoretical physics a Zurich tsakanin 1912 zuwa 1914 kafin yabar Berlin, inda aka zabesa Prussian Academy of Sciences.



#Article 362: Nok (140 words)


Nok wani kauye ne dake Jaba, karamar hukumar Jaba a Jihar Kadunan Nijeriya. Samun surar halittu da akayi da yambu a garin yasa aka rika amfani da suna garin yazama nan ne al'adun Nok take, wadanda surorin su sune aka rika yin su a Nijeriya tun a shekarar 1500 BC zuwa 500 AD. An gano wadannan sarrafofin hannun ne a shekarar 1943 lokacin gudanar da aikin hako ma'adinai. Mai aikin Bernard Fagg ya binciki garin da kuma taimakawan yangarin ne yasa aka hako Karin surarin da da dama. kayayyakin kona karafa na kira suma ansame su a lokacin. lokutan da aka fara binciken garin tun kafin a fara aikin Kira ansamu konannun katakai a tsakiyar garin Nok, a shekarar 1951 ance katakan zasu kai tun shekara ta 3660 BC, amma ana ganin akwai matsalar ta yadda aka tabbatar da hakan.




#Article 363: Al'adar Nok (163 words)


Al'adar Nok, da turanci Nok culture takasance wata al'umma ce da suka rayu tun a Zamanin Karfe, kuma ayyukansu da kayayyakinsu wadanda akasamu a yankin ake dangantasu da sunan mutanen kauyen Ham  dake garin Nok din jihar Kadunan Nijeriya, wanda ananne aka samu shahararrun sarrafe sarrafan ayyukan su na farko a shekara ta 1928. Al'adun Nok dai ansamesu ne a arewacin Najeriya tun a 1500 BC  kuma sun lalace ne a shekarar 500 AD batare da wani abu ba, amma dai sun sauki kusan shekaru 2,000 kafin lalacewarsu.

Amfani da karafa, da kyere kyeren kayayyaki da kira anfara su a garin Nok tun kusan 550 BC ko kafin nan ma, Bayanai da aka samu musamman cikin amfani da harsunan su ya nuna cewar anfara sune tun a kafin shekarar 1000 BC. ayyukan dasuka shafi kimiyya sun faro ne a 2005, kawai Dan ayi binciken yankunan da  akwai birne birne a garin, da kuma dan fahimtar sarrafe sarrafan aladun mutanen musamman na zamanin karafa.




#Article 364: Jaffa (1782 words)


Jaffa, a harshen Hebrew Yafo, da larabci Yaffa |يَافَا , wasu na kiransa da Japho ko kuma Joppa), itace dadaddiyar garin dake kudancin bangaren da ayanzu yazama Tel Abib-Yafo, tsohuwar birnin tashar ruwa ce na  Isra'ila. Jaffa tayi suna ne tareda kasancewar anan ne labarun  Jonah, Annabi Suleiman da Saint Peter na cikin baibul  da kuma labarin da aka kaga na Andromeda da Perseus suka samo asali, sannan kuma a yanzu garin yayi suna ne, sanadiyar ire iren nau'ukan lemun dasuke nomawa, wadanda ake kira da  for its Lemun Jaffa.

Ansamu ambaton sunan garin a wasu littafan da suka fito daga
Egyptian da kuma Amarna letters a matsayin Yapu. Cewar an sanya wa garin sunan ne saboda Yafet, wanda daya ne daga cikin yayan Annabi Noah, Wanda kuma shine yasake Gina garin bayan  the one who built it after the Flood. The Hellenist na danganta sunan da sunan Iopeia, ko Cassiopeia, Mahaifiyar Andromeda. Inda ake fashion duwatsu dake kusa da harbor yashara ne a matsayin inda Perseus ya ceci Andromeda. Pliny the Elder danuwansa babba yadanganta sunan da Iopa, yarinyar Aeolus, ubangijin Iska a cewarsu. Dan Palestinian geographer al-Muqaddasi yane danganta garin da Yaffa.

Tsohon garin Jaffa an gina ta ne akan wani tsauni tareda samun daman gabar tekun garin sosai dan wani dama na tsaron soji a tarihin Kasar. 
Labarin tell of Jaffa, da aka kirkira ta hanyar tara duwatsu da kasa a karnoni da dama, yasa tsaunin karin tsawo sosai.

Archaeological yanuna cewar inda garin Jaffa yake antaba zama a wurin tun a karni na 7500 BCE.

Harbourn Asali na Jaffa ana amfani dashi tun a  Zamanin Tagulla.

Birnin an kirkire shine a kusan 1800 BCE.

An samu sunan garin Jaffa garin ne a Dadaddiyar Egypt tun a kusan 1440 BCE. Labarin daya shahara akan the Taking of Joppa ya tabbatar da kwace garin da Pharaoh Thutmose III yayi, whose general, Djehuty sun boye sojojin Egypt a buhun huna Wanda carried by pack animals sannan aka aika dasu camouflaged a matsayin tribute zuwa cikin birnin Canaan, anan ne sojojin suka fito suka kwace garin. Labarun ya zone kafin labarin Homeric story of the Dawakan Trojan a Karni biyu.

Kuma ankara samunsa a Amarna letters da sunan da misrawa ke kiransa wato Ya-Pho, ( Ya-Pu, EA 296, l.33). Birnin na karkashin mulkin Egypt ne harsai a 800 BCE.

Jaffa an ambace ta sai hudu a cikin littafin Hebrew Bible, amatsayin wani birni dake kallon Hebrew Tribe of Dan (Bibleref2|Joshua 19:46), a matsayin tashar shiga na cedars of Lebanon na Solomon's Temple (Bibleref2|2 Chronicles 2:16), a matsayin wurin da annabi Jonah embarked dan Tarshish (Bibleref2|Jonah 1:3) da kuma matsayin Tasha dan cedars din Lebanon Dan Second Temple of Jerusalem (Bibleref2|Ezra 3:7).

Jaffa an ambace ta a cikin littafin Book of Joshua a matsayin garin dake iyakar Tribe of Dan, wanda sunansa na zamani yakoma Gush Dan for the center of the coastal plain. The tribe of Dan did not manage to dislocate the Philistines from Jaffa, but many descendants of Dan lived along the coast and earned their living from shipmaking and sailing. In the Song of Deborah the prophetess asks: דן למה יגור אוניות: Why doth Dan dwell in ships?

Bayan Canaanite da Philistine dominion, King David da dansa King Solomon sun kwace garin Jaffa and used its port to bring the cedars used in the construction of the First Temple from Tyre.

Garin yacigaba da zama a hannun Israelite har bayan rabewar united Kingdom of Israel.

A shekarar 701 BCE, a kwanakin King Hezekiah (חזקיהו), Sennacherib, sarkin Assyria, ya kwace yankin daga Jaffa. Bayan wani lokaci na kwatan  Babylonia, karkashin mulkin Persia, Jaffa nada gwamnati ne daga Phoenicians din Tyre.

Mayakan Alexander the Great sun zauna a Jaffa. Sai daga baya tazama tashar Seleucid Empire harsai lokacin da Maccabees (1 Maccabees x.76, xiv.5) suka kwace ta kuma Hasmonean dynasty suka mulki garin.

Lokacin First Jewish–Roman War, ankwace garin Jaffa da kona ta daga Cestius Gallus. Malamin tarihin Roman Jewish Josephus (Jewish War 2.507–509, 3:414–426) yayi rubutu cewa mazauna 8,400 aka kashe a garin. Pirates dasuke aiki a sabon garin sun hadu da fushin Vespasian, wanda ya rushe garin kuma ya gina ganuwa a inda take, dasanya Roman garrison agurin.

Labarin New Testament game da Saint Peter wanda yadawo da Dorcas ta cigaba da rayuwa (dake cikin Acts of the Apostles, , tarihin yafaru ne a Jaffa, sai ake kira da Girka  (Latinized amatsayin Joppa).  relates that, while Peter was in Jaffa, he had a vision of a large sheet filled with clean and unclean animals being lowered from heaven, together with a message from the Holy Spirit telling him to accompany several messengers to Cornelius in Caesarea Maritima. Peter retells the story of his vision in , explaining how he had come to preach Christianity to the gentiles.

In Midrash Tanna'im in its chapter Deuteronomy 33:19, reference is made to Jose ben Halafta (2nd century) traveling through Jaffa. Jaffa seems to have attracted serious Jewish scholars in the 4th and 5th century. The Jerusalem Talmud (compiled 4th and 5th century) in Moed Ketan references Rabi Akha bar Khanina of Jaffa; and in Pesachim chapter 1 refers to Rabi Pinchas ben Yair of Jaffa. The Babylonian Talmud (compiled 5th century) in Megillah 16b mentions Rav Adda Demin of Jaffa. Leviticus Rabbah (compiled between 5th and 7th century) mentions Rav Nachman of Jaffa. The Pesikta Rabbati (written in the 9th century) in chapter 17 mentions R. Tanchum of Jaffa.. Several streets and alleys of the Jaffa Flea Market area are named after these scholars. 

During the first centuries of Christianity, Jaffa was a fairly unimportant Roman and Byzantine locality, which only in the 5th century became a bishopric. A very small number of its Greek or Latin bishops are known.

In 636 Jaffa was conquered by Arabs. Under Islamic rule, it served as a port of Ramla, then the provincial capital. 

Al-Muqaddasi (c. 945/946 - 991) described Yafah as lying on the sea, is but a small town, although the emporium of Palestine and the port of Ar Ramlah. It is protected by a strong wall with iron gates, and the sea-gates also are of iron. The mosque is pleasant to the eye, and overlooks the sea. The harbour is excellent.

Jaffa was captured in June 1099 during the First Crusade, and was the centre of the County of Jaffa and Ascalon, one of the vassals of the Kingdom of Jerusalem. One of its counts, John of Ibelin, wrote the principal book of the Assizes of the Kingdom of Jerusalem.

Saladin conquered Jaffa in 1187. The city surrendered to King Richard the Lionheart on 10 September 1191, three days after the Battle of Arsuf. Despite efforts by Saladin to reoccupy the city in July 1192 (Battle of Jaffa) the city remained in the hands of the Crusaders. On 2 September 1192, the Treaty of Jaffa was formally signed, guaranteeing a three-year truce between the two armies. Frederick II fortified the castle of Jaffa and had two inscriptions carved into city wall, one Latin and the other Arabic. The inscription, deciphered in 2011, describes him as the Holy Roman Emperor and bears the date 1229 of the Incarnation of our Lord Jesus the Messiah. In 1268, Jaffa was conquered by Egyptian Mamluks, led by Baibars.

Abu'l-Fida  (1273 – 1331), writing in 1321, described Yafa, in Filastin as a small but very pleasant town lying on the sea-shore. It has a celebrated harbour. The town of Yafa is well fortified. Its markets are much frequented, and many merchants ply their trades here. There is a large harbour frequented by all the ships coming to Filastin, and from it they set sail to all lands. Between it and Ar Ramlah the distance is 6 miles, and it lies west of Ar Ramlah.

The traveller Jean Cotwyk (Cotovicus) described Jaffa as a heap of ruins when he visited in 1598.

In 1515, Jaffa was conquered by the Ottoman sultan Selim I, and in the census of 1596, it appeared located  in the nahiya of Ramla in the liwa of Gaza. It had a population of 15 households, all Muslim.  They paid a  fixed tax rate of 33,3 % on various products; a total of  7,520 akçe. 

The 17th century saw the beginning of the re-establishment of churches and hostels for Christian pilgrims en route to Jerusalem and the Galilee. During the 18th century, the coastline around Jaffa was often besieged by pirates and this led to the inhabitants relocating to Ramla and Lod, where they relied on messages from a solitary guard house to inform them when ships were approaching the harbour. The landing of goods and passengers was notoriously difficult and dangerous. Until well into the 20th century, ships had to rely on teams of oarsmen to bring their cargo ashore.

On 7 March 1799 Napoleon captured the town in what became known as the Siege of Jaffa, ransacked it, and killed scores of local inhabitants as a reaction to his envoys being brutally killed when delivering an ultimatum of surrender. Napoleon ordered the massacre of thousands of Muslim soldiers who were imprisoned having surrendered to the French. Napoleon's deputy commissioner of war Moit described it thus:

Many more died in an epidemic of bubonic plague that broke out soon afterwards. The governor who was appointed after these devastating events, Muhammad Abu-Nabbut, commenced wide-ranging building and restoration work in Jaffa, including the Mahmoudiya Mosque and Sabil Abu Nabbut. During the 1834 Peasants' revolt in Palestine, Jaffa was besieged for forty days by mountaineers in revolt against Ibrahim Pasha of Egypt.

Rayuwa na zamantakewa a birnin ya sake dawowa ne a farkon karni na 19th. A 1820, Isaiah Ajiman na Istanbul ya gina synagogue da dakuna domin kwanan yahudawa akan hanyarsu na tafiya zuwa birnayen Jerusalem, Hebron, Tiberias da Safed. Garin ne yakasance akafi sani da Dar al-Yehud (Kalmar larabci dake nufin gidan yahudawa); kuma nan ne farkon mazaunan unguwa na yahudawa a Jaffa. Zaban Mahmud Aja amatsayin gwamnan Usmaniya, sai yazama mafarin samun zaman lafiya da cigaba a birnin, amma hakan ya katsu a 1832 da aka kwace birnin wanda Muhammad Ali na Misira yayi. 

By 1839, at least 153 Sephardi Jews were living in Jaffa. The community was served for fifty years by Rabbi Yehuda HaLevi miRagusa. In the early 1850s, HaLevi leased an orchard to Clorinda S. Minor, founder of a Christian messianic community that established Mount Hope, a farming initiative to encourage local Jews to learn manual trades, which the Messianics did in order to pave wave for the Second Coming of Jesus. In 1855, the British Jewish philanthropist Moses Montefiore bought the orchard from HaLevi, although Minor continued to manage it.




#Article 365: Jeddah (442 words)


Jeddah ko Jiddah ko kuma Jedda; da larabci|جدة, Birni ne dake Tihamah a yankin Hejaz dake gabar Kogin Maliya kuma shine babban birni a yammacin kasar Saudiya. Itace mafi yawan al'ummah a Makkah Province , kuma itace keda babban tashar Ruwa a kogin Maliya, tanada adadin mutane kusan miliyan hudu  (4,000,000,) tun a kidayar 2017. Kuma itace gari na biyu mafiya yawan al'ummah a kasar Saudiya bayan birnin Riyadh. Jeddah itace cibiyar kasuwancin kasar  Saudiya.

Jeddah ce mashigar garin Mecca da Medina, garuruwa biyu masu tsarki a addinin musulunci, kuma garuruwan yawon bude ido.

Dangane da tattalin arziki, Jeddah tana fuskantar Karin cigaba wurin sanya jari a abubuwan dasuka shafi kimiyya da kyerekyere dan tazamo kangaba a kasar ta Saudiya dama yankin gabas ta tsakiya. ansanya Jeddah na hudu a biranen Afirka da Gabas ta tsakiya masu kirkire kirkira a 2009 a jerin sunayen birane dake kirkiran sabbin abubuwa.

Jeddah nadaya daga cikin biranan shakatawa a kasar Saudiya kuma ansanyata a cikin kasashe masu kyawu, daga cibiyar nan na Globalization and World Cities Study Group and Network (GaWC). Kasantuwar garin a gabar teku yasa mafi yawan abincinsu yazama kayayyakin ruwa ne, da al'adar da kuma kamun kifi, wanda bazaka ga hakan asauran garuruwan Saudiya ba. Da larabci taken birnin itace Jeddah Ghair, fassara wato Jeddah daban ce. Hakane yasa taken mafiya yawan al'ummah garin da yanwaje suke amfani dashi. Ana ganin birnin Jeddah a matsayin garin dayafi tarbar kowa da kowa a kasar Saudiya.

Akwai bayanai biyu da akayi aka samo asalin sunan da yadda ake rubuta shi wato Jeddah, kamar yadda Jeddah Ibn Al-Qudaa'iy, the wanda shine Shugaban Quda'a clan. Cewar sunan ansamo sane daga جدة Jaddah , Kalmar Larabci ce dake nufin grandmother. Kamar yadda eastern folk sukai imani, Kabarin Eve, Wanda ake ganin itace grandmother of humanity yana nan ne a garin Jeddah. Hukumar addinin garin sun rufe kabarin ne   da ginin kankare a 1975 duk saboda Musulmai masu yin sallah a wurin.

Matafiyi Berber nan Ibn Battuta yaziyarci Jeddah lokacin tafiyarsa na Duniya a 1330. Ya rubuta sunan birnin a littafin sa da Jiddah.

Hukumar Foreign and Commonwealth Office na Biritaniya da wasu rassuna na gwamnatin Biritaniya sunfi amfani da tsohon spelling din Jedda, Wanda yasaba da na yadda yake a Turanci ayanzu, amma a 2007, spelling ya canja zuwa Jeddah.

T. E. Lawrence yaji cewar duk wani sunayen Larabci zuwa English was arbitrary. Acikin, Revolt in the Desert, Jeddah is spelled three different ways on the first page alone.

A hukumar gwamnatin Saudiya littafin ta da maps din birnin duk suna dake da sunan ne a rubutu da Jeddah, wanda ake amfani dashi ako ina a hakan.




#Article 366: Riyadh (457 words)


Riyadh da Larabci|الرياض|, ar-Riyāḍ, Najdi itace babban birnin kasar Saudiya kuma garin dakeda mafi yawan al'ummah, fadin Kasar yakai kimanin kilomita 790 km (491 mi), tana nan ne a arewa maso gabashin Makkah. Kuma harwayau itace babban birnin Riyadh Province kuma tana cikin garuruwan tarihin Najd da Al-Yamama. taba nan ne a tsakiyar  Arabian Peninsula akan wani babban plateau, yawan al'umman garin sunfi miliyan shida (6,000,000).

Ankasa birnin zuwa gundumomi 15, wanda shugaban birnin ke kula dasu, wato shugaban Riyadh da kuma hukumar cigaban birnin Riyadh, wanda gwamnan shine Faisal bin Bandar Al Saud. Shugaban ta na yanzu shine Ibrahim Mohammed Al-Sultan. Riyadh itama tana daga cikin biranen Duniya kyawawa.

Lokacin zamanin Jahiliyya birnin dayake a waccan lokaci a inda ake kira Riyadh ayanzu itace Hajr (حجر), kuma an ruwaito cewar kabilar Banu Hanifa ne suka kafa ta. Hajr itace babban birnin yankin Al-Yamamah Wanda gwamnoninta sukeda hurimin gudanar da yawaicin tsakiya da gabashin Arabia Lokacin zamanin Umayyad da Abbasid. Al-Yamamah ta balle daga cikin Daular Abbasid a 866 sannan garin yafada karkashin mulkin Ukhaydhirites, Wanda suka canja birnin daga Hajr zuwa kusan da Al-Kharj. Daga nan garin yashiga cibaya na tsawon lokaci. A karni na 14th, matafiyin nan na Arewacin Afirka Ibn Battuta yayi rubutu akan ziyararsa zuwa Hajr, inda ya bayyana ta da Babban birnin Al-Yamamah, kuma sunan ta itace Hajr. Ibn Battuta ya cigaba da bayyana garin a matsayin birnin canals da itatuwa Wanda yawan al'ummah ta ke daga cikin Bani Hanifa, yace yacigaba da tafiya da Shugaban su har zuwa Makkah da yin aikin Hajji.

Daga baya, garin Hajr ya balle zuwa kananan gidaje da unguwanni, daga cikin shahararrunsu akwai Migrin (ko Muqrin) da Mi'kal, dukda sunan Hajr an cigaba da amfani dashi acikin wakokin mawakan garin. Abinda aka dogara dashi dangane da sunan Riyadh na farko yazone da jerin bukukuwa da aka ruwaito tun a karni na 17th a shekarar 1590. A 1737, Deham ibn Dawwas, Dan gudun hijira dake unguwan Manfuha, ya karbe ikon gudanarwar Riyadh. Ibn Dawwas ya Gina Katanga daya  data zagaye the various oasis town in the area, Wanda tazamar dasu cikekken gari dunkulalliya. Sunan Riyadh, dake nufin gardens refers to these earlier oasis towns.

A 1744, Muhammad ibn Abdel Wahhab yayi hadaka da Muhammad ibn Saud, Shugaban garin dake kusa Diriyah. Ibn Saud ya shirya kwace sauran yankin da burin shigo da ita karkashin mulkin kasar musulunci daya. Ibn Dawwas na Riyadh led the most determined resistance, da hadin gwiwa da mayaka daga Al Kharj, Al Ahsa, da kuma Banu Yam clan of Najran. However, Ibn Dawwas fled and Riyadh capitulated to the Saudiya a 1774, Wanda yakawo karshen dogon Lokacin da akai tayi, kuma yakaiga kaddamar da First Saudi State, tareda Diriyah a matsayin babban birni.




#Article 367: Abu Kabir (1668 words)


Abu Kabir da Larabci ابو كبير, wani kauye ne dake kewayen garin Jaffa wanda wasu yan kasar Misira suka samar da ita, sakamakon cin galabar da Ibrahim Pasha yasamu akan mayakan kasar Turkiya na Daular Usmaniya a waccan lokacin a yankin Falasdinu. Yayin yakin Falasdinu na 1948, an bar garin da kuma lalata ta, amma bayan kafa Kasar Israila a 1948, sai bangaren garin yazama daga cikin kudancin sabon garin Tel Abib. Wanda akayi wa suna da Giv'at Herzl (da harshen Hebrew kuma גבעת הרצל, ma'anarsa shine Tsaunin Herzl), sunan garin dake fuskantar yahudawa, sunan Abu Kabir an cigaba da amfani dashi, wanda bangaren garin Abu Kabir koma duka garin ansauya masa suna zuwa Tabitha daga Tel Aviv municipality a shekarar 2011.

Sojojin Misira na Shugaba Ibrahim Pasha sun kwace birnin Jaffa da kewayenta bayan wani gwabza yaki da sukayi da mayakan Daular Usmaniyya a 1832. Hakane yasa mulkin birnin karkashin Misirawan yacigaba har zuwa 1840, musulman kasar misira sun zauna a ciki da wajen garin Jaffa, inda suka kafa kauyen Sakhanat Abu Kabir, da Sakhanat al-Muzariyya, da sauransu. wani gari dake gabashin Jaffa, yawancin mutanen misira dake zaune aciki sun zo ne daga Tall al Kabir (ko Tel Abu Kabir), sai suka sama wurin sunan mazauninsu.

Jerin sunayen kauyukan Daular Usmaniyya da akasamu a 1870 yanuna Saknet Abu Kebir a matsayin wani Sansanin Beduin, dake da gidaje 136 da yawan al'ummah 440, saidai yawan mutanen maza kawai aka irga. 

A wani binciken na Yammacin Falasdinu (1881), an rawaito sunan da Sâknet Abu Kebîr wato fassara ta, Mazaunan Abu Kebir p.n.; (great father). Charles Simon Clermont-Ganneau, the French archaeologist, ya ziyarci garin a 1873-1874, yana neman inda tsohuwar makabartar yahudu take a Joppa (Jaffa). Ya bayyana Saknet Abu K'bir a matsayin hamlet, kuma yadanganta tafiya a cikin extensive gardens that close in Jaffa on every side to reach it. ya fahimci cewar yayin Lokacin ruwan bazara,  lunbunan dake tsakanin Jaffa da Saknet Abu Kabir na zama wani karamin tabki da ake kira al-Bassa daga mazauna garin, tareda sanin cewa wannan sunan yan Syria na amfani dashi ga tabkunan dake ciki duk season, da tunin sunan bissah dake Hebrew Bible shima na nufin pond ne, inda yanuna cewar kaman can Kalmar Larabci data Hebrew ya nuna cewa kalmar zai yiwu yarukan arosa sukayi daga wani harshen daya gabace su.

Karkashin wani kasida mai suna The Jewish necropolis of Joppa, Clermont-Ganneau yasanar da cewa bayan bincike dayayi da mazaunan fellahin (peasants) a Abu Kabir, an jagorance shi tafiya kankanuwa daga hamlet, dake tsakiyar wasu poorly tilled gardens, inda yankauyen ke fashin duwatsun gini. Laid bare by their activities were, sepulchral chambers hollowed out in the calcareous tufa. Yace makabartu irin wadannan ansame su a garuruwa n dake tsakanin Abu Kabir har zuwa Mikveh Israel da makabartar katolika. Wasu fellahin sun gaya masa of finds a tsakanin Saknet Abu Kabir da Saknet al-'Abid, kuma wasu sun gaya masa artifacts da suka samu daga nan. Daya daga cikin artifact ankawo masa yasiya: karamin marble titulus with a four-line Greek inscription and a seven-branched candlestick (or menorah). Clermont-Ganneau identified this as Helleno-Jewish funeral epigraphy, ascribing it to Hezekiah, and writes that it, settled once and for all the nature of the burial ground I had just discovered. A wani wasika da Palestine Exploration Fund suka wallafa, he expressed his hope to return noting, We must at least find two or three more inscriptions of the same kind coming from the same neighbourhood.  tareda nuna kaburburan a wani kewaye, Ardh (ko Jebel) Dhabitha, yake nunin, the great gardens outside Jaffa, bounded by a little hamlet called Abou K'bir* (Abu Kebir), and by the well of Aboa Nabbout (Abu Nabbut).

Yahudawa necropolis was looted mainly during the late 19th da farkon Karni na 20th. Dating the site is a challenge due to the lack of objects found in situ, but estimates are that the tombs were used between the 3rd and 5th centuries AD. Yawancin necropolis na nanne yanzu a Russian Orthodox Saint Peter's Church compound.

According to Mark LeVine, the Biluim pioneers set up a commune among the orange and lemon groves of the Abu Kabir neighborhood between 1882 and 1884. The house used by the commune members is now located in the Neve Ofer neighborhood of Tel Aviv.

   
A 1921 yayin Rikicin Jaffa, fadan yakai har Abu Kabir. Gidan Yitzker na yahudawa sun mallaki dairy farm a wajen garin neighborhood, wanda suke bayarda bayan Dakuna, a Lokacin rikicin, Yosef Haim Brenner, daya daga cikin pioneers of modern Hebrew literature yana zaune anan. A watan Mayu 2, 1921, dukda gargadi Yitzker da Brenner sunki subar gonan haka yasa aka kashe su, tareda dan Yitzker's teenaged son, his son-in-law da wasu masu haya biyu.

Kamar yadda Jaffa ta fadada a 1920s da 1930s, Abu Kabir was incorporated within the municipal boundaries of Jaffa but retained much of its agricultural character. It consisted of a main built-up part bordering the Jewish sector of Jaffa from the south, and several small concentrations of houses within the surrounding citrus groves.

A fara yaki a gabar dake tsakanin Jaffa da Tel Aviv, Shugaban nin  Tel Aviv sun nemi kai garuruwan yahudawa dake Jaffa dan komawa Tel Aviv. Sun shirya cewar dukkanin Manshiyya, tareda Hassan Bey Mosque, da mafi yawan Abu Kabir neighborhood, be transferred to the borders of the new Jewish city and state.

A watan Augusta 23, 1944, British Criminal Investigation Department (CID) barracks dake Jaffa, da police stations dake Abu Kabir da Neve Shaanan yan Irgun sunfar masu domin sace makamai

A 1947,  Abu Kabir na nan ne a mashigar Tel Aviv akan babbar hanyar zuwa Jerusalem. A 30 November 1947, rana daya bayan zaben UN akan Partition Plan, wani balarabe maraji a Abu Kabir akai wa wata motar fasanja tareda yahudawa aciki farmaki, inda yakashe duka mutum ukun dake ciki. Yahudawa sun rama da kaddara da hari. A 2 December the Haganah's Kiryati Brigade sun tarwatsa wani gidan Larabawa a Abu Kabir, and the IZL torched several buildings four days later, killing at least two persons.

During Operation Lamed Hey (Hebrew for 35), named for the 35 casualties of an attack on the Convoy of 35,  Abu Kabir was raided to cleanse it of the forces acting there. A daren 12–13 February 1948, the Haganah struck simultaneously at Abu Kabir, Jibalia, Tel a-Rish and the village of Yazur. At Abu Kabir, 13 Arabs were killed, including the Mukhtar, and 22 injured.

Kamar yadda Palestine Post suka ce, A 16 February 1948 The Haganah repulsed an Arab attack on Tel Aviv from Abu Kabir.

A second major attack on Abu Kabir was launched on 13 March, the objective of which was, the destruction of the Abu Kabir neighborhood. By this time the neighborhood was mostly abandoned by its inhabitants and was guarded by a few dozen militiamen. Sappers blew up a number of houses and this was the first attack in which Yishuv-produced Davidka mortars were used to shell the neighborhood. Inaccurate and very loud, the mortars had a demoralizing effect claimed to have reached as far as Gaza.

Wata daya bayan kwato Abu Kabir, David Ben-Gurion yasamar da Israeli Provisional Government that Jaffa's Arab population should not be allowd to return: If there will be [an] Abu Kebir again - this would be impossible. The world needs to understand we are 700,000 against 27 million, one against forty ... It won't be acceptable to us for Abu Kebir to be Arab again.

Walid Khalidi ya rubuta cewar Haganah zasu kammala rushe Abu Kabir kafin March 31. On April 19, 1948, The Palestine Post reported that In the Abu Kebir area, the Haganah dispersed Arabs who tried to erect an emplacement facing the Aka factory in Givat Herzl. Two Arabs were shot as they approached the Maccabi Quarter.

After 1948, Abu Kabir was renamed Giv'at Herzl, although the Arabic name, Abu Kabir, is still used by the now largely Hebrew speaking population. The Tel Aviv Municipality offered Prof. Heinrich Mendelssohn, Director of the Biological-Pedagogical Institute, the option of moving the Institute to Abu Kabir, and it was moved into a structure originally planned as a hospital. Haim Levanon, Deputy Mayor of Tel Aviv in the early 1950s and mayor from 1953–59 energetically campaigned for the founding of a university in Tel Aviv. The idea was realized on August 16, 1953, when the Municipal Council of Tel Aviv-Yafo decided to transform the Biological-Pedagogical Institute into the Academic Institute of Natural Sciences, under the leadership of Prof. Mendelssohn, which would form the core of a future university. The Abu Kabir campus in southern Tel Aviv had 24 students in its first year.

In 1954, the Academic Institute of Jewish Studies was established in Abu Kabir. A university library was also founded, new study tracks were opened, a teaching staff was formed, laboratories and classrooms were built, and an administration established for the campus. The L. Greenberg Institute of Forensic Medicine, locally known as the Abu Kabir Forensic Institute, was established that year.

In 1956, the Academic Institutes were officially upgraded into the new University of Tel Aviv. The Zoological Gardens became part of the University. The Zoological and Botanical Gardens were moved to the Ramat Aviv campus in 1981. The Nature Gardens still host the original facilities. The gardens at Abu Kabir are recommended in an Israeli guide to Tel Aviv as a destination for nature lovers. In the tour book Israel and the Palestinian territories (1998), the former village of Abu Kabir is described as being located in a green space to the east of Jaffa.

Salvage excavations were undertaken by Israeli archaeologists in the burial complex at Saknat Abu Kabir in 1991.

The Tel Aviv Detention Center, known as the Abu Kabir Prison is also in the area.

Israeli media reported in January 2011 that the part or all of the area in south Tel Aviv known as Abu Kabir, the hill  or neighborhood, was given a new name, Tabitha, by the Tel Aviv municipality's naming committee.




#Article 368: Ibrahim (344 words)


Annabi Ibraham A.S, turanci Abraham Harshen Hebrew| אַבְרָהָם ʾAvraham|ʾAḇrāhām; Larabci|إبراهيم, Ibrahim; Shine Baban addinai uku dasuka shahara a Duniya wadanda ake kira da Addinan Ibrahimiya. A yahudanci shine yasamar da Alkawari wata muhimmiyar dangantaka ne tsakanin yahudawa da Allah madaukakin Sarki, kamar yadda addinin su yanuna; A kiristanci, shine abin koyin duk wanda sukayi Imani, Jewish ko Gentile; A musulunci kuma shine Baban Annabawa, kasantuwar dukkanin Annabawa da Manzannin dasuka zo bayansa daga tsatsonsa suke, wato daga cikin yayansa ne, har zuwa kan Annabi Muhammad.

Labarin dake cikin Genesis yata'allaka ne akan themes of posterity and land. Allah ya umurci Ibrahim yabar gidan mahaifinsa Terah kuma yazauna a kasar, wanda asali anba Canaan amma yanzu Allah yayi wa Ibrahim alkwari da ya'yansa. Masu bukata da dama ansaka su agaba, cikin wadanda zasu gaji garin bayan Ibrahim; da, Alkawuran da akayi wa  Ishmael akan kafa wata babbar kasa, Isaac, dan Ibrahim ta wurin yar'uwarsa Sarah, ya gaji alkawuran da Allah yawa Ibrahim. Abraham ya mallaki a kabari, (the Cave of the Patriarchs) a Hebron wanda na Sarah ne, thus establishing his right to the land; and, in the second generation, magajin shi Isaac ya auri wata mata daga yan'uwansa, hakane yasa ya cire Canaanites daga samun kowane irin gado. Daga baya Ibrahim ya auri Keturah da sauran yayansa shida; amma, lokacin da zai mutu, sanda aka birne shi a gefen Sarah, Isaac ne ya karbe duka kayayyakin Ibrahim goods, wanda sauran ya'yan suka sami kyautuka kawai, (Genesis 25:5–8).

Tarihin Ibrahim baza'a kawai iya danganta ta da wani takaitaccen lokaci ba, amma kuma kowa ya yarda da lokacin patriarchal age, tareda exodus da kuma lokutan alkalai, is a late literary construct that does not relate to any period in actual history. A common hypothesis among scholars is that it was composed in the early Persian period (late 6th century BCE) sakamakon tashin hankali tsakanin Jewish landowners wanda yazauna a Judah lokacin Babylonian captivity da bin hakkin kasar su ta hannun mahaifinsu Ibrahim, da wadanda suka dawo kuma suka tura nemansu  akan al'adun Musa da the Exodus.




#Article 369: Ranil Wickremesinghe (264 words)


Ranil Wickremesinghe, MP ne (Harshen-si|රනිල් වික්‍රමසිංහ, Harshen-ta|ரணில் விக்ரமசிங்க; An haife shi a 24 Maris shekara ta 1949) Dan Siyasar kasar Sri Lanka kuma firayim minista na 15th maici a yanzu. an zabe shi tun a 9 ga watan Janairu shekara ta 2015. Karonsa na hudu kenan a matsayin firayim minista karkashin jam'iyar United National Party tun a 1994, kuma dan Majalisar for Colombo District tun daga 1977. Kuma shine shugaban jam'iyar United National Front, tun a zabarsa da akayi a shugaban cin hadakar a October 2009.

Wickremesinghe yataba zama firayim minista kafin wannan lokacin a shekarar 7 May 1993 zuwa 19 August 1994 sannan kuma a 9 December 2001 zuwa 6 April 2004. An zabe shi shugaban Jam'iyar a November 1994 bayan kisan gilla da akayi wa Gamini Dissanayake lokacin yakin neman zaben 1994 presidential election. A 8 January 2015, Wickremesinghe an zabesa a matsayin firayim minista daga shugaban kasan Maithripala Sirisena, wanda ya doke tsohon Shugaba Mahinda Rajapaksa a zaben 2015 presidential election.

Wickremesinghe yayi nasara a  hadakar jam'iyarsa na United National Front for Good Governance, a zaben 2015 parliamentary election da samun kujeru 106. Dukda bata samu zama mai rinjaye ba, ansake zaben Wickremesinghe a matsayin firayim minista da yan Majalisar jam'iyar Sri Lanka Freedom Party guda 35 wadanda suka shiga cikin gwamnatin sa Wickremesinghe was relieved of his duties as Prime Minister effective immediately on 26 October 2018 by President Maithripala Sirisena with the appointment of former President Mahinda Rajapaksa as the Prime Minister of Sri Lanka, which Wickremesinghe has claimed unconstitutional and refused to accept, resulting in a constitutional crisis.




#Article 370: Chindrika Bandaranaike Kumaratunga (488 words)


Chandrika Bandaranaike Kumaratunga  (Harshen-si| චන්ද්‍රිකා බණ්ඩාරනායක කුමාරතුංග,Harshen-ta| சந்திரிகா பண்டாரநாயக்க குமாரதுங்க; An haife ta a 29 ga watan Yuli 1945) Yar Siyasar Sri Lanka ce, wanda itace Shugaban kasa ta biyar na kasar Sri Lanka, ta zama Shugaban Kasar daga 12 November 1994 zuwa 19 November 2005. Itace Shugaban kasa mace daya tilo da kasar ta tabayi har zuwa yanzu ba'a samu yar'uwarta ba, yarinyar tsofaffin firayim ministan kasar Sri lanka biyu ne, kuma ta taba zama shugabar jam'iyar Sri Lanka Freedom Party (SLFP) wanda tayi marabus a shekarar 2005. A shekarar 2015 an zabeta a matsayin Shugaban ofishin  national unity and reconciliation.

Chandrika Bandaranaike an haife ta ne a 29 ga watan June, 1945 a Wentworth dake Guidford Crescent, Colombo mahaifinta shine Solomon West Ridgeway Dias Bandaranaike, Mahaifiyarsa Sirima Ratwatte Dias Bandaranaike. Iyayenta sun koma wani gida dake Rosmead Place, wanda Mahaifin babanta yasaya bababanta.

Mahaifinta S. W. R. D. Bandaranaike yayi karatu lauya ne a Oxford, wanda shine Minister of Local Administration a lokacin haihuwarta. Mai kishin kasa kuma left wing politician, wanda a wannan lokaci ya kulla mabiya da akekira da Sinhala Maha Sabha. Shine yaro daya tilo da mahaifinta Sir Solomon Dias Bandaranike, the Maha Mudaliyar, the chief Ceylonese representative and advisor to the Governor of Ceylon ya haifa. Mahaifiyarta Sirima Ratwatte Dias Bandaranaike, diya ce ga Barnes Ratwatte Dissawa, Rate Mahatmaya na Balangoda lokacin mulkin mallakan Biritaniya, yafito ne daga zuri'ar Ratwatte Dissawa, Dissawa na Matale, a signatory on behalf of the Sinhalese to the Kandyan Convention of 1815.

Matashiya Chandrika ta girma ne a cikin jindadi daga irin dukiyar gidan Bandaranaike kedashi, a gidansu dake Rosmead Place a Colombo and at their family seat of Horagolla Walauwa, wanda nan ne mazabar mahaifinta. Farkon rayuwarta yakasance Lokacin da Mahaifinta ke fara cin ribar Siyasa a inda yazama Cabinet Minister of Health and Local Government na farko, lokacin da Ceylon tasamu yanci a 1948 da kuma barin sa daga cikin Jam'iyar dake mulki da kuma bude sabuwar jam'iyar sa, wato Sri Lanka Freedom Party (SLFP) tareda mabiyansa na Sinhala Maha Sabha a 1951. Contesting the elections that followed and strengthening the SLFP in the periods between elections; Bandaranaike became the Leader of the Opposition in 1952 and Prime Minister in 1956. As prime minister he initiated several controversial legislation that struct racial discords in the island and he was assassinated in 1959, when Chandrika was fourteen. Following the assassination Bandaranaike's grieving widow took over the leadership of the SLFP and led it to an election victory making her the first female prime minister in the world, in 1960. Therefore, Chandrika was involved in politics from an young age along with her siblings as she was the second of three children in the family. Her elder sister Sunethra Bandaranaike became a socialite and her younger brother Anura Bandaranaike joined active politics, going on to become a cabinet minister and Speaker of the Parliament of Sri Lanka.




#Article 371: Beirut (464 words)


Beirut, Beyrouth, Bayrut ko Bairut (harshen Larabci: بيروت), itace babban birni kuma gari mafi yawan al'ummah a kasar Lebanon. Dukda cewar babu wani kidaya da aka gudanar a kwanan nan, amma dai a 2007 an kiyasta mutanen zasukai yawan mutane miliyan 1 zuwa miliyan 2.2 a matsayin bangaren Greater Beirut. Garin na nan ne a wani peninsula dake tsakiyar gabar kogin Mediterranean, Beirut itace babban tashar Ruwa na kasar Lebanon.

Tana daya daga cikin Tsoffin Birane a duniya, an samu mazauna a garin tun a shekaru 5,000 da suka shude. A tarihi anfara samun  sunan Beirut na farko ne a wani  Haruffan Amarna daga sabuwar New Kingdom of Egypt, wanda akace a shekara ta 15th century BC.

A Beirut ne cibiyar gwamnatin kasar Lebanon take, kuma tana taka muhimmiyar rawa a fannin tattalin arzikin kasar, tareda samun mafi yawan bankuna da wasu cibiyoyin hada hadar kudi a birnin, kamar Central District, Badaro, Rue Verdun, Hamra, Ryad el Soloh street, da Achrafieh. Sakamakon mummunar Lebanese Civil War, Beirut's cultural landscape underwent major reconstruction. Identified and graded for accountancy, advertising, banking/finance and law, Beirut is ranked as a Beta World City by the Globalization and World Cities Research Network.

Sunan turancin Beirut ansamo sa ne daga Kalmar Larabci wato Bayrūt (بيروت). Kuma sunan ne a harshen Faransanci wato Beyrouth, wanda aka taba amfani dashi Lokacin da Kasar Faransa  ta mamaye Lebanon. The Arabic name derives from Phoenician language Berot ko Birut. Wannan wani sauyi ne daga harshen Canaanite da harshen Phoenician Kalmar be'rot, dake nufin rijiya, in reference the site's accessible water table. Asalin sunan da iri da sunan birnin biblical Beeroth (lang-he|בְּאֵרוֹת) Wanda shima wani garin ne daban dake kusan da Jerusalem. Sunan anfara samun sa ne tun a Karni na 15th BC, Lokacin da aka ambace ta  sau uku a Akkadian cuneiform tablets of the Amarna letters, wasikar da King Ammunira sarkin Biruta ya aika zuwa nowrap|Amenhotep III ko IV na Egypt. an taba samun ambaton Biruta a kalmomin Armana na King Rib-Hadda dake Byblos.

Tsohon Greeks hellenized sunan dake matsayin Bērytós  (lang-grc-gre|Βηρυτός), wanda Romans latinized da Berytus. efn|The Roman name was taken in 1934 for the archaeological journal published by the Faculty of Arts and Sciences at the American University of Beirut. yayin da takai ga kimanin samun Roman colony, sai aka canja ta kuma sunan aka mayar dashi zuwa lang|la|Colonia Iulia Augusta Felix Berytus dan yahada da yan asalin da suka taimakawa garin.

A karkashin Daular Seleucid, ancanja garin kuma aka fara kiransa da Laodicea Dan girmamawa ga mother of Seleucus the Great. Anbanbanta shi da sauran wurare da dama wadanda aka sanya wa suna Dan girmama ta daga dogon sunan  Laodicea in Phoenicia (lang-grc-gre|Λαοδίκεια ἡ ἐν Φοινίκῃ, Laodíkeia hē en Phoiníkēi) ko Laodicea in Canaan (lang-phn|𐤋‬𐤋‬𐤀𐤃‬𐤊𐤀 𐤀𐤔 𐤁‬𐤊𐤍𐤏‬𐤍, sc|llʾdkʾ ʾš bknʿn).




#Article 372: Izala (147 words)


Jama'atu Izalatul Bidi'a Wa'Ikamatus Sunnah (JIBWIS). Ƙungiyar Addinin musulunci ce, mabiya Sunnahr manzon Allah tsira da amincin Allah su tabbata a gare shi.
 
Ƙungiya ce da aka kafa ta da manufar yaqi da bidi'o'i, wato ƙirqire-ƙirqire a cikin addini da kuma tabbatar da biyayya ga Annabi Muhammadu (Aminci Allah ya tabbata agare shi) shi kaɗai, tare da abubuwan da ya zo da su daga Allah Maɗaukakin Sarki, ba tare da daɗi ko ragi ba.

Kamar yadda ƙungiyoyi masu kawo sauyi da gwagwarmaya a duniya suka sha wuya da suka daga hannun jama'a a karon fari, ita ma ƙungiyar Izala ta sha fama da irin wadannan matsaloli, amma daga baya ta yi nasara wajen kafa tsayayyen tsarin bin hanyar addinin Islama, ta yadda har wasu ƙungiyoyin da su ka fi ta daɗewa su ka dawo suna koyi da ita.

Daga cikin muhimman manufofin wannan qungiya sun hadar da:




#Article 373: Adam A Zango (120 words)


Adamu A Zango (an haife shi a ran 1 ga watan Oktoba a shekara ta 1985) shahararren Dan wasan Hausa fim ne a masanan'antar shirya fina finai ta Kannywood, dake a Kano kuma mawakin Hausa ne, kuma mai koyar da rawa sannan kuma mai kida, mazaunin garin Kaduna.

Sannan Adam Zango, babban Dan Wasa Ne Wanda Ya Karbi Manyan Kyaututtuka.

Adam A Zango yayin Fina-finai Da Suka Hada Da,ya Ya Na, hubbi, babban Yaro, nas, dan Kuka, hisabi, yar Agadez, hindu, salma, Rumana, fataken Dare da Dai Sauran Su. a shekarar 2019, Adam a zango ya ware kimanin Naira miliyan 47 tallafi ga yara marayu. harma ya gurfanar da kudirinsa a fadan sarkin Zazzau a gun mai martaba Shehu idris 




#Article 374: Modibbo Adama (402 words)


Adama ɓii Ardo Hassana (1786 – 1847), Anfi saninsa da Modibbo Adama, Dan Fulani ne, Malami kuma Mayaki. Yarayu daga Ba'en clan of Fulbe. Ya jagoranci Jihadi acikin yankin Fombina (dake Cameroon da Nigeria a yanzu), sanadiyar zamana yankin yazama mallakar Fulani. A sakamakon Adama's constant warring, Fulani a yanzu sune ethnic group mafi yawan al'umma a Northern Cameroon (da kashi sama da 60% na duk al'umman yankin, wanda asali ba anan yankin suke ba, is a remarkable feat), kuma Addinin Islama itace addinin data mamaye yankin.

Adama yayi karatu a Kasar Hausa har yasami title na Modibbo (Lettered One) sanadiyar karatun sa. Bayan kammala karatuttukansa ne, sai yadawo gida Gurin inda yasamu cewan Usman Dan Fodio ya kaddamar da Jihadi. A sanda ya shiga cikin mutanen da suka ziyarci Usman, sai shehun ya  umurci Adama daya fadada yakinsa zuwa gabashi a matsayin Lamidon Fombina (shugaban Kasashen Kudanci).

Adama yahada mayaka ya yaki Bata wani kauye dake kusada Gurin. Ya kwace kauyukan, da kuma samun mayaka da dama da Karin jagorori wadanda suka dawo masa, Sai ya farma Mandara, babban gari kuma wadda tafi tsari maikyau a yankin. Kuma ya kwakkwace kananan kauyuka da dama, wanda daga bisani yakarashe cin birnin Dulo babban garin Mandara, cikin sauki. Yayin da mayakansa ke murna, sojojin Mandara sun sake kunnowa aka sake gwabzawa kuma sojojin suka sake dawo da garin. 

Dukda yayi ta cigaba dayakuna, Adama Rayuwarsa tafi yawa a Yola, wanda tazaman masa babban gari, ya shirya tsarin gudanar da sabuwar kasarsa wanda yamata suna da Adamawa daga cikin sunansa. Adama ya shugabanci daular, wanda daular ke biyayya ga Usman dan Fodio dake garin Sokoto. A karkashin mulkin sa akwai shugabannin kananan garuruwa da ake kira da lamibe (singular: lamido). Kauye itace karamar hukuma a gwamnatin sa. 

A lokacin rasuwar Adama a shekarar 1847, dansa Muhammadu Lawal yazama Lamidon Adamawa. Daular bata dade ba, saidai, yakunan mulkin mallaka sun rarraba da tarwatsa tsarin mulkin da Adama yafara na kasar Fulani mai yanci. Kwace garin yahaifar da illa sosai, amma Fulanin sun cigaba da zama mafi yawan al'umman dake da yawa a yankin, tareda da addinin musulunci a matsayin babban addinin su. The herdsmen altered the land to be more suitable for herding cattle, their primary pursuit. The jihad also pushed those peoples who had lived on the Adamawa Plateau south into the forest, the single most important event in the populating of Southern Cameroon.




#Article 375: Annabawa a Musulunci (518 words)


Annabawan Musulunci (Hrsh-lrbc|الأنبياء في الإسلام) sun hada da manzanni (rasul, dayawa. rusul), wadanda sukazo da Wahayi ta hannun Mala'ika (Lrbc:|ملائكة, malāʾikah); Da Annabawa (nabī, dywa. anbiyāʼ), wadanda sukazo da shari'o'i da Musulmi suka yarda daga Allah ne zuwa ga dukkan halittu, wanda kuma Annabawan nan ba'a aiko su sai da harshen da al'umman dake tare dasu zasu fahimta. Sani da yarda da Annabawa a musulunci na daga cikin Rukunnan Imani Shida, kuma da ambato na musamman a Qur'an.

Musaulmai sun yarda da cewa, Annabi na farko kuma shine mutum na farko da aka fara halitta Adam (ادم), wanda Allah Madaukakin Sarki ya halitta (الله). Mafi yawan wahayoyi daga cikin 48 na Annabawa a Yahudanci da Annabawa a Kiristanci anfadesu a Qurani saidai da dan banbanci kadan, misali, the Jewish Ilyas ana kiransa da (Elisha) da yahudanci, (Job) shine Ayyub, Isah kuma Isa, da sauransu. At Torah da akaba Annabi Musa ana kiranta daTorah da musulunci kuma  Taurat, (Psalms) da akaba Annabi Dawuda) itace Zabura sukuma suke kira da (Zabur), sai littafin annabi Isah itace Injila  (The Gospel).

Wanda ya banbanta a addinin musulunci shine Annabi Muhammad ibn ʿAbdullāh), wanda musulmai suka yarda da shine Cikamakon Annabawa (Khatam an-Nabiyyin, wato. Annabin karshe); kuma Quran ne aka saukar Masa amma ba bashi ya rubuta ta ba, Musulmai sun yarda da cewar itace littafin karshe kuma ita Allah madaukaki ke tsare ta, daga samun wani canji, ragi, kari ko kutse acikin ta, destined to remain in its true form until the Last Day. Musulmai sun tabbatar da Annabi Muhammad shine manzo kuma annabin karshe, dukda cewar ko bayan Annabawa za'a cigaba da samun salihsan bayi wato Waliyyai (Amma wasu daga cikin mazhabobi(makarantu) mabiya sunnah sun Kore batun ansan wahayi na Waliyyai).

A Imanin musulmai, duk wani Annabi a musulunci yana kira ne akan Abubuwan dasune ginshikin addinin musulunci, kamar Kadaita Allah, bautan Allah shi kadai, kinyin bautar wani abu koma bayansa da aikata sabo, da kuma imani Ranar Kiyama ko Ranar Sakamako da rayuwa bayan mutuwa. Duk kowannensu sunzo suyi kira zuwa addinin Allah a mabanbantan lokuta a tarihi, wasunsu sun sanarda zuwan Annabi kuma Manzon karshe daga Allah, Wanda za'a samasa suna Ahmad and Muhammad. 

Wadannan bayanan ansamesu acikin surorin Alqur'ani, Qur'an, 61:6 sanda Allah ya umurce Isah daya tunatar da mutanen ya'yan banu Isra'ila amma sai suka tuhume shi akan manzancinsa:

وَإِذْ قَالَ عِيسَى ٱبْنُ مَرْيَمَ يَـٰبَنِى إِسْرَٰعِيلَ إِنِّى رَسُولُ ٱللهِ إِلَيْكُم مُّصَدِقًا لِّمَا بَيْنَ يَدَىَّ مِنَ ٱلتَّوْرىٰةِ وَمُبَشِّرًا بِرَسُولٍ يَأْتِى مِن بَعْدِى ٱسْمُهُ أَحْمَدُ فَلَمَّا جَآءَهُم بِٱلْبَيِّنَـٰتِ قَالُواْ هَـٰذَا سِحْرٌ مُّبينٌ  

wa-idh qāla ‘Īsā ’b·nu Maryama: yā Banī Israā‘īla innī Rasūlu ’llāhi ilay-kum muṣaddiqal li-mā bayna yadayya mina ’t-Tawraāti wa-mubash·shiram bi-Rasūlin ya’tī mim ba‘dī ’s·mu-huū Aḥmadu, fa-lammā jaā’a-hum bi’l-bayyināti, qālū hādhā siḥrum mubīn!

And remember, Jesus, the son of Mary, said: O Children of Israel! I am the messenger of Allah (sent) to you, confirming the Law Taurat (which came) before me, and giving Glad Tidings of a Messenger to come after me, whose name shall be Ahmad. But when he came to them with Clear Signs, they said, this is evident sorcery! Quran, sura 61 (As-Saf), ayah




#Article 376: Karekare (1695 words)


Karekare ko kuma Karaikarai kamar yadda ake furta sunan ƙabilar /Ka'rai'Ka'rai/. Daya ne daga manyan harsunan arewa maso gabashin Najeriya. Mafi girman sashen da al'ummu masu wannan harshen suke da zama sun hada da jihar Yobe da kuma Bauchi. Garin Jalam dake karamar hukumar Dambam a jihar Bauchi shi ne babban birni mafi tsufa da kuma dadewa daga garuruwan al'ummar Karaikarai kuma a cikin shi wannan gari ne  ake gudanar da manyan bukukuwan al'ada na al'ummar Karaikarai da suka hada da bikin Bala baràà ma Jalam a filin wasa da sukuwa dake kofar fadar mai martaba sarkin Jalam HRH Alhaji Saleh Ibn Muhammad Nyako.

Tarin bayanai da aka tattara daga bincike da kuma tarihi na zantukan baka da dama sun bayyana asalin al’ummar Karaikarai da samuwar harshen su. Daya daga cikin fitattu a jerin wadannan bayanan shi ne wanda Adamu A.A ya wallafa a littafinsa mai suna Takaitaccen Tarihin Al’ummar Karaikarai inda ya bayyana cewa asali al’ummar Karaikarai sun fito ne daga tsatson sarauta na gidan Tabba’ui Awal na ƙabilar Banu Humaira dake ƙasar Yemen wadda take yankin yammacin daular larabawa. Bayanin yayi nuni da hakan a matsayin tushen samuwar al’ummar Karaikarai din da aka sani a yau. 

Sai dai kuma a ra’ayin Batten kamar yadda ya rubuta tashi ruwayar a cikin littafinsa cewa yayi, al'ummar Karaikarai tsatso ne na jinsin larabawa mazauna yankin gabas ta tsakiya inda kuma tsohon birnin su wani gari ne a daular Misira wato ƙasar Masar. Bayanin ya kuma dora da cewa asali kuma al’ummar Karaikarai kafin zamanin zamansu a Masar sun fito ne daga yankin nahiyar Asiya wato yankin da aka yi imanin cewa can ne mafarin samuwar dukkanin wasu dadaddun kabilu da harsuna na jinsin Dan Adam. Wato abinda Batten yake kokarin nunawa anan shi ne, al’ummar Karaikarai da harshen su na daga jerin dadaddun al’ummar da suka fara wanzuwa a doron duniya.

Shi ma Mai Madubi kamar yadda A.B. Hassan ya kattaba a na shi littafin kusan yana da ra’ayi iri daya da na A.A. Adamu cewa asali al’ummar Karaikarai tsatson larabawan daular Yemen ne. Amma kuma bayanin na sa ya dora da cewa bayan da labarin kafuwar garin Fustat dake daular Masar ya riski al’ummar Karaikarai a mazaunin su dake kasar Yemen wanda kuma shugaban rundunar musulmi masu yakin jihadi da suka fito daga kasar ta Yemen din ne ya kafa garin wato Amr ibn al-'As a shekara ta 641AD an samu wasu daga daga cikin al’ummar Karaikarai da suka kaura izuwa wancan garin na Fustat inda suka cigaba da rayuwa anan tare da sauran al’ummun da suka tafi tare da su daga Yemen wanda hakan ya sanya kaso mafi yawa daga al’ummar da suka fara zama a birnin duk sun kasance ‘yan asalin kasar Yemen ne sai kuma wasu al’ummun da su kuma suka fito daga yankin gabas ta tsakiya wadanda suka hada da mutanen daular Romawa, Hibirawa daga kasar isra’ila da kuma Yahudawa wanda duk suka hadu suka cigaba da rayuwa a wannan garin na Fustat har izuwa zamanin rushewarsa a shekara ta 1168 sakamakon farmaki na wani yaki daga daular Rum. Wannan bayani ya zo daidai da ruwayar da babban kundin adana tarihin duniya ya kattaba.

Ƙarin wani abin sha’awa game da tarihin al’ummar Karaikarai shi ne ba a samu bambance-bambancen a zo gani ba dangane da bayanan da aka kattaba da kuma wadanda aka samo na daga tarihin zantukan baka. Abu mafi daukar hankalin kuma shi ne yadda bakin daukacin masana tarihin ya zo daya ta fuskar bayanin su na cewa noma ne sana’ar da al’ummar Karaikarai suka fi yin fice akai. Hakan kuwa ya zo a cikin littafin da A.B. Hassan ya rubuta inda yake bayyana cewa, bayan al’ummar Karaikarai sun shiga garin Fustãt ba su manta da sana’ar su ta gado ba wato ‘noma’ wadda suka gada tun kaka da kakanni a kasar su ta Yemen. 

Daga cikin dadaddun abubuwan da tarihi ya nuna cewa al’ummar Karaikarai sun dade suna nomawa tun a wancan zamanin da suke Yemen shi ne noman gangala (gurjiya/mai ƙoƙo) wadda a harshen Karaikaranci ake kiranta da suna Dibèèràu. Sai dai a lokacin da suka shiga daular Misira tarihi ya nuna cewa sun tarar da mutanen wannan yanki wadanda tuntuni suka gabace su zuwa wajen suna noman gyada wadda a gabannin zuwan al’ummar Karaikarai wannan wajen a baya can ba su san wannan iri na gyadar ba sai a zamanin wannan tafiyar da suka yi zuwa garin Fustat. 

Bisa wannan dalili ne kuma sai Karaikarai suka sanyawa shi wannan bakon irin wato ‘gyada’ suna Dibèèràu ta Masar, yayin da ita kuma gurjiya sai suka kara mata kalmar Jagàu. Daga nan ne kuma aka samo sunayen wadannan iri guda biyun a harshen Karaikarai wato gyada da kuma gurjiya inda ake kiran su da suna Dibèèràu tà Masar wanda ma’anar sunan yana nufin ‘gyadar kasar Masar’ ita kuma Dibèèràu tà Jagàu ma’anar sunan shi ne ‘gyadar gida’. 

Ƙarin bincike da nazarce-nazarce akan al’ummar Karaikarai sun kara bada tabbaci kan sahihancin wadancan zantuka da aka kattaba a littattafan tarihi da dama har da ma wadanda na ambata cewa sun samu ne ta hanyar zantukan baka wanda tsofaffi kan bayar akan wannan al’umma da ake kira da Karaikarai.

Daga cikin muhimman abubuwa daga jerin bayanan da na samo a sakamakon binciken da na gudanar na kuma tattara shi a dan wannan rubutun kuwa shi ne, a karshe an gano cewa akwai kusanci da kuma kamanni ta fuskar al’adu, yanayin zamantakewa, da tsarin tafiyar da mulki da kuma kusancin harshe a tsakanin al’ummar Karaikarai da kuma al’ummun daular larabawa mazauna yankin gabas ta tsakiya. 

Duniyar masana ilimin harsuna da ta masu ilimin tarihi sun yi amanna cewa cudanya da zamantakewa a tsakanin al’ummu masu al’adu daban-daban tana yin tasiri ga junan su inda a karshe hakan kan kawo musanyar dabi’u, al’adu da ma sauyin harshe ta hanyar aron kalmomi da kuma amfani da sabbin kalmomi daga wani harshen zuwa wani wanda kuma ta hanyar hakan ne ake samun fadaduwa da kuma bunkasar harshe har ma ci gaban sa. 

Nazarin kuma ya sake nuni da cewa a wasu lokutan ma wannan ire-ire na shi wannan tasirin da wani harshen kan yi akan wani kan iya zama sanadi na bacewar harsunan da ba su da karfi kamar dai yadda ya faru akan harsunan duniya da dama bisa nisan tafiya a cudanya da kuma juyawar zamani.

Bayan gudanar da bincike na masana tarihi da suka gabata an gano cewa kamar yadda wani harshen kan yi tasiri akan wani, haka harshen larabci da kuma hibiranci (yaren al’ummar kasar isra’ila) da al’adunsu suka yi matukar tasiri akan na al’ummar Karaikarai da kuma harshen Karaikarainci wanda saboda karfin wannan tasirin nasu akan al’ummar ne ya sanya har izuwa wannan lokaci ake cigaba da samun tarin wasu abubuwan da dama wanda har kwanan gobe al’ummar Karaikarai din ba su rabu da su ba, asali ma sun zamo sashe ne na al’adun Karaikarai din wanda ake amfani da su wajen bambance su daga wasu kabilun a duk inda suka tsinci kan su. 

An danganta wannan tasiri da harsunan al’ummar larabawa mazauna yankin gabas ta tsakiya suka yi akan al’ummar Karaikarai da cewa akwai yiwuwar ya faru ne tun a zamanin da suka yi rayuwa a garin Fustat na tsohuwar daular Masar kimanin shekaru dubu da dari biyar (1,500) baya. 

Misali daga jerin wadannan tasiri da harsunan mutanen gabas ta tsakiya suka yi akan al’ummar Karaikarai da kuma harshen su shi ne yadda aka gano kamanni tsakanin sunayen gargajiya na al’adar Bakarkarai da kuma na larabawan yankin gabas ta tsakiya wato masu harshen larabci da kuma Hibiranci wadanda mazauna ne a kasar isra’ila da wasu sassa na kasashen Jodan da wasu yankuna dake kan iyakar kasar falasdinu a wancan lokaci. 

A binciken an gano yadda wasu sunaye na wadancan larabawan suka zamo iri daya sak da irin sunayen gargajiya na Bakarkarai ba tare da an samu bambanci a yanayin yadda ake furucin su ba ko kuma a yadda ake rubuta su da harsunan ko kuma bambanci a irin jinsin da ake amfani da su ba. Ma’ana sunan da ake kiran namiji da shi a can nahiyar larabawan gabas ta tsakiya idan aka zo cikin al’ummar Karaikarai namiji za a tarar ana kira da irin wannan sunan haka idan sunan mace ce ake kira da shi a can daular larabawan ma mace za’a tarar ana kira da irin wannan sunan. 
Ga kuma wasu misalan daga ire-iren wadancan sunayen wanda aka gano cewa da larabawan gabas ta tsakiya da kuma Karaikarai sun yi tarayya akai wajen amfani da su. 

Ma’anonin da na bayar anan irin ma’anonin da sunayen suke da su ne a can daular larabawa. A bangaren sunayen maza akwai irin su Aleh = ganye, Saaban/Saban = makeri, Ari = Zakin Allah, Udeh = mai yabon Ubangiji, Malo = mai nasara, Dale = kogi, Jalam = mai zurfin ciki dasauran su. A bangaren sunayen mata kuwa akwai irin su Bibale = abar so, Malecka = sarauniya da kuma dasauransu. Amma ga al’ummar Karaikarai suna Malecka ana iya amfani da shi ga jinsin namiji ko mace.

Al'ummar Karaikarai sun rarrabu izuwa manyan azuzuwa ko kabilu guda uku;

Akwai ƙabilar da ake kira Jalalum (Jalamawa) wadanda ake kira da Karaikaran yamma kuma ana samun su ne a jihar Bauchi da kuma yankunan jihar Jigawa da wasu sassan jihar Kano amma ainihin cibiyar su shi ne garin Jalam dake jihar Bauchi. Sarkin Jalam Saleh Ibn Muhammad Nyako shi ne babban shugaban ƙabilar Jalalum ko Jalamawa kamar yadda ake kiran su.

Birkaì ko Birkayì

Su ma wadannan rukuni ne daga azuzuwan ƙabilar Karaikarai da ake kiransu da suna Karaikaran arewa. Ana samun wannan ƙabilar ne a yankin kudancin jihar Yobe. Wadannan Karaikarai baki dayan su suna mubaya'a ne ga Masarautar Tikau wato babban jagoransu shi ne mai martaba Alhaji Muhammadu Abubakar Ibn Grema Mai Tikau.

Pakaràu Pakarò

Su kuma ƙabilar Karaikaran da ake Kira da Ngwajum su ne Karaikaran gabas da Jalalum wadanda ake samu a yankin karamar hukumar Fika dake jihar Yobe.Har wayau ana kiran wannan kabila da suna Ngwajum

Har wa yau Karaikarai su na da bakake masu dori da suka hada da: dl, hn, tl, zh.

Kalmomin Karaikarai da Hausa da Turanci:




#Article 377: Muhammad Ibn Musa Alkhwarizmi (304 words)


Muḥammad ibn Mūsā al-Khwārizmī (lang-fa|محمد بن موسى خوارزمی;), Turawa sun canja sunansa zuwa latin amatsayin Algorithmi, Dan Persian nerp|668 Around 820 AD he was appointed as the astronomer and head of the library of the House of Wisdom in Baghdad. 

Al-Khwarizmi's popularizing treatise on algebra (The Compendious Book on Calculation by Completion and Balancing, c. 813–833 CE tazo da hanyoyi na farko akan warware matsalolin linear da quadratic equations. Daya daga cikin babban nasararsa itace hanyar daya nuna tayadda za'a warware matsalar quadratic equations ta hanyar completing the square, for which he provided geometric justifications. dalilin shi kadaine yafara warware   algebra as an independent discipline sannan kuma yashigo da hanyar reduction da balancing (the transposition of subtracted terms to the other side of an equation, that is, the cancellation of like terms on opposite sides of the equation), An bayyana shi a matsayin Baba ko wanda ya kirkiri algebra. Kalmar algebra itama tasune daga sunan littafinsa (musamman Kalmar al-jabr dake ma'anar completion ko rejoining). Sunansa ya haifar da wadannan kalmomin Algorism da algorithm. Har wayau sunansa itace mafarin sunan (Spanish)  da kuma na (Portuguese) , wadanda dukkanin su ke nufin digit.

A karni na 12th, fassarar Latin na littafin sa akan arithmetic (Algorithmo de Numero Indorum) which codified the various Indian numerals, Ita tazo da decimal positional number system zuwa yammacin duniya. The Compendious Book on Calculation by Completion and Balancing, da aka fassara zuwa Latin wanda Robert of Chester yayi a 1145, anyita amfani dashi har zuwa karni na goma sha shida, a matsayin babban littafin lissafi na karatu a Jami'o'in turai.

Kari akan mafi kyawun aikinsa, he revised Ptolemy's Geography, da jeranta longitudes da latitudes na birane da dama da garuruwa. Yakaiga samarda a set of astronomical tables da kuma rubutu akan calendaric works, as well as the astrolabe and the sundial.




#Article 378: Yakin Pacific (336 words)


Yakin Pacifi, kuma akan kirasa da Yakin Asiya–Pacific, yakasance filin Da-ga ne a lokacin Yakin Duniya II da aka gwabza a Pacific da Asiya. Anyi yakin ne a wani babban fili daya hada da tekun Pacific da tsibirai, South West Pacific, South-East Asia, da kuma dake China (harda 1945 Soviet–Japanese conflict).

Second Sino-Japanese War tsakanin Daular Japan da Republic of China yariga faruwa tun a 7 July 1937, da hostilities daya faro tun daga 19 September 1931 da kuma Japanese invasion of Manchuria. Dukda, an yarda ako'ina a tsawon watanni 53, wanda yafara a July 1937, China ita kadai, ta rika yaki da kasar Japan. A 9 ga watan December 1941, bayan Japan takai wani hari nabazata kan Pearl Harbor, sai daga China ta kaddamar da yaki kan Japan. Abunda da dadewa yakine tsakanin kasashe biyu yanzu yazama wani babban bangaren yaki a yankin na  Pacific. yakin na Pacific yafara ne a 7/8 December 1941, sanda Japan invaded Thailand da kuma kai hari kan British colonies na Malaya, Singapore, da Hong Kong da kuma sojoji da sansanin sojin ruwan United States dake a Hawaii, Wake Island, Guam da the Philippines.

Yakin na Pacific yasa Allies pitted against Japan, sai dai tasamu taimakon Thailand daga baya, da kuma taimako daga Axis allied Germany da Italy. Yakin haifar da atomic bombings a Hiroshima da Nagasaki, da wasu manyan aerial bomb attacks daga Allies, da tarayyar Soviet declaration of war da invasion of Manchuria a 9 August 1945, da samun sakamakon Japanese announcement of intent to surrender a 15 August 1945. The formal surrender of Japan ceremony took place aboard the battleship in Tokyo Bay a 2 September 1945. Bayan yakin, Japan tayi rashin rights da titles a hannun possessions a Asiya da Pacific, da kuma sovereignty was limited to the four main home islands. Japan's Shinto Emperor was forced to relinquish much of his authority and his divine status through the Shinto Directive dan. Saboda za'a samu daman fadada hanyoyin da za'ayi canje canje a al'adu da siyasa.




#Article 379: Alhusain ɗan Ali (303 words)


Hussain Ibn Ali Bin Abutalib jikan manzon Allah ne, Allah ya yarda dashi, Dan Nana Fatima bint Muhammad (SAW), uwargidan Aliyu bin Abutalib, dan'uwansa shine Alhasan Ibn Ali bin Abutalib. Hussain shine wanda yan'Shi'a ke darajawa a matsayin daya daga cikin Imamansu na farko.

A ranar uku ga watan Sha'aban mai albarka na shekara ta hudu bayan hijira aka yi wa Manzon Allah (s.a.w.a) albishir da haihuwar Husaini (a.s.). Don haka sai ya gaggauta tafiya gidan Ali da Zahara (a.s.), ya ce wa Asma'u bin Umais: Asma'u kawo min dana. Sai Asma'u ta kawo wa Manzo shi dauke a farin zane. Sai Manzo ya yi murna da ganinsa, ya rungume shi, sannan ya kira salla a kunnensa na dama, ya kuma yi ikama a na hagu, sannan ya dora shi a cinyarsa sai aka ga yana kuka. Sai Asma'you, cikin mamaki, ta tambaye shi, cewa: Wa kakewa kuka? Sai Manzo (s.a.w.a) yace: Dan nan nawa. Sai Asma'u ta ce: Yanzun nan aka haife shi. Sai Manzo (s.a.w.a) ya ce: 

Sannan sai ya ce: 

Sai Manzon Allah (s.a.w.a) ya sami sako daga Allah Madaukaki game da sunan abin haihuwarsa mai daraja; sai ya waiwayi Ali (a.s.) ya ce: Ka sa masa suna Husaini. 

Matsayin Imam Husaini (a.s) 

Hakika Abu Abdullahi al-Husain (a.s.) na da babban matsayi. Bayan ayoyin Alkur'ani da suka ambaci matsayinsa cikin matsayin Ahlulbaiti (a.s.), wadanda muka ambata a baya, kamar su Ayar Tsarkakewa, Ayar Mubahala, Ayar Kauna da sauransu; akwai hadisan Annabi masu yawa da ke nuna girman matsayinsa da daukakar darajarsa. Daga cikin su akwai: 

Dabi'un Imam Husaini (a.s) 

Hakika kasantuwan Imam Hasan (a.s) ya tashi ne karkashin kulawar kakansa Manzo (s.a.w.a), babansa Ali da mahaifiyarsa al-Zahara (a.s.), ta sa dabi'unsa na misalta sakon Allah Madaukaki a tunance, aikace da halayya. A nan za mu bayar da wasu 'yan misalai. 




#Article 380: Ibn Battuta (115 words)


Ibn Battuta (Hrsh-Lrbc|محمد ابن بطوطة; cikakken sunansa ʾAbū ʿAbd al-Lāh Muḥammad ibn ʿAbd al-Lāh l-Lawātī ṭ-Ṭanǧī ibn Baṭūṭah; Larabci:|أبو عبد الله محمد بن عبد الله اللواتي الطنجي بن بطوطة) yarayu (February 25, 1368 ko 1369) musulmai ne, mutumin Berber Moroccan scholar kuma explorer who widely travelled the medieval world. tsawon sama da shekaru 30, Ibn Battuta ya ziyarci mafi yawan duniyar musulmi da kuma kasashe da dama na wadanda ba musulmai ba, wadanda suka hada da Tsakiyar Asia, Southeast Asia, South Asia and China. A gabda karshen rayuwarsa, ya sadaukar da labaran bayanai akan tafiye tafiyensa, da akaiwa lakabi da A Gift to Those Who Contemplate the Wonders of Cities and the Marvels of Travelling.




#Article 381: Al-Ghazali (203 words)


Imam Al-Ghazali (furucci|ˈɡɑː|zɑː|li; cikakken sunansa Abū Ḥāmid Muḥammad dan Muḥammad al-Ghazālī da Larabci أبو حامد محمد بن محمد الغزالي; latinized Algazelus ko Algazel, yarasu a 19 Disamba 1111) yakasance daya daga cikin shahararru kuma tasiri masana falsafa, masana tauhidi, masana shari'a, kuma sufi. a cikin mabiya Sunnah. Dan Asalin kasar Farisa ne.

A al'adar musulunci ana ganinsa a matsayin wani Mujaddadi, wato wanda ya jaddada addini, wanda Kamar yadda hadisin Manzon Allah (SAW) ya tabbatar, cewa, Allah na turo su a duk bayan shekara 100 wato Karni daya domin su sake jaddada addinin al'ummah a bayan kasa  (a kasashen musulmi). Ayyukan sa sun kasance highly acclaimed daga Malamai yan'uwansa, Imam al-Ghazali anbasa girmamawa da lakabin Shaidan Musulunci (Hujjat al-Islam).

Al-Ghazali yayi imanin cewa al'adar addinin musulunci tsakanin musulmai tana dishewa, kuma hakane yasa kimiyyar bautan Allah kamar yadda Malaman farko suka karantar  da Musulmai dasu an manta dasu. Hakane yayi Sakamakon yin rubutun sa na  magnum opus mai lakabi da Ihya 'ulum al-din (The Revival of the Religious Sciences). daga cikin wasu ayyukan sa, akwai, Tahāfut al-Falāsifa (Incoherence of the Philosophers) is a significant landmark in the history of philosophy, as it advances the critique of Aristotelian science developed later in 14th-century Europe.




#Article 382: Daular Abbasiyyah (373 words)


Daular Abbasiyya, da turanci Abbasid Caliphate (IPAc-en|ə|ˈ|bæ|sɪd| or IPAc-en|ˈ|æ|bə|sɪd| Larabci ٱلْخِلافَةُ ٱلْعَبَّاسِيَّة, transl|ar|al-Khilāfatu al-ʿAbbāsiyyah) itace na uku daga cikin masarautar Kalifancin Musulunci dasuka gaji Manzo Muhammad tsira da amincin Allah sun tabbata agare shi. An samar da daular ce tun daga kawun manzon Allah, Abbas ɗan Abdul-Muttalib (566–653 CE), wanda daga sunansa ne daular ta samo suna Abbasiyya. Daular tayi mulkin Khalifanci ne a mafi yawan tsawon shekarun da tayi a matsayin Daular, Wanda ta kafa babban birninta a Bagadaza waddake kasar Iraq ayanzu, bayan samun nasara akan daular, sai Daular Umaydiyya a lokacin juyin juyahalin Abbasiyya a 750 CE

Daular Abbasiyya dafari ta sanya  harkokin gwamnatin ta a Kufa, ayanzu kasar Iraq, amma a 762 sai Khalifa Al-Mansur yakafa garin Baghdad, kusa da tsohuwar garin Sasaniyan babban birnin kasan Ctesiphon. Lokacin zamanin Abbasiyyah ta dogara ne a Fasha ahalin Barmakid domin kula da harkokin biranen ta,  da kuma sanya wasu daga musulmai wanda ba Larabawa ba a al'ummah (national community). wanda masu kudin lokacin suka dauka, daga suka fara taimakon Malamai da artists. Baghdad tazama cibiyar kimiyya, al'adu, Falsafa da Kirkire kirkire inda yazamanto abinda akasani da Kyawawan shekarun Musulunci.

Dukda hadin kan da akasamu da farko, sai yan'Abbasiyyah na karshen Karni na 8, sunyi kawance da dukkanin Larabawa mawali da kuma Iraniyawa. An tilasta su bayar da mulki ga Al-Andalus da kuma Yammacin Afrika ga masarautar Umayya a 756, Morocco zuwa Idrisiyya a 788, Ifriqiya zuwa Aghlabiyya a 800 da Misra zuwa ga Yan Shi'ar Isma'iliyya khalifancin Fatimiyya a 969. 

Karfin Siyasa na Kalifofinsu (Abbasiyya) ya karene da tasowa da samun karfin Iraniyawan Buyidiyya da kuma Daular Seljuq ta Turkiyya, wanda duk suka kwace Baghdad a 945 da 1055. Dukda mulkin Abbasiyya a mafi yawan Daulolin Musulunci yafara raguwa kadan kadan zuwa sai kawai lokacin yin addini kawai ake aiwatarwa, the dynasty tacigaba da rike kula da Mesopotamian domain. Zamanin Abbasiyya yakare ne a 1258 da kwace Bagadaza a hannun Mongoliyawa karkashin Hulagu Khan. The Abbasid line of rulers, da al'adar Musulunci gabar daya, duk sun sake shiga cikin Mamluk Babban birnin Alkahira a 1261. Dukda ta rasa karfin siyasa, amma dynasty ta cigaba da nuna karfin gudanar da addini har sai bayan Cin galaban Ottomaniyya akan Misra a shekarar 1517.




#Article 383: Sharhin Littafin Hadin Zumunta Na Ayuba Muhd. Danzaki (1508 words)


Ayuba Muhd. Ɗ'Danzaki, ɗaya ke daga cikin sanannun marubutan Hausa na wannan zamani, wanda ya rubuta littafai kamar; _Rayuwar Bilkisu,_ _Shingen Ƙauna,_ Adawar So da sauransu. Har wa yau, shi ya rubuta wannan littafi mai suna _Haɗin Zumunta_ da muke nazarinsa a yanzu.
_Littafi:_ Haɗin Zumunta
_Marubuci:_ Ayuba Muhd. Ɗanzaki
_Kamfanin Dab'i:_ Iya Ruwa  Garba Muhd Bookshop
_Shekarar Bugu:_ 2010 da 2012
_Yawan shafuka:_ 168
_Farashin Littafi:_ 200
_Lambar ISBN:_ Babu
_Mai Sharhi:_ Muttaka A Hassan
_Manufar Sharhi:_ Bunƙasa Adabi Da Harshen Hausa A Duniya.

A garin Ɗanzaki aka haifi Usman, mahaifinsa ya rasu tun yana ƙarami, amma ya samu cikakkiyar kulawa a wurin Kawunsa Alhaji Rabi'u kasancewar a gida ɗaya iyayensu suka taso, wato; Alhaji Auwalu, Alhaji Sani, Alhaji Rabi'u da mahaifinsa marigayi Alhaji Salisu, sai mahaifinsu wato takwaran Usman kuma kakansa.
A gidan babu wanda jininsu ya haɗu da mahaifin Usman kamar Alhaji Rabi'u, sun taso cikin zumunci da ƙaunar juna, tare suke gudanar da komai tamkar tagwaye. Don haka suka yi wa juna alƙawarin za su haɗa 'ya'yansu auren HAƊIN ZUMUNTA. Ba su daɗe da ƙulla alkawarin ba sai Allah Ya karɓi rayuwar Alhaji Salisu.
Mutuwar Alhaji Salisu ta saka duk wata soyayya da ƙaninsa ke masa ta koma kan ɗan da ya bari, wato Usman. Soyayyar da yake nuna wa Usman har ta zarce wadda yake nuna wa ɗiyarsa Walida, wanda hakan ne ya sa matarsa Hajiya Larai ta fara jin haushin Usman. To amma a ɓangaren Walida babu komai tsakaninta da Usman sai zumunci da girmamawa.
Bayan Usman ya kammala firamare Alhaji Rabi'u ya kai shi makarantar allo a Maiduguri don cika burin mahaifinsa na son ɗansa ya haddace Qur'ani.
Bayan shekaru goma sha biyar, Usman ya haddace Qur'ani har ya rubuta, sai dai loton da zai dawo gida ne suka rabu da buduruwarsa Yagana tana hawaye, kodayake ta so ya yi mata alƙawarin aure, bai yi ba; amma ya sanar da ita komai daɗewa zai dawo.
A ranar da ya dawo Kano kuma sai ya yi tozali da Latifa inda lokaci ɗaya zuciyarsa ta kamu da ƙaunarta, bai yi jinkiri ba ya sanar da ƙanwarsa Walida kasancewar ƙawarta ce, a haka soyayya mai ƙarfi ta kullu tsakaninsu.
A ɓangaren Walida kuma soyayya ce mai ƙarfi tsakaninta da abokin Usman, wato Muhsin. Lokuta da dama idan Walida da Usman suka zauna sukan labarta wa juna irin ƙaunar da suke yi wa masoyansu, Muhsin ya samu karɓuwa ta ban mamaki a wurin mahaifiyar Walida kasancewarta mai kwaɗayi, shi kuma yana hidimta mata. To amma loton da ya je wurin mahaifinta da bukatar a ba shi ita, sai ya yi masa wani jirwaye wanda ya gaza gane inda ya dosa.
Kwatsam, wata rana Alhaji Rabi'u ya kira Usman ya sanar da shi cewa sun yanke shawarar yi musu auren *HAƊIN ZUMUNTA* tsakaninsa da ƙanwarsa Walida. Kodayake Usman ƙawarta Latifa yake so, ita ma abokinsa Muhsin take so, to amma sai ya ƙudiri niyar yi wa Kawunsa biyayya, al'amarin da ya jawo gidan ya rikice, don babu mai goyon bayan auren sai Alhaji Rabi'u, yayin da Walida ta biye wa mahaifiyarta ta yi ta yiwa Usman rashin kunya, don a ganinta da saninsa za a yi auren. Haka nan ita ma Latifa haushin ƙawarta Walida take ji, saboda a ganinta da gayya ta ƙwace mata Usman, shi kuwa Muhsin bai san wainar da ake toyawa ba don haka ya ci gaba da zuwa zance abinsa.
Bayan an ɗaura aurensu, Usman ya yanke wani ɗanyen hukunci, inda ya yi wa Walida saki uku a ranar da aka ɗaura auren, sannan ya tafi Maiduguri wurin masoyiyarsa Yagana.
Ranar da ya dira a Maiduguri sai ya tarar ana yiwa Yagana auren *HAƊIN ZUMUNTA* ita ɗan yayan babanta, ganin Usman ya sa ta yi tsalle ta dire ta ce sai an warware wannan auren ta auri Usman. To da haka Usman ya yanke shawarar dawowa Kano ya nemi gafarar Kawunsa a kan abin da ya aikata.
A ranar da ya dawo gidansu ya tarar da mummunan labari cewar Alhaji Rabi'u ya rasu sanadiyar bugawar da zuciyarsa ta yi a kan abin da Usman ya aikata. Jin haka ya sa shi ma ya fadi ƙasa a sume.
A ƙarshe da ya farfado sai ya samu labarin an yi wa Latifa auren dole. Haka ya ci gaba da rayuwa cikin raɗaɗin kasancewarsa sanadiyar mutuwar Kawunsa, sannan ya rasa abar ƙaunarsa.
Walida kuwa ta auri masoyinta Muhsin, sai dai wata ƙaddara ta raba aurensu ba a daɗe da ɗaura shi ba. Latifa kuwa kotu ce ta raba aurenta da Jamilu, wanda hakan ne ya sa a ƙarshe ya auri zawarawa biyu, wato Latifa da ƙanwarsa Walida wadda aka so haɗa su auren _HAƊIN ZUMUNTA_ a baya.

November 16 at 9:24 AM · Facebook Lite · Public

You, Sadeeq Shehu Shariff and 41 others
Ayuba Muhammad Danzaki

Marubucin bai yi amfani da babi-babi ba, sai dai ya yi amfani da kanun labarai a wasu shafukan.

Marubucin ya yi amfani da miƙaƙƙen salo wurin isar da saƙonsa, ta yadda ba a samu ƙwan-gaba ƙwam-baya ba ko kaɗan. A ɓangaren sarrafa harshe ma ya yi ƙoƙari sosai wurin nuna gwanintar harshensa ta hanyar amfani da karin magana da azanci da kuma hikima.

Ba a samu kuskuren ƙa'idojin rubutu da yawa ba musamman na haɗewa da rabawar kalmomi sau waɗanda ba za a rasa ba kamar; _yayi_ maimakon _ya yi,_ da _matarda_ maimakon _matar da_ sai kuma mafi munin kuskuren rawa da haɗewar kalma da akasarin marubuta suke yi yayin rubuta kalmar *shi ne,* inda shi ma marubucin ya rubuta _shine_ maimakon _shi ne,_ wato a rabe, idan aka haɗe ta koma kalmar Turanci, don a Hausa ba mu da kalmar _shine._ A ɓangaren amfani da alamar ƙauli (  ) ma an samu kurakurai a shafuka da dama kamar; shafu na 43 da na 54, sai a littafi na biyu an samu wannan kuskuren a shafi 54, 58 da 64.

A nan marubucin ya amsa da cewa: _Amsa ta (1) maganar zuwa maiduguri a awa biyar gaskiya kuskure ne idan har zakayi laakari da shekarar rubutun domin yau shekaru goma sha biyu da rubuta labarin nan lotan babu wadannan motocin na yanzu Masu azabar gudu,
Amma da yanzu na rubuta labarin kai tsaye zan iya ce muku eh kwarai zaa iya zuwa maiduguri a awa biyar,
Wannan kenan._

A nan marubucin ya kare alƙalaminsa da cewa: _Eh kwarai akwai Masu irin wannan bajintar wasu ma sunayin bajintar da tafi bada shinkafa kwano biyu kullum a wata guda, musamman irin makafin masoyan nan da soyayya ta makantar da jinsu da kuma ganinsu idan Kana so ka gansu kazo zan Nuna maka irinsu a zahiri._

Marubucin ya kare alƙalaminsa da cewa: _Kwarai kuwa akwai Masu mak'on da suke yin sanaa ga kudin suna Tarawa amma baza su iya dauka suci acikinsu ba dabiar wata makociyarmu ce ma na dauka olla iyaka dai sauya sunanta da nayi a littafin hadin zumunta._

Marubucin ya amsa da cewa _Hakika yagana ta yanka mijinta suraj yankan rago ta sako wuk'ar ajakarta wannan ma ba abin mamaki bane tunda yawancin anfi zargin maza da aikata ta addanci Akan Mata sannan ka Duba maakatan dake kula da manyan hanyoyi kafin su binciki mace daya suna binciki maza sama da ashirin, Sannan karki manta a labarin jamian tsaron da suka Kama yagana AI suna bincike ne Akan wata yarinya daban da akayiwa auren dole ta kashe mijinta a labarin Wanda garin neman waccen ya yarinyar ne Allah ya tonawa yagana itama nata asirin._

A nan marubucin ya so kare alƙalaminsa, kodayake amsar ba ta gamsar da manazarcin ba, ga abin da ya ce: _Maganar yankan da yagana tayiwa mijinta suraj hakan bazai zamo lalaci ba tunda a labarin ba a nuno inda tayi kisan ba, ba mamaki yana bacci ta rutsa shi ko makamantan hakan, Sannan banda abinka malam Muttaka Mata nawa ne suka tab'a kashe mazajensu aduniya, nawa ne suka yanke gaban mazajensu (mazakuta), nawa ne suka zubawa mazajensu poising ire iren iren wad'annan Matan gasunan birjik a duniya._
Hakan ne ya sa manazarcin ya ɗora da cewa: _A nan ma ga wata shawarar, idan za a sake bugawa, a nuna yana bacci ta yanka shi. Saboda yiwa mutum yankan Rago ba abu ne da za ka iya yiwa wanda ya fika ƙarfi ko ƙarfinku ya zo ɗaya ba, sai wanda ka fi ƙarfi sosai, shi ɗin ma akasari ba mutum ɗaya ne ke iya yanka mutum ɗaya ba._
_Yanke mazakuta ko wani abu duk wannan sukan yi ne cikin shammata. To shi ma wannan idan aka bada labarin yana bacci ta yanka shi ka ga ya zama shammata. A taƙaice dai ba zai yiwu ta yanka shi ba sai dai ta fuskar shammata._

A nan marubucin ya ce: _A game da shawarwarin kan k'aidojin rubutu da kuma na bincike da sauran shawarwarin da ka bayar dukka na karb'a zan gyara, ina jinjinawa kwanyar mai yin sharhin wannan labarin wato malam Muttaka A. Hassan, sau da sama sharhinka yana karamin k'aimi wajen Kara assasa min son rubutu wallahi, Nagode sosai da kai da dukkan masoyana.




#Article 384: Rukunnan Musulunci (651 words)


Rukunnan Musulunci Biyar (arkān al-Islām, larabci أركان الإسلام; ko arkān al-dīn, larabci أركان الدين, Rukunnan addini, Shika-shikan addini) abubuwa ne ko ayyuka wadanda ginshikai ne, guda biyar a Musulunci, wadanda wajibai ne  akan kowane mai imani, kuma sune farkon ginshikin rayuwar Musulmi. Suna nan tattare a shahararren hadisin nan na mala'ika Jibril.

Shia, da Ahmadiyya, da Sunni dukkanin su sun yarda da muhimman bayani da ayyukan wadannan abubuwan, amma Shi'a basa kiransu da irin wannan sunan (see Ancillaries of the Faith, na Twelvers, da kuma Seven pillars of Ismailism). Sune suka hada rayuwar musulmi, sallarsa, taimakawa gajiyayyu, tsarkake kai daga zunubbai, da aiki hajji, ga wanda yakeda ikon zuwa.

Shahada itace mika wuya da tabbatar da Imani da bada gaskiya dake yarda da cewar babu wani abun bauta inba (Allah) ba, kuma Annabi Muhammad Manzon Sa ne, Kalman shahada dai rukuni ne na farko daga cikin Rukannan Musulunci guda biyar, wanda wajibi ne sosai mutum ya kiyaye ta , tana shigar da mutum cikin Musulunci in har ya furta , kuma ya kudurce a zuciyar shi ,kuma yayi aiki da ma`anan abinda ya  firta,  kuma tana fitar da Mutum daga Musulunci idan ya saba ma`anar kalman ta hanyan yin sabo ko shirka ko ya aikata wani aiki dake fitar da mutum daga Musulunci

Kalma itace kamar haka:- Na shaida babu abinda bautawa da gaskiya sai Allah kuma Annabi Muhammad Manzo n Allah ne.
       Ma`anarta shine kayar da akan karan kanka ba tilasta ka akayi ba cewa Allah shi kadai zaka bautamawa , shine ka tsayar da Tauhidi guda uku Rububiyya da Uluhiyya da Asma`i wassifat , kuma  baza ka hada shi da kowa ba a gurin bauta , wato baza kayi Shirka ba ko Tsafi ko wani nauyin na hakan , kuma kaji ka yarda cewa Annabi Muhammad manzan Allah . Ma`ana dan aike ne daga Allah. Ma`ana duk abinda Annabi Muhammad yace zaka yarda kuma ka gasgata ,abinda yayi umurni dashi kuma ko yayi hani , zaka aika ta sau da kafa.  
. Jawabi ne dayake a tsare, kuma ana furta shine da Larabci: lā ʾilāha ʾillā-llāhu muḥammadun rasūlu-llāh, (لَا إِلٰهَ إِلَّا الله مُحَمَّدٌ رَسُولُ الله)  Babu abun bautawa da gaskiya sai Allah (kuma) Annabi Muhammad Manzon Allah ne. Furta wannan jawabin nada muhimmanci sosai, Kafin mutum yazama Musulmi, ko yadawo musulunci.

Sallah (ṣalāh) itace bautar musulmai, Sallah ta kunshi yin salloli biyar kamar yadda Sunnah yazo dasu; sunayensu akan lokutan Amfani: Fajr (Subhi), Dhuhr (rana), ʿAṣr (Yamma), Maghrib (Almuru), da kuma ʿIshāʾ (dare). Sallar Fajr ana gudanar da ita ne kafin fitowar(tasowar) rana, Dhuhr  kuma ana yinta ne a tsakiyar rana, bayan rana yayi zawali, Asr kuma da yammaci ake yinta kafin faduwar rana, Maghrib da almuru bayan rana ya fadi, sannan sai sallar Isha'i da akeyinta acikin dare. Duk wadannan salloli anayinsu ne ta hanyar kallon Kaaba a Mecca daya samar da muhimmin ginshiki a cikin alumman Musulmi. Musulmi sai sun wake jiki kafin yin Sallah; wannan wankin akekira da wudu 

Zakkāh Zakka rukuni ne daga cikin Rukannan Musulunci guda biyar ana bayar da wani sashi ne na dukiyar mutum idan dukiyar ta kai nisabi.

Azumi rukuni ne daga cikin Rukannan Musulunci guda biyar , ana kin cin abinci ne da kuma kin shan abun sha tin daga fitowar alfijir har zuwa faduwar rana , haka za`a tayi har sai anyi wata daya na watan Ramadan tukunnan aka sauke nauyin farillan.
 ref .

Hajj itace ziyarar ibada dake faruwa a kowace watan musulunci na Dhu al-Hijjah zuwa Makkah. Kowani musulmi baligi dake da iko yazama wajibi yayi aikin hajji a rayuwarsa koda sau dayane, 
Hajji rukuni ne daga cikin Rukannan Musulunci guda biyar ga wanda Allah ya bashi ikon zuwa ,ana yin aikin hajji ne kadai a makkah ,kuma ba`a son mutum ya tafi aikin hajji alhali akwai bashi akan shi ko iyalansa na cikin wani hali ,ko kuma zasu shiga in har ya tafi.
. 

Category:Kalma shahada]




#Article 385: Sallah (261 words)


Sallah (bauta, larabci صلاة; jam'i. Larabci صلوات ṣalawāt; ko kuma salat), ko Namāz (نَماز) a wasu haraunan, yana daya daga cikin Rukunnan Musulunci biyar na imani a Islam kuma aikin addini na wajibi akan kowane musulmi, (Mace  Namiji) Taqwa. Aiki ne na Zahiri, mental, da kuma spiritual act na bauta wanda akayinsa sau biyar a rana a wadansu kayyadaddun lokuta prescribed times. Lokacin yinsa dole mutum ya fuskanci kasar Makkah. A aika ce, mai bautan zai tsaya, zaiyi ruku'u, kuma zaiyi sujada, sannan ya kammala yayin da yake zauna a kasa. A yayin kowace raka'a, mai bautar zai karanta wasu ayoyi daga cikin Qur'ani, da yabon Allah da kuma addu'o'i. Kalmar Sallah dai ana fassara ta da bauta, amma Kalmar na nufin addu'a ne, shiyasa ma'anar keda rikitarwa. Musulmai na amfani da Kalmar du'a  ambato wurin ma'anar Kalmar addu'a  wanda roko ne akeyi ko nema a wajen Allah.

Kafin ayi Sallah sai anyi Alwala. Sallah yakunshi maimaita Abu dayane, da akasani da rakʿah (pl. rakaʿāt ) wanda ke tattare da fadin wasu kayya daddun kalmoni da jawabai. Adadin wajibcin (fard) raka'o'i rakaʿāt yana tsakanin biyu ne zuwa hudu, according to the time of day or other circumstances (such as Friday congregational worship, which has two rakats). Sallah wajibai ne akan kowane musulmi face wadanda suke prepubescent, sukeyin  menstruating, ko kuma suke zubar jini a farkon kwanaki 40 bayan haihuwa. Kowace rukuni acikin Sallah ana gabatar da itane tareda da yin takbir, wato fadin (Allahu Akbar) face Lokacin tsayawa tsakanin ruku'u da sujada, sannan idarwa dake dauke da sallamar Musulunci As-salamu alaykum.




#Article 386: Sabon Alkawari (317 words)


Sabon Alkawari (Turanci New Testament, Ἡebrew Καινὴ Διαθήκη, Girkanci Hē Kainḕ Diathḗkē; Latinanci Novum Testamentum) itace kashi nabiyu na bangaren kundin baibul din kiristoci, kashin farko shine Tsohon Alkawari, asalinsa daga Baibul din Hebrew. Sabon alkawarin na koyar da sani da kasantuwar mutuntakar Jesus, da kuma wasu bukukuwa da suka faru a kiristanci karnin farko. Kiristoci sun dauki dukka littafan tsohon alkawari da sabon Alkawari a matsayin littafi mai tsarki. Sabon Alkawari a dukkanin sa ko bangaren sa yazo tareda spread of Christianity around the world. Tana nuni da zama asali ga Christian theology da morality. Extended readings and phrases directly from the New Testament are incorporated (along with readings from the Old Testament) into the various Christian liturgies. The New Testament has influenced religious, philosophical, and political movements in Christendom and left an indelible mark on literature, art, and music.

Sabon Alkawari matattari ne na ayyuka da aka rubuta da harshen common (Koine) Greek na tun Karnin farko, a lokuta daban daban daga marubuta da dama, da kuma sasanci na zamani da yanuna mahimmancin shaida akan  Judaism  a karni na farko AD. a kusan dukkanin al'adar addinin kirista ayau, sabon alkawari na dauke da littafai 27 ne. 
Shikuma kundin ko kuma jerin littattafan sabon Alkawari ba'asamunsa a ko'ina daga cikin baibul. Saidai kungiyar ( united Catholic Church) ce ta ma'anantar da jerin kundin littafai 27. Lokacin farko da aka samu cikakken littafan kundi 27 shine acikin littafin Athanasius, eastern Catholic bishop of the IV Century. The first time that church councils gave us this same list was in the councils of Hippo (393) and Carthage (397) in north Africa and the pope Innocent I ratified the same canon in 405, but it is probable that a Council in Rome in 382 under pope Damasus gave the same list first. These councils also provided the canon of the Old Testament, which included the so-called apocryphal books .




#Article 387: Hakeem Olajuwon (396 words)


Hakeem Abdul Olajuwon (|əˈ|laɪ|ʒu|ɒn; Yarbanci olaɟuwɔ̃|; An haife shi a January 21, 1963.) Anfi saninsa da Akeem Olajuwon, shi dan Nigeriya ba'Amurikane, kuma tsohon kwararren dan'wasan Kwallon kwando ne. Daga 1984 zuwa 2002, shi Dan wasan center wurin sa a National Basketball Association (NBA) a kungiyar Houston Rockets da kuma Toronto Raptors. Ya jagoranci Rockets dayin back-to-back NBA championships a 1994 da 1995. A 2008, aka sanya cikin Basketball Hall of Fame, da kuma a 2016, aka saka shi cikin FIBA Hall of Fame. Listed at 7 ft 0 in (2.13 m) , Olajuwon is considered one of the greatest centers ever to play the game. Ana masa lakabi da Mafarki lokacin was an kwallon kwandonsa bayan ya dunked so effortlessly wanda kocinsa na koleji yace kamar a mafarki.

An haife shi a Lagos, Nijeriya. Olajuwon yayi tafiya daga kasar haihuwarsa zuwa buga wasa wa Jami'ar Houston a karkashin kochinta Guy Lewis. Wasan sa a Cougars yahada da samun zuwa Final Four. Olajuwon was drafted by the Houston Rockets with the first overall selection of the 1984 NBA draft, a draft that included Michael Jordan, Charles Barkley, da John Stockton. He combined with the 7 ft 4 in (2.24 m) Ralph Sampson to form a duo dubbed the Twin Towers. Su biyun suka jagoranci Rockets kaiwa 1986 NBA Finals, amma suka samu rashin nasara a hannun Boston Celtics. Bayan saida Sampson zuwa Warriors a 1988, Olajuwon yazama Shugaba a Rockets' ya jagorance su a wasanni rebounding har sau biyu (1989, 1990) da kuma a blocks har sai uku (1990, 1991, 1993).

Dukda an matukar kusan saida shi a lokacin yarjeniya mai daci da akayi dashi kafin wasannin 1992–93 season, yacigaba da zama a Houston wanda a 1993–94, yazama danwasa na farko a tarihin NBA  daya samu kyautar MVP, Defensive Player of the Year, da kuma Finals MVP kyautuka a wannan kakar. Kungiyar sa ta Rockets tayi nasarar back-to-back championships akan kungiyar New York Knicks (avenging his college championship loss to Patrick Ewing), da Shaquille O'Neal's Orlando Magic. A 1996, Olajuwon na daga cikin mambobin da suka samu nasara Olympic gold-medal-winning United States national team, kuma aka zabe shi daya daga cikin manyan yan'wasa 50 Greatest Players in NBA History a tarihi. Ya kare wasannin sa a matsayin the league's all-time leader a blocks (3,830) kuma yana daya daga cikin yanwasa hudun NBA dasu kayi nasarar quadruple-double.

 
 




#Article 388: Enyimba International F.C. (106 words)


Enyimba International Football Club ko kawai ace Enyimba, takasance kungiyar wasan kwallon kafa ce a Nijeriya wanda ke a garin Aba, dake Jihar Abia, Nijeriya.  Kungiyar dai na buga wasanni ne a Nigerian Professional Football League. Sunan kungiyar dai tana ma'anar Giwar al'ummah ne a  Harshen Igbo kuma sunan ne akewa garin na Aba lakabi dashi. An samar da kungiyar a 1976, kungiyar tayi suna a shekarun 2000s kuma ana ganin kungiyar a mafi nasarar kungiyar acikin Nigerian football clubs, wanda ta lashe kofin African Champions League har sai biyu, da Nigerian championships guda shida (6) da kuma Federation Cup guda hudu (4) tun daga 2001.




#Article 389: Mohammed Danjuma Goje (164 words)


Mohammed Danjuma Goje (an haife shi a 10 October 1952, a Pindiga, Akko, Jihar Gombe) an zabeshi gwamnan Jihar Gombe a 2003 karkashin jam'iyar PDP, ya kama aiki daga ranar 29th watan Mayu, 2003, yasake cin zabe akaro nabiyu a 2007 yakuma kammala a shekarar 2011. A yanzu dan jam'iyar All Progressives Congress (APC) kuma sanata maici daga Jihar Gombe.

A zabukan watan Afrilun 2011, Muhammed Danjuma Goje yanemi takarar zama Sanata mai wakiltar Gombe ta tsakiya karkashin tikitin jam'iyar PDP. Ya karanta kimiyyar Siyasa a Jami'ar Ahmadu Bello (ABU) dake Zaria. Yataba zama dan Majalisar Jihar Bauchi daga 1979 zuwa 1983. Goje yarike Sakatare a National Institute For Medical Research dake Yaba Jihar Lagos  1984-1989. Ya kafa tashi kamfanin maisuna, Zaina Nigeria Ltd, a 1989-1999. Yazama kamfanin suna ne daga sunan Mahaifiyarsa, Hajiya Zainab. Danjuma Goje ya nema takarar kujerar Senator a Nigerian National Assembly a 1998 daga nan yazama Minister of State, Power and Steel daga 1999-2001 karkashin Shugaban cin Olusegun Obasanjo.




#Article 390: Shehu Sani (102 words)


Shehu Sani (an haife shi a 29 Oktoba 1967) sanatan Nijeriya ne, mawallafi, playwright kuma mai rajin kare hakki da yancin Dan'adam. Shine Shugaban Civil Rights Congress of Nigeria - (CRCN). kuma shine Chairman na Hand-in-Hand, Afirka. Yakasance daga cikin manyan jagororin da sukayi fafutukan samo Dimokradiya a Nijeriya. Ansha kama shi da kaisa gidan jaru, wadanda tsaffin shugabannin kasa na soji sukayi. Ansake sa daga daurin rai da rai da akayi masa bayan dawowar mulkin Dimokradiya Nijeriya a 1999. Yanemi takara kuma yayi nasarar samun kujerar sanatan  Kaduna ta tsakiya a karkashin jam'iyar All Progressive Congress a watan Maris 28, 2015.




#Article 391: Kasuwa (wuri) (144 words)


Kasuwa, ko wurin kasuwanci, wani wuri ne da mutane kan hadu lokaci bayan lokaci domin harkokin says da sayarwa na kayayyakin bukatu, dabbobi, da wasu kayayyaki. A bangarorin duniya daban-daban, wurin cin kasuwa anakiransa da souk (da  larabci), bazaar (a Harshen Farsi), a tsaye mercado (Spaniyanci), ko mai yawo tianguis (Mexico), ko palengke (Philippines). Wasu kasuwanni na gudanar da harkokinsu a kullun ne, shiyasa ake masu lakabi da permanent wanda wasu kuma ake gudanar dasu sau daya a mako ko kuma a wasu yankwanaki a makon ko a lokutan shagulgula, kuma ana kiransu da periodic markets. The form that a market adopts is depends on its locality's population, culture, ambient and geographic conditions. The term market covers many types of trading, as market squares, market halls and food halls, and their different varieties. Due to this, marketplaces can be situated both outdoors and indoors.




#Article 392: Attahiru Jega (108 words)


Attahiru Muhammadu Jega yakasance Malami ne, kuma tsohon Vice-Chancellor a Jami'ar Bayero, Jihar Kano.
A 8 ga watan Yuni 2010 tsohon shugaban Nijeriya Goodluck Jonathan yanada shi a matsayin shugaban Hukumar Zabe Maizaman Kanta ta Nijeriya wato (INEC), wanda majalisar dattawa ta amince dashi, ya maye gurbin Farfesa Maurice Iwu ne, wanda yabar mukamin a 28 April 2010.
Jega kadai ne daga cikin shugabannin INEC daya jagoranci babban zabuka biyu (2011 da na 2015). Jega yayi marabus a 30 June 2015 yakuma mika yagamar cigaba da shugaban cin ne ga Amina Zakari akan umurnin shugaban kasa Muhammadu Buhari, tacigaba da jarragamar harsai da aka mayeta da Mahmood Yakubu.




#Article 393: Abraham Lincoln (144 words)


Abraham Lincoln (Yarayu daga February 12, 1809 – April 15, 1865) Dan Amurka, lauya kuma Dan'siyasa wanda ya mulki kasar a matsayin shugaba na goma sha shida (16th) Shugaban Amurka tun daga 1861 har sanda  aka kashe shi a watan April 1865. Lincoln yajagoranci kasar Civil War, mafi zubda jinin yaki da kasar ta taba yi, akan siyasa da dokokin kasa. akan hakane yasa yakare kungiyoyi, Hana sayen bayi, da kara karfin gwamnatin tarayya, da sabunta tattalin arziki.

An haife shi a Kentucky, Lincoln ya girma a western frontier daga gidan talakawa. Wadanda suka ilimantar da kansu, yazama lawyer a Illinois.  Ya kuma zama shugaban Jam'iyar Whig, yayi shekara takwas a majalisa da kuma biyu a Congress, sannan yakoma cigaba da aikin lauyansa. Ganin cewar yan dimokradiya sun sake bude yammacin garin prairie dan cigaba da saida bayi yasa yadawo cikin siyasa a 1854.




#Article 394: Alexander Lukashenko (100 words)


Alexander Grigoryevich Lukashenko (Harshen-be|Алякса́ндар Рыго́равіч Лукашэ́нка|translit=Alyaksandr Ryhoravich Lukashenka, Aljaksandar Ryhoravič Lukašenka in the Belarusian Latin alphabet,  (IPA-be|alʲaˈksand(a)r rɨˈɣɔravʲitʂ lukaˈʂɛnka); Harshen-rus|Алекса́ндр Григо́рьевич Лукаше́нко||ɐlʲɪˈksandr ɡrʲɪˈɡorʲjɪvʲɪtɕ ɫʊkɐˈʂɛnkə); an haife shi a 30 ga watan Augusta 1954) Dan siyasan kasar Belarus ne  kuma Shugaban kasar maici ayanzu wadda aka kafata tun a 20 Yuli 1994. Kafin fara shiga harkokin siyasarsa, Lukashenko yayi aiki a match darekta na wata gona mallakar jihar (kolkhoz) kuma yazauna na wani lokaci da dakarun sojin iyaka na kasar Soviet da kuma Sojojin Soviet. Shi kadai ne mataimaki da yaki yardar zaben samun yancin kasar Belarus daga gwamnatin Soviet Union.




#Article 395: Suleiman Abba (105 words)


Suleiman Abba (An haife shi a watan Maris 22, 1959) Dan Jihar Jigawa kuma shine tsohon jami'in rundunar Yan'sandan Nijeriya ne, wanda yarike matsayin  Insfecta janar din yan'sandan Nijeriya. An zabe shi a matsayin Shugaba na wucin gadi a Watan Augusta 1, shekarar 2014 da Goodluck Jonathan yayi masa sa'annan a watan Nowamba 4, 2014 aka tabbatar dashi a matsayin cikakken Shugaba. Kafin zaben sa, Abba shine Mataimakin insfecta-janar dake rike da shiga ta 7, Abuja. IGP, an kori Suleiman Abba daga aiki a watan Afrilu 21, 2015 sanadiyar samun rashin bin doka acikin rundunar yan'sandan ta Nijeriya adaidai gafda fara Babban zaben shekarar 2015.




#Article 396: Rochas Okorocha (120 words)


Owelle Rochas Anayo Okorocha (an haife shi a 22 September 1962) Dan kasuwa, mai taimako kuma dan'siyasan Nijeriya ne, Gwamnan Jihar Imo, yayi nasara a zaben   Gwamnonin na 6 May 2011, kuma aka sake zabensa a karo na biyu a April 11, 2015.  Shine yasamar da Gidauniyar Rochas wadda take taimakawa marayu da nakasassu da kuma wasu makarantu na musamman a duk fadin Nijeriya dake ba wa marasa karfi tallafin karatu. Yafara neman takara ne a karkashin jamiyar All Progressives Grand Alliance (APGA) platform
Sannan kuma ya dawo All Progressives Congress (APC) a neman sa nabiyu. A dukkanin su, Rochas ya doke, gwamna maici Ikedi Ohakim da kuma mataimakin kakakin majalisar wakilai wato, Hon. Emeka Ihedioha a nasarar sa nabiyu.




#Article 397: Rano (219 words)


Rano karamar hukuma ce kuma hedikwatar majalissar Rano Emirate ce a cikin jihar Kano, Nigeria . Rano karamar hukuma ce a cikin jihar Kano da hedikwatar gudanarwa a garin Rano. Karamar hukumar Rano tana cikin gundumar senatorial ta kudu a cikin jihar ta Kano in ba haka ba kuma ana kiranta da Sanatocin Kano ta Kudu a kusa da Albasu, Bebeji, Bunkure, Doguwa, Gaya, Kiru, Takai, Ajingi, Rogo, Kibiya, Tudun Wada, Garko, Wudil da Sumaila Karamar jiha yankunan gwamnati. Hakanan karamar hukumar Rano ta samar da mazabu ta tarayya tare da kananan hukumomin Bunkure da Kibiya. Tana da yanki na 520   km² da kuma ƙungiyar 145,439 a ƙidayar 2006. Karamar hukumar Garun Mallam da Bunkure tana arewa zuwa arewa, gabas ta karamar hukumar Kibiya, kudu a kudu da karamar hukumar Tudun Wada, da yamma zuwa karamar hukumar Bebeji. Karamar hukumar Rano ce ke lura da ayyukan gwamnati a karamar hukumar Rano. Majalisar karkashin jagorancin wani shugabanta wanda shine shugaban zartarwa na karamar hukuma. Majalisar zartarwar Rano ta sanya dokokin da zasu jagoranci karamar hukumar Rano. Ya ƙunshi majalisu 10 waɗanda ke wakiltar gundumomi 10 na karamar hukumar. 

Unguwani a Rano guda 10 ne da ke karamar hukumar Rano sune: Dawaki, Lausu, Madachi, Rano, Rurum Sabon Gari, Rurum Tsohon Gari, Saji, Yalwa, Zinyau, Zurgu. 

lambar akwatin gidan yanki shine 710.  




#Article 398: Shah Rukh Khan (535 words)


Shah Rukh Khan (An haife shi Shahrukh Khan; 2 ga Nuwamba 1965), kuma ana takaita sunayensa da SRK, Shahararren Dan'fim ne na Bollywood, Indiya, Mai Shirya wasa, kuma fitaccen Jarumi. Ana kiransa Badshah din Bollywood, Sarkin Bollywood da kuma Sarki Khan, Yafito acikin fina-finan Indiya sama da 80, yakuma samu kyaututtuka da dama, wanda suka hada da 14 Filmfare Awards. Khan nada mabiya da dama a Asiya da mutanen da ba yan'Indiya ba da kuma wadanda asalin su yan'Indiya ne a kasashen duniya baki daya. Dangane da yawan masu kallon fina-finansa da kudin shiga, An bayyana shi cikin manyan Yan'wasan fina-finan duniya.

Khan yafara shirye shiryensa ne da fitowa acikin finan fainan da akeyi a Telebijin a tun kusan karshen shekara ta 1980s. Yafara fim dinsa na farko a Bollywood a 1992 acikin fim din Deewana. A Farkon sana'arsa, Khan ya shaharane da fitowar dayayi a matsayin villainous acikin fim din Darr (1993), Baazigar (1993) da Anjaam (1994). Daga nan yacigaba da shahararsa bayan yafito acikin wasu jerin wasanni na soyayya (romance), daga cikinsu akwai Dilwale Dulhania Le Jayenge (1995), Dil To Pagal Hai (1997), Kuch Kuch Hota Hai (1998), Mohabbatein (2000) da Kabhi Khushi Kabhie Gham... (2001). Ya sami Karbuwa sosai bayan fitowar dayayi a matsayin mai shangiya acikin fina-finan Devdas (2002), fim din NASA na kimyya  Swades (2004), mai koyar da was an hockey Chak De! India (2007) da mutum mai chiwon Asperger syndrome a fim din My Name Is Khan (2010). 

Daga cikin fina-finan sa da suka jamasa cece kuce sune, wani fim na barkwanci na soyayya wato Chennai Express (2013), fim din barkwanci akan fashi  Happy New Year (2014), the action film Dilwale (2015), da kuma fim din rigima da cuta Raees (2017). Yawancin fina-finan sa sunfi mayar da hankali ne akan nuna  Indian national identity da yadda suke da Alaska data kasashen waje, ko jinsi, launi, da banbancin zamanta kewa dana addini da tausayi da hakuri. Dan taimakonsa da gudunmuwarsa ga wasan fina-finai,  Yasa Gwamnatin kasar Indiya ta karrama shi da kyautar Padma Shri, da Gwamnatin kasar Faransa itama tabashi kyautuka biyu dasuka hada da Ordre des Arts et des Lettres da kuma Légion d'honneur.

A shekarar 2015, Khan nadaga cikin wadannan suka Shugabanci kamfanin motion picture production company Red Chillies Entertainment da Kananan kamfanonin, kuma dashi ne aka mallaki kungiyar wasan Indian Premier League kungiyar cricket Kolkata Knight Riders. Khan mai gudanar da shirye shirye ne a TV da wuraren taruka. Yan'jarida na kiransa da sunan Brand SRK saboda karbuwar dayayi a wurare da dama, da kuma masana'antu samarda sana'oin kasuwanci. Ayyukan jinkai da taimakon al'umma da Khan keyi ya taimaka a fannoni da dama kamar kiwon lafiya, da taimakon al'umman da hatsar ko wata bala'i yafara masu, kuma an karrama shi da kyautar UNESCO's Pyramide con Marni award a shekara ta 2011 Dan taimakon sa akan cigaban karatun yara da World Economic Forum's Crystal Award a shekara ta 2018 dan jagorancinsa da kuma nasararsa a wurin kare hakkin mata da yara a kasar Indiya. Kuma Khan yasha fitowa acikin jerin Shahararru kuma jaruman Mutanen Indiya a al'adu Indian culture, a kuma shekara ta 2008 ne, Newsweek tasaka shi cikin jerin mutanen data zaba hamsin masu iko a duniya.




#Article 399: Ƙananan hukumomin Nijeriya (108 words)


Nijeriya nada adadin Kananan hukumomi dari bakwai da saba'in da hudu (774) (LGAs). Kowace karamar hukuma nada Shugabanni dasuke da ikon gudanar da harkokin wannan karamar hukuma. Wadanda suka hada da Shugaba (chairman) wanda shine Babban mai Iko zartarwa a wannan karamar hukumar da kuma wasu mambobinsa wadanda ake zabensu a tare, sune: Kansiloli. Kowace karamar hukuma anraba ta zuwa Kananan mazabu mazabu wanda duk karamar hukuma nada adadin mazaba, karanci guda goma (10), mafi yawa kuma guda goma sha biyar (15).

Ayyukan da Kananan hukumomin dake Nijeriya keyi ko suke da damar yi, na nan a bayyane cikin Constitution amma ga daga cikin irin ayyukan da sukeyi:




#Article 400: Obafemi Awolowo (222 words)


Chief Obafemi Jeremiah Oyeniyi Awolowo, GCFR (Harshen-yrbnc|Ọbáfẹ́mi Awólọ́wọ̀; Yarayu daga 6 March 1909 zuwa 9 May 1987), Dan Nijeriya ne, kuma manyan kasa, wanda yataka gagarumin rawa wurin neman yancin Nijeriya, da kuma a jamhoriya ta farko data biyu, da a Yakin Basasan Nijeriya. Yaro daga gidan manomi bayerebe, he was one of the truly self-made men among his contemporaries in Nijeriya. Shine Firimiya na farko a Shiyar Kudu maso Yammacin Nijeriya, daga bisani yazama Kwamissinan kudi, kuma mataimakin Shugaban majalisar zartarwa ta kasa lokacin yakin basasa. Sau uku yana neman takarar Shugabancin kasar Nijeriya. Dan asalin garin Ikenne dake Jihar Ogun a kudu maso Yammacin Nijeriya, yafara harkokinsa kamar yadda wasu daga cikin abokansa, a matsayin mai kishin kasa, Nigerian Youth Movement inda yakaiga zama sakatare na shiyar Yamma. Awolowo was responsible for much of the progressive social legislation that has made Nigeria a modern nation. Shine farkon Shugaban Kasuwancin Gwamnati kuma  Ministan Kananan Hukumomi da Kudi, kuma Firimiyan farko na yankin yammaci a karkashin Nijeriya tsarin parliamentary system, daga 1952 zuwa 1959. Shine the official Leader of the Opposition in the federal parliament a gwamnatin Balewa daga 1959 zuwa 1963. Kasantuwar ire-iren cigaban daya taimaka wa kasar sa yasa, Awolowo yazama na farko daga cikin Yarbawa da akawa lakabi da  Shugaban Yarbawa (Yoruba: Asiwaju Awon Yoruba ko Asiwaju Omo Oodua).




#Article 401: Ɗan Nijeriya (737 words)


Ɗan Najeriya Namiji/Yar Nijeriya mace,  Dayawa Yan Nijeriya, ko  Mutanen Nijeriya mutane ne dake zama a Nijeriya ko kuma suke da tarihin kakanninsu daga Nijeriya. Nigeriya na tattare da al'ummomi, da kabilu da al'adu daban-daban kuma Kalmar ta  Ɗan/Yar/Mutanen Nijeriya na alakanta yan'kasar ne, kamar yadda dokan tabbatacin Zama Dan Kasa ya nuna. Nigerians derive from over 250 ethnic groups and languages. Dakda akwai al'ummu daban-daban a Nijeriya, Harkokin neman kudi yataka muhimmin rawa wurin yawace yawacen al'ummu daban-daban mabanbanta addini wurin yawo daga wannan bangare zuwa wata bangaren, daga Nijeriya, wanda yasamar da haduwa da cakudewar mutanen, musamman wadanda suke zaune a birane sune abun yafi shafa. Sama da kashi 50 na Mutanen Nijeriya Muslimai ne wanda sauran kashin na kasa da 50 akwai  Kirista da masu bin addinin gargijiya da sauransu.

Yan Nijeriya mutane ne da suke daga alummu da addini daban-daban kasantuwar kasar an kirkire ta ne sanadiyar mulkin mallaka da Daular Biritaniya wanda bata da wani alaka da kabila ko addinin wurin mulkin ta.

Akwai manyan kasashe dake da tarihi a Nijeriya wadanda sun taimaka wurin kasancewar Nijeriya ta hannun Sarakuna da irin dokoki da yanayin tsarin harajinsu, da kuma amfani da addini wurin yardar da kafin Sarakan da hadin kan jama'arsu. Arewacin Nijeriya takasance tasamu canji a al'adunta ta irin canjin da musulunci yakawo a Yankin, da samun manyan daulolin kasashen Musulunci a yankin.  Daular Kanem-Bornu da Masarautar Sokoto sunkasance manyan kasashen Musulunci a tarihin Arewacin Nijeriya. Kudancin Nijeriya a tarihi suma sunada daulolin kasashe masu kafi kamarsu Daular Benin da Daular Oyo, kasashen Ife da wasu daga cikin kasashen Yarbawa.

Al'adun Nijeriya was profoundly affected by the British colonial rule. Such as British colonial authorities' denouncements and attacks upon polygamy, trial by ordeal, and certain types of sacrifices. At the same time, British colonial authorities maintained and promoted traditional Nigerian culture that strengthened colonial administration. The British spread Christianity throughout southern Nigeria and Christian missionaries assisted British authorities in establishing a Western-style education system in Nigeria that resulted in the teaching of the English language in Nigeria and its subsequent adoption as Nigeria's main language. The British replaced unpaid household labour with wage labour. Prior to colonization in the twentieth century, Nigeria's tribes usually possessed the land as a community, such that land could not be bought or sold. Colonization brought the notion of individuals owning land and commercialization of land began.

In Nigeria a majority of seventy percent of Nigerians live in villages of two types: the first type used by the Igbo and Tiv involves a collection of dispersed compounds, the second type used amongst the Hausa, Yoruba, and Kanuri involves nucleii of compounds. These villages compose members of the ethnicity-related through ancestry as well as strangers who have been assimilated into the ethnicity. Since the time prior to colonization to the present it has been common practice of Nigeria's tribes to adopt strangers into the tribes. A male elder commonly serves as a village chief.

A manyan biranen Nijeriya, there is substantial intermingling of Nigerians with foreigners, especially Europeans, Lebanese, and Indians. The economic importance of Nigeria's cities has resulted in migrations of people from their traditional ethnic or cultural homeland to cities outside those territories. Igbo and Ibibio people have commonly migrated to Lagos and many southerners migrate to the north to trade or work while a number of northerner seasonal workers and small-scale entrepreneurs go to the south.

Ethnic, religious, and regional disputes and tensions have commonly divided Nigerians on political issues. In particular, cultural and political divisions between the Muslim north and the Christian south has politicized religion and caused significant political disputes in Nigeria. Ethnic-motivated and religious-motivated violence by extremists has increased these tensions as well.

Dukda dai, anrika samun wasu masu saurin ra'ayi, yan'Nijeriya sun cigaba da zama lafiya a tsakanin su, and a common Nigerian identity has been fostered amongst the more-educated and affluent Nigerians as well as with the many Nigerians who leave small homogeneous ethnic communities to seek economic opportunities in the cities where the population is ethnically mixed. Although there are cultural divisions amongst Nigerians, Nigerians commonly use the English language as their primary language. Also, most Nigerians share a strong commitment to individual liberties and democracy. Even during periods of military rule, such military governments were pressured to maintain democratic stances by the Nigerian people. Nigeria's political figures commonly know multiple indigenous languages outside their own indigenous language.




#Article 402: Hadejia (111 words)


Hadejia Karamar Hukuma ce dake a Jihar Jigawa, Arewa maso yamman Nijeriya.  A shekarar 1970 – 1972 gwamnatin kano ta gudanar da wallafar manya, manyan asibitoci a gaarin, a wurare irinsu Hadejia, Gumel, Birnin Kudu, Ɗan Batta da dai sauransu.Cikin kashi 40 na mutanen cikin majalisar tarayya ta ƙasa a shekarar 1950, 19 daga cikin su turawan ƙasar birtanniya ne, sauran 21 dun kunshi wakilai, 6 daga ƙungiya ta musamman da kuma 15 waɗanda sune aka zaɓa ta hanyar kaɗa ƙuri’a.

Daga cikin waɗanda suka sami ƙuri’a ta hanyar zaɓe akwai:

Bello Magaji Rafi Gwandu (sokoto).

garin hadejia shinegari mafigirma ajihar jigawa kuma yankin kasar hadejia shine akekira da jigawa tagaba




#Article 403: Dandume (148 words)


Dandume karamar hukuma ce dake a Jihar Katsina, Arewa maso yamman Nijeriya. 

akasarinsu manomane kuma yan kasuwa karamar hukumar dandume

Karamar hukumar Dandume tana da dumbin mutane da kuma manyan garuruwa a karkashinta kamar su, Mahuta gari mafi girma a karamar hukumar Dandume, da kuma Yarkasuwa da sauran su, karamar Hukumar Dandume nada fitattun mutane a cikinta da kuma dumbin mutane.

Dandume tafi fice ne a bangarori biyu wato bangaren Noma da kuma Kasuwanci, inda galibin mutanen karamar hukumar Dandume manoma ne sunyi fice wajen noman masara, dawa, waken suya, farin wake, dankalin Hausa,tumaturi,jar masara,rake,shinkafa dasauransu.
Sannan karamar hukumar Dandume tayi fice wajen kasuwanci inda take da babbar kasuwar buhuna ta hatsi da tayi fice a arewacin Nigeria da take ci sau biyu a sati wato asabar da kuma laraba, sai kasuwar mahuta da itama take ci a ranakun juma'a da kuma talata.

Manyan gariruwan karamar hukumar Dandume




#Article 404: Baure (Nijeriya) (231 words)


Baure Karamar Hukuma ce dake a Jihar Katsina, Arewa maso yamman Nijeriya.

Baure Gari ne dake ƙarƙashim masaruatar Daura kuma yana gabashin Daura. ƙarmar hukuma ce a garin katsina mai zaman kanta wacce a ka samar da ita a 1996. 

Dangane da kafuwar garin Baure masana tarihi sun nuna cewa a zamanin Sarkin Daura Lukudi’ (1825 – 1855) aka fara kafa ta, dalilin ‘ya’yan sarki da suka sukayi tawaye suka kafa garuruwa a babban  Birnin Daura sannan suka ɗaura kansu matsayin sarakuna. wanda ɗaya daga cikin ƴa’ƴan Sarkin ya sauka a wannan wuri da jama’arsa suka sauka gindin wani ƙaton Ɓaure suka yada zango sukai ta taruwa ta haka ne aka riƙa kiran wajen da suna “Ɓaure”. 

Fulani sun ƙwace haɓen Daura, da Baure da kanta a lokacin jihadin Ɗan Fodio, a ƙarƙashin Jagorancin “Malam Musa”. Bayan isowar turawa arewacin Najeriya suka karɓe mulkin daga hannun fulani a shekarar 1903. Daga nan turawa suka kashe wancen ƙananan garuruwan da ƴa’ƴan sarki suka kafa kuma suka kafa garin Daura kaɗai.

A yanzu garin Ɓaure ya samu ci gaba a fanni daban daban, kama daga harkar ilimi, noma, da kiwo, da karkar kula da lafiya. Garin Ɓaure yayi fice a sana’o’in gargajiya.

Wasu daga cikin Hakiman Ɓaure sun Haɗa da: 

Tarihi, Hukumar Binciken. (1996). Garkuwan Jihar Katsina. Hukumar Binciken Tarihi da Kyautata Al'adu ta Jihar Katsina. Katsina: [Dab'in Lamp?]. ISBN . OCLC 59226530.




#Article 405: Danja (665 words)


Danja karamar hukuma ce dake a Jihar Katsina, Arewa maso yamman Nijeriya.

An kirkiri Danja ne a shekarar 27/9/1991 An fiddata ne a karkashin karamar hukumar Bakori Jahar Katsina

Ɗanja garin jajaye in kaga baƙi, baƙo ne, marmara ci ‘yar uwar ki ki kwana. P25. Akwai saɓani mai yawa tsakanin masana, game da ainhin wanda ya far kafa garin ɗanja. Ance wani bamaguje ne mai suna ɗanjakau wanda kwararren manomi ni kuma maharbi wanda ya gina rijiya mai zurfin gaske fiye da kafa arba’in da shida, sannan kuma ance ja ne, daga garin ɗanja ya kafa wannan garin. A wani ƙaulin kuma har wa yau ance wani mutum ne mai suna ɗanja, ya kafa garin.

A zamanin sarkin ɗanja duna ne ya kori dukkan maguzawan dake cikin garin dan ja shi kuma ya gina ganuwar garin.

Tarihi ya nuna cewa kwararrafa taci garin danja da yaƙi wanda daga nan ne mutane daga wurare daban daban kamar mutanen likoro, da wazata daga ƙasar zazzau daga kagoro, daga kogo, da bare bari daga gobirawa da kanawa suka kafa unguwannin su a wurare dabam daban wanda t hakan aka samu unguwar kanawa, unguwar fulani, da unguwar gobirawa, da unguwar kagora da sauransu a garin ɗanja.

Bayan jihadin shehu usman dan fodiyo an sami zaman lafiya a dukkan ƙasashen hausa da bunƙasan kasuwan da lilin musulunci da kuma ƙarin yawan garuruwa. A lokacin sarkin katsina Muhammad Dikkko ne aka fara gyar ganuwar ɗanja, kuma canza wa kofofin suna zuwa kofar Arewa, kudu, yamma da Gabas.

Daga cikin abubuwan tarihin garin ɗanja sun hada da rijiyar ɗanja da ɗanja ya gina, sannan akwai rijiyar duhu wanda idan dare yayi za’ayi ta jin kiɗa na tasowa daga cikinta saboda wannan dalilin ba mai ƙara zuwa bakin rijiyar da zarar magariba ta yi sannan shi kansa kabarin ɗanja yana nan a gindin wata giginya kan tsauni dake tsakanin ɗanja zuwa dabai. Sannan akwai wata kuka mai kogo a ƙofar yamma inda ake haƙo ƙarfen tama don ƙera makaman yaƙi da gyara su tun kafin jihadin shehu usman ɗan fodio. 

A shekara ta 1903 aka bude kasuwar ɗanja kuma an buɗe fulotin sayan auduga a 1913. Wanda a wannan shekarar har wa yau aka samo gundumar ɗanja, aka naɗa “’iya labaran” matsayin hakimin ɗanja a 1914

An kafa kamfanin buredin “bega” a 1918.

A shekarar 1921 kuma aka gina kurkuku da makarantar elementary.

Har wa yau an gina rijiyar kwakware a 1946.

An gina hanyar ɗanja zuwa bakori a 1947 sannan aka gina ɗanja zuwa zariya a 1951.

An bude asibitin zamani a ɗanja a 1956.

NTC ta buɗe ofishin ta ta kuma gonar taba a ɗanja shekara ta 1962.

A garin ɗanja kuma aka gina kamfanin mazarkwaila na farko a duk fadin garin katsina.

Har wa yau akwai fim na “baban larai” wanda yayi suna a ƙasar hausa, anyi shine a ɗanja wanda ‘iya iro ne magajin farko da ya fara hawa babur a duk katsina.

A shekarar 1977 aka bunkasa babbban asibitin ɗanja ya zama babban asibiti.

Haka kuma nayi hanyar bakori zuwa ɗanja wacce ta zarce zuwa hunkuyi har ta hadu da titin zariya 1978.

A 1974 aka bude “sito da ofishin DI’o’” na frojet a shekara ta 1980.

Gundumar ɗanja ta samu zama ƙaramar hukuma a ranar 24 ga watan satumba a 1991.

Tarihin sarautar ɗanja da masana suka nuna ya fara daga lokacin da akai wa ɗanja Ganuwa a 1913 aka taro makaman Katsina Iya Labaran ya fara zama Hakimin Ɗanja. Sai kuma Makama Idi (1928 - 1938) wanda ya zauna a Bakori, sannan an samu canjin suna daga Iya zuwa Makama daga lokacin Makama Idi, Bayan shekara ta 1939 aka koma ana kirar sarautar Ɗanja Sarkin Fulani. Daga 1992 har wa yau bayan ƙirƙiro gundumar Ɗanja aka canza sunan sarautar zuwa Sarkin Kudun Katsina. 

SUNAYEN WASU DAGA CIKIN SARAKUNAN ƊANJA SU NE:

Tarihi, Hukumar Binciken. (1996). Danwaire : gwanki sha bara. Hukumar Binciken Tarihi da Kyautata Al'adu ta Jihar Katsina. Katsina: [Dab'in Lamp?]. ISBN . OCLC 59226530.




#Article 406: Kusada (174 words)


Kusada karamar hukuma ce dake a Jihar Katsina, Arewa maso yamman Nijeriya.

Kusada “ kusada ɗan gari kusa da kano”          

Kusada ƙaramin gari ne, saidai ya samu ɗaurin gindi daga manyan garuruwa. A da yana ƙarƙashin ƙaramar hukumar kankiya ne, sai dai a halin yanzu yana matsayi ƙaramar hukumar kansa.

An sama saɓani game da tarihin kafuwar garin, ance wani maharbi ne ya kafa ƴan bukkoki tare da iyalansa a shekaru ɗari uku da suka wuce. A wni ƙaulin ance wasu malamai ne da suka fito daga kano da katsina suka kafa sansani a kusada wata ƙorama.

A wnani zancen, ance an samu garin kusada ne daga wani kirari “Kusada ɗan Gari Kusa da kano” saboda kalmar KU-SA-DA daga masu sarautan kure, ana iya tunawa sarkin katsina Abubakar ne ya naɗa ƙanensa Muhammadu a matsayin Hakimin ƙaramar Hukumar shekaru Ɗari da sittin da suka Shuɗe.

Tarihi, Hukumar Binciken. (1996). Danwaire : gwanki sha bara. Hukumar Binciken Tarihi da Kyautata Al'adu ta Jihar Katsina. Katsina: [Dab'in Lamp?]. ISBN . OCLC 59226530.




#Article 407: Kirfi (106 words)


Kirfi karamar hukuma ce dake Jihar Bauchi, a arewa maso gabashin Nijeriya, Kirfi Ta kasnce garine cikin birnin bauchi wanda keda aƙalla faɗin mita 700  kewaye da gefenta ne rafin Gongola wanda ke isar da ruwa zuwa cikin garin. Wanda ya haɗe da babban kogin Benue. Gari ne mai tarin albarkoki, a ɓangaren noma da kiwo. A al’adance ta kasance tana maraba ne kaɗai da mutanen da ake kira Kirfawa kuma ta faɗa ƙarƙashin gundumar Hausawa. Bincike akan garin kirfi ya nuna cewa amsoshin da suka ƙunshi al’ada, da addini da harkan siyasa a ƙasar hausa ana iya samun sa a garin kirfi ta ƙasar Bauchi.




#Article 408: Gandun Dabbobi (660 words)


Gandun Dabbobi na Bala A. Funtua fassarar shahararren littafin nan ne
mai suna Animal Farm, wallafar wani
baturen Ingila wanda ake kira George
Orwel, ko da yake dai sunansa na
gaskiya shine Eric Blair. Gandun
Dabbobi dai shagube ne, waton gugar
zana akan juyin mulkin da akayi a
kasar Rasha, a shekarar 1917 – wanda
akayi amfani da dabbobin da ake kiwo
a gandu domin isar da sako. Wannan
littafi ne mai manufar jigon
ilmantarwa, nishadantarwa da wayar
da kai ta hanyar zambo da kuma
farfaganda. Gandun dabbobi littafine
mai dauke da hikima da hangen nesa.

Wadannan dabbobi sune suka taru a
karkashin wani tsohon alade waishi
Dattijo (Old Major) , don yayi musu
bayani na wani irin mafarki da yayi,
da kuma yanda zasu kori Nomau (Mr.
Jones) daga gonarsa don ta zama tasu.
Daga karshe dai sunci nasara wajen
korar Nomau daga gandu ta hanyar
tawaye (revolution) , kuma gandu ya
koma nasu, ya zama sune wuka sune
nama, bayan mutuwar Dattijo, wanda
ya mutu kwana ukku bayan
jawabinsa.

Marubucin yayi amfani da
aladu a matsayin dabbobi masu kaifin
tunani kuma masu iya tafiyar da
ragamar mulkin gandu, Musamman
Dantulu (Snowball) , Maitumbi
(Napoleon) , da Karambana (Squealer) –
Sauran dabbobi sun hada da su Aura
(Benjamin) , Akawal (Boxer), Godi
(Clover), Hoge (Minimus), Kyalla
(Muriel) , Sangartatta (Mollie) Barde
(Pinkeye) , Burtu (Moses), Dafale
(Bluebell), Durwa (Jessie), ‘Yarbaka
(Pitcher) da dai sauransu. Dabbobin
gandu dai sunci nasarar tawaye ne da
Karin karfin gwuiwar Wakar Dabbobin
Rugu wadda ke dumamasu :

Dabbobin rugu duk ku

Dabbobin ko ina ku saurareni,
Nazo da zance mai faranta rai
Nan gaba ba wuya, idan mun

Lalle muna iya ture Dan Adam.
Daga nan sai kasa ta zanto

Mune muke iko da ko ina…
Shafi name 9
Sunan gandu ya canza daga Gandun
Nomau zuwa Gandun Dabbobi, har sun
tsara dokokinsu wadanda zasu yi
amfani dasu. Ga alamu dai, Dantulu
shugaba ne nagari mai hazaka da son
ci gaban dabbobi – ‘‘Ya ‘yan’uwana,
mu nufi saura, mu maida himmar
yankan tattaka, mu ga munfi Nomau
da barorinsa maida hankali Shafi na 18.

An fara samun banbancin zaman
gandu, da nuna fifiko da son kai tun
lokacin da aka fara tatsar madara ana
mallakawa aladu kawai, harda
nunannen mangwaro ma sai aladu
kawai ke moriyarsa. A duk lokacin da
sauran dabbobi suka fara guna-guni,
sai a tura musu Karambana don yayi
musu bayani. Saboda baiwarsa ta iya
magana, Karambana zai iya canza
baki zuwa fari. Yakan ce: Ya

cewar mu aladu, ba muna yin haka ne
don nuna fifiko ko son kai. Da yawa
daga cikinmu ba mu son madara ko
mangwaro. Ni kaina bani kaunarsu.
Dalilin da yassa kawai muke shansu
shine don mu tsare lafiyarmu. Madara
da mangwaro, Ya yan uwana, ilimin
kimiya ya tabbatar da amfaninsu ga
aladu. Mu aladu, masu aikin tunani ne
kawai, dukkan shirye-shirye da
sarrafar da aikin gandun nan ya
dogara ne fa a kanmu. Dare da rana fa
tsaye muke don jin dadin ku kawai.
Saboda ku ne muke shan madara da
mangwaron nan. Shin me kuke zato
idan muka kasa yin aikinmu yadda ya
kamata? Nomau sai ya dawo… cikinmu
babu wanda yake son yaga Nomau ya
dawo. Shafi na 26.
Hassada da babakeren Maitumbi sunsa
yayi kulla-kullar korar Dantulu a
gandu, saboda babu jituwa a
tsakaninsu, duk lokacin da daya yacce
wannan ‘fari’ ne sai dayan yace a’a,

iso ga muhawarar ginin famfo
(windmill) . Jim kadan da korar
Dantulu, sai ga aladu sun fara karya
dokokin gandu:
Duk abu mai kafa biyu abokin gaba ne
Duk abu mai kafa hudu, ko fuffuke,
dan’uwanmu ne
Kada dabbar da ta kuskura ta sa tufafi
Kada dabbar da ta kushura ta kwanta
kan gado [da barguna]
Kada dabbar da ta kuskura ta sha giya
[har ta bugu]
Kada dabbar da ta kuskura ta kashe

Duk dabbobi darajarsu daya [amma
wasu sun dara wasu]
Dabbobi sun koma da cewa mulkin
Nomau yafi mulkin aladu dadi, ba




#Article 409: Frederick Lugard (469 words)


Frederick John Dealtry Lugard, 1st Baron Lugard  (Yarayu daga 22 Janairu 1858 zuwa 11 Afrilu 1945), Anfi saninsa da Sir Frederick Lugard daga tsakanin shekara ta 1901 da 1928, yakasance sojan British ne, Dan'sonkai, Mabincikin Afirka kuma Mai'aiwatar da harkokin mulkin mallaka. Yayi Gwamnan Hong Kong a (1907–1912), Gwamnan karshe na Southern Nigeria Protectorate a (1912–1914), Kwamishinan Biritaniya na farko a Nijeriya, daga (1900–1906) kuma shine Gwamnan karshe daga (1912–1914) na Northern Nigeria Protectorate sannan kuma ba Governor-General of Nigeria daga (1914 zuwa 1919).

An haife Lugard a Madras (now Chennai) dake Indiya, Amma ya girma ne a Worcester, kasar Ingila. Mahaifinsa shine Rev'd Frederick Grueber Lugard, Malamin dake was sojojin Biritaniya wa'azi a Madras, Mahaifiyarsa itace ta uku a wurin mahaifinsa, uwargida Mary Howard (1819–1865), yar'autar Rev'd John Garton Howard (1786–1862), wanda shine karamin yaron landed gentry daga Thorne da Melbourne kusa da York. Lugard yayi Karatunsa ne a Rossall School da kuma Royal Military College, Sandhurst. Sunan 'Dealtry' da ake masa, girmamawa ce ga Thomas Dealtry, abokin mahaifinsa ne.

Lugard yafara aikin soja a karkashin 9th Foot (East Norfolk Regiment) a shekara ta 1878, inda yashiga bataliya ta biyu, a kasar Indiya kuma yana cikin wadanda suka jagoranci kaddamar da yaki daban-daban, kamar:

Anzabi Lugard dan kasancewa cikin Distinguished Service Order a 1887.

Tsakanin 1880, wasu kungiyar yankasuwan Swahili karkashin Mlozi bin Kazbadema, sun samar da wuraren kasuwanci a shiyar arewa maso yammaci na tabkin Malawi, wanda yahada da wani kurkuku a Chilumba a tabkin daga inda ake dibar ivory da bayi dan tafiya dasu. A 1883 kamfanin tabkokin Afirka suka Samar da wurin a Karonga domin chanja ivory da kayayyakin kasuwanci a wurin yan'kasuwan Swahili.

Hulda yayi tsami tsakanin bangarorin biyu, saboda tsaiko da ake samu a kamfanin wurin Samar da bindigu, alburusai, da sauran kayan kasuwanci, da kuma saboda yan kasuwan Swahili sunfi komawa ga kama bayi, da kai farmaki a wuraren da kamfanin yayi alkawarin basu kariya, daga nan aka fara samun kiyayya har zuwa 1887. Jerin kaikawon da aka rika samu a wannan lokacin har zuwa tsakiyar shekara ta 1889, shi akekira da Yakin Karonga, ko kuma a wani lokacinYakin larabawa.

Kamfanin Tabkunan Afirka an kawar da ita a karshen shekara amma saidai a watan Mayun 1888, Captain Lugard, ya tunzuru daga British Consul dake Mozambique, sai yadawo ya jagoranci yaki da Mlozi, wanda kamfanin Tabkunan Afirka ta dauka nauyi, batare da taimakon Gwamnatin Biritaniya ba.

A watan Mayu zuwa Yuli 1888 Lugard ya kaddamar da farmaki na farko akan Swahili, a wannan farmakin ne, akayi wa Lugard rauni sannan aka maida shi kudanci. Lugard yakai hari na biyu a watan December 1888 zuwa March 1889 itace babba kuma harda 7-pounder gun, wanda yakasa rusa ganuwar, bayan rashin nasaran nan na biyu ne, Lugard yabar yankin Tabkin Malawi yakoma Biritaniya a April 1889.




#Article 410: Tabkin Malawi (134 words)


Tabkin Malawi, Anfi saninsa da Tabkin Nyasa a kasar Tanzania da kuma Lago Niassa a kasar Mozambique, nadaga cikin Manyan Tabkunan Afirka kuma itace tabki a mafi kudancin East African Rift system, tana nan ne a tsakanin kasar Malawi, Mozambique da Tanzania. 

Itace tabki Mafi girma na hudu mai ruwa maikyau a duniya a fadi da cika, na tara mafi girman tabki a duniya wuri fadi da tsawo, kuma na uku da nabiyu a girma da zurfi a nahiyar Afirka. Tabkin Malawi na dauke da nau'ukan kifaye daban-daban fiye da kowane tabki a duniya, wadanda a kalla yana dauke da nau'uka 700 na cichlids. Bangaren tabkin na Mozambique gwamnatin kasar ta kebeshi a matsayin wurin Adana a ranar 10 ga watan Yunin, 2011, A kasar Malawi bangaren tasu na cikin Lake Malawi National Park.




#Article 411: Harshen Swahili (247 words)


Swahili, Anfi saninsa da Kiswahili wanda ke nufin (Harshen Mutanen Swahili), tana daga cikin Harshen Bantu kuma itace harshen farko na Mutanen Swahili. Itace harshen magana wato lingua franca a yankin African Great Lakes da wasu yankunan gabashi da kudu maso gabashin Africa, dasuka hada da Tanzania, Kenya, Uganda, Rwanda, Burundi, Mozambique, da the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC). harshen Comorian, da ake amfani dashi a Comoros Islands shima wani nau'in harshen Swahilin ne, dukda wasu na ganinsa a matsayin wani harshe ne daban.

The exact number of Swahili speakers, be it native or second-language speakers, is unknown and a matter of debate. Various estimates have been put forward and they vary widely, from 50 million to over 100 million. Swahili serves as a national language of four nations: Tanzania, Kenya, Uganda, and the DRC. Shikomor, the official language in Comoros and also spoken in Mayotte (), is related to Swahili. Swahili is also one of the working languages of the African Union and officially recognised as a lingua franca of the East African Community. kasar South Africa ta yarda da koyar da Swahili a makarantun kasar a matsayin subject din ganin dama, za a fara a 2020.

Yawancin kalmomin Swahili ansame sune daga harshen Larabci, misali Kalmar littafi a Swahili shine kitabu, yayi daidai da Kalmar a larabci كتاب. Dukda cewar jam'in kalmar littafi a Swahili shine vitabu, haka daga  tsarin harshen Bantu na ki- a matsayin Kalmar shigarwa kafi suna, wanda jam'insa shine vi-.




#Article 412: Wizkid (390 words)


Ayodeji Ibrahim Balogun (an haife shi a 16 ga watan Yuli, shekarar 1990 a garin Surulere dake Jihar Lagos a Nijeriya. Anfi saninsa da shahararriyar sunansa wato Wizkid. Mawakin Nigeriya ne kuma marubucin wakoki ne . Yafara rera waka tun yana da shekara goma sha daya (11), sannan yayi kokarin fitar da albam tareda Glorious Five, wata kungiya ce dashi da wasu abokansa a coci suka samar da ita. A 2009, ya kulla wata yarjejeniya dashi da Banky W.'s record label Empire Mates Entertainment (E.M.E). Yakaiga shahara a shekarar 2010 tareda fitar da wakar Holla at Your Boy daga cikin albam din daya fara fitar a studiyo dinsa, Superstar (2011). Tease Me/Bad Guys, Don't Dull, Love My Baby, Pakurumo da Oluwa Lo Ni dukkanin su suma yafitar dasu daga cikin albam dinsa na Superstar. Albam din studiyon Wizkid na biyu, Ayo, yafitar da ita a watan September 2014 wadanda wakoki shida sukazo kafinta: Jaiye Jaiye, On Top Your Matter, One Question, Joy, Bombay da Show You the Money.

A 2016, Wizkid yasamu sanayya a kasashen duniya bayan tarayyarsa tareda Drake on the global hit, One Dance,  wanda yakaiga zama na daya a kasashe 15, wanda yahada da United States, United Kingdom, Canada and Australia.  Kari akan ayyukan wakokinsa daya gudanar shi kadai, kuma Wizkid yayi tarayya da wasu mawaka da dama kuma yafito acikin wakar Girl (tareda Bracket), Fine Lady (tareda Lynxxx), Sexy Mama (tareda Iyanya), Slow Down (tareda R2Bees), The Matter (tareda Maleek Berry), Pull Over (tareda KCee) da kuma Bad Girl (tareda Jesse Jagz).

Bayan fitowar albam dinsa nabiyu da karewar kwantaraginsa dayayi na shekara 5, Wizkid yabar E.M.E. a 1 ga watan Maris 2017, Billboard magazine tayi rehoton Wizkid yakulla yarjejeniya na fitarda albobi tareda RCA Records. bayanin yarjejeniyar yafito daga jaridu da dama tun a watan September 2016. Shugaba kuma CEO na RCA Records, Peter Edge, ya tabbatar da yarjejeniyar yayin dayake jawabi da Music Business Worldwide a watan January 2017.

Ansa shi a matsayi na 5th a Forbes da Channel O acikin jerin masu kudin mawakan Afirka 10 na shekarar 2013. A watan February 2014, Wizkid yazama mawakin Nigeriya na farko dayake da mabiya sama da miliyan daya a shafin Twitter. haka kuma, yazama mawakin Afirka nafarko daya kasance a shekara ta 2018 acikin Guinness World Records akan gudunmuwarsa a cikin wakar Drake One Dance.




#Article 413: Italiyanci (114 words)


Italiyanci yare ne wanda Turawan ƙasar Italiya (Italy)  suka fi yawan magana da shi. Hakazalika, ana amfani da shi a matsayin yaren gwamnati a kasar Italiya da kasar Switzerland, San Marino da kudancin Istriya dake ƙasar selvoniya Kroatiya kuma ana magana da harshen Italiyanci sosai a Albaniya, Malta, Monaco da kuma wasu ɓangarori na ƙasar Faransa (musamman a cikin garuruwan Dodecanese) Montenegro (Kotor), da wasu ɓangarori ƙasar Girka (a tsibirin Ionian da Dodecanese). Harshen Italiyanci ya taka muhimmiyar rawa a ƙasashen arewacin Afrika da kuma gabashin Afrika kuma ana amfani da harshen Amurka da Austaraliya akwai mutanen marasa rinjaye da kuma suke amfani da harshen a ƙasashen Bosnia Herzegovina, Kroatiya , Sloveniya da Romainiya.




#Article 414: Ibrahim yaro yahaya (109 words)


ItIbrahim Yaro Yahaya shararren marubucin hars hen hausa ne, wanda ya yi rubuce rubuce da yawa a fanninika daban-daban nayaren hausa irin su; adabi labarun gargagiya tatsuniyoyi da wasanni nazarin hausa da kasidu masu yawa na harshen hausa.

An haifi Ibrahim Yaro Yahaya a unguwar 'yandoya tacikin birnin Kano a ranar 10ga watan oktoba 1944. Ya fara Makarantar Allo tun yana yaro . Bai fara karatun zamani ba sai a cikin 1958,lokacin da aka bude makaranta Dantata, ya shiga ajin yamma, ya kammala a cikin 1961. A cikin malamansa na makarantar Dantata  akwai Alhaji rufa'i Yahaya da Dr.Kabiru Galadanci da Alhaji Imam Abubakar Wali da Alhaji Umar Faruk Ladan.




#Article 415: First Bank (Nijeriya) (165 words)


First Bank of Nigeria, wasu lokutan ana kiranta FirstBank, asusu ne na Naijeriya tareda kamfani dake halaka da kasuwanci wanda ke da babban ofis dinsu a Lagos. Itace mafi girman asusu a Naijeriya ta bangaren ajiyar kudaden da sukayi ajiya tareda da ribansu a shekara. Yana aikine tareda wajajen kasuwanci 750 dake kasashen Afrika, tareda United Kingdom kuma akwai oficin su a Abu Dhabi, Beijing da Johannesburg suna tunanin hada halaka na kasuwanci tsakanin kasashen duniya. Ita asusu tafi kwarewa da kananan harkokin kasuwanci kuma itace mai mafi yawan kwostamomi a duk fadin Naijeriya. A 2015, The Asian Banker ta mika wa FirstBank the Best Retail Bank in Nigeria award wa shekara biyar ajere.

Ita asusun tana da dukiyoyi akalla NGN3.9 trillion ($12.2B kamar yarda aka samu a 2017 exchange rates). Riban asusun kafin kudin haraji na watanni goma sha-biyu wacce karshensa yazo 31 Disamba 2015 itace NGN10.2 billion. Akalla mutane 1.3 million ne suke dashi babu takamemen me ita, dukkansu shareholders ne a cikinta.




#Article 416: Karamar hukuma (119 words)


DAWAKIN KUDU karamar hukumar ce mai tarihi a jihar kano, dawakin kudu na da mutane sama da miliyan daya da dari biyar(1,5000,000). 
tana da fadin kasa mai yawa.
dawakin kudu na da masarauta mai tarihi a kasar kano. tana da sarki, hakimi, dagatai, da masu unguwanni.
tana da kofofi kamar haka, kofar kudu, kofar yamma, kofar gabas, da koma kofar arewa. tana da sana'oin gargajiya kamar rini, bugu, jima, saka, 
hada randuna da tokwane na gargajiya wato na kasa, garine da ya sha hara da manya manya malamai, yan kasuwa, attajirai, da koma manyan bayin allah.
a jikinta ne a ka cire kombotso
tayi iyaka da wduil
tayi iyaka da bunkure
tayi iyaka da warawa
tayi iyaka da kombotso




#Article 417: Surah (293 words)


Surah; Surah; (Larabci سورة) sūrah, jam'i surori larabci سور, suwar) surah kalma ce dake nufin wani bangare daga cikin Alkur'ani mai tsarki. Akwai adadin surori dari da goma sha hudu (114) acikin Qur'ani, kuma kowace surah ta karkasu zuwa ayoyi. surorin alkur'ani dai sun kasu ne daban-daban, wasu masu tsawo wasu gajeru. Surar datafi kowace surah gajarta acikin alkur'ani itace suratul (Al-Kawthar) kuma tana da gajerun ayoyi uku ne kacal, surah mafi tsawo itace suratul (Al-Bakara) wadda keda ayoyi Dari biyi da tamanin da shida (286).  Daga cikin surori Dari da sha hudu (114) na alkur'ani, guda 86 ansaukar dasu ne a garin Makkah wadanda akekira da Surah Makiyya, sai guda ashirin da takwas (28) kuma a garin Madina sune akekira da  are Surah Madaniyya . Wadannan rabe-raben na surorin yafaru ne sakamakon wurin da aka saukar da surorin; inda duk wata surah da aka saukar bayan hijirar manzon Allah Muhammad zuwa madina (Hijrah), sai akewa surorin lakabi da Madaniyya, sannan duk surar data sauka kafin yin hijira itace akekira da Makiyya. Surorin Makkah wato makiyya sunfi kirane da yin bayani akan Imani da Tauhidi da rayuwa bayan mutuwa. Amma sukuma surorin Madinan, sunfi mayar da hankali akan yadda rayuwar Musulmai take da kuma abunda zai kaisa ga tsira da dacewa da gidan aljannah. Baccin suratul At-Tawba, dukkanin surorin alkur'ani sunfara ne da  Da sunan Allah, Mai Rahma mai Jinkai wato Bismillah kuma itace ke raba tsakanin sura da sura. Surorin alkur'ani ajere suke, amma bawai daga manya zuwa kanana ba, ko kanana zuwa manya ba. A cakude suke. Surorin alkur'ani ake karantawa lokacin tsayuwar  (Qiyam) da Musulmi keyi lokacin sallah. Suratul Al-Fatiha, itace sura ta farko acikin alkur'ani, ana karanta ta a kowace raka'ar sallah tareda wani Daga cikin surori.

Surah (114):




#Article 418: Gudunmuwa (395 words)


Asalin Harshe
Binciken farko dangane da asalin harshe an gudanar da shi ne bisa umarnin Fir’aunan Egypt wanda ya yi zamani a qarni 7. Wannan  Far’auna ya umarci bawansa da ya keve wasu tagwaye. Kalmar farko da suka fara furtawa ita ce ‘bekos’ wadda take nufin ‘mummuqi’ a harshen Phrygia da ake amfani da shi a yammacin Persia. Wannan sarki ya yi iqirarin cewa, harshe Phrygia shi ne harshen asali wanda ragowar harsunan duniya suka samo asali daga gare shi. Wannan bincike yana da rauni.
Har ila yau, sarkin Scotland ya gudanar da makamancin wannan bincike, inda ya ware wata bebiyar mace wanda ya haxa ta da qananan yara domin gano harshen asali. Wannan ya samar musu da duk wani abu na rayuwa wanda ya haxa da abinci, da ruwa, d s. Kalmar farko da suka fara furtawa a yayin da suka kai munzalin Magana ta fito ne daga harshen ‘Hebrew’. Don haka, wannan sarki shi ma ya yi iqirarin cewa, harshen Hebrew shi ne harshen da aka fara Magana da shi.

Ra’o’in Asalin Harshe

Akwai ra’o’i daban-daban waxanda suka bayyana asalin  harshe. A nan za mu yi qoqarin kawo wasu tare da bayyana rauninsu dangane da da’awarsu game da asalin harshe.

Ra’in Bow-Wow
 Wannan ra’in na ganin cewa harshe ya samo asali ne daga kwaikwayon sautukan dabbobi d.s. Masu wannan ra’ayi sun dogara bisa kalmomin amsa-kama.
Raunin Ra’i

Ra’in Pooh-Pooh
Jean Jacquest R. ne ya samar da wannan ra’i a qarni na 18, inda ya yi iqirarin cewa, harshe ya samo asali ne sakamakon zafi ko haushi ko murna (instinctive emotional cries). Jean ya dogara ne bisa sautukan motsin rai kamar  ‘ah!’ hey! d.s. waxanda harsunan duniya ke amfani da su.

Rauni Ra’i

b. Ajiyar zuciya da sauran sautukan motsin rai ba su da alaqa da baqi da wasali da ake samu a tsarin sauti.
Ra’in Ishara
Wannan ra’i ya yi da’awar cewa, harshe ya samu ne daga isharori. Babbar hujjar da wannan ra’i ya dogara da ita, ita ce masu amfani da harsuna daban-daban na amfani da isharori a-kai-a-kai a cikin maganganunsu. Misali, mabaraci mai jin yunwa na yin ishara ta hanyar tava bakinsa da shafa cikinsa domin nuna halin dsa yake ciki na yunwa. Ta irin wannan hanya ce wannan ra’i yake ganin mutanen farko suke sadarwa a tsakaninsu.
Raunin Ra’i
a. Wannan ra’i ya kasa nuna yadda ishara ta zama harshe




#Article 419: Shehu (111 words)


Shehu kalmace da aka samota daga larabci (شيخ) kuma ana amfani da itane ga mutumin da ilimin mai yawa.

Ma'anar ta da larabci

Anyiwa mutane da yawa lakabi da kalmar shehu a kasar hausa sun da yawa, Wanda suke manyan masana da manyan malamai da manyan mutane a kasar hausa da wasu sasa na duniya.

Daga cikin na kasar hausa sunda da shehu Usman dan Fodio wanda akafi sani da mujadadi, Kuma ana yiwa mafiyan yaron da akasa masa sunan shehu usman wto usman da shehu dimin girmamawa agare shi da nuna kimar sunan sa da al-farmar da yake da ita wajen musulmai musanmanma mutanen arewacin Najeriya da kuma mutanen Nijer.




#Article 420: Musa Dankwairo (492 words)


Marigayi Alhaji Musa Dankwairo zai ci
gaba da kasancewa daya daga cikin
mawakan da darajarsu a idon duniya take
kara habaka a al'ummar hausawa, sai dai
girmamawar bata tsaya iyaka nan ba
domin kuwa manazarta a duniya suna ci
gaba da amfanuwa da gudunmawar sa da ya
baiwa fagen Ilimi, musamman farfesoshi
da masu binciken ilimi akan Yaren Hausa
dake nazari a jami'o'in Najeriya da June
gabannan.
Wani malami na jami'ar Usmanu
Danfodio dake Sokoto, Farfesa A.M
Bunza ya bayyana cewa, an haifi
marigayi ne a shekarar 1907, a garin
Bakura wanda ke tsakanin jihar
Zamfara da Sokoto da kimanin kilomita

Sunan Mahaifinsa Usman Dankwanda,
ya rayu a garin Kaya dake karkashin
karamar hukumar Maradun, inda yake
yiwa Sarkin Kayan Maradun waka a
fadar sa. Mahaifin Dankwairo da
kakansa duk makadan Sarkin Kayan
Maradunne. Ya tashi ya tarar da
kakansa da kahaifinsa suna waka tare,
amma ya fi rayuwa da mahaifinsa
rayuwa ta hakika, kuma tun yana dan
shekaru 6 zuwa 7 ya fara fita inda
mahaifinsa ke zuwa da shi cikin
tsangaya ta waka.
Bayan rasuwar mahaifinsa, sai ragamar
kungiyar waka ta koma hannun Aliyu
Kurna, wanda wa ne ga Dankwairo,
inda aka zabi Dankwairo ya zamto
mataimakin Aliyu, wanda ida bayanan
sai Dankwairo ya wakilce shi a
matsayin shugaban tawaga.

Marigayi Alhaji Musa ya samu wannan
lakabi na 'Dankwairo' tun lokacin
mahaifinsa na raye. Mahaifinsa ya na
da wani Yaro da ake kira Dankwairo
saboda zakin muryarsa da kuma
kwarewa wajen yin wake, sai Musa ya
rinka kwaikwayon sa tare da
kwaikwayon muryarsa. Ganin cewa
Musa ya kware kamar shi Dankwairon
na asali sai ake kiransa da wannan
lakabi na Dankwairo.
Tun daga wannan lokaci Dankwairo ya
fara shahara a fagen waka, wanda
hakan ya sanya ya zamto mawaki g
marigayi SardaunanSokoto, Alhaji
Ahmadu Bello, inda Dankwairo ya rera
masa wakarsa ta farko da takenta na
'Mai Dubun Nasara Garnaki Sardauna' .
Marigayi Sardauna ya fifita tawagar
Dankwairo fiye da kowace kungiyar
waka, inda ya maishe da Dankwairo
mawakin fadar sa tare da kyautatawa ta
wuce misali wadda a wancan lokaci
hankali baya kaiwa ga irin
kyaututtukan da Sardauna ya rinka
yiwa Dankwairo da 'yan tawagarsa,
kama daga suturu zuwa motar hawa.

A takaice dai, Musa Dankwairo ya yiwa
Sardauna wakoki guda 17, kuma
musabbabin saduwarsa da Sardauna
kuwa a fagen siyasar NPC (Nothern
People's Congress) ne suka hadu,
kasancewar Sardauna dan Siyasa kuma
Basarake, saboda haka yana bukatar
mawakin sarauta da zai zauna tare da
shi a fadarsa domin dabbaka sunan sa.
Bayan rasuwar Sardauna a shekarar

dama har na wani lokaci mai tsawo
kafin ta ci gaba da wakokin yabo ga
wasu sarakunan gargajiyar a suka
shahara irin su; Sarkin Daura Bashar,
Sultan na Sokoto da Sarkin Zazzau
Aminu.
Cikin shekaru 29 zuwa 30 da suka
gabata, wa'adi na rayuwa ya riski
marigayi Dankwairo, inda ya bar 'ya'ya

a yayin muturwarsa, wanda sun ci gaba
da hayayyafa kamar yadda babban dan
sa; Alhaji Garba Musa Dankwairo ya
bayyana.




#Article 421: Mustafa Bala Dawaki (254 words)


AN HAIFI SHINE A ALIF DUBU DAYA DA DARI TARA DA SITTIN DA TAKWAS(1968), A GARIN DAWAKIN KUDU YAYI MAKARANTA A DAWAKI DAGA BISANI KOMA SAI YATAFI 
GSCS DAKE AGARIN WUDIL YA KAMMALA A ALIF DUBU DAYA DA DARI TARA DA TAMANIN DA SHIDA(1986), DAGA NAN KOMA YA HALLACI JAMI'AR BAYERO DAKE KANO A INDA YASAMI DEGREN SA NA FARKO A ALIF DUBU DAYA DA DARI TARA DA CASSA'IN (1990), YAYI DEGREN SA NA BIYU NE WATO A KASAR INGILA HAR YAKARANCI BANGARAN CIGABAN NA'URA  WATO ( COVENTRY UNIVER. U.K	2003	MSC SOFT WARE DEVELOPMENT.) A SHEKARA TA DUBU BIYU DA UKU (2003), DAGA NAN KOMA SAI YA TSALLAKA IZUWA DUNDEE BUSINESS SCHOOL SCOTLAND
A SHEKARA TA DUBU BIYU DA TARA (2009) A INDA YAYI	MBA CORPORATE FINANCE.
AN ZABE MUSTAFA BALA A MATSAYIN DAN MAJALISAR TARAYYA A SHEKARA TA ALIF DUBU BIYU DA SHA DAYA (2011), A MATSAYIN WANDA ZAI WAKILCI DAWAKIN KUDU DA WARAWA.

YA RIKE MIKAMAI DA DAMA A MAJALISAR WAKILAI TA TARAYYAR NAJERIYA

MAI GIRMA DAN MAJALISAR TARAYYA MUSTAFA BALA DAWAKI MAI WAKILTAR DAWAKIN KUDU DA WARAWA, SHINE MUTUM NA FARKO DA YAKAWOWA JAMA'AR DA YAKE WAKILTA CIGABAN DA BASU TABA SAMUBA TUNDA  AKA FARA SIYASA A TARAYYAR NAJIRIAYA.
MAI GIRMA MUSTAFA BALA YA SAMAR DA CIGABA MAI YAWA KAMA TUNDAGA SAMARWA DA MATASA AIKIN YI, AIYUKAN HANYOYI, SAMARWA DA MATA DA MAZA JARI/SANA'A, BIYAWA DALIBAI KUDIN MAKARANTA, GINA MAKARANTO NA ZAMANI, RABA MOTOCI DA BABURA KYAUTA, RABA KAYAYYAKIN MURI RAYUWA, DIBAN MA'AIKATA AIKI SAMARWA MATA DA MAZA AYYUKAN YI.




#Article 422: Katako (119 words)


Katako wani ice ne da aka gyara shi kuma ake samun sa daga jiki da tushen bishiya da wasu ire-iren itacen bishiyoyi. Katako abu ne dayake ginshiki ga jikin bishiya, wurin sanya bishiyar girma da fadi da kuma iya tsayuwa da kan kanta, itace ke aika ruwa da sauran abubuwan da bishiyar ke bukata a tsakankanin bishiyar da ganyakin ta da wasu sassa na bishiyar da tushen. Katako na iya daukan dukkanin wani abu da aka sarrafa shi da icen bishiya ko tushen ta sauran bangarorin bishiyoyi.

An jima ana amfani da Katako, tsawon shekaru dubunnai da suka wuce, amatsayin makamashi, kayan aikin gini, a wurin hada kayayyakin aiki da makamai, kayan dakin da littafi, da dai sauran su.




#Article 423: Liman (102 words)


Imam (lafazi|ɪ|ˈmɑːm; larabci إمام, furucci|imām; jam'i: Limamai, larabci أئمة, furucci|aʼimmah) wani nau'in Shugabanci ne a Musulunci. 

Anfi yawan amfani dashi ga baiwa mai jagoranci sallah a masallaci da kuma ga al'ummar Musulmi a tsakanin ahlus-sunna Sunni Muslims. A wannan ma'anar, imamai sune masu jagoranci a ayyukan ibadah da bauta, kuma Shugabannin al'umma, da bayar da shawarwari akan Addini. 

Amma a wurin mabiya Shi'a Muslims, Liman nada ma'ana dabanne da matsayinsu tun daga imamah; wadanda ake lakabawa yan Ahl al-Bayt kawai, Mutanen gidan manzon Allah Muhammad tsira da amincin Allah sun tabbata agare shi, kuma aka sanyawa guda goma sha hudu (14) kawai.




#Article 424: Abdul Rahman Al-Sudais (141 words)


Abdul Rahman Ibn Abdul Aziz as-Sudais (larabci: عَبْدُ ٱلْرَّحْمَان إبْن عَبْدُ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلسُّدَيْس, ʻAbd ar-Rahman ibn ʻAbd al-Aziz as-Sudais; an haife shi 10 February 1960 a birnin Riyadh, Saudiya). Shine babban limamin Babban masallacin harami dake Makkah, Saudiya;  Shugaban manyan Shugabannin gudanar da ayyuka masallatai tsarkaka biyu; shahararren makarancin Alkur'ani ne qāriʾ. Kuma shine wadda yasamu kyautar girmamawa na alkur'ani na dunuya a Dubai wato  Islamic Personality Of the Year a shekarar 2005. Al-Sudais yabayar da da'awar rashin goyon bayan Musulunci game da tada bama-bamai da ta'addanci, da kira akan zama tare tsakanin dukkanin addinai da samun jituwa maikyawu, amma ana tuhumarsa da tuhumar musamman yahudawa a hudubobinsa. Yayi tirda yadda yahudawa kewa  Falasdinawa da kwace masu kasa, sannan da yin kira ga masu taimako da kai agaji ga Mutanen falasdinu. Yana jagorancin hudubar Mahajjata na ranar Arfa a kasar Saudiya.




#Article 425: Bayajidda (368 words)


Bayajidda ana bayar da tarihin shi a a matsayin wani jarumi wanda yazo daga Baghdad, ya zauna a cikin garin Daura inda ya kashe maciya, sannan kuma ya auri sarauniya Daurama 

da farko ya sauka a Borno a inda aka aurar masa da diyar Sarkin Daular Borno wato Mai,sai yaji raɗe-raɗin cewa sarkin zai kashe shi ya gaje sojojinsa. Sai matarsa ta ce su gudu, sai suka gudu cikin dare. sa'annan daga bisani yatafi zuwa kasar Hausa, Ance ya sauka a garin Daura cikin dare a Gidan wato tsohuwa, inda kishirwa yakamata, ta bukaci yasamo mata ruwa, sai ya tambaye ta, a ina ne akwai rijiya? Sai ta gaya masa cewar akwai sarki(wani katon maciji dake hana a diba ruwa da daddare), amma Bayajidda bai tsorata ba, yaje rijiyar, Sarkin(Maciji) yafito ya nemi hana shi dinar ruwa, Bayajidda yayi fada dashi yasamu yakashe Sarki, kuma ya diba ruwarsa yakawo wa tsohuwa, ta cika da mamakin yadda yasamo mata ruwa acikin daren nan yakawo mata. Da gari yawaye, mutanen gari sunzo dibar ruwa, sai suka tarar da sarki a kwance, gashi ansare masa kai, al'umman gari suka fara murna da biki, cewar daga wannan lokaci babu abinda zai rika hanasu dibar ruwa, sai dai ba'asan wanda yayi wannan jaruntakar ba, har yasamu yakashe Sarkin, amma sai aka sama yamance da warin takalminsa kafa daya a gindin rijiyar. 

Daga nan sai Sarauniyar Daura tayi alkawarin bayar da rabin gari ga duk wanda yayi wannan jarunta, kawai dayan sawun takalminsa Dan a tabbatar, sai tsohuwa tazo ta bayar da labarin abinda yafaru da daddare,  aka kira Bayajidda Sarauniya ta aurar masa da kanta, Bayajidda daga bisani tanada yaro da akekira Bawo da Biram daga matarsa Sarauniyar Borno, da kuma wani yaron karbogari daga kuyangarsa Bagwariya. 

Bawo ne yagaji mahaifinsa kuma yahaifa ya'ya shida(6), wadanda sune suka zama Sarakunan Daura, Katsina, Zazzau, Gobir, Kano da Rano. Wadannan, tareda  Biram, wadda Shugaban ta shine dan Bayajidda daga wurin matarsa Sarauniyar Borno, sune suka Samar da Hausa Bakwai ko Hausa 7. Dukda yake, dansa Karbogari wanda kuyangarsa BaGwariya ta Haifa masa, shima tanada ya Bakawai sune suka mulki Kebbi, Zamfara, Gwari, Jukun, Yoruba, Nupe da Yauri wadanda akekira da Banza Bakwai ko Fake 7




#Article 426: Bagdaza (292 words)


Birnin Bagdaza ko Baghdad (lafazi ˈ|bæg|dæd|,_|bəg|ˈ|dæd; larabci|بغداد |bagh|ˈ|daad) itace babban birnin kasar Iraq. Adadin yawan al'umman Baghdad, sunkai kusan miliyan takwas da dubu Dari bakwai da sittin da biyar (8,765,000),  haka yasa tazama gari mafi yawan al'umma a kasar Iraq, kuma birni na biyu a yawan Mutane a Kasashen Larabawa (bayan Birnin alkahira, Egypt), kuma birni na biyu a Yammacin Asiya (bayan Tehran, Iran).

Tana nan ne a kusa da Tigris River, an samarda da birnin ne tun daga karni na 8th kuma tazama babban birnin Daular Abbasiya. A Dan kankanin lokaci bayan kafa birnin, Baghdad tazama wani muhimmin cibiyar al'adu, kasuwanci, da kuma zama cibiyar ilimi a tsakanin Kasashen Musulmi. Haka, da Karin samarda manya manyan shahararrun makarantun kamar (misali., Gidan Hikima), yasa birnin tasamu suna na zama Cibiyar koyon Ilimi. 

Baghdad takasance babban birni a Middle Ages na yawancin lokutan zamanin Abbasiya, da yawan al'umma dasuka kai kimanin sama da miliyan a waccan lokaci. Birnin yakasance babban tarwatsewa a hannun Mongol Empire a 1258, wanda ya haifar da faduwa da raguwa acikin zamunai da dama. Bayan samun yancin Iraq (bayan kasancewarta British Mandate of Mesopotamia) a 1938, Baghdad tasake farfadowa a matsayin ta na cibiyar Al'adun Larabawa. 

A wannan zamanin Birnin Bagdaza ta fuskanci tasgaro da lalace lalacen gine-gine da kone-kone, saboda 2003 invasion of Iraq, da yakunan da suka rika biyo baya Yakin Iraq wanda yakaiga har zuwa watan December 2011. A wadannan shekaru, Birnin yatasamun farmaki daga insurgency. Yakin yahaifar da lalacewar substantial loss of cultural heritage and historical artifacts kamar su. A shekara ta 2012, ansanya Baghdad acikin mafi rashin kyawun wurin zama da mutum zai rayu aciki a duniya, kuma ansanya ta daga Mercer a matsayin mafi lalacew na 221 na manyan birane akan ingancin rayuwa.




#Article 427: Al'aurar Namiji (153 words)


Bura (jam'i buraye ko burina lafazi|-|buriːnà) shine  Gabar saduwa na mazajen dabbobi, wadda suke amfani dashi wurin inseminate da abokan saduwarsu (yawanci mata ne da hermaphrodites) lokacin Saduwa. Dabbobi da dama nadashi, wadanda yahada da Dabbobi masu kashin baya da Dabbobi marasa kashin baya, Amma a mazajen Dabbobi bako wanne bane keda burar, sai wadanda ke dashi, to burar ba iri daya bane ga duk dabban dake dashi. 

Kalmar bura na nufin bangaren jiki dake fitar da ko sanya wani abu zuwa jiki, amma baga duka dabbobi bane ke da hakan.
A yawancin halittu na dabbobi Waɗanda keda gaɓar da za'a iya ayyanawa amatsayin bura, saidai bata da wani muhimmin aiki ko amfani illa kawai shigarwa ko sanya wani abu cikin jiki, ko kuma karanci sanya maniyyi a jikin mace, amma a placental mammals burar itace ke bangaren gaɓan  karshe na urethra, wacce ke fitar da fitsari lokacin bawali da maniyyi lokacin saduwa.




#Article 428: Aisha Lemu (339 words)


Aisha Bridget Lemu  Shahararriyar marubuciyar litattafan addinin Musulunci ce haifaffiyar Birtaniya Kuma  mazauniyar birnin Minna a taraiyar Najeriya.
Anhaifeta a 1940, Kumar ta karbi musulunci a 1961, ta rasu a garin minna na jahar Neja ranar 5 ga Janiru na 2019.

An haifi marigayiya Bridget Aisha a garin Poole na yankin Dorset na kasar Ingila a 1940. 

Tana da shekara 13 da haihuwa sai ta fara tunanin sauya addininta, inda ta fara da duba addinan Hindu da na Bhudda amma basu gamsar da ita ba.

Ta yi karatun jami'a a makarantar koyon al'adu da harsunan kasar Sin da na Afirka a jam'iar Landan (SOAS), inda ta karanta tarihi da al'adu da kuma harshen kasar Sin.

A jami'ar ne kuma ta fara haduwa da dalibai Musulmai wadanda suka rika ba ta litattafan addinin Musulunci, kuma ba da daewa ba sai ta musulunta a shekarar 1961, a lokacin tana shekararta ta farko a jami'a.

A lokacin ne ta bayar da gudunmawarta wajen kafa kungiyar dalibai Musulmai na makarantar ta SOAS a jami'ar Landan, kuma ita ce sakatariyar kungiyar ta farko.

Bayan ta kammala karatun digiri na farko a jami'ar Landan, sai Aisha Lemu ta koma domin karatun babban digiri a kan harshen Ingilishi, kuma a lokacin ne ta fara ganin Sheikh Ahmed Lemu, wanda shi kuma ya isa Landan ne domin karo ilimi a jam'iar ta Landan.

Bayan kammala digirinta na biyu sai ta koma Kano a 1966, inda ta fara koyarwa a makarantar nazarin Larabci, a lokacin shi Sheikh Ahmed Lemu ke shugabancin makarantar.

An daura mata aure da Ahmed Lemu a watan Afrilun 1968, inda Aisha ta kasance matarsa ta biyu. 

Ta tafi Sokoto domin kama aiki a matsayin shugabar makarantar mata ta gwamnati.

Daga baya ta koma jihar Neja bayan da aka kirkiri jihar daga cikin jihar Arewa maso yamma ta da a 1976, kuma ta zama shugabar makarantar horar da malamai mata ta Minna har 1978.

Ita da maigidanta sun kafa Gidauniyar Ilimin Islama (IET), kuma ta kafa babbar kungiyar mata Musulmi ta Najeriya (FOMWAN) a 1985.




#Article 429: Muizuddin bahram (332 words)


Muizzam shine sarki na shida  daga cikin sarakunan masarautar Mamluk,wandanda yayi mulkin sa a sheraka (1240-42) mlladiyya.Muizuddin da ne ga shamsuddin Iltutmish (1210-420 kuma dan uwa ga sarki Razia (1236-40)

lokacin da sarki Raziya  ya mutu sai Muizudinn bahram ya nada kansa amatsayin sabon sarki da taimakon wasu hakimai guda arba'in, Alokaci kanwar sa batanan tana garin Bathinda, Data sami labarin abundayafaru amasarautar sai ta fara kokarin yadda zata kwace sarautar daga wurin dan uwanta Muizudinn bahram da taimakon mijinta da ake kira Altunya, wanda yakasan ce hakimine a masarauta, amma hakarsu bataa cimma ruwaba domin an kama su kuma a ka kore su daga garin. duda wannan shekaru biyu da fara mulkin sa aka sami rabuwar kawunan hakiman sa , suka rin rigin gimu a tsakanin su, a daidai wannan lokacin ne wasu daga cikin sojojin sa sukayi masa kisan gilla a atan mayu na shekarar (1242), dayan mutuwar sa sai dan-dan-uwarsa Alauddin Mas'ud ya gajeshi.

 
Za a iya cewa masarautar nan data samo asali a kasar Sin ta taka muhimmiyar rawa wuri faduwar wannan sarkin domin wani sarki daga masarauta Mongol da ake kira da Ögedei Khan ya aika kamodojisa biyu; dayir wanda kamandan sa nea garin Ghazi da kuma Menggetu wanda shima kwamanda ne a Kunduz  a lokaci damina, wanda a shekarar (1241 ) dakarun na Mongol  ska kama tsubirin Indus kuma suka kewaywe karin Lahore.a 30 gawata disammaba dakarun mMangol suka ragar gaza garin, sakamakon rashi karfin da zai tunkari mayakan mangul sai hakiman nan hudu suka tafi dashi zuwa  garin Delhi

suka kashe shi.
Lokacin da wadannan sojojin suka kashe sarki Razia a shekarar (1240) sai wadanna hakiman arba'in suka nada Iltutmish amatsayin sarki wanda da ne na uku ga marigayin sarki,bayan nadin sa sai hakiman suka nemi manya manya matsayai a wannan masarauta ta Bahram, hakan ya kaisu ga nada wani da ake kira da Aitgeet a matsayim maitaimakawa ga bahrim Shah kuma sai da shi za a rinka yanke kowanne hukun ci na wannan masarautar.




#Article 430: Pontedera (114 words)


  Daga locacin da aka gama gina filin sai aka mika ragamar shi zuwa ga runduna sojin sama ta sha-biyu (12) a karshen shekarar 1944 zuwafarkon shekarar 1945 a lokacin da itali ke tsakiyar yaki (yakin duniya na biyu) wanda sukayi amfani da shi wurin tashin jiragen yakin su masu suna P-47 tsawa. hakannan gida ne ga jiragen jiragen da aka sani da 416 mayakan-dare wanda suka dauki mayakan Bristol daga wannan filin a 27 ga wantan  mayu da kum a 13 da watan agusta duka a shekarar 1945
a yanzu filin ya hada da garin an Pontedera kuma ba wani abuda yarage sai wani titi guda daya a wurin rukunin masana'antu na wannan garin




#Article 431: Siyudi (287 words)


Jalal-Addin Al-Suyuti ko Imam Al-Suyuti An haifi shi wanda aka sani da ma'abocin jalalaini a watan Rajab ranar Asabar shekaara ta 849AH, wanda yayi daidai da 3 gawatan oktoba 1445 MD, a garin al-kahira. Mahaifiyar sa ta kasance balarabiyace mahaifin sa kuma yazo garin suyud dadaga bagadaza. Sunan sa Abdurrahman dan Abuabakar dan Muhammadul kubriyu dan garin suyud, Mahaifin suyudi yakasance yan koyarwa a masallaci da wasu da'irorin ilimi. Amma mahifin s yamutu alokacin shekarun sa basufi 5 zuwa 6. Yarayu yana maraya, kuma yayi ta kokari har yasamu haddar Al-kur'ani, ya haddace shi alokacin da yake baifi da shekaru 8 ba. Sannan yahaddace wasu littattan a wannan kananun shekarun sa kamar umdatu(العمدة), Manhajul fikihi wal usul(منهاج الفقه والأصول), Alfiyyatu ibni Malik(ألفية ابن مالك), hakkan ya kara masa sani da kuma ilimi daga wuraren malamai masu yawa musamman daga daliban mahaifin sa kamar kamal dan himamu Al-hanki daya daga cikin manya-manyan malaman zamanin sa.                        
Sannan yayi tafiye tafiyen neman ilimi zuwa yankin larabawa sham, yaman, indiya, da maroko. Yakoyi ilimai masu yawa waddan da suka hadda da fikihu a mazahobi, Hadsi, Tauhidi, Tarihi, Falsafa, Hisabi, Likitanci da ilimin lokota, ya fara shari'ar imamu Shafi`i alokacin yana shekara 18 a masallacin da mahaifinsa ya rasu, sannan a shekarata 1486 sarki Qaitbay ya nada shi amatsayin babban malamin sufaye a wata zawiyya da ke a khanqah. Suyudi shima sufine wanda yake bin darikar shazaliya
Hakkannan anyiwa suyudi lakabi da mujaddadi na kari 9 H.hakkan yahaifar da rashin jituwa a tsakanin malamai da gwamnati, sannan wata rashin jituwa da aka samu a kan kudin tafida zawiyya , sai suyudi ya koma wani tsubiri a kasar Ruwanda a shekarata 1501. Imamu suyudi ya rasu 18 ga oktoba a shekara ta 1505.




#Article 432: Ezenwo Wike (176 words)


Ezenwo Nyesom Wike CON, (An haife shi a 13 ga watan December shekara ta 1967), ansansa da sunaye daban-daban, kamar Ezebunwo Nyesom Wike, Nyesom Ezenwo Wike, Nyesom Ezebunwo Wike ko Nyesom Wike Dan Nijeriya, Dan'siyasa kuma lauya wanda shine Gwamnan Jihar Rivers na shida kuma maici ayanzu. Shi mutumin Ikwerre ne daga Rumuepirikom a Obio-Akpor, Jihar Rivers. Dan jam'iyar People's Democratic Party kuma yayi Karatunsa a Jami'ar Kimiyya da Fasaha ta Jihar Rivers.

Annada Wike amatsayin Ministan Ilimi karami a 14 July 2011. Wike yazama Minista Ilimi na wucin gadi, bayan Mrs Ruqayyatu Rufa'i an kore ta, amma ya ijiye mukamin domin zuwa yin kamfen dinsa na neman Gwamnan Jihar Rivers. Inda Viola Onwuliri yamaye gurbinsa. a shekara ta 2014, yasamu nasarar tsayawa takarar jiharsa ta Rivers a karkashin jamiyar People's Democratic Party yazabi tsohon Sakataren  Gwamnatin jihar wato Ipalibo Banigo amatsayin mataimakin sa.

Wike ya doke Dakuku Peterside na jam'iyar All Progressives Congress (APC) da Tonye Princewill na Jam'iyar Labour Party a zaben Gwamnonin Nijeriya na watan April 11 shekarar 2015, inda yazama gwamna zababbe.




#Article 433: KININ KALMOMI A HAUSA (synonyms) (304 words)


KININ KALMOMI A HAUSA (SYNONYMS)

Kinin kalmomi na nafin kalmomi biyu ko fiye da suke da ma’ana iri daya, inda daya kan iya maye gurbin daya a cikin magana ba tare da haifar da bambanci ba. Misali:
Barna	   ta’adi
Fitsari	   bawali
Adiko	   kallabi
Bokoiti	   likidiri
Kosai	   are

DALILAN SAMUWAR KININ KALMOMIN HAUSA

Akwai dalilai da suke sanadiyyar samuwar kinin kalmomi a harsuna. Daya daga cikin dalilan shi ne bambancin karin harshe. Ma’ana, irin bambance-bambancen da ake samu a tsakanin masu amfani da harshe guda a nahiyoyi mabambanta. Wadannan nahiyoyi sun hada da Hausar  Kano, wato Kananci da sakkwatanci da katsinanci dadai sauransu.  Sakamakon haka ne ake samun kalmomi masu ma’ana guda. Misali:
Lokaci       (Kananci) 	  Wokakaci  (sakkwatanci)
Farce        (kananci)    Akaifa    (Zazzaganci)	Kumba (sakkwatanci) 
Darbejiya    (kananci)    Maina     (Gumalanci)	        Carbi (hadejanci)
Barci        (kananci)    Kwana     (sakkwatanci)
Hargowa      (kananci)    Hayagaga  (kabanci)
Surutu       (kananci)    Dumi      (sakkwatanci/katsinanci)
Bera 	     (kananci)    Kusu      (sakkwatanci/katsinanci)
Cinnaka      (kananci)    Tarmani   (sakkwatanci/katsinanci)
Kuda 	     (kananci)    Kuje      (sakkwatanci/katsinanci)
Wawa         (kananci)    shawaragi  sakkwatanci/katsinanci)
Dalili na biyu da ke haifar da samuwar kinin kalmomi shi ne aron kalmomi daga harasa daban-daban. Ma’ana kalmomin da Hausa take arowa daga wasu harasan da take hulda da su, baya ga kalmominta na asali wadanda suke dauke da ma’ana iri daya. Misali:
Nage    (Fulantanci)  	 Saniya (Hausa)
Burtali (Fulatanci)  	 Hanya/gwadabe 
Birni   (Barbanci)   	 Maraya (Hausa)
Turba   (Barbanci)  	 Hanya (Hausa)
Cokali  (Azbinanci)      Cibi (Hausa)
Takarda (Azbinanci)      Holama (Hausa)
Ashana  (Yarabanci)      Kyastu  (Hausa)
Gyale   (Yarabanci)      Mayafi    (Hausa)
Tagiya  (Larabci)        Hula (Hausa)
Shagali (Larabci)        Biki/sabga (Hausa)
Bokiti  (Turanci)        Likidiri  (Hausa)
Faci    (Turanci         Maho (Hausa)
Dalili na uku dake haifar da samuwar kinin kalmomi a Hausa shi ne kokarin sakaya wasu lafazai ko kalmomin asali da kuma maye gurbinsu da wasu, sakamakon kunyar Bahaushiyar al’ada. Misali:
Tusa    hutu
Ciki    juna-biyu
Nono    mama
Kashi   bayan gari
Mata    mai-daki
Miji    mai-gida

      
     Hashim S. (2007). Gabatar da Nazarin Harshe a Saukake.  Kano: Royal Teach Ventures




#Article 434: Titin kwanar gidan makaranta (195 words)


Titin kwanar gidan makaranta wwanda da aka sani a da da sunan kwanar Russell koda turanci {(School House Corner (formerly known as Russell's Corner))}
wata wana ce ta lakwasa hagu akan asalin titin anan na rukunin A3 titin Lezayre a Ramsey a garin Isle of Man titin yana tsakanin alamar titina ta 23 da 24 , akan mil na 37.73 dai-dai da kilomiter (60.72 km) daga wurin titin tsere na Mountain Course, idan an auna daga wurin fara tsere wanda yake a TT Grandstand. Ana amfanida sine wuri tsere a tsakanin Isle of Man TT da Manx Grand Prix.

  Yana daya daga cikin inci hudu wada ake amfani da shi a gwajin Gordon Bennett da tseren tropy wanda aka yi a 1905 da 1911, haka nan anyi amfani da shi a Snaefell Mountain tun daga 1911 domin tseren TT da Manx Grand Prix.
sunan sa ya sami asali ne daga wata makarantar da ke kusa da shi wato  Ramsey Grammar School domin a da ana kiran sa da sunan kwanar Russells wacce ta sami sunan ta daga, wanda makarantar ta sami sunan ta ne daga wani dan tsen aji-marsa nauyi mai suna Benjy Russell .




#Article 435: Amsterdam (406 words)


Amsterdam (lafazi|ˈ|æ|m|s|t|ər|d|æ|m, |ˌ|æ|m|s|t|ər|ˈ|d|æ|m; furucci|ɑmstərˈdɑm|) itace Babban Birnin Netherlands kuma mafi yawan birni a kasar Netherlands. Kasantuwar Babban birnin kasar yasamu ne daga tabbacin Constitution of the Netherlands, dukda banan ne inda fadar gwamnatin kasar take ba, wanda a Hague. Amsterdam Nada yawan Mutanen dasuka kai 851,373 acikin birnin, ko kuma 1,351,587 acikin urban area and 2,410,960 in the metropolitan area. Birnin na nan ne a province na Arewar Holland a yammacin kasar amma banana ne Babban birnin ba, wadda Haarlem ce. The metropolitan area comprises much of the northern part of the Randstad, one of the larger conurbations in Europe, with a population of approximately 8 million.

Sunan Amsterdam ansamo sane Daga Kalmar Amstelredamme, wanda me alakanta kafuwar birnin kusa da wani dam dake rafin Amstel. Yafaro amatsayin wani karamin kauyen kamun kifi a run karni na 12th, Amsterdam ta zamanto data Daga cikin muhimman tashar ruwa alokacin Dutch Golden Age (17th century), sakamakon kirkire cigaba a fannin kasuwanci. A wannan lokacin, birnin ne babban cibiyar hada hadar kudade da diamonds. A karni na 19th dana 20th birnin yasamu Karin fadad, sannan sabbin unguwanni da garuruwa an kirkiresu kuma aka ginasu. A karni na 17th-canals of Amsterdam da kuma 19–20th Layin Kariyar Amsterdam suna cikin UNESCO World Heritage List. Tun chanjin babban garin da akayi na Sloten a 1921 daga municipalitin Amsterdam, tsoffin tarihan birnin na nan ne a Sloten (karni na 9th).

As the commercial capital of the Netherlands and one of the top financial centres in Europe, Amsterdam is considered an alpha world city by the Globalization and World Cities (GaWC) study group. The city is also the cultural capital of the Netherlands. Many large Dutch institutions have their headquarters there, including Philips, AkzoNobel, TomTom and ING. Also, many of the world's largest companies are based in Amsterdam or  established their European headquarters in the city, such as leading technology companies Uber, Netflix and Tesla. In 2012, Amsterdam was ranked the second best city to live in by the Economist Intelligence Unit (EIU) and 12th globally on quality of living for environment and infrastructure by Mercer. The city was ranked 3rd in innovation by Australian innovation agency 2thinknow in their Innovation Cities Index 2009. The Port of Amsterdam to this day remains the second in the country, and the fifth largest seaport in Europe. Famous Amsterdam residents include the diarist Anne Frank, artists Rembrandt van Rijn and Vincent van Gogh, and philosopher Baruch Spinoza.




#Article 436: Salaf (188 words)


Salaf (larabci|سلف, magabata ko wadanda suka kasance kafin mu), kuma kalmar ake nufi da al-salaf al-ṣāliḥ (larabci|السلف الصالح, magabata shiryayyu) kuma sune wadanda suka kasance a karnoni uku na farkon Musulunci, wanda Manzon Allah yayi nuni dasu, kuma sune kadai Mutanen da duniyar Musulmai ta yarda dasu amatsayin magabata na kwarai, duk wani malami da yazo bayansu to ba'a kiransa da wannan ma'anar na As-Salaf-alSalihin, wadannan karnoni uku sune, karnin [Manzon Allah|Muhammad tsira da amincin Allah su tabbata agareshi da Sahabbansa, da wadanda sukazo bayansu (wato Tabi'ai), da suma wadanda suka biyosu (wato Tabi'ut Tabi‘in).

Dukkanin kalmomin Salaf, Saleef da Salafah duk suna danganta al'ummar Mutanen da suka gabace mu ne.

Wannan karnin su akekira da Tabi'ai, wato wadanda suka biyo bayan Sahabbai. Wadannan ne manyan malamai da sune Tabi'ai, kuma aka sansu:
 

Wannan karnin sune akekira da Tabi‘ al-Tabi‘in wato sune suka biyo bayan Tabi'ai, kuma daga Kansu ne duk wani dangaci na magabata shiryayyu yakare ga duk wani malami ko mutum, domin fadin Manzon Allah dayake cewa, Mafi alherin al'umma sune, al'umma na, da al'umma da suka biyo bayansu, da al'umman da suka biyi bayan su. 
 




#Article 437: Salafiyya (137 words)


Salafiyya, ko Salaf, sannan ana kiran ta da Akidar Salafiyya, wata nau'in da'awa ce dake kira zuwa ga bin tafarkin karni ukun farko na addinin musulunci Salafiyya jagoranci na da'awa a tsakanin mabiya Sunnah a adddinin Musulunci wanda ta samu asali daga kasar Misra a karshen karni na goma sha tara (19th century) a amatsayin martani ga yaduwar mulkin Turawa da siyasar su, Wanda tushen da'awar yasamu ne daga Da'awar Wahhabiyawa  na karni na goma sha takwas (18th)  wanda keda asali a garin Najd wani yanki dake kasar Saudiya ayanzu. Akidar na da'awar a sake dawowa ne zuwa al'adar salaf, wato karnoni ukun farko na Musulmai, wanda yahada da zamanin  include the generations of the Annabi(Muhammad)S.A.W dana  Sahabbansa, sai wadanda suka biyo bayan su (wato Tabi'ai), sannan kuma suma wadanda suka biyo bayan su (wato Taba Tabi‘in).




#Article 438: Wahhabiyya (626 words)


Wahhabism (larabci|الوهابية, lafazi|al-Wahhābiya(h)) wata akida ce kuma da'awar addini Musulunci na salafiyya wanda Muhammad ibn Abd al-Wahhab yafare ta. It has been variously described as ultraconservative, austere, 

or puritan(ical); as an Islamic reform movement  to restore pure monotheistic worship (tawhid)  by devotees; and as a deviant sectarian movement, vile sect and a distortion of Islam by its opponents. 
The term Wahhabi(ism) is often used polemically and adherents commonly reject its use, preferring to be called Salafi or muwahhid. claiming to emphasize the principle of tawhid (the uniqueness and unity of God), for exclusivity on monotheism, dismissing other Muslims as practising shirk, (idolatry). It follows the theology of Ibn Taymiyyah and the Hanbali school of jurisprudence, although Hanbali leaders renounced Abd al-Wahhab's views.

Wahhabism is named after an eighteenth-century preacher and activist, Muhammad ibn Abd al-Wahhab (1703–1792). He started a reform movement in the remote, sparsely populated region of Najd, advocating a purging of such widespread Sunni practices as the veneration of saints and the visiting of their tombs and shrines, that were practiced all over the Islamic world, but which he considered idolatrous  impurities and innovations in Islam (Bid'ah).  Eventually he formed a pact with a local leader, Muhammad bin Saud, offering political obedience and promising that protection and propagation of the Wahhabi movement meant power and glory and rule of lands and men.

The alliance between followers of ibn Abd al-Wahhab and Muhammad bin Saud's successors (the House of Saud) proved to be a durable one. The House of Saud continued to maintain its politico-religious alliance with the Wahhabi sect through the waxing and waning of its own political fortunes over the next 150 years, through to its eventual proclamation of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia in 1932, and then afterwards, on into modern times. Today Ibn Abd Al-Wahhab's teachings are the official, state-sponsored form of Sunni Islam in Saudi Arabia. With the help of funding from Saudi petroleum exports (and other factors), the movement underwent explosive growth beginning in the 1970s and now has worldwide influence. The US State Department has estimated that over the past four decades concerns in Riyadh (a global city) have directed at least $10bn (£6bn) to select charitable foundations toward the subversion of mainstream Sunni Islam by the harsh intolerance of Wahhabism. (as of 2017 changes to Saudi religious policy by Crown Prince Muhammad bin Salman   have led some to suggest that Islamists throughout the world will have to follow suit or risk winding up on the wrong side of orthodoxy.)

The boundaries of Wahhabism have been called difficult to pinpoint, but in contemporary usage, the terms Wahhabi and Salafi  are often used interchangeably, and they are considered to be movements with different roots that have merged since the 1960s. However, Wahhabism has also been called a particular orientation within Salafism, or an ultra-conservative, Saudi brand of Salafism. Estimates of the number of adherents to Wahhabism vary, with one source (Mehrdad Izady) giving a figure of fewer than 5 million Wahhabis in the Persian Gulf region (compared to 28.5 million Sunnis and 89 million Shia).

The majority of Sunni and Shia Muslims worldwide disagree with the interpretation of Wahhabism, and many Muslims denounce them as a faction or a vile sect.  Islamic scholars, including those from the Al-Azhar University, regularly denounce Wahhabism with terms such as Satanic faith. Wahhabism has been accused of being a source of global terrorism, inspiring the ideology of the Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant (ISIL), and for causing disunity in Muslim communities by labelling Muslims who disagreed with the Wahhabi definition of monotheism as apostates (takfir) and justifying their killing. It has also been criticized for the destruction of historic shrines of saints, mausoleums, and other Muslim and non-Muslim buildings and artifacts.




#Article 439: Ibn Taymiyyah (683 words)


Taqī ad-Dīn Ahmad ibn Taymiyyah (larabci: تقي الدين أحمد ابن تيمية, yarayu daga January 22, 1263 zuwa September 26, 1328), ansansa da suna Ibn Taymiyyah yakasance Wanda keda cece-kuce mabanbanci a wurin da'awa, irin fahimtar Ibn Taymiyyah akan abubuwa dasuke sabbin a musulunci yasa baisamu karbuwa ba sosai atsakanin Ahlus-Sunnah da Malamann lokacinsa, kamar girmama waliyai da ziyarar makabarta, wanda hakan yasa aka kulle shi a kurkuku a lokuta daban-daban.  lallai ne dangane da wasu harka na karantarwa an samu samuwar Muhammad dan Abdul wahab, wannan wanda ya samar da bin mazhabin Ahmad dan hambali akan aikata mazhaban da kuma dabbbakata a kasar saudiyya wanda aka fi sani da wahabiyawa, kuma daga bisani malamin wahabiya.  harwayau rikirkitattun fatawowin ibn taimiyyah sun bayar da daman yin jihadi ga wasu musalmai masu kiran kansu da alqa`ida da kuma wasu kungiyoyin jihadi   

cikakken sunan Ibn Taymiyyah shi ne Taqī ad-Dīn Abu 'l-'Abbās Ahmad bn Abd al-Halīm ibn' Abd al-Salām bn'Abd Al-Khudr ibn Muhammad bn Al-Khidr ibn 'Ali ibn'Abd Allāh ibn Taymiyyah al -Ḥarrānī  ( Larabci   بن عبد السلام بن عبد الله بن الخضر بن محمد بن الخضر بن على بن عبد الله ابن تيمية الحراني  ). 

Ma'anar sunan Ibn Taymiyyah abu ne wanda ba`a saba gani ba, kan cewa an samo shi ne daga wata mace daga cikin danginshi,wanda ba`a karbar sunan ga ga namiji a cikin dangin, hakan ya kansance al`ada ce wacce a lokacin kuma har wayau ma hakane. taimiyyah sunan  macece,ta kasance shahararriya akan karantarwa da kuma tausayi,shine dalilin da yasa sunanta ya dinga bin mazan zurriyyanta . 

Ibn Taymiyyah yayi rayuwa mai sauƙi, mafi yawancin   rayuwars ya sadaukar da ita ne akan koyon karau,rubuce-rubuce da kuma karantarwa. bai taba yin aure ba kuma haka ma baida majibinciya mace a cikin mafi yawan rayuwan shi    Al-Matroudi ya ce wannan shi ne dalilin da ya sa ya sami damar shiga cikin harkokin siyasarsa na lokaci amman ba tare da yin wani matsayi na matsayin hukuma ba koda ko alkaline. akan yunkurinsa a addinance an hukunta shi da kuma mashshe shi a gidan kaso sau shida alokuta mabanbanta. An ba shi damar zama hukuma a wata matasyi amman yaki karba.      Rayuwarsa na zama malamin addini ne da kuma wayar da kai a siyasan ce.   Wasu kafofin sun ce ya shafe shekara goma sha biyu a kurkuku.  tsare shi da akayi a gidan kaso ya faru ne akan wasu al`amura dangane da akidarshi da kuma ra`ayinsa  dangane da al`amuran da yashafi mazhaban fikhu.  Dangane da Yahya Michot kuma yace, ainihin dalilai sun kasance mafi mahimmanci. Michot ya ba da dalilai biyar akan dalilin da aka sa Ibn Taymiyyah a kurkuku, suna kasancewa: ba su yarda da koyaswar da kuma ayyukan da ke tsakanin manyan addinai da Sufi ba, da mummunar hali, da kishi da abokansa, da hadari ga tsarin jama'a saboda wannan shahararrun shahararrun ra'ayoyin siyasa.   Baber Johansen, farfesa a makarantar allahntaka ta Harvard ya ce dalilan da suka shafi Ibn Taymiyyah sun kasance saboda sakamakonsa na rikici tare da Musulmai masu tunani, malamai, da masu ilimin tauhidi, waɗanda suka iya rinjayi 'yan siyasar da ake bukata don rage Ibn Taymiyyah ta hanyar aiwatar da ayyukan ta hanyar siyasa da kuma tsare.   

Mu`amalar Ibn Taymiyyah, a matsayin masanin addini,da yake da basira na a fannin shari'a, wanda ya yi watsi da dokar shari'ar, ba a koyaushe ba.  Ya fito ne daga shiru don buɗe tawaye.  A lokutan da ya bada wannan ra'ayi da kuma manufofin hukumomi, an karbe shi hannu bibbiyu. amma lokacin da Ibn Taymiyyah ya ci gaba da fuskantar matsin lamba, an yi masa kallon rashin kulawa kuma a lokuta da yawa ya rayu ne a kurkuku.  Halin Ibn Taymiyyah ga shugabanninsa, ya dogara ne akan ayyukan sahabbansa da yanda suka rayu (sahaba) lokacin da suka yi wa Muhammadu alkawari da haka; Ku yi biyayya cikin biyayya ga Allah, koda kuwa wanda ya ba da umarni ba daidai ba ne, ku guje wa jayayya da ikon waɗanda suke yin hakan, kuma suyi magana da gaskiya, ko kuma su dauki matakan ba tare da tsoro ba game da Allah, dangane da zargin daga koma waye.  




#Article 440: Hunter Island penguin (161 words)


Island penguin suna cikin dangi  tsuntsayennan marasa tashi wadanda suke rayuwa a bakin ruwa musamman ma tekuna, amma su  Hunter Island penguin ko kuma  (Tasidyptes hunteri) a yare ilimin halittu (biology) suna daga cikin rukunin halittun tsuntsayen nan na penguin, amma su Hunter Island penguin suna daga cikin halittun da suka bace. wanda aka sami burbushin kasusuwan su a wurin zububarr da  da ragowa mai suna Holocene Aboriginal a Stockyard dake tsubirin a wurin da ake kira da Bass Strait kilomiter biyar daga  yamman arewacin bakin tekun Tasmania, a kasar Australiya. Ragowe-ragowen da aka auna su suna nuni da shekaru 760 ± 70 Ana jayayya abisa rukunin da zasu kasance saboda saboda kakkarye war da kasusuwan sukai, da kuma kasa ban-bance su da Eudyptes da kuma rashin dabbacin shekaru 760 ± 70 dakuma gwajin kwayar halitta na DNA yanuna cewa kasu susuwan halittu uku ne maban-ban ta wadan da suka hada da Fiordland crested penguin, Snares crested penguin, and fairy penguin.




#Article 441: Teesdale, Victoria (149 words)


Teesdale wani karamin gari ne a Golden Plains Shire, wanda yake kusa da birnin Geelong kilomitar 100 (ml 62) da ga yammacin cibiyar birnin  Melbourne.lt;refgt;
garin ya zamo wurin na masu bukakar gidan kan su musamman masu jeka ka dawo daga Geelong, sannan wuri ne da yake jawo masu saye da sayer da fili. a shekara 2006 garin yana da mazauna 1033 wanda ya habaka zuwa 1479 a 2011 da kuma kidayar shekarar 2016 ta na nuni da mazauna 1721.lt;refgt;Australian Bureau of Statistics (27 June 2017). Teesdale (State Suburb). 2016 Census QuickStats. Retrieved 2017-08-31. lt;/refgt; 
alamun garin na nuni da gari ne karami da ke arewacin babbar hanya wacce mazauna wurin ke kiran ta da 'Turtle Bend',ko kuma alamar karamin gini da rufin karfe  a sifar kunkuru.
Anbude ofishin aika wasika a garin Teesdale a 8 ga watan maris na shekara 1864lt;refgt;Premier Postal History, Post Office List, retrieved 2008-04-11lt;/refgt;




#Article 442: Yakin Peshawar (1758) (122 words)


Yakin Peshawar yaki ne wanda ta faru a 8 ga watan mayu 1758 tsakanin daular Maratha da daular Durrani. Daular marathas itace ta samu nasara yayin da aka kama daular ta kama Peshawar. Amma kafin hakan, kula da Peshawar da bata tsaro ya rataya a hannun mayakan daular Durrani akarkashin Timur Shah Durrani da Jahan Khan. Lokacin da Raghunathrao da Malhar Rao Holkar sukabar Punjab sai suka nada Tukoji Sindhia a matsayin wakin su a wannan wurin. To wannan gwarzon shi daya da mayakan sa suka kori mayakan Afghan.Nasarar wannan yakin ana daukar ta a matsayin wata babbar Nasara ga daular Marathas wadan da mulkin su a yanzu ya kai har iyakar kasar Afghanistan, Garin yana kilomiter 2000 daga birnsu na Pune.




#Article 443: Poisk(Na'ura mai kwakalwa) (150 words)


Poisk (Rushanci: Поиск) na'ura mai kwakwalwace wacce kamfanin wacce za a iya dauka mai amfani da fasahar IBM da kamfanin  na'urori na KPO Electronmash a garin  Kiev ya samar, Na kasar Ukrainian a lokacin tarayyar soviet. An tsarata ne abisa karin masarrafin K1810VM88, wanda aka dauko daga tsarin  Intel 8088. An samar da ita tun a  1987  sannan an saketa a 1989, Takasance itace wadda akafi sani daga cikin na'urorin IBM a tarayyar Soviet
Matsakaicin shirin ya rasa hanyoyin sadarwa an kai da gindi(serial) ko kuma na kaida kafa (parallel) wadanda ake amfani dasu domin jona firintar beran kwamfuta da-dai sauransu, wadanda zaka iya sanya su ne kawai idan ka sayi katin kari na na'ura mai kwakwalwa
Bata cika rukunin na'ura IBM, saboba na'urar  IBM ta barta a baya. Ana sayar da na'ura sosai a 1991,kafin rushwar tarayyar Soviet hakan nan ansayar da dubbai  tun daga 1990 a kowacce shekara




#Article 444: Kogin Tawi (283 words)


Kogin Tawi kogine wanda ya gan-gara cikin garin Jummu na kasar Indiya, Tawi kogi ne wada a ka dauke shi a matsayin maitsarki, kamar yada yake ga mafiya yawan koguna a Indiya.

Kogin Tawi ya samo asali daga karshen wurin kankarar Kailash Kund wanda yake daura da yammacin Bhadarwah a yankin Doda.ma'aunita a latitud 32°35'-33°5'N da kuma a longitud 74°35'-75°45'E. Fadin wuri zuwa tsakanin  bodar Indiya (Jammu) murabba'i 2168 ne wanda yagan gara yankin Jammu, Udhamour dawani bangaren Doda tsayin wurin ya kai tsakanin mita 400 zuwa 4000
Tawi river originates from the lap of Kailash Kund glacier and adjoining area southwest of Bhadarwah in Doda district. Its catchment is delineated by latitude 32°35'-33°5'N and longitude 74°35'-75°45'E. The catchment area of the river up to Indian border (Jammu) is 2168 km² and falls in the districts of Jammu, Udhampur and a small part of Doda. Elevation in the catchment varies between 400 and 4000 m.
Gudanar ruwan ta ragu a shekarun bayan nan saboda janyewar da kankarar(Kailash Kund glacier) kai yi.

Yana daga cikin imani Indiyan garin Jammu cewa 'Raja Pehar Devta' shine ya janyo kogin domin yawar kar da mahaifin sa, sannan ya samu kambun garin Jammu aka kuma nada shi amatsayin 'Raja' ma'ana sarkin Jamu da albarkar 'Bawe wali Shri MATA KALI JI'. Mafiyawa Indiyawan Jammu a yanzu suna gudanar da bikin  'MUNDAN' tare da 'ya'yansu  a  DEV STHAN of 'PEHAR DEVTA JI'  wanda kuma ake kira da tare da kaunar  'BAWA PEHAR' yana da alamoni da yawa a garin Jammu musamman a  kauyen  'BAWA PEHAR' dake kusa da Nagrota.wurin bautar na dauke da huto Pehar Davta da macizai .mutane suna bada abinci ga kifaye a wurin san su yi addo'in.




#Article 445: Ibikunle Amosun (448 words)


Ibikunle Amosun (an haife shi a 25 January 1958) Dan Nijeriya ne, kuma Dan'siyasa Wanda yazama zababben sanata mai wakiltar mazabar sanatan Ogun ta Tsakiya na Jihar Ogun, Nijeriya April 2003. A watan April 2007 yanema takaran gwamnan Jihar amma baisami nasara ba. Yasake neman takara a shekarar 2011, inda yayi nasara a karkashin jamiyar Action Congress of Nigeria (ACN). Yasake neman takarar gwamna a karo nabiyu a karkashin jamiyar All Progressives Congress (APC) a shekara ta 2015 kuma yasamu nasara r sake zabensa, yakama aiki a watan Mayun 29, 2015.

An haifi Amosun a ranar 25 ga watan Janairun shekara ta 1958 acikin gidan Musulmai.
Yayi makarantar firamare a African Church Primary school dake Abeokuta daga (1965–1970), sannan yaje African Church Grammar school, Abeokuta Dan yin karatun sakandare daga (1971 – 1977). Bayan NaN ne yatafi Ogun State Polytechnic, inda ya kammala da Higher National Diploma (HND) a 1983.
Amosun yasamu zamu mamba na Institute of Chartered Accountants of Nigeria (ICAN) a 1990. Ya kuma zama fellow a 1996. Ya kuma zama mamba na Chartered Institute of Taxation of Nigeria (1998).

Amosun yafara aikin sa amatsayin audit trainee da kamfanin Lanre Aremu  Co. (Chartered Accountants) 1984. Sannan ya koma XtraEdge Consulting amatsayin managing consultant. Daga 1990 yana daga cikin hadakar Ibikunle Amosun  Co. (Chartered Accountants) a garin Lagos.
Amosun yasake zuwa Jami'ar Westminster dake London, United Kingdom, inda yasamu Master of Arts a fannin International Finance a shekarar 2000.

A watan Afrilun 2003, an zabi Ibikunle Amosun amatsayin sanata mai wakiltar Yankin Ogun ta Tsakiya.
Yayi rashin nasarar zama Gwamnan Jihar a April 2007, yayi takara karkashin jam'iyyar All Nigeria People's Party (ANPP), inda Gbenga Daniel ya doke shi.
Ya kalubalance sakamakon zaben, amma a watan Augustan 2009 sai Ogun State Election Petitions Tribunal suka kore karar.

Amosun yasake zama dan'takara a jam'iyyar Action Congress of Nigeria (ACN) a zaben April 2011 a Jihar Ogun na gwamnoni.
A wani rehoto da jaridar Nigerian Tribune ta fitar a 12 February 2011, ya bayyana mai taimaka masa na cewa; Amosun yakoma jamiyyar Congress for Progressive Change (CPC), sai dai daga baya jiga-jigan jamiyyar ACN sunki amincewa.
Amosun ya lashe zaben da aka gudanar a 26 April karkashin jamiyyar ACN, da kuri'u da suka kai 377,489. Abokin hamayyar sa Adetunji Olurin na jamiyyar People's Democratic Party (PDP) shi kuma yasamu 188,698 na yawan kuri'u sannan Gboyega Isiaka na jamiyyar PPN yazo na uku da kuri'u 137,051.

A 2015 Amosun yasake neman gwamnati akaro na biyu. Inda yazabi, Yetunde Onanuga, amatsayin Mataimakiyarsa, saboda tsohon Mataimakin sa ya canja shekara zuwa jamiyyar adawa. Amosun yazabi Onanuga wanda ke aiki a Lagos State Ministry of Environment akan wasu masu son zama su uku.




#Article 446: Harsunan Najeriya (1287 words)


Akwai harsuna 500 da ake magana a Najeriya. Harshen kasa shine Turanci, tsohon harshen mulkin mallaka ne na kasar Birtaniya. Kamar yadda aka ruwaito a shekara ta 2003, mutane miliyan 60 sunyi magana da harshen Turanci da na Najeriya a matsayin harshen na biyu. Sadarwa a cikin harshe Ingilishi yafi shahara a yankunan birane na gari fiye da yadda yake a yankunan karkara, saboda mulkin mallaka. 

Babban harshe na harshe, a cikin yawan jama'a, Hausa ne (fiye da miliyan 60, ciki har da L2), Yarjejeniyar (fiye da miliyan 40), Igbo (kimanin miliyan 30), Fulfulde (miliyan 15), Ibibio (miliyan 10), Kanuri (8) miliyoyin), Tiv (miliyan 4), da kimanin. Miliyan biyu kowane Edo, Igala, Nupe, Izon da Berom. Bambancin bambancin harshe na Najeriya ya zama mawuyacin yawancin Afirka a duk fadin, kuma ƙasar tana da harsuna daga manyan manyan harsunan Afirka guda uku: Afroasiatic, Nilo-Saharan da Nijar-Congo. Har ila yau Najeriya tana da harsuna da dama da ba a haɗe ba, irin su Centúúm, wanda zai iya wakiltar wata mahimmancin bambanci kafin a yada harshe na yanzu.

Nijar-Congo ta fi rinjaye a yankunan tsakiya, gabas da kudancin Nijeriya; manyan rassan da aka wakilta a Nijeriya sune Mande, Atlantic, Gur, Kwa, Benue-Congo da Adamawa-OL. Mande yana wakiltar busa da Kyenga a arewa maso yamma. Fulatanci ne guda Atlantic harshe, na Senegambian asalin amma yanzu magana da dabbõbin ni'ima da makiyaya a fadin yankin Sahel da kuma sun fi mayar a cikin jihohin Najeriya, musamman Adamawa. 

Ana magana da harsunan Ijoid a fadin Niger Delta kuma sun hada da Iuniw, Kalabari, da kuma sauran 'yan kungiyoyi masu ban mamaki na Defaka. Ana magana da harshen Efik a fadin kudu maso gabashin sashin Najeriya kuma ya haɗa da harsunan Ibibio, Annang, da kuma Efik daidai. Maganin Gur guda guda ne ake magana da ita ita ce Baatunun, a cikin matsanancin Arewa maso yamma. 

Ana magana da harshen Adamawa-Ubangi tsakanin tsakiyar Najeriya da Jamhuriyar Afrika ta Tsakiya. Ma'aikatan su na yammaci a Nijeriya su ne harshen Tula-Waja. Kwararren Kwaran suna wakiltar su ne a yankin kudu maso yammaci, wanda ke da alaƙa da harshen Turanci a Benin da Togo. 

Ƙayyadewa sauran sauran harsuna yana da rikici; Joseph Greenberg ya rubuta wadanda ba tare da sunaye ba, irin su Yoruba, Igbo, da Ibibio (Efik, Ibibio, da Annang), 'Eastern Kwa ' da wadanda ke da nau'o'in ' Benue-Congo '. Wannan ya sake komawa cikin littafi mai tasiri na 1989 kuma ya nuna a kan taswirar harsuna na 1992, inda dukkanin wadannan aka dauke Benue-Congo. Kwanan nan ra'ayi, duk da haka, ya sake komawa ga bambancin Greenberg. Ya kamata a karanta wallafe-wallafen tare da kulawa da kuma kulawa da kwanan wata. Akwai ƙananan ƙungiyoyin harshe a yankin Neja Confluence, musamman Ukaan, Akpes, Ayere-Ahan da kuma Magoya, wanda ba a taɓa jayayya da shiga cikin waɗannan rukuni ba. 

Tsohon Eastern Kwa, watau Daga yammacin Benue-Congo za su hada da Igboid, watau Harshen Turanci daidai, Ukwuani, Ikwerre, Ekpeye da sauransu, Yoruboid, watau Yar'Adua, Itsekiri da Igala, Akokoid (kananan harsuna takwas a Ondo, Edo da Kogi), Edoid ciki har da Edo (wani lokaci ana kiran su) Bini a Jihar Edo, Ibibio-Efik, Idomoid ( Idoma ) da Nupeid ( Nupe ) kuma watakila sun hada da da sauran harsuna da aka ambata a sama. An rarraba harshen Idoma a cikin rukunin Akweya na harsunan Idomoid na gidan Volta-Nijar, wanda ya hada da alago da Alago, Agatu, Etulo da Yala na Benue, Nasarawa da jihohin arewacin Cross Cross. 

Kudancin Benue-Congo sun hada da Kainji, Filato (harsuna 46, kamar harshen Gamai ), Jukunoid, Dakoid da Cross River. Baya ga waɗannan, akwai harsunan Bantoid da yawa, wanda shine harsunan nan da nan kakanninmu zuwa Bantu. Wadannan sun hada da harsunan Mambiloid, Ekoid, Bendi, Beboid, Grassfields da Tivoid. 

Kasuwanci na rarraba harsunan Niger-Congo a Najeriya ba ta iyakance ne a tsakiyar gabas da tsakiyar kudancin Nigeriya ba, yayin da gudun hijirar ya ba da damar yadawa zuwa ƙasashen Afro-Asia a arewacin Najeriya, da kuma a ko'ina cikin Yammacin Afirka da kasashen waje. Harshen kalmomi kamar ku don'ku' ',' sooso 'don' kawai ',' obia 'don' 'likita'  ', da dai sauransu. harshe a cikin ƙungiyoyi irin su Santeria a cikin Caribbean da Kudancin Tsakiya ta Tsakiya, da harshen Berbice Dutch a Surinam ya dogara da harshen Ijoid. 

Har ma da bambancin harshe da aka ambata a cikin Nijar-Congo a cikin Najeriya yana da iyakancewa, saboda waɗannan harsuna na iya ƙara ƙunshi harsunan yanki wanda bazai zama daidai da juna ba. Kamar yadda irin wa] annan harsuna, musamman wa] anda ke da yawancin masu magana, an daidaita su kuma sun karbi rubutun asalin. Kusan dukkanin harsuna suna bayyana a cikin haɗin Latin lokacin da aka rubuta. 

Harsunan Afroasia na Najeriya sun raba zuwa Chadic, Semitic da Berber. Daga cikin waɗannan, harsunan Chadic sun fi girma, tare da harsuna 700+. Sauran harsuna na larabci suna wakilci harshen larabci a arewa maso gabas da Berber ta wurin al'umman Abzinawa wadanda suke magana a cikin arewa maso yammaci. 

Harshen Hausa shi ne mafi yawan sanannun harshen Chadic a Najeriya mampoza; kodayake akwai labarun kididdigar wa] anda ke magana da su, a Nijeriya, wa] anda mutane miliyan 24 ke magana, a Yammacin Afrika, kuma shine harshen na biyu na miliyon 15. Harshen Hausa ya fito ne a matsayin harshen harshen Turanci a dukan faɗin Afirka ta Yamma da Sahel musamman. Ana magana da harshe da farko a tsakanin Musulmai, kuma harshe yana hade da al'adun Islama a Nijeriya da Yammacin Afirka a duk faɗin. 

Hausa aka classified a matsayin West Chadic harshe na Chadic ra'ayoyi, wata babbar subfamily na Afroasiatic. A al'adance, mutanen Hausa sun haɗa kai da Fulani bayan kafa Khalifan Sokoto da Fulani Uthman Dan Fodio a karni na 19. Harshen Hausa shi ne harshen hukuma na jihohi da dama a Arewacin Najeriya kuma ana mahimmanci yaren da ake magana da shi a Kano, harshen Yarjejeniya ta Gabas, wanda shine ma'auni iri-iri da ake amfani dashi don dalilai na gwamnati. 

Harshen Gabas sun haɗa da wasu harsuna da ake magana a Zaria, da Bauchi ; Harshen Hausa na Yammacin Turai sun hada da Sakkwatanchi da ke Sokoto, Katsinanchi a Katsina Arewanchi a Gobir da Adar, Kebbi da Zamfara. Katsina yana da tsaka-tsaki tsakanin Gabas da Yankin Yammacin Turai. Harshen Hausa na Arewa sun hada da Arewa da Arawa, yayin da Zariya ya kasance wani sashi na harshen kudanci; Barikanchi ne Pidgin da amfani a cikin soja. 

Harshen Hausa harshen harshen Chadic ne mai mahimmanci, tare da tsarin tonal da aka rage da kuma launi na Larabci. Sauran harsunan Chadic da aka sani sun hada da Ngas, Goemai, Mwaghavul, Bole, Ngizim, Bade da Bachama. A Gabas ta Nijeriya da kuma zuwa Kamaru sune harshen Chadic na tsakiya, irin su Bura, Higi cluster da Marghi. Wadannan suna da bambanci sosai kuma an bayyana su sosai. Yawancin harsunan Chadic suna da mummunan barazana; Binciken da Bernard Caron yayi na baya-bayan nan a cikin harshen Bauchi ya nuna cewa ko da wasu daga cikin wadanda aka rubuta a shekarun 1970 sun bace. Duk da haka, ba a fahimci harsunan Chadic ba tukuna, sun shaida bayanin kwanan nan na Dyarim. 

Hausa, da sauran harsunan Afroasia kamar Bade (wata harshen Chadic da ke yammacin Jihar Yobe), an rubuta tarihi a cikin wani littafin Larabci wanda aka ladafta shi ne ajami, duk da haka, labaran tarihin zamani na yanzu ya zama sanarwa da ake kira boko da aka gabatar da shi. gwamnatin Birtaniya a cikin shekarun 1930. 

Kanuri da Kanembu a Arewa maso gabashin Najeriya suna jihohin harshen Nilosaharan a jihohin Borno, Yobe da kuma wasu jihohi na Jigawa da Bauchi, da Zarma ko Zabarma da Dendi a jihar Kebbi dake arewa maso yamma kusa da iyaka. Ƙasar Nijar. 

Sunayen harsunan Nijeriya (Blench 2019; Ethnologue 22):




#Article 447: Gine-Bisau (993 words)


Gine-Bisau, da harshen Portugal Guiné-Bissau, da Turanci Guinea-Bissau ( / ˌ ɡ ɪ n i b ɪ s aʊ /   (   (IPAc-en|ˌ|ɡ|ɪ|n|i|_|b|ɪ|ˈ|s|aʊ|audio=En-us-Guinea-Bissau.ogg)  IPAc-en|ˌ|ɡ|ɪ|n|i|_|b|ɪ|ˈ|s|aʊ|audio=En-us-Guinea-Bissau.ogg ), bisa ga al'ada Jamhuriyar Guinee-Bissau ( Portuguese lang-pt|República da Guiné-Bissau  lang-pt|República da Guiné-Bissau lang-pt|República da Guiné-Bissau [ʁepublikɐ dɐ ɡinɛ bisaw] ), wata ƙasa ne a yammacin Afirka wanda yake rufe kilomita 36,125 (13,948     tare da kimanin mutane 1,815,698 . 

Guinea-Bissau ta kasance wani ɓangare na mulkin Gabu , da kuma wani ɓangare na Daular Mali .  Sashe na wannan mulkin ya ci gaba har zuwa karni na 18, yayin da wasu 'yan wasu karkashin mulkin mulkin Potukin tun daga karni na 16.  A cikin karni na 19, an yi mulkin mallaka a matsayin kasar Portugal .  Bayan da 'yancin kai, aka bayyana a shekara ta 1973 kuma an gane shi a shekara ta 1974, sunan babban birnin kasar, Bissau , ya kara da sunan kasar don hana rikicewa tare da Guinea (tsohon Faransa Guinea ).  Guinea-Bissau tana da tarihin rashin zaman lafiya na siyasa tun da 'yancin kai, kuma babu wani shugaban da ya zaɓa ya samu nasarar cika shekaru biyar. 

Kashi 14 cikin dari na yawancin mutane suna magana ne da harshen Portuguese wanda ba'a ƙaddamar da shi ba, wanda aka kafa a matsayin jami'a da kuma harshen ƙasa.  Portuguese ta wanzu a cikin ci gaba ta kasuwa tare da Crioulo , ƙwararren Portuguese da rabi yawan jama'a (44%) kuma har ma mafi girma yawan magana da shi a matsayin harshen na biyu.  Sauran suna magana da wasu harsuna na Afirka.  Akwai addinai daban-daban a Guinea-Bissau ba tare da wani addini da yake da rinjaye ba.  CIA World Factbook (2018) tana cewa akwai kimanin 40% Musulmai, 22% Kiristoci, 15% Animists da 18% unspecified ko wasu.  Kasuwancin cikin gida na cikin gida na ɗaya daga cikin mafi ƙasƙanci a duniya .

An ba da tabbaci a cikin ranar 24 ga watan Satumba 1973.  Lamarin ya zama duniya bayan 25 ga Afrilu 1974 da aka yi juyin mulki na soja a Portugal, wanda ya kayar da tsarin mulkin Estado Novo Lisbon.  

A majalisa, majalisa mai suna Unsembleame Nacional Popular ( National People's Assembly ) yana da mambobi 100.  Ana zaba su ne da yawa daga mambobin mambobin membobin kasashe don yin aiki na shekaru hudu.  Kwamitin shari'a yana jagorancin Kotun Supremo da Justiça (Kotun Koli), wadda ta kasance daga cikin kwamitocin tara wadanda shugaban ya zaba; suna aiki ne a yardar shugaban.  

Jam'iyyun jam'iyyun biyu sune PAIGC ( Jam'iyyar Afrika na Independence of Guinea da Cape Verde ) da kuma PRS ( Jam'iyyar Social Renewal ).  Akwai fiye da 20 kananan jam'iyyun.  

Guinea-Bissau ne zuwa kashi takwas da yankuna lang|pt|regiões lang|pt|regiões ) da kuma wani kamfanoni masu zaman kansu.  Wadannan, bi da bi, suna subdivided cikin 37 sassa .  Yankuna sune: 

GDP na Guinea-Bissau ta kowace kasa shi ne daya daga cikin mafi ƙasƙanci a duniya , kuma Fassarar Harkokin Dan Adam na ɗaya daga cikin mafi ƙasƙanci a duniya .  Fiye da kashi biyu bisa uku na yawan jama'a suna rayuwa a karkashin layin talauci.   Tattalin arzikin ya danganci aikin noma; kifi, kwayoyi, da kuma kwayoyi masu mahimmanci su ne manyan fitarwa. 

Guinea-Bissau ta fara nuna wasu ci gaban tattalin arziki bayan yarjejeniyar zaman lafiya ta sanya hannu a tsakanin manyan jam'iyyun siyasar kasar, wanda ya jagoranci shirin gyaran tsarin gyaran tsarin IMF .   Babban mahimmancin kalubalen da kasar ke fuskanta a gaba shine cimma horo na kasafin kudi, sake gina gwamnati, inganta yanayin tattalin arziki don zuba jarurruka, da kuma inganta fadada tattalin arziki.  Bayan kasar ta zama mai zaman kanta daga Portugal a shekarar 1974 saboda yakin mulkin mallaka na Portuguese da juyin juya hali na Carnation , gudun hijira na fararen hula na Portugal, soja, da kuma siyasa sun haifar da mummunan lalacewar tattalin arziki na tattalin arzikin kasar, tsarin zamantakewa , da kuma rayuwa na rayuwa .

Bisa ga sakewar shekarar 2017 na duniya yawan mutane, yawan mutanen Guinea-Bissau ya kai 1,815,698 a 2016 , idan aka kwatanta da 518,000 a 1950.  Sakamakon yawan mutanen da ke ƙasa da shekaru 15 a 2010 sun kasance 41.3%, 55.4% sun kasance shekarun shekaru 15 zuwa 65, yayin da 3.3% sun kasance shekaru 65 da haihuwa.

'Yan kasar Portuguese suna da ƙananan ƙananan Bissau-Guinean.  Bayan da Guinea-Bissau ta sami 'yancin kai, mafi yawan' yan kasar Portugal sun bar ƙasar.  Ƙasar tana da ƙananan [//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Overseas_Chinese jama'ar kasar Sin] .   Wadannan sun hada da yan kasuwa da 'yan kasuwa na Magoyacin Portuguese da na kasar Sin daga [//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Macau Macau] , wani tsohon masarautar [//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portugal Portuguese na] Asiya. 

A shekara ta 2010, bincike na binciken Pew ya gano cewa kashi 62 cikin dari na yawan al'ummar kasar Sin na kiristanci ne, tare da Musulmai da suka rage 38%.   Mafi yawan mutanen kasar Guinea-Bissau suna daga cikin Sunni suna da kimanin kashi 2 cikin 100 na kungiyar Ahmadiyya .  

Sauran ƙididdigar sunyi iƙirari cewa Kristanci ba shine addini mafi rinjaye ba saboda akwai 45% Musulmi , 31% Masu hade da kuma Krista 22%.  Duk da haka, bisa ga Kristanci na Worldatlas ana ganin ana girma a kasar, musamman a tsakanin mabiya addinan gargajiya. 

Rissi shine matsakaici a cin abinci na mazauna kusa da bakin tekun da gero a matsakaici a ciki.  Ana amfani da 'ya'yan itatuwa da kayan marmari tare da hatsi .  Fassarar Portuguese sun karfafa kirkiro kirki .  Vigna subterranea (Bambara groundnut) da kuma Macrotyloma geocarpum ( Hausalandnut ) suna girma.  Black peyed ne kuma daga cikin abinci.  An girbe man ƙanshi . 

Wasan kwallon kafa shi ne wasanni mafi shahara a Guinea-Bissau.  Kungiyar kwallon kafa ta kasar Guinea-Bissau ta kasance tawagar kasa ta Guinea-Bissau, kuma Federação de Futebol da Guiné-Bissau na karkashin jagorancin Federação de Futebol .  Su memba ne na hukumar kwallon kafar kwallon kafar (CAF) da kuma FIFA.  Sauran clubs sun hada da Desportivo Quelele , FC Catacumba , FC Catacumba São Domingos , FC Cupelaoo Gabu , FC Djaraf , FC Prabis da FC Babaque . 




#Article 448: Dindeno (112 words)


Dindeno kalma ce ta harshen Karaikarai wanda a harshen Hausa take nufin Tatsuniya. Kamar dai yadda aka sani ga sauran harsunan duniya musamman ma wadanda Duke daga tsatson harshen mutanen Chadi dake yammacin nahiyar afirka, wanda suka hada da jamhuriyar Nijar da Najeriya. Dindeno wato (tatsuniya) ga ma'abota harshen karaikatai tana da matukar muhimmanci kwarai da gaske domin sun riki tatsuniyar a matsayin daya daga manyan hanyoyin tarbiyantar da kananun yara gami da jan hankalinsu izuwa ga sakamakon aikata dukkan wani aiki. Inda zaka ga tatsuniyar da cikinta ke dauke da makirci wanda ya aikata din ya hadu da mummunan abu ya faru da shi dan hakan ya zamo ishara a garesu




#Article 449: All Progressives Congress (271 words)


Jam'iyyar APC ita ce jam'iyya siyasa a Nijeriya , wanda aka kafata a ranar 6 ga watan Fabrairun 2013,  gabanin zuwan zaben shekarar 2015 .     Dan takarar APC Muhammadu Buhari ya lashe zaben shugaban kasa da kusan kuri'u miliyan 2.6.   Shugaban kasa Goodluck Jonathan ya yi nasara a ranar 31 ga watan Maris.   Wannan shi ne karo na farko a tarihin siyasa na siyasa cewa jam'iyyun siyasa na adawa sun kaddamar da wata jam'iyya mai mulki a babban zabe kuma daya daga cikin wutar lantarki ta sauya zaman lafiya daga wata jam'iyya siyasa zuwa wani.   Bugu da kari, APC ta lashe rinjaye mafi yawa a majalisar dattijai da majalisar wakilai a zaben 2015 , kodayake ya kasance da kunya don lashe rinjaye mafi rinjaye don kare ikon adawar 'yan adawa ' yan jam'iyyar Democrat don hana dokar. 

Kafa a watan Fabrairu 2013, jam'iyyar ne sakamakon wani ƙawance na Najeriya ta uku mafi girma a jam'iyyun adawa - da [//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Action_Congress_of_Nigeria Action Congress of Nigeria] (ACN), da [//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Congress_for_Progressive_Change Congress for Progressive Change] (CPC), da [//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/All_Nigeria_Peoples_Party All Nigeria Peoples Party] (ANPP) - da kuma wata? Ungiya na Jam'iyyar [//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/All_Progressives_Grand_Alliance All Progressives Grand Alliance] (APGA), ta ha] a hannu ne a kan [//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/People%27s_Democratic_Party_(Nigeria) Jam'iyyar Jama'a]. Sakamakon yarjejeniya ta [//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tom_Ikimi Tom Ikimi] , wanda ya wakilci ACN; Sanata [//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Annie_Okonkwo Annie Okonkwo] a madadin APGA; [//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ibrahim_Shekarau Ibrahim Shekarau] , shugaban kwamitin tarayyar ANPP; da kuma Garba Shehu, shugaban kwamitin Jam'iyyar CPC. Abin takaici, kasa da shekaru 2 kafin nasarar lashe zaben a zaben [//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nigerian_general_election,_2015 2015] , Messrs.  [//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Annie_Okonkwo Annie Okonkwo] , [//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tom_Ikimi Tom Ikimi] da [//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ibrahim_Shekarau Ibrahim Shekarau sun] yi murabus daga jam'iyyar kuma sun shiga PDP. 




#Article 450: Menaggio (258 words)


Menaggio (da Comasco: Menas [meˈnɑːs]) wani garine da ya hada da lardin Como, Lombardiya, a arewacin kasar Italiya, daga yammacin gabar tafkin Como a dai-dai bakin kogin Senagara. Mutum 3,273 ne kerayiwa a garin. Menaggio yana da bangarori uku: Croce, Loveno da Nobiallo.

Wurin da a asli ake kira da Menaggio Rumawa sun kama shi a 196 BC. Rumawan da suka kama garin sun tsara masa titi da ake kira Via Regina.
Menaggio garine wanda yake da ganuwa(fadala) wacce haryan zu ana ganin su.
Gine-ginen manya Hotel awannan urin ya sansa wurin yazamo wurin shakatawa musamman a lokacin hunturun zafi.
A tsakanin shekarar  1873 da 1939,  gari Menaggio ya hada da Porlezza, daga tafkin Lugano, ta hanyar jirgin kasar Menaggio–Porlezza, da  hanyar sufuri wacce tahada tsakanin Menaggio da Luino a kan tafkin Lake Maggiore.

Yankin Menaggio wurine mafi soyiwa domin bude ido a lokacin zafi. Domin wurin kwanan ((Lake Como's only youth hostel)) yana Menaggio
An san gaarin Menaggio a saboda kulob din wasan gwalf na( Cadenabbia Golf Club) wanda wni batren Ingila ya samar a 1907 daya daga cikin mutanen dake zuwa yin hutu a karni na 19.

Wuri ne mai duwarwatsu masu tsini da kuma hazo-hazo tundaga zamanin Cretaceous, wanda yake dauke da fara kasa.

Daga cikin abubuwan dasuka faru a lokacin zafi agarin,wasan kida jita na kasa da kasa wato (Menaggio Guitar Festival) yada a kayi a 2005 wanda yahada da Pete Huttlinger, Martin Taylor, Franco Cerri, Roman Bunka, Solorazaf and Ferenc Snetberger. Wanda ya shirya shine  Sergio Fabian Lavia wanda aka haifa a Argentina.




#Article 451: Tarihin Annabi Isa (2540 words)


NASABAR ANNABI ISAH ALAIHISSALAM:-
Sunan Babarsa Maryam Imrana. Sunan Mahaifiyarta Hannatu, Babanta yana cikin manyan mutane a cikin jama'ar Banu-Isra'ila harma shi ne yake limanci a Masallacin Qudus.
Yayin da matar Imrana ta sami ciki sata rika fatan abinda  zata haifa ya zama namiji har ma ta yi bakance idan ta haifi namiji zai zama hadimin masallaci, amma data tashi haihuwa sai Allah ya bata 'ya mace.
Hannatu babar Maryam ta damu qwarai saboda bakancen da ta yi, amma duk da haka sai ta yi wa Allah godiya kuma ta ambace ta da suna Maryam, Ma'anarsa shi ne, WADDA BATA DA AIBI.
Iyayen Maryam sun rasu tana qarama saboda haka sai Annabi Zakariyya ya xauketa ya ci gaba da renonta, har ma ya gina mata xaki na musamman a cikin Masallaci. Babu wanda yake shiga xakin sai shi.
Nana Maryam tun tasowarta bata da wani aiki sai ibada dare da rana. Duk sanda Annabi Zakariyya ya kawo mata ziyara sai ya tarar da abinci da kayan marmari a wajenta, idan ya tambayeta wa ya kawo mata wannan sai ta ce: Daga Allah ne, domin Allah yana arzuta wanda ya so ba tare da hisabi ba.

HAIHUWAR ANNABI ISAH (A.S.)
Yayin da Nana Maryamu ta kai munzalin mata sai al'ada ta zo mata, saboda haka sai ta fita bayan gari wajen wata qorama don ta yi tsarki, sai Mala'ika Jibrilu ya zo mata a siffar wani saurayi daga Banu Isra'ila mais una Taqiyyu, shi wannan mutum ya yi qaurin suna da varna a wannan lokaci.
Allah Maxaukakin Sarki ya ce, Sai muka aika mata da ruhu (shi ne Ma'aika Jibrilu) ya je mata a surar saurayi, sai ta ce Ni ina neman tsari da Ubangiji Rahamu daga gareka idan kai ne Taqiyyu.
Sai Mala'ika Jibrilu ya ce, mata Ni Manzon  Ubangijinki ne, Allah ne ya aiko ni. Domin in ba ki kyautar xa mai qwazo.
Sai ta ce da shi: Ta ya ya zan sami xa, bayan wani mutum bai shafe ni ba, kuma ni ban tava yin alfasha ba? Sai ya ce: Haka al'amarin yake, haka Allah Ya hukunta, kuma wannan abu ne mai sauqi a wajen Allah.
Allah ya ce: Za mu sanya shi ya zama izina a wajen mutane, kuma Rahama daga garemu, wannan lamari ne zartacce. (Surar Maryam, Aya ta 17)
Mala'ika Jibrilu yana gama wannan bayanin sai ya kama gefen rigarta ya yi busa a ciki, nan take sai Allah ya halicci Annabi Isah a cikin cikinta.
Malam wahabu ya ce: Tsakanin xaukar cikin Annabi isah da haife shi sa'a guda ne kawai, saboda faxin Allah Ta'ala ya ce, Sai ta xauki cikinsa, sai ta tafi da shi wuri mai nisa, sai naquda ta zo mata a wajen kututturen dabino, sai ta ce: Ya kaitona dama na mutu kafin faruwar wanann na zama mantacciya abar mantawa.
Sai Allah ya ce; Sai muka kirata ta qarqashinta muka ce: Kada ki yi baqin ciki Allah ya gudano da qoramar ruwa a kusa da ke ki girgiza kututturen dabinon nan zai zubo miki da lubiya nunanniya, ki ci, ki sha, ki wakntar da hankalinki.
An ce wannan dabinon da ta girgiza shekararsa saba'in bai yi 'ya'ya ba, amma ana haihuwar Annabi Isah a kusa da shi nan take sai ya yi ganye ya fitar da 'ya'ya saboda mu'ujizar Annabi Isah (A.S.)
An ruwaito cewa; Yayin da Maryam ta je wajen mutanenta tana xauke da Annabi Isah (A.S.) sai suka ce; Ya ke Maryam lallai kin zo da babban lamari, ya 'yar'uwar Haruna mahaifinki ba mutumin banza ba ne, mahaifiyarki ma ba mutuniyar banza ba ce. Yayin da ta ji wannan zargi daga mutanenta sai ta yi musu nuni da Annabi Isah tana nufin su tambaye shi. Sai suka ce: Ta ya ya zamu yi magana da jariri a cikin zanin goyo?
Sai Allah ya buxi bakin Annabi Isah ya ce da su:

Bai san yani shakiyyi mai tsaurin kai ba, farkon Kalmar da Annabi Isah ya fara magana da ita itace, ni bawan Allah ne  domin yanke hanzari ga wadanda zasuce shi dan Allah ne,
Anruwaito  cewea yayin da Annabi Isah ya girma sai yarika yawo aba yan kasa, baya zama da waje daya, saboda haka ma bai taba mallakar dakin kwana ba. Bare gida ko mata, ko abun hawa tufafinsa kuma jubbace ta sufi. Baya cin abinci sai daga kasabin Mahaifiyarsa ta kasance tana saka tufafi tasiyar suci abinci.
a irin wayace-wayacen da yake yi ya je wani gari da ake cewa Nasira a qasar Sham, shida mahaifiyarsa suka zauna a can.
Saboda haka ne ake dan ganta mutanensa da sunan wannan garin ake ce musu NASARA.

MU'UJIZAR RAYA UZAIRU (A.S.)
Malam Wahabu ya ce; Yayin da lamarin Annabi Isah ya shahara da cewa yana raya matacce ya warkar da makaho, da izinin Allah sai Yahudawa suka taru suka je wajensa suka ce, mu ba zamu yi imani da kai ba har sai ka raya mana Uzairu. Sai ya ce da su: A ina kabarinsa yake? Sai suka kai shi inda kabarin yake, sai ya yi sallah raka'a biyu ya roqi Allah ya raya masa Uzairu.
Saiu aka ga kabarin yana buxewa a hankali a hankali, sai ga Uzairu ya bayyana.
Gashin kansa da gemunsa sun yi fari, sai ya cewa Annabi Isah, :Ya xan Maryamu wannan shi ne abinda zaka yi min? Sai Annabi Isah ya ce: Mutanenka ne suka ce ba za su bada gaskiya da ni ba sai na tashe ka.
To daga nan sai Uzairu ya tashi zaune, ya ce: Ya ku jama'ar Banu Isra'ila ku yi imandi da Manzancin Annabi Isah, ku bi addininsa, shi a kan gaskiya yake,d aga Ubangijinsa, sai Yahudawa suka ce da shi: To ai mu kafin ka mutu mun san saurayi ne kai matashi mai baqin gashi ya ya muka ganka yanzu kanka ya yi fari fat? Sai ya ce: Yayin da Annabi Isah ya ce min tashi da izinin Allah na zaci tashin kiyama ce, saboda haka ya sa nan take kaina da gemuna suka yi fari, yayin da Annabi Isah ya raya Uzairu da mu'ujiza, sai mutane da ywa daga cikinsu suka bada gaskiya da shi, sannan daga bisani sai ya roqi Allah ya mayar da Uzairu matacce kamar yadda yake.

AMBATON SAUKOWAR MA'IDA:
An ruwaito daga Salmanul Farisi (R.A.) ya ce: hawariyawa sun faxa ga Annabi Isah suka ce shin Ubangijinka zai iya suako mana da Ma'ida daga sama? Sai yaamsa musu ya ce, ku dai ku ji tsoron Allah in kun kasance muminai, sai suka ce lallai muna da buqatar haka, sai Annabi Isah ya fita ya shiga sahara ya yi ta kuka yana qanqan da kai ga Allah yana cewa: Ya Ubangiji ka saukar mana da Ma'ida daga sama domin ta zama idi ga na farkonmu da na qarshenmu, ta kasance aya daga gareka, ka arzurtamu kai ne fiyayen mai arzutawa.
Sai Allah ya yi wahayi gare shi ya ce: Ni zan saukar da ita gareku, amma wanda duk ya kafirta a cikinku bayan wannan haqiqa zan masa azaba irin wadda ban tava yiwa wani irinta ba, a cikin talikai.
Imamutturmuzi ya ce: Sai Allah ya saukar musu da teburin abinci daga sama a tsakanin giragizai guda biyu, yayin da Annabi Isah ya ganta sai ya ce: Ya Ubangiji ka sanya ta zama Rahama, kada ta zama azaba.
Ba ta gushe ba tana saukowa a hankali a hankali har sai da teburin abincin nan ya sauko qasa mutane na kallo an lulluve shi da mayafi, sai Annabi Isah ya faxi ya yi sujjada ga Allah ya yi godiya. Hawariyawa suma suka yi sujjada tare da shi, sannans uka ce Annabi Isah ya tashi ya buxe su ga abinda yake ciki.
Da aka buxe sai ga soyayyen kifi da zaitun da dabino da gurasa, da wani nau'in kayan marmari.
Sannan sai Annabi Isah ya cewa kifin nan tashi da izinin Allah, sai Allah ya raya kifin ya riqa juyawa yana kallon jama'ar Banu Isra'ila, sannan sai ya cewa kifin ya koma yadda yake da izinin Allah.
Sai Hawariyawa suka cewa Annabi Isah shi ya kamata ya fara cin abincin nan. Sai ya ce: A'a wanda ya nemi a kawo shi zai ci.
Sai duk suka qi ci, suna tsoron kada ta zama fitina, sai ya sa aka kirawo talakawa da miskinai da guragu da makafi, ya ce su ci. A cikinsu har da marasa lafiya da masu cutar albasar da sauransu duk suka haxu suka ci abincin.
Suna gama ci marasa lafiyar nan sai duk suka warke, nan take.
Yayin da mutanen gari suka ji labari sai suma suka zo suka ci, har suka riqa turereniya, da Annabi Isah ya ga haka sai ya sa aka kasa mutane kashi biyu, rana xaya ta talakawa, rana xaya kuma ta mawadata.
Sai Ma'idar ta zama tana sauka sau xaya bayan kwanaki biyu.
Sannan kuma wannan tebur idan ya sauka duk yawan mutanen da suke wajen kowa zia ci ya qoshi, ya bari sannan ya tashi ya koma sama kamar yadda ya sauko.
An ce haka Ma'idar nan ta riqa sauka har tsawon kwana arba'in.
Sannan sai wata jama'a daga Bani Isra'ila suka aibata Ma'idar suka ce ba Allah ne yake saukar da ita ba, da suka faxi haka, sai Allah ya mayar da wasunsu aladu, wasu kuma birori.
An ce adadin waxanda suka haxu da wannan matsala sun kai mutum talatin, suka zuana a cikin wannan hali tsawon kwanaki bakwai sannan sai qasa ta haxiye su.

YUNQURIN KASHE ANNABI ISAH (A.S.)
Ka'abur Akabari ya ce; Yayin da addinin Annabi isah ya yaxu ya cika ko'ina, mutane suka yi ta shiga addinin daga ko'ina, sai addinin Yahudanci ya yi rauni, Allah ya saukarwa Annabi Isah Littafin Linjila, ya zama yana raya matattu da ikon Allah, yayin da wani sarki mai suna HArdusa ya ga haka sia ya yi nufin zai kashe Annabi Isah (A.S.) ya sami goyon bayan wasu daga manyan malaman Yahudawa.
Sai suka shirya suka ki masa hari a lokacin yana tare da mahaifiyarsa suka wakilta wani daga cikinsu don ya shiga xakin ya kashe shi.
Kafin ya shiga sai Allah ya xauke Annabi zuwa sama, ya shiga yanan ta dube-dube bai gan shi ba, sauran waxanda suke waje da suka ga ya daxe bai fito ba sai suka bi shi suna shiga sai suka ga xan uwansu, Allah ya sa masa kamannin Annabi Isah komai da komai, sai suka kama shi suka xaure suka sa masa hular gashi, suka kewaye gari da shi, sannans uka kafa azarori guda biyu suka gicciye shi a kanta, suka kashe xan uwansu, suna zaton Annabi Isah suka kashe.
Allah Maxaukakin Sarki ya ce; Ba su kashe shi ba, ba su gicciye shi ba, sai dai cewa Allah ya xuakaka shi ya zuwa gare shi.
An ruwaito cewa: A lokacin da suka kashe xan uwansu ya kasnace ranar Juma'a ne da misalin qarfe uku na rana, sai duniyad ta yi duhu, tsawon kwanaki uku, a kai girgizar qasa a wanan rana.
Malam Sa'alabi ya ruwaito cewa: Lokacin da aka xauke Annabi Isah zuwa sama shekarunsa talatin da biyar a duniya.
Sai Allah Ta'ala ya sara masa xabi'a irin ta Mala'iku ya zama baya buqatar ci da sha, kuma har yau yana nan a raya kamar yadda Hadisai ingantattu suka tabbatar.
Malam Sa'alabi ya qara da cewa: nana Maryam Allah ya qara mata yarda ta yi wafati bayan xauke Annabi Isah da shekara shida. An ce ta rayu tsawon shekara sittin. Kabarinta a yanzu haka yana masallacin qudus ana ziyararsa.

SAUKOWAR ANNABI ISAH (A.S.) ZUWA QASA
Malam Uwaisu Assakafi ya ruwaito cewa: Na ji Manzon Allah (S.A.W.) yana cewa: Annabi Isah xan Maryam zia sauko daf da tashin alqiyama, zai sauka a kan wata hasumiya fara da take a gabashin masallacin Dimashka.
Annabi Isah mutum ne mai madaidaicin tsawo mai baqin gashi, mai farin launi, idan ya sauka zai shiga masallaci ya zuana a kanmubari sai mutane su ji labarin saukarsa, sai su yi ta shiga masallacin, ta ko'ina Musulmai da Kirista da Yahudawa, aka cika masallacin har ta kaid wasu akan wasu, saboda ci kowa.
Sannan sai mai kiran sallah daga Musulmi ya kira sallah, sai Annabi isah ya shige gaba ya yi limanci, a sannan Imamu Mahadi, ya bayyana kuma yana cikin masallacin sai ya bi sallar ita ce sallar Asuba.

BAYYANAR DUJAL
An ruwaito cewa a lokacin da Dujal zai bayyana zai fito daga garin Asfihan tsawonsa zira'i goma, kuma ido xaya ne da shi, an rubuta (KAFIR) a fuskarsa.
A qasan wannan kuma an rubuta: DUK WNADA YA BI SHI YA TAVE, WANDA YA QI SHI YA YI ARZIQI, ya na nunawa mutane yana da wuta da aljanna, amma a haqiqa wutarsa aljannace, aljannarsa kuma wuta ce.
Zai kewaye duniya yana kashe mutane yana cewa shi ne Ubangiji.
Yana tafe da dubunnan xaruruwan sojoji, zia biyo ta Asfihan ya zo Dimashqa. A cikin kwana arba'in, ya yi ta kashe mutane yana ribace su, to a sannan Mahadi zai bayyana sai mutane su taru a qarqashinsa ya xaura xamarar yaqar Dujal.
Ana cikin haka sai Annabi Isah ya sauka sai su haxu da Mahadi, a wannan maslalaci su yi sallah tare, kamar yadda bayani ya gabata.
Sai Dujal ya fito da rundunarsa don ya yaqe su, yanayin arba da Annabi Isah sai ya narke kamar yadda darma take narkewa a kan wuta, sai Annabi Isah ya kashe shi da takobinsa.
An ruwaito cewa bayan kashe Dujal Annabi Isah zai shimfixa mulki na adalci a bayan qasa, ba zai bar wani Bayahude ko Banasare akan addininsa ba, sai Musulunci kawai, zai yi hukunci da adalci a tsakanin mutane, gabas da yamma, kudu da arewa.
As annan Allah zai umarci qasa da ta fito da alheranta ga mutane, kamar yadda ta kasance tun da farko, har ta kai ga mutane da yawa za su haxu a kan curi xaya na inibi su ci har su qoshi amma ba zai qare ba, yaro ya xauko maciji yana wasa da shi, amma ba zai cuce shi ba, akuya ta haxu da aki amman ba zai kulata ba.
Mutane kowa zai rayu a cikin yalwa da wadata har ta kai za a ba mutum kyautar kuxi ya ce, baya buqata.
Mutum zai ga kabari sai ya ce: Ina ma dai wannan yana raye ya ga irin adalcin da yake gudana a bayan qasa. Za a kasance a wannan hali tsawon shekara arba'in.
Sannan sai Annabi Isah ya auri wata mata daga mutanen Askalan ta haifa masa 'ya maza guda biyu, sai ya tafi Makka ya yi aikin Hajji, ya je Madina ya ziyarci Annabi (S.A.W)
Sai ya yi rashin lafiya, sai Allah ya karvi ransa, anan Madina, sai a binne shi a cikin Raudah kusa da Annabi (S.A.W.)

FA'IDA:
Idan Dujal ya bayyana zia shiga ko'ina amma ban da Makka da Madina, duk sadda ya zo sai shiga sai ya ga Mala'iku sun tsaitsaya suna gadin garin sai ya koma.
Sannan ya inganta a Hadisi Annabi (S.A.W) ya ce: Duk wanda ya haddace ayoyi goma na farkon Suratul Kahfi, Allah zia kiyaye shi daga fitinar Dujal.
Allah ya kiyayemu da 'ya'yanmu da iyalanmu da 'yan'uwanmu da masoyanmu daga dukkan sharri na sarari da na voye, Allah ya qarawa Annabi wasila, Allah ya taimaki Musulmi da Musulunci.
Allahumma Salli Ala Sayyadina Muhammadin Wasallim.




#Article 452: Idi Amin (467 words)


Idi Amin Dada Oumee (furucci|'|iː|di|_|ɑː|'|miːn; an haife shi a 16 August 2003) yakasance Dan'siyasan kasar Uganda ne kuma babban hafsan soja. Yazama Shugaban kasar Uganda daga 1971 zuwa 1979, mulkin yasamu suuka dalilin irin yadda ya kunktata wa al'ummar kasar sa. 

An haife Amin a Koboko ko a Kampala a gidan mahaifinsa mutumin Kakwa da mahaifiyarsa ita kuma yar Lugbara ce. A 1946 yashiga King's African Rifles (KAR) na sojojin mulkin mallakan Biritaniya. Da fari shi mai dafa abinci ne, inda yakaiga matsayin laftanar, yana daga cikin wadanda sukayi yaki a Somaliya Shifta War da kuma yan'ta'addan Mau Mau a Kenya. Bayan samun yancin Uganda daga United Kingdom a 1962, Amin yacigaba da kasancewa a Uganda People's Defense Force|armed forces, har yakaiga amatsayin manjo, inda aka nadashi kommanda a 1965. Amin nada sanayyar cewa Shugaban Uganda Milton Obote na shirin kama shi, domin ya barnatar da kudaden soja, sai Amin ya kaddamar da Kuu 1971 Ugandan coup d'état kuma ya tabbatar da kansa Shugaban kasa.

Lokacin mulkin sa, Amin ya canja mulkin sa daga danrajin mulkin kasashen yamma, da samun cikakken taimako daga kasar Israela da taimakon da yasamu daga Muammar Gaddafi, Shugaban kasar Zaire's Mobutu Sese Seko, kasar Soviet Union, da Gabashin Germany. 
A 1975, Amin yazama chairman na Organisation of African Unity (OAU), wanda me kokarin kawo cigaba da hadin kai a kasashen Afirika. lokacinsa daga 1977–1979, Uganda takasance mamba a United Nations Commission on Human Rights. a 1977, bayan UK ta yanke alaka tareda kasarsa ta Uganda, Amin ya bayyana cewar yasamu nasara cin kasar Britaniya da yaki kuma yafara amfani da CBE, Wanda me nufin Conqueror of the British Empire wato wanda yasamu galabar daular Biritaniya, amatsayin lakabinsq. Sai gidan radiyon Uganda Broadcasting Corporation|Radio Uganda ta bayyana dukkanin lakabin da za'a rika kiransa dasu: His Excellency President for Life, Field Marshal Alhaji Dr. Idi Amin Dada, VC, DSO, MC, CBE.

Bayan Amin yacigaba da mulkin har  1970s, sai karin rashin yarda yacigaba da karuwa sanadiyar cutarwarsa da yarika nunawa wasu kabilu da yan'siyasan da basu goyon bayansa, tareda irin talaucin da kasar Uganda me ciki, da taimakawa yan ta'addan Operation Entebbe, haka yasa kasar fadawa cikin rikici. Sanda Amin me shirin komawa Tanzania zuwa Yankin Kagera a 1978, sai Shugaban kasar Tanzania Julius Nyerere yatura mayakansa suka farma Uganda–Tanzania War|invade Uganda; suka kowace birnin Kampala Dan tunbuke Amin daga mulki. Sai Amin yafice gudu kasar waje, da farko yasauka a Libya da kuma Saudiya, inda yacigaba da rayuwa harsanda yarasu a 16 August 2003.
Ana danganta Mulkin Amin amatsayin wadda ke tattare da cinzarafin dan'adam human rights, abuses, political repression, ethnic persecution, extrajudicial killings, nepotism, political corruption|corruption, da kuma gross Financial mismanagement|economic mismanagement. Mutanen da aka kashe karkashin mulkin sa, ankiyasta cewar sunkai dubu Dari zuwa sama, daga nazarin international observers to 500,000.




#Article 453: Otto Detlev Creutzfeldt (295 words)


Otto Detlev Creutzfeldt Yayi rayuwa daga (1 Afrilu 1927 – 23 Januari 1992) wani masanin jikin dan adam ne da lakar mutum dan kasar Germani. Da ne ga  Hans Gerhard Creutzfeldt  kuma kani ga Werner Creutzfeldt, wanda likitane.

Aiki mai dacewa shi yasa Creutzfeldt yazamo mai bincike.Creutzfeldt ya je babbar makaranta Gymnasium a agrin Kiel.yafara karatu akan mutane a jami'a, amma bai jimaba ya koma karatun likitanci, inda yasamu shedar zama likita daga jami'ar Freiburg ta kasar Germany a 1953. Daga 1953 zuwa 1959 yana taimako da koyon ilimin sassan jikin dan adam  tare da Prof. Hoffmann (Freiburg), a  asibitin kwakwalwa tare da Prof. Miiller (Bern), a kuma barin laka yana tare daProf. Jung (Freiburg). Ya cigaba da aiki harshekaru biyu amatsayin maibinciken nama dajijiyar dan adam  a makarantar likitancita UCLA Medical School  kafin ya koma wata makaranta a Munic wato Max Planck Institute ya tsaya a makarantar tun daga 1962 to 1971. Creutzfeldt yasami shedar digiri har guda uku  a jami'ar Munic. 1971 ya zamo daya daga cikindaraktoci 9 na makarantar Max Planck Institute, kuma shugaba a bangaren laka.

A 1992 ya sami lambar yabo da ake kira da  K-J. Zülch Prize of the Gertrud Reemtsma Foundation wanda ake bayarwa ga masu ilimin laka musamman akan gani da furuci.Geschichte und Konzept der Göttinger Neurobiologentagung 1973 - 2003 von Prof. Dr. Norbert Elsner 

Creutzfeldt ya bunkasa ilin laka, musamman a Germani, domin yakasance yana taa mutane da yawa a jamio'in kasar,Max Planck Institutes da, Leibniz Institutes. Tun daga 1992 duk shwkara yana yin lakca sau daya a shekara, daga 1999 sanayi sau biyu ashekara,daga masana na musamman daga jami'ar Göttingen a taron masan laka na Germani da ake kira (The Otto-Creutzfeldt-Lecture). Geschichte und Konzept der Göttinger Neurobiologentagung 1973 - 2003 von Prof. Dr. Norbert Elsner 




#Article 454: Matthew Harris (dan siyasa a Ireland) (766 words)


Matthew Harris ( 11 July 1826 – 13 April 1890), dan kasar Aylan ne, dan jamiyyar kishin kasa kuma dan majalisa a gidan kowa ( House of Commons) a Biritaniya da kasar Aylan ga jamiyyar Irish Parliamentary Party. Wanda ke wakiltar gabashin Galway  daga 1885 har zuwa mutuwarsa a 1890.

Anyi imanin cewa an haifi Harris a  Athlone iyayansa sune  Peter da Ann Harris, amma yayi yarintar sa ne a Ballinasloe, inda yayi aiki a matsayin dan kwangilar gine-gine.kakan Peter Harris sojojin Brtaniya ne suka koreshi zuwa  Monasterevin a lokacin tawayen 'yan kasar ayland a 1798.Yayi ruwa da tsaki a dukkanin siyasar karni na 19 ga masu son tunanin 'yancin kasar Ayland, Daga nan ya koma cikin masu son a sake dokar da tada Birtaniyya da Ayland (Repealer), sannan yakoma garin Fenians inda yazamo wakilin  East Galway da South Roscommon.

Daga  1865 zuwa 1880 yazama dan Fenian kuma wakilimin West of Ireland  a majalisar koli ta  Irish Republican Brotherhood. A 1880 tare Michael Davitt, an sauke shi daga majalisar saboda haka sai karfin sa yakoma kacokan a gwagwarmayar kasa. Inda a wannan shekarar yayi aiki a  zaban T. P. O'Connor lokacin zaban  Galway Borough.

A zaben gama gari na 1885 a matsinyin wakin Galway East. Yasami nasar sa ne ga bayanin da yayi a Athenty  wanda' yace bayan yasami nasara zai je tsakanin tsinin makiya ba domin ya taimaki  makiyaba sai domin kasar Ayland, in naje zan zamama tinlon maitunanin Aylan da walwalar mutanenta ba tunanani waccen gwamnatin ba. '

Harris yayi alkawarin ba zai canza ba daga yacce akasan shi wanda sune  kamar zai yi kokari a kan rugoza iyayen gida,da kuma ficewa daga majalisa in bai sami nasara ba a maufofin sa. yakuma tunatatr da mutane cewa da taimakon su ne za a sami 'yancin kasar su ta Aylan,  ya nemi da su:

Aiki tare da  shuwagabannin  Land League, wacce aka zarge shi da leken asiri a 1887 a karkashin dokokin Coercion Act saboda  alakarsa a Plan of Compaign.  Alokacin Parnell Commission  na 1888  sai  Sir Henry James yabunciki Harria, amatsayin sa na ma'aji a Land League domin binciken ko anbiya  wani abu ga Clan na gael. Ragowar ma'ajin kamar John Dillon ya tafi Australiya. Harris ya tabbatar cewa alkaluman da sir  Henry James ya ambata babu su a kundin League.

Ya auri Martha Bennett ta Ahascragh. Jikar Norah Walker (1900–1985) mata ga mawakinnan Austin Clarke. tatabakunne  Harris mai rubuta wasanni ne a  Ulick O'Connor. hakkan nan  'yan siyasa  Patrick Dooley da Thomas Harris an alakan ta su da Harris.

William O'Brien ya tuna wani avu da ya faru a 1881 lokacin da shugabannin Land League suka tsara taro a Paris don kar a kamasu a Birtaniyya .
 Lokacin da muke jiran Parnell,Mat harris shi ya sanya mana walwal. A  Lahadi kafin zuwan Mat da ni mukayi ta fiya  Boulevards a hazo wanda ya sa aka mantata shi, Sai kawai na ji yace min kozan iya samo masa kofin whiskey. Sai na duba Café de la Paix domin shine wuri da nake tunanin za'a samu ammama babu sai nasar da shi sai ya ce to a bashi  fine champagne. Wanda a ka zuba a kofin gilass ya mikawa Mat. Sai yace masa mai wannan sai yace  fine champagne. Sai ya ansa hannu da hannu. Bai buba matsayinsa ba, ya juje abin dake ciki yace da wannan ba Farenshen  ba mamaki muan Prussiya suke sude ye!
Timothy Michael Healy ya tuna yacce Harris ya zamo kwarin kwiwa ga matasan Aylan.
 Mat kwarin gwiwane a Connaaught, wanda ke dauke abin alfahari. Yara irina muna zama a karkashin karsa munajin labbararrukan da. ya taba cemana a lokacin da muke kan ciyawa a dalilin soda da madara ya sha naushi a Hotel, Dublin: zan fi so na sha naush abkin wutar sau uku aka san soda da madara Hotel mafi daukaka na kashashen ture!

Mathew Harris ya mutu a dalilin kansar tumbi a 13 ga Afrilu na 1890, yana da shekaru 63 ko 64, kuma an bunne shi a Creagh cemetery, Ballinasloe, sunan wani gini ne da John ya gina donin tunawa da Harris a 1907.Abin da aka rubuta a jikin ginin shine kamar haka:

Wannan ginin an yi shine domin tunawa da 

Mattew Harris ESQ M.P. 

Wanda 'yan uwansa suka yimasa domin babbar  

Gidummawar sa ta haddin kai da rashin son kai 

Gaisuwa ga wannan kokarin nasa wanda ya kawo karshen sa 

Wannan yanyo tausayi ga mutan Aylan 

Wanda rashine ga kowa da kowa 

Yana yada kiristanci da tseton alumma 

AN HAIFAS A 1826 AN ZABESHI A MATSA YIN MP 1885 YA MUTU 13 AFLILU AN 1890




#Article 455: Michel d'Ornano (108 words)


Michel d'Ornano, an haife shi a 12 ga Juli na 1924 a garin Paris a mutu 1991 a garin Saint-Claoud, dan siyasa ne a kasar Faransa.

Da ne ga Marie Walewska da marechal d'ornano, Da ga Guillaume d'Ornano (1894-1985), wanda ya samar da turaren Lancome , bayan gama sakandire da karantar doka, sai ya fara akin turare tare da mahaifinsa da dan uwansa, Hubert tare da samar da alummar Jean d'Albret-Orlane.

La Rupture (2013), téléfilm de Laurent Heynemann, joué par Yvon Back.

Sitediyum da garin Caen ta sanya sunan sa tudaga  6 ga Jun 1993, don girmama  aiki da yayi  a lokacin sa kama sugaban masuba Calvados shawara.




#Article 456: Ozark Howler (149 words)


Ozark Howler wata halittace ta jita-jita wacce ake tsammanin tana rayuwa  a Arkansas, Misssouri, Oklahoma, Texas.

An suffanta  girman wannan halittar ta Ozark Howler  kamar karen jeji , da kaukassan jiki, da kafafu gajeru murdaddu, da gashi mai yawa, wani lokacin tana da kaho. An suffanta Idanuwan Ozark Howler acewa jajayene koda acikin duhune. Kukanta yana kamanceceniya da kukan Dila da Karkanda.

ِA wani littafi da ake kira tatsuniyoyin Orzark Howler, wanda Kelly Reno yarubuta, yasumfanta muhimman siffofin wannan halittar, an buga littafin a 2008, a 2016, maizane da ake kira Helen Hawley ya zana zanen Ozark Howler maifadin inci 12 wanda ya yi da kala daya. A 2014 Alien De Soiza  tasamar da abin frintin wanda ya siyar domin ya sami kudi. Joshua Wolf yasakkasa Ozark a takarda. Hakkannan  Orzark Howler ya zama  makalar 2018 a  oktoba a fagen sada zumunta wanda hakan jnyo karin hotunan wannan halitta




#Article 457: Kuli-kuli (170 words)


Kuli-kuli   Kalmar Kuli-kuli dai kalmace da daga a cikin harshen hausa. Haka zalika kuli kuli ana iya cinsa ta hanyoyi da dama wasu sukan sanya shi acikin gari su sha wasu kuma sukan iya cinsa da mazar-kwaila wasu kuma suna cisa haka nan zallansa.

Da farko ana samun Gyada bayan an bare ta sai a soya ta sannan a murje ta a fece wato a hure dukan bawon gyadar. Daganan kuma sai a markada ta. Bayan an markada tane kuma za'ayi amfani da Turmi ayi ta juya ta ana juyata har sai manta duka an gama matse shi, ita kuma gyadar ta koma Tunkuza. Wannan tunkuzar za'a dauka a sarrafa ta zuwa irin yadda ake bukatar ta kamar gutsure-gutsure ko a tabe. Daganan sai dora Man gyadar da aka matse daga tunkuzar a kasko sai a hura wuta, idan man yadau zafi sosai sai a rinka zuba curi-curi ko tababbiyar tunkuzar cikin man ana soyawa anayi ana dan juyawa kadan kadan. Bayan ya gama soyuwa to shikenan Kuli-kuli ya kammalu.




#Article 458: Baltzar von Platen (mai kirkira) (110 words)


Baltzar von Platen (24 Febreru 1898 – 29 Afrilu 1984), tare da Carl Munters sune suka kirkiri fasahar firinji mai sarrafa zafi zuwa sanyi a 1992, dukka nin su injiniyoyi ne yan kasar  Swedish dadibai a Royal Institute of Technology a garin Stockholm, , Sweden. fasahar tana samar da sanyi daga makamaashi kamar lantarki da kananzir. a 1923 samar da AB Arctic ya fara. A 1925 kamfanin Electrolux  ya sayi AB Arctic ,wanda sukafara sayar da shu a duniya, da yawa sunsami damar samar da shi a shekarar 1925 wanda masu kirkira a Americane suka mamaya. Von Platen ya sami kyaututtukan  Franklin Institute dakuma John Price Wetherill Medal a 1932.




#Article 459: W. A. B. Coolidge (187 words)


William Augustus Brevoort Coolidge (Augusta 28, 1850 – Mayu 8, 1926) masanin tarihi ne a  American , tauhidi  kuma mahayin duse.

An haifi  Coolidge a garin New York a matsayin da ga Frederic William Skinner Coolidge, da kasuwar Boston da  Elisabeth Neville Brevoort wacce take yar uwa ga James Carson Brevoort da Meta Brevoort. Yakaranci tarihi da shari'a a makarntar St. Paul's School a Concord, New Hampshire a Elizabeth College, Guernsey da kuma Exeter College, Oxford a 1875 ya zama daga  Magdalen College,Oxford daga 1880 zuwa 1881  ya zama farfesan tarihi a Saint David's College ta  Lampeter sannan a 1883 limamin cocin Angalican

A 1870 lokacin yana da   shekaru ahinrin da zama dan ungiyar  Alpine Club. Yana daga cikin wadanda ake kira da azurfan Alpin da hawan tsororuwn duwarwatsu inda bawanda ya taba hawa bai hau dwatsun ba tare da wasu yan ungiyar da  ake kirazinaren Alpine wadanda mafiya yawan wadannan hawan anyi su ne da goggon sa Meta Brevoort da karen gidancu  Tschingel, wanda , Christian Almer ya bashi a matsin mai lura da shi.

A 1885 ya koma Grindelwald, Switzerland inda ya rasu a 1926.




#Article 460: Jihohi a Tarayyar Amurika (237 words)


A Tarayyar Amurka, jiha wani bangare ne na shiyar siyasa, wanda kasar ke dasu guda hamsin (50) da kuma babban birnin ta Washington D.C. Sun hade a tarayyar siyasa, kowace jiha nada tsarin gwamnatin akanta da iya inda ta kewaye, da kuma tafiyar da ikon da take dashi tareda gwamnatin tarayya. Dalilin wannan ikon ne yasa, Amurkawa suka zama yan'kasa a federal republic da kuma jihar da suke zaune Domicile (law)#United States|reside. zama dan'kasa ko mazauni a Tarayyar Amurka bashi da tsauri, kuma ba'a bukutan amincewar wata gwamnati domin Freedom of movement under United States law|move between states, saidai ga wasu wadanda kotu ta hanasu domin wasu dalilai (misali., paroled yan'fursuna da yaran da iyayensu suka rabu wadanda suke child custody|sharing custody). Jihohi hudu na amfani da suna Commonwealth (U.S. state)|commonwealth akan jiha a cikakken sunansu.

Jihohi sun kasu ne zuwa County (United States)|counties ko county-equivalents, wanda a iya danganta Kananan hukumomi amma basa da iko. County or county-equivalent structure, ya banbanta a kowace jiha kuma jiha zata iya kirkiran Karamar hukumarta Local government in the United States|local governments. State governments of the United States|Gwamnatocin Jihar a Amurka anbasu iko daga Mutanen dake kowace jiha ta State constitution (United States)|constitutions dake kasashen su. All are grounded in republican principles, and each provides for a government, consisting of three branches, each with separate and independent powers: executive, legislative, and judicial.

Jihohi hamsin (50) a Jere a tsarin  haruffa:




#Article 461: Max Liedtke (323 words)


Max Liedtke (25 December 1894 – 1955) dan jarida ne a kasar Jamus kuma soja. An girmamashi a matsayin wanda ya sadaukar da rayuwarsa saboda tirjiyar da ya nuna akan liquidation na alummar Yahudawa (wanda yya hada da bautar aiki) a unguwar marasa galihu ta Przemyśl a gabashin  Poland
An haifi Liedtke a garin Preussisch na Holland, gabashin Prussia (wacce ake kira Poland yanzu) zuwa Lutheran Vicar. ya samu naasara a jarrabawar Abitur a garin ya fara koyon tauhihi Lutheran a jami'ar Konigsberg, amma ya sadoukar da kansa ga sojojin kasar Germani farkon fara yakin duniya na baya. Bayan yakin, ya fara aikin jarida  kuma ya zamo sugaban editoci a wata gama-garin jarida  a Greifswald. Ankore shi a 1935 saboda caccakar da yake wa Nazis. Ladtke ya kara siga soji a 1939. inda aka tura shi Poland, Belguim da Piraeus (girka).

A Julin shekarar 1942, Liedtke ya zama kamanda a Przemyśl. A 26 ga juli 1942 zuwa Schutzstaffel, Gestapo GPK (Grenzpolizeikommissariat – Frontier Police Authority) suka fara shirin su maigirma a Yahudawa a  Przemyśl, wani bangaren a farmakin da suka kira Operation Reinhard, mafi muni a Wehrmacht suka rike taare dasamun umarnin rufe gada Kogin San hanya daya ta barin garin,lokacin da Schutzstaffel, suka yi haramar tsallakawa sai rundinar Wshrmacht a karkashin Liedthke suka ce da su ko sukoma ko su bude masu wuta, da yammacin wannan ranar aka basu umarni, wasu soji karkashin Battel suka shiga garin suka kama Yahudawa 80 - 100 da iyalan su zuwa bariki.  Kula da wannan Yahudawa ya rataya a wuyan  rudunar Wehrmacht suna sa sami mafaka daga zuwa wurin binciken Yahudawa na Belzec.

An cire Liedtke da matsayin komandan Przemyśl a 30 ga satumba 1942,  saboda wannan abu da ya faru. An nada shi a  1st Panzer Army wadanda sukai yaki a  Caucasus.Liedtke ya cigaba da aiki harzuwa baarinsa Bornholm a farkon 1945. yana daga cikin mayakan da Jamus da sojin Soviet suka kama a 1955.




#Article 462: Marcus Rashford (145 words)


Marcus Rashford (an haife shi a 31 October 1997) dan'wasan kwallon kafa dan kasar Ingila, wanda Dan wasan gaba ne shi a kasar sa da kuma a kungiyarsa ta Manchester United.

Yafara buga wasa a Manchester United tun yana shekara bakwai, ya zura kwallo biyu a wasan sa na farko a kungiyar manchester (wasan da sukayi a gasar UEFA Europa League) bayan raunin da mai buga gaba wato Anthony Martial yasamu), da kuma wasansa na farko a Premier League watan Febrairu 2016 (da su da Arsenal). Yakuma ci kwallo a wasansa na farko a wasan Manchester derby, da wasan League Cup da kuma a wasansa na farko a UEFA Champions League.

Rashford yaci kwallo a wasansa na farko ma kasarsa England a watan May 2016, wanda yasa yazama mafi karancin shekaru a yan'wasan Ingila da yaci kwallo a wasansa na farko a wasan duniya.. 

HOTUNA  




#Article 463: Manchester United F.C. (203 words)


Manchester United Football Club (FC), anakiranta da Man United, ko kuma United, kungiyan kwararrun kwallon kafa ne dake zaune a Old Trafford, Greater Manchester, England, wanda me fafatawa a Premier League, mafi shaharar gasar English football. Ana masu lakani da the Red Devils (Jajayen Aljanu), ankirkiri kungiyar amatsayin Newton Heath LYR Football Club a 1878, ta chanja sunanta zuwa Manchester United a 1902 da kuma komawa filin wasan ta na yanzu, Old Trafford, a 1910.

Manchester United tayi nasaran lashe kofina da dama fiye da kowace kungiya a English football, ta kafa tarihin cin Kofi 20 League titles, 12 FA Cup, 5 League Cups da kuma tarihin lashe FA Community Shield guda 21. United ta lashe UEFA Champions League guda 3, UEFA Europa League guda 1, UEFA Cup Winners' Cup guda 1, UEFA Super Cup guda 1 Intercontinental Cup guda 1 da kuma FIFA Club World Cup guda 1. A 1998–99, kungiyar itace ta farko a tarihin kungiyoyin England data samu ikon nasaran cin continental European treble. Da cin UEFA Europa League a 2016–17, sun zama one of five clubs da suka sami nasaran lashe dukkanin gasukan UEFA, kuma kungiyar kadai daga kasar ingila data lashe dukkanin wani gasa da take fafatawa aciki.




#Article 464: Real Madrid CF (230 words)


Real Madrid Club de Fútbol  Royal Madrid Football Club), anakiran ta da Real Madrid, kungiyar kwararrun kwalon kafa ne dake zaune a birnin Madrid, kasar Spain.

An kafa kungiyar a 6 March 1902 da sunan Madrid Football Club, kungiyar daman takasance tun kafuwar ta kayan sawan yan'wasan ta fari ne. Kalmar real daga harshen spaniya ne dake nufi royal wato sarauta kuma an lakaba masu sunan ne daga King Alfonso XIII a 1920 tareda da royal crown in the emblem. Kulub din na wasanta a filin mai daukan mutane 81,044 wato Santiago Bernabéu Stadium dake Madrid run daga 1947. Real Madrid kulub bakamar sauran kungiyoyin wasannin dake nahiyar turai bane, Dan kuwa wadanda suka mallake ta run a farkon ta, Sune suka cigaba da kula da kuma Jan ragamar ta haryannzu. members (socios).

The club was estimated to be worth €3.47 billion ($4.1 billion) in 2018, and in the 2016–17 season it was the second highest-earning football club in the world, with an annual revenue of €674.6 million. The club is one of the most widely supported teams in the world. Real Madrid is one of three founding members of La Liga that have never been relegated from the top division since its inception in 1929, along with Athletic Bilbao and Barcelona. The club holds many long-standing rivalries, most notably El Clásico with Barcelona and El Derbi with Atlético Madrid.




#Article 465: Tarihin Bilalu ɗan Rabaha (3305 words)


TARIHIN BILALU DAN RABAHA (R.A)

Wane ne shi?
Shi ne Bilalu dan Rabaha bararran bawan Sayyadina Abubakar ne, shi ne kuma mai kiran sallar Manzon Allah (S.A.W) yana cikin na farko-farkon shiga musulunci, an azabtar dashi akan Ubangiji sosai ya halarci yakin BADAR.

An karbo dag Abahuraira (R.A) ya ce, “Manzon Allah (S.A.W) ya ce da Bilalu a lokacin Asubahi “Ya Bilalu  gaya min mafi kwadayin aiki da kayi shi a musulunci, saboda naji takun takalmanka da daddare a gabana a cikin Aljanna?” sai ya ce, “Ban yi wani aiki ba da nake kwadayin lada fiye da ni dai bana tsarki a wani lokaci na dare ko rana face na yi sallah ga Ubangijina iyaka abin da aka kaddara min na sallata.
وَقَالَ عُمَرُ بْنُ خَطَّابِ رَضِيَ اللهُ عَنْهَ إِنَّا رَسُولُ رَبِّ أَبُوبَكَرْ سَيِّدِنَا وَأَعْتَقَ سَيِّدِنَا يَعْنِي بِلاَلُ
FASSARA: “Umaru dan Khattab (R.A) ya ce, “Abubakar shugabanmu ne, kuma ya ‘yanta shugabanmu yana nunfin BILALU.
Har yau dai an karbo daga Sayyadina Umaru (R.A) ya ce:
أَنَّ أَبَا سُفْيَانْ أَتَي سَلْمَانُ وَصُهَيْبُ وَبِلاَلُ فِى نَفْرٍ، فَقَالُوا وَالله مَا أَخَذْتُ سُيُوفُ اللهِ مِنْ عُنُقِ عَدُوُّاللهِ مَأْخَذَهَا.
FASSARA: “Hakika, Abu Sufyan ya zo wajen Suhaibu da Bilalu da salmanu suna cikin wasu mutane sai suka ce mun rantse da Allah takobin  Ubangiji ba su riki wuyan makiyin Allah wanda ya dace su rika ba.
Sayyadina Umar ya ce, “Sai Sayyadina Abubakar ya ce, “Shin kun dinga gayawa Shaihin kuraishawa kuma shugabansu haka? Sai ya zo wajen Manzon Allah (S.A.W) ya bashi labari, sai Annabi (S.A.W) ya ce:
يَا أَبُوبَكَرْ لَعَلَّكَ أَغْضَيْتُهُمْ لَئِنْ كُنْتَ أَغْضَيْتُهُمْ لَقَدْ أَغْضَبْتَ رَبِّكَ
FASSARA: “Ya kai Abubakar ba dai ka fusatasu ba, idan fa ka fusatasu to wallahi ka fusata Ubangijinka.”
Da jin haka sai Sayyadina Abubakar ya zo gurinsu ya ce,:
يَا إِخْوَتَاهُ! أَغْضَيْتُكُمْ؟ قَالُوا: يَغْفِرُ الله لَكَ يَا أَخَيَّ
FASSARA: “Ya ku ‘yan uwana shin na bata muku rai? Sai suka ce “A’a Allah ya yi maka gafara ya kai dan’uwanmu.”
An karbo daga Abahuraira (R.A) ga Manzon Allah (S.A.W) ya ce:

FASSARA: “Misalin Bilalu, kamar kudan zuma ce da ta wayi gari take cin daga zaki da daci sannan shi kuma sai ya zamto za ki dukkansa.”

CUTAR DASHI AKAN ADDININ ALLAH
An karbo daga Abdullahi dan Mas’ud ya ce, “Mutum bakwai ne suka fara bayyana musulunci. (1) Manzon Allah (S.A.W) Abubakar (3) Ammaru dan Yasir (4) Mahaifiyar Ammaru Sumayya (5) Suhaibu (6) Bilalu (7) Mikidadu, duk Allah ya yarda dasu. Amma shi Manzon Allah (S.A.W) Amminsa Abu Talib shi ne ya hana a cutar dashi, shi kuma Abubakar ya hana a cutar da shi ne saboda mutanensa.
Su kuwa sauran mushirikai sun kamasu suka sanya musu sulke na karfe sannan suka girkesu a cikin rana babu daya a cikinsu face ya yi musu abin da suka so su yi banda Bilalu, hakika shi ya wulakantar da kansa akan Allah, kuma ya wulakanta a cikin mutanensa, sai suka kamashi suka damkawa yara shi sai suka dinga kewaye zazar garin Makkah dashi alhali yana mai cewa:
أَحْدٌ	أَحْدٌ	أَحْدٌ	أَحْدٌ
FASSARA: “Allah daya ne, Allah daya ne, Allah daya ne”
Umayya dan Khalfu ne shugabansa, idan rana ta kwalle dai-dai lokacin sallar Azahar sai ya dinga saka shi yana burgima akan yashin da rana ta buga ya yi zafi sosai, yana juyi da ciki da baya sai shugaban nasa yasa a dora masa tsakwankwani masu zafi a kirjinsa sannan ya ce dashi.
لاَ تَزَالُ هَكَذَا حَتَّي تَمُوتَ أَوْ تَكْفُرَ بِمُحَمَّدٍ وَتَعْبُدُ الْلاَتَ وَالْعُزَّي، فَمَا يَزِيدُ بِلاَلٌ عَنْ تَرْدِيدُ أَحْدٌ أَحْدٌ
FASSARA: “Ba zaka gushe ba a wannan hali har sai ka mutu, ko ka kafurce ga Muhammadu, ka bautawa Gunkin LATA da UZZA, amma duk da haka babu abin da BILALU ke nanatawa face Allah daya ne, Allah daya ne, Allah daya ne.
Ibn Kasir ya ce, “Yayin da aka shar’anta yin kiran sallah a garin Madina Sayyadina Bilalu shi ya zamto mai yin kiran sallah a gaban Manzon Allah (S.A.W) Umma Maktum kuma yana biye mas,a wataran wannan ya yi, watarna wancan ya yi.
Bilalu ya yi kiran sallah a ranar Fathu Makka a bayan dakin Ka’aba lokacin da Manzon Allah (S.A.W) ya yi wafati sai ya daina kiran sallah, sannan ya tafi garin SHAM yana mai jihadi.

SAUKAR ALKUR’ANI AKAN BILALU
An karbo daga Sa’adu dan Abi Wakas (R.A) ya ce, “Mun kasance tare da Manzon Allah (S.AW) mu shida, sai mushirikai suka ce, “Ka kori wadannan su tafi su barka basu da karfin hali akanmu wato ba zasu iya da su ba, mun kasance ni da Abdullahi dan Mas’ud da Bilalu da wani mutum daga HUZAILU da wasu daban sai Ubangjiji ya saukar da wannan ayar.
وَلاَ تَطْرُدِ الَّذِينَ يَدْعُونَ رَبَّهُمْ بِالْغَدَاةِ وَالْعَشِيِّ (الأنعام:52)
FASSARA “Kada ka kori wadanda suke kiran Ubangijinsa da safe da yamma.
An karbo daga Sa’idu dan Abdul’aziz da waninsa “Hakika Bilalu bai taba yiwa wani kiran sallah bayan Manzon Allah ba, ya ce jihadi zai shiga duniya Sayyadina Abubakar ya yi nufin hanashi sai Bilalu ya ce:
إِنْ كُنْتَ أَعْتَقْتَنِي للهِ, فَخَلِّي سَبِيلِي
FASSARA: “Idan ka ‘yanta ne saboda Allah to ka barni na taif kawai.”
Abin la’akari shi ne bayan Manzon Allah (S.A.W) ya yi wafati sia Sayyadina Bilalu yaje wajen Sayyadina Abubakar ya ce dashi naji Annabi ya ce, “Mafificin aiki ga muminai shi ne jihadi saboda Allah, sai Sayyadina Abubakar ya ce, “Me kake so ya kai Bilalu? Sai ya ce, “Ina so ne na daura damara saboda Allah har na mutu sai Sayyadina Abubakar  ya ce “Waye zai kira mana sallah? Bilal ya ce, “Idanuwana suna zubar da hawaye ni bazana sake kiran sallah ga wani ba, bayan Manzon Allah (S.A.W).
Sayyadina Abubakar ya ce, “A’a ka zauna ka kira mana sallah ya kai Bilal”
Bilal ya ce, “Idan ka ‘yantani ne saboda kanka ne, to duk yadda kaso za a yi, amma idan don Allah ka ‘yantani to ka barni da wanda ka ‘yan tani don shi!!!
Sayyadina Abubakar ya ce, “A’a na ‘yantaka saboda Allah sai Bilal ya tafi kasar SHAM  da damararsa, irin ta me jihad yana cewa a ransa ba zan iya zama a Madina ba bayan wafatin Annabi.
Ya kasance duk lokacin da ya yi nufin yin kiran sallah idan yazo “Ash-hadu Anna Muhammadur-Rasulullahi” sai ya fara tunani har ya yi ta kuka, haka dai Bilal ya yi ta zama a SHAM yana tafiya tare da masu yin Jihadi.
Bayan wasu shekaru sai Bilalu ya yi mafarki da Annabi (S.A.W) yana cewa “Ya Bilalu wannan wane irin abu ne? har yanzu lokacin da zaka ziyarce ni bai yi ba?”
Bilal ya fadakantu cikin bakin ciki ya tafi zuwa Madina yaje kabarin Annabi (S.A.W)  ya yi ta kuka a wajen kabarinsa yana ta birgima akan kabarin yana yiwa Sayyadina Hassan da Hussaini Kiss, ya sumbaci wannan ya rungumi wancan, sannan yaje ya hau kan masallaci yayin da ya ce, “Allahu Akbar Madina ta yi matsi yayin da ya ce, (Ash-hadu An La’ilaha Illallah)
Matsinta ya karu yayin da ya ce, “Ash-hadu Anna Muhammadur-Rasulullahi) mata suka dinga fitowa daga gidajensu ba a taba ganin ranar da aka yawai ta kuka cikin maza da mata sama da wannan rana ba.
Yayin da Sayyadina Umar dan Khattab yaje SHAM sai mutane suka rokeshi akan yasa Bilal ya kira musu sallah koda sau daya ne, sai Umar ya kira Bilal Lokacin sallah ne dama ya bukace shi da ya kira musu sallah.
Sai Bilal ya kira sallah sahabban da suka yi zamani da Annabi suka yi ta kuka, BIlal kuma yana kiran sallah ya yi ta kuka kamar tun da yake bai taba yin kuka ba, Umar ya kasance yafi kowa yin kuka
Yayin da Bilal zai mutu matarsa tana ta kuka saboda zai barta sai ya ce mata kar kiyi kuka:
غَدًا نَلْقَي الأَحِبَّةُ مُحَمَّدًا وَحِزْبَهُ
FASSARA: “Gobe zamu hadu da masoya Annabi Muhammadu da Rundunarsa” Matarsa tana cewa:
وَاوَيْلاَهُ فَقَالَ: وَافَرْحَاهُ
FASSARA: “Ya bakin cikina, sai shi kuma ya ce, “Ya farin cikina madalla da samuns hugaba Bilalu mai farin cikin mutuwa saboda zai gamu da masoya da masoyi shugabansa Annabi Muhammadu (S.A.W)
Wannan shi ne takaitaccen tarihin shugabanmu Bilal, kuma abin da zai baku mamaki shi ne bakin fata ne, amma kuji yadda yake da murya, har ma ya zamto babban ladanin musulunci a zamanin da Annabi (S.A.W) yake raye, Allah ya kara yadda a gareshi.

TARIHIN SAYYADINA ABDULLAHI DAN ABBAS (R.A)
Wane ne shi?
Shi tawadar al’ummace sannan Malami na lokacinsa shugaban masu Tafsirin Alkur’ani dan Ammin Manzon Allah (S.A.W) ABBASU dan Abdulmutallabi (R.A).
Bai fi watanni talatin ya ruska a rayuwar Manzon Allah ba, amma an ruwaito daga bakinsa ya ce:
تُوَفَّي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمْ وَأَنَا إِبْنُ خَمْسَ عَشَرَةَ سَنَةً
FASSARA: “Manzon Allah (S.A.W) ya yi wafati alhali ina da shekara sha biyar (15)
(Manzon Allah (S.A.W) Ya bada labarin haihuwarsa, an karbo daga Abdullahi dan Abbas ya ce, “Ummul Fadali ‘yar Harisu ta zantar dani ta ce, “Mun kasance muna wucewa alhali Manzon Allah (S.A.W) yana cikin dakinsa, ya ce, “Ya ke uwar Fadalu, na ce, amsawarka ya ma’aikin Allah sai ya ce, “Kina fa dauke da cikin wani yaro, sai na ce, “Ya ya kuma haka alhali kuraishawa sun rarrantse cewa mata ba zasu haihuwa ba, sai ya ce, “Abin da na gaya miki ne zai faru, idan kika haifeshi ki kawo min shi, ina haifarsa kuwa sai na kawowa Manzon Allah (S.A.W) shi sai ya rada masa suna Abdullahi, ya tattauna masa dabino da yawunsa ya bashi sai ya ce,:
إِذْهَبِي بِهِ فَلَتَجِدَنَّهُ كَيِّسًا
FASSARA: “Tafi dashi da sannu za ki sameshi mai auna abu da hankali.”
Sai na jewa Abbasui na bashi labari, sai ya yi murmushi sannan ya zowa Manzon Allah (S.A.W) Abbasu ya kasance mutum ne kyakkyawa, mai mikewar tsayuwa, wato bai rankwafa ba, lokacin da Manzon Allah (S.A.W) ya ganshi sai ya mike masa don girmamawa kuma ya sumbaci tsakanin idanunsa sannan ya zaunar dashi a gefen damarsa, sannan ya ce, “Wannan dan’uwan mahaifina ne, “Sai Abbasu ya fadi wasu kalamai, sai Annabi ya ce:
وَلِمَ لاَ أَقُولُ وَأَنْتَ عَمِّي وَبَقِيَّةُ، آبَائِي وَالْعَمُّ وَالِدٌ
FASSARA: Don me bazan ce kai dan’uwan mahaifina bane, iyayena sun yi saura saboda dan’uwan uba shi uba ne.

FALALAR ABDULLAHI DAN ABBAS (R.A)
An karbo daga Abdullahi dan Abbas (R.A) ya ce:

FASSARA: “Manzo Allah (S.A.W) ya rungumeni a kirjinsa sai ya ce, “Ya Ubangiji ka sanar dashi hikima.”
An karbo har yau dai daga gareshi Abdullah dan Abbas (R.A) ya ce, “Manzon Allah (S.A.W) wata rana yana dakin uwar muminai Maimuna sai na ajiye masa ruwan alwalana dare, sai Maimuna ta ce ya Ma’aikin Allah Abdullahi dan Abbas ne fa ya ajiye maka, sai Annabi (S.A.W) ya ce:
اللَّهُمَّ فَقِّهْهُ فِى الدِّينِ وَعَلِّمْهُ التَّأْوِيلُ
FASSARA: “Ya Ubangiji ka fahimtar da shi addini, sannan ka sanar dashi Ta’awili “Fassarar Alkur’nai.”
وَقَالَ ابْنُ مَسْعُودِ رَضِىَ الله عَنْهُ نِعْمَ تُرْجَمَانِ الْقُرْآنِ ابْنُ عَبَّاسِ
FASSARA: “Abdullahi dan Mas’ud (R.A) ya ce, “Madalla da mai fassarar Alkur’ani Abdullahi dan Abbas” Mujahid ya ce, “Abdullahi dan Abbas ya kasance a duk lokacin da zai fassara wani abu sai aga haske yana tashi a gareshi.
An karbo daga SHAKIKI ya ce, “Abdullahi dan Abbas ya kasance a taron Hajji sai ya yi khuduba, sannan ya kama karanta suratu Nur, sai ya zamto yana karantawa tare da yin fassarar duk abin da ya karanta sai wani SHAIHI daga HAYYI ya ce, :
سُبْحَانَ اللهِ مَا رَأَيْتُ كَلاَمًا يَخْرِجُ مِنْ رَأْسُ رَجُلٍ لَوْ سَمِعْتُهُ التَّرْكُ  لأَسْلَمْتُ
FASSARA: “Tsarki ya tabbata ga Allah banga wani zance da yake futowa daga kan wani mutum da a ce TURKU zai jishi wallahi da ya musulunta.”
Abdullahi dan Abbas (R.A) ya kasance kyakkyawa mai dadin KAMSHI. 
ATA’U ya ce:
مَا رَأَيْتُ الْقَمَرَ لَيْلَةُ أَرْبَعَ عَشَرَةَ إِلاَّ ذَكَرْتُ وَجْهِ ابْنُ عَبَّاسَ
FASSARA: “Ban ga wata a daren goma sha hudu ba, face na tuna fuskar Abdullahi dan Abbas (R.A).
IKRAMATA ya ce:

FASSARA: “Abdullahi dan Abbas ya kasance idan ya wuce ta hanya sai mata dake cikin shinge su ce: Shin Tiraren miski ne ya wuce ko kuma Abdullahi dan Abbas ne ya wuce?

NEMAN ILIMINSA TARE DA WAHALHALUN DA YA SHA WAJEN SAMUNSA R.A)
Kasancewar ilimi baya samuwa da hutun jiki babu mai baka wani shashi nasa har sai ka fara bashi dukkansa, daga wasiyyar da masu hankali suke yi, mutum ya yi hakuri a bisa kaskancin ilimi sai shi ilimin ya baka daukaka.
Abdullahi dan Abbas ya ce: “Lokacin da Manzon Allah (S.A.W) ya yi wafati sai na ce da wani mutum daga mutanen Madina “Ansar” zo muje mu tambayi sahabban Manzon Allah (S.A.W) saboda suna da yawa ayau “Yana nufin tun kafin suyi karanci” sai wannan mutum ya ce:
وَاعَجَبًالَكَ يَا بْنُ عَبَّاسُ! أَتَرَي النَّاسُ يَحْتَا جُونَ إِلَيْكَ، وَفِى النَّاسِ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ عَلَيْهِ الصَّلاَةُ وَالسَّلاَمُ مَنْ تَرَي
FASSARA: “Amma ka bani mamaki ya kai dan Abbas! Shin kana ganin mutane zasu bukaci izuwa gareka alhali a cikin mutane akwai sahabban Annabi tsira da aminci su kara tabbata a gareshi, kamar yadda ka sani, ka gani?”
Da jin amsar da ya bashi sai yabar wannan zance sai ya tafi ya dinga tambaya, na kasance ina samun labarin akwai wani hadisi a gurin wani mutum sai na je wajensa alhali yana mai zantawa da wasu, sai na kara mayafina a bakin kofarsa, sai iska ta dibi kasa wato kura ta taru, a inda nake, ganin haka sai ya fito ya ganni, sai ya ce, “Haba ya dan Ammin Annabi! Mai yasa baka turo ka kirani ni nazo maka ba? Sai na ce “Ni ya dace na zo maka, domin tambayar ka zan yi.”
Abdullahi dan Abbas (R.A) ya ce, “Sai wannan mutumin Madina ya yi tsawon rai har sai da ya ganni mutane sun taru a wajena suna daukar ilimi, sai ya ce:
هَذَا الْفَتَي أَعْقَلُ مِنِّي
FASSARA: “Wannan muutm ya fini “hankali”

ILIMIN DA ALLAH YA BASHI (R.A)
An karbo daga Sa’idu dan Jubairu, daga Abdullahi dan Abbas ya ce, “Umaru ya kasance yana shigar dani cikin wadanda suka je yakin BADAR har takai ga wasu a cikinsu sun jin wata damuwa a ransu, sai ya ce, “Me yasa kake shigo da wannan alhalin muna da ‘ya’ya tsaransa? Sai Umaru ya ce Kunsan dai matsayinsa a wajena, sai watarana ya sake kiransa ya hadasu tare, bana ganin hakika a wannan lokaci ya kirani ne domin ya nuna musu wani abu sai ya ce da wadannan sahabbai na badar me zaku iya cewa akan fadin Ubangiji madaukakin sarki:
إِذَا جَاءَ نَصْرُ الله وَالْفَتْحُ
FASSARA: “Lokacin da nasarar Allah tazo, yayin bude Makkah.”
Sai wasu a cikinsu suka ce: An umarcemu ne da mu dinga godewa Allah kuma mu nemi gafararsa, idan aka bamu nasara aka bude mana garin Makkah shashinsu kuma suka yi shiru, wato basu san fassararta ba, sai Umaru ya ce dani kaima haka zaka ce ya kai dan Abbas?
Sai na ce, “A’a sai ya ce to me zaka ce? Sai na ce “Ajalin Manzon Allah (S.A.W) Ubangiji ya sanar dashi karkashin wannan aya, don haka a karshen surar Ubangiji (S.W.T) ya ce:
فَسَبِّحْ بِحَمْدِ رَبِّكَ وَاسْتَغْفِرْهُ إِنَّهُ كَانَ تَوَّابًا
FASSARA: “Sai kai tayin tasbihi bisa godewa Ubangijinka, ka nemi gafararsa, hakika Ubangiji ya kasance mai yawan karbar tuba.”
Sai Umaru ya ce, “Bamu san wata fassara ta wannan sura ba face yadda ka fada.”
IKRAMA ya ce, “Yaji Mu’awiya yana cewa, “shugabanka wato Abdullahi dan Abbas shi ne mafi sanin wadanda suka mutu da wadanda suke a raye.
An karbo daga DAWISU, ya ce: Na zauna da manyan sahabban Manzon Allah (S.A.W) su saba’in ko tamanin babu daya a cikinsu da ya saba da Abdullahi dan Abbas, idan suka hadu sai ya ce,:
الْقَوْلُ كَمَا قُلْتَ أَوْ قَالَ: صَدَقْتَ 
FASSARA: “Abin da ka fada haka yake, ko ya ce ka yi gaskiya.”

LADABIN DA YA SAMU TARE DA MANZON ALLAH (S.A.W)
An karbo daga dan Abbas (R.A) ya ce, “Nazo wa Manzon Allah (S.A.W) a karshen dare sai na yi sallah a bayansa, sai Annabi ya miko hannunsa ya janyoni ya tsayar dani a daura dashi yayin da ya ci gaba da sallarsa sai na koma baya don biyayya a gareshi sai Manzon Allah (S.A.W) ya yi sallarsa, yayin da ya juyo sai ya ce, “Me ke damunka na sanyaka  a kusa dani sai kuma ka koma baya? Sai nace ya Ma’aikin Allah bai kamata wani ya dinga sallah a kusa da kaiba, kai ne fa Manzon Allah (S.A.W) wanda Allah ya baka wannan matsayi ya ce, “sai na bashi mamaki sai ya yi min addu’a akan Ubangiji ya kara min ilimi.

TSORON ALLAHN BIN ABBAS (R.A)
An karbo daga dan Abi Malika ya ce, “Na kasance tare da Abdullahi dan Abbas daga Makka zuwa Madina, sai ya zamanto idan muka yada zango sai ya tashi  a tsakar dare sai Ayyuba ya tambayeshi ya ya karantunsa ya kasance?
Ya ce, “Ya karanta wannan aya:
وَجَاءَتْ سَكْرَةُ الْمَوْتُ بِالْحَقِّ ذَلِكَ مَا كُنْتَ مِنْهُ تَحِيدْ
FASSARA: “Magagin mutuwa ya zo da gaskiya da ma wannan ka kasance kana tsoro “Gudu” sai ya dinga firgitra yana kuka sosai.”
An karbo daga Abi RAJA’U (R.A) ya ce, :
كَانَ هَذَا الْمَوْضِعُ مِنَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسِ مَجْرَي الْدُمُوعُ، كَأَنَّهُ الشِّرَاكُ الْبَالِي
FASSARA: “Wannan guri ya kasance a wajen jikakken Abdullah dan Abbas magudanar hawaye, kai kace jikan kyan takalmi.

TATTAUNAWARSA DA KHAWARIJ (R.A)
Lokacin da Khawarij  suka bayyana fitinarsu ta fallatsa a ko’ina Abdullahi dan Abbas ne yaje ya tattauna da su, ya kawar da mummunar fahimtarsu ta hanyar kafa musu hujja da ayoyi na Alkur’ani, wajen mutum dubu ashirin suka dawo (20000) wajen Sayyadina Aliyu saboda shi.

WAFATIN ABDULLAHI DAN ABBAS (R.A)
Sayyadina Abdullahi dan Abbas ya rayu yana mai yada hasken musulunci aka yalwata masa sani daga Allah ganinsa ya dauke a karshen rayuwarsa daman Manzon Allah (S.A.W) ya bada labarin haka.
An karbo daga Musa dan Maisara, hakika Abbasu ya aika dansa Abdullahi wajen Manzon Allah (S.A.W) akan wata bukatarsa, sai ya sami wani mutum a tare da Ma’aiki sai ya dawo bai yi masa magana ba, sai Abbasu ya hadu da Manzon Allah (S.A.W) bayan haka sai ya ce, “Na aiko dana wajenka sai ya sami wani mutum a wajenka, bai samu damar yi maka magana ba, sai Annabi (S.A.W) ya ce:
يَا عَمُّ! أَتَدْرِي مَنْ ذَاكَ الرَّجْلُ؟
FASSARA: “Ya Ammina shin kasan wane ne wannan mutum? Sai Abbasu ya ce, “A’a, sai ANnabi ya ce:
ذَاكَ جِبْرِيلُ لَقِيَنِي وَلَنْ يَمُوتَ ابْنَكَ حَتَّي يَذْهَبَ بَصَرَهُ وَيُؤْتِي عِلْمًا
FASSARA: “Mala’ika Jibrilu ne ya hadu dani, ka yi sani danka bazai mutu ba har sai ganinsa ya tafi amma za a bashi ilimi.
A cikin shekara ta tamanin (80) ko sittin da bakwai (67) na rayuwarsa Abdullahi dan Abbas yayi wafati “mutuwa” ruhinsa ya kwarara wajen Allah.
An karbo daga Sa’idu dan Jubairu ya ce, “Abdullahi dan Abbas (R.A) ya rasu a Da’ifa mun halarci jana’izarsa sai wani tsuntsu yazo da bamu taba ganin irin halittarsa ba har ya shiga cikin shekarsa, sannan ba muga ya fito ba, yayin da aka binneshi sai aka karanta wannan aya mai zuwa a bakin kabarinsa da bamu san wanda ya karantata ba.

FASSARA: “Ya ke rai amintacciya ki tafi wajen Ubangijinki yardajjiya abar yarda a wajen Allah, ki shiga cikin nagartattun bayina ki shiga Aljannata tare dasu.”
Imamu Zahbi ya ce, “Wannan abin da aka ce ya faru mutawatiri ne, ana ganin wannan Tsuntsu iliminsa ne yardar Allah ta kara tabbata a gareshi.
Lokacin da aka gama binne shi sai Muhammadu dan Hanafi ya ce, “Shi dane a wajen Sayyadina Aliyu dan Abi Dalib (Karramallahu ta’ala wajahahu.”
الْيَوْمُ مَاتَ رَبَّانِي هَذِهِ اْلأُمَّةُ
FASSARA: “A yau mai rainon wannan Al’umma ya mutu a karkashin turbayar Da’ifa aka binne gawarsa mai dauke da hasken imani da akida ta musulunci, masoyin Allah mai koyi da sinnar Manzonsa (Assalatu wassalamu alan Nabiyyi wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuhu, Aminci ya tabbata a bisa shugaban halitta tare da iyalan gidansa.




#Article 466: FC Barcelona (621 words)


I Futbol Club Barcelona (furucci.ca|fubˈbɔl ˈklub bəɾsəˈlonə|-|Futbol Club Barcelona -) an sansu da Barcelona ko da Barça (IPA-ca|ˈbaɾsə), kulub din kwararrun kwallon kafa ne wanda ke zaune a Barcelona, Catalonia, Spain.

An kafa kungiyar a 1899 daga wasu kungiyar yan'kwallon kafa daga Swiss, English dana Catalan, wanda  Joan Gamper ke jagorantar su, kungiyar ta zama wata abun nuni a al'adar mutanen Catalan da Catalanism, dukda taken ta Más que un club (Mun wuce kulub kawai da turanci More than a club). Barcelona ba kamar sauran kungiyoyin kwallon kafa bace, supporters suke da kungiyar da kuma kula da ita. Barcelona ne kulub na 3 da tafi kudu w duniya, da arzikin $4.07 billion, kuma itace world's third-richest football club a samun kudin shiga, da samun €648.3 milliyan a duk shekara.  Barcelona anthem itace Cant del Barça, wanda Jaume Picas da Josep Maria Espinàs suka rubuta.

A gasar gida, Barcelona ta lashe 25 La Liga, 30 Copa del Rey, 13 Supercopa de España, 3 Copa Eva Duarte, da 2 Copa de la Liga trophies, kuma ta zama babu kulub din da takaita yawan gasukan da aka lissafo a hudun karshe a Spain. A international club football, Barcelona ta lashe kyautuka 20 na nahiyar Turai da duniya: 5 UEFA Champions League titles, a record 4 UEFA Cup Winners' Cup, a joint record 5 UEFA Super Cup, a record 3 Inter-Cities Fairs Cup, da kuma a joint record 3 FIFA Club World Cup. Barcelona itace na farko a Jerin kungiyoyin kwallon kafa a shekarun (International Federation of Football History  Statistics) Club World Ranking for 1997, 2009, 2011, 2012, and 2015 kuma ayanzu itace ta biyu a duniya UEFA club rankings. kulub din tana hamayya sosai da kulub din Real Madrid tun da dadewa; wasanni tsakanin su shi ake wa lakabi da El Clásico.

Barcelona na daga cikin kungiyoyin kwallon kafa dake da mabiya baya da yawa a duniya, kuma kulub din na da mafi yawan masu goyon bayan ta a kafar sada zumunta (social media). Yan'wasan Barcelona sunfi kowane yan'wasan kulub yawan lashe Ballon d'Or awards da guda goma sha daya (11), daga cikin wadanda suka lashe akwai Johan Cruyff, haka madai sune sukafi yan kowace kulub yawan lashe FIFA World Player of the Year awards da guda (7), daga cikin wadanda suka lashe akwai Ronaldo, Romário, Ronaldinho, da Rivaldo. A 2010, yan'wasa uku da suka taso ta academy din kulub din wato (Lionel Messi, Andrés Iniesta, da Xavi) an zabesu amatsayin best players a duniya a FIFA Ballon d'Or awards, an unprecedented feat for players from the same football school.

Barcelona is one of three founding members of the Primera División that have never been relegated from the top division since its inception in 1929, along with Athletic Bilbao and Real Madrid. In 2009, Barcelona became the first Spanish club to win the continental treble consisting of La Liga, Copa del Rey, and the UEFA Champions League, and also became the first Spanish football club to win six out of six competitions in a single year, by also winning the Spanish Super Cup, UEFA Super Cup, and FIFA Club World Cup. In 2011, the club became European champions again and won five trophies. This Barcelona team, which won 14 trophies in just 4 years under Pep Guardiola, is considered by some in the sport to be the greatest team of all time. Da samun nasararsu na cin kofin su na biyar a Champions League trophy on 6 June 2015, Barcelona tazama itace tafarko acikin kulub din Turai data samu yin nasarar continental treble har sau biyu. The highest paid sports team in the world, in November 2018 Barcelona became the first sports team with average first-team pay in excess of £10m ($13.8m) per year.




#Article 467: Chelsea F.C. (280 words)


Chelsea Football Club itace kulub din kwararrun yan kwallon kafa dake wasa a birnin London, England, suna fafatawa a gasar Premier League, wanda shine babban gasar kwallon kafa a kasar England. Kulub din ta lashe kofin league takwas,  Kofin FA takwas, da League Cup biyar, FA Community Shield hudu, UEFA Europa League daya, UEFA Super Cup daya, UEFA Cup Winners' Cup daya, da kuma UEFA Champions League daya.

An kafa ta a 1905, gidan wasan kulub din tun kafa ta, itace Stamford Bridge. Chelsea tafara lashe kofin ta na farko First Division run a 1955, run daga nan kulub din taka samun nasarori kadan kadan, har zuwa 2003, sands mai kudin kasar Rasha wato Roman Abramovich ya saye ta. Chelsea then saw heavy investment, and have since won eighteen honours under Abramovich.

José Mourinho shine mafi samun nasara acikin wadanda suka tana kula da kulub din, idan akayi la'akari da yawan lashe manyan kyautuka, kuma yanwasan sa ne suka kafa tarihi a yawan maki a kasar England a tsakanin 2004 da 2005. A Chelsea run kafuwar suke amfani da kaya mai launin shudi da garin safa, sannan kuma bajin kulub din na sanye ne da ceremonial lion rampant regardant holding a staff.  kulub din nada hamayya sosai tsakanin ta da makwabtanta dake London, kamar Fulham, Arsenal FC, da Tottenham Hotspur.

Dangane da martabar arzikin kulub din, Chelsea sune na bakwai a duniya, da arzikin da yakai £1.54 billion ($2.06 billion), kuma sune na takwas a samun kudin shiga na kulub din kwallon kafa a duniya, da samun da zarce €428 million in the 2017–18 season. dangane da yankallo, kulub din itace na Shida a yawan magoya bayan a kasar England.




#Article 468: Manchester City F.C. (273 words)


Manchester City Football Club, akan kintse sunan zuwa Man City, kulub din kwararrun yan kwallon kafa ne dake zaune a garin Manchester, England, UK, una fafatawa a gasar Premier League, babban gasar kwallon kafa a kasar England. Kulub din ta lashe kofin league guda biyat, da na Kofin FA biyar, da League Cups biyar, FA Community Shield biyar, da kuma European Cup Winners' Cup guda daya. 

An kafa kungiyar a shekara ta 1880, ta shiga cikin gasar Football League a 1899, ta lashe babbar gasar na farko da Kofin FA a 1904. Sun masu nasarori a karshen shekara ta 1960s, inda suka lashe kofin League, FA Cup da League Cup a karkashin hurarwar Joe Mercer da Malcolm Allison. Bayan rashin nasarar 1981 FA Cup Final, kulub din ta fada cikin rashin tagomashi, da samun relegation har zuwa rukuni na uku a English football.

Bayan dawo warsu cikin gasar Premier League a 2000s, an saida kulub din Manchester City a 2008, wanda Abu Dhabi United Group  suka saya a £210 million, da samun sa jari da dama. Kulub ta samu nasarar lashe gasa da dama a tsakanin shekarun 2010s, kuma suka zama kulub ta farko da ta samu kaiwa maki 100 points a kakar gasar premier league.

Kudin shigar kulub din Manchester City shine na biyar a fifth highest  a duniya a tsakanin 2017–18 na kakar gasa, wanda yakai €527.7 million. a 2018, kulub din itace na Bihar a fifth most valuable a duniya da kudin da suka kai $2.47 billion.

Kulub din nada babban hamayya sosai tsakanin ta da takwarar ta Manchester United a wasa tsakanin su da ake kira da Manchester Derby.




#Article 469: Pele (180 words)


Edson Arantes do Nascimento (lafazi|ˈɛtsõ (w)ɐˈɾɐ̃tʃiz du nɐsiˈmẽtu; an haife shi a 23 October 1940), anfi saninsa da Pelé (peˈlɛ), tsohon dan'wasan kwallon kasar Brazil ne, wanda yake buga gaba. Wadanda ke wasanni har da marubuta wasan ƙwallon ƙafa, yan wasa, da yan kallo (magoya bayan) na ganinsa amatsayin babban ɗan wasa a duniya. A shekara ta 1999, an zaɓe shi Dan Ƙwallon FIFA na ƙarni na Duniya daga hukumar International Federation of Football History  Statistics (IFFHS), kuma yana daga cikin biyun da aka zaɓa aka ba kyautar ɗan ƙwallon FIFA na ƙarni. A wannan shekarar, an zabi Pelé amatsayin ɗan wasan motsa jiki na ƙarni daga hukumar International Olympic Committee. A cewar IFFHS, Pelé shine wanda yafi kowa samun nasara zura kwallaye a raga a gasar league goal-scorer a tarihin kwallon kafa, inda ya zura kwallaye 650 a wasanni 694, League matches, a kuma gaba daya wasanni da yayi guda 1363 yaci kwallo 1281, har wasannin sada zumunci. bar wayau Pele shine Guinness World Record.name=pele.m-qp-m.usname=futdados.comA lokacin da yake wasannin sa, Pelé shine wanda akafi biya acikin yan'wasa a duniya.




#Article 470: Ronaldo (Brazil) (522 words)


Ronaldo Luís Nazário de Lima (lafazi|ʁoˈnawdu ˈlwis nɐˈzaɾju dʒi ˈɫĩmɐ|; an haife shi a 18 September 1976), anfi saninsa da Ronaldo, tsohon dan'wasan kwallon kafa ne na kasar Brazi, wanda ke buga bangaren gaba striker. Popularly dubbed O Fenômeno (The Phenomenon), ana ganinsa amatsayin daya daga cikin greatest football players of all time. In his prime, he was known for his dribbling at speed, feints, and clinical finishing. At his best in the 1990s, Ronaldo starred at club level for Cruzeiro, PSV, Barcelona, da Inter Milan. Komawarsa zuwa Spain da Italy yasa yazama nabiyu bayan Diego Maradona, to break the world transfer record twice, all before his 21st birthday. Da kaiwarsa shekaru 23, yaci kwallaye sama da 200 ma kulub da kasarsa. Bayan share fiye da shekara uku batare da murza tamola ba, saboda knee injuries and recuperation mai tsanani, Ronaldo yakoma Real Madrid a 2002, which was followed by spells at A.C. Milan da Corinthians.

Ronaldo yayi nasarar lashe FIFA World Player of the Year in 1996, 1997 and 2002, the Ballon d'Or in 1997 and 2002, and the UEFA Club Footballer of the Year in 1998. He was La Liga Best Foreign Player in 1997, when he also won the European Golden Boot after scoring 34 goals in La Liga, and he was named Serie A Footballer of the Year in 1998. One of the most marketable sportsmen in the world, the first Nike Mercurial boots–R9–were commissioned for Ronaldo in 1998. He was named in the FIFA 100 list of the greatest living players compiled in 2004 by Pelé, and was inducted into the Brazilian Football Museum Hall of Fame and the Italian Football Hall of Fame.

Ronaldo played for Brazil in 98 matches, scoring 62 goals, and is the second-highest goalscorer for his national team, trailing only Pelé. At age 17, Ronaldo was the youngest member of the Brazilian squad that won the 1994 FIFA World Cup. At the 1998 World Cup, he received the Golden Ball for player of the tournament, helping Brazil reach the final where he suffered a convulsive fit hours before the defeat to France. He won a second World Cup in 2002 where he starred in a front three with Ronaldinho and Rivaldo. Ronaldo scored twice in the final, and received the Golden Boot as the tournament's top goalscorer. During the 2006 World Cup, Ronaldo scored his 15th World Cup goal, which was a World Cup record at the time. He also won the Copa América in 1997, where he was player of the tournament, and 1999, where he was top goalscorer.

Having suffered further injuries, Ronaldo retired from professional football in 2011. As a multi-functional striker who brought a new dimension to the position, he has been the outstanding influence for a generation of strikers that have followed. Post-retirement, Ronaldo has continued his work as a United Nations Development Programme Goodwill Ambassador, a position to which he was appointed in 2000. He served as an ambassador for the 2014 FIFA World Cup. Ronaldo became the majority owner of La Liga club Real Valladolid in September 2018 after buying 51% of the club's shares.




#Article 471: Ronaldinho (616 words)


Ronaldo de Assis Moreira (an haife shi a 21 March 1980), anfi saninsa da Ronaldinho (lafazi|ʁonawˈdʒĩɲu|br) ko Ronaldinho Gaúcho, Ronaldinho, itace sunan Ronaldo idan aka tsawaita ta, kuma ana kiransa da Gaúcho (tun tasowarsa daga southern Brazil), saboda ya banbanta daga abokin wasansa kuma dan kasarsa wato Ronaldo, wanda an sansa da Ronaldinho a Brazil kafin nan. Ronaldo sai yafara amfani da sunansa na farko bayan koma warsa Turai, hakan yaba Ronaldinho daman ajiye sunan Gaúcho yafara amfani da sunan Ronaldinho a kasashen waje. dan'wasan kwararrun kwallon kafa na kasar Brazil kuma shine ambassador a  Barcelona. ya buga wasanni amatsayin dan'wasan tsakiya attacking midfielder, amma kuma yabuga forward ko gefe winger. Ya buga kaso mai yawa na rayuwar ƙwallon ƙafar sa a Turai, ma ƙungiyoyin Paris Saint-Germain, Barcelona da A.C. Milan da kuma buga ma Brazilian national team. Ana ganinsa Amatsayin daya daga cikin kwararrun Ɗan'wasa na zamaninsa da kuma ganin agun mafiya mutane amatsayin shahararre a suk duniya greatest of all time, Ronaldinho ya lashe FIFA World Player of the Year awards sai biyu da kuma Ballon d'Or. Ya kware a skills da creativity; due to his agility, pace and
dribbling ability, as well as his use of tricks, feints, overhead kicks, no-look passes and accuracy from free-kicks.

Ronaldinho yafara wasan ƙwallon ƙafa ne a Grêmio, a 1998. Lokacin yana shekara 20, ya koma ƙungiyar Paris Saint-Germain dake Faransa sannan yakoma ƙungiyar Barcelona a 2003. A shekararsa ta biyu a Barcelona, Ya lashe kyautarsa ta farko na FIFA World Player of the Year award, kuma Barcelona ta lashe La Liga. A kakar wasan dake zuwa tazama mafi shaharan lokacin sa a ƙungiyar inda Barcelona ta lashe gasar UEFA Champions League, na farkonsu a shekaru goma sha hudu, da kuma sake lashe wata La Ligan, wanda yazama na farko da Ronaldinho ya lashe kofina biyu a jere. Bayan yaci wasu ƙayatattun ƙwallaye guda biyu a wasan El Clásico, Ronaldinho yazama na biyu cikin yan'wasan Barcelona, bayan Diego Maradona a 1983, daya yasamu akai masa standing ovation daga masoyan ƙungiyar Real Madrid a Santiago Bernabéu. Ronaldinho yasake karbar FIFA World Player of the Year award dinsa na biyu, da kuma Ballon d'Or.

Sakamakon karewa a nabiyu a La Liga a kasan Real Madrid a 2006–07 season da kuma samun rauninsa 2007–08 season, Ronaldinho yabar Barcelona inda Yakima AC Milan. Yakuma koma Brazil domin bugawa Flamengo a 2011 da kuma Atlético Mineiro bayan shekara daya, kuma ya lashe Copa Libertadores, ya kuma koma Mexico Dan bugawa Querétaro sannan yakoma Brazil Dan bugawa Fluminense a 2015. Ronaldinho yatara kyautuka da dama a rayuwar was an ƙwallon ƙafarsa. Ansanya shi a cikin UEFA Team of the Year da FIFA World XI sai uku, yazama UEFA Club Footballer of the Year a 2006 da kuma South American Footballer of the Year a 2013, kuma ansanya shi cikin FIFA 100, jerin sunayen shahararrun Ɗan'wasa rayayyu wanda  Pelé ya hada.

A bugawa ƙasar sa wasa, Ronaldinho ya buga wasanni 97 ma ƙasar sa Brazil national team, yaci ƙwallaye 33, kuma ya wakilci ƙasar sa a FIFA World Cup sau biyu. Yakasance daga cikin wadanda suka kokari a lashe gasar 2002 FIFA World Cup na ƙasar sa a Korea da Japan, dashi dasu Ronaldo da Rivaldo a gaba masu cin ƙwallo, yaci ƙwallo biyu, wanda yahada da free-kick daga nisan ƙafa 40 a wasansu tare da ƙasar England, da bayar da assists biyu da kuma zama cikin FIFA World Cup All-Star Team. Amatsayinsa na captain, yajagoranci Brazil a lashe Confederations Cup dinsu nabiyu a 2005 kuma yazama Man of the Match a final. Ronaldinho yaci ƙwallaye uku a gasar, inda suka ƙwallayensa suka zama tara, haka yasa yazama joint all-time leading goalscorer a gasar.




#Article 472: Diego Maradona (146 words)


Diego Armando Maradona Franco (lafazi|ˈdjeɣo maɾaˈðona, an haife shi a 30 October 1960 – 25 Nuwamba 2020) tsohon ɗan wasan ƙwararrun ƙwallon ƙafa ne ɗan ƙasar Argentina kuma maikula da Mexican second division club Dorados. Yawancin masu harkokin wasanni, da suka hada da marubuta wasan ƙwallon ƙafa, yan'wasa, da magoya baya, na ganinsa amatsayin ɗaya daga cikin manyan ƴan ƙwallon ƙafa a Duniya. Yana ɗaya daga cikin fitattun ƴan ƙwallon ƙafa na FIFA na ƙarni na 20 tare da Pelé. Yanayin Kallo, bayar da ƙwallo da yadda Maradona yake sarrafa Ƙwallon sa shine ya bambanta shi da sauran Ƴan Ƙwallo. Hakanan ma ƙwarewar sa wajen haɗa kan ƴan wasan ƙungiyar sa a  yayin da ake buga ƙwallon shima ya ƙara masa ƙima sosai. Ana yi masa laƙani da El Pibe de Oro (Yaron ƙwarai), sunan da ya ɗauka shiga a tarihin tashen sa na ƙwallon ƙafa.




#Article 473: Washington DC (447 words)


Washington, D.C., ada ana kiranta da District of Columbia anfi saninta da Washington ko D.C., itace Babban Brinin kasar Tarayyar Amurka. Ankirkire ta bayan American Revolution amatsayin fadar gwamnatin sabuwar, sunan Washington ansa sane bayan sunan George Washington,  Shugaban Farko Na Tarayyar Amurka kuma Wadanda suka Kafa Tarayyar Amurka. Amatsayin ta na fadar Gwamnatin Tarayyar Amurka  da kuma ma'aikatu na duniya da dama, Washington nada muhimmanci a world political capital. Birnin na daya daga cikin mafi yawan ziyarta a duniya, fiye da mutane (masu yawon bude ido) niliyan 20 ne ke ziyartar birnin a duk shekara.

Sa hannun da akayi na Residence Act a July 16, 1790 ita ta bmince da kafa capital district yakasance a Potomac River a gabar kasar na East Coast. Kundin Tsarin mulkinn kassr yasamar da federal district a karkashin exclusive jurisdiction na U.S. Congress, da kuma cewar District din kafa yakasance bangaren kowace jiha. The states of Maryland and Virginia each donated land to form the federal district, which included the pre-existing settlements of Georgetown and Alexandria. The City of Washington was founded in 1791 to serve as the new national capital. In 1846, Congress returned the land originally ceded by Virginia; in 1871, it created a single municipal government for the remaining portion of the District.

Washington nada yawan Mutane da aka kiyasta kusan 702,455 , making it the 20th most-populous city in the United States. Commuters from the surrounding Maryland and Virginia suburbs raise the city's daytime population to more than one million during the workweek. The Washington metropolitan area, of which the District is the principal city, had a 2017 estimated population of 6,216,589, the sixth-largest metropolitan statistical area in the nation.

Dukkanin rassa uku na Gwamnatin Amurka nada cibiyoyinsu ne a the District: congress (legislative), president (executive), and the U.S. Supreme Court (judicial). Washington is home to many national monuments and museums, primarily situated on or around the National Mall. The city hosts 177 foreign embassies as well as the headquarters of many international organizations, trade unions, non-profit, lobbying groups, and professional associations, including the World Bank Group, the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the Organization of American States, AARP, the National Geographic Society, the Human Rights Campaign, the International Finance Corporation, and the American Red Cross.

A locally elected mayor and a 13‑member council have governed the District since 1973. However, Congress maintains supreme authority over the city and may overturn local laws. D.C. residents elect a non-voting, at-large congressional delegate to the House of Representatives, but the District has no representation in the Senate. The District receives three electoral votes in presidential elections as permitted by the Twenty-third Amendment to the United States Constitution, ratified in 1961.




#Article 474: Liverpool F.C. (343 words)


Liverpool Football Club kulub din kwararrun yan kwallon kafa ne wanda ke zaune a is Liverpool, kasar England, tana fafatawa a gasar Premier League, wanda shine babban gasa ns English football. Kulub din tasamu nasarar lashe kofin European Cups guda biyar, more fiye da kowace kulub a kasar England, UEFA Cups guda 3, UEFA Super Cup guda 3, 18 League titles, 7 Kofin FA, a record 8 League Cups, da kuma FA Community Shield guda goma sha biyar (15).

An kafa ta a 1892, kulub ta shiga cikin Football League a shekarar da ta biyo baya, kuma tana wasannin ta ne a Anfield tun da aka kafata. Liverpool ta tazamar da kanta babban kulub a English da European football a shekarun 1970s da 1980s sanda Bill Shankly da Bob Paisley suka jagoranci Kungiyar samun nasara League titles guda goma sha daya(11) da seven European trophies. A karkashin jagorancin Rafael Benítez da captain Steven Gerrard, Liverpool tazama European champions a karo na biyar a shekara ta 2005.

Liverpool itace ninth highest-earning football club in the world a 2016–17, da kudin shiga a shekara da suka kai €424.2 million, kuma itace eighth most valuable a duniya kulub a 2018, da kudin dasuka kai $1.944 billion. The club is one of the best supported teams in the world. Liverpool nada babban hamayya sosai tsakanin ta da Manchester United da kuma Everton.  

Magoya bayan kulub din so biyu suna shiga cikin alhini: akwai Heysel Stadium disaster, where escaping fans were pressed against a collapsing wall at the 1985 European Cup Final a Brussels, tareda mutane 39 – wanda yawancinsu Italiyawa ne da magoya bayan Juventus suka mutu, hakan yasa aka hana Kungiyoyin England shiga kowace irin gasa a Turai na tsawon shekaru biyar, da kuma Hillsborough disaster a 1989, inda magoya bayan Liverpool 96 suka mutu a crush against perimeter fencing.

Kungiyar ta canja kayan sawarta daga Jan Riga da farin wando zuwa Jan kafa suka s shekarar 1964 kuma tun daga nan shi take amfani dashi had ayau. Taken kulub din shine You'll Never Walk Alone.




#Article 475: Ibn Rushd (258 words)


Ibn Rushd (larabci = ابن رشد; cikakken sunansa| أبو الوليد محمد ابن احمد ابن رشد|wato Abū l-Walīd Muḥammad Ibn ʾAḥmad Ibn Rušd; 1126 – 11 December 1198), an canja sunan a harshen Latin amatsayin Averroes (lafazi|ə|ˈvɛroʊiːz),  Musulmi neAl-Andalusi philosopher kuma thinker ne, wandi yayi rubutu akan  subjects da dama, wadanda suka hada da philosophy, Tauhidi, magani, ilimin taurari, physics, Islamic jurisprudence da Shari'ar Musulunci, da kuma linguistics. Ayyukansa akan philosophical sun kunshi sharhohi da dama akan Aristotle, wanda yasa ake masa lakabi da The Commentator wato (Mai Sharhi) a kasashen Yamma. Ya taba zama alkali kuma court physician na Almohad caliphate.

An haife shi a garin Córdoba a shekara ta 1126 daga gidan alkalai masu daraja, kakansa (mahaifin ubansa) shine babban alkalin garin. A 1169 an kai shi gurin Kalifa Abu Yaqub Yusuf, wanda yayi farin cikin dangane da ilimin sa, sai kalifa yazama maitaikon Ibn Rushd a dukkanin harkokinsa kuma ya karbi yawancin sharhohinsa. Daga na Rushd yayi ayyuka amatsayin alkali a  Seville da Córdoba. A 1182, an nada shi amatsayin court physician da kuma zama babban alkali na garin Córdoba. Bayan rasuwar Abu Yusuf a 1184, Ibn Rushd ya cigaba da zama karkashin taimakon sarakuna har sai sanda ya shiga cikin fuskanta kaskanci a shekarar 1195. An tuhume shi da binsa da zargi da dama wanda hakan yakasance ne domin siyasa, sai ya koma wani gari kusa da Cordoba da ake kira da Lucena. Amma daga baya yasake dawowa cikin yalwarsa da daukaka karkashin taimakawan sarakuna kafin yarasu a 11 ga watan Decemban shekara ta 1198.




#Article 476: Yaƙin Duniya na I (162 words)


Yaƙin Duniya na I da turanci World War I (ana kintse sunan WWI ko WW1), kuma ana kiran shi da First World War da turanci wato Yakin Duniya na Farko kuma Great War wato Babban Yaki, wani Yakin Duniya ne da ya faro daga nahiyar Turai wanda aka fara tun daga 28 ga watan Juli na 1914 har zuwa 11 ga watan Nuwanban 1918. Wanda ayanzu ake dangata shi da suna the war to end all wars wato Yakin da zai tsaida Yakoki, ya kai ga hada fiye da miliyan 70 million na ma'aikatan soja, da miliyan 60 na Turawa, wanda yasa yazama daya daga cikin babban yaki daya daga cikin yakin da aka rasa rayuka da dama a tarihi, an kiyasta kusan mutane miliyan 9 Mayaƙa aka rasa da  miliyan 7 na farin hula wadanda suka mutu sanadiyar yakin, wanda ya haifar da kisan kiyashi da kuma cutar da kuma rasa rayukan Mutane miliyan 50 zuwa 100 a duniya baki daya.




#Article 477: José Mourinho (158 words)


José Mário dos Santos Mourinho Félix, GOIH (Furucci da Portuguese: [ʒuˈzɛ moˈɾiɲu]; an haife shi a 26 January 1963), yakasance kwararren koci ne daga kasar Portugal kuma tsohon dan'wasa wanda kwanan nan yabar horar da kulub din English na Manchester United F.C. Amatsayin sa name horarwa, Mourinho ya lashe manyan gasa guda 25, wanda yasa yazama daya daga cikin masu horarwa da suka sami nasara a tarihi. Yazama kocin kasar Portugal na karni kyautar da Portuguese Football Federation (FPF) ta bashi a shekarar 2015, kuma yana rike da distinction na zama kocin farko daya kashe £1 billion akan sayan yan'wasa. Saboda dabarunsa na ilimi, kwarjininsa da controversial personality, kuma hakan ne abokan takararsa ke masa lakabi Cesar itace emphasis on getting results over playing beautiful football, ana kwatanta shi, daga masu sonsa da kuma masu kushe sa, da mai horar da Argentina Helenio Herrera. Ana ganinsa amatsayin daya daga cikin manyan masu horarwa na kowace lokaci a Duniya.




#Article 478: Mesut Ozil (563 words)


At Mesut Özil (furucci|ˈmeːzut ˈøːzil, ko |meˈsut ˈøzil|; an haife shi a 15 October 1988) kwararren dan'kwallon kafar kasar Jamus ne, wanda ke buga wasa a kulub din Arsenal F.C. Ana ganin yana daga cikin gogaggun yan'wasa a duniya.

Özil na buga wasa yawanci amatsayin attacking midfielder, kuma ana sanya shi buga was amatsayin gefe (winger). Yafara wasan sa na kwararru amatsayin dan'wasan kulub din garin su Schalke 04 a gasar Bundesliga, ya share kaka biyi sannan ya koma Werder Bremen da kudin sayansa €5 million. Yasamu cikakken karbuwa da mayar da hankali akan sa a gasar 2010 FIFA World Cup, sanda yake da shekaru 22, Özil ya taka rawa sosai a kungiyar sa dasuka kai matakin gabda na karshe wato semi-finals, inda sukayi rashin nasara a hannun wadanda suka lashe gasar Spain. An tsada Özil acikin takarar wadanda da taba kyautar Golden Ball Award, sannan an bashi matsayin wanda yafi kowa yawan taimako aci kwallo (assists) acikin manyan gasar kasashen Turai da Kananan gasanni, wanda yake da 25. Hakan yasa aka saye shi akan kudi €15 million zuwa gasar La Liga kulub din Real Madrid F.C.

A kulub din Madrid, Özil yasamu lashe Copa del Rey a kakan sa na farko, sannan yayi taimako guda 17 (assists) wanda kulub ta lashe gasar Spanish league following season. Ya kuma lashe Supercopa de España a wannan kakar, inda yayi suna akan his technical skills and creativity; saboda agility, finesse and versatility amatsayin sa na attacking midfielder, ake danganta shi da Zinedine Zidane daga tsohon mai horar dashi José Mourinho.

Bayan kulub din sa sun Kate Amatsayi na biyi a La Liga bayan kulub Barcelona ta lashe gasar 2012–13 kakar, Özil yakoma England Dan buga wa kulub Premier League Arsenal da kudin da kulub din bata taba kashewa wani dan'wasa ba £42.5 million (€50 million), haka yasa yazama mafi tsadan dan'wasa na kowani lokaci. A kamar sa na farko, Özil ya taimake kulub din samun kawo karshen tsawon shekaru tara batare da lashe gasa ba, inda suka lashe gasar kofin FA nine-year trophy drought, winning the FA Cup a 2014. Ya kuma kara samun yin nasarar lashe gasar Kofin FA biyu, da lashe FA Community Shield. Özil ya kafa tarihi na Wanda yafi kowa yawan assists (19) a gasar kakan Premier League 2014–15, da kuma sanya shi acikin kungiyoyin kwararru da ake zaba daban-daban a kasar England.

A duniya kuma, Özil ya buga wasanni guda 92 ma kasar Jamus, ya zura kwallaye 23, yayi taimako 40 assists. Ya kuma kafa tarihi na zama dan'kwallon kafar kasar Jamus na shekara sau 5 (five German Player of the Year awards). Özil ya wakilci kasar sa a gasar FIFA World Cup guda uku(3), da kuma UEFA European Championship guda biyu (2), kuma yana daga cikin wadanda suka taka rasa a gasar 2010 FIFA World Cup da gasar UEFA Euro 2012 a kasar South Africa da Ukraine, inda yazama daya daga cikin mafi yawan taimako a dukkanin wasannin biyu (assist provider in both competitions). Özil ya kuma taimaka sosai a sanda kasar Jamus ta lashe gasar 2014 FIFA World Cup a Brazil, inda yasamu plaudits for his versatility and creativity. Bayan gasar 2018 FIFA World Cup, Özil yayi ritaya daga buga wasa a kasar sa, bayan yayi zargin nuna masa wariya da rashin girmamawa da German Football Association (DFB) tayi da kuma kamfanonin yasa labarai da suke kasar Jamus.




#Article 479: HBM Iqbal (108 words)


HBM Iqbal dan  Bangladesh kuma dan siyasa Awami Leaguersohon dan majalisa daga Ramna- Tejgaon, Dhaka.

An zabi Iqbal daga Ramna-Tejgaon, Dhaka  a shekara 1996. Shine shugaban a bankin Premier. Shine matemakin sugaban garin Dhaka.

Iqbal yahaudu da suka ra'ayi saboda harba bindiga a lokacin da 'yan adawa ke motsa jamiyya,Bangladesh Nationalist Party. Anyi karar sa amma koto ta kori kara a 2009. Dan kawun sa mai shekaru 16 ya daumotarsa yayi hatsari a garin Gulshan, Dahaka a 2016. A dallin shan giya wanda mutum hudu suka sami rauni. An kama yaron amma 'yansanda suka kaishi killataccen wuri. A 2007 hukumar yaki da rashawa ta Bangladesh ta kama shi.




#Article 480: Martin Luther King (534 words)


Martin Luther King Jr. (Yarayu daga January 15, 1929  zuwa April 4, 1968) yakasance Baptist ne, minista  kuma activist wanda yazama mafi shahara kuma shugaba a civil rights movement daga 1954 har zuwa sanda aka kashe shi a Shekara ta 1968. An haife shi a garin Atlanta, King ya shahare ne akan neman civil rights ta hanyar nonviolence da kuma dabarun civil disobedience, na irin imaninsa da addinin Christian da kuma irin nonviolent din Mahatma Gandhi da taimakawa da wayar da Kai.

King ya jagoranci 1955 Montgomery bus boycott sannan kuma a 1957 yazama shugaba na farko wato president na Southern Christian Leadership Conference (SCLC). Tare da SCLC, ya jagoranta 1962 struggle against segregation a Albany, Georgia amma basuyi nasara ba, kuma ya taimaka wurin shirya zanga-zangar nonviolent 1963 a garin Birmingham dake jihar Alabama. Ya kuma taimaka dai da shirya March on Washington na 1963, anan ne yayi shahararriyar jawabinsa na  I Have a Dream.

A watan October 14, 1964, King ya karbi Nobel Peace Prize don't ya canja racial inequality ta hanyar nonviolent resistance. A 1965, ya taimaka shirya Selma to Montgomery marches. Kuma a shekara data biyo, dashi da SCLC sun tafi da tafiyar Arewa da Chicago dan yin aiki a gidajen da aka rarraba. A karshen shekarunsa, ya fadada hangensa da zata hada da yan'adawa domin dubi kan poverty da kuma Yakin Vietnam. Ya hada liberal abokansa da jawabin 1967 da aka mata suna da . J. Edgar Hoover considered him a radical and made him an object of the FBI's COINTELPRO tun daga 1963. Ma'aikatan FBI suka fara bincikansa ko yana iya hada kai da communist, suka binciko ayyukansa na hulda extramarital liaisons suka kai was jami'an gwamnati, kuma suka aika masa da sako a threatening anonymous letter, wanda ya danganta cewar anyi ne dan asa shi ya kashe kansa.

A 1968, King ya shirya taron mamaye Washington, D.C., da aka kira Poor People's Campaign, asanda aka kashe shi assassinated a April 4 a Memphis, Tennessee. Mutuwarsa yasa biyo wan riots in many U.S. cities. Da zargin cewa James Earl Ray, mutumin da aka kama da hannun kashe King, kuma aka daure shi, cewar yayi hakan ne saboda wasu jami'an gwamnati, anci gaba da zanga-zangar na tsawon shekaru tun da aka kashe shi. An daure mutum a gidan kaso na tsawon shekaru 99  domin kisan King da yayi, wanda hakan dai dauri ne na rai- da rai tunda ya riga yaki shekaru 41 a sanda yayi kisan. Ray yayi shekaru 29 acikin daurinsa sannan ya mutu sanadiyar cutar hepatitis a 1998 a gidan jaru.

Bayar mutuwarsa King yasamu kyautar Presidential Medal of Freedom da na Congressional Gold Medal. An kuma kirkira ranar Martin Luther King Jr. Day amatsayin ranar hutu a yawancin birane da jihohi a kasar Tarayyar Amurka a farkon 1971; an samar da hutu a matakin tarayya daga dokokin da Shugaban kasar wato Ronald Reagan yasa was hannu a 1986. daru-ruwan layuka a Tarayyar Amurka ne akaiwa sunaye da sunan sa da girmama shi, da kuma county a Washington State itama anfi ta ne saboda shi. Martin Luther King Jr. Memorial dake a National Mall a Washington, D.C, itama an jingina gare shi ne a shekarar 2011.




#Article 481: Hillary Clinton (194 words)


Hillary Diane Rodham Clinton (an haife ta a October 26, 1947) Yar'siyasan Amurka ce, Yar'leken asiri, lauya, marubuciya, kuma takasance mai jawabi ga al'umma. Ta riƙe matsayin First Lady na Tarayyar Amurka daga shekara ta 1993 zuwa 2001, Sanatan Amurka daga New York tun daga 2001 zuwa 2009, itace ta 67th Sakataren Kasa na Tarayyar Amurka daga 2009 zuwa 2013, sannan itace yar'takarar Democratic Party na Shugaban Kasar Tarayyar Amurka a zaben 2016.

An haife ta a Chicago, Illinois ta girma a wajen garin Chicago a Park Ridge, ta kammala karatun ta daga Wellesley College a 1969 ta sami Juris Doctor daga Yale Law School a 1973. Bayan yayi aiki amatsayin congressional legal counsel, ta koma zuwa Arkansas sannan ta aure Bill Clinton a 1975; dukkanin su biyun sunyi karatu a Yale. A 1977, Ta kafa Arkansas Advocates for Children and Families. An zabe ta first female chair of the Legal Services Corporation a 1978, sannan kuma ta zama first female partner a Little Rock Rose Law Firm a shekara data biyo. Amatsayin ta na First Lady of Arkansas, Ta jagoranci task force wanda abubuwan su suka taimaka wurin canja Makarantun gwamnatin  Arkansas.

Hotuna: 




#Article 482: Neymar (294 words)


Neymar da Silva Santos Júnior (lafazi|nejˈmaʁ dɐ ˈsiwvɐ ˈsɐ̃tus ˈʒũɲoʁ|; an haife shi a 5 ga watan February 1992), anfi saninsa da Neymar Jr. ko Neymar, dan'kwallon kasar Brazil ne wanda ke buga wasan gaba ma kulub dinsa dake faransa wato Paris Saint-Germain da kuma kasar sa Brazil. Ana ganinsa cikin kwararrun yanwasan kwallon kafa dake duniya,

Neymar yasamu karbuwa ton yana karami a kulub dinsa Santos, anan ne yafara wasa a matakin kwararru, lokacin yana shekara 17. Ya taimaka wa kulub dinsa ta lashe Campeonato Paulista har sau biyu, da Copa do Brasil, da kuma 2011 Copa Libertadores, wanda shine na farko da Santos' suka lashe run a 1963. Neymar sau biyu yana zama South American Footballer of the Year, a 2011 da 2012, sannan yakoma nahiyar Turai dan buga wa kulub din Barcelona. Yana daga cikin gwarzayen masu buga Gaba uku da na kulub din Barça, tare da Lionel Messi da Luis Suárez, Ya lashe continental treble a La Liga, Copa del Rey, da kuma UEFA Champions League, kuma yazama na uku FIFA Ballon d'Or a 2015 saboda kokarinsa. Ya cigaba da kokari said daya kai domestic double a kakar wasa ta 2015–16. A watan August 2017, Neymar yabar Barcelona zuwa Paris Saint-Germain akan kudi €222 million, wanda yasa yazama Dan was an da yafi kowa tsada ah tarihin kwallan kafa. A kasar Faransa, he claimed a domestic treble of Ligue 1, Coupe de France, da Coupe de la Ligue, kuma an zabe shi amatsayin Ligue 1 Player of the Year.

Ya zuro kwallo 60 a wasanni 96 ma kasar sa Brazil tun daga fara wasansa yana shekara 18, Neymar shine wanda yafi kowa yawan cin kwallo ma kasar BarazilKungiyar kwallon kafa #Mafi yawan cin kwallo yana bin bayan Pelé da Ronaldo.




#Article 483: Messi (793 words)


Lionel Andrés Messi Cuccittini, Messi(lafazi|ljoˈnel anˈdɾez ˈmesi|-|Lionel Andrés Messi; an haife shi a 24 June 1987) dan'wasan kwallon kafan kasar Argentina ne, wanda me buga wasansa gaba kuma shine shugaban yan'wasa a Barcelona da kuma Argentina. Ana ganinsa amatsayin shahararren dan'wasa a duniya kuma na kowane lokaci. wasu nassan, da suka hada da FIFA, suna bashi sunan mahaifi biyu wato Messi Cuccittini. bayan yasamu damar yin amfani da sunan sa a 2017, kamfanin da Messi yamallaka ta fitar da cewa: Dan'wasa Lionel Andres Messi Cuccittini ya bayar da tallafin kudi kimanin €72,783.20 ga hukumar lafiya da ake kira Doctors Without Birders. 

Messi yayi nasarar lashe Ballon d'Or awards na tarihi sau biyar, tare da shi da Cristiano Ronaldo. Da FIFA Ballons d'Or, Messi yasamu zama France Footballs Ballon d'Or da kuma FIFA's World Player of the Year award prior to their fusion; dukkanin hukumomin sun bashi kyautar sau Biyar (FIFA) Ballons d'Or. guda hudu ya lashe ajere, da kuma kafa tarihin European Golden Boot biyar. Ya kwashe dukkanin wasanninsa  da kulub din Barcelona, inda ya lashe tarihi a kulub din gasa 32, tare da kofin La Liga 9, kofin UEFA Champions League hudu da kuma kofin Copas del Rey guda 6. Gashi maicin kwallaye kuma mai sarrafa kwallo, Messi na rike da tarihi na Wanda yafi cin kwallo a La Liga kwallaye (404), da kuma wanda yafi cin kwallo a gasar kaka a La Liga kwallaye (50), da kuma mafi cin kwallo a kulub a kaka kwallaye (73), da a shekara, da kwallaye (91), a wasann El Clásico yafi kowa cin kwallo da (26), yafi kowa yin hat-trick a UEFA Champions League da guda (8), da kuma samun wanda yafi taimako acid kwallo assist a La Liga da guda (162) da a gasar Copa América da guda (11). Ya ci sama da kwallaye 670 a wasansa na kwararren dan'wasa na kulub dinsa da kasarsa.

An haife shi da kuma girmansa a yankin tsakiyar Argentina, angano Messi yasama cutar growth hormone deficiency a sanda yake dan yaronsa. Lokacin yana da shekaru 13, ya koma kasar Spain dan fara wa Barcelona wasan kwallo a akademi, inda kulub din ta amince ta biya kudin jinyar lafiyarsa. Bayan yasamu cigabada karamar kulub din FC Barcelona ta matasa (youth academy), Messi yafara buga wasa a kulub din kwararru a shekaru 17 a watan October 2004. Dukda cewa yana saurin samun rauni (injury-prone) asanda yake karami, ya zamar da kansa mai mahimmanci sosai a kulub din a tsakanin shekaru uku, inda yazama a 2007 amatsayin na biyu a lashe Ballon d'Or da FIFA World Player of the Year award. Haka yasake zama a shekarar data biyo baya, kakar daya fara batare da samun rauni na 2008–09, ananne yataimaki kulub din Barcelona tasamu yin treble na farko a Spanish football. A shekaru 22, Messi ya lashe Ballon d'Or da FIFA World Player of the Year award dasamun banbancin da ba'a taba samu ba na yanzabe.

Kakannin wasa uku da sula biyo,  tareda Messi yana lashe duk FIFA Ballons d'Or dinsu ajere, wanda yahada da na hudunsu. Yayin kakan 2011–12, yakafa tarihi a La Liga da nahiyar Turai na wanda yafi cin kwallo a kakan wasa, da kuma zamar da kansa.amatsayin wanda yafi cin kwallo a Barcelona na koda yaushe a March 2012. A kakanni biyu masu zuwa, Messi hazard nabiyu sau biyu a Ballon d'Or bayan Cristiano Ronaldo, wanda shine abokin takararsa. Messi yasake samun kwarewarsa a 2014–15 campaign, inda yakarya tarihi kuma ya kafa mafi yawan cin kwallo a La Liga da Champions League a watan November 2014, wanda Cristiano Ronaldo yayi. Messi shine nabiyu a yawan cin kwallo a wasan nahiyar Turai European Cup/Champions League daga watan October 2018. Da kuma jagorantar Barcelona yin  treble a tarihi na biyu.

Dan kungiyar wasan Argentina, Messi shine mafi cin kwallo na koda yaushe. A rukunin matasa, ya lashe 2005 FIFA World Youth Championship, inda yagama wasan da samun Golden Ball and Golden boot, da kuma Olympic gold medal a 2008 Summer Olympics. His style of play as a diminutive, left-footed dribbler haka yasa ake danganta shi da Diego Maradona, wanda yace shi zai gaje shi magaji. Bayan fara buga wasansa na shahararru a watan Augusta 2005, Messi yazama mafi karancin shekaru  dan'wasan Argentina da yabuga da kuma cin kwallo a FIFA World Cup a lokacin na karon 2006, da kuma kaiwa final na gasar 2007 Copa América, inda yazama young player of the tournament. Amatsayin sa na shugaban yan'wasa captain daga watan August 2011, ya jagoranci kasarsa Argentina kaiwa final sau uku: da 2014 World Cup, Wanda ya lashe Golden Ball, da kuma 2015 da 2016 Copas América. Bayan ya bayyana yin ritaya wa kasar sa a 2016, ya canja ra'ayin sa, kuma ya jagoranci kasarsa zuwa 2018 World Cup.




#Total Article count: 482
#Total Word count: 199545